You are on page 1of 847

MOST POPULAR AROUND THE WORLD

SUCCESS

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


SERIES

CLASS 10 CHEMISTRY
KHANACADEMY & NCERT BLOCKBUSTER

DESIGNED FOR SURE SUCCESS


MCQ EDITION
NARAYAN CHANGDER

0 + S
7 O N
S
90 STI ER
E W
QU NS
A
USEFUL FOR
4STUDENTS 4
□ □TEACHERS 4
□PARENTS 4□KIDS 4
□QUIZ TEST
□EXAM 4
4 □TRIVIA TEST 4
□COMPETITIVE EXAM 4
□OTHERS
2

Preface:
This book has undergone rigorous scrutiny to ensure its accuracy. I eagerly invite constructive
feedback on its content. Feel free to reach out to me via Facebook at https://www.facebook.
com/narayanchangder. Additionally, you can access all of my books on Google Play Books at
https://play.google.com/store/books/author?id=Narayan+Changder.

JAI SHREE RAM

NARAYAN CHANGDER
This E-book is dedicated to the loving memory of my mother:

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


my guiding light, my shining star,
forever

It is my deepest gratitude and warmest


affection that I dedicate this Ebook.

To my mother JOYTSNA CHANGDER


who could not see this Ebook.

who has been a constant source of Knowledge and in-


spiration. Mom, Covid did not take you, it took our
many dreams. wherever you are we will meet again.
Disclaimer

The aim of this publication is to sup-


ply information taken from sources be-
lieved to be valid, reliable and authen-
ticate. The author bear no responsibil-
ity for any damage arising from inad-
verent omissions, negligence or inac-
curacies (typographical or factual) that

NARAYAN CHANGDER
may have found their way into this PDF
booklet.
Due care has been taken to ensure that
the information provided in this book
is correct. Author is not responsible
for any errors, omissions or damage
arising out of use of this information.

nt
Importa inter-
s , s e ar ch the de
er to inclu -
i t h t h e answ w a n t
w u au
atisfied . If yo ontact
If not s rrect answers klet, please c t s:
p
net for
co
i n t h is boo F a c e b ook ht
estions on
tact him arayanchangd
er/
new qu a n c o n n
ou c om/
thor. Y acebook.c
. f
//www
CRUCIAL INFORMATION: PLEASE READ BEFORE
CONTINUING:

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


1. If you require practice sets on various sub-
jects, kindly send us a message on Facebook
with the subject name. Our team will be happy
to create them for you. Message us on Face-
book at https://www.facebook.com/
narayanchangder
2. Additionally, you can access all of my books
with answers on Google Play Books at »>
https://play.google.com/store/books/
author?id=Narayan+Changder
3. Answers are given at the end of every page
to help you identify your strengths and weak-
nesses.
4. It shows you how to build your own techni-
cal and pedagogical skills to enable them to
create their own materials and activities for
students.
5. It helps you to see how you can make the
transition from classroom teaching to blended
and online teaching.
6. It’s the cheapest good quality ebook that you
can buy online on google play books.

NARAYAN CHANGDER
7. The money raised from creating the sales of
the book will help to ensure that I’m able to
produce similar books like this at a compara-
ble price.
8. YOU CAN DOWNLOAD 4000+ FREE PRACTICE
SET PDF EBOOK ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS (NURS-
ERY to UNIVERSITY LEVEL) FROM GOOGLE
DRIVE LINK https://drive.google.com/
drive/u/1/folders/19TbUXltOSN5S7FV3sL
PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE
Contents

1 Chemical reactions and equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2


1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.3 Combination and decomposition reactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
1.4 Endothermic and exothermic reactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
1.5 Displacement and double displacement reactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
1.6 Redox reaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
1.7 Overview on chemical reactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
1.8 Corrosion and rancidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

2 Acids, bases, and salts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
2.2 Reaction of acids and bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
2.3 Common features of acid and base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
2.4 Strength of acid and base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
2.5 Salts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
2.6 Chemicals from common salt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

3 Metals and non metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
3.2 Chemical properties of metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
3.3 Reactivity series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
3.5 Occurrence of metals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
3.6 Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
1

4 Carbon and its compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


4.2 Versatile nature of carbon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
4.3 Saturated and unsaturated carbon compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
4.4 Chains, branches, & rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
4.5 Functional groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
4.6 Homologous series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
4.8 Chemical properties of carbon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734
4.9 Alcohols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
4.10 Carboxylic acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755

5 Periodic classification of elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775


5.1 Modern periodic table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775
5.2 Electronic configuration & valence electrons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785
5.3 Groups & periods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793
5.4 Periodic trends in valency and atomic size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813
5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters . . . . . . . . . . . 821
1. Chemical reactions and equations

NARAYAN CHANGDER
1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations
1. What type of chemical reaction is this one? A. catalyst
Al(OH)3 → Al2O3 + H2O B. chocolate
A. Decomposition C. inhibitor
B. Combustion D. nothing
C. Synthesis
5. chemical reactions
D. Single Replacement
A. occur only in living organisms
2. A + BC →B + AC B. create and destroy atoms
A. Single Replacement C. only occur outside living organisms
B. Decomposition D. produce new substances
C. Double Replacement 6. which of the following determines that an
D. Synthesis element is a metal
A. the magnitude of its charge
3. How many Aluminum (Al) atoms are in
Al2O3? B. the molecules that it forms

A. 3 C. when it is a Group A element


D. whether it looses valance electrons
B. 2
C. 5 7. Which chemical reaction takes place when
2 substances react to form a single prod-
D. 1
uct?
4. Joelle noticed that the apples she had A. Decomposition
picked were beginning to turn brown and B. Double Replacement
soft after a few weeks. What could be
added in order to prevent or slow down C. Single Replacement
this process? D. Synthesis

1. A 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. D 6. D 7. D 8. B
1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 3

8. In a chemical reaction, the chemicals at the 14. One element replaces another in a com-
start of the reaction are called the pound.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. products A. Synthesis
B. reactants B. Combustion
C. starters C. Single Replacement
D. compounds D. Double Replacement
9. Identify the type of chemical reaction
15. A chemical reaction that absorbs energy in
demonstrated by this equation:KClO3 →
the form of heat is described as
KCl + O2
A. decomposition A. endothermic

B. combustion B. exothermic
C. compositions C. combustion
D. single replacement D. unbalanced

10. i + S8 → 2Si2S4 16. (l) → 2H2(g) + O2(g) The electrolysis of


A. Synthesis water is a decomposition reaction. The ra-
tio of hydrogen and oxygen gases liber-
B. Decomposition
ated during electrolysis of water
C. Single replacement
A. 1:1
D. Double replacement
B. 2:1
11. when group 2A form ions they C. 4:1
A. lose two protons
D. 1:2
B. gain two protons
C. lose two electrons 17. what is the number of moles of beryllium
atoms in 36 g of Be
D. gain two electrons
A. 0.25
12. Which of the following is evidence of a
B. 4.0 mol
chemical reaction?
A. fizzing C. 45.0 mol

B. water changing to ice D. 320 mol

C. saltwater 18. Which of the following elements are di-


D. paper being cut in half atomic? Hint:gases that come in pairs, like
H2 . (choose all correct answers)
13. chemical equations must be balanced to
satisfy A. He

A. the law of definite proportions B. N


B. the law of multiple proportions C. O
C. the law of conservation of mass D. Cl
D. avogadros principle E. Br

9. A 10. A 11. C 12. A 13. C 14. C 15. A 16. B 17. B 18. B 18. C 18. D 18. E
19. B
1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 4

19. Which of the following reactions involves C. 21


the ions of two compounds exchanging
D. 27
places to form two new compounds?
A. Synthesis 25. Which of the 3 signs of a chemical change
B. Double Replacement occurs when Hot Hands hand-warmers are
activated?
C. Combustion
A. gas forms
D. Single Replacement

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. heat or light appears
20. Which type of chemical reaction is this an
C. color change
example of? Fe2(SO4)3 + KOH → K2SO4
+ Fe(OH)3 D. none of above
A. composition
26. Describes the number of molecules in a
B. double replacement compound and is used to balance a chemi-
C. single replacement cal reaction.

D. combustion A. coefficient
B. subscript
21. Which one is a compound?
C. superscript
A. Co
B. Br D. SI unit

C. Fe 27. Balance this equation, Al2O3 → Al + O2


D. CO A. Cannot be balanced
22. What 2 indicators tell us a chemical reac- B. 2Al2O3 → 2Al + 3O2
tion is taking place? (Choose 2) C. 2Al2O3 → 4Al + 3O2
A. A liquid is blue in color
D. 3Al2O3 → 2Al + O2
B. vapor or gas is exiting the flask
C. the liquid changes to a solid when 28. NaOH + HCl → NaCl + H2O Identify the
frozen reactants in the chemical equation above.

D. bubbles can be seen forming A. NaOH and HCl


B. NaCl and H2O
23. Which of the following is an example of
synthesis? C. HCl and H2O
A. Na + Br2 → NaBr D. HCl and NaCl
B. KClO3 → KCl + O2
29. Balance this equation: Li + Cl2→
C. HgO + Cl2→HgCl + O2 LiCl
D. Cl2 + NaBr → NaCl + Br2 A. 2Li + Cl2 → 4LiCl2
24. How many atoms in 3Na(H2O)2? B. 2Li + Cl2 → LiCl2
A. 10 C. 2Li + Cl2 → 2LiCl
B. 14 D. none of above

20. B 21. D 22. B 22. D 23. A 24. C 25. B 26. A 27. C 28. A 29. C 30. C
1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 5

30. Balancing the following: Al + HCl C. 5


→ AlCl3 + H2 D. 6

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 1, 3, 1, 2
36. represents with symbols and formulas,
B. 2, 3, 2, 3 the identities and relative amounts of the
C. 2, 6, 2, 3 reactants and products in a chemical reac-
tion.
D. 3, 2, 6, 2
A. Chemical reaction
31. What happens when chemical bonds break
B. Chemical formula
and new bonds form?
C. Chemical equation
A. a physical change
D. Lewis structure
B. a chemical reaction
C. matter is destroyed 37. which of the following compounds has the
highest oxygen content by weight
D. surface area increases
A. Na2O
32. what is the percent composition of carbon B. CO2
in heptane C7H16
C. BaO
A. 12
D. H2O
B. 19
C. 68 38. rewrite the following word equation as a
balanced chemical equation. what is the
D. 84 coefficient and symbol for fluorinenitrogen
33. What is the number before a chemical for- trifluoride→ nitrogen+fluorine
mula called? Ex:2 H2 + O2 → 2 H2O A. 6f2
A. Coefficient B. f3
B. Subscript C. 6F
C. Atom D. 3F2
D. Equation 39. Which is NOT an indicator of a chemical
change?
34. g of NaCl was broken into 20 g of Na and
some Cl2. How much Cl2 was produced? A. temperature change
A. 10 g B. formation of a precipitate
B. 20 g C. shape change
C. 30 g D. production of light
D. 2 g 40. how many moles of tungsen atoms are in
4.8 × 1025 atoms of tungsten
35. Cu + 2AgNO3 −→ 2Ag + Cu(NO3)2
How many copper (Cu) atoms are there in A. 8.0 × 102 moles
Cu(NO3)2? B. 8.0 × 101 moles
A. 1 C. 1.3 × 10−1 moles
B. 2 D. 1.3 × 10−2 moles

31. B 32. D 33. A 34. A 35. A 36. C 37. D 38. D 39. C 40. B 41. D
1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 6

41. indicates substance is a liquid C. Mg and MgO


A. (g) D. O and MgO
B. (cr)
47. We store silver chloride in a dark coloured
C. (aq) bottle because it is
D. (l)
A. a white solid
42. which of the follwoing compounds contains B. undergoes redox reaction

NARAYAN CHANGDER
the lead(II) ion?
C. to avoid action by sunlight
A. PbO
D. none of the above
B. PbCl4
C. Pb2O 48. What is the arrow in a chemical equation
D. Pb2S H2 + O → H2O
A. Reactants
43. b(NO3)2 → 2PbO + 4NO2 + O2
B. Products
A. Synthesis
C. Yields
B. Decomposition
C. Single replacement D. Chemical Equation

D. Combustion 49. Which of the following is a sign that a


chemical reaction has occurred?
44. The number of atoms you begin with in a
chemical reaction A. change in shape
A. must be the same as the number of B. melting
atoms you end with
C. formation of a gas
B. must be an even number
D. dissolving
C. can be different to the number you fin-
ish with 50. All are made up of two or more atoms
D. changes depending on how much en- bonded together.
ergy is formed A. atoms
45. This equation represents which type of re- B. molecules
action? C6H12 + 9O2 → 6CO2 + 6H2O
C. electrons
A. synthesis
D. elements
B. single replacement
C. combustion 51. In a chemical equation, the symbol that
means dissolved in water is
D. decomposition
A. (s)
46. In the equation, 2Mg + O2 → 2MgO,
which are the reactants? B. (dw)
A. Mg and O C. (I)
B. MgO D. (aq)

42. A 43. B 44. A 45. C 46. A 47. C 48. C 49. C 50. B 51. D 52. C 53. B
1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 7

52. Chemically rust is C. 1, 2, 2, 1


A. hydrated ferrous oxide D. 2, 1, 1, 2

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. only ferric oxide 58. The starting substances of a chemical reac-
C. hydrated ferric oxide tion is called
D. none of these A. products

53. In the following equation, what are the B. substances


products? HCl + Zn → H2 + ZnCl2 C. reactants
A. HCl + Zn D. none of above
B. H2 + ZnCl2
59. A coefficient tells you what about the
C. Zn → H2 chemical reaction?
D. the stuff on the outside A. Numbers of atoms in that element
54. Which number is the subscript in the fol- B. Numbers of molecules for that com-
lowing molecule? 5Cu(NO) 3 pound.
A. 5 C. How many reactions there are.
B. 3 D. They don’t tell you anything.
C. 15 60. The breaking down of a substance into two
D. 8 or more simpler substances is
A. Displacement
55. which of the following formulas repre-
sents an ionic compound? B. Synthesis
A. CS2 C. Reactant
B. BaI2 D. Decomposition
C. N2O4 61. How are chemical formulas of binary ionic
D. PCl3 compounds generally written/
A. cation on left, anion on right
56. The type of reaction that takes place when
one element reacts with a compound to B. anion on left, cation on right
form a new compound and a different el- C. roman numeral first, then anion, then
ement is a cation
A. combination reaction D. subscripts first, then ions
B. decomposition reaction
62. When two or more substances combine to
C. single replacement reaction form a more complex substance, the pro-
D. double replacement reaction cess is called a

57. Balancing this reaction: CH4 + O2 A. decomposition reaction


→ CO2 + H2O B. replacement reaction
A. 2, 1, 3, 1 C. synthesis reaction
B. 1, 2, 1, 2 D. physical change

54. B 55. B 56. C 57. B 58. C 59. B 60. D 61. A 62. C 63. A
1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 8

63. This equation represents which reaction C. Matter can only be gained in a chemi-
type? Mg + 2HCl → MgCl2 + H2 cal reaction.
A. single replacement D. Matter can be gained and lost in a
B. double replacement chemical reaction.
C. combustion 69. A chemical reaction is balanced when
D. synthesis A. both sides have the same elements
64. Iron, carbon, and sodium are B. Both sides have the same number of

NARAYAN CHANGDER
atoms
A. diatomic elements
B. monatomic elements C. Same subscripts

C. triatomic elements D. Same coefficients

D. polyatomic elements 70. In a chemical reaction


65. According to the law of conservation of A. atoms can form bonds, break bonds or
mass, if three atoms of hydrogen are used rearrange
as a reactant, how many atoms of hydro- B. atoms can form bonds only
gen must be part of the product?
C. new atoms/matter is created
A. 1
D. some atoms disappear or get “de-
B. 2 stroyed”
C. 3
71. How many elements are in C6H12O6?
D. 4
A. 1
66. Consider the reaction H2 + O → H2O, In B. 2
this equation H 2O, is the
C. 3
A. Reactants
D. 4
B. Products
C. Chemical Equation 72. What type of chemical reaction is this one?
CuO + CO2 → CuCO3
D. none of above
A. Decomposition
67. How many H2O molecules are present?
B. Combustion
A. 1
C. Synthesis
B. 4
D. Single Replacement
C. 2
D. 8 73. How many HCl molecules do you need to
balance this equation? Mg + HCl →
68. What does the Law of Conservation of MgCl2 + H2
Mass state?
A. 1
A. Matter cannot be gained or lost in a
B. 2
chemical reaction.
B. Matter can only be lost in a chemical C. 3
reaction. D. 4

64. B 65. C 66. B 67. C 68. A 69. B 70. A 71. C 72. C 73. B 74. B 74. C 74. D
1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 9

74. Which of the following elements are di- A. synthesis reaction


atomic? (choose all correct answers) B. decomposition reaction

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. He C. replacement reaction
B. N
D. precipitate reaction
C. O
80. The subscript tells you how many of what
D. Cl
there are in a chemical reaction?
E. Br
A. atoms of that element
75. What type of reaction is FeS + 2HCl → B. molecules of that compound
FeCl2 + H2S?
C. number of reactions
A. a synthesis reaction
D. They don’t tell you anything.
B. a decomposition reaction
81. which of the following is the correct name
C. a single replacement reaction
for N2O5
D. a double replacement reaction
A. nitrous oxide
76. What is the coefficient in the follow- B. dinitrogen pentoxide
ing:3Cl2
C. nitrogen dioxide
A. 3
D. nitrate oxide
B. 2
C. 6 82. In a chemical reaction, the chemicals that
are made at the end of the reaction are
D. 1 called the
77. The correctly balanced equation for A. reactants
P4+ O2 → P2O3 B. products
A. 3 P4+1 O2 → 2 P2O3 C. starters
B. 1 P4+1 O2 → 2 P2O3 D. enders
C. 1 P4+ 3 O2 → 2 P2O3
83. The chemical formula of lead sulphate is
D. 1 P4+ 2 O2 → 3 P2O3
A. Pb2SO4
78. What type of chemical reaction is the fol-
B. Pb(SO4)2
lowing? :Mg + O → MgO
C. PbSO4
A. Synthesis
D. Pb2(SO4)3
B. Decomposition
C. Single-Replacement 84. A Type of Chemical reaction that is creat-
ing:
D. Double-Replacement
A. Synthesis
E. Combustion
B. Decomposition
79. A bottle of hydrogen peroxide that even-
tually turns into a bottle of water and oxy- C. Displacement
gen gas is an example of a D. Combustion

74. E 75. D 76. A 77. C 78. A 79. B 80. A 81. B 82. B 83. C 84. A 85. C
1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 10

85. what is the number of moles in 432 g 90. Identify this type of reaction:Al (s) + HCl
Ba(NO3)2 (aq) → AlCl3 (aq) + H2 (g)
A. 0.237 mol A. Precipitation
B. 0.605 mol B. Synthesis
C. Combustion
C. 1.65 mol
D. Single Replacement
D. 3.66 mol
91. the symbol(bruh i am not putting that into

NARAYAN CHANGDER
86. Which is an INORGANIC compound? a computer its question 51 on the review)
A. CH4 indicates that
A. heat must be applied
B. C6H12O6
B. an incomplete combustion reaction
C. C13H18O2 has occurred
D. CO2 C. a gas is formed by the reaction

87. A chemical equation is said to be balanced D. the reaction is reversible


if number of 92. What is the name for the solid formed dur-
A. (i) Compounds are same in both side ing a reaction?
A. Precipitate
B. (ii) Molecules are same in both side
B. Rocks
C. (iii) Number of atoms is same in both
side C. Bubbles
D. Aqueous
D. (iv) Number of electrons are same in
both side 93. How many Sodium (Na) atoms are in
6NaCl?
88. Chips manufacturing company usually
A. 1
flush bags of chips with the gas? ? ?
? ? ? ? (Choose the correct option) B. 12
A. Oxygen C. 6
D. none of above
B. Mercury
C. Carbon dioxide 94. Which type of reaction is:3 Pb + 2 H3PO4
→ 3 H2 + Pb3(PO4)2
D. Nitrogen
A. Synthesis
89. What type of chemical reaction is shown in B. Single Displacement
the skeleton equation below? C4H8 + C. Double Displacement
O2 → CO2 + H2O
D. Combustion
A. synthesis
95. C5H5 + Fe → Fe(C5H5)2
B. decomposition
A. single displacement
C. single-replacement B. double displacement
D. double-replacement C. decomposition
E. combustion D. synthesis

86. D 87. C 88. D 89. E 90. D 91. D 92. A 93. C 94. B 95. D
1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 11

96. What is a precipitate? B. A chemical has changed to a different


A. A solid formed from a single replace- state of matter, such as a liquid to a solid.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


ment reaction C. A chemical has changed size.
B. An aqueous compound formed from D. A chemical has become a different
single replacement reaction shape.
C. An aqueous compound formed from
double replacement reaction 102. The chemical name for vinegar is

D. A solid formed from a double replace- A. sodium bicarbonate


ment reaction B. carbon dioxide
97. what is the molar mass of AuCl3 C. acetic acid
A. 96 g D. sodium acetate
B. 130 g
103. Something that speeds up a reaction but
C. 232.5 g is not a reactant or product is called a
D. 303.6 g ?
A. coefficient
98. When balancing an equation you can only
add or adjust: B. catalyst
A. coefficients C. mole
B. subscripts D. subscript
C. parentheses
104. A molecule is
D. exponents
A. a glob of gelatinous goo
99. Which type of reaction involves one ele-
B. smaller than an atom
ment and one compound reacting?
C. filled with raisins
A. Decompostion
B. double replacement D. more than one atom bonded together

C. synthesis 105. the whole number ratio of the elements


D. single replacement in a compoundis called the
A. empirical formula
100. which of the following exist as a diatomic
molecule B. molecular formula
A. neon C. binary formula
B. lithium D. representative formula
C. nitrogen
106. NO2 →N2 + O2
D. sulfur
A. Synthesis (combination)
101. Which of the following is a common sign
B. Decomposition
that a chemical change has occurred?
C. Single replacement
A. A chemical has turned a different color,
bubbled, and/or changed temperature. D. Combustion

96. D 97. D 98. A 99. D 100. C 101. A 102. C 103. B 104. D 105. A 106. B
107. B
1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 12

107. Identify this type of reaction, Cl2 + 2KI 112. an-ate or-ite at the end of a compound
→ I2 + 2KCl name usually indicates that the compound
A. Synthesis contains

B. Single displacement A. fewer electrons then protons


C. Double displacement B. neutral molecules
D. Decomposition C. only two elements
D. a polyatomic anion

NARAYAN CHANGDER
108. A chemical reaction has taken place in
which of the following process?
113. the starting materials in a chemical reac-
A. (i) Ice melts into water tion
B. (ii) A wet shirt got dried in sunlight
A. Products
C. (iii) A brown layer is formed over iron
rod kept in air B. Reactants

D. (iv) Sugar getting dissolved in water C. Starters


D. Enders
109. Balance this reaction: AlBr3 +
K2SO4 → KBr + Al2(SO4)3
114. Which is the correct balanced equation
A. 1, 1, 1, 1 for this reaction? P4+ O2 →
B. 2, 3, 6, 1 P2O3

C. 2, 6, 1, 1 A. 3 P4+1 O2 → 2 P2O3
D. 3, 1, 2, 2 B. 1 P4+1 O2 → 2 P2O3

110. What is the little number after an ele- C. 1 P4+ 3 O2 → 2 P2O3


ment in a chemical equation called? Exam- D. 1 P4+ 2 O2 → 3 P2O3
ple:H2
A. Coefficient 115. What is true about the molar mass of
chlorine gas
B. Subscript
A. the molar mass is 35.5 g
C. Atom
D. Equation B. the molar mass is 71.0 g
C. the molar mass is equal to the mass of
111. What is matter?
one mole of chlorine atoms
A. Matter is made of atoms.
D. none of the above
B. Matter is a measure of the amount of
material in an object. 116. Balance this equation:Cl2 + KI → KCl +
C. Matter may exist as a solid, liquid, or I2
a gas. A. Cl2 + KI → KCl + 2 I2
D. Matter forms when particles chemi- B. 2 Cl2 + KI → KCl2 + I2
cally bond together.
C. Cl2 + 2 KI → 2 KCl + I2
E. Matter includes both elements and
compounds. D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 13

117. Write values of a, b and c if following hydrogen gas, H2 and yellow iron (II) chlo-
chemical reaction is balanced .aMg + bO2 ride solution, FeCl2, are produced.The re-
→ cMgO actants in the reaction above are

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. (i) a=2, b=1, c=2 A. hydrogen and hydrochloric acid
B. (ii) a=1, b=1, c=2 B. iron (II) chloride and hydrogen
C. (iii) a=2, b=1, c=1 C. iron and hydrochloric acid
D. (iv) a=2, b=2, c=2 D. iron and hydrogen

118. which of the following is a cation? 123. What type of chemical reaction is the fol-
lowing? :2HgO → 2Hg + O2
A. SO32-
A. Synthesis
B. sulfate
B. Decomposition
C. Ca2+
C. Single-Replacement
D. chlorite
D. Double-Replacement
119. A chemical equation that does not indi-
E. Combustion
cate relative amounts of reactants and
products 124. How do you know a chemical reaction has
A. product occured?
B. reactant A. Properties of the materials change.
C. chemical equation B. Energy in the system changes.
D. balanced equation C. Both A & B are correct.
E. skeleton equation D. Neither A nor B are correct

120. What is an insoluble compound that 125. The number of atoms on one side of a
forms during a chemical reaction? chemical equation is equal to
A. aqueous A. a molecule of a substance
B. catalyst B. the amount of gas released during a
chemical reaction
C. inhibitor
C. the number of atoms on the other side
D. precipitate
of a chemical equation
121. Anything that has mass and takes up D. all of the matter that exists in the uni-
space is considered verse
A. matter
126. The symbol for a gas is written like
B. energy in a chemical equation.
C. chemistry A. (g)
D. endothermic B. (s)

122. The reaction between grey iron metal, Fe, C. (l)


and hydrochloric acid solution, HCl, where D. (aq)

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 14

127. gNO3 + CaCl2 → 2AgCl + 132. A describes a chemical reaction


Ca(NO3)2Identify the products in the A. chemical equation
chemical equation above.
B. chemical symbol
A. 2AgNO3 and CaCl2
C. chemical formula
B. 2AgCl and Ca(NO3)2 D. product
C. CaCl2 and Ca
133. Numbers preceding symbols and formu-
D. Ag, Cl, N, and Ca las in a chemical equation are

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. catalysts
128. What is the left part of a chemical equa-
tion called H 2 + → H2O B. superscripts
A. Reactants C. coefficients
D. subscripts
B. Products
C. Yields 134. what is the percent composition of
chromium in BaCrO4
D. Chemical Equation
A. 4.87
129. How many Hydrogen (H) atoms are in B. 9.47
4H2O? C. 20.5
A. 1 D. 25.2
B. 8 135. Which of the following reactions is bal-
C. 2 anced?
D. 4 A. 2CH4 + O2 → CO2 + H2O
B. CH4 + 2O2 → CO2 + H2O
130. The order of the coefficients to correctly
C. CH4 + 2O2 → CO2 + 2H2O
balance the following equation: Al +
O2→ Al 2O 3 D. None of the chemical equations are
balanced.
A. already balanced
136. What are Chemical Reactions?
B. 4, 3, 2
A. It’s when you mix substances.
C. 2, 1, 2
B. a process in which atoms rearrange to
D. 4, 1, 3 form new substances
131. In chemical reactions, what does the prin- C. When something bubbles.
ciple of conservation of mass mean? D. letter and numbers showing the types
and number of atoms
A. Matter is not created or destroyed.
B. The total mass of the reactants is 137. Balance this equation HgO → Hg + O
greater than the total mass of the prod- 2
ucts. A. It is balanced
C. The total mass of the reactants is less B. 2HgO → Hg + O2
than the total mass of the products. C. 2HgO → 2Hg + O2
D. Matter is not changed. D. I don’t know Oh well!

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 15

138. A different chemical substance is formed 144. When balancing equations, the rule is
when that you can only add, change, and remove

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. water boils A. Coefficients
B. metal rusts B. Mass
C. ice melts
C. Subscripts
D. rock is crushed
D. Elements
139. An ending substance that is made during
a chemical reaction is called 145. What type of chemical reaction is shown
in the skeleton equation below? Mg +
A. Reactant
Al(NO3)3 → Mg(NO3)2 + Al
B. Product
A. synthesis
C. Atom
B. decomposition
D. Molecule
C. single-replacement
140. Instead of using a chemical’s long name,
scientists use this instead when writing a D. double-replacement
chemical equation. E. combustion
A. Shorthand
146. What type of chemical reaction is shown
B. Braile
in the skeleton equation below?
C. Elemental symbols Fe2O3 → Fe + O2
D. Elemental Code A. synthesis
141. The chemical formula for vinegar is B. decomposition
A. NaHCO3 C. single-replacement
B. CH3COOH
D. double-replacement
C. CO2
E. combustion
D. H2O
147. A chemical reaction in which energy is ab-
142. Which type of reaction is:2 NH3 + H2SO4
sorbed in the form of heat is called
→ (NH4)2SO4
A. Synthesis A. synthetic
B. Decomposition B. exothermic
C. Single Displacement C. combustions
D. Double Displacement D. endothermic
143. Which of the following is NOT an exam-
148. a + 2AlCl3 → 3CaCl2 + 2Al
ple of a physical change?
A. Synthesis
A. crumpled paper
B. pencil sharpening B. Decomposition
C. shrunken clothing C. Single replacement
D. sour milk D. Double replacement

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 16

149. What coffecients would balance the fol- C. soured milk


lowing chemical equation? P + O2 → D. cutting your hair
P4O10
155. Which statement is true about an
A. 1, 1, 1
exothermic reaction?
B. 1, 2, 1
A. it releases energy
C. 4, 5, 1 B. it absorbs energy
D. 3, 2, 4 C. it requires no activation energy

NARAYAN CHANGDER
150. Mg + N2 →Mg3N2 D. the energy of the products is greater
A. Synthesis (combination) than the energy of the reactants

B. Decomposition 156. Which type of reaction is:2 NaBr +


Ca(OH)2 → CaBr2 + 2 NaOH
C. Single replacement
A. Synthesis
D. Combustion
B. Single Displacement
151. What type of chemical reaction is this C. Double Displacement
one? Ca + MgCl2 → CaCl2 + Mg
D. Combustion
A. Decomposition
157. RbNO3 + BeF2 → Be(NO3)2 + 2 RbF
B. Combustion
A. single displacement
C. Synthesis
B. double displacment
D. Single Replacement
C. decomposition
152. An element X on exposure to moist air D. synthesis
turns reddish-brown and a new compound
Y is formed. The substance X and Y are 158. The number in front of a chemical formula
that tells how many molecules or atoms
A. X = Fe, Y = Fe2O3
of each reactant take part in a reaction is
B. X = Ag, Y = Ag2S called a
C. X = Cu, Y = CuO A. symbol
D. X = Al, Y = Al2O3 B. subscript
153. A chemical equation that shows the same C. coefficient
number of each kind of atom on both sides D. concentration
of the equation is said to be
159. Which of the following describes a precip-
A. Balanced itate?
B. Unbalanced A. a liquid forms when a block of metal is
C. An Incomplete Reaction heated
D. A complete Reaction B. a solid forms when one liquid is poured
into another
154. Which of the following is a physical C. a gas forms when a solid is placed in a
change: liquid
A. mixing vinegar & baking soda D. bubbles form when an acid is poured
B. burning a piece of wood on a rock

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 17

160. How many atoms in 2CaCO3? B. 4 BaS + 2 PtF2 → 1 BaF2 + 1 PtS


A. 5 C. 1 BaS + 2 PtF2→ 2 BaF2 + 2 PtS

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. 7 D. 1 BaS + 3 PtF2 →1 BaF2 + 2 PtS
C. 10 166. The substances listed on the left side of
D. 12 a chemical equation are the
A. Products
161. what is the mass in grams of 5.90 mol
C8H18 B. Coefficients
A. 0.0512 g C. Precipitates
B. 19.4 g D. Reactants
C. 389 g 167. which of the following is equal to avo-
D. 673 g gadros number
A. the number of atoms of bromine in 1
162. Select the items that you would classify mol Br2
as homogeneous.
B. the number of molecules pf chlorine in
A. a plain Hersey bar 0.50 mol Cl2
B. A Snickers bar C. the number of molecules pf nitrogen in
C. guacamole 1 mol N2
D. ketchup D. the number of atoms in 1 mol CO
E. milk from the store 168. What type of chemical reaction is this
one? Mg + O2 → MgO
163. Which coefficients are required to cor-
rectly balance the equation:C2S2 + O2 → A. Decomposition
CO2 + S2O B. Combustion
A. 1, 2, 3, 2 C. Synthesis
B. 2, 5, 4, 2 D. Single Replacement
C. 2, 4, 5, 2 169. Fe + H2SO4 → Fe2(SO4)3 + H2
D. 2, 3, 5, 2 A. Synthesis (combination)
164. A is a chemical change when reac- B. Decomposition
tants change to become different products. C. Single replacement
A. chemical change D. Combustion
B. chemical reaction
170. When balancing equations a can be
C. chemical equation placed to the left of a formula of a sub-
D. chemistry stance to make the equations balanced
A. charge
165. Which is the correct balanced equation for
this reaction? BaS + PtF2 → B. subscript
BaF2 + PtS C. random number
A. 1 BaS + 1 PtF2 → 1 BaF2 + 1 PtS D. coefficient

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 18

171. A shows a chemical reaction using B. 39.9


symbols instead of words
C. 71.5
A. coefficient
D. 60.1
B. fire triangle
C. chemical equation 177. This equation represents which reaction
type? Si + S8 → Si2S4
D. precipitate
A. synthesis

NARAYAN CHANGDER
172. in a double replacement reaction the
B. decomposition
A. products are always molecular
C. single replacement
B. reactants are two ionic compounds
D. double replacement
C. reactants are two elements
D. products are a new element and a new 178. Balance this equation:H2 + N2 → NH3
compound A. H2 + 4N2 → NH3
173. Which of the following represents the B. H2 + 3N2 → 2NH3
equation “Barium carbonate will form bar- C. 3H2 + N2 → 2NH3
ium oxide and carbon dioxide”
D. 2H2 + 2N2 → 2NH3
A. BaCO3 → BaO + CO2
B. Ba(CO)3 → BaO2 + CO2 179. How many Oxygen (O) atoms are in
2C2HO8Cl2
C. BCO → BO + CO
A. 2
D. BaCO3 + CO2 → BaO
B. 16
174. a substance that is formed as the result
of a chemical reaction C. 8

A. Product D. 5
B. Reactant 180. which is the correct name for the com-
C. Starters pound CoCl2
D. Enders A. cobalt(I)chlorate

175. Which chemical reaction breaks down B. cobalt(I)chloride


into 2 substances? C. cobalt(II)chlorate
A. Double displacement D. none of above
B. Single displacement
181. What type of chemical reaction has the
C. Synthesis general formula:AB + CD → AC + CB
D. Decomposition A. Synthesis
176. if 60.2 grams of Hg combines completely B. Decomposition
with 24.0 grams of Br to form a compound
C. Single-Replacement
what is the percent composition of Hg in
the compound D. Double-Replacement
A. 28.5 E. Combustion

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 19

182. what is the percent by mass of carbon in 187. Which type of reaction has the form AB +
acetone C3H6O CD →AD + CB?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 20.7 A. double Replacement
B. 62.1 B. single Replacement
C. 1.61 C. synthesis
D. 30.0 D. decomposition

183. Balance this reaction: NaF + Br2 188. The following is what type of reac-
→ NaBr + F2 tion:NH3 + HCl → NH4Cl
A. 3, 1, 2, 1 A. Synthesis
B. 1, 2, 3, 4 B. Decomposition

C. 2, 1, 2, 1 C. Single Replacement Replacement

D. 1, 2, 1, 2 D. Double Replacement Replacement

189. Which of the following combinations of


184. Endothermic reactions mean energy is
symbols and explanation of the symbol is
“entering” or absorbed, but what about
correct?
the temperature? (think photosynthesis)
A. (g) gram
A. a decrease in temperature
B. (s) solid product
B. formation of a precipitate
C. (s) solid reactant
C. gas bubbles
D. (l) liquid
D. a color change
190. How many Hydrogen (H) atoms are in
185. A chemical reaction has taken place can NH3O5?
be represented by which of the following
condition? A. 3

A. (i) Evolution of gas B. 4

B. (ii) Heat released C. 5


D. 1
C. (iii) Change in color
D. (iv) All the above 191. The following reaction is an example of
what reaction type? CuCO3 → CuO + CO2
186. In the following reaction, what sign is
A. Synthesis
there that a solid product is formed?
AgNO3 (aq) + NaOH (aq) → AgOH (s) + B. Decomposition
NaNO3 (aq) C. Single Replacement
A. The formation of a nitrate D. Double Replacement
B. The (aq), meaning aqueous or dis-
192. In the following reaction, what sign is
solved in water
there that a precipitation reaction took
C. The (s), meaning the formation of a place? AgNO3 (aq) + NaOH (aq) → AgOH
solid (s) + NaNO3 (aq)
D. The base (OH) reactant A. The formation of a nitrate

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 20

B. The (aq), meaning aqueous or dis- 198. What breaks during a chemical reaction?
solved in water
A. glass
C. The (s), meaning the formation of a
solid B. bonds

D. The base (OH) reactant C. molecules

193. These are worn to protect your eyes in D. atoms


the lab.
199. A ∆ above the arrow in an equation

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. goggles means?
B. apron
A. temperature
C. gloves
B. Pressure
D. shoes
C. heat
194. Which of the following can affect the rate
of a chemical reaction? (more than one is D. catalyst
correct)
200. What type of chemical reaction is the fol-
A. Temperature lowing? :Cl2 + 2NaBr → 2NaCl +
B. Surface area Br2
C. Concentration A. Synthesis
D. Catalyst B. Decomposition
195. The symbol for a substance dissolved in C. Single-Replacement
water is
D. Double-Replacement
A. (s)
E. Combustion
B. (l)
C. (g) 201. when naming a transition metal ion that
D. (aq) can have more than one common ionic
charge, the numerical value of the charge
196. Balance this reaction: GaF3 + Cs is indicated by a
→ CsF + Ga
A. prefix
A. 1, 1, 3, 1
B. 1, 2, 3, 1 B. suffix

C. 2, 3, 3, 1 C. roman numeral following the name


D. 1, 3, 3, 1 D. superscript after the name
197. The only sure evidence for a chemical re- 202. This equation represents which reaction
action is type? C6H12 + 9O2 → 6CO2 + 6H2O
A. the formation of a gas.
A. synthesis
B. a color change.
B. single replacement
C. the production of one or more new sub-
stances. C. combustion
D. changes in properties. D. decomposition

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 21

203. chemical equations B. they are composed of anions only


A. describe chemical reactions C. they are composed of cations only

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. show how to write chemical formulas D. they are formed between two or more
C. give directions for naming chemical nonmetallic elements
compounds 209. The electrolytic decomposition of water
D. describe only biological changes gives H2 and O2 in the ratio of:

204. During Photosynthesis energy is ab- A. 1:2 by volume


sorbed. What kind of reaction is it? B. 2:1 by volume
A. Physical C. 8:1 by mass
B. Exothermic D. 1:2 by mass
C. Endothermic 210. What is the right part of a chemical equa-
D. Photothermic tion called H2 + O → H 2

205. a starting substance in a chemical reac- A. Reactants


tion B. Products
A. reactant C. Yields
B. product D. Chemical Equation
C. chemical equation 211. how many moles of CaBr2 are in 5.0
D. balanced equation grams of CaBr2
E. skeleton equation A. 2.5 × 10−2 mol

206. AB + CD →AD + CB B. 4.2 × 10−2 mol

A. Double Replacement C. 4.0 × 101 mol

B. Single Replacement D. 1.0 × 103 mol

C. Synthesis 212. Which of the following is the general for-


D. Decomposition mula for a decomposition reaction?
A. A + B → AB
207. Which example shows evidence of a
chemical change? B. AB → A + B

A. a glass bowl shatters when it hits the C. AB + C → AC + B


floor D. AB + CD → AC + BD
B. lemonade powder is mixed in water 213. In what kind of reaction does a single
C. an apple is cut for a snack compound produce two or more simpler
D. milk sours in the refrigerator substances?
A. decomposition
208. which of the following is true about the
composition of ionic compounds? B. synthesis

A. they are composed of anions and C. single replacement


cations D. combustion

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 22

214. when the equation Fe+Cl2→FeCl3 is bal- 220. In an exothermic reaction, energy is
anced what is the coefficient for Cl2 A. Released
A. 1 B. Absorbed
B. 2 C. Stored
C. 3 D. Doubled
D. 4 221. Which type of reaction is:C7H16 + 10 O2
215. A substance that speeds up a chemical re- → 7 CO2 + 8 H2O

NARAYAN CHANGDER
action without being permanently changed A. Synthesis
itself is a (n). B. Decomposition
A. coefficient C. Single Displacement
B. inhibitor D. Combustion
C. catalyst
222. What type of chemical reaction has the
D. reactant general formula:A + B → AB
216. How many atoms of carbon (C) are in A. Synthesis
C6H12O6? B. Decomposition
A. 3 C. Single-Replacement
B. 6 D. Double-Replacement
C. 12 E. Combustion
D. 24 223. e + 3O2 → Fe2O3The products in
217. OH + H3PO4 → K3PO4 + 3H2O this equation are not balanced. How many
molecules of Fe2O3 are needed to balance
A. Synthesis the equation?
B. Decomposition A. 6
C. Single replacement B. 4
D. Double replacement C. 3
218. Which type of reaction is Al + O2 → D. 2
Al2O3? 224. This tool is used to accurately measure
A. composition length of an object.
B. decomposition A. metric ruler
C. single replacement B. graduated cylinder
D. combustion C. electric scale

219. C12H24 + O2 → CO2 + H2OWhich are D. funnel


the reactants? (Just look at the sides!) 225. what is the molar mass of (NH4)2CO3
A. C12H24 + O2 A. 144 g
B. O2 B. 138 g
C. CO2 + H2O C. 96 g
D. H2O D. 78 g

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 23

226. The substances at the beginning of a 232. How many atoms of aluminum are on
chemical equation are called the each side of the following equation:4Al +
3O2 → 2Al2 O3

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. product
B. yield A. 2

C. chemical symbol B. 6

D. reactants C. 1
D. 4
227. A (n) is a solid formed from solution
during a chemical reaction. 233. The chemical formula for sodium sulfate
A. enzyme is Na2SO4. How many sulfur atoms are
in the formula for sodium sulfate?
B. catalyst
A. 1
C. precipitate
B. 2
D. fuel
C. 6
228. his right + bad youswerved D. 7
as a rise + AA
234. How many TOTAL ATOMS are in the
A. 4, 7, 1, 9
chemical formula 4O2?
B. 4, 7, 1, 7
A. 2
C. 2, 3, 1, 3
B. 4
D. already balanced
C. 6
229. in every balanced chemical equation each D. 8
side of the equations has the same number
of 235. What coefficient should be used to
make the following equation balanced?
A. atoms of each element
N2+O2→ NO
B. molecules
A. 1
C. moles
B. 2
D. coefficients
C. 3
230. C + O2 → CO2 D. 4
A. Synthesis Reaction
236. What is the left part of a chemical equa-
B. Decomposition Reaction tion called? 2H 2 + → 2H2O
C. Single Displacement Reaction A. Reactants
D. Double Displacement Reaction B. Products
231. Na + Cl2 → NaCl C. Yields
A. 1, 1, 2 D. Chemical Equation
B. 2, 1, 2 237. Rancidity can be prevented by
C. 2, 1, 1 A. adding antioxidants
D. already balanced B. storing food away from light

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 24

C. keeping food in refrigerator 243. This equation represents which reaction


D. all of these type? Zn + H2SO4 → ZnSO4 + H2
A. combustion
238. This is used to accurately measure the
B. single replacement
volume of a liquid in the lab.
C. double replacement
A. graduated cylinder
D. decomposition
B. metric ruler

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. electric scale 244. CaCO3 represents a chemical

D. eye dropper A. Symbol


B. Formula
239. The lowest whole number ratio of the el-
ements in a compound is called the C. Subscript
D. Reaction
A. empirical formula
B. molecular formula 245. You know that a chemical reaction has oc-
curred if
C. binary formula
A. there is a precipitate.
D. representative formula
B. there is a color change.
240. Acetic acid is a compound found in vine- C. gas molecules are released.
gar. The chemical formula for acetic acid is
CH3COOH.How many different ELEMENTS D. All of these answers are evidence.
are in acetic acid?
246. What type of chemical reaction is shown
A. 3 in the skeleton equation below? CaCl2
B. 5 + Ga2(SO3)3 → CaSO3 +
GaCl3
C. 6
A. synthesis
D. 8
B. decomposition
241. O2 → N2 + 2O2 C. single-replacement
A. Synthesis D. double-replacement
B. Decomposition E. combustion
C. Single replacement 247. This tool is used to accurately measure
D. Combustion the mass of a substance.
A. electric scale
242. Reactants are on side of a chemical
equation.(Think:Reactants React to Pro- B. graduated cylinder
duce Products) C. metric ruler
A. right D. beaker
B. left
248. in a double replacement reaction one of
C. either side the products
D. no side A. may precipitate from solution

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 25

B. will never be a gas 254. Which of the following shows the correct
C. may be a solid nonmetal way to balance the chemical equation? Fe
+ O2 → Fe2O3

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. may be a solid metal
A. 4Fe + 3O2 → 2Fe2O3
249. Which type of reaction is:4 (NH4)3PO4 +
B. 2 Fe + 3O2 → Fe2O6
3 Pb(NO3)4 → 12 NH4NO3 + Pb3(PO4)4
C. 4 Fe + O6 → 2Fe2O3
A. Synthesis
D. None of the options are correctly bal-
B. Decomposition
anced.
C. Single Displacement
255. a new substance formed in a chemical re-
D. Double Displacement
action
250. Balance this equation Al + HCl → A. product
H2 + AlCl3
B. balanced equation
A. 2, 6, 3, 2
C. reactant
B. it is already balanced
D. skeleton equation
C. 4, 12, 3, 4
E. chemical equation
D. 2, 1, 4, 5
256. Which of the following is a chemical
251. The chemical formula for baking soda is
change:
A. tearing paper
A. NaHCO3
B. Freezing water
B. CH3COOH
C. H2O C. Boiling water

D. CO2 D. Making Kool-Aid

252. A reaction arrow has the statement “1.5 257. Which type of reaction is:2 H3AsO4 →
atm” written above the arrow. What As2O5 + 3 H2O
does the “1.5 atm” indicate? A. Synthesis
A. The atoms present in the reaction. B. Decomposition
B. That the reaction should be conducted C. Single Displacement
at 1.5 atmospheres of pressure.
D. Combustion
C. That the reaction will increase the at-
mospheric pressure by 1.5 atm. 258. Coal contains carbon and other elements.
Carbon dioxide forms when coal burns in
D. The reaction must be cooled.
the presence of oxygen. Which of these is
253. Which of the 3 signs of a chemical change the best evidence that a chemical reaction
occurs when Pop Rocks interact with wa- occurs when coal burns?
ter? A. The shape of the coal changes
A. gas forms B. Oxygen is present
B. heat or light appears C. A new substance is produced
C. color change D. Coal is made up of more than one ele-
D. none of above ment

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 26

259. In which of these compounds are there 264. what are the coefficients that will bal-
twice as many oxygen atoms as hydrogen ance the skeleton equation belowAlCl3 +
atoms? NaOH→Al(OH)3+ NaCl
A. H3PO4 A. 1, 3, 1, 3
B. H2SO4 B. 3, 1, 3, 1
C. HCIO3 C. 1, 1, 1, 3
D. H20 D. 1, 3, 3, 1

NARAYAN CHANGDER
260. a concise representation of a chemical re- 265. Identify the type of reaction shown by
action this chemical equation:Al + HCl → AlCl3 +
H2
A. chemical equation
A. single replacement
B. reactant
B. composition
C. product
C. double replacement
D. balanced equation
D. decomposition
E. skeleton equation
266. Which is the correctly balanced
261. In a balanced chemical equation equaition?
A. reactant and product molecules are A. Cl2 + 2NaI → 2NaCl + I2
the same
B. Cl2 + 2NaI → NaCl + 2I2
B. atoms are conserved/not destroyed
C. Cl2 + NaI → NaCl + I2
C. energy is not conserved
D. 2Cl2 + NaI → 2NaCl + I2
D. mass is not conserved
267. e + 3O2 → 2Fe2O3 Which sentence rep-
262. The formation of water is an example resentsfl this equation?
of a reaction because two simple sub-
stances (hydrogen and oxygen) combine to A. iron and oxygen react to form iron(III)
produce a new compound (H2O). oxide

A. Single Displacement B. iron (IV) and oxygen react to form iron


(IV) oxide
B. Decomposition
C. fluorine and oxygen combine to form
C. Double Replacement difluorine dioxide
D. Synthesis D. iron and oxygen react to form iron ox-
ide
263. Balance the following: Fe + Cl2
→ FeCl3 268. A represents a chemical reaction.
A. 1, 1, 2 A. chemical symbol
B. 1, 3, 1 B. chemical formula
C. 2, 2, 3 C. chemical equation
D. 2, 3, 2 D. chemical reactant

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 27

269. At the end of chemical reactions, what is 274. Define precipitate.


the total mass of the reactants compared A. The release of a gaseous vapor during
to the total mass of the products?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


a pressurized reaction.
A. the product is doubled B. The release of a gaseous vapor during
B. the product is half the mass of the re- an unpressurized reaction.
actants C. A solid produced during the chemical
C. the mass is the same reaction of 2 liquids.

D. the mass changes depending on the re- D. The product of the reaction between a
action solid and a liquid.

275. How many MOLECULES are on the PROD-


270. The substances listed on the right side of
UCT side of the chemical equation NaOH +
a chemical equation are the
HCl → NaCl + H2O
A. Yields
A. 1
B. Reactants
B. 2
C. Products C. 4
D. Precipitates D. 5
271. Combining substances to form a new sub- 276. what are the coefficients that
stance will balance the skeleton equation
A. Displacement belowN2+H2→NH3

B. Synthesis A. 1, 1, 2
B. 1, 3, 3
C. Decomposition
C. 3, 1, 2
D. Oxidation
D. 1, 3, 2
272. In a chemical reaction, everything to the
right of the arrow is called 277. When balancing equations what does →
mean?
A. Products
A. subscript
B. Yields
B. equals
C. Molecules
C. it is just an arrow
D. Reactants
D. yield
273. Consider the chemical equation CH4 + 2 278. On thermal decomposition of lead nitrate,
O2 → CO2 + 2 H2O. In this equation, CH nitrogen dioxide gas is evolved. How it
4 is a presence can be verified?
A. Reactant A. (i) It will turn lime water milky
B. Product B. (ii) Rotten egg odour
C. Chemical Equation C. (iii) Brown fumes can be observed
D. none of above D. (iv) Reddish fume is observed

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 28

279. What is a clear visible indicator that a and not just a physical change? CH4 + 2O2
chemical reaction took place? → CO2 + 2H2O
A. Salt mixing with water A. The colors of the coefficients and sub-
B. Oil and vinegar separating scripts
B. It’s too difficult to tell differences
C. A clear liquid changing to yellow when
combined with another liquid C. The reactants and products are differ-
ent
D. Ice becoming water when warm

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. The letters are always capitalized in
280. which set of chemical name and chemi- products and reactants
cal formula for the same compound is cor-
rect? 285. Calcium oxide reacts with water to form
calcium Hydroxide. Which type of reaction
A. iron(II)oxide, Fe2O3
is this?
B. aluminum fluorate
A. (i) Combination and endothermic reac-
C. tin(IV)bromide tion
D. potassium chloride B. (ii) Combination and exothermic reac-
tion
281. Substances that prevent or slow down
chemical reactions are called C. (iii) Decomposition and Endothermic
reaction
A. endothermic
D. (iv) Decomposition and exothermic re-
B. inhibitors action
C. endothermics
286. Which type of reaction is:C2H4 + 3 O2
D. products → 2 CO2 + 2 H2O
282. if 20 grams of Ca combine completely A. Synthesis
with 16 grams of S to form a compound B. Decomposition
what is the percent composition of Ca in
C. Single Displacement
the compound
D. Combustion
A. 1.25
B. 20.0 287. How many E atoms are there in this silly
formula? 2E2Fg3Hi4
C. 44.4
A. 4
D. 55.6
B. 2
283. P4 + 3O2 → 2P2O3
C. 1
A. Synthesis
D. 3
B. Decomposition
288. When I want to balance a chemical equa-
C. Single replacement
tion, this is the only number that I can
D. Combustion change.

284. How can you tell from a chemical equa- A. Subscript


tion that it is an actual chemical reaction B. Coefficient

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 29

C. Elemental Symbol 294. When an italics lower case s, (s), is found


D. Yields beside a chemical in an equation it indi-
cates that the chemical is

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


289. What type of chemical reaction is the fol- A. souble
lowing? :CuCl 2 + H2 S → CuS + 2HCl B. insouble
A. Synthesis C. solid
B. Decomposition D. silver
C. Single-Replacement 295. What is the formula for sulfuric acid?
D. Double-Replacement A. H3PO4
E. Combustion B. H2SO3
C. H2SO4
290. A teacher is demonstrating physical and
chemical changes to her class. Which ac- D. H2CO3
tion should she use to demonstrate a chem- 296. Balance this reaction: Na3PO4 +
ical change? KOH → NaOH + K3PO4
A. cutting a piece of paper A. 1, 3, 3, 1
B. folding a piece of paper B. 1, 3, 2, 1
C. tearing a piece of paper C. 2, 3, 3, 1
D. burning a piece of paper D. 1, 1, 3, 1

291. What type of chemical reaction is this 297. The atomic masses of any two elements
one? C2H2 + O2 → CO2 + H2O contain the same number of
A. atoms
A. Decomposition
B. grams
B. Combustion
C. ions
C. Synthesis
D. milliliters
D. Single Replacement
298. What type of chemical reaction has the
292. Balance this equation CF4 + Br2 general formula:Cn Hn + O2 → H2 O +
CBr4 + F2 CO2
A. 2, 1, 2, 1 A. Synthesis
B. 1, 2, 2, 1 B. Decomposition
C. Single-Replacement
C. 1, 2, 1, 2
D. Double-Replacement
D. 2, 2, 2, 2
E. Combustion
293. One reactant into several products.
299. Balance this equation H22
A. Decomposition A. It is balanced
B. Synthesis B. 3H2 + Cl2 → 6H2Cl
C. Combustion C. H2 + Cl2 → 2HCl
D. Single Replacement D. Not enough information is given

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.1 Intro to chemical reactions & equations 30

300. What type of chemical reaction is shown C. product


in the skeleton equation below? K2O
D. reactant
+ H2O → KOH
E. chemical equation
A. synthesis
B. decomposition 306. a skeleton equation shows just the re-
C. single-replacement actants and products whereas a balanced
equation shows the
D. double-replacement

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. approximate amounts of the reactants
E. combustion
only
301. Identify this reaction type:2 C5H5 + Fe B. approximate amounts of the products
→ Fe(C5H5)2 only
A. single replacement C. products on the left and the reactants
B. double replacement on the right
C. decomposition D. relative amounts of reactants and
D. synthesis products

302. which of the following compounds con- 307. The Law of Conservation of Mass states
tains Mn3+ ion? A. that matter exists in all states and re-
A. MnS acts the same
B. MnBr2 B. that matter can only be changed into
C. Mn2O3 new substances by introducing a catalyst
D. MnO C. that matter exists in the same state
throughout any chemical change
303. Balance this equation H 2 + Cl 2 →
D. that matter cannot be created or de-
HCl
stroyed and that the mass of the products
A. It is balanced must equal the mass of the reactants
B. 3H2 + Cl2 → 6H2Cl
308. Which one is an element?
C. H2 + Cl2 → 2HCl
A. Co
D. unable to balance
B. CO
304. An organic compound contains-
C. CO2
A. C, S, H, O, P, N
D. CO3-2
B. C, H
C. C, O 309. The smallest unbreakable unit of a com-
D. H pound is called
A. subscript
305. an equation in which each side has the
same number of atoms of each element B. proton
A. skeleton equation C. formula
B. balanced equation D. molecule

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 31

310. How many different types of elements C. N


are in C6H12O6? D. O

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 1
314. The Law of Conservation of Matter
B. 2 states that the total mass of the reactants
C. 3 should be
D. 4 A. More than the mass of the products
311. A(n) is a material that slows down B. Equal to the mass of the products
the rate of a chemical reaction. C. Ignored during the reaction
A. enzyme D. Less than the mass of the products
B. inhibitor
315. I’ll get up + AA youswerved
C. catalyst bad + his right
D. closed systsem A. 1, 5, 3, 4
312. Name the part in red:H2 + O2 → H2 B. 2, 10, 6, 8
A. Coefficient C. already balanced
B. Product D. 1, 5, 5, 4
C. Yield 316. Ca + O2 → CaOWhat coefficient goes in
D. Subscript front of CaO?

313. Which of the following is NOT a diatomic A. 1


molecule? B. 2
A. C C. 3
B. H D. 4

1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction


1. A is the small number next to the C. LiNO3 (s) + Ag2S (aq)
atomic symbols within a chemical formula D. LiNO3 (aq) + Ag2S (s)
and are used to balance chemical equa-
tions. 3. Type of Reaction? Pb(NO3)2 + KOH =>
A. subscript ; always A. Single Replacement
B. subscript ; never B. Combustion
C. coefficients ; always C. Decomposition
D. coefficients ; never D. Double Replacement

2. What are the products in a reaction be- 4. Balancing a chemical equation involves
tween Lithium Sulfide and Silver (I) Ni- A. adjusting the subscripts
trate? Which is the precipitate? B. adjusting both subscripts and coeffi-
A. Li(NO3)2 (aq) + AgS (s) cients
B. Li2S (aq) + AgNO3 (aq) C. adjusting the coefficients

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 32

D. adjusting the masses of reactants and 10. What is the correct name for Al(NO3)3?
products A. Aluminum nitrate
5. What is the formula for copper(II) sul- B. Aluminum(III) nitrate
fate? C. Aluminum nitrite
A. CuSO4 D. Aluminum nitrogen trioxide
B. Cu2SO8 11. Which number should go in the blank?
C. CuS Al(NO3)3 + NaOH → Al(OH)3 + 3

NARAYAN CHANGDER
NaNO3
D. Cu(SO4)2
A. 1
6. What coefficient for O2 demonstrates the
B. 2
law of conservation of mass? CH4(g) +
O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2H2O(g) C. 3
A. 1 D. 0

B. 2 12. What category does the following equa-


tion belong in? Cl 2 + NaBr → NaCl + Br
C. 3
2
D. 4
A. double replacement
7. Which of the following is a correct bal- B. single replacement
anced chemical equation? I. 2Cu (s) + C. decomposition
O2(g) → 2CuO (s) II. 2H2S (g) + 3O2(g)
D. synthesis
→ 2SO2(g) + 2H2O(g) III. 6CO2(g) +
6H2O(l) → C6H12O6 (s) + 6O2(g) 13. In a chemical reaction, the mass of the
A. I products is
B. II A. less than the mass of the reactants.
C. III B. greater than the mass of the reac-
tants.
D. I, II and III
C. equal to the mass of the reactants.
8. Which kind of reaction is this? H2CO3 → D. undetermined
H2O + CO2
14. PCl5 + H2O → HCl + H3PO4
A. synthesis
A. 4, 5
B. decomposition
B. 1, 6
C. single displacement
C. 3, 8
D. double displacement
D. 2, 2
9. The reaction below is an example of? 15. Fill in the blank. (Copper has a charge of
AgNO3 + NaCl → AgCl + NaNO3 2+)Cu+ AgNO3 → Ag +
A. Single Replacement A. Cu(NO3)2
B. Double Replacement B. CuNO3
C. Decomposition C. CuAg
D. Combustion D. Cu

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 33

16. C2H6 + O2 → CO2 + H2OWhat coefficient B. The product gained mass


would go in front of C2H6? C. The product was the same mass as the

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 1 reactant
B. 2 D. The product had zero mass
C. 3
22. Which is the correct chemical equation for
D. 4 the following:Barium Chloride combined
with sodium sulfide yields barium sulfide
17. states that matter is neither created and sodium chloride
nor destroyed. Therefore the mass of the
reactant must be equal to the mass of the A. BaCl + NaS → BaS+ NaCl
products. B. BaCl2 + Na2S → BaS+ NaCl
A. Law Of Conservation of Mass C. BaS+ NaCl → BaCl + NaS
B. Octet Rule D. BaCl2 + Na2S → BaS+ NaCl2
C. Reactants
23. Complete and balance this equa-
D. Products tionNa2CO3 + AlCl3 →
18. What type of solution is lemon juice? A. 3 Na2CO3 + 2 AlCl3 → 2 Na3Al + 3
Cl2CO3
A. Acid
B. Base B. Na2CO3 + AlCl3 → Na2Cl3 + AlCO3

C. Neutral C. Na2CO3 + AlCl3 → NaCl + AlCO3

D. Both acid and base D. 3 Na2CO3 + 2 AlCl3 → 6 NaCl +


Al2(CO3)3
19. Identify the correct equation for the fol-
lowing reaction:Bromine is added to a con- 24. Which of the following does NOT state
tainer of sodium iodide, forming sodium what the arrow means in a chemical equa-
bromide and iodine. tion?
A. 2 Br + 2 NaI → 2 NaBr + I2 A. forms
B. 2 Br2 + 2 NaI → 2 NaBr2 + I2 B. conserves
C. Br2 + 2 NaI → 2 NaBr + I2 C. produces
D. Br + NaI → NaBr + I D. yields

20. Which is a Decomposition Reaction? 25. Balance this equation N2 + H2 →


NH3
A. AB → A + B
A. 1, 2, 3
B. ab → a + B
B. 1, 3, 2
C. AB + CD → AC +BC
C. 1, 1, 2
D. AB+ C → AC + B
D. 2, 1, 1
21. When the vinegar and baking soda were
combined in an open system, what was the 26. Fill in the missing coefficient to balance the
effect on the mass of the product? equation:Mg + HCl → MgCl2 + H2
A. The product lost mass A. 1

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 34

B. 2 32. A method used to balance out the number


C. 3 of each element in both side of the equa-
tion.
D. 4
A. Inspection method
27. The substances starting a chemical reac- B. Redox Reaction
tion would be the
C. Valence number
A. product
D. None of the above

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. yield
C. chemical symbol 33. What are the products in a chemical equa-
tion?
D. reactants
A. shorthand showing the changes taking
28. What is a way to describe a chemical re- place in a chemical reaction (what is going
action using chemical formulas and other on)
symbols? B. The starting substance(s) in a chemi-
A. reactants cal reaction (what goes in/left side)
B. products C. The new substance(s) that are formed
C. chemical equation in a chemical reaction (what goes
out/right side)
D. chemical reaction
D. shorthand used to show how chemi-
29. Write the net ionic equation for this reac- cals bond together
tion:BaCl2 (aq) + Na2CO3 (aq) → BaCO3
(s) + 2 NaCl (aq). 34. To balance a chemical equation, it may be
necessary to adjust the
A. 2Na+ (aq) + Ba2+ (aq) + 2Cl-(aq)
→ NaCl (aq) A. Coefficients

B. Ba2+ (aq) + CO32-(aq) → BaCO3 (s) B. Subscripts

C. Ba2+ (aq) +2 Cl-(aq) + 2 Na+ (aq) C. Formulas of the products


+ CO32-(aq) → BaCO3 (s) D. Number of products
D. 2Na+ (aq) + 2Cl-(aq) → NaCl (aq) 35. Read the following chemical for-
30. The only way to balance a chemical equa- mula:C6H12O6. How many hydrogen
tion is by adding atoms are in the formula?

A. atoms A. 12

B. subscripts B. 6

C. coefficients C. 4

D. products D. none of above

31. Balance this equation:HgO → 2Hg + O2 36. Hydrochloric acid, HCl, is added to solid
NaOH. After the reaction is complete, NaCl
A. It is balanced. dissolved in water remains. What are the
B. 2HgO → 2Hg + O2 products of this chemical reaction?
C. 2HgO → Hg + O2 A. NaOH and HCl
D. HgO → Hg + 2O2 B. NaOH and H2O

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 35

C. HCl and NaCl 42. What precipitate is produced when you


D. NaCl and H2O mix barium nitrate with sodium sulfate?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. sodium nitrate
37. Chemical Reaction
B. barium nitrate
A. a substance formed as a result of a
chemical reaction C. barium sulfate
B. a change in matter that produces one D. sodium sulfate
or more new substances
43. What is a cation?
C. the process in which substances un-
dergo chemical changes that result in the A. positive ion
formation of new substances B. Neutral atom
D. a substance that enters into a chemi- C. Two additional protons
cal reaction
D. negative ion
38. In the chemical formula Mg(NO3)2, the nu-
merical coefficient is equal to 44. Which type of solution has a sour taste?
A. 1 A. Neutral
B. 2 B. Bases
C. 3 C. Acid
D. 6 D. none of above

39. Baking bread and cooking an egg are ex- 45. In chemical reactions, the law of conserva-
amples of ? tion of mass is
A. Endothermic processes A. disobeyed
B. Exothermic processes B. not true
C. Neither C. obeyed
D. none of above D. used sometime
40. How many elements are in H2O?
46. This term describes the number of atoms.
A. 1
A. subscripts
B. 2
B. coefficients
C. 3
C. covalent
D. 4
D. none of above
41. Heating up two reactants will make the re-
action 47. Name this reaction, Cl2 + 2KI → I2 + 2KCl
A. stay the same A. Composition
B. go slower B. Single Replacement
C. become constant C. Double Replacement
D. go faster D. Decomposition

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 36

48. In this example, the coefficient in 3 H2O 54. What is the right ratio of chemicals for
is the BCE (Balanced Chemical Equation)?
A. 6 AgNO3 + H2S → Ag2S+
HNO3
B. 5
A. 2, 1 → 1, 2
C. 2
D. 3 B. 1, 2 → 1, 1
C. 1, 2 → 1, 2
49. MA + PB-→MB + PA is a

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Decomposicion reaction D. 1, 2 → 2, 1
B. Single displacement
55. Which of the following is the correct bal-
C. Double displacement anced reaction?
D. Synthesis A. 2 C3H8 + 10 O2 → 6CO2 + 8H2O
50. Write a Balanced Equation for this reac- B. C3H8 + O2 → CO2 + H2O
tion:C2H4 + 2 O2 →
C. C3H8 + O2 → 3CO2 + 2H2O
A. C2O2 + H4
D. C3H8 + 5O2 → 3CO2 + 4H2O
B. CO2 + O2
C. CO + H2 56. How many total atoms are represented?
D. CO2 + H2O 4Al2O3

51. What are the chemicals on the left part of a A. 2


chemical equation called which are shown B. 8
in red? 2H 2 + O 2 → 2H2O
C. 5
A. Reactants
D. 20
B. Products
C. Yields 57. The unbalanced equation for the reaction
D. Chemical Equation is:Fe + O2 → Fe2O3 When the above
equation is balanced, the coefficient for O2
52. What kind of reaction is this:2C3H7 OH is
+9O2 → 6CO2 + 8H2O
A. 1
A. Double Replacement
B. Combustion B. 2

C. Single Replacement C. 3
D. Decomposition D. 4

53. Balance this reaction: BaS + PtF2 58. A catalyst is


→ BaF2 + PtS
A. the product of a combustion reaction
A. 1, 1, 1, 1
B. 1, 2, 1, 1 B. not used up in a reaction

C. 1, 1, 1, 2 C. a reactant
D. 2, 1, 1, 1 D. a solid product of a reaction

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 37

59. Balance the following equation: N2 + C. it shouldn’t have a subscript, it should


H2 → NH3 have a coefficent
A. N2 + 3H2 → 2NH3

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. 2, when bonded in a compound
B. 2N2 + 3H2 → NH3 65. What goes in the missing blanks? SnO2 +
C. 3N2 + 2H2 → 2NH3 H2 → Sn + H2O
D. N2 + H2 → NH3 A. 5

60. Why is the following chemical equation not B. 1


balanced? H 2 + O 2 → H 2 O C. 3
A. each side of the equation has a differ- D. 2
ent number of oxygen atoms
66. During chemical reactions, matter can not
B. each side of the equation has a differ-
be created nor destroyed:it can only be
ent number of hydrogen atoms
A. Destroyed a little bit
C. each side has the same mass
B. Invisible
D. none of above
C. Transformed, changed
61. During a chemical reaction,
D. None of the above
A. atoms are destroyed
67. How many Al atoms are represented?
B. atoms are rearranged
4Al2O3
C. elements are destroyed
A. 2
D. new elements are produced
B. 8
62. KClO3 → KCl + O2What coefficient would C. 20
go in front of KCl?
D. 4
A. 1
B. 2 68. Evidence of a chemical change does NOT
include:
C. 3
A. New substances
D. 4
B. Heat produced
63. Which type of reaction is:8 Ag2S → 8 S + C. Phase change
16 Ag
D. Light produced
A. Synthesis
B. Decomposition 69. The following chemical reaction oc-
curs.2H2O2 → 2H2O + O2How many
C. Single Replacement atoms of hydrogen are involved in the
D. Double Replacement reaction?

64. If an element is diatomic it should have a A. 1


subscript of B. 2
A. 1, always C. 4
B. 2, only when it is an element (by itself) D. 8

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 38

70. How many Elements are in the compound 76. If four hydrogen atoms react with two hy-
C2H8O? drogen atoms, how many atoms will be in
A. 2 the product?

B. 1 A. 6
C. 3 B. 4
D. 0 C. 8

NARAYAN CHANGDER
71. Type of Reaction? Ca + 2AgCl => D. 2
A. Single Replacement
77. What law governs the balancing of chemi-
B. Combustion cal equations?
C. Decomposition
A. Law of Energy
D. Double Replacement
B. Law of Conservation of Matter/Mass
72. A chemical reaction occurs any time chemi-
cal bonds are C. Law of Gravity

A. formed, but not broken D. Law of Matter Movement


B. broken, but not formed
78. How many atoms of Hydrogen are in
C. neither formed nor broken 4H2O?
D. both formed or broken A. 6
73. This unbalanced equation represents a B. 8
chemical reaction:Pb(NO3)2 + NaI →
NaNO3 + PbI2What is the coefficient for C. 2
NaI once the equation is balanced? D. 4
A. 1
79. How many Al atoms are in 4Al2O3?
B. 2
C. 3 A. 2
D. 4 B. 8

74. Balance this equation:MgCl2 → Mg4+ Cl2 C. 6


A. It’s already balanced. D. 4
B. 4MgCl2 → Mg4+ 4Cl2
80. What is the right ratio of chemicals for
C. 4MgCl2 → Mg4+ 5Cl2 the BCE (Balanced Chemical Equation)?
D. none of above MnO2 + HCl → MnCl2 + H2O
Cl2
75. BaS + PtF2 → BaF 2 + PtS
A. 4, 1 → 2, 1, 2
A. 1 BaS + 1 PtF2 → 1 BaF2 + 1 PtS
B. 4 BaS + 2 PtF2 → 1 BaF2 + 1 PtS B. 1, 2 → 1, 1, 4

C. 1 BaS + 2 PtF2→ 2 BaF2 + 2 PtS C. 1, 4 → 1, 2, 1


D. 1 BaS + 3 PtF2 →1 BaF2 + 2 PtS D. 1, 4 → 2, 2, 1

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 39

81. What is the coefficient for iodide ions B. groups


when the equation is balanced? Cu+2 C. products
+ I CuI + I2

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. reactants
A. 1
B. 2 87. The equation AX → A + X is the general
equation for a
C. 3
A. Synthesis reaction
D. 4
B. Decomposition reaction
82. The in a chemical equation represent C. Combustion reaction
relative amounts of reactants and prod-
ucts. D. Single-replacement reaction

A. subscripts 88. What is a solution with a pH of 7 or


B. coefficient higher?

C. superscript A. Neutral

D. both A and C B. Acid


C. Base
83. Which of the following changes would you
consider to be a chemical change? D. Strong Acid

A. Candle wax solidifies when it is cooled. 89. Balance the following reaction:H2O → H2
B. Baking soda is combined with vinegar + 02.

C. Ice melts. A. 1, 1, 1

D. Paper turned into pieces. B. 1, 2, 1


C. 2, 2, 1
84. O2 + CS2 → CO2 + SO2What coefficient
would go in front of the O2? D. 1, 2, 2

A. 1 90. What is the arrow in a chemical equation?


B. 2 H2 + O → H2O

C. 3 A. Reactants

D. 4 B. Products
C. Yields
85. Which set of coefficients correctly balances
the following equation:NH4NO3 → N2O + D. Chemical Equation
H2O 91. Which of the choices indicates the correct
A. 1, 1, 1 coefficients to balance this equation?
B. 2, 1, 2 Na 3 4+ 3 4

C. 1, 1, 2 A. 1 Na3PO4+3 KOH → 3 NaOH + 1


K3PO4
D. 2, 2, 1
B. 2 Na3PO4+2 KOH → 3 NaOH + 1
86. What are substances on the left side of a K3PO4
chemical equation called? C. 1 Na3PO4+2 KOH → 2 NaOH + 1
A. electrons K3PO4

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 40

D. 3 Na3PO4+3 KOH → 3 NaOH + 1 A. 1:2:1:1


K3PO4 B. 2:1:2:1
92. The large number in front of a chemical for- C. 1:1:1:1
mula or compound is the D. 2:1:1:1
A. coefficient 98. How many atoms are there TOTAL
B. product in:H2SO4
C. physical A. 6

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. chemical B. 5
C. 7
93. All chemical equations must be to sat-
isfy the Law of conservation of D. 3
A. balanced, mass 99. Which of the following abbreviations is
used in a chemical equation to represent
B. balanced, energy
an aqueous solution?
C. reversible, mass
A. aqua
D. reversible, energy
B. soln
94. Li + 3- C. aq
A. LiP D. l
B. game 100. The chemical equation below shows the
C. LiP3 burning of methane. What type of equa-
tion is represented by the chemical equa-
D. play
tion? CH4 + 2O2 → CO2 + H2O
95. What are the coefficient used to balance A. combustion
the equation below? Ag2O → Ag B. synthesis
+ O2
C. decomposition
A. 2, 4, 1
D. single replacement
B. 1, 1, 1
101. What kind of reaction is this:2H2 + O2
C. 2, 1, 2 → 2H2O
D. 2, 2, 2 A. Synthesis
96. What are the products in the equation be- B. Decomposition
low? Zn + CuSO4-→ ZnSO4 + Cu C. Single Replacement
A. Zn and Cu D. Double Replacement
B. Zn and CuSO4 102. Balancing this Equation, Fe + Cl2
C. ZnSO4 and Cu → FeCl3
D. Zn only A. 1, 2 → 2
B. 2, 2 → 2
97. Which of the following set of coefficients
correctly balance the chemical equation be- C. 2, 3 → 2
low? D. 3, 3 → 2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 41

103. Which of the following symbols indicates 109. What is the part of the chemical equation
a reversible reaction? in green called? Fe + S → FeS
A. →

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. products
B. <- B. reactants
C. <→
C. yield
D. →→
D. chemical formula
104. What will be the result of:Zn + AuCl2→
110. Kim puts an ice cube in a beaker and heats
A. ZnCl2 +Au
it on a hot plate until the ice cube melts.
B. ZnAu + Cl2 This is a good example of:
C. no reaction A. a physical change.
D. ClAu + Zn
B. a chemical change.
105. Balance the following equation: Mg+ C. a heterogeneous change
O2→ MgO
D. a homogeneous change
A. 1, 1, 3
B. 2, 1, 2 111. What do the coefficients need to be in
C. 1, 2, 1 the following equation in order to be bal-
anced? Al + HCl → H2 +
D. 2, 2, 2 AlCl3
106. In an equation, the symbol for a sub- A. 2, 6, 3, 2
stance in water solution is followedby
B. it is already balanced
A. (l)
C. 4, 12, 3, 4
B. (g)
C. (aq) D. 2, 1, 4, 5

D. (s) 112. Which of the following has the most num-


ber of O?
107. Balance this equation N2+ O2→
H2O+ HNO3 A. 2Mg3(PO4)2
A. not possible B. 4AlPO4
B. 2, 2, 1, 2 C. 3Al(NO3)3
C. 2, 1, 1, 4
D. 15KOH
D. 2, 2, 1, 4
113. A + B → AB:is the general form for which
108. Compounds break down into simpler sub-
reaction type?
stances in this type of reaction
A. Double Replacement
A. Double Replacement
B. Single Replacement B. Synthesis
C. Composition C. Combustion
D. Decomposition D. Decomposition

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 42

114. In writing an equation that produces hy- 120. How many total Hydrogen atoms are in
drogen gas, the correct representation of 4 H2O?
hydrogen gas is
A. 6
A. H
B. 8
B. 2H
C. 2
C. H 2
D. 4
D. OH

NARAYAN CHANGDER
121. What are the chemicals on right side of a
115. How many Chlorine are in MgCl2? chemical equation called which are shown
A. 2 in red ? 2H2 + O2 → 2H 2O
B. 1 A. Reactants
C. 3 B. Products
D. none of above C. Yields

116. C3H6O + O2 → CO2 + H2O D. Chemical Equation

A. Synthesis (combination) 122. How many HCl molecules do you need to


B. Decomposition balance this equation? (In other words,
what would the coefficient be in front of
C. Single replacement HCl? )Mg + HCl → MgCl2 + H2
D. Combustion
A. 1
117. C3H8 + O2 → H2O + CO2 B. 2
A. Synthesis (combination) C. 3
B. Decomposition D. 4
C. Single replacement
123. What is the right ratio of chemicals for
D. Combustion the BCE (Balanced Chemical Equation)?
H2SO3 + KOH→ H2O+
118. In the reaction methane + oxygen turns
K2SO3
into carbon dioxide + water, the methane
and oxygen are called A. 2, 1 → 2, 1
A. reactants B. 1, 2 → 1, 1
B. products C. 1, 2 → 1, 2
C. neutrals D. 1, 2 → 2, 1
D. energizers
124. are the elements or compounds that
119. C4H6 + 3O2 → 4CO2 + 3H2O is a are formed in a chemicalreaction.
A. Decomposicion reaction A. Polymers
B. Combustion reaction B. Bonds
C. Single displacement C. Reactants
D. Double displacement D. Products

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 43

125. What are substances on the right side of 131. which obervation does NOT indicate that
a chemical equation called? a chemical reaction has occurred?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. electrons A. Formation of precipitate
B. groups B. Production of a gas
C. products C. Evolution of heat and light
D. reactants D. Change in total mass of substance
126. What is the state symbol for a liquid?
132. ClassifyZn + H 2 2
A. (G)
A. synthesis
B. (g)
B. combustion
C. (l)
C. single replacement
D. (aq)
D. double replacement
127. In every balanced chemical equation, each
side of the equation has the same number 133. Why must the number of atoms on either
of side of the arrow be equal to each other in
a chemical equation?
A. atoms of each element
B. moles A. to abide by the law of conservation of
energy
C. molecules
B. to abide by law of conservation of
D. coefficients mass
128. Cu2O + C → Cu + CO2What coefficient C. to abide by the law of fundamental
goes in front of Cu? equations
A. 1 D. because everything must be even for
B. 2 the universe to stay in balance
C. 3 134. Name this reaction:NaI +Cl2-→ NaCl +I2
D. 4 A. combustion
129. Name NH4Cl B. Single replacement
A. Nitrogen Hydrogen Chloride C. Double replacement
B. Nitrogen Tetrahydrogen Chloride D. Composition
C. Ammonium Chloride
135. What is the total number of oxygen
D. Ammounium Calcide atoms on the reactant side of the equation
130. Which of the following equations are cor- shown below? CH3COOH + NaHCO3 →
rectly balanced? CH3COONa + H2O + CO2
A. 12CO2 +H2O → C6H12O6 + O2 A. 2
B. CO2 + 9H2O → C6H12O6 + O2 B. 3
C. CO2 + H2O → 3C6H12O6 + O2 C. 5
D. 6CO2 + 6H2O → C6H12O6 + 6O2 D. 7

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 44

136. Balance this equation SeCl6+ O2> 142. The subscript represents the number of
SeO2+ Cl2 in a chemical formula.
A. 1, 2, 1, 2 A. reactants
B. 1, 1, 1, 3 B. products
C. 1, 2, 1, 1 C. atoms
D. 2, 1, 1, 1 D. molecules
137. Which coefficients balance this equa- 143. Which of the Following Correctly Bal-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
tion:NH3 + O2 → NO + H2O ances this Equation? H2+ Cl2 →
A. 2, 3, 5, 6 HCl
B. 5, 5, 4, 6 A. 2H2 + Cl2 → 4HCl
C. 4, 6, 4, 5 B. H2+Cl2 → 2HCl
D. 4, 5, 4, 6 C. 3H2 + 3Cl2 → HCl
D. H + Cl → HCl
138. What is the state symbol for a gas?
A. (G) 144. Name PbO
B. (g) A. lead oxide
C. (l) B. lead oxygen
D. (aq) C. lead (II) oxide
139. What type of reaction is shown in the D. lead (I) oxide
chemical equation Mg + 2HCl > MgCl2 + 145. Evidence of a chemical reaction include:
H2? >
A. Phase change
A. synthesis
B. No new substance
B. decomposition
C. Bubbles forming
C. single-displacement
D. Shape change
D. double-displacement
146. Which one of the following would result
140. What type of chemical reaction is this?
in a single replacement reaction?
2H2 + O2 → 2H2O
A. Iron with magnesium chloride
A. synthesis or combination
B. magnesium with iron chloride
B. combustion
C. Iron with Zinc Sulphate
C. decomposition
D. gold with silver nitrate
D. none of above
141. Name the following ionic com- 147. The equation below represents an
pound:MgSO4 unbalanced chemical reaction. When the
equation is balanced, which coefficient
A. magnesium sulfoxide should be placed before NaCl? NaI + Cl2
B. magnesium sulfide → NaCl + I2
C. magnesium sulfate A. 2
D. magnesium oxide B. 3

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 45

C. 4 153. CO2 → C + O2 is a
D. 5 A. Combustion reaction

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Single displacement
148. Ca + AlCl3 → CaCl2 + Al
C. Synthesis
A. Synthesis (combination)
D. Decomposicion
B. Decomposition
C. Single replacement 154. What is the state symbol for a water
based solution?
D. Double replacement
A. (S)
149. The Law of Conservation of Matter B. (s)
A. tells how many atoms of an element C. (sl)
are contained in one molecule or formula
unit. D. (aq)

B. the starting materials in a chemical re- 155. How many CARBON ATOMS are in this
action formula? 2CH3CH2OH
C. the new substances that are formed in A. 1
a chemical reaction B. 2
D. A law stating that atoms are not cre- C. 4
ated or destroyed during a chemical reac-
tion. D. 10

156. Which of the following could form an ionic


150. The two sides of a chemical equation are
bond with sulfur?
called?
A. Oxygen
A. Reactants (left) and Products (right)
B. Iodine
B. Ingredients (left) and Product (right)
C. Arsenic
C. Cations and Anions
D. Magnesium
D. Reactants (left) and Results (right)
157. A combination reaction can NOT also be
151. What are two or more atoms bonded to- called a/an reaction.
gether called?
A. synthesis
A. an element
B. direction combination
B. a molecule
C. decomposition
C. an equation
D. none of above
D. a coefficient
158. Substances that enter into a chemical re-
152. Type of Reaction? HBr + Fe => action (found to the left side of the arrow)
A. Single Replacement A. product
B. Combustion B. reactant
C. Decomposition C. chemical
D. Double Replacement D. balanced equation

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 46

159. Two elements combine to form a com- C. Synthesis


pound D. Combustion
A. Decomposition
165. When heated, metallic chlorates decom-
B. Synthesis pose into
C. Combustion A. Metallic oxides and chlorine
D. Single Replacement B. Metallic chlorides and oxygen
C. A metal and a compound of chlorine

NARAYAN CHANGDER
160. Which of the following are not indicators
of a chemical change taking place? and oxygen

A. Gas given off D. A metal, chlorine, and oxygen

B. Temperature change 166. Combustion reactions will always involve


C. Precipitate formed A. Oxygen and a solid
D. A substance dissolving B. Liquid nitrogen and heat
C. Oxygen and heat/energy
161. What type of reaction occurs between an
element and a compound? Zn + 2HCl → D. CO2 and H2O
ZnCl2 + H2 167. What would be the proper chemical for-
A. Synthesis mula for combining Al3+ and Cl-:
B. Decomposition A. AlCl3
C. Single Replacement B. Al3Cl
D. Double Replacement C. AlCl
D. Al3Cl3
162. How many Oxygen atoms are in this
molecule? (OH)2 168. Chemical reactions
A. 4 A. occur only in living organisms
B. 1 B. create and destroy atoms
C. 2 C. only occur outside living organisms
D. 3 D. make new products

163. Pb(NO3)2 + KI → PbI2 + KNO3What 169. Type of Reaction? Mg(OH)2 =>


type of reaction is this? A. Single Replacement
A. Synthesis B. Combustion
B. Decomposition C. Decomposition
C. Single Replacement D. Double Replacement
D. Double Replacement 170. Balance this equation Sb 2 3 2 2
164. What type of reaction is this? CO2 + A. It is balanced
H2O → H2CO3 B. Sb2S3 + 3O2 → 2Sb + 3SO2
A. Decomposition C. Sb2S3 + O2 → 2Sb + SO2
B. Single Displacement D. I don’t know Oh well!

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 47

171. Which number should go in the blank? 177. A compound is heated and broken down
Mn + HNO3 → Mn(NO3)2 + H2 into elements

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 1 A. Synthesis
B. 2 B. Single Replacement
C. 3 C. Decomposition
D. 0 D. Combustion
172. We balance chemical equations to show
178. How many atoms of aluminum are in the
adherence to which basic law?
products of the following equation:4Al +
A. Conservation of Energy 3O2 → 2Al2O3
B. Conservation of Mass A. 2
C. Conservation of Molecules B. 6
D. Conservation of Resources C. 1
173. The are new substances that are cre- D. 4
ated following a chemical reaction.
179. Identify the correct equation for the fol-
A. reactants
lowing chemical reaction:Calcium metal is
B. products heated in water, forming calcium hydrox-
C. coefficients ide and hydrogen gas.
D. subscripts A. Ca + H2O → CaOH + 2 H

174. How many Aluminum are in Al2O3? B. Ca + 2 H2O → CaOH2 + H2

A. 3 C. Ca + 2 H2O → Ca(OH)2 + 2 H

B. 2 D. Ca + 2 H2O →Ca(OH)2 + H2
C. 5 180. What do the coefficients need to be in
D. none of above the following equation in order to be bal-
anced? Mg + Cl2 → MgCl2
175. Which is the correct formula for:one car-
bon (C)two oxygen (O) A. 1, 2, 1

A. CO2 B. already balanced


B. CO C. 2, 1, 1
C. C2O D. 1, 1, 2
D. 2CO
181. What is the formula for calcium carbon-
176. What is an anion? ate?

A. positive ion A. CaCO


B. negative ion B. CaCO2
C. neutral atom C. CaCO3
D. 2 neutrons taken away D. Ca3CO3

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 48

182. How many hydrogens are in 4H2O? C. subscripts


A. 6 D. none of above
B. 8 188. Balance this equation:2Li + Cl2 → LiCl
C. 2 A. 2Li + Cl2 → 4LiCl2
D. 4 B. 2Li + Cl2 → LiCl2
C. 2Li + Cl2 → 2LiCl
183. C6H12O6 + O2 → H2O +

NARAYAN CHANGDER
CO2 D. none of above
A. 1, 6, 6, 6 189. How many total atoms of Sodium (Na)
B. already balanced are in 6 NaCl?

C. 1, 6, 1, 6 A. 1
B. 12
D. 2, 12, 12, 12
C. 6
184. Balance this equation Zn+ HCl→ D. none of above
ZnCl2 + H2
190. calcium phosphate
A. 1, 1, 2, 1
A. CaPO4
B. 1, 1, 1, 2
B. Ca2(PO4)3
C. 1, 2, 1, 1
C. Sabo4
D. 2, 1, 1, 1
D. Ka’a (Bo4) a
185. ClassifyFe + O 2 2 3
191. What are the reactants in the following
A. synthesis chemical equation:Al2O3 → Al + O2
B. decomposition A. Al2O3
C. double replacement B. Al
D. single replacement C. O2
D. Al & O2
186. Which quantitative information is/are re-
vealed by a chemical equation? 192. Balance the equation:Si(OH)4+NaBr→
A. Number of molecules of each com- SiBr4+NaOH
pound A. Si(OH)4+2NaBr→ SiBr4+NaOH
B. Number of atoms of each element B. Si(OH)4+4NaBr→ SiBr4+4NaOH
C. The state of each reactant C. Si(OH)4+NaBr→ SiBr4+4NaOH
D. Number of molecules of each com- D. Si(OH)4+2NaBr→ SiBr4+2NaOH
pound and Number of atoms of each ele- 193. A synthesis occurs when
ment
A. Two formulas combine.
187. This term describes how a new substance B. A formula breaks apart.
is formed as a result of a chemical reaction.
C. An atom is replaced during a reaction.
A. reactants
B. products D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 49

194. The large number before a molecule is D. Cutting your hair


called a E. Dying your hair

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. reactant
200. When balancing equations, can be
B. product
placed to the left of formulas of sub-
C. coefficient stances.
D. subscript A. charge
195. Name the compound NH4OH B. subscript
A. ammonium hydroxide C. random number
B. ammonia oxyhydride D. coefficient
C. mononitrogen tetraoxihydride
201. Provides evidence that a chemical reac-
D. hydrogen nitrate tion has occurred.
196. Name MgO A. dissolving
A. Magnesium Oxygen B. melting
B. Magnesium Oxide C. formation of a gas
C. Magnesium Monoxide D. bending
D. Magnesium Dioxide
202. How many atoms are there TOTAL in one
197. The chemical formula for an ionic com- molecule of H2SO4
pound of potassium and oxygen is A. 6
A. KO. B. 5
B. K2O. C. 7
C. K2O2. D. 3
D. KO2.
203. What is the oxidation number of Fe in
198. Double replacement occurs when FeO?
A. two or more substances decompose A. +1
B. one element replaces another element B. -1
in a compound
C. +2
C. the positive ion of one compound re-
places the positive ion of the other com- D. -2
pound to form new compounds
204. A solid production by a chemical reaction
D. two or more substances combine to in solution that separates from the solu-
form a new substances tion is called
199. Identify ALL of the chemical changes A. A precipitate
A. Boiling water B. A reactant
B. Burning a marshmallow C. A molecule
C. Fireworks going off D. The mass of the product

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 50

205. The correct name for the compound with 210. What is the total number of ALL the
the formula CaSO4 is atoms present in 5Na3PO4
A. calcium sulfur oxide A. 5
B. calcium sulfide B. 40

C. calcium sulfate C. 55
D. 8
D. calcium sulfur tetroxide

NARAYAN CHANGDER
211. Which is the correct formula for the com-
206. ClassifyFeS + HCl → H 2 2 pound formed between beryllium and ni-
A. synthesis trogen?
B. combustion A. BeN

C. single replacement B. Be3N


C. Be3N2
D. double replacement
D. Be2N3
207. Decomposition occurs when
212. What is a compound?
A. Two formulas combine.
A. Two or more atoms bonded together.
B. A formula breaks apart.
B. Two or more different elements
C. An atom is replaced during a reaction. bonded together.
C. Two or more of the same elements
D. none of above bonded together.
D. Anything with at least 3 atoms bonded
208. Chemical equations must be balanced be- together
cause in a chemical reaction the
A. mass is conserved 213. What is a Yield in a chemical reaction?
A. The arrow that separates the product
B. volume is conserved
from the reactant.
C. atoms are created and destroyed B. The end result of a chemical reaction.
D. state of reactants is conserved C. The number before a chemical for-
mula that shows the number of molecules
209. An ice cube is put into a heated pan. present.
What will most likely happen to the
molecules in the ice as the ice is heated? D. A written description of a chemical re-
action.
A. The molecules will begin to move
slower. 214. Which series of numbers represents the
coefficients necessary to balance the equa-
B. The molecules will begin to move
tion? H2 + N2 → NH3
faster.
A. 3, 2, 1
C. The molecules will begin to increase in
density. B. 2, 1, 1

D. The molecules will begin to condense C. 3, 1, 2


in air. D. 1, 2, 3

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 51

215. describes the number of elements in C. organic


a compound. Ex H2SO4 D. none of above

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. chemical symbol
220. Baa + sting swayed Ba (Saa)
B. chemical formula
p+ Lev
C. chemical equation
A. 2, 3, 1, 3
D. coefficient
B. 2, 3, 1, 6
216. A number used to denote the number of
C. 4, 4, 2, 12
molecules or formula units in a given sub-
stances in a chemical equation. D. 3, 3, 1, 9
A. superscript 221. If chlorine gas is produced by halogen re-
B. subscript placement. The other halogen in the reac-
C. coefficient tion must be

D. oxidation state A. Bromine


B. Iodine
217. When a chemical reaction is classified as
decomposition what happens in the exper- C. Astatine
iment? D. Fluorine
A. The elements are combined to create
one chemical formula. 222. If a reaction starts with a total 75g of
reactants it should produce
B. The elements break down
A. a total of 40g of products
C. The elements replace each other
D. none of above B. a total of 75g of products
C. a total of 180 g of products
218. The compound ammonia is composed of
nitrogen and hydrogen atoms. If two D. None of the above
atoms of nitrogen completely react with
223. The law of conservation of mass states
six atoms of hydrogen to form two
that
molecules of ammonia, which best de-
scribes the number of hydrogen atoms A. Matter can be made
present in the two molecules of ammo- B. Matter can be destroyed
nia?
C. Matter can neither be made or de-
A. 2
stroyed
B. 4
D. none of above
C. 6
D. none of above 224. WO3 + H2 → W + H2OWhat coefficient
goes in front of H2?
219. This term describes a substance that is
A. 1
made up of two or more elements that are
chemically combined. B. 2
A. element C. 3
B. compound D. 4

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 52

225. What coefficient should go in the blank 230. Which is the correct formula for:three hy-
space to balance the chemical equation? drogen (H)one sulfur (S)four oxygen (O)
2Al + HCl → 2AlCl3 + 3H2 A. H3SO4
A. 2 B. HSO4
B. 4 C. H4S3O
C. 3 D. H2O
D. 6 231. CaO +Mg-→ MgO +Ca, This is an exam-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
ple of:
226. PCl5 + a H2O → b HCl +
H3PO4 A. Double displacement
A. a = 4, b = 5 B. Single displacement

B. a = 1, b = 6 C. Synthesis
D. Combustion
C. a = 3, b = 8
D. a = 2, b = 2 232. Name OF
A. Potassium fluoride
227. One reactant, with a mass of 7 grams (g),
is combined with another reactant, with a B. Potassium fluorite
mass of 3 g, in a sealed container. After C. Fluorine potassium
the reaction, what is the most reasonable D. Potassium fluoride
prediction for the total mass of the prod-
ucts of this reaction? 233. Which type of reaction is:2 H3PO4 + 3Pb
→ 3 H2 + Pb3(PO4)2
A. 7g
A. Synthesis
B. 3g
B. Single Replacement
C. 10g
C. Double Replacement
D. 4g
D. Combustion
228. Predict the products for the this reac-
234. Which is 3 4+ 3 4
tion:AgNO3 + KCl →
A. 1 Na3PO4+3 KOH → 3 NaOH + 1
A. AgCl (s) + KNO3 (aq)
K3PO4
B. AgK (s)+ ClNO3 (aq) B. 2 Na3PO4+2 KOH → 3 NaOH + 1
C. AgNO3 (aq) + KCl (aq) K3PO4
D. AgCl (aq) + KNO3 (s) C. 1 Na3PO4+2 KOH → 2 NaOH + 1
K3PO4
229. Many metal hydroxides decompose when D. 3 Na3PO4+3 KOH → 3 NaOH + 1
heated to yeild metal oxides and K3PO4
A. Metal hydrides
235. Balance this equation: Al + HCl
B. Water → H23
C. Carbon dioxide A. 2, 6, 3, 2
D. An acid B. it is already balanced

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 53

C. 4, 12, 3, 4 241. Balance the following equation:Cr(s) +


Fe(NO3)2 (ag) → Fe(s) + Cr(NO3)3
D. 2, 1, 4, 5

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 2, 3, 3, 2
236. How many Al atoms are in this com-
B. 2, 3, 2, 3
pound? 4Al2O3
C. 4, 6, 6, 2
A. 2
D. 1, 3, 3, 1
B. 8
C. 6 242. Na + O2-→ Na2OWhat type of
reaction is this? Balance it too.:)
D. 4
A. Synthesis, 2Na, 1O2, 4Na2O
237. What formula results when Al +3 and PO B. Decomposition, 4Na, 1O2, 2Na2O
4 ions bond?
C. Synthesis, 4Na, 1O2, 2Na2O
A. Al(PO3)4
D. Decomposition, 2Na, 1O2, 4Na2O
B. Al(PO4)
C. Al(PO4)3 243. Correct balancing SO2 (g) + O2
(g) → SO3 (g)
D. none of above
A. 2, 1, 2
238. How many Nitrogen are in 2AlN? B. 1, 2, 2
A. 4 C. 2, 2, 1
B. 5 D. 1, 1, 2
C. 1
244. Which number should go in the blank? 2
D. 2 Na+ Cl2 → 2 NaCl

239. An element plus additional element re- A. 1


acts to form one product is an example of B. 2
which type of chemical reaction?
C. 3
A. combustion
D. 0
B. decomposition
245. What information could a student deter-
C. synthesis
mine from only the chemical formula of a
D. single replacement protein?
A. The color of the protein
240. How many nitrogen atoms does NH3
have? B. The number of molecules in each se-
quence of the protein
A. 1
C. The physical arrangement of atoms in
B. 2
the structure of the protein
C. 3
D. The number of atoms of each element
D. 4 in the protein

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 54

246. When balancing this equation, Fe + Cl2 252. Balance this equation AgNO3 +
→ FeCl3, the correct coefficient for Cl2? H2S → Ag2S+ HNO3
A. 1 A. 2, 1 → 1, 2
B. 2 B. 1, 2 → 1, 1
C. 3 C. 1, 2 → 1, 2
D. 4 D. 1, 2 → 2, 1
247. How many of each element are in the

NARAYAN CHANGDER
253. Human cells make energy through of
compound, 2Na(OH)2? digested food.
A. 2 Na, 2 O, 2 H A. combustion
B. 4 Na, 4 O, 4 H B. synthesis
C. 2 Na, 1 O, 2 H C. combination
D. none of above D. decomposition
248. Type of Reaction? PbSO4 + 254. A replacement occurs when
AgNO3 =>
A. Two formulas combine.
A. Single Replacement
B. A formula breaks apart.
B. Combustion
C. An atom is replaced during a reaction.
C. Decomposition
D. Double Replacement
D. none of above
249. Which problem is balanced? (Check ALL
255. An inhibitor is a substance that
answers)
A. speeds up reactions
A. PbO2 + 2H2
B. SO2 + H20 → H2SO4 B. make bigger products

C. 2Na + 2H2O → 2NaOH + H2 C. eliminates the need for reactants

D. none of above D. slows down reactions

250. How many Oxygens are in this molecule? 256. It is used to form subgroups of atom
(OH)2 within a molecule.
A. 4 A. coefficient
B. 1 B. parenthesis
C. 2 C. subscript
D. 3 D. superscript

251. The sum of all oxidation numbers in a neu- 257. Which is the correct name for the com-
tral compound is pound Na3P?
A. 0 A. Sodium Phosphide
B. 1 B. Sodium Phosphite
C. -1 C. Sodium Phosphate
D. depends on the compound D. Sodium (III) Phosphide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 55

258. What coefficients are needed to correctly 263. If 100 grams of vinegar and 5 grams
balance the equation? Bi + O2 → of baking soda are poured in a container,
Bi2O3 a small amount of gas will be produced.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


What will the final mass of the products
A. 3, 2, 3
be if the gas is trapped in the container?
B. 2, 3, 2
A. 100 g
C. 4, 3, 2
B. 104 g
D. none of these
C. 105 g
259. Which number is the coefficient and which D. 110 g
is the subscript?
264. KNO3 → KNO2 + O2What coefficients
A. 3 is the coefficient, 2 is the subscript are needed to balance the reaction?
B. 2 is the coefficient, 3 is the subscript A. 2, 2, 1
C. they are both coefficients B. 2, 3, 2
D. they are both subscripts C. 1, 2, 2

260. The number of each atom on the product D. 1, 3, 1


side MUST equal the number of each atom
265. In the reaction AB-→ A + B reactant AB
on the reactant side is part of
has 12g and product B has 5g. How many
A. The law of balancing grams should product A have?
B. The law of conservation of mass A. 17g
C. the theory of equations B. 2g
D. Dalton’s postulates of the atomic the- C. 7g
ory
D. None of the above
261. What kind of reaction is this:Fe + CuSO4 266. Which scientific law is the reason equa-
→ Cu + FeSO 4 tions must be balanced?
A. Double Replacement A. Lay of Conservation of Energy
B. Decompostion B. Law of Conservation of Mass
C. Single Replacement C. Newton’s Laws of Motion
D. Combustion D. Law of Definite Proportions

262. How many atoms are in the neurotrans- 267. The are either elements or compounds
mitter serotonin? The formula for sero- which are present prior to a chemical reac-
tonin is C10H12N2O tion.
A. 10 A. reactants
B. 20 B. products
C. 25 C. coefficients
D. 23 D. subscripts

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 56

268. What is the name of the precipitate A. Chemical reactions


formed in the reaction of calcium sulfide B. Chemical equations
and aluminum nitrate
C. Chemical symbols
A. calcium nitrate
D. Chemical formulas
B. aluminum sulfide
C. no ppt is formed 274. Which best explains why the total mass
of the product(s) would be less than the to-
D. aluminum nitrate
tal weight of the reactant(s) after a chem-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
269. Fill in the blank to balance the chemical ical reaction?
equation. 2KI + Cl2 → 2KCl + I2 A. A physical change occurred.
A. 1 B. Atoms involved in the reaction lost
B. 2 mass
C. 3 C. Precipitates were created in the new
solution
D. 4
D. Gases were released into the atmo-
270. Predict the products for this reac- sphere.
tionZn(s) + H2SO4(aq) →
A. Zn(SO4)2 + H 275. BaF2 + K3 PO4 → Ba3(PO4)2 + KFWhat
coefficient goes in front of K3PO4?
B. ZnSO4 + H2
A. 1
C. HZnSO4
B. 2
D. Zn2SO4 + H2
C. 3
271. A sealed test tube containing 8 grams of
D. 4
iron filings and 5 grams of sulfur is heated
until the material in the test tube glows 276. Which is a correctly balanced chemical
bright red. What is the mass of products? equation?
A. Mass is less than 13 grams A. CuCl2 + Al → AlCl3 + 2Cu
B. Mass is equal to 13 grams B. 2CuCl2 + 3Al → AlCl3 + 3Cu
C. Mass is greater than 13 grams C. 3CuCl2 + 2Al → 2AlCl3 + 3Cu
D. Mass cannot be measured D. 2CuCl2 + Al → AlCl3 + 2Cu
272. Which of the following is a neutralization 277. What is the formula for calcium chloride?
reaction?
A. CaCl
A. 2Na + Cl2 → 2NaCl
B. CaCl2
B. CH4 + 2O2 → CO2 + 2H2O
C. Ca2Cl
C. HCl + KOH → KCl + H2O
D. CaCl3
D. CaCO3 → CO2 + CaO

273. Chemical symbols and chemical formulas 278. Why must we balance chemical equa-
are used to write which describe chem- tions?
ical reactions. A. Our teacher said so

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 57

B. to abide by the law of conservation of B. 1, 3, 3


energy C. 3, 1, 2

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


C. to abide by the law of conservation of
D. 1, 3, 2
mass
D. none of above 284. Which of the following could indicate that
a chemical change took place?
279. In a reaction A + B → C, reactant A
A. Change in color
has 5g and product C has 9g. How many
grams does reactant B should have? B. Production of Energy
A. 4g C. Formation of Gas
B. 5g D. All are correct
C. 9g 285. How many TOTAL atoms are in this com-
D. 14g pound? H2C3O4N5

280. Which set(s) of coefficients balance out A. 5


this chemical equation (more than one so- B. 14
lution possible): Mg + P4 →
C. 15
Mg3P2
D. 19
A. 6, 1, 2
B. 24, 4, 8 286. How many atoms of Sodium (Na) are in
6NaCl?
C. 12, 2, 4
A. 1
D. 18, 3, 6
B. 12
281. How many Nitrogen atoms are present in
this molecule? 3 Na3S4N4 C. 6

A. 12 D. none of above

B. 4 287. What is the formula for magnesium chlo-


C. 9 ride?
D. 7 A. MgCl
B. Mg2Cl
282. In the following chemical equation H2 and
O2 are the 2H 2 + → 2H2O C. MgCl2
A. Reactants D. Mg(ClO3)2
B. Products 288. The coefficients needed to balance this
C. Yields equation are: Ag(NO3) + K3(PO4) →
Ag3(PO4) + K(NO3)
D. Chemical Equation
A. 1, 3, 1, 3
283. What are the coefficients that will bal-
B. 1, 1, 3, 3
ance the skeleton equation below? N 2+
H 2 → NH 3 C. 3, 1, 1, 3
A. 1, 1, 2 D. 3, 1, 3, 1

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 58

289. What do the coefficients need to be in C. there is a temperature change.


the following equation in order to be bal-
D. All of these answers are evidence.
anced? CH4 + O2 → CO2 +
H2O
295. Which Option is Correctly Balanced?
A. 1, 2, 1, 1
A. Hg + O2 → Hg2O2
B. 2, 1, 2, 1
B. 2 Hg + 2O2 → Hg2O2
C. 1, 2, 1, 2
C. 2 Hg + O2 → Hg2O2

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. 0, 2, 0, 2
D. Hg + 2 O2 → Hg2O2
290. What is the formula for lithium acetate?
A. LiAc 296. Which of the following best describes the
B. LiCHO reaction below? KBr + AgNO3 → KNO3
+ AgBr
C. LiC2H3O2
D. LiClO3 A. synthesis
B. decomposition
291. In the following chemical equation 2H2O
is a 2H2 + O → 2H 2 C. double replacement
A. Reactant D. single replacement
B. Product
297. Predict the products for this reaction:Mg
C. Yields
+ CuCl2 →
D. Chemical Equation
A. MgCl2 + Cu
292. If reaction starts with 20g of reactants it
should produce B. MgCl + Cu

A. a total of 40g of products C. MgCu + Cl2


B. a total of 10g of products D. No Reaction
C. a total of 80 g of products
298. Name Al(CN)3
D. a total of 20g of products
A. Aluminum Cyanide
293. State that the total mass of the reactant
must be equal to the total mass in the prod- B. Aluminum Carbon Nitrogen
uct. C. Aluminum Tricarbon trinitride
A. Law of Conservation of Mass D. Aluminum Tricarbonitride
B. Law of Gravity
C. Law of Reflection 299. Which of the following best describes the
reaction below? CaO+ H2O→ Ca(OH)2
D. Law of Conservation of Energy
A. decomposition
294. You know you a chemical reaction has oc-
curred if B. single replacement

A. there is a precipitate. C. synthesis


B. there is a color change. D. double replacement

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 59

300. A teacher asks her students to examine C. a salt


titles of four scientific articles. Which ti- D. an ionic compound
tled article is specifically about a chemical

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


change? 305. A chemical equation is balanced when the
A. How Baking Soda Reacts with Vinegar
B. How Rust Can Be Scraped off of Metal A. Coefficients of the reactions equal the
coefficients of the products
C. How Metals Respond to Electrical Cur-
rents B. Same number of each kind of atom ap-
pears in the reactants and in the products
D. How Elements Can Change Phase
When Heated C. Products and reactants are the same
chemicals
301. When chemicals react in a closed con- D. Subscripts of the reactants equal the
tainer, which must be true? subscripts of the products
A. The mass both before and after the re-
action is the same. 306. Balance this equation Mg + Cl2
→ MgCl2
B. The mass both before and after the re-
action is variable. A. 1, 2, 1
C. The same number of compounds is B. already balanced
present both before and after the reaction. C. 2, 1, 1
D. 1, 1, 2
D. none of above
307. is the end result of a chemical reac-
302. Always starts with a Hydrocarbon that tion.
reacts with oxygen and produces carbon
A. Product
dioxide and water.
B. Yield
A. Decomposition
C. Subscript
B. Synthesis
D. Reactant
C. Combustion
D. Single Replacement 308. Where do you write a catalyst in a chem-
ical equation?
303. Identify the correct formula equation for
A. on the reactant side
the following chemical reaction:Propane
(C3H8) reacts with oxygen, forming car- B. on the product side
bon dioxide and water. C. over the arrow
A. C3H8 → CO2 + H2O D. you don’t put a catalyst in a chemical
B. C3H8 O2 → CO2 + H2O equation
C. C3H8 + O2 → CO2 + H2O 309. Balance this equation:P4+O2 → P2O3
D. C3H8 + O → CO2 + H2O A. 3 P4+ O2 → 2 P2O3
304. KOH is B. P4+ O2 → 2 P2O3
A. an acid C. P4+ 3 O2 → 2 P2O3
B. a base D. P4+ 2 O2 → 3 P2O3

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 60

310. When this equation C3H8 + O2-→ CO2 C. 2, 1, 1, 1


+ H2O is balanced, the coefficient in front D. 2, 2, 2, 2
of carbon dioxide (CO2 in the product) is:
A. 1 316. Which of the following symbols is not a
correct indication of the phase of a sub-
B. 12
stance in a reaction?
C. 3
A. (s)=solid
D. 6
B. (g)=grams

NARAYAN CHANGDER
311. Occurs when one element replaces an- C. (l)=liquid
other one in a compound
D. (aq)= aqueous
A. Composition
B. Single replacement 317. Group 1 metals react with water to pro-
duce metal hydroxides and
C. Double replacement
A. Metal hydroxides
D. Decomposition
B. Hydrochloric acid
312. NaI +BaCl2-→ NaCl +BaI2 is an example
C. Oxygen
of?
D. Hydrogen
A. Combustion
B. Single replacement 318. Which type of reaction occurs when
C. Double replacement potassium iodide is combined with lead (II)
nitrate to form potassium nitrate solution
D. Decomposition and lead (II) iodide powder?
313. Which of the following instances the A. decomposition
state of balance is necessary? B. synthesis
A. Usage of natural resources
C. single replacement
B. Physical and mental health
D. double replacement
C. Time management
319. Phenolophalein turns from clear to pink
D. All of these
when the pH turns
314. What formula results when Fe +3 and CO A. acidic
3 ions bond?
B. basic
A. FeCO3
C. saline
B. Fe2CO3
D. ionic
C. Fe2(CO3)3
D. Fe3(CO3)2 320. What does the (aq) stand for in NaCl
(aq)?
315. Which set of coefficients balance the
A. solid
chemical reaction:NaOH + HCl → NaCl +
H2O B. aqueous
A. 1, 1, 1, 1 C. liquid
B. 1, 2, 1, 1 D. gas

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 61

321. Balance this equation and determine 326. Balancing an equation involves
what the coefficients should be Zn+ A. adjusting the subscripts
HCl→ ZnCl2 + H2

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. adjusting the coefficients
A. 1, 1, 2, 1
C. adjusting both subscripts and coeffi-
B. 1, 1, 1, 2 cients
C. 1, 2, 1, 1 D. adjusting the masses of reactants and
D. 2, 1, 1, 1 products

322. Balance this equation, AlCl3 + NaOH → 327. What mathematical function do coeffi-
Al(OH)3 + NaCl cients perform in a balanced equation?
A. 3, 1, 3, 1 A. addition
B. 1, 3, 3, 1 B. multiplication
C. 1, 1, 1, 3 C. subtraction
D. 1, 3, 1, 3 D. division

323. What is the net ionic equation for this re- 328. What is the total number of atoms
action:Na2CO3 + Mg(NO3)2 → NaNO3 + present in 5Na3PO4
MgCO3? A. 5
A. 2Na+(aq) + 2NO3-(aq) → B. 40
2NaNO3(s) C. 55
B. CO32-(aq) + Mg2+(aq) → MgO3(s) D. 60
C. Na2CO3 + Mg(NO3)2 → 2NaNO3(s)
329. CxHy +O2 → H2O + CO2
+ MgCO3(s)
A. Decomposition
D. 2Na+(aq) + CO32-(aq) Mg2+
(aq) + 2NO3-(aq) →2Na+(aq) + B. Double replacement
2NO3(aq) + MgCO3(s) C. Combustion
324. Which of the following is a product of D. Single Replacement
the equation:HINT:Don’t forget about oxi- 330. How many total atoms are present in this
dation numbers! MgSO4 + NaCl => chemical formula? 2Na2SO4
A. MgCl2 A. 2
B. NaMg B. 6
C. NaSO4 C. 9
D. MgCl D. 14
325. Balance this equation CF4 + Br2 331. The formula AB → A+B represents what
→ CBr4 + F2 type of chemical reaction?
A. 2, 1, 2, 1 A. synthesis
B. 1, 2, 2, 1 B. decomposition
C. 1, 2, 1, 2 C. single displacement
D. 2, 2, 2, 2 D. double replacement

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 62

332. Two clear solutions are mixed together 337. How many elements does PbNO3 have?
in a beaker. Which result would indicate A. 2
a chemical reaction had occurred between
these solutions? B. 3

A. increase of volume in the beaker C. 4

B. decrease of volume in the beaker D. 5

C. increase in temperature of the beaker 338. How many F atoms are in this compound?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
6MgF2
D. none of above A. 2

333. Chemical Equation B. 6

A. A representation of a chemical reac- C. 8


tion D. 12
B. the starting materials in a chemical re- 339. ClassifyHI → H 2 2
action
A. synthesis
C. the new substances that are formed in
a chemical reaction B. decomposition
D. tells how many atoms, molecules, or C. single replacement
formula units take part in a reaction D. double replacement
334. Al + HCl → H2+ AlCl3 340. The Greek letter delta above the arrow
A. 2 Al + 2 HCl → 2 H2 + 6 AlCl3 in a chemical reaction means

B. 3 Al + 3 HCl → 6 H2 + 2 AlCl3 A. a catalyst is used

C. 1 Al + 1 HCl → 3 H2 + 1 AlCl3 B. nothing

D. 2 Al + 6 HCl → 3 H2 + 2 AlCl3 C. energy is released


D. the reactants are heated
335. Which set of coefficients balances the re-
action below:CaF2 + H2SO4 → CaSO4 + 341. Which is most likely to form a negative
HF ion?
A. 1, 1, 1, 1 A. an element from group 17
B. 2, 1, 1, 1 B. a metal
C. 1, 1, 1, 2 C. an element from group 1
D. 1, 1, 2, 1 D. an element with atoms that have eight
valence electrons
336. When balancing a chemical equation, you
can only change , you can never change 342. Which represents a balanced chemical
! equation?
A. coefficients, subscripts A. CO2 + 2H2O → 2CH4 + 2O2
B. subscripts, coefficients B. CH4 + O2 → CO2 + H2O
C. formulas, subscripts C. CH4 + 2O2 → CO2 + 2H2O
D. coefficients, formula units D. CO2 + H2O → CH4 + O2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 63

343. Which of the following best describes the C. coefficients


reaction below? CH4 + 2O2 → CO2 + D. elements
2H2O

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. combustion 349. what is a reactant?

B. decomposition A. a volatile chemical

C. single replacement B. a dangerous substance

D. double replacement C. the substance(s) you start with in a


chemical reaction
344. What is the formula for lithium oxide? D. the substance(s) you end with in a
A. LiO chemical reaction
B. LiO2 350. Balance this reaction: HCN +
C. Li2O CuSO4 → H2SO4 + Cu(CN)2
D. Li2O3 A. 2, 1, 1, 2
B. 2, 1, 1, 1
345. Which of the following is a product of the
equation:AgNO3 + MgCl2 => C. 1, 2, 2, 1
A. AgMg D. 1, 2, 1, 1
B. NO3Cl2 351. A student wishes to remove the phos-
C. MgNO3 phate ions from an aqueous solution of
sodium phosphate (Na3PO4). Adding
D. Mg(NO3)2 which compound to the solution will cause
346. What is the formula for magnesium phos- a phosphate compound to precipitate?
phide? A. Potassium phosphate (K3PO4)
A. Mg3P2 B. Sodium hydroxide (NaOH)
B. Mg2P3 C. Lead(II) nitrate (Pb(NO3)2)
C. Mg2PO3 D. Glucose (C6H12O6)
D. Mg3(PO3)2 352. Balance this equation and determine
what the coefficients should be. Al +
347. These are the starting materials or the
HCl → H2 + AlCl3
substances that exist before a chemical re-
action occurs. A. 2, 6, 3, 2
A. Products B. 1, 2, 3, 6
B. Reactants C. 4, 12, 3, 4
C. Starters D. 2, 1, 4, 5
D. Enders 353. Which is NOT a diatomic element?
348. The substances that undergo change in a A. Fluorine
chemical reaction are called B. Nitrogen
A. reactants C. Boron
B. products D. Bromine

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 64

354. Which is a Synthesis/composition Reac- C. the mass is the same


tion? D. the mass changes depending on the re-
A. A + B → AB action
B. AB-→ A + B
360. The unbalanced equation below repre-
C. AB + CD → AC +BC sents what type of reaction? K + P →
D. AB+ C → AC + B K3P
A. decomposition
355. Balance this reaction: RbNO3 +

NARAYAN CHANGDER
BeF2 → Be(NO3)2 + RbF B. single replacement
A. 1, 1, 1, 1 C. synthesis
B. 1, 2, 1, 1 D. double replacement
C. 2, 1, 1, 2 361. Fill in the blanks with coefficient:PCl5+
D. 2, 1, 2, 1 H2O→ HCl+H3PO4
356. How many Hydrogen are in 4H2O? A. 4, 5
A. 6 B. 1, 6
B. 8 C. 3, 8
C. 2 D. 2, 2
D. 4 362. Combustion reactions always produce
357. The reaction Na + Cl2 → NaCl is balanced
in A. water and carbon dioxide
A. 4Na +2Cl2→2NaCl B. oxygen and a fuel
B. 2Na + 2Cl2 →2NaCl C. oxygen and carbon dioxide
C. Na + 2Cl2-→ NaCl D. sugar and water
D. 2Na + Cl2-→ 2NaCl
363. A number written in the lower right side
358. How many molecules are present in the of the chemical formula, show the number
following chemical formula for ethane? 4 of atoms of each type in the molecules.
C2H6 A. coefficient
A. 16 B. parenthesis
B. 1 C. subscript
C. 4 D. superscript
D. 32
364. b(NO3)2 + 2Na3PO4 → Pb3(PO4)2
359. After a chemical reaction, how does the + 6NaNO3
total mass of the reactants compared to
A. 1
the total mass of the products?
B. 2
A. the product is doubled
B. the product is half the mass of the re- C. 3
actants D. 4

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 65

365. What will weigh more when a chemical B. Fe(NO3)2 + Sn3(PO4)4 >
change is complete? The reactants before Sn(NO3)4 + Fe3(PO4)2
the chemical reaction, or the product after

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


C. 3Fe(NO3)2 + Sn3(PO4)4 >
the reaction is complete? 3Sn(NO3)4 + Fe3(PO4)2
A. They both will weigh the same D. 2Fe(NO3)2 + Sn3(PO4)4 >
B. The product always weighs more than Sn(NO3)4 + 2Fe3(PO4)2
the reactant
370. What kind of reaction is this? FeS + 2
C. The reactant will weigh more than the HCl → FeCl2 + H2S
product
A. synthesis
D. They both will loose mass after the re-
action B. decomposition
C. single displacement
366. Which series of numbers represents the
coefficients necessary to balance the equa- D. double displacement
tion? Cu + AgNO3 →
371. Chemical equations
Cu(NO3)2 + Ag
A. give directions for naming compounds
A. 2, 2, 1, 4
B. describe only biological changes
B. 1, 1, 1, 2
C. describe chemical reactions
C. 1, 2, 1, 2
D. show how to write formulas
D. 0, 3, 2, 2
372. Chemical equations
367. What is the right ratio of chemicals for
the BCE (Balanced Chemical Equation)? A. describe chemical reactions
FeCl3 + Ca(OH)2 → Fe(OH)3 + B. show how to write chemical formulas
CaCl2
C. give directions for naming chemical
A. 4, 3→ 2, 1 compounds
B. 3, 2 → 3, 1 D. describe only biological changes
C. 2, 3 → 2, 2
373. Two Reactants and One Product
D. 2, 3 → 2, 3
A. Decomposition
368. It is the standard way of writing chemical B. Combination
formula.
C. Combustion
A. coefficient
D. Single Replacement
B. notation
C. subscript 374. In a chemical reaction, what is the rela-
tionship between the total mass of atoms
D. superscript for reactants and the total mass of atoms
369. Balanced equation for ferrous nitrate re- products?
acting with stannic phosphate A. They must be equal.
A. 6Fe(NO3)2 + Sn3(PO4)4 > B. The mass of the products must be
3Sn(NO3)4 + 2Fe3(PO4)2 greater.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 66

C. The mass of the reactants must be C. beryllium chloride


greater. D. beryllium dichloride
D. There is no general relationship be-
tween the two. 381. What is the right part of a chemical equa-
tion called? H2 + O → H 2
375. The states that in an equation, the
A. Reactants
mass of the reactants must equal the mass
of the products. B. Products

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Law of Science C. Yields
B. Law of Equation D. Chemical Equation
C. Law of Lavoisier 382. Predict the products of this synthesis re-
D. Law of Conservation of Mass action:H2 + Cl2 →
376. Name this compound:KF A. HCl
A. Potassium fluoride B. H2Cl2
B. Potassium fluorite C. H2Cl
C. Fluorine potasside D. HCl2
D. Potassium fluorate 383. What does (aq) mean in a chemical reac-
377. FeCl + Br2 → 2FeBr + Cl is a tion?

A. Decomposion reaction A. Ag
B. Single displacement B. silver
C. Double displacement C. aqualirious
D. Synthesis D. aqueous

378. Which coefficients balance the equation: 384. The coefficients needed to balance
this equation are: Ca3(PO4)2 +
A. 3, 4, 1, 4
H2(SO4) → Ca(SO4) +
B. 3, 2, 1, 2 Ca(H2PO4)2
C. 1, 1, 1, 1 A. 1, 1, 1, 2
D. 3, 4, 1, 2 B. 1, 2, 2, 1
379. How many Sodium (Na) are in 6NaCl? C. 2, 2, 1, 2
A. 1 D. 3, 1, 2, 1
B. 12
385. Which part of a chemical equation can be
C. 6 changed to balance it?
D. none of above A. The small subscripts EX H2
380. Name the following ionic com- B. The large coefficients EX:5C
pound:BeCl2 C. both the coefficients and the sub-
A. beryllium chlorine scripts
B. beryllium II chloride D. neither

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 67

386. Name the following ionic com- 392. Predict the products for this DR reaction-
pound:Cr(NO2)3 sNaOH + Fe(NO3)3 →

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. chromium nitrite A. NaFe + OH(NO3)3
B. chromium nitride B. NO3Na + Fe(OH)3
C. chromium III nitride C. Na3NO3 + FeOH
D. chromium III nitrite D. NaNO3 + Fe(OH)3

387. HF is 393. How many Mn atoms are found in the fol-


lowing compound? Cr(MnO4)6
A. an acid
A. 3
B. a base
B. 6
C. a salt
C. 18
D. an ionic compound D. 72
388. Mg + HCl → MgCl2 + H2 394. What type of reaction is this? H2O2
A. 1 → H2O + O2
B. 2 A. Synthesis
C. 3 B. Decomposition
D. 4 C. Single Replacement
D. Combustion
389. Balance this equation HgO → Hg
+ O2 395. How many reactants are in the following
chemical equation:P + O2 → P4O10
A. It is balanced
A. 1
B. 2HgO → Hg + O2
B. 2
C. 2HgO → 2Hg + O2
C. 3
D. I don’t know Oh well!
D. 14
390. Balance this equation P4 + O2 →
P2O3 396. Which of the following element is most
likely to form an ion with a 2+ charge?
A. it is already balanced
A. calcium (Ca)
B. 2, 1, 3
B. potassium (K)
C. 1, 2, 3 C. carbon (C)
D. 1, 3, 2 D. fluorine (F)
391. The coefficients needed to balance this 397. Name this reaction, CO2 + H2O →
equation are: N2 + H2 → NH3 H2CO3
A. 1, 3, 2 A. Decomposition
B. 3, 2, 1 B. Single Replacement
C. 2, 3, 1 C. Synthesis
D. 1, 2, 3 D. Combustion

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 68

398. What are the products of this reaction? 403. How many atoms of oxygen are present
Cu+ AgNO3→ in the reactants of the following chemi-
A. Cu(NO3)2+Ag cal equation? 6CO2 + 6H2 O →
C6 H12 O6 + 6O2
B. CuNO3 + Ag
A. 18
C. CuAg+NO3
B. 4
D. Cu+ AgNO3
C. 24

NARAYAN CHANGDER
399. Which of the following are indications D. 6
that a chemical reaction has taken place?
404. Which is best represented by the equa-
A. bubbles form tion? 2Mg + O2 2MgO
B. a precipitate forms A. Law of Conservation of Energy
C. the color of the solution changes B. Law of Conservation of Mass
D. all of the above C. Law of Superposition
400. In this equation, ZnCl2 + LiOH → D. none of above
Zn(OH)2 + LiClWhich product is insolu-
405. What is the right ratio of chemicals for
ble?
the BCE (Balanced Chemical Equation)?
A. zinc hydroxide H2 + S→ H2S
B. lithium chloride A. 1, 1 → 1
C. lithium hydroxide B. 2, 2 → 2
D. zinc chloride C. 1, 2 → 1

401. Which best represents a balanced equa- D. 1, 2 → 2


tion? 406. Which of the following is the correct
A. 120 grams of carbon plus 20 grams of skeleton equation for the reaction that
oxygen → 200 grams of carbon dioxide takes place when solid phosphorus com-
B. 120 grams of carbon plus 50 grams of bines with oxygen gas to form diphospho-
oxygen → 200 grams of carbon dioxide rus pentoxide?
A. P + O2 → PO 2
C. 120 grams of carbon plus 80 grams of
oxygen → 200 grams of carbon dioxide B. P + O → P 5 O 2
D. none of above C. P + O 2 → P 2 O 5
D. P 2 O 5 → P + O 2
402. How many molecules of CO2 are
present in the following chemical equa- 407. If you cut a wooden block in half, each
tion? 6CO2 + 6H2 O → C6 H12 O6 + half would have:
6O2
A. Half the density of the original piece
A. 18
B. Twice the density of the original piece
B. 4
C. The same density as the original piece
C. 24
D. 6 D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 69

408. What is the correct formula for Sodium 414. Name Fe(NO3)3
Oxide? A. Iron (III) Nitrate

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. NaO B. Iron (III) Nitride
B. NaO2 C. Iron (VI) Nitrate
C. Na2O D. Iron Nitrate
D. Na2O2
415. Balance this equation: AgNO3 +
409. How many atoms of carbon (C) are in Glu- Cu → Cu(NO3)2 + Ag
cose, C6H12O6? A. 4, 2, 1, 2
A. 3 B. 1, 1, 1, 1
B. 6 C. 1, 2, 1, 2
C. 12 D. 2, 1, 1, 2
D. 24 416. What does the symbol (aq) in a chemical
410. The breaking down of a substance into equation represent?
two or more substances is A. a liquid substance
A. synthesis B. a substance that is dissolved in water
B. decomposition (aqueous)
C. a gas substance
C. single-displacement
D. an electric current is applied to the re-
D. double-displacement
actants
411. N2, Cl2, and O2 are all
417. Which of the following is an unbalanced
A. diatomic molecules. equation?
B. ionic bonds. A. CaCO3 → CaO + CO2
C. of equal mass. B. PbO2 + 2H2→2Pb + H2O
D. solids. C. 2Na+ 2H2O→2NaOH + H2
412. Which reaction type is the following:Na + D. CS2 + 2O2 → CO2 + 2SO2
CaF2 → Ca + NaF 418. What is the formula for tin (II) nitride?
A. Decomposition A. Sn3N2
B. Single Replacement B. SnN2
C. Synthesis C. Sn3N
D. Double Replacement D. SnN
413. Al + H2SO4 → Al2(SO4)3 + H2What co- 419. How many atoms are in the element Car-
efficient goes in front of H2? bon in this compound? H2C3O4N5
A. 1 A. 2
B. 2 B. 3
C. 3 C. 4
D. 4 D. 5

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 70

420. Two elements react to form one product 425. Identify the type of reaction:Ca + O →
is an example of which type of chemical CaO
reaction? A. Decomposition
A. combustion B. Synthesis
B. decomposition C. Double Replacement
C. synthesis D. Combustion
D. single replacement

NARAYAN CHANGDER
426. How many total atoms are present in the
following chemical formula? C6 H12 O6
421. How many atoms of carbon are present
in the products of the following chemi- A. 18
cal equation? 6CO2 + 6H2 O → B. 4
C6 H12 O6 + 6O2
C. 24
A. 18
D. 6
B. 4
427. Name the following compound:FeCl3
C. 24
A. iron chloride
D. 6
B. iron III chloride
422. How many products are in the following C. iron chlorate
chemical equation:P + O2 → P4O10
D. iron III chlorate
A. 1
428. Which of the following statements is cor-
B. 2
rect?
C. 3
A. Blue litmus paper turns red when
D. 14 placed in a base.
B. Red litmus paper turns blue when
423. What type of reaction involves a fuel be-
placed in a base.
ing burned in the presence of oxygen in or-
der to produce carbon dioxide and water? C. Blue litmus paper stays blue when
placed in an acid.
A. single replacement
D. Red litmus paper stays red when
B. synthesis placed in a base.
C. double replacement
429. type of chemical reaction where two com-
D. combustion pounds react, and the positive ions (cation)
and the negative ions (anion) of the two
424. Chemical equations are balanced in order reactants switch places, forming two new
to comply with the Law of compounds or products
A. Conservation of Mass A. Double Displacement
B. Universal Gravitation B. Single Displacement
C. Motion C. Synthesis
D. Conservation of Energy D. Decomposition

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 71

430. Cl2 (g) + CH4 (g) → CCl4 (l) 436. Burning is a reaction.
+ HCl (g)
A. synthesis

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 4, 1, 1, 4
B. combination
B. 4, 1, 4, 1
C. decomposition
C. 1, 1, 4, 4
D. combustion
D. 4, 4, 1, 1
431. To balance a chemical equation, it may be 437. The coefficient in 3H2O is
necessary to adjust the A. 6
A. Coefficients B. 5
B. Subscripts C. 2
C. Formulas of the products D. 3
D. Number of products
438. The difference between a Physical change
432. In the chemical equation H 2 O 2 → H 2 and a Chemical change is
O + O 2 the O 2 is a
A. Physical change is only a change to the
A. catalyst outside appearance.
B. solid
B. Chemical change is when matter is
C. product changed into something new.
D. reactant C. Atoms are rearranged in chemical
433. What kind of reaction is this:CaCO3 + Ag changes & not in physical.
2SO4 → CaSO 4 + Ag 2CO 3 D. All are correct.
A. Decomposition
439. Which of these reactions is possible?
B. Single Replacement
A. Zn (s) + CuO (aq) → ZnO (aq) + Cu
C. Double Replacement (s)
D. Combustion
B. Cu (s) + FeSO4 (aq) → CuSO 4 (aq) +
434. The arrow in a chemical equation repre- Fe (s)
sents the C. Pb (s) + ZnCl2 (aq) → PbCl 2 (a) + Zn
A. chemical change/reaction (s)
B. products D. Au (s) + 2HCl (aq) → AuCl2 (aq) + H
C. coefficients 2 (g)
D. subscripts 440. What is the charge of Iron in this
435. What is the oxidation number of O in compound. (Hint:think criss cross
CO2? method):Fe3(PO4)2

A. +2 A. 3+
B. -1 B. 2+
C. +4 C. 1+
D. -2 D. 6+

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 72

441. What do subscripts tell us about a chem- 446. Use the given chemical formula, sub-
ical formula? scripts and coefficients to determine how
many atoms of each element are present
A. How many molecules are present.
in:6 H2CO3
B. How many individual atoms are
present of the element the subscript is A. Hydrogen = 2 Carbon = 1 Oxygen =
in front of (to the left of) 3

C. How many individual atoms present of B. Hydrogen = 12 Carbon = 12 Oxygen


=3

NARAYAN CHANGDER
the elements they come after (to the right
of) C. Hydrogen = 8 Carbon = 6 Oxygen =
D. If the molecule is stable or not 9
D. Hydrogen = 12 Carbon = 6 Oxygen =
442. Which of the following is a balanced equa- 18
tion?
A. Na + Cl2 → NaCl 447. Classify the following chemical reac-
tion:4P +5O 2 → P 4 O 10
B. H2 + O2 → H2O
A. single replacement
C. Ca + Br → CaBr2
B. double replacement
D. Na + F → NaF
C. synthesis
443. What is the Law of Conservation of
D. decomposition
mass?
A. Mass is created in a chemical reaction 448. Name this formula:KNO3
B. Mass is created in a physical change A. Potassium Nitrogen Oxide
C. New chemicals formed from a chem- B. Potassium Nitride
ical reaction have a larger overall mass
C. Potassium Nitrate
than the original reactants
D. Potassium (I) Nitrite
D. Mass is never created or destroyed

444. The polyatomic ion:SO42-has the name 449. The number in front of a compound or el-
ement is a
A. Phosphate
A. Subscript
B. Sulfate
B. Coefficient
C. Sulfite
C. Superscript
D. Sulfur tetra oxide
D. Charge
445. Predict the products for the this reac-
tion:K + HCl → 450. What is the formula for Sodium Oxide?
A. KCl + H2 A. NaO
B. KHCl B. NaO2
C. KH + Cl2 C. Na2O
D. KCl + H D. Na2O2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 73

451. LiBr is called C. -2


A. lithium bromine D. -3

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. lithium (I) bromine 457. NaClO3 → NaCl + O2
C. lithium bromide A. 2, 2, 2
D. lithuim (I) bromide
B. 2, 2, 3
452. What is the right ratio of chemicals for C. 3, 2, 2
the BCE (Balanced Chemical Equation)?
D. 1, 2, 3
Na + H2O → NaOH + H2
A. 2, 2 → 2, 1 458. Which of the following is the general for-
mula for a synthesis reaction?
B. 4, 4 → 4, 1
A. A + B → AB
C. 1, 2 → 2, 4
B. AB → A + B
D. 1, 2 → 2, 1
C. AB + C → AC + B
453. The correct formula for magnesium oxide
D. AB + CD → AC + BD
is
A. Mg2O 459. Which of these is NOT a sign that a chem-
ical change has occurred?
B. MgO
A. A loss of transparency
C. MgO2
B. An unexpected color change
D. Mg2O3
C. A temperature change
454. Balance this equation and determine
what the coefficients should be N2 + D. The formation of a precipitate
H2 → NH3 460. John and Lisa collected a sample of ocean
A. 1, 2, 3 water and placed it in a jar. Within a cou-
B. 1, 3, 2 ple of days, the water had evaporated and
salt was visible at the bottom of the jar.
C. 1, 1, 2 This is an example of a
D. 2, 1, 1 A. physical change
455. Which of the following is NOT an ele- B. chemical change
ment? C. new substance being formed
A. H2O D. none of above
B. H2
461. Which of the following set of coefficients
C. O2 would balance the given equation? Al
D. Au + Fe(NO3)2 → Al(NO3)3 + Fe

456. What is the charge on the hydroxide A. 2, 2, 3, 3


ion? B. 2, 3, 2, 3
A. 0 C. 3, 2, 3, 2
B. -1 D. 3, 3, 2, 2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 74

462. It states that the total mass of the re- 467. Why is the following chemical equation
actants is equal to the total mass of the not balanced? H2 + O2 → H2O
products before and after the chemical re-
A. each side of the equation has a differ-
action.
ent number of oxygen atoms
A. Law of conservation of energy
B. each side of the equation has a differ-
B. Law of acceleration ent number of hydrogen atoms
C. Law of conservation of mass C. each side has the same mass

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Law of chemistry
D. none of above
463. Predict the products for the this reac-
tion:Cu + MgCl2 → 468. Which type of reaction can be recognized
by the general pattern? A + BC→ AC + B
A. MgCl2 + Cu
A. Decomposition
B. no reaction
B. Combustion
C. MgCu + Cl2
D. CuCl2 + Mg C. Single Replacement
D. Double Replacement
464. What is a Reactant?
A. The end result of a chemical reaction. 469. What does a chemical change result in?
B. The arrow that separates the product A. A change in state of the substance (ex.
from the reactant. liquid to solid)
C. The number to the lower right of an el- B. A change in texture of the substance.
ement that shows the number of atoms.
C. A change in the way atoms are bonded
D. The substance changed in a chemical to each other.
reaction.
D. A change in the appearance of the sub-
465. What is the reactant in the following stance.
equation? 2NaHCO3 → Na2CO3 + CO2
+ H2O 470. In chemical equations what does →
mean?
A. NaHCO3
B. Na2CO3 A. to the right

C. CO2 B. forward
D. H2O C. it is just an arrow

466. A precipitate is a D. yields

A. liquid that forms when two solids are 471. AgNO3 + NaCl → AgCl +
reacted NaNO3
B. a solid that forms when two liquids are A. 1, 1, 1, 1
mixed
B. 1, 2, 2, 1
C. a gas that forms when vinegar and bak-
ing soda react C. 1, 1, 2, 2
D. a change of color in a solution D. 2, 1, 2, 1

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 75

472. How many atoms of Sulfur (S) are in C. Base


5Ca2(SO4)3 D. Litmus

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 5
478. What coffecients would balance the fol-
B. 15
lowing chemical equation:Al2O3 → Al +
C. 3 O2
D. 60 A. 1, 1, 1
473. What are the products in a reaction be- B. 1, 2, 1
tween Lithium Sulfide and Silver Nitrate?
C. 4, 5, 1
A. Lithium Sulfide & Silver Nitrate
D. 2, 1, 3
B. Lithium Nitrate & Silver Sulfide
C. Lithium Nitrate & Silver Sulfate 479. (NH4)3PO4 + Pb(NO3)4 →
Pb3(PO4)4 + NH4NO3
D. Lithium Nitride & Silver Sulfide
A. 2, 1, 1, 6
474. The formation of water is an example
B. 1, 2, 2, 3
of a reaction because two simple sub-
stances (H and O) combine to produce a C. 4, 3, 1, 12
new compound (H2O). D. 4, 2, 1, 12
A. Single Displacement
480. What is a molecule?
B. Decomposition
A. Two or more atoms bonded together.
C. Double Replacement
D. Synthesis B. Two or more of only the same type of
atoms bonded together.
475. Which of the following is correct for a C. Two or more atoms bonded together,
chemical equation? and they have to be different elements.
A. Reactants → Products
D. It is the same as a compound.
B. Products → Reactants
481. What symbol in a chemical equation rep-
C. Reactants <-Products
resents produces or yields?
D. Products <-Reactants
A. + plus sign
476. NaOH + FeCl2 → Fe(OH)2 + B. → arrow sign
NaCl
C. (g)
A. 2, 1, 1, 2
D. (aq)
B. 2, 1, 2, 1
C. 2, 2, 1, 1 482. What type of reaction is illustrated be-
D. 1, 1, 2, 2 low? 2HI → H2 + I2
A. synthesis
477. What is a solution with a pH lower than
7? B. decomposition
A. Neutral C. single replacement
B. Acid D. double replacement

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 76

483. Which of the following is a decomposition 488. What is the right ratio of chemicals for
reaction? the BCE (Balanced Chemical Equation)?
A. 2H2O → 2H2 + O2 CO + Fe2O3→ Fe + CO2

B. Mg + 2HCl → MgCl2 + H2 A. 3, 1 → 2, 3
C. 2Cu + O2 → 2CuO B. 3, 2 → 1, 1
D. HCl + NaOH → NaCl +H2O C. 3, 2 → 2, 4
D. 3, 2 → 2, 1

NARAYAN CHANGDER
484. What is the main difference between syn-
thesis and decomposition?
489. What kind of reaction is this:4Fe + 3O2
A. One is negative and one is positive → 2Fe 2O3
B. One is being combined into something A. Synthesis
and one is being broken down into some-
thing B. Decomposition
C. One deals with two or more sub- C. Single Replacement
stances and one deals with just one
D. Double Replacement
D. The both deal with two or more sub-
stances 490. Who was the chemist that discovered in a
chemical reaction the mass stays the same
485. When silver nitrate (AgNO3) reacts with before and after?
sodium sulfate (Na2SO4) in aqueous solu-
tion, will a precipitate form? If yes, what A. Lavoisier
is the precipitate? B. Mendeleev
A. Yes, silver sulfate (Ag2SO4) C. Newton
B. Yes, silver metal (Ag) D. Dalton
C. Yes, sodium nitrate (NaNO3)
D. No precipitate forms. 491. Balance this equation: Pb(OH)2 +
HCl → H2O + PbCl2
486. What is the coefficient of iron when the A. 1, 2, 2, 1
following chemical equation is balanced?
Fe + Cl2 →FeCl3 B. 1, 1, 1, 1
A. 1 C. 2, 4, 4, 1
B. 2 D. 1, 2, 1, 1
C. 3
492. What do coefficients tell us in a chemical
D. 4 formula?
487. The number of atoms of N (nitrogen) in A. How many atoms present.
3N2O5 is
B. How many molecules/formula units
A. 5 present
B. 2 C. How much electrons present.
C. 6 D. Only the amount of atoms of the ele-
D. 15 ment it comes before.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 77

493. What coefficient should be used to fill the C. KClO3 → KCl + O2


blank in making the following equation bal- D. H2 + O2 → H2O
anced? N2+O2→ NO

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 1 499. Which of the following is a compound?
B. 2 A. Co
C. 3 B. O2
D. 4 C. C
D. CO2
494. How many molecules are there TOTAL
in:H2SO4 500. In a perfect closed system, what would
A. 1 be the mass of the product when the reac-
tants are combined?
B. 5
A. The mass of the product would be the
C. 7
same as the mass of the reactant
D. 3
B. The mass of the product would be
495. If the mass of a chemical reaction’s prod- more than the mass of the reactant
uct is 15 grams, what would the mass of C. The mass of the product would be less
the reactants be? than the mass of the reactant
A. 20 g D. The mass of the product would equal
B. 15 g zero.
C. 10 g 501. What is the general form for a single-
D. 3 g replacement reaction?
A. AB+ CD → AD + CB
496. Which is NOT a diatomic molecule?
B. AB → A + B
A. Fluorine
C. A + B → AB
B. Nitrogen
D. A + BC → AC + B
C. Boron
D. Bromine 502. Name NH4F
A. Ammonia fluoride
497. What is the state symbol for a solid?
B. Ammonium fluorite
A. (S)
C. Fluorinated ammonia
B. (s)
D. Ammonium fluoride
C. (sl)
D. (aq) 503. What is the formula for sodium phos-
phate?
498. Which of the following is a correctly writ-
ten chemical equation that demonstrates A. Na3PO4
the conservation of mass? B. Na3PO3
A. Mg + HCl → H2 + MgCl2 C. Na3P
B. H2O + CO2 → H2CO3 D. Na3PO

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 78

504. Identify the correct chemical equation for C. 3


the following reaction:Magnesium carbon- D. 0
ate is heated and decomposes into solid
magnesium oxide and carbon dioxide gas. 509. The proper formula for magnesium hy-
droxide:
A. MgCO3 → MgO + CO2
A. MgOH
B. 2MgCO3 → Mg2O2 + 2CO2
B. Mg2OH
C. Mg2(CO3)2 → 2 MgO + 2 CO2
C. Mg(OH)2

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. MgCO3 → MgO + 2 CO2
D. Mg2OH2
505. Can the subscripts in a chemical reaction
510. How many aluminum atoms are in
be changed?
Al2(SO4)3?
A. Cannot be determined
A. 1
B. Maybe, depending on the energy re-
B. 2
leased
C. 3
C. No, you can not create or destroy an
atom D. 4

D. Yes, to balance the equation 511. The number to the lower right of an el-
ement that shows the number of atoms
506. Identify the correct equation for the fol- bonded is called?
lowing chemical reaction:Solutions of sil-
A. Product
ver nitrate and magnesium chloride are
mixed, forming silver chloride and magne- B. Subscript
sium nitrate. C. Chemical Formula
A. AgNO3 + MgCl2 → AgCl2 + MgNO3 D. Reactant
B. 2 AgNO3 + MgCl2 → 2 AgCl + 512. A substance is found to have the follow-
Mg(NO3)2 ing characteristics:Very bitter taste Feels
C. AgNO3 + MgCl → AgCl + MgNO3 slippery to the touch Produces OH-ions
D. 2 AgNO3 + MgCl2 → 2 AgCl + 2 when dissolved in water In what category
MgNO3 would the substance be classified?
A. acid
507. A larger number found in front of a chem-
B. base
ical formula is a(n)
C. enzyme
A. Element
D. fatty acid
B. Exponent
C. Subscript 513. A numerical number attach in front of the
chemical formula, denotes the number of
D. Coefficient molecules or mole in a compound.
508. Which number should go in the blank? A. coefficient
H2 + O2 → 2 H2O B. molecules
A. 1 C. subscript
B. 2 D. superscript

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 79

514. How many ATOMS are there TOTAL 520. This helps to speed up a reaction but does
in:H2SO4 not take part in the chemical reaction.
A. coeffiecents

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 6
B. 5 B. reactants
C. 7 C. catalyst
D. 3 D. combustion

515. The equation for the reaction is Mg + O2- 521. Select the set of coefficients that balance
→ MgO When the above equation is bal- this equation: KClO3 → KCl+
anced, the coefficient for MgO is O2
A. 2 A. 2, 2, 3
B. 3 B. 2, 3, 2
C. 4 C. 3, 2, 2
D. 5 D. 1, 2, 2

516. The polyatomic ion NO3-1 is named: 522. What are the larger numbers that you
CAN CHANGE in a chemical equation?
A. nitrous oxide
A. Coefficient
B. nitrite
B. Products
C. nitrate
C. Reactants
D. thionitrate
D. Subscripts
517. Which problem is balanced?
523. Name this reaction, C4H12 + O2 → H2O
A. PbO2 + 2H2 + CO2
B. SO2 + H20 → H2SO4 A. Decomposition
C. 2Na + 2H2O → 2NaOH + H2 B. Single Replacement
D. none of above C. Double Replacement
518. Which reaction type is the following:Fe + D. Combustion
O2 → Fe2O3 524. Balance this reaction: NH3 +
A. Decomposition H2SO4 → (NH4)2SO4
B. Single Replacement A. 2, 1, 1
C. Synthesis B. 2, 1, 2
D. Double Replacement C. 1, 2, 2
D. 2, 2, 1
519. A reaction that occurs when two or more
elements or compounds combine to make 525. In the compound Mg(NO3)2, how many
a more complex substance is called atoms of oxygen is present?
A. double replacement A. 1
B. decomposition B. 2
C. composition C. 3
D. single replacement D. 6

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 80

526. All of the following are chemical reactions D. Na(NO3)2 & MgCO3, MgCO3 is the pre-
EXCEPT cipitate
A. burning of paper 531. How many ATOMS of Oxygen are in
B. potassium fluoride and calcium nitrate 3Fe2O3
are mixed. A. 2
C. sodium hydroxide is added to nitric B. 3
acid
C. 6

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. freezing of potassium nitrate solution.
D. 9
527. What are the products in the following
chemical equation:P + O2 → P4O10 532. How many atoms of oxygen are repre-
sented in 2Ca(NO3)2?
A. P
A. 4
B. O2
B. 6
C. P & O2
C. 10
D. P4O10
D. 12
528. Nitric acid can oxidize iron(II) ions to
iron(III) ions by the following reaction 533. What is the law of conservation of
HNO3 + Fe+2 + H+ NO + mass?
Fe+3 + H2O A. Matter changes when reacted or
A. 1 changed.

B. 2 B. The mass of all reactants are changed


during a physical or chemical change
C. 3
C. The mass of the reactants is the same
D. 4 as the mass of the products
529. What formula results when Ca +2 and Br- D. The mass of the products is different
A. Ca2Br2 than the mass of the reactants.

B. CaBr 534. Balance this equation: SeCl6 +


C. Ca(br)2 O2 → SeO2 + Cl2

D. CaBr2 A. 1, 2, 1, 2
B. 1, 1, 1, 3
530. Predict the products in a double re-
C. 1, 2, 1, 1
placement reaction between Na2CO3 and
Mg(NO3)2 and determine which will be D. 2, 1, 1, 1
the precipitate.
535. What are the smaller numbers that you
A. Na2CO3 & Mg(NO3)2, Na2CO3 is the CANNOT change in a chemical equation?
precipitate
A. Coefficient
B. NaNO3 & MgCO3, NaNO3 is the precip-
itate B. Products

C. NaNO3 & MgCO3, MgCO3 is the precip- C. Reactants


itate D. Subscript

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 81

536. When heated, mercuric oxide decom- 541. How many products are in the following
poses to form liquid mercury and oxygen. chemical equation:Al2O3 → Al + O2
A scientist heated 10 grams (g) of mercuric

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 1
oxide and formed 9.3 grams of liquid mer-
cury. How many grams of oxygen were B. 2
formed? C. 3
A. 0.7 g D. 14
B. 9.3 g
542. Can matter be created or destroyed?
C. 10.0 g
A. Yes, it can be created.
D. 19.3 g
B. Yes, it can be destroyed.
537. What does the (s) stand for in MgCO3 (s) C. No, matter is always conserved
A. soluble D. None of these
B. salty
543. In the equation below, suppose 11 grams
C. insoluble of zinc react with 12 grams of hydrogen
D. gas chloride to form 16 grams of zinc chloride
and an unknown amount of hydrogen gas.
538. what is a product? Zn + 2HCl → ZnCl2 + H2 Based on the
Law of Conservation of Mass, how many
A. a volatile chemical
grams of hydrogen gas will form?
B. a dangerous substance
A. 1 g
C. the substance(s) you start with in a
B. 7 g
chemical reaction
C. 19 g
D. the substance(s) you end with in a
chemical reaction D. none of above

539. What does a triangle above an arrow 544. How many ELEMENTS are in C6H12O6?
mean in a chemical reaction?
A. 1
A. Yield
B. 2
B. Reversible reaction is occuring
C. 3
C. Heat is being added
D. 4
D. Catalyst is being added
545. A compound is reacted and forms two
540. Predict the products:NaOH + Fe(NO3)3 new substances. What type of reaction is
→ this?
A. NaFe + OH(NO3)3 A. combustion
B. Na(NO3)2 + Fe(OH)3 B. synthesis
C. NaOH + Fe(NO3)3 C. decomposition
D. NaNO3 + Fe(OH)3 D. single replacement

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 82

546. The substance/substances at the begin- 551. Which of the following is a product of the
ning of a chemical reaction are called the equation:Cl2 + KBr =>
A. BrCl
A. product B. K2
B. yield C. KCl
C. chemical symbol D. none of above
D. reactants

NARAYAN CHANGDER
552. are the elements or compounds that
547. Na + O2-→ Na2OType of reac- leave (are formed in) a chemical reaction.
tion? Balance it too.:) A. Polymers
A. Synthesis, 2Na / 4Na2O B. Bonds
B. Decomposition, 4Na / 2Na2O C. Reactants
C. Synthesis, 4Na / 2Na2O D. Products
D. Decomposition, 2Na / 4Na2O
553. We learned to determine if a chemical
548. Why is it called the Law of Conservation equation is balanced
of Matter/Mass? A. By counting the number of atoms be-
A. Energy is created and destroyed fore and after the reaction.
B. Energy is never created, nor destroyed B. By calculating the molar mass of all the
it always moves substances involved.
C. Energy moves between particles C. By calculating the moles of all the sub-
D. Energy stops moving at the end of the stances involved.
universe D. By dividing the number of atoms by the
number of moles for each substance in-
549. AlBr3 + K2SO4 → KBr + volved
Al2(SO4)3
A. 6 AlBr3 + 1 K2SO4 → 6 KBr + 1 554. What kind of reaction is this:2H2O 2 →2
Al2(SO4)3 H2O + O2

B. 2 AlBr3 + 3 K2SO4 → 6 KBr + 1 A. Synthesis


Al2(SO4)3 B. Decomposition
C. 1 AlBr3 + 1 K2SO4 → 2 KBr + 3 C. Single Replacement
Al2(SO4)3 D. Combustion
D. 2 AlBr3 + 3 K2SO4 → 1 KBr + 2
Al2(SO4)3 555. Numbers placed in front of chemical for-
mulas in an equation that show the rela-
550. The correct coefficients for the equa- tive amounts of the reactants and products
tion:KClO3 → KCl + O2 are are called
A. 2, 2, 3 A. catalysts
B. 3, 2, 2 B. coefficients
C. 2, 3, 2 C. balancers
D. 2, 1, 3 D. aqueous

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 83

556. H2SO4 + Mg(NO3)2 → MgSO4 + 561. Name the part in red: 2 H2 +


HNO3What coefficient goes in front of 1 O2 → 2 H2O
Mg(NO3)2?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Coefficient
A. 1 B. Product
B. 2 C. Yield
C. 3 D. Subscript
D. 4 562. Balance this equation, Ca + H2O → CaO
+H2
557. When a substance breaks down into two
substances, the chemical reaction taking A. Ca + 2H2O → CaO + 2H2
place is called B. 2Ca + H2O → CaO + H2
A. Single Displacement C. Ca + H2O → CaO + H2
B. Decomposition D. Cannot be balanced
C. Triple Replacement 563. Which reaction type is the following:AgF
D. Single Composition + CaCl2 → AgCl + CaF2
A. Decomposition
558. Balance the following: Al + O2 B. Single Replacement
→ Al2O3
C. Synthesis
A. 2, 3, 4
D. Double Replacement
B. 4, 3, 2
564. Balance this equation SnO2 +
C. 1, 1, 2 H2→ Sn + H2O
D. 2, 1, 1 A. 1, 1, 2, 1
559. Balance this equation:H2 + Cl2 → HCl B. 1, 2, 1, 1
A. It is balanced. C. 1, 2, 1, 2
D. 1, 2, 2, 1
B. H2 + Cl2 → 2HCl
C. 3H2 + Cl2 → 6HCl 565. How many total atoms are in the com-
pound C2H8O?
D. H2 + 3Cl2 → 6HCl
A. 11
560. A chemistry teacher combines 20 grams B. 2
of lemon juice with 25 grams of baking
C. 8
soda in a flask covered with a balloon. The
flask and balloon have a combined mass of D. 1
105 grams. What is the mass of the entire 566. In a chemical reaction, the arrow stands
setup after a reaction has occurred? for what?
A. 45 g A. reactants
B. 150 g B. yields or makes
C. 605 g C. products
D. none of above D. Ask Stephen, he knows

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.2 Balancing a chemical reaction 84

567. How many atoms of C are in 573. A catalyst is a substance that


3C6H12O6?
A. slows down the rate (speed) of reac-
A. 6 tions
B. 26 B. speeds up the rate (speed) of reaction
C. 18 C. increases the products in a reaction
D. 12 D. a substance that makes new products
568. The substances that are present before a

NARAYAN CHANGDER
reaction are the 574. Which chemical reaction forms Carbon
Dioxide and Water?
A. reactants
A. Double Replacement
B. products
B. Single Replacement
C. both of these
D. neither of these C. Combustion
D. Decomposition
569. How many Magnesium are in 10MgCl2?
A. 10 575. In a chemical reaction, bonds are broken
B. 5 and new bonds are formed that create new
substances. The bonds that are broken are
C. 20 called what?
D. none of above A. Reactants
570. Balance this chemical reaction ? B. Products
H2O2 → H2O + O2
C. Atoms
A. 2H2O2 // 2H2O
D. Catalysts
B. 1H2O2 // 2H2O
C. 2H2O2 // 1H2O 576. Balance the following equation:
D. H2O2 // 2H2O SeCl6+ O2→ SeO2+ Cl2
A. 1, 1, 1, 3
571. What will be the result of the follow-
ing:Br2 + NaF → B. 2, 1, 2, 1
A. bromine will replace Na C. 1, 2, 1, 2
B. Na will replace Br D. 2, 2, 2, 4
C. Br will replace F
577. Identify the correct equation for the fol-
D. no reaction will occur lowing chemical reaction:Aluminum metals
572. Balance the following:Aluminum nitrate is immersed in a solution of silver nitrate,
and Carbonic acid react to form Aluminum forming aluminum nitrate and silver metal.
carbonate and Nitric acid A. Al + AgNO3 → AlNO3 + Ag
A. 4, 1, 2, 5 B. Al + 3 AgNO3 → Al(NO3)3 + 3 Ag
B. 1, 3, 6, 2 C. Al + Ag2NO3 → AlNO3 + 2 Ag
C. 2, 1, 3, 6 D. 2 Al + 3 Ag(NO3)2 → 2 Al(NO3)3 + 3
D. 2, 3, 1, 6 Ag

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.3 Combination and decomposition reactions 85

578. Classify CH 4 2 2 2 A. double replacement


A. single replacement B. decomposition

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. double replacement C. combustion
C. synthesis
D. single replacement
D. combustion
579. The equation below represents a bal- 582. An exothermic reaction is a reaction that
anced chemical reaction. Which type of a reaction where energy is
chemical reaction is represented? BaCl2 + A. released to the surroundings as heat,
MgSO4 → BaSO4 + MgCl2 and temperature increases.
A. double replacement B. is absorbed from the surroundings,
B. single replacement and temeprature drops.
C. decomposition C. where energy is destroyed
D. synthesis
D. where energy is created
580. Which is a Synthesis Reaction?
583. Diatomic molecules are found in na-
A. A + B → AB
ture as their single element:I, O, N, H, Br,
B. AB-→ A + B Cl, or H.
C. AB + CD → AC +BC
A. often
D. AB+ C → AC + B
B. never
581. Which type of reaction takes place in the
C. sometimes
presence of oxygen and produces carbon
dioxide and water? D. always

1.3 Combination and decomposition reactions


1. metal hydroxide (+ heat) → + A. CsCl
A. metal carbonate + water B. CsCl2
B. metal oxide + carbon dioxide C. Cs2Cl
C. carbon dioxide + water D. Cs2Cl3
D. metal oxide + water E. Cs3Cl2

2. What are the products in this equation? 4. Li + Br2 →


Mg + 2HCl → MgCl2 + H2 A. LiBr
A. Mg + 2HCl B. LiBr2
B. 2HCl and MgCl2 C. for a grave
C. MgCl2 + H2 D. BrLi
D. H2 and Mg 5. What does the “thermal” in thermal de-
3. Predict the product of the reaction be- composition mean?
tween cesium and chlorine. A. sulfur

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.3 Combination and decomposition reactions 86

B. catalyst 11. A combination reaction can be represented


C. heat as

D. oven A. AB + CD → AC + BD
B. AB → A + B
6. NaHCO3 decomposes into carbon dioxide,
water and ? C. A + B → AB

A. NaH D. A + BC → B + AC

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. Na2O 12. type of reaction in which two or more el-
C. NaC ements combine to form a more complex
compound
D. NaOH
A. Double Displacement
7. Predict the product of the reaction be- B. Single Displacement
tween barium and selenium.
C. Synthesis
A. BaSe
D. Decomposition
B. BaSe2
13. A decomposition reaction can be repre-
C. Ba2Se
sented as
D. Ba2Se3
A. AB → A + B
E. Ba3Se2
B. A + B → AB
8. What colour is copper carbonate C. AB + CD → AC + BD
A. white D. A + BC → B + AC
B. blue
14. Predict the products for the following re-
C. colourless action:Ca + P →
D. green A. CaP
9. Which of the following is the balanced B. Ca2P3
chemical equation for the synthesis reac- C. Ca3P2
tion for the formation of sulfur dioxide (SO
D. CaP + Ca3P2
2)?
A. S + O2 → 2SO2 15. Predict the product(s) for this rx make
sure the coefficients for a balanced equa-
B. S + O2 → SO2
tion are also present (if needed) H2CO3
C. 2S + O2 → SO2 →
D. S + 2O2 → 4SO2 A. H2 + CO 3
10. (+ heat) → zinc oxide + carbon diox- B. H2O + CO3
ide C. H2O + CO2
A. zinc carbonate D. 2H + C + 3O
B. zinc oxide 16. What are the reactants in this equation?
C. zinc dioxide Mg + 2HCl-→ MgCl2 + H2
D. zinc hydrogen carbonate A. Mg + 2HCl

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.3 Combination and decomposition reactions 87

B. 2HCl and MgCl2 22. Choose the balanced chemical equation for
C. MgCl2 + H2 the formation of iron oxide.
A. 2Fe + O2 → 2FeO2

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. H2 and Mg
B. Fe + O2 → FeO2
17. HgO will decompose to produce + C. 4Fe + 3O2 → 2Fe2O3
A. Hg + H2O D. 4Fe + O2 → 2FeO2
B. Hg + OH 23. What is true of synthesis reactions?
C. Hg + CO2 A. They must have more than one prod-
D. Hg + O2 uct.
B. They must have two or more reactants.
18. What type of reaction is this? Al(OH)3 →
Al2O3 + H2O C. They must have one or more reactants.
D. They must have two or more products.
A. Combination
B. Decomposition 24. What is the product when I have the reac-
tionAl + Br2 ==>
C. Single Replacement
A. AlBr2
D. Double Replacement
B. AlBr3
19. Balance the following: H2SO4 + C. AlBr
NaNO2 → HNO2 + Na2SO4 D. A + l + B + r
A. 1, 1, 2, 1 25. Balance the following:Fluorine and Alu-
B. 1, 2, 2, 1 minum oxide react to produce Aluminum
C. 2, 3, 3, 2 fluoride and Oxygen
A. 6, 2, 4, 3
D. 4, 3, 2, 1
B. 3, 4, 2, 6
20. a process or reaction in which the system C. 5, 1, 3, 2
absorbs energy from its surroundings; usu-
D. 3, 2, 4, 3
ally, but not always, in the form of heat
A. Endothermic Reaction 26. type of reaction in which a compound is
broken down into its simple elements
B. Exothermic Reaction
A. Double Displacement
C. Diffusion
B. Single Displacement
D. Fission C. Synthesis
21. A chemical change in which a single com- D. Decomposition
pound breaks down into two or more sim-
27. A decomposition reaction can be repre-
pler products is called a
sented by which pattern?
A. single-replacement reaction A. AB → A + B
B. combination reaction B. A + B → AB
C. double-replacement reaction C. AB + CD → AC + BD
D. decomposition reaction D. A + BC → B + AC

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.3 Combination and decomposition reactions 88

28. A combination reaction can be recognized 33. A synthesis reaction can be represented as
because it has
A. only one product A. AB + CD → AC + BD
B. only one reactant B. AB → A + B

C. 2 or more reactants and 2 or more C. A + B → AB


products D. A + BC → B + AC
D. the presence of a catalyst

NARAYAN CHANGDER
34. What are the products of this reaction:Fe
+ Na2CO3?
29. What are the products of this single re-
placement reaction:Mg + CuSO4 A. Na2 + Fe(CO3)2
B. Na + CO3Fe
A. Cu + MgSO4
C. Na + Fe2CO3
B. Cu + SO4Mg
D. No Reaction
C. Cu + Mg(SO4)2
D. No Reaction 35. What two molecules are produced in a com-
bustion reaction?
30. Solid diphosphorous pentoxide reacts with A. CO2 + NH4
water to form aqueous phosphoric acid B. SiO2 + H2O
(H3PO4). What is the correct balanced
equation? C. H2O + CO2

A. P2O5(s) + 3H2O(l) → 2H3PO4(aq) D. CO2 + H2O2

B. 2P2O5(s) + 6H2O(l) → 4H3PO4(aq) 36. The number of atoms you begin with in a
chemical reaction (Think law of conser-
C. PO(s) + 3H2O(l) → 2H3PO4(aq) vation of mass!)
D. P2O5(s) + H2O → H3PO4(aq) A. must be the same as the number of
atoms you end with
31. Another name for a combination reaction
is a B. must be an even number

A. decomposition reaction C. can be different to the number you fin-


ish with
B. single-replacement reaction
D. changes depending on how much en-
C. synthesis reaction ergy is formed
D. none of above 37. NaBr + 1 Ca(OH)2 → 1 CaBr2 + 2 NaOH
32. A decomposition reaction can be recog- A. Synthesis (or combination)
nized because it has B. Decomposition
A. only one product C. Neither Synthesis or Decomposition
B. only one reactant D. none of above
C. 2 or more reactants and 2 or more 38. A metal oxide plus water will combine to
products produce
D. the presence of a catalyst A. metal hydroxide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.3 Combination and decomposition reactions 89

B. an oxyacid 44. Predict the product:Mg + N2 →?


C. binary compound A. Mg3N2

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. nonmetal hydroxide B. MgN

39. What colour is copper oxide C. Mg2N3

A. white D. MgN2

B. green E. Mg2N

C. blue 45. A chemical change where a one compound


D. black reactant breaks down into more than 1
product or smaller parts..
40. Having this will make the reaction go A. single-replacement reaction
faster
B. synthesis reaction
A. only one product
C. double-replacement reaction
B. only one reactant
D. decomposition reaction
C. 2 or more reactants and 2 or more
products 46. Which of the following represents the bal-
D. the presence of a catalyst anced chemical equation for the synthesis
reaction that forms magnesium oxide?
41. What type of chemical reaction is this one? A. 2Mg + O2 ==> 2MgO
N2O5 + H2O → 2HNO3
B. 2Mg + 3O2 ==> 3MgO
A. Decomposition
C. 2 Mg + 2O2 ==> 2MgO
B. Combustion
D. Mg + O2 ==> MgO
C. Synthesis
D. Single Replacement 47. A chemical change in which two reactants
combine to form one compound product is..
42. NaHCO3 decomposes when heated to give A. decomposition reaction
, carbon dioxide and water
B. synthesis reaction
A. sodium oxide
C. double displacement reaction
B. sodium carbonide
D. combustion reaction
C. sodium carbonate
D. water and carbon dioxide 48. For the following chemical reaction, decide
which type of reaction it is. Sodium + mag-
43. What is the term for the → sign in a reac- nesium chloride → sodium chloride + mag-
tion? nesium
A. makes A. Displacement reaction
B. produces B. Combustion
C. yields C. Thermal decomposition
D. all are correct D. Oxidation

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.3 Combination and decomposition reactions 90

49. Another name for a composition reaction 54. What type of chemical reaction is this?
is a C + O2 → CO2
A. decomposition reaction A. Decomposition
B. single-replacement reaction B. Combustion

C. synthesis reaction C. Synthesis


D. Single Replacement
D. none of above
55. Which of the following is considered a bal-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
50. This chemical equation below is an exam- anced chemical equation?
ple of what type of reaction? 2MgO →
A. Mg + O2-→ MgO
2Mg + O2
B. 2 Mg + O2-→ MgO
A. decomposition reaction
C. Mg + O2-→2 MgO
B. synthesis reaction
D. 2 Mg + O2-→2 MgO
C. combustion reaction
56. What is the product in the following chem-
D. Marvin the Martian reaction ical equation? H2 + O2 →
51. What are the products of this reaction? A. H2
{copper (II)}Cu+ AgNO3→ B. O2
A. Cu2NO3 + Ag C. H2 + O2
B. Cu(NO3)2+Ag D. H2O
C. CuAg+NO3 57. Predict the product:Ba + P4 →?
D. no reaction will occur A. Ba3P2
B. BaP
52. Based on the activity series, which metal
could X represent in the reaction below? C. Ba2P
X + Ca (NO3)2 → Ca + X (NO3)2 D. Ba2P3
A. Ba E. Ba2P2
B. Fe 58. What type of reaction involves ions from
2 compounds exchanging places to form 2
C. Mg
completely new compounds?
D. Zn
A. Single substitution Reaction
53. The elements carbon and oxygen com- B. Double substitution Reaction
bine to yield the product carbon dioxide. C. Synthesis Reaction
Choose the chemical equation for this reac-
D. Decomposition Reaction
tion.
A. S + O2 → SO2 59. Define a single replacement reaction.
A. A compound reacts with another com-
B. Cu + S → CuS
pound to produce two new compounds.
C. C + O2 → CO2
B. A hydrocarbon reacts with water to
D. Fe + S → FeS produce carbon dioxide and water.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.3 Combination and decomposition reactions 91

C. An element reacts with a compound 65. Consider the following reaction:Al + F2 →


and produces a new compound if the sin- AlF2Which of the following statements is
gle element is higher in reactivity. true about this reaction?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. An element reacts with another ele- A. This is correct because it is balanced
ment to produce a compound.
B. This is correct because fluorine is di-
60. The following reaction is an example of atomi c
what reaction type? KCl → K + Cl C. This is incorrect because it has one
A. Synthesis product

B. Decomposition D. This is incorrect because the formula


AlF2 is incorrect
C. Single Replacement
D. Double Replacement 66. What type of reaction is the
following:NH3 + HCl− > NH4Cl
61. Pb + 2 H3PO4 → 3 H2 + 1 Pb3(PO4)2
A. Combination
A. Synthesis
B. Decomposition
B. Decomposition
C. Replacement
C. Neither Synthesis or Decomposition
D. none of above
D. none of above
67. Predict the products for this reaction and
62. Which general formula shows direct com- the correct set of coefficients to balance it
bination reaction? KOH →
A. A+B → AB A. KO + H20, 2, 2, 1
B. AB → A + B B. K2O + H2O, 2, 1, 1
C. AB + C → AC + B
C. K+ + OH-, 1, 1, 1
D. AB + CD → AD + CB
D. KO + H2, 2, 2, 1
63. copper(II)carbonate → + carbon diox-
68. What happens when CO2 is bubbled
ide
through limewater
A. copper(I) oxide
A. It changes from pink to blue
B. copper(II) oxide
B. It goes pop
C. copper oxide
C. It goes cloudy
D. copper(III) oxide
D. It gets hot
64. Which of the following is produced when
a metal carbonate is heated? 69. Write the product:Mg + N2 →?
A. Metal Oxide + Carbon Dioxide A. Mg3N2
B. Metal Carbonate + Oxygen B. Mg+N+N
C. Water + Carbon Dioxide C. MgN
D. Metal + Water D. MgN2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.3 Combination and decomposition reactions 92

70. A chemical change in which two substances 75. Write the product for this synthesis reac-
react to form a new substance is a tion:P4 + O2 →
A. decomposition reaction A. P2O3
B. Combination reaction B. O3P2
C. precipitation reaction C. P4 + O2

D. combustion reaction D. P2 + O3

76. Li3N + 3 NH4NO3 → 3 LiNO3 + 1

NARAYAN CHANGDER
71. Why is Cl2 + KI → KCl + I2 not a synthesis
(NH4)3N
reaction?
A. Synthesis
A. Oxygen is not a reactant in this reac-
tion. B. Decomposition

B. The reaction has more than one reac- C. Neither Synthesis or Decomposition
tant. D. none of above
C. Oxygen is not a product in this reac- 77. Which of the following is an example of
tion. synthesis? Select all that apply.
D. The reaction has more than one prod- A. Na + Br2 → NaBr
uct.
B. KClO3 → KCl + O2
72. a substance formed when two or more el- C. HgO + Cl2 → HgCl + O2
ements are chemically bonded together D. Cl2 + NaBr → NaCl + Br2
A. Element Soup E. Ca + I2 → CaI2
B. Pure Element
78. A metallic carbonate decomposes to yield
C. Ion +
D. Compound A. metal oxide and water
B. metal oxide and carbon dioxide
73. Predict the products for the reaction when
solid potassium reacts with liquid bromine. C. metal chloride and oxygen gas
A. KBr D. metal oxide and oxygen gas

B. PBr2 79. A chemical change in which two or more


elements react to form a new substance is
C. KBr2
a
D. PBr
A. decomposition reaction
74. Potassium Chlorate + Heat → Potassium B. combination reaction
Chloride + Oxygen is an example of a C. double displacement reaction
reaction.
D. combustion reaction
A. Displacement
80. Predict the products of the following reac-
B. Physical
tion. Assume Hg has a 2+ chargeHg + O2
C. Decomposition →
D. Combination A. HgO

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.3 Combination and decomposition reactions 93

B. HgO2 86. Which metal is more reactive than cal-


cium?
C. Hg2O

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. magnesium
D. no reaction
B. potassium
81. Li + N2 → C. silver
A. LiN D. aluminum
B. LiN2 87. Why does thermal decomposition need
C. LiN3 heat energy

D. NLi3 A. to make magic


B. to break bonds
82. Hg + O2 → C. to make water
A. HgO D. to work as a catalyst
B. HgO2
88. Predict the products for the following re-
C. Hg2O actants.Al + O2 →
D. no reaction A. AlO
B. AlO2
83. Which of the following is an example of a
C. Al2O3
combination reaction?
D. Al2O
A. Na + Br2 → NaBr
B. KClO3 → KCl + O2 89. A chemical change is different than a phys-
ical change because in a chemical change
C. HgO + Cl2→HgCl + O2
A. Chemicals are used
D. Cl2 + NaBr → NaCl + Br2 B. Molecules do not physically touch
84. Predict the product:Ca + S8 →? C. A new substance is formed and in
a physical change no new substance is
A. CaS formed
B. CaS8 D. The change can be seen but in a physi-
C. Ca2S cal change it cannot

D. Ca2S3 90. the symbolic representation of a chemical


reaction
E. Ca2S2
A. Long Hand
85. a chemical reaction that releases energy by B. Short Hand
light or heat
C. Electron Configuration
A. Endothermic Reaction D. Chemical Equation
B. Exothermic Reaction
91. Write are the products for this reac-
C. Diffusion tion:C2H4 + 2 O2 →
D. Fission A. C2O2 + H4

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.4 Endothermic and exothermic reactions 94

B. CO + HOH B. KO
C. No Reaction C. K2O
D. CO2 + HOH D. K2O3
92. Which of the following reactions is a syn- E. K2O2
thesis reaction?
95. What is decomposition?
A. 2Na + 2H2O → 2NaOH + H2
A. putting substances together
B. 4H + O2 → 2H2O

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. breaking substances apart
C. Cl2 + 2NaBr → Br2 + 2NaCl
C. element replacing another element in
D. C7H16 + 11O2 → 7CO2 + 8H2O a compoud
93. What color is sodium nitrate? D. burning of a subtance
A. white
96. An oxyacid decomposes to form a non-
B. blue metal oxide and
C. green A. carbon dioxide
D. yellow when hot B. a base
94. Predict the product:K + O2 →? C. water
A. K3O2 D. sulfate

1.4 Endothermic and exothermic reactions


1. Which of the following are examples of an A. changing the order of the reaction
Exothermic Reaction?
B. increasing the temperature
A. Cooking an egg
C. lowering the activation energy
B. Plants making sugar through photosyn-
D. making the activated complex
thesis
C. Burning a match 4. Which of the following reactions are
D. Dynamite exploding exothermic reactions?
A. A + B + Heat → AB
2. Think of the videos we watched about
endothermic and exothermic reactions. B. AB + C + Heat → ABC
When he threw the sodium into the pond C. A+ B → Heat + AB
and it exploded, was it and endothermic
or exothermic reaction? D. None of the reactions are Exothermic

A. Neither 5. What has particularly high specific heat?


B. Both A. Water
C. Exothermic B. Gases
D. Endothermic C. Metals
3. A catalyst works by D. Poptarts

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.4 Endothermic and exothermic reactions 95

6. When barium hydroxide and ammonium B. They product energy in the form of
chloride react, the temperature of the mix- light.
ture decreases. What kind of reaction is

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


C. They can be represented by an equa-
this? tion.
A. Endothermic
D. All of the above
B. Decomposition
C. Exothermic 12. After 2 minutes, Mr. Llewellyn notices
an increase in temperature of 20 degrees
D. Indothermic since his reaction began. Which of the fol-
lowing are true? Select ALL that apply.
7. Number written below & to the right of a
chemical symbol A. The reaction is exothermic
A. subscript B. The reaction is endothermic
B. reactant C. Thermal energy is being released
C. product D. Thermal energy is being absorbed
D. coefficient
13. Calorimeters use insulating materials to:
8. If a chemical reaction is EXOTHERMIC, the A. encourage affordable materials in sci-
temperature would ence experiments in schools.
A. Stay the same
B. preserve the heat of the environment
B. Increase outside the Styrofoam cup.
C. Decrease C. prevent heat from escaping to the en-
D. none of above vironment.
D. keep the liquid inside the Styrofoam
9. What is the process that changes one
cup from overheating.
set of compounds into a new set of com-
pounds? 14. A process that absorbs heat is a(n) re-
A. cohesion action?
B. adhesion A. polythermic
C. chemical reaction B. ergothermic
D. dissolving C. exothermic
10. How can we measure temperature change D. endothermic
in a reaction?
15. Choose the example(s) of an endothermic
A. using frozen ice
reaction.
B. with a bunsen burner
A. The chemical reaction that causes an
C. with a thermometer instant ice pack to get cold
D. using a pipette B. Squeezing the cold pack breaks an in-
ner bag of water
11. Which statement about the chemical reac-
tions of photosynthesis is true? C. Splitting a gas molecule
A. They are endothermic. D. All of the above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.4 Endothermic and exothermic reactions 96

16. What is the definition of an exothermic re- C. It is made of ice


action? D. It is dissolving your mouth
A. A reaction that absorbs thermal en-
ergy from the surroundings 21. What instrument would you use to detect
an endothermic or exothermic reaction?
B. A reaction that releases thermal en-
ergy to the surroundings A. triple beam balance
C. A reaction that causes hydrogen per- B. ruler

NARAYAN CHANGDER
oxide to boil
C. thermometer
D. I don’t know
D. none of above
17. What is an endothermic reaction?
22. Which of the following reactions is an ex-
A. A reaction where the heat is released, ample of an endothermic reaction?
making the temperature higher
A. A + B → Heat + AB
B. A reaction where the heat is released,
making the temperature lower B. AB + CD → Heat + BC + AD
C. A reaction where the heat is absorbed, C. A + B + Heat → AB
making the temperature higher D. None of the Reactions are Endother-
D. A reaction where the heat is absorbed, mic.
making the temperature lower
23. In a experiment, the students concludes
18. What is involved in a chemical reaction that the reaction is exothermic. Which ev-
A. The breaking of chemical bonds in the idence below supports the conclusion?
product A. Energy is released to the system.
B. The breaking of chemical bonds in the B. Energy is absorbed by the system.
reactant
C. The ending temperature decreases.
C. The forming of chemical bonds in the
reactant D. The ending temperature increases.
D. none of above 24. Which of the following is the correct equa-
tion for PHOTOSYNTHESIS?
19. In an endothermic reaction, energy moves
A. CO2 + light + H2O → O2 + Sugar
A. From the system into the surroundings B. CO2 + sugar + H2O → O2 + light
B. From the surroundings into the system C. O2 + light + H2O → CO2 + Sugar
C. Back and forth equally between the D. CO2 + O2 + H2O → Light+ Sugar
system and the surroundings
D. none of above 25. Heat travels from the sun to the earth by
the process of
20. ‘When you eat ice cream, your mouth and
A. conduction
your tongue feels cold. Why do you think
that is? ’ B. convection
A. It is an exothermic reaction C. radiation
B. It is an endothermic reaction D. insulation

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.4 Endothermic and exothermic reactions 97

26. What does “q” mean? 31. Solid → liquid → gas is what type of re-
A. A change in health action?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. A change in heat A. endothermic
C. A change in height B. exothermic
D. A change in temperature C. catalytic
27. If you combine two substances in a beaker D. inhibited
at room temperature and the beaker feels
cold to the touch, it means that the sub- 32. What are the products of photosynthe-
stances: sis?
A. have not reacted with each other A. Carbon dioxide and water
B. have undergone an endothermic reac- B. Carbon dioxide and oxygen
tion
C. Glucose and oxygen
C. have undergone a physical change
D. Glucose and water
D. have undergone an exothermic reac-
tion 33. When a piece of aluminum foil is taken out
28. If there are 4 H atoms on the reactant side, of the oven and cools from 100◦ to 50◦ ,
how many H atoms will be on the product What is the change in temperature?
side? A. 50◦
A. 2 B. 0◦
B. 4
C. 100◦
C. 6
D. 150◦
D. You need more information to answer
this question 34. Thermal energy is released to the sur-
roundings and surroundings temperature
29. The amount of heat required to raise the
will
temperature of one gram of a substance
by one degree Celsius is A. decrease
A. Heat energy B. increase
B. Specific heat C. constant
C. convection
D. changes only for a short time
D. thermal energy
35. If a chemical reaction is EXOTHERMIC, the
30. ‘Have you ever eaten sherbet sweets?
temperature of the surroundings would
They fizz in your mouth and your tongue
feels cold. Why do you think that is? ’
A. Stay the same
A. It is an exothermic reaction
B. It is an endothermic reaction B. Increase
C. It is made of ice C. Decrease
D. It is dissolving your mouth D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.4 Endothermic and exothermic reactions 98

36. What predictable pattern does heat move 41. Which of the following statesments ex-
in? plains the law of conservation of energy?
A. Cold to Hot A. Energy is needed to break chemical
B. Hot to cold bonds
C. stays the same B. An exothermic reactions releases en-
ergy
D. none of above
C. Light energy is released by some
37. Is energy created during an exothermic re-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
exothermic reactions
action
D. In a chemical reaction, energy is
A. Yes neither created nor destroyed, but can
B. No change form
C. Sometimes 42. Examine the following reaction. Is it en-
D. Most times dothermic or exothermic and how do you
know? MgO + CaS → CaO + MgS + 200
38. Think of the videos we watched about
kJ
endothermic and exothermic reactions.
When the glass froze to the wood, was it A. exothermic; energy is written on the
an endothermic or exothermic reaction? product side
A. Neither B. endothermic; energy is written on the
reactant side.
B. Both
C. Endothermic C. exothermic; energy is written on the
reactant side
D. Exothermic
D. endothermic; energy is written on the
39. When calcium reacts with water, the tem- product side.
perature changes from 18◦ C to 39◦ C.
Which statement is correct? 43. If two objects have different temperatures
when they come in contact, heat will flow
A. The solution at the end is acidic.
from the warmer object to the cooler one
B. The reaction is reversible. UNTIL
C. The reaction is exothermic. A. one reaches a temperature of zero
D. The reaction is endothermic. B. they both have an equal temperature
40. What is true of the reaction described be- C. one runs out of energy
low? Br2 + Cl2 + 30.0 J of energy → D. none of above
2BrCl
A. It is exothermic because energy was 44. Which statement is true regarding en-
released. dothermic reactions?
B. It is endothermic because energy is A. Temperature change is positive and en-
absorbed. thalpy change is positive
C. It is exothermic because energy is ab- B. Temperature change is positive and en-
sorbed. thalpy change is negative
D. It is endothermic because energy is re- C. Temperature change is negative and
leased. enthalpy change is positive

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.4 Endothermic and exothermic reactions 99

D. Temperature change is negative and D. heat is absorbed; bond forming pro-


enthalpy change is negative cess

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


45. If a chemical reaction is EXOTHERMIC, the 50. During exothermic process the products
surrounding temperature would produced are
A. Stay the same A. less stable
B. Increase
B. more stable
C. Decrease
C. No change
D. none of above
D. not affected
46. In a chemical reaction, the difference be-
tween the potential energy of the products 51. Exothermic reactions are reactions that
and the potential energy of the reactants
A. release heat
is the
B. do not involve heat
A. free energy
B. change in enthalpy C. absorb heat

C. heat of fusion D. take place instantaneously


D. activation energy 52. “exo” in exothermic means to
47. Where in the food is energy stored? A. exit
A. In the fat, protein, and carbs B. enter
B. In the food molecules themselves C. excrete
C. In the molecular bonds of the food
D. empty
D. none of above
53. In endothermic reactions, the energy of the
48. What type of reactions require energy in
products is than the reactants
order to start?
A. higher
A. neither endothermic nor exothermic
reactions B. lower
B. endothermic reactions only C. the same
C. exothermic reactions only D. none of above
D. both endothermic and exothermic re-
actions 54. Correctly fill in the blanks to make the
statement true.Endothermic reactions feel
49. Which of the following is true in an (cool, warm) to the touch and cause
exothermic reaction? the temperature to (increase, de-
A. heat is released; bond forming pro- crease).
cess A. cool, increase
B. heat is absorbed; bond breaking pro-
B. cool, decrease
cess
C. warm, increase
C. heat is released; bond breaking pro-
cess D. warm, decrease

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.4 Endothermic and exothermic reactions 100

55. In order to speed up a reaction without The mixture of these two solutions causes
changing the amount of reactants, what the tube to give off light. This is an exam-
could you do? ple of
A. use a bigger container A. an exothermic reaction
B. add a catalyst B. an endothermic reaction
C. cool it down in ice water C. a physical change
D. decrease the pressure of the reaction D. a reactant

NARAYAN CHANGDER
vessel
61. If a chemical reaction is EXOTHERMIC, the
56. What is an example of exothermic?
temperature of the surroundings would do
A. firework which of the following?
B. ice pack A. Stay the same
C. coal
B. Increase
D. wood
C. Decrease
57. Which instrument is used to determine D. none of above
whether a chemical reaction is exothermic
or endothermic? 62. If more energy is released from the bonds
A. Ruler broken in the reactants than is used to
form the bonds of the products, this would
B. Stopwatch
result in an reaction.
C. Thermometer
A. endothermic
D. Mass balance
B. exothermic
58. Which of the following process is exother- C. fast
mic?
D. slow
A. Candle was melting
B. A puddle evaporating 63. Food has potential energy that our
C. Dry ice (solid carbon dioxide) sublim- bodies transform into kinetic energy.
ing to form gaseous carbon dioxide A. Elastic
D. Water freezing to form ice B. Nuclear
59. The enthalpy during the freezing of water C. Gravitational
in a freezer is
D. Chemical
A. delta H is negative
B. delta H is positive 64. Which of these processes is always
exothermic?
C. delta H is zero
A. evaporation
D. delta H is constant
B. burning
60. To activate a glow stick, a glass tube con-
C. insulation
taining one solution is cracked inside of a
plastic tube containing a different solution. D. melting

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.4 Endothermic and exothermic reactions 101

65. A cup of ice in water is sitting on a table.In 70. What does catalyst do to a reaction?
the cup the ice is experiencing a? ? ? ? ? A. Slows down the reaction
? ? reaction while the water is experienc-

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Nothing changes
ing a? ? ? ? ? ? ? ? reaction
C. Speeds up the reaction
A. endothermic, exothermic
D. none of above
B. exothermic, endothermic
71. The measure of the kinetic energy of the
C. endothermic, endothermic particles of a substance is called
D. exothermic, exothermic A. heat
B. calorimetry
66. Which term matches the following defini-
tion? Definition:An attractive force that C. temperature
holds two or more atoms together. D. pressure
A. Chemical Energy 72. a living organism uses energy for what?
B. Activation Energy A. growth
C. Energy Level Diagrams B. movement
D. Chemical Bond C. growth AND movement
D. nothing
67. what is chemical energy?
73. Cellular respiration is an process.
A. energy stored in chemical bonds
A. Endothermic
B. energy from the sun B. Exothermic
C. energy released as light C. Energy Neutral
D. energy from chemicals D. none of above

68. If a chemical reaction is EXOTHERMIC, the 74. An endothermic reaction is taking place in
temperature would after the reaction. a sealed test tube. When we touch the
test tube, it would feel
A. Stay the same
A. Warm to touch
B. Increase B. Cold to touch
C. Decrease C. no change
D. decrease and then increase D. none of above

69. Stephen take out pack X and squeezed it 75. in an exothermic reaction/process, the to-
when climbing Mount Kinabalu to reduce tal energy released by the system is
coolness. What is the chemical substance A. equal to the energy absorbed by the
contained in pack X? environment
A. Potassium nitrate B. greater than the energy absorbed by
the environment
B. Anhydrous calcium chloride
C. less than the energy absorbed by the
C. Sodium thiosulphate environment
D. Ammonium chloride D. can not be determined.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.4 Endothermic and exothermic reactions 102

76. the acidic range on the pH scale is 81. Which of the following are true about
A. 8-14 BOND MAKING? Select ALL that apply

B. 0-1 A. Bond making is an endothermic pro-


cess
C. 0-6.9
B. Bond making is an exothermic process
D. None of the above
C. Bond making releases thermal energy
77. Increasing the concentration of a reactant
D. Bond making absorbs thermal energy

NARAYAN CHANGDER
in a chemical reaction will
A. decrease the rate of the reaction 82. Which are the reactants in the following
B. stop the reaction from happening reaction? 2Mg + O2 → 2MgO

C. increase the rate of the reaction A. Mg and O


D. have no effect on the rate of the rea- B. MgO
cion C. Mg and MgO
78. What forms of energy can be released in a D. O and MgO
chemical reaction?
83. In our lab experiment, the yeast served
A. light
what purpose?
B. heat
A. make the reaction smell better
C. sound
B. allowed us to use less hydrogen perox-
D. all answers are correct ide
79. Which term matches the following defi- C. increase the amount of products
nition? Definition:The energy stored in formed
the bonds of chemical compounds and D. lower the activation energy and speed
molecules. This energy can be released up the reaction
during a chemical reaction.
A. Chemical Energy 84. What gas is released by plants during pho-
tosynthesis?
B. Activation Energy
C. Energy Level Diagrams A. sulfur

D. Chemical Bond B. carbon dioxide


C. oxygen
80. Equal amounts of four different substances
(A-D) where added separately to equal D. hydrogen
amounts of an acid and a thermometer
placed in the mixture. For which substance 85. cooking pancakes is an example of what
is the reaction the most exothermic? type of reaction?

A. temperature rises by 3 ◦C A. endothermic


B. temperature falls by 5 ◦C B. exothermic
C. temperature falls by 3 ◦C C. bonding
D. temperature rises by 5 ◦C D. culinary

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.4 Endothermic and exothermic reactions 103

86. What does the principle of conservation of 92. When two substances combine chemically,
mass mean? the properties of the products are

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. The total mass of the reactants is more A. Different from the properties of the re-
than the products actants
B. Matter is not created or destroyed B. The same as the properties of the re-
C. The total mass of the reactants is less actants
than the products C. Completely unpredictable
D. none of above D. none of above
87. The SI unit of heat and energy is the 93. If you wanted to see an endothermic reac-
A. calorie tion, would you:
B. heat A. Boil an egg
C. joule B. Watch it rain
D. watt C. Make something explode

88. On a graph, which axis shows the depen- D. none of above


dent variable?
94. Common acids are
A. x-axis
A. bleach
B. y-axis
B. water
C. neither
C. lemon juice and tomato juice
D. it changes
D. soap
89. When temperature decreases
95. Which reaction is endothermic?
A. energy increases
A. acid neutralising alkali causing a tem-
B. molecules move faster perature increase
C. more collisions occur
B. adding magnesium to hydrochloric
D. molecules move slower acid
90. What happens to the bonds when 2 sub- C. calcium carbonate decomposing when
stances react heated combustion of fossil fuels
A. They break so new bonds can form D. none of above
B. Nothing the bonds are too strong 96. The Law of Conservation of Energy states
C. They change colour that:
D. none of above A. Energy can created or destroyed but
not transformed .
91. the “endo” in endothermic means
B. Energy cannot be created or de-
A. enter stroyed, it can only be transformed.
B. into C. Energy can’t be created, destroyed or
C. exit transformed.
D. end D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.4 Endothermic and exothermic reactions 104

97. The law of conservation of energy states 102. Catalyzed reactions have a lower ?
that A. products
A. energy can be created or destroyed B. reactants
B. energy cannot be created or destroyed C. activation energy
C. energy can be potential or kinetic only D. energy released

D. heat energy is kinetic energy 103. When ammonium chloride dissolves in


water the temperature falls. The type of

NARAYAN CHANGDER
98. Which term matches the following defini- energy change is described as?
tion? Definition:The energy required to A. exothermic
break the bonds of the reactants, so a
B. activated
chemical reaction can occur.
C. decomposition
A. Chemical Energy
D. endothermic
B. Activation Energy
104. What is a Chemical Reaction?
C. Energy Level Diagrams
A. When two liquids hit each other
D. Chemical Bond
B. When a liquid has foam
99. What do the substances on the right side C. When two substances mix and pro-
of a chemical equation have in common duce new products
with substances of the left hand side of D. When a reaction forms with soda and
a chemical equation? candy
A. physical properties 105. In an exothermic reaction, heat is (2
B. amount of energy answers)

C. atoms A. taken in by the environment


B. released to the environment
D. molecules
C. taken in by the system
100. What do you call the energy that is re- D. released to the system
quired to start a reaction?
106. A sample of table salt is combined with
A. Alternative energy water, this combination will result to
B. Activation energy A. exothermic and colder mixture.
C. Atmospheric energy B. endothermic and colder mixture.
D. none of above C. exothermic and warmer mixture.
D. endothermic and warmer mixture
101. During an endothermic reaction, heat is
and chemical bonds 107. Which of the following tool applies con-
cept of thermochemistry reaction?
A. released, formed
A. Thermos
B. absorbed, broken B. Match
C. released, broken C. Torchlight
D. absorbed, formed D. Calculator

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.4 Endothermic and exothermic reactions 105

108. What law states that energy cannot be 114. Which type of reaction requires energy in-
created nor destroyed? put, and often a requires a constant energy
source?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Law of Conservation of Energy
B. Law of Conservation of Mass A. endothermic
C. Law of Conservation of Momentum B. exothermic
D. None of the choices are correct C. neither

109. Products will form faster if D. both

A. the particle size of the reactants are 115. Which statements about exothermic and
larger. endothermic reactions are correct?
B. temperature is decreased. A. During an exothermic reaction, heat is
C. concentration of the reactants are in- given out
creased. B. The temperature of an endothermic re-
D. the reaction is not stirred. action goes up because heat is taken in

110. Substances present at the start of a chem- C. Burning methane in the air is an
ical reaction exothermic reaction
A. subscripts D. none of above
B. coefficients 116. Give the general equation for an exother-
C. reactants mic reaction.
D. products A. Products → Reactants + Energy

111. Exothermic reactions can be written B. Reactants → Products-Energy


which way? C. Reactants → Products + Energy
A. Reactants → Products + Heat D. Products → Reactants-Energy
B. Reactants + Products → Heat
117. If a chemical reaction is EXOTHERMIC,
C. Reactants yields products plus heat the temperature reading on the thermome-
D. Reactants plus Products yields heat ter would

112. Substances that form as the result of a A. Stay the same


chemical reaction B. Increase
A. products C. Decrease
B. reactants D. none of above
C. coefficients
118. Your mother used pancake mix, eggs, and
D. subscripts milk to make pancakes. Which of these is
113. The reactants of photosynthesis are the product?
A. sugar and water. A. the pancake mix
B. sugar and oxygen. B. the eggs
C. carbon dioxide and water. C. the milk
D. carbon dioxide and oxygen. D. the pancakes

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.4 Endothermic and exothermic reactions 106

119. Which of the following processes is en- C. one reactant to another


dothermic? D. the container to the chemicals
A. freezing (liquid to solid)
125. Which of the following is not one of the
B. melting (solid to liquid)
5 main forms of energy?
C. condensation (gas to liquid)
A. heat
D. deposition (gas to solid)
B. mechanical
120. Which of the following is always exother-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. chemical
mic?
D. water
A. decomposition reactions
B. single displacement reactions 126. Number placed in front of a chemical for-
mula
C. combustion reactions
A. product
D. double displacement reactions
B. coefficient
121. What apparatus would you use to detect
C. reactant
an endothermic or exothermic reaction?
D. subscript
A. triple beam balance
B. ruler 127. if less heat energy is released in mak-
C. thermometer ing bonds in the products than is taken in
when breaking bonds in the reactants
D. none of above
A. Endothermic
122. Temperature is B. Exotermic
A. A measure of the potential energy
C. Exothermic
stored in a substance
D. Entrothermic
B. The same as heat
C. A measure of the random motions of 128. If they energy required to break the
the components of a substance bonds is less than the energy given out by
making new bonds the reaction is
D. none of above
A. Exothermic
123. the energy required to break the bonds
in the reactants for a reaction to occur is B. Endothermic
called what? C. Neutralisation
A. chemical energy D. none of above
B. activation energy
129. If a chemical reaction is EXOTHERMIC,
C. bond energy over time the temperature of the system
D. reaction energy would
A. Stay the same
124. In an endothermic reaction, energy is
transferred from B. Increase
A. the reactants to the surroundings C. Decrease
B. the surroundings to the reactants D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.4 Endothermic and exothermic reactions 107

130. where can you find energy? A. The bonds that hold atoms together
A. only in light B. in the catalyst

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. only in sound C. heat
C. in the air D. none of above
D. all around you
136. If a chemical reaction is exothermic, will
131. When a substance is neutralized, what the surrounding temperature increase, de-
has happened? crease, or stay the same
A. the pH has moved from either acid or A. Stay the same
basic to neutral
B. Increase
B. the pH has moved from neutral to
acidic C. Decrease
C. the pH has moved from neutral to ba- D. none of above
sic
D. the pH never changes 137. When energy is being absorbed by the
system during a chemical reaction then the
132. What is the general equation for an en- substance’s
dothermic reaction? A. Temperature will increase
A. Products-Energy → Reactants
B. Temperature will decrease
B. Reactants + Energy → Products
C. temperature will stay the same
C. Products +Energy → Reactants
D. none of above
D. Reactants-Energy → Products
138. Define ‘Enthalpy’
133. pH is a measure of
A. how acidic a substance is A. Energy stored in the movement of
molecules in a substance
B. how basic a substance is
B. The opposite of temperature
C. concentration of H protons
C. The temperature of a molecule
D. all of the above
D. Energy stored in the chemical bonds in
134. During photosynthesis plants take in a substance
light energy from the sun. What is evi-
dence that the energy gets stored in this 139. When iron nails get rusty, heat energy
chemical reaction? is slowly released (to the environment)
A. The bonds between atoms are broken. while iron (Fe) combines with oxygen (O)
to produce rust (Fe2O3). This process is
B. Oxygen is released.
described as
C. Water is a reactant.
A. chemical change and exothermic.
D. A large glucose molecule is formed.
B. chemical change and endothermic.
135. This entire unit is centered around energy
C. physical change and exothermic.
and where it goes. Where is the chemical
potential energy originally stored? D. physical change and exothermic.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.5 Displacement and double displacement reactions 108

140. a neutral pH is considered to be? C. Combustion


A. pH of 6 D. Freezing
B. pH of 14
144. the basic range on the pH scale is
C. pH of 7
A. 0-7
D. pH of 0
B. 7
141. When a candle is lit hydrocarbons are
C. 8-14
combusting. An exothermic reaction is oc-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
curing. Energy is being D. answer not listed
A. absorbed. 145. What is the activation energy?
B. frozen. A. The energy of the products
C. destroyed.
B. The energy of the reactants
D. released.
C. The minimum energy needed by the re-
142. in an exothermic reaction, products will actants to form the products.
feel D. The energy lost in the reaction
A. hot
146. If more energy is used to form product
B. cold bonds than is released from the broken
C. slimy bonds in the reactants, this would result
D. hard in an reaction.
A. endothermic
143. Which of the following is an example of
an exothermic reaction? B. exothermic
A. Cooking an egg C. fast
B. Photosynthesis D. slow

1.5 Displacement and double displacement reactions


1. Predict the productsBa(NO3)2 + K2CO3 3. (NH4)2SO4 + AgNO3 →
→ NH4NO3 + Ag2SO4
A. BaNO3 + KCO3 A. 1, 2, 2, 1
B. CO3NO3 + KBa B. 1, 1, 1, 1
C. BaCO3 + K2NO3 C. 1, 1, 2, 1
D. BaCO3 + KNO3 D. 2, 2, 2, 1
2. Predict the products:Pb(OH)2 + H2CO3 → 4. What are the products when copper (II)
A. PbCO3 + H2O chloride reacts with magnesium metal?
B. Pb(CO3)2 + H2O A. Cu + MgCl2
C. PbCO3 + H2O2 B. Cu2 + MgCl2
D. Pb(OH)2 + H2CO3 C. Cu + MgBr2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.5 Displacement and double displacement reactions 109

D. Cu + MgCl 10. PbS2 + K3PO4 → Pb3(PO4)4


+ K2S
5. What are the products for a reaction be-

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 3, 2, 1, 3
tween KCl and AgNO3
B. 3, 4, 1, 6
A. KAg + ClNO3
C. 3, 4, 1, 2
B. KCl + AgNO3
D. 3, 2, 1, 2
C. KNO3 + AgCl
11. Predict the products:Mg(NO3)2 + CaCl2
D. no reaction occurs

6. Determine the products when CaCO3 and A. Mg(NO3)2 + CaCl2
AgOH mix. B. MgCa + Cl2(NO3)2
A. Ca(OH)3 and Ag2CO3 C. Ca(NO3)2 + MgCl2
B. Ca(OH)2 and Ag2CO3 D. CaNO3 + MgCl
C. Ca(OH)2 and AgCO3 12. Identify the single replacement reaction
D. Ca(OH)3 and AgCO3 A. Cl2 + 2KI → 2 KCl + I2
7. Preict the products:HC2H3O2 + NaOH → B. Fe + O2 → Fe2O3

A. H2O + NaC2H3O2 C. CaCO3 → CaO + CO2


D. 2P + 5O2 → P2O5
B. NaHC2H3O2 + H2O
C. H2O + NaOH 13. What type of reaction is this? 2 NaOH +
MgSO3 → Mg(OH)2 + Na2SO3
D. HC2H3O2 + NaOH
A. Single Replacement
8. Which among the following is(are) double B. Double Replacement
displacementreaction(s)? (i) Pb + CuCl2
C. Combustion
→ PbCl2 + Cu(ii) Na2SO4 + BaCl2 →
BaSO4 + 2NaCl(iii) C + O2 → CO2(iv) CH4 D. Synthesis
+ 2O2 → CO2 + 2H2O
14. What is the probable product of a double-
A. (i) and (iv) replacement reaction?
B. (ii) only A. A new compound and a replaced metal
C. (i) and (ii) B. A new compound and a replaced non-
metal
D. (iii) and (iv)
C. 2 different compounds 1 aqueous and
9. Which of the following reaction has this 1 that is a solid, liquid or gas
general representation? AB + CD → AD + D. A single compound
CB
A. combination reaction 15. If calcium bromide (CaBr2) is added to sil-
ver nitrate (AgNO3), what products will
B. decomposition reaction form?
C. displacement reaction A. AgBr + Ca(NO3)2
D. double displacement reaction B. AgCa + Br(NO3)2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.5 Displacement and double displacement reactions 110

C. AgBr2 + CaNO3 21. Which products result from nickel II chro-


mate reacting with potassium sulfate?
D. AgBr2 + Ca(NO3)2
(Hint:There is more than one product.)
16. Which products result from nickel (II) car- A. NiSO4
bonate reacting with potassium sulfate? B. K2Cr2O7
(Hint:Select ALL right answers)
C. Ni2SO4
A. NiSO4
D. K2CrO4

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. K2Cr2O7
22. Predict the products:KOH + H3PO4 →
C. Ni2SO4
A. K3PO4 + HOH (or H2O)
D. K2CO3
B. KH3 + OHPO4
17. Balance: Al + ZnCO3 → Zn + C. KOH + H3PO4
Al2(CO3)3
D. KPO4 + H3OH
A. 1, 1, 2, 2
23. squatting + groaning swayed
B. 2, 3, 3, 1
groaning + groaning
C. 2, 1, 1, 1 A. 3, 2, 1, 3
D. 2, 3, 1, 1 B. 2, 2, 2, 3
18. What are the possible products of iron (III) C. 3, 2, 2, 3,
cyanide reacting with metallic calcium? D. 3, 2, 3, 2
(Hint:Cyanide is CN-1)
24. In a chemical reaction, what is a precipi-
A. Ca + Fe(CN)3
tate?
B. Ca(CN)2 + Fe2 A. A solid, insoluble, compound formed
C. Fe + Ca(CN)2 from a single replacement reaction.
D. Fe + CaCN B. An aqueous, soluble, compound
formed during a single replacement re-
19. Balance: Al2 action.
A. 1, 1, 1, 1 C. An aqueous, soluble, compound
formed during a double displacement re-
B. 1, 3, 2, 1
action.
C. 2, 3, 4, 3 D. A solid insoluble substance formed
D. 2, 2, 2, 3 during a double displacement reaction.

20. What are the correct products when fluo- 25. Barium chloride on reacting with ammo-
rine gas mixes with ammonium chloride? nium sulphate forms barium sulphate and
ammonium chloride. Which of the follow-
A. F2 + NH4Cl ing correctly represents the type of the
B. Cl2 + NH4F2 reaction involved? (i) Displacement reac-
tion(ii) Precipitation reaction(iii) Combina-
C. Cl + NH4F
tion reaction(iv) Double displacement reac-
D. Cl2 + NH4F tion

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.5 Displacement and double displacement reactions 111

A. (a) (i) only B. NaCl + Cu(NO3)2


B. (b) (ii) only C. NaNO3 + CuCl2

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


C. (c) (iv) only D. No reaction occurs
D. (d) (ii) and (iv) 31. Predict the products when sodium chlorate
26. Identify the decomposition reaction reacts with barium hydroxide.
A. NaOH and BaClO3
A. Cl2 + 2KI → 2 KCl + I2
B. NaOH and Ba(ClO4)2
B. Fe + O2 → Fe2O3
C. Na2OH and Ba(ClO3)2
C. CaCO3 → CaO + CO2
D. NaOH and Ba(ClO3)2
D. 2P + 5O2 → P2O5
32. A neutralization reaction will (almost) al-
27. Use the solubility chart to determine if
ways produce
this is a chemical reaction and if so, what
formed a precipitate? 3BaCl2 + 2H3PO4 A. water & salt
→ Ba3(PO4)2 + 6HCl B. water
A. Yes, and Ba3(PO4)2 formed a precipi- C. salt
tate.
D. water & carbon
B. Yes, and HCl formed a precipitate.
33. Mark the indicators of a double displace-
C. No, it is not a chemical reaction be-
ment reaction.
cause no precipitate formed.
A. Water is formed
D. none of above
B. gas is formed
28. When iron sulfide (FeS) is combined with
C. a precipitate is formed
hydrogen chloride (HCl), which products
are formed? D. a phase change occurs
A. FeS + HCl E. none of these are correct
B. H2Fe + SCl2 34. Fe + Ag2SO4 react. What are the prod-
C. FeCl2 + H2S ucts?
D. FeH + SCl A. Ag + Fe2SO4
B. Ag + Fe(SO4)3
29. How do you determine the states of mat-
ter of the products in a double displace- C. Ag + FeSO4
ment reaction? D. Ag + Fe3SO4
A. Oxidation Number
35. What is the precipitate formed between
B. Activity Series CaCl2 and NaOH?
C. Solubility Rules A. CaCl2
D. Ionic Charges B. NaOH

30. What is the correct products for a reaction C. Ca(OH)2


between NaNO3 and CuCl2 D. NaCl
A. NaCu + ClNO3 E. no precipitate is formed

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.5 Displacement and double displacement reactions 112

36. What type of reaction is this? PbCl2 + 41. Predict the products:K + AgNO3 →
AgNO3 → Pb(NO3)2 + AgCl A. K + AgNO3
A. Synthesis B. Ag + KNO3
B. Decomposition C. NO3 + AgK
C. Single Replacement D. KAgNO3
D. Double Replacement
42. What will the balanced equation be if you

NARAYAN CHANGDER
37. Tin (IV) oxide is heated with hydrogen gas react:CaCl2 + NaOH
to form tin metal and water. What is the A. CaCl2 + 2 NaOH → Ca(OH)2 + 2 NaCl
balanced equation for this?
B. CaCl2 + 2 NaOH → CaOH + 2 NaCl
A. 2SnO2 + H2 → 2Sn + H2O
C. CaCl2 + 2 NaOH → CaNa2 + 2 ClOH
B. SnO2 + 2H2 → Sn + 2H2O
D. no reaction
C. SnO2 + 2H → Sn + H2O
43. What do we look at to determine if an el-
D. SnO + H → Sn + H2O
ement is strong enough (reactive enough)
38. Use the solubility chart to determine if to replace another element in a single re-
this is a chemical reaction and if so, what placement reaction?
formed a precipitate? BaCl2 + Na2CO3 → A. Solubility Rules
BaCO3 + 2NaCl B. Ionic Charges
A. Yes, and BaCO3 formed a precipitate. C. It must be insoluble!
B. Yes, and NaCl formed a precipitate. D. Activity Series
C. No, it is not a chemical reaction be-
cause no precipitate formed. 44. Which of the following is the most likely
description of the product or products of a
D. none of above double-displacement reaction?
39. Use the solubility chart to determine if A. one new compound and an element
this is a chemical reaction and if so, what B. one new compound
formed a precipitate? Li2S + 2AgNO3 →
2LiNO3 + Ag2S C. two new compounds
D. oxygen and energy
A. Yes, and LiNO3 formed a precipitate.
B. Yes, and Ag2S formed a precipitate. 45. What is the symbol that represents the
state of matter for an insoluble com-
C. No, it is not a chemical reaction be-
pound?
cause no precipitate formed.
A. (s)
D. none of above
B. (aq)
40. Predict the products:AgNO3 + RbCl →
C. (g)
A. AgCl + RbNO3
D. (l)
B. AgNO3 + RbCl
46. Determine the two products when
C. AgRb + ClNO3 Na3PO4 reacts with SnO2. (Hint:The Sn
D. AgCl + Rb3NO keeps the same charge)

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.5 Displacement and double displacement reactions 113

A. NaO and SnPO4 52. Which BEST describes a double displace-


ment reaction?
B. Na2O and Sn(PO4)2

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Two compounds react to form two new
C. Na2O and Sn3PO4
compounds.
D. Na2O and Sn3(PO4)4
B. One compound reacts to form two sep-
arate elements.
47. Predict the products:CaCl2 + Na2CO3 →
C. Two elements reacting to form a single
A. Na2Cl2 + CaCO3
compound.
B. NaCl + CaCO3
D. A hydrocarbon and oxygen react.
C. NaCl + CaCO
53. What is a possible product when iron (III)
D. NaCl2 + CaCO3
bromide reacts with lead metal?
48. Predict the products:Na + KCl → A. PbBr
A. K + NaCl B. PbBr3
B. KNa + Cl C. PbBr2
C. NaKCl D. Pb2Br3
D. KNa + Cl2 54. Which is not a product of ZnSO4 + Co?
(Hint:Select ALL correct answers)
49. Predict the results:K + H2O →
A. CoSO4
A. K2OH
B. Co2SO4
B. KOH + H2
C. Zn
C. K(OH)2
D. ZnCo
D. no reaction
55. Cu(OH)2 + (NH4)3P → Cu3P2
50. Which single displacement reaction is incor- + NH4OH
rect?
A. 1, 1, 1, 3
A. Al + Na3PO4 → Na + AlPO4
B. 3, 1, 1, 3
B. 2 Fe + 3 Ba(OH)2 → 3 Ba + 2 Fe(OH)3
C. 3, 2, 1, 6
C. Cl2 + 2 NaBr → Br2 + 2 NaCl
D. 3, 1, 1, 6
D. 3 Sn + 2 H3PO4 → 3 H2 + Sn3(PO4)2
56. The following are products from a single
51. What is the generic equation for a double displacement reaction:CoCl3 and F2. What
replacement reaction? were the two reactants?
A. AB + CD → A D + CB A. CoF2 + Cl2
B. AB + CD → DA + CB B. CoF3 + Cl2
C. AB + CD → A + B C C. CoF + Cl2
D. AB + CD → D + CBA D. CoF3 + Cl

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 114

57. PbCl2 + AgNO3 → Pb(NO3)2 + AgCl formed a precipitate? K2SO4 + MgCl2 →


A. Synthesis 2KCl + MgSO4
B. Decomposition A. Yes, and KF formed a precipitate.
C. Single Replacement B. Yes, and MgSO4 formed a precipitate.
D. Double Replacement C. No, it is not a chemical reaction be-
cause no precipitate formed.
58. Use the solubility chart to determine if
this is a chemical reaction and if so, what D. none of above

NARAYAN CHANGDER
1.6 Redox reaction
1. An increase in oxidation number. 5. What is a half-reaction of this equation,
A. more acidic Na + Cl → NaCl?

B. reduction A. Cl + e-→ Cl-


C. less basic B. Cl-e-→ Cl-
D. oxidation C. Na → Na + e-

2. In the following reaction:4Fe (s) + 3O2 D. Na◦ + Cl◦ → Na+1Cl-1


(g) → 2Fe2O3 (s)What undergoes reduc-
6. Which element is oxidized in the reaction
tion?
H2S + Cl2 → S + 2HCl
A. Iron (Fe)
A. Sulfur
B. Iron ion (Fe3+)
B. Chlorine
C. Oxygen (O2)
C. Hydrogen
D. Oxygen ion (O2-)
D. Hydrogen sulfide
3. What is an anode?
A. It is the electrode where oxidation 7. In which of the following compounds does
takes place. manganese have the highest oxidation
number?
B. It is the electrode where reduction
takes place. A. MnCl2
C. It is an aqueous solution containing an B. MnO2
electrode. C. MnSO4
D. It is the salt bridge that connects half-
D. Mn2O3
cells.

4. A chemical reaction that involves a 8. The reduction process involves


gain/loss of electrons is called: A. Increase in oxidation number
A. Double Replacement B. Decrease in oxidation number
B. Neutralization C. No change in oxidation number
C. Oxidation-Reduction D. Sometimes increase and sometimes
D. Hydrolysis decrease in oxidation number

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 115

9. photosynthesis and cellular respiration are 14. What is oxidation number of H in H2O?
similar because A. 0

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. the same molecules and materials are B. -2
involved
C. -1
B. they are the same thing
D. +1
C. they are both performed in the mito-
chondria 15. The compound [Co(NH3)5Br]SO4
is isomeric with the compound
D. they both produce glucose [Co(NH3)5SO4]Br. What is the oxidation
state of cobalt in these compounds?
10. When zinc is added to copper(II) sulfate so-
lution, copper is displaced by the zinc. Cop- A. [Co(NH3)5Br]SO4:+3 [Co(NH3)5SO4]Br:+3
per is reduced in this reaction because:
A. Cu2+ ions lose 2 electrons B. [Co(NH3)5Br]SO4:+1 [Co(NH3)5SO4]Br:+2
B. Cu2+ ions gain 2 electrons
C. [Co(NH3)5Br]SO4:+2 [Co(NH3)5SO4]Br:+3
C. Cu atoms lose 2 electrons
D. Cu atoms gain 2 electrons D. [Co(NH3)5Br]SO4:+3 [Co(NH3)5SO4]Br:+2
11. The ionic equation shows the reaction be- 16. What happens at the positive electrode in
tween zinc (Zn) and hydrochloric acid.Zn a voltaic cell and in an electrolytic cell?
+ 2H+ → Zn2+ + H2What change takes
A. Electrolytic Cell:Reduction, Voltaic
place in the zinc?
Cell:Oxidation
A. It gains electrons B. Electrolytic Cell:Oxidation, Voltaic
B. It is oxidised Cell:Reduction
C. It is reduced C. Electrolytic Cell:Oxidation, Voltaic
Cell:Oxidation
D. It gains hydrogen
D. Electrolytic Cell:Reduction, Voltaic
12. What is the oxidation number of iodine in Cell:Reduction
KIO3?
17. Which of following is incorrect about oxi-
A. 0 dation?
B. -1 A. Addition of oxygen
C. +5 B. Loss of electron
D. +1 C. Increase in oxidation state
13. Which are examples of reduction? I. Fe3+ D. Addition of electopositive element
becomes Fe2+II. Cl-becomes Cl2III. CrO3 18. How is a calcium ion, Ca2+, formed from
becomes Cr3+ a calcium atom?
A. I and II only A. by gaining two electrons
B. I and III only B. by gaining two protons
C. II and III only C. by losing two electrons
D. I, II and III D. by losing two protons

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 116

19. An Oxidation number can be A. (1) and (2) only


A. zero B. (1) and (3) only
B. negative C. (2) and (3) only
C. positive D. (1), (2) and (3)
D. All of Above 25. What is oxidation state of oxygen in
ozone (O3) molecule?
20. What is the substance that loses hydrogen

NARAYAN CHANGDER
in a redox reaction? A. -2
A. oxidizing agent B. -1/2
B. reducing agent C. 0
C. is reduced D. -1
D. decreases in oxidation number 26. What is reduction?
21. What occurs to the mass of copper elec- A. It is the gain of electrons.
trode in the following reaction? Zn/Zn2+ B. It is the loss of electrons.
// Cu2+/Cu
C. It is the creation of electrons.
A. increases
D. It is the destruction of electrons.
B. decreases
27. What reaction has the following general
C. remains the same
formula:Cx Hy + O2 > CO2 + H2 O
D. none of above
A. Synthesis
22. Substance that oxidizes another substance B. Decomposition
by accepting its electrons.
C. Single Replacement
A. reducing agent
D. Double Replacement
B. oxidation number
E. Combustion
C. combustion
28. What is BOD?
D. oxidizing agent
A. biological oxygen demand
23. When balancing more complex redox reac- B. biological oxidation directive
tions which step must we do first?
C. binary open distruption
A. Balance Oxygen with water
D. biological oxygen direction
B. Balance all atoms that are not oxygen
or hydrogen 29. Which of the following terms matches
C. Balance water with hydrogen ions the definition.Definition:A chemical reac-
tion which involves the transfer of elec-
D. Balance the charges by adding elec- trons.
trons to the most positive side.
A. Oxidation
24. Which of the following processes are B. Reduction
redox reactions? (1) Bromination of
methane(2) Electrolysis of brine(3) Rust- C. Redox Reaction
ing of iron D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 117

30. Which substance is an oxidising agent? 36. Defined as the gain of electrons.
A. Bromine water A. oxidation

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Magnesium powder B. redox
C. Iron(II) chloride solution C. reduction
D. Potassium iodide solution D. LEO GER

31. light energy from the sun is captured by 37. Which chemical equation is a model of a
decomposition reaction?

A. the nucleus A. 2Mg + O2 → 2MgO


B. 2NaCl → 2Na + Cl2
B. the mitochondria
C. 3Na + FeBr3 → 3NaBr + Fe
C. chlorophyll
D. AgNO3 + NaCl → AgCl + NaNO3
D. ribosomes
38. Which of the following are redox reac-
32. Oxidation number of chromium is the same tion?
in all compounds except
A. Igniting the gas stove
A. Cr(OH)3
B. Washing oil-stained clothes using de-
B. Cr2O3 tergenet
C. Cr2(SO4)3 C. Rusting of car’s body
D. CrO3 D. Using hot pack to relieve muscle pain
33. the loss of hydrogen or electrons is known 39. Which of the following equations repre-
as sents an oxidation-reduction reaction?
A. dehydration A. H2 → 2H
B. hydrogenation B. H2 + Cl2 → 2HCl
C. reduction C. HCl + NaBr→ HBr + NaCl
D. oxidation D. H2O + SO2 → H2SO3

34. What is the species that gain electrons in 40. how is light energy turned into chemical
a redox reaction? energy?
A. chlorophyll molecules loses an elec-
A. oxidizing agent
tron
B. reducing agent
B. chlorophyll molecules are oxidized
C. is oxidized C. all of the above
D. increases in oxidation number D. none of above
35. Which of the following represents a redox 41. Choose the correct sequence , ,
reaction? →Reactivity towards oxygen increases
A. NaOH + HCl → NaCl + H2O A. Silver, Copper, Tin
B. BaCl2 + H2SO4 → BaSO4 + 2HCl B. Iron, Lead, Mercury
C. CuSO4 + 2H2O → Cu(OH)2 + H2SO3 C. Magnesium, Aluminium, Calcium
D. Zn + 2HCl → ZnCl2 + H2 D. Iron, Carbon, Lead

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 118

42. Which statement is correct about an oxi- 47. In a redox reaction, there is a conservation
dizing agent in a chemical reaction? of
A. It reacts with oxygen. A. mass, only
B. It reacts with H+ ions. B. charge, only

C. It loses electrons. C. both mass and charge


D. neither mass nor charge
D. It undergoes reduction.
48. + O2 → 2H2OFrom the above equation,

NARAYAN CHANGDER
43. Given the cell reaction:Ca(s) + Mg2+(aq) how many moles of water can be produced
→ Ca2+(aq) + Mg(s)Which substance was if 8 moles H2 are used?
oxidized?
A. 4 moles
A. Ca(s)
B. 8 moles
B. Mg2+(aq) C. 16 moles
C. Ca2+(aq) D. 2 moles
D. Mg(s)
49. What is the oxidation number of Sn in
SnO2?
44. Which component of an electrochemical cell
is correctly paired with its function? A. +1
A. external wires allows the solutions B. +4
to mix C. +2
B. external wires permits the migra- D. -2
tion of ions
50. A decrease in oxidation number.
C. salt bridge allows the solutions to
A. concentrated
mix
B. reduction
D. salt bridge permits the migration
of ions C. oxidation
D. dilute
45. Below are reducing agent except (Can
choose more than 1) 51. Reduction involves
A. Potassium iodide A. gaining electrons; gaining oxygen

B. Potassium bromide B. losing electrons; losing oxygen


C. gaining electrons, losing oxygen
C. Acidified potassium manganate(VII)
D. losing electrons; gaining oxygen
D. Acidified potassium dichromate(VI)
52. Which of following is incorrect about oxi-
46. What is the meaning of reduction? dation state?
A. Gain of electron A. Oxidation state of all elements in their
elemental form is taken as zero.
B. Gain of oxygen
B. For ions composed of only one atom,
C. Loss of hydrogen
theoxidation number is equal to the char-
D. Increase in oxidation number geon the

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 119

C. The algebraic sum of the oxidation half-cells are:Cu2+(aq) + 2e-→ Cu(s); E0


numberof all the atoms in a compound = 0.34 V Fe3+(aq) + e-→ Fe2+(aq); E0 =
must bezero. 0.77 V The oxidizing and reducing agents

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. In metal hydrides oxidation state of Hy- in this galvanic cell are, respectively:
drogen is +1. A. Fe3+; Cu
53. Determine the compound that have oxy- B. Fe2+; Cu
gen with +2 oxidation number. C. Cu2+; Fe3+
A. H2O
D. Cu2+; Fe2+
B. H2O2
C. OF2 58. Which one of the following conversions is
an example of reduction?
D. O2F2
A. Copper (II) oxide to copper (II) sulfate
54. Which of the following are transferred be-
B. Copper (II) oxide to copper
tween the 2 reactants participating in the
reaction C. Hydrochloric acid to chlorine
A. protons D. Lead (II) nitrate to lead (II) chloride
B. electrons
59. The following chemical equation repre-
C. neutrons sents the extraction of silicon from quartz
D. none of the above A redox reaction is a using coke. SiO2 + C → Si + CO2What is
chemical reaction in which electrons are the change in oxidation number of silicon?
transferred between two reactants that A. +2 to 0
are involved.
B. +4 to 0
55. State the reducing agent in this reaction.Cu
+ 4HNO3 → Cu(NO3)2 + 2H2O + 2NO2 C. 0 to +2

A. Cu D. 0 to +4
B. HNO3 60. Which is the oxidising agent in the equa-
C. Cu(NO3)2 tion:2FeCl3 + H2 → 2FeCl2 + HCl
D. NO2 A. FeCl3

56. Definition:the chemical reaction that in- B. FeCl2


volves the loss of electrons C. H2
A. Redox Reaction D. HCl
B. Reduction
61. What is oxidation number of Cr in Cr2O72-
C. Oxidation
?
D. Oxidising agent (oxidant)
A. -2
E. Reducing agent (reductant)
B. +2
57. A galvanic cell was set up using the
C. +6
Cu2+/Cu and Fe3+/Fe2+ half-cells. The
standard reduction potentials for these D. +12

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 120

62. In the following reaction:Zn (s) + B. Br


Pb(NO3)2 (aq) → Pb (s) + Zn(NO3)2 C. I
(aq)What undergoes oxidation?
D. F
A. Zinc (Zn)
68. In the reaction, Fe2O3(s) + 3CO(g) →
B. Zinc ion (Zn2+)
2Fe(l) + 3CO2(g)
C. Lead (Pb)
A. carbon monoxide is reduced
D. Lead ion (Pb2+)
B. carbon monoxide is the oxidising agent

NARAYAN CHANGDER
63. Which species undergoes a gain of elec- C. iron(III) oxide is oxidised
trons? Zn(s) + Mg2+(aq) → Zn2+(aq) + D. iron(III) oxide is the oxidising agent
Mg (s)
A. Zn 69. How many methods to balance an equa-
tion:
B. Mg2+
A. 4
C. Zn2+
B. 2
D. Mg
C. 3
64. What is the oxidizing agent of this reac- D. 1
tion? (Tip:Species is reduced also known
as oxidizing agent)2Al(s) + 6H+(aq) → 70. In a redox reaction, the species reduced
2Al3+ (aq) + 3H2(g) A. gains electrons and is the oxidizing
A. H2 agent

B. Al3+ B. gains electrons and is the reducing


agent
C. Al
C. loses electrons and is the oxidizing
D. H+ agent
65. In which of the following, the oxidation D. loses electrons and is the reducing
number of chlorine is +5? agent
A. Cl- 71. What is the oxidation number of C in
B. ClO- SrCO3?
C. ClO2- A. -4
D. ClO3- B. +2
C. -6
66. Oxidation involves
D. +4
A. gaining electrons; gaining oxygen
72. In which of the following compounds, an
B. losing electrons; losing oxygen
element exhibits two different oxidation
C. gaining electrons; losing oxygen state?
D. losing electrons; gaining oxygen A. NH2OH
67. Which of the following element does not B. NH4NO3
show disproportionation tendency? C. N2H4
A. N D. N3H

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 121

73. WRITE THIS OUT ON PAPER, YOU MAY 78. What is oxidation number of Mn in
USE THE ANSWER TO THIS PROBLEM MnO2?
AGAIN IN ANOTHER QUESTION:Balance

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 0
the following reactions using the half-
reaction method.MnO4-(aq) + H+(aq) + I- B. +2
(aq) → Mn2+(aq) + I2(s)How many elec- C. -2
trons did you cross out on both side?
D. +4
A. 1 e-
B. 2 e- 79. Which oxidation state shown by alkali
C. 5 e- metals?

D. 10 e- A. -1
B. +2
74. Which chemical equation represents a de-
composition reaction? C. -2
A. 2H2O → 2H2 + O2 D. +1
B. AgNO3 + LiCl → AgCl + LiNO3
80. A method to control the rusting of under-
C. Ca + MgS → CaS + Mg ground iron pipelines is through sacrificial
D. 2C2H6 + 7O2 → 4CO2 + 6H2O protection. Which of the following is the
sacrificial metal?
75. What is the oxidation number of the
chromium element in potassium dichro- A. Copper
mate (VI), K2Cr2O7? B. Lead
A. +2 C. Tin
B. +3 D. Zinc
C. +5
D. +6 81. Iodate ion, IO3-, is an oxidising agent. The
half-equation for the reaction isIO3-(aq)
76. Which type of reaction does this chemi- + 6H+(aq) +? e-→ I+(aq) + 3H2O(l)The
cal equation represent? 2Na + MgCl2 → value of? in this equation is
2NaCl + Mg A. 3
A. Double-replacement
B. 4
B. Decomposition
C. 5
C. Synthesis
D. 6
D. Single-replacement
82. What is oxidation state of chlorine in Cl2
77. In the reaction Cl2 + 2I − →
molecule?
2Cl − + I2
A. the chlorine acts as a reducing agent A. -1

B. the iodine acts as a reducing agent B. 1


C. iodide ions are oxidised C. -2
D. chlorine ions are oxidised D. 0

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 122

83. How are redox reactions used to generate 88. Which of the following processes does not
electricity in batteries? involve oxidation of iron?
A. The products of redox reactions are of- A. Decolouration of Blue CuSO4 solution
ten radioactive, causing electron flow by iron
B. Redox reactions generate a lot of heat B. Formation of Fe(CO)5 from Fe
and batteries convert the heat energy into C. Rusting of iron sheets
electrical energy
D. Liberation of H2 from steam by iron at

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Redox reactions involve the transfer of high temperature
electrons, which can be made to transfer
through a wire as electricity 89. Which of the following half reactions cor-
D. none of above rectly represents a reduction half reac-
tion?
84. Which change in oxidation number indi- A. Fe →Fe2+ + 2e-
cates oxidation?
B. Pb4+ + 2e-→Pb2+
A. -1 to +2
C. 2O-2 →O2 + 4e-
B. -1 to-2
D. Fe + 3e-→Fe3+
C. +2 to-3
D. +3 to +2 90. The oxidation states of chlorine in ClO4-
and Cl2O are respectively
85. What is the oxidation number of C in A. +1 and +3
SrCO3? ( Sr is element in Group 2 in peri-
odic Table) B. +3 and +7
A. +2 C. +7 and +1
B. +3 D. +7 and +2
C. +4 91. What does an oxidizing agent do? They
D. +5 help other reducing agent being oxidised
by themselves
86. In the reaction Zn + 2HCl → ZnCl2 + A. It turns acidified potassium dichro-
H2which element, if any, is oxidized? mate (VI) green
A. Zinc B. It turns potassium manganate (VII)
B. Hydrogen colorless
C. Chlorine C. It turns Universal Indicator red
D. None D. It turns aqueous potassium iodide
brown
87. Which statement is true about oxidizing
agents? Hint:oxidizing agents are them- 92. What is the oxidizing agent of this reac-
selves reduced. Hence, they electrons. tion? 3Mg + N2→ Mg3N2
A. Their oxidation state is zero A. Mg
B. They are easily oxidized B. N2
C. They never contain hydrogen C. Mg3N2
D. They readily accept electrons D. MgN

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 123

93. The sum of the oxidation numbers in SCN- 98. synthesis and decomposition reactions
is equivalent to involve the transfer of electrons.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 0 A. All
B. -1 B. Most

C. +1 C. No
D. Some
D. +3
99. Check all the equations whereby the under-
94. Which gas is the strongest reducing lined substances has been oxidized.
agent?
A. carbon dioxide + carbon → carbon
A. Br- monoxide
B. Cl- B. iron (II) oxide + aluminium → alu-
C. F- minium oxide + iron
C. copper (II) oxide + ammonia → cop-
D. I-
per + nitrogen + water
95. If Al is above Co in the activity series of D. hydrogen + oxygen → water
metals, which of the following will occur
100. The incomplete equation shows a reac-
if Al metal is put into a solution of cobalt
tion. CuCO3 + H2SO4 → products What
nitrate?
are the products of this reaction?
A. a redox reaction takes place
A. copper(II) oxide, sulphur dioxide, hy-
B. the Al strip dissolves drogen
C. the Al strip becomes coated with B. copper(II) oxide, sulphur dioxide, wa-
cobalt ter
D. all of the above C. copper(II) sulphate, carbon dioxide,
hydrogen
96. What is the oxidizing agent of this reac- D. copper(II) sulphate, carbon dioxide,
tion? Cr2O72-(aq) + 8H+(aq) + 3H2S(aq) water
→ 2Cr3+(aq) + 7H2O(l) + 3S(s)
101. In the reactions Sn+2 + 2 Fe+3 → Sn+4
A. Cr2O72- + 2 Fe+2, the reducing agent is
B. H2S A. Fe+3
C. Cr3+ B. Sn+4
D. S C. Sn+2
D. Fe+2
97. Which of the following is a reduction reac-
tion? 102. Given the reaction:3Mg(s) + N2(g) →
A. Carbon gains oxygen Mg3N2(s)The oxidation number of N
changes from , meaning that the N is
B. Zinc atom loses electrons being
C. Hydrogen sulphide loses hydrogen A. 0 to +2; oxidized
D. Bromine molecule gains electron B. 0 to-3; reduced

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 124

C. 0 to-3; oxidized C. Cu+ + e-→ Cu0


D. 0 to +2; reduced D. Cu+ + e-→ Cu2+
103. Consider the following REDOX reac- 108. Which statements are CORRECT? [tick 3
tion:Zn + Cr2O72-+ H+ → Zn2+ + Cr3++ correct answers]
H2OHow many H + needed after balancing
A. The oxidation number of nitrogen in
this reaction?
NO3-is +5
A. 10
B. The oxidation number of sulfur in an

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. 12 ion of sulfate, SO42-= +6
C. 13 C. The oxidation number of hydrogen in
D. 14 calcium hydride, CaH2 is +1
D. The oxidation number of carbon in CO2
104. What happens to vanadium during reac-
is +4
tion VO2+ → VO3-
E. The oxidation number of nitrogen in
A. Undergo oxidation and oxidation num-
NH3 is +3
ber changes from +4 to +5
B. Undergo oxidation and oxidation num- 109. What element is being reduced? I2 +
ber changes from +2 to +4 H2SO3 + H2O → 2 HI + H2SO4
C. Undergo reduction and oxidation num- A. I
ber changes from +2 to-1 B. H
D. Undergo reduction and oxidation num- C. S
ber changes from +4 to +2
D. O
105. What is the reducing agent of this reac-
tion? 2Al(s) + 6H+(aq) → 2Al3+ (aq) + 110. What is the reducing agent of this reac-
3H2(g) tion? 3Mg + N2→ Mg3N2
A. H+ A. Mg
B. Al3+ B. N2
C. Al C. Mg3N2
D. H2 D. MgN

106. Which substance is reduced in the follow- 111. What element’s don’t have oxidation
ing reaction? 4Fe + 3O2 → 2Fe2O3 numbers?
A. Iron A. alkali metals
B. oxygen B. noble gases
C. iron (III) oxide C. halogens
D. none of above D. alkaline earth metals

107. Which expression represents the oxida- 112. which defines a redox reaction?
tion of the copper(I) ion? A. Electron movement between
A. Cu+→ Cu2+ + e- molecules
B. Cu → Cu+ + e- B. oxidation-reduction

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 125

C. important in both cellular respiration 118. What is the oxidation number of Na in


and photosynthesis Na+?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. all of the above A. 0

113. Which of the following terms matches B. +1/2


the definition.Definition:When a substance C. +1
gains electrons. D. -1
A. Oxidation
119. Which of the following represents reduc-
B. Reduction tion?
C. Redox Reaction A. C → CO
D. none of above B. N2 → NH3
114. What is the coefficient of Fe3+ when C. Zn → Zn2+
the following equation is balanced? CN-+ D. H2 → H2O
Fe3+ > CNO-+ Fe2+ (basic solution)
120. What is the pigment in chloroplasts that
A. 5
performs photosynthesis?
B. 4
A. Chlorosynthesis
C. 3
B. Chlorophyll
D. 2
C. ADP
115. In which SO2 acts as oxidant, while reat- D. Electron Transport
ing with:
121. Balance the following reaction.MnO4-
A. Acidified KMnO4
(aq) + H+(aq) + I-(aq) → Mn2+(aq) +
B. Acidified K2Cr2O7 I2(s)How many electrons are exchanged in
C. H2S the balanced equation?
D. Acidified C2H5OH A. 1 e-
B. 2 e-
116. Which conversion involves the smallest
change in oxidation number of the under- C. 5 e-
lined element? D. 10 e-
A. C(s)-> CO2 (g)
122. Which half-reaction correctly represents
B. NO3-(aq)-> NO2(g) oxidation?
C. SO32-(aq)-> SO42-(aq) A. Sn2+ + 2e-→ Sn0
D. MnO4-(aq)-> Mn2+(aq) B. Sn4+ + 2e-→ Sn2+
117. What is the oxidation number of O in el- C. Sn2+ → Sn0 + 2e-
emental O2? D. Sn2+ → Sn4+ + 2e-Up next:
A. 0 123. Which products are formed when ethane
B. -2 (C2H6) undergoes combustion?
C. +1 A. H2O, CO2, and O2
D. +2 B. H2O and CO2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 126

C. H2O and C C. Tin only


D. H2 and CO2 D. All 3

124. What is the oxidation number of P in 129. What is the colour change of acidified
K3PO4? KMnO4(aq) solution as a test for reducing
A. +1 agents?
B. +5 A. From green to orange

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. -2 B. From orange to green
D. 0 C. From purple to colourless
D. From colourless to purple
125. Which type of reaction is the conversion
of iron oxide to iron and oxygen? 130. Which half-reaction occurs at the cath-
A. oxidation ode?
B. reduction A. Combustion
C. neutralisation B. Oxidation
D. combination C. Reduction
126. What is a cathode? D. All of the above
A. It is the electrode where oxidation 131. Substance that oxidizes another sub-
takes place. stance by accepting its electrons is known
B. It is the electrode where reduction as
takes place. A. reducing agent
C. It is an aqueous solution containing an B. oxidizing agent
electrode.
C. combustion agent
D. It is the salt bridge that connects half-
cells. D. oxidation number

127. Which substance is used to change 132. Which of the following does not prevent
iron(III) ion to iron(II) ion? rusting of iron?
A. Bromine water A. Painting, Oiling, Galvinising
B. Potassium iodide solution B. Attach to a piece of copper
C. Potassium dichromate(VI) solution C. connect to a piece of magnesium with
D. Acidified potassium manganate solu- wire
tion D. cover entirely with copper

128. A mixture contains cobalt metal, copper 133. What are the oxidation numbers for H2S
metal, and tin metal. This mixture is
A. H:0 S:2-
mixed with nickel nitrate. Which metals,
if any, will react? B. H:1+ S:1-
A. Cobalt only C. H:1+ S:2+
B. Copper only D. H:1+ S:2-

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 127

134. P4 + 3NaOH + 3H2O → 3NaH2PO2 + 140. Which of the following statements are IN-
PH3, is a type of which redox reaction. CORRECT? [ tick 2 correct answers here]

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Disproportionation Reaction A. An oxidising agent is an electron accep-
B. Decomposition Reaction tor

C. Metal displacement reaction B. An reducing agent is an electron donor

D. Combination Reaction C. Reduction is defined as the loss of elec-


trons
135. Na3PO4 + 3 KOH → 3 NaOH + K3PO4 D. Reduction is defined as the removal of
A. Synthesis (or combination) hydrogen atoms
B. Decomposition E. Oxidation occurs when oxygen atoms
C. Single displacement are gained and electrons are lost
D. Double displacement 141. Which statement is true:Mg → Mg2+ +
2e-
136. During which process does an atom gain
one or more electrons? A. Mg gains 2 electrons
A. transmutation B. Mg2+ loses 2 electrons
B. reduction C. Mg loses 1 electron
C. oxidation D. Mg loses 2 electrons
D. neutralization 142. Consider the following REDOX reac-
tion:Cl2(g) → ClO-(aq) + Cl-(aq) (basic
137. H2O2→ H2O +O2 is an example of
solution)How many OH-molecules did you
A. displacement reaction add to the reactant side of this reaction
B. combination reaction when balancing?
C. decomposition reaction A. 1
D. disproportionation reaction B. 2
C. 3
138. In the electrolysis of silver nitrate solu-
tion using carbon electrodes, what is the D. 4
ratio of Ag(s) to O2(g) produced?
143. What type of reaction is the
A. 1:1 following:2C4 H10 + 13O2 > 8CO2 +
B. 2:1 10H2 O
C. 3:1 A. Synthesis
D. 4:1 B. Decomposition
C. Single Replacement
139. Reactions in voltaic cells are
A. spontaneous, redox reactions D. Double Replacement

B. non-spontaneous, redox reactions E. Combustion

C. spontaneous, non-redox reactions 144. Oxygen commonly has an oxidation num-


D. non-spontaneous, non-redox reac- ber of
tions A. -1

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 128

B. 1 149. The strongest reductant from the follow-


C. 2 ing list:Fe3+; Sn2+; H2O; K+; Br-; Au;
Pb2+ is
D. -2
A. K+
145. Combustion and single-replacement reac- B. Fe3+
tions are redox reactions. C. Sn2+
A. always D. Au

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. never
150. Definition:the chemical substance that
C. sometimes gains electrons.
D. mostly A. Redox Reaction
B. Reduction
146. WRITE THIS OUT ON PAPER, YOU MAY
USE THE ANSWER TO THIS PROBLEM C. Oxidation
AGAIN IN ANOTHER QUESTION:Balance D. Oxidising agent (oxidant)
the following ACIDIC reactions using E. Reducing agent (reductant)
changing oxidation number method.MnO4-
(aq) + H+(aq) + I-(aq) → Mn2+(aq) + 151. When balancing more complex redox re-
I2(s)Water is a product of this reaction. actions which is the last step?
What is the coefficient of water in the final A. Balance Oxygen with water
balanced equation?
B. Balance all atoms that are not oxygen
A. 8 or hydrogen
B. 5 C. Balance water with hydrogen ions
C. 2 D. Balance the charges by adding elec-
trons to the most positive side.
D. 16
152. For the following example, identify the
147. Which term matches the following defi- reducing agent:H2 + Cl2 → 2HCl
nition? Definition:the chemical substance
that gains electrons. A. H2
B. Cl2
A. Redox Reaction
C. Both
B. Reduction
D. none of above
C. Oxidation
153. Which processes occur during the electrol-
D. Oxidising agent (oxidant)
ysis of molten sodium chloride? I. Sodium
E. Reducing agent (reductant) and chloride ions move through the elec-
trolyte. II. Electrons move through the ex-
148. A redox reaction is NOT: ternal circuit. III. Oxidation takes place at
A. all reactions the anode.
B. a combustion reaction A. I and II only
C. a reduction-oxidation reaction B. I and III only
D. a reaction in which electrons are trans- C. II and III only
ferred from one atom to another D. I, II and III

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 129

154. Which gas is removed from the atmo- 160. In which change does nitrogen undergo
sphere during photosynthesis? oxidation?
A. NO2 → N2O4

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. hydrogen
B. oxygen B. NO3-→ NO2
C. nitrogen C. N2O5→ NO3-
D. carbon dioxide D. NH3 → N2

155. Which reaction is NOT a redox reaction? 161. What is the oxidation number of N in
NO2-1?
A. Fe + S → FeS
A. -3
B. NaOH + HCl → NaCl + HOH
B. +4
C. MgSe → Mg + Se
C. -2
D. Zn + CuCl2 → Cu + ZnCl2
D. +3
156. The oxidation number of Fe in [Fe(CN)6]-
3 ion is 162. Mg + PbCl2 → MgCl2 + Pb. Which state-
ment correctly describes the oxidation and
A. +2 reduction that occur?
B. +3 A. Mg is oxidized and Cl-is reduced
C. -2 B. Mg is oxidized and Pb+2 is reduced
D. -3 C. Mg is reduced and Cl-is oxidized
157. Iron (II) ions, Fe2+ in a solution can be D. Mg is reduced and Pb+2 is oxidized
changed to iron (III), Fe3+ by adding solu-
163. NH3 + HCl → NH4Cl
tion X. What is X?
A. Synthesis
A. Sodium hydroxide
B. Decomposition
B. Sodium thiosulphate
C. Single Replacement
C. Potassium hexacyanoferrate(II)
D. Double Replacement
D. Acidified potassium manganate (VII)
164. What is the coefficient of iodine when the
158. For which of the following species is the following equation is balanced? MnO4-+
oxidation number of oxygen the lowest? I-> Mn2+ + I2(acidic solution)
A. Na2O2 A. 5
B. H2O2 B. 4
C. O2 C. 3
D. H2SO4 D. 2
159. Which products are formed when 165. What is a Limiting Reagent?
propane (C3H8) undergoes combustion? A. speeds up a reaction
A. Water and carbon dioxide B. what you run out of first
B. Water and carbon C. slows down a reaction
C. Hydrogen and carbon dioxide D. There is a balance of it after the reac-
D. Water, carbon dioxide, and oxygen tion is completed

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 130

166. Which one of the following is not a redox C. Iodine-thiosulfate Method


reaction? D. Oxidation Method
A. Br2 + SO2 + 2H2O → SO42-+ 4H+
+ 2Br- 171. What species are produced at the pos-
itive and negative electrodes during the
B. SnCl2 + HgCl2 → Hg + SnCl4 electrolysis of molten sodium chloride?
C. Cu2O + H2SO4 → CuSO4 + Cu + A. Negative electrode:Cl2(g), Positive
H2O electrode:Na+(l)

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. 2CrO42-+ 2H+ → Cr2O72-+ H2O B. Negative electrode:Na+(l), Positive
167. Metal displacement reactions, which are electrode:Cl-(l)
used in many applications in metallurgi- C. Negative electrode:Cl2(g), Positive
cal processes in which pure metals are ob- electrode:Na(l)
tained from their compounds in ores, are a D. Negative electrode:Na(l), Positive
category of electrode:Cl2(g)
A. Decomposition Reaction
172. What change occurs during oxidation?
B. Displacement Reaction
A. gain of hydrogen
C. Disproportionation Reaction
B. loss of oxygen
D. Combustion Reaction
C. gain of elections
168. WRITE THIS OUT ON PAPER, YOU MAY D. loss of electrons
USE THE ANSWER TO THIS PROBLEM
AGAIN IN ANOTHER QUESTION:Balance 173. Reduction is the of electrons.
the following reactions using changing A. loss
oxidation number method.MnO4-(aq) +
H+(aq) + I-(aq) → Mn2+(aq) + I2(s)How B. gain
many electrons water compound produced C. sharing
in the reaction? D. transfer
A. 10
174. Which of the following reactions should
B. 9 be balanced in basic medium
C. 8 A. NH3 + MnO4(-)-→ MnO2 + NO2
D. 7 B. Cr(OH)2 + I2-→ Cr(OH)2 +2I(-)
169. Which substance is reduced in the follow- C. H2O2 + Fe(3+) → O2 + Fe(2+)
ing reaction? NaOH + Li → LiOH + Na D. HNO3 + Fe(2+) → Fe(3+) + NO2
A. Li
175. What type of reaction is the
B. Na following:2KI > 2K + I2
C. O A. Synthesis
D. H B. Decomposition
170. What method is used to measure BOD? C. Single Replacement
A. The Winkler Method D. Double Replacement
B. Manganate(VII) Method E. Combustion

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 131

176. Which metals an displace lead from 181. Which statement is true of a reducing
lead(II) nitrate solution? agent?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Zinc A. It is oxidised as it gains electrons.
B. Silver B. It is oxidised as it loses electrons.
C. Copper C. It is reduced as it gains electrons.
D. Aluminium D. It is reduced as it loses electrons.

177. Substances that lose electrons easily and 182. Which of the following reactions is bal-
are oxidized in a chemical reaction are anced by both mass and charge?

A. reducing agents A. Fe+2 + Al →Fe + Al+3

B. coloring agents B. Cu + Fe+2 → Cu+1 + Fe+3

C. oxidizing agents C. F2 + Br-→ F-+ Br2

D. neutralizing agents D. Fe+2 + 2 Cu → 2 Cu+ + Fe

E. analytical agents 183. Which of the following is the balanced


half-reaction for the oxidation of Cu to
178. How do you complete the circuit when us- Cu+2?
ing 2 half-cells?
A. Cu → Cu+2
A. acid bridge
B. Cu + 2 e-→ Cu+2
B. base bridge
C. Cu → Cu+2 + 2 e-
C. salt bridge D. Cu-2e-→ Cu+2
D. none of above
184. What is the oxidation number of Ca in
179. What is the substance that loses oxygen Ca3N2?
in a redox reaction? A. +3
A. oxidizing agent B. +2
B. reducing agent C. -3
C. is oxidized D. -2
D. increases in oxidation number
185. Redox reactions include which types of
180. What type of reaction is the reactions?
following:C11 H24 + 17O2 − > A. Single-replacement, double-replacement,
11CO2 + 12H2 O acid-base, synthesis
A. Synthesis B. Single-replacement, synthesis, decom-
position, combustion
B. Decomposition
C. Double-replacement, combustion, syn-
C. Single Replacement
thesis, decomposition
D. Double Replacement
D. Acid-base, decomposition, double-
E. Combustion replacement, synthesis

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 132

186. When aluminium oxide react with carbon, 191. What is the oxidation number of H in
there is no change that will occur. What is CH4?
your inference for this observation? A. -1
A. Carbon cannot remove the oxygen B. +1
from the aluminium oxide
C. -4
B. Carbon is less reactive than aluminium
D. +4
C. Aluminium is more reactive than car-
192. Batteries are an example of

NARAYAN CHANGDER
bon
D. All of the above A. Redox
B. Combustion
187. Which of the following represents oxida-
C. Synthesis
tion?
D. Stoichiometry
A. C → CH4
B. Fe3+ → Fe2+ 193. When zinc metal displaces copper from
CuSO4 solution, the zinc metal is acting as
C. Cl2 → 2Cl- a reducing agent because
D. Zn → ZnO A. zinc is giving away electrons to the cop-
per ions
188. In the reaction Zn + H2O → ZnO2 + H2
which element is oxidized? B. zinc is taking away electrons from the
copper ions
A. Zinc
C. zinc is more reactive than copper
B. Hydrogen
D. CuSO4 solution is easy to break down
C. Oxygen
194. In the following reaction:2CuO (s) + C (s)
D. None → 2Cu (s) + CO2 (g)What undergoes re-
duction?
189. The reaction 2 NaCl → 2 Na + Cl2 is an
example of: A. Copper (Cu)
A. both an oxidation and reduction reac- B. Carbon (C)
tion C. Copper ions (Cu2+)
B. neither an oxidation nor a reduction re- D. Carbon dioxide (CO2)
action
195. What happens to the oxidation number of
C. a reduction reaction, only an element that is oxidized in a reaction?
D. an oxidation reaction, only A. The oxidation number decreases

190. What kind of reaction is happening B. The oxidation number may increase or
here:Cl2 + 2NaOH → NaCl + NaClO + H2O decrease
C. The oxidation number increases
A. Conproportionation
D. the oxidation number changes from
B. Disproportionation
negative to positive
C. Synproportionation
E. The oxidation number changes from
D. Redox positive to negative

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 133

196. Cl2 + 2e-→ 2Cl-is an example of: 202. What is oxidation state of Sulphur in
A. a chemical reaction H2SO4?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. redox A. +6
C. oxidation B. -6
D. reduction
C. +4
197. Which process involves the transfer of D. -4
electrons?
A. double replacement 203. What is the oxidation number of chlorine
B. neutralization in ClO3-?
C. oxidation-reduction A. 5
D. sublimation B. 1
198. If an atom loses electrons during a chem- C. 0
ical reaction, the atom was:
D. 2
A. Oxidized
B. Reduced 204. When magnesium is oxidised, what hap-
C. Neutralized pens?
D. Precipitated A. Mg gains 2 electrons
199. What is the reducing agent here:N2 + B. Mg2+ loses 2 electrons
3H2 → 2NH3
C. Mg loses 1 electron
A. N2
B. H2 D. Mg loses 2 electrons
C. NH3
205. in photosynthesis
D. 2NH3
A. H2O is oxidized and CO2 is reduced
200. A redox reaction is
B. CO2 is oxidized and H2O is reduced
A. all reactions
B. a combustion reaction C. glucose is oxidized and oxygen is re-
duced
C. a reduction-oxidation reaction that
happen simultaneously D. oxygen is oxidized and glucose is re-
duced
D. a reaction in which electrons are trans-
ferred from one atom to another
206. For the following example, identify the
201. P4+3NaOH+3HOH → PH3+3NaH2PO2 reducing agent:Al+3 + P-3 → AlP
identify types of redox reaction:
A. Al+3
A. addition
B. P-3
B. displacement
C. disproportionation C. Both
D. None of the above D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 134

207. What type of reaction is the 212. Consider the following reaction:(NH4)2Cr2O7(s)
following:2H2 + O2 − > 2H2 O → N2(g) + 4H2O(l) + Cr2O3(s)Which el-
ement undergoes reduction?
A. Synthesis
B. Decomposition A. Cr

C. Single Replacement B. H

D. Double Replacement C. N
D. O

NARAYAN CHANGDER
E. Combustion

208. Complete the word equation below.Zinc 213. Which term matches the following defi-
oxide + carbon → nition? Definition:type of chemical reac-
tion that involves a transfer of electrons
A. Zinc + carbon between two species.
B. Zinc oxide + carbon A. Redox Reaction
C. Zinc + carbon dioxide B. Reduction
D. No change
C. Oxidation
209. In a voltaic cell electrons flow D. Oxidising agent (oxidant)
A. through the salt bridge E. Reducing agent (reductant)
B. from the cathode to the anode through
214. Oxidation Number of H2 in free or uncom-
the wire
bimed state.
C. from the anode to the cathode through
the wire A. 0

D. none of above B. +1
C. -1
210. The position of a metal in the reactivity
series of metals depends on the reactivity D. None of the above
of the metal when reacting with
215. Which of the following compounds is NOT
A. Carbon an ionic compound?
B. Hydrogen A. NaCl
C. Oxygen B. NH3
D. Sulphur C. Fe2O3
211. Which of the following equations does D. HCl
not represent an oxidation-reduction reac-
tion? 216. What are the oxidation numbers for NaH
A. N2 + O2 →2NO A. Na:1-H:1+
B. H2 + Cl2 → 2HCl B. Na:1+ H:1-
C. 2NaBr + Cl2 →2NaCl + Br2 C. Na:1-H:1-
D. Fe →Fe3+ + 3e- D. there are no oxidation numbers

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 135

217. Which of the following statements refers 222. What is oxidation number of O in O2?
to an oxidation process? A. 0

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Hydrogen is added to ethene B. -2
B. Oxygen is removed from carbon diox- C. +1
ide
D. +2
C. Chlorine accepts electrons
223. In a Galvanic Cell, the salt bridge
D. Increase in the oxidation number of
magnesium metal A. completes the circuit so that electrons
can flow through the wire
218. What is the oxidation number of Chlorine B. maintains charge balance
in HClO4?
C. is soaked in an unreactive electrolyte
A. +1 such as KNO3
B. +3 D. all of the above
C. +5 224. During an oxidation-reduction reaction,
D. +7 the reducing agent
A. is itself oxidized
219. is reduced in the following
reaction:Cr2O72-+ 6 S2O32-+ 14H+ > B. undergoes a decrease in oxidation
2Cr3+ + 3S4O62-+ 7H2O number
A. Cr2O72- C. is itself reduced
B. S2O32- D. accepts electrons
C. H+ 225. The sum of the oxidation numbers in
D. S4O62- Na2CO3 is equivalent to
A. 0
220. Most of the times, Oxygen always has
B. -2
an oxidation number of
C. +1
A. -1
D. -1
B. 1
226. Which is the correct net ionic equation for
C. 2
the reaction of AgNO3 and CaCl2?
D. -2
A. Ca2+(aq) + 2Cl-(aq) → CaCl(s)
221. Balance the following ACIDIC reactions B. Ag+(aq) + Cl-(aq) → AgCl(s)
using the half-reaction method.MnO4- C. Ag + Cl → AgCl
(aq) + H+(aq) + I-(aq) → Mn2+(aq) +
I2(s)Water is a product of this reaction. D. Ag+ + Ca2 + →Ag2Ca (s)
What is the coefficient of water in the final 227. If the cell potential is negative, the reac-
balanced equation? tion is?
A. 8 A. a success
B. 5 B. spontaneous
C. 2 C. not spontaneous
D. 16 D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 136

228. e+ 3O2→2Fe2O3 is a type of C. electronegative atom


A. Displacement reaction D. oxidizing agent
B. Double displacement reaction 234. Balance the following ACIDIC reac-
C. Combination Reaction tions using changing oxidation number
D. none of the above method.MnO4-(aq) + H+(aq) + I-(aq) →
Mn2+(aq) + I2(s)Water is a product of
229. Which type of reaction is modeled by this this reaction. What is the coefficient of
chemical equation? 2Li + CaCl2 → 2LiCl + water in the final balanced equation?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
Ca A. 8
A. Single-replacement B. 5
B. Double-replacement C. 2
C. Synthesis D. 16
D. Combustion
235. Which of the following items is generally
230. What is oxidation number of Fe in FeO? powered by alkaline manganese cells?
A. +2 A. Digital cameras
B. -2 B. Emergency lighting
C. 0 C. Quartz watches
D. +1 D. Shavers

231. Balance the following reactions using the 236. An iron nail is put into a solution of copper
half-reaction method.MnO4-(aq) + H+(aq) nitrate, iron is above copper in the activity
+ I-(aq) → Mn2+(aq) + I2(s)How many series of metals, what will happen?
electrons did you cross out on both side? A. iron will be reduced
A. 1 e- B. bubbles of oxygen gas will form on iron
B. 2 e- nail
C. 5 e- C. the iron nail will become copper plated
D. 10 e- D. no reaction occurs

232. What coefficient would Fe+2 have in the 237. What is the oxidation number of Br in
following standard redox reaction? Al BrO3-1?
+ Fe+2 → Al+3 + Fe A. +3
A. 1 B. -2
B. 2 C. +5
C. 3 D. +2
D. 6
238. In the following reaction:2Mg (s) + O2
233. Substance that reduces another sub- (g) → 2MgO (s)What undergoes reduc-
stance by losing electrons. tion?
A. reducing agent A. Magnesium (Mg)
B. half-reaction B. Magnesium ion (Mg2+)

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 137

C. Oxygen (O2) 244. What element always has an oxidation


D. Oxygen ion (O2-) number of-1?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Hydrogen
239. A reducing agent is the substance that is
B. Fluorine
A. oxidized
C. Chlorine
B. reduced
D. Iodine
C. not changed
245. In the reaction Zn + 2HCl → ZnCl2 +
D. none of above
H2which element oxidised?
240. Which chemical equation represents a re- A. Zinc
dox reaction? B. Hydrogen
A. 2Li + MgCl2 → 2LiCl + Mg C. Chlorine
B. AgNO3 + NaCl → AgCl + NaNO3 D. none of above
C. Na2CO3 + H2S → H2CO3 + NaS
246. Which statements contain a correct defi-
D. Ca(OH)2 + H2SO4 → CaSO4 + 2H2O nition of reduction?
241. Oxidation state shown by alkaline earth A. the removal of oxygen
metal is B. the removal of hydrogen
A. 1 C. the removal of electrons
B. 2 D. the gain of electrons
C. -1
247. Which equation represents a redox reac-
D. -2 tion?

242. Definition:the chemical reaction that in- A. NaOH + HNO3 → NaNO3 +H2O
volves the gaining of electrons B. 2AgNO3 + Zn → Zn(NO3)2 + 2Ag
A. Redox Reaction C. 2NaCl + Pb(NO3)2 → PbCl2 +
B. Reduction 2NaNO3
D. CaCO3 + 2HCl → CaCl2 + H2O +
C. Oxidation
CO2
D. Oxidising agent (oxidant)
248. What will happened when lead oxide re-
E. Reducing agent (reductant)
act with hydrogen?
243. Which equations represent reactions that A. Lead oxide burns brightly
occur at room temperature? I. 2Br-(aq) +
B. Yellow powder turns shiny grey
Cl2(aq) → 2Cl-(aq) + Br2(aq)II. 2Br-(aq)
+ I2(aq) → 2I-(aq) + Br2(aq)III. 2I-(aq) + C. Lead is produced
Cl2(aq) → 2Cl-(aq) + I2(aq) D. All of the above
A. I and II only
249. What is the oxidation number of Man-
B. I and III only ganese (Mn) in MnO4-?
C. II and III only A. +2
D. I, II and III B. +4

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 138

C. +5 255. Which statement about the following re-


D. +7 action is correct? 2Br-(aq) + Cl2(aq) →
Br2(aq) + 2Cl-(aq)
250. If in a reaction, copper is reduced; its num-
ber of electrons has: A. Br-(aq) is reduced and gains electrons.

A. Increased B. Cl2(aq) is reduced and loses electrons.


B. Decreased C. Br-(aq) is oxidized and loses electrons.

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Remained Constant D. Cl2(aq) is oxidized and gains electrons.
D. Varies Randomly
256. What is the species that lose electrons in
251. What is oxidation number of N in N2?
a redox reaction?
A. 0
A. oxidizing agent
B. -2
C. +1 B. reducing agent
D. +2 C. is reduced
252. Which of the following statements con- D. decreases in oxidation number
cerning the reaction of hot concentrated
nitric acid with carbon are correct? (1) 257. What is the oxidation number of nitrogen
Brown fumes are produced.(2) Carbon in N2?
dioxide is produced.(3) The oxidation num-
ber of carbon changes from 0 to +2. A. -3
A. (1) and (2) only B. 0
B. (1) and (3) only C. +4
C. (2) and (3) only
D. -1
D. (1), (2) and (3)

253. What type of reaction is the 258. What is oxidation number of O2?
following:Zn + 2HCl > ZnCl2 + H2 A. 0
A. Synthesis
B. -2
B. Decomposition
C. +1
C. Single Replacement
D. Double Replacement D. +2
E. Combustion
259. These keep track of the movement of
254. In the reaction 2Ca(s) + O2(g) → electrons.
2CaO(s), calcium is
A. (+) and (-) signs
A. Reduced
B. oxidation numbers
B. Synthesized
C. Oxidized C. coefficients
D. None of the above D. subscripts

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 139

260. What is the first step in the oxidation 265. Which product forms from a reaction be-
number change method for balancing re- tween magnesium (Mg) and nitrogen (N)?
dox reactions?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Mg2N3
A. Balance by inspection B. MgN
B. Assign oxidation numbers to each ele- C. MgN2
ment on both sides of the equation
D. Mg3N2
C. Write the two half reactions for oxida-
tion and reduction 266. How many mediums in balancing redox
reaction?
D. Balance the atoms that are oxidized
and reduced A. 1
B. 2
261. An oxidizing agent is the substance that
C. 3
is
D. 4
A. oxidized
B. reduced 267. The activity series ranks metals accord-
ing to the ease with which they undergo
C. not changed
A. oxidation
D. none of above
B. reduction
262. Oxidation is the of electrons. C. neutralization
A. loss D. combustion
B. gain 268. When a gas changes iron(III) oxide to
C. sharing iron(II) oxide, the gas is
A. a combustible gas
D. transfer
B. a reducing agent
263. What is the oxidation of C in CH4? C. an inert gas
A. -4 D. an oxidising agent
B. -1
269. Determine the oxidation number of chro-
C. +4 mate in CrO42-.
D. +1 A. +6
B. 0
264. Which term matches the following defini-
tion? Definition:the chemical reaction that C. +2
involves the gaining of electrons D. +3
A. Redox Reaction 270. Oxidation happens at the
B. Reduction A. anode
C. Oxidation B. cathode
D. Oxidising agent (oxidant) C. salt bridge
E. Reducing agent (reductant) D. voltmeter

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 140

271. What is the position of hydrogen ion in A. Cassiterite


the electrochemical series?
B. Hematite
A. Between lead (II) ion and iron (III) ion
C. Magnetite
B. Between zinc iron and iron (II) ion
D. Malachite
C. Between lead (II) ion and copper (II)
ion
277. Definition:type of chemical reaction that
D. Between zinc ion and tin (II) ion involves a transfer of electrons between

NARAYAN CHANGDER
two species.
272. Which energy conversion shown below
takes place in a voltaic cell? A. Redox Reaction
A. Electrical to chemical B. Reduction
B. Mechanical to chemical C. Oxidation
C. Mechanical to electrical
D. Oxidising agent (oxidant)
D. Chemical to electrical
E. Reducing agent (reductant)
273. During an oxidation-reduction reaction,
the number of electrons gained is 278. If in a reaction, copper is reduced; its num-
A. equal to the number of electrons lost ber of electrons has

B. equal to the number of protons gained A. Increased


C. less than the number of electrons lost B. Decreased
D. less than the number of protons C. Remained Constant
gained
D. Varies Randomly
274. Oxygen always has an oxidation number
of 279. In the reaction Zn + H2O → ZnO2 + H2
A. -1 which element, if any, is oxidized?

B. 1 A. Zinc
C. 2 B. Hydrogen
D. -2 C. Oxygen
275. What is the reducing agent in this reac- D. None
tion? Cu(s) + 2NO3-(aq) + 4H+(aq) →
Cu2+(aq) + 2NO2(g) + 2H2O(l) 280. Aluminium reacts with iron (III) oxide as
A. Cu(s) shown. iron(III) oxide + aluminium → iron
+ aluminium oxide Which statement about
B. NO3-(aq) this reaction is correct?
C. Cu2+(aq)
A. Aluminium is oxidised.
D. H+(aq)
B. Aluminium oxide is reduced
276. Metals are extracted from their
C. Iron (III) oxide is reduced.
ores.What is the name of the ores that
contain Fe2O3 as the main mineral? D. Iron is oxidised.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 141

281. Which statement is correct for the elec- 286. What substance is oxidized in the follow-
trolysis of a molten salt? ing reaction? 4Fe + 3O2 → 2Fe2O3

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Positive ions move toward the positive A. Iron
electrode. B. Fluorine
B. A gas is produced at the negative elec- C. Oxygen
trode.
D. none of above
C. Only electrons move in the electrolyte.
287. What is the ultimate ORIGINAL source of
D. Both positive and negative ions move energy for living things
toward electrodes.
A. Sugar
282. Which change is an oxidation? B. Sun
A. FeO to Fe2O3 C. Moon
B. Fe2O3 to FeO D. Carbon Dioxide
C. H2O2 to H2O 288. In a redox reaction, spectator ions
D. H2O to H2 A. become oxidised
283. During rusting, the iron block also works B. become reduced
as a voltaic cell.Which of the following C. remain unchanged
statements explain this
D. none of above
A. there is water present
289. Of the following, which would most
B. metal iron is present likely be an oxidizing agent?
C. iron atom loses electrons to oxygen A. K
and water
B. Ag+
D. iron block is corroded when in contact
C. Cl2
with oxygen and water
D. none of above
284. Which species is oxidized in the following
reaction? Mg + AlCl3 → MgCl2 + Al 290. The iron (II) ion, Fe2+(aq)

A. Mg A. can act as an oxidant but not a reduc-


tant
B. Al
B. can oxidise solid zinc and reduce liquid
C. Cl bromine
D. None because this is not redox. C. can act as a reductant but not an oxi-
dant
285. Which element is oxidized? H2S + Cl2 →
2HCl + S D. will always be reduced to Fe(s) in re-
dox reactions
A. H
291. Name the oxidising agent in the follow-
B. S
ing reaction:nitrogen + hydrogen → am-
C. Cl monia
D. Not a redox reaction A. nitrogen

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 142

B. hydrogen B. The oxidation number of the reduced


C. ammonia species goes up
C. The Oxidation number of the reduced
D. none of above
species goes down
292. photosynthesis and cellular respiration D. The reduced species gains oxygen
are
297. Which species undergoes a loss of elec-
A. molecules trons? Fe(s) + Cl2(g)→Fe2+(aq) + Cl-(aq)

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. the same thing A. Fe
C. redox reactions B. Fe2+
D. both performed in the mitochondria C. Cl2
293. When a gas changes iron (III) oxide to D. Cl-
iron (II) oxide, it shows that the gas is 298. Oxidation-reduction reactions occur be-
A. a reducing agent cause of the competition between particles
B. an oxidizing agent for
A. protons
C. a combustible gas
B. neutrons
D. a diffusible gas
C. electrons
294. WRITE THIS OUT ON PAPER, YOU MAY D. positrons
USE THE ANSWER TO THIS PROBLEM
AGAIN IN ANOTHER QUESTION:Consider 299. What is the oxidation number of P in
the following REDOX reaction:Cl2(g) → NaH2PO4
ClO-(aq) + Cl-(aq) (basic solution)How A. -5
many OH-molecules did you add to the re-
B. +5
actant side of this reaction when balanc-
ing? C. -4
A. 1 D. +3
B. 2 300. Which of following is correct about given
C. 3 reaction:-Cl2 + H2S → S + 2HCl

D. 4 A. Cl2 is oxidising agent in the reaction.


B. Cl2 undergo oxidation.
295. The oxidation number of Hydrogen in KH
C. H2S is oxidising agent.
potassium hydride equals:
D. H2S undergo reduction
A. -1
B. +1 301. What coefficient would Fe+2 have in the
following reaction? Al + Fe+2 →
C. 0 Al+3 + Fe
D. 2 A. 1
296. Which of the following is true about a re- B. 2
duction reaction? C. 3
A. Electrons are lost D. 6

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 143

302. Oxidation state of any free element is al- C. gain of protons


ways D. loss of protons

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 0
308. When a gas changes iron (III) oxide to
B. 1
iron, it shows that the gas is
C. 2
A. a reducing agent
D. 3
B. an oxidizing agent
303. An oxidizing agent will always C. a combustible gas
A. be reduced D. a diffusible gas
B. increase in oxidation number
309. Which of the following statements con-
C. increase in mass cerning lithium ion cells is/are correct? (1)
D. lose electrons They can give a maximum voltage of 3.7
V.(2) They are primary cells.(3) They are
304. Oxygen always has an oxidation number used to power tablet computers.
of (except in peroxides!)
A. (1) only
A. -1
B. (2) only
B. 1
C. (1) and (3) only
C. 2
D. (2) and (3) only
D. -2

305. Which is correct to write cell notation An- 310. Of the following, which would most
ode:ZnCathode:Ni likely be a reducing agent?

A. Zn2+ (aq, 1M) / Zn (s) // Ni (s) / Ni2+ A. Ag+


(aq, 1M) B. Cl2
B. Zn (s) /Zn2+ (aq, 1M) // Ni2+ (aq, C. K
1M) / Ni (s)
D. none of above
C. Zn2+ (s, 1M) / Zn (aq) // Ni (aq) /
Ni2+ (s, 1M) 311. Given the oxidation-reduction reac-
tion:H2 + 2 Fe+3 → 2 H+ + 2 Fe+2Which
D. Zn (aq) /Zn2+ (s, 1M) // Ni2+ (s, 1M)
species undergoes reduction?
/ Ni (aq)
A. H2
306. Another name for a “oxidation-
reduction” reaction is B. Fe3+

A. chemical reaction C. H+
B. neutralization reaction D. Fe2+
C. redox reaction 312. Defined as the loss of electrons.
D. nuclear reaction A. oxidation
307. Reduction is B. reduction
A. gain of electrons C. redox
B. loss of electrons D. OIL RIG

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 144

313. What is a redox reaction? C. protons


A. A reaction where both reactants get D. electrons
reduced.
318. As an element is oxidized, its oxidation
B. A reaction where both reactants get number
oxidized. A. increases as electrons are gained
C. A reaction that involves a transfer of B. decreases as electrons are gained
electrons between reactants.
C. decreases as electrons are lost

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. A reaction that involves the combus-
D. increases as electrons are lost
tion of at least one reactant.
319. What is the coefficient of the perman-
314. If you predicted that 1.5 moles of Mag- ganate ion when the following equation
nessium are used in a reaction, and you is balanced? MnO4-+ Br-> Mn2+ + Br2
have 2.0 moles of Magnessium, what type (acidic solution)
of reactant is Magnessium?
A. 5
A. Limiting Reactant
B. 2
B. Excess Reactant C. 4
C. One of the reactants D. 3
D. none of above
320. What is the colour change of acidified
315. What is the oxidation number assigned KMnO4(aq) solution when serving as oxi-
to manganese in KMnO4? dizing agent?
A. 7 A. From green to orange
B. From orange to green
B. 5
C. From purple to blue
C. 4
D. From colourless to purple
D. 0
321. Which compound contains nitrogen with
316. When calculating oxidation numbers an oxidation number of +3?
which of the following is NOT true?
A. NH4Cl
A. The oxidation number of an ion is equal B. HNO3
to the charge on the ion.
C. N2O4
B. The oxidation number of an atom is
D. KNO2
zero
C. The sum of oxidation numbers in a 322. Which of the following is true about an
compound adds up to the charge on the Oxidation reaction?
compound, or zero if uncharged A. Electrons are lost
D. The oxidation number of Hydrogen is-1 B. The oxidation number of the oxidised
species goes up
317. What is lost or gained in a redox reac-
C. The Oxidation number of the oxidised
tion?
species goes down
A. atoms D. The reduced species must have gained
B. ions oxygen

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 145

323. In which of the following reactions is the 328. When zinc is added to copper sulfate solu-
underlined substance reduced? tion, a redox reaction takes place. Which
ionic equation best represents this reac-

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Cl2 + 2I > 2Cl-+ I2
tion?
B. Zn + H2SO4-> ZnSO4 + H2
A. Zn2+ + Cu2+ → Cu + Zn
C. Fe2+ + H2O2-> Fe3+ + H2O
B. Zn2+ + Cu → Cu + Zn2+
D. CuO + H2-> Cu + H2O
C. Zn2+ + Cu → Cu2+ + Zn
324. Iron rusts in the presence of oxygen and
D. Zn + Cu2+ → Cu + Zn2+
water. Which method causes iron to rust
faster? 329. The reducing agent is:
A. Coating iron with tin A. Remains unchanged
B. Touching iron with lead B. Oxidized
C. Galvanising iron with zinc C. Reduced
D. Connecting iron to magnesium D. none of above
325. WRITE THIS OUT ON PAPER, YOU MAY 330. Which element(s) have variable oxida-
USE THE ANSWER TO THIS PROBLEM tion numbers?
AGAIN IN ANOTHER QUESTION:Balance
the following ACIDIC reactions using the A. Most transition metals
half-reaction method.MnO4-(aq) + H+(aq) B. Most main-group non-metals
+ I-(aq) → Mn2+(aq) + I2(s)Water is a
C. Most main-group metals
product of this reaction. What is the coef-
ficient of water in the final balanced equa- D. All elements
tion?
331. Chemistry is
A. 8
A. the most difficult subject ever
B. 5
B. cool
C. 2
C. boring
D. 16
D. annoying
326. A redox equation has
332. An oxidizing agent is:
A. electrons on the left side
A. Remains unchanged
B. electrons on the right side
B. Oxidized
C. electrons on both sides
C. Reduced
D. no electrons on either side
D. none of above
327. Determine the net ionic equation
for:Pb(OH)2 (aq) + NaCl (aq) → PbCl2 333. What is the observation when aluminium
(s) + NaOH(aq) oxide react with carbon?
A. No Reaction A. The mixture burns vigorously
B. Pb+2 + 2 Cl-→ PbCl2 B. The mixture glows dimly
C. Pb+2 + Cl-→ PbCl2 C. The combustion is extinguish
D. Na+ + 2 OH-→ PbCl2 D. No change

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.6 Redox reaction 146

334. Choose all the statements which contain C. Oxidation


correct definitions of reduction D. Oxidising agent (oxidant)
A. the removal of oxygen E. Reducing agent (reductant)
B. the removal of hydrogen
340. Zinc reacts with steam to form zinc ox-
C. the removal of electrons
ide and hydrogen. Zn + H2O → ZnO + H2
D. the decrease in oxidation state During the reaction, which substance is ox-
idised?
335. Which of the following redox 1/2 equa-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
tions is correctly balanced A. hydrogen
A. IO3-→ I2 B. water
B. Cr2O72-+ 14H+ + 6H+ → 2Cr3++ C. zinc
7H2O D. zinc oxide
C. MnO4-+ 8H+ + 5e-→ Mn2+ +
4H2O 341. Which statement is true about redox re-
actions?
D. 2Br-→ Br2 + e-
A. They are double-replacement reac-
336. Oxidation is tions.
A. gain of electrons B. They are acid-base reactions.
B. loss of electrons C. They include both oxidation and reduc-
C. gain of protons tion reactions and electrons are trans-
ferred.
D. loss of protons
D. none of above
337. What type of reaction is the follow-
ing? Zn(s) + 2Cu(NO3)2(aq) → 2Cu(s) + 342. Reduction happens at the
Zn(NO3)2(aq) A. anode
A. double displacement B. cathode
B. single displacement C. salt bridge
C. precipitation D. voltmeter
D. neutralization
343. If an atom is reduced in a redox reaction,
338. In a redox reaction, the species that loses what must happen to another atom in the
electrons system?
A. is called the cathode A. It must be oxidised.
B. is oxidized B. It must be reduced.
C. decreases in oxidation number C. It must be neutralised.
D. gains mass at the electrode D. Nothing needs to happen to another
atom in the system.
339. Definition:the chemical substance that
loses electrons. 344. Which product forms from a reaction be-
A. Redox Reaction tween calcium (Ca) and phosphorus (P)?
B. Reduction A. Ca3P2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.7 Overview on chemical reactions 147

B. Ca2P3 A. in CO2
C. CaP B. chemical bonds in sugar

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. CaP2 C. in the mitochondria
345. Choose all the statements which are cor- D. in ATP
rect for an oxidising agent.
349. Which of the following would show a
A. removes hydrogen change when copper(II) sulphate solution
B. gains oxygen is electrolysed by using carbon electrodes?
(1) pH of the electrolyte(2) Colour of the
C. is reduced at the end of the reaction
electrolyte(3) Mass of cathode
D. accepts electrons
A. (1) and (2) only
346. The oxidation number of manganese, Mn B. (1) and (3) only
in Mn(NO3)2. Hint:N has +5, O has-2. Do
like this → Mn + 2 (N+3O) calculation C. (2) and (3) only

A. -1 D. (1), (2) and (3)


B. +2 350. Which half-reaction correctly represents
C. 0 reduction reaction?
D. -3 A. Br-+ 2e-→Br2
E. +6 B. Mn2+ + e-→Mn

347. What is the oxidation number of oxygen C. Ag+ + 2e-→Ag


in water? D. Cu2+ + 2e-→Cu
A. -1
351. What is the standard electrode which
B. -2 all other standard electrode potentials are
C. 0 measured against?
D. +1 A. helium
E. +2 B. hydrogen
C. magnesium
348. where is chemical energy stored in photo-
synthesis? D. potassium

1.7 Overview on chemical reactions


1. A reaction that gives off heat to its sur- 2. Which of the following is NOT a physical
roundings is property?
A. exothermic A. Density
B. endothermic B. Color
C. endergonic C. Phase/State
D. none of these D. Flammability

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.7 Overview on chemical reactions 148

3. Which of the following is a formula A. reactants


unit(ionic)?
B. products
A. F2
C. catalysts
B. NH3
D. inhibitors
C. CO
D. KBr 9. Which of the following is NOT evidence of
chemical change?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
4. If I have 2CO2 in a reactant, how many
A. Change in phase.
carbon atoms will I have in the product?
A. 4 B. New substance formed

B. 2 C. Gas given off


C. 1 D. Precipitate formed.
D. none. 10. How many (F) atoms are in this com-
5. What is the name for NO pound? 6MgF 2 *Consider that coeffi-
cients and subscripts must be multiplied*
A. Nitrogen monoxide
A. 2
B. nitrogen oxygen
B. 6
C. mononitrogen monoxide
C. 8
D. mononitrogen oxide
D. 12
6. Enzymes provide a site where reactants
called substrates can be brought together 11. What would NaOH be classified as?
in an enzyme-catalyzed reaction. The site
is called the A. A catalyst

A. enzyme substrate complex. B. An Ionic Compound

B. reaction site. C. An Acid


C. active site. D. A Covalent Compound
D. lock and key. 12. What is the name of H3P?
7. The number of Independent variables that A. Triphosphate monohydrogen
can be changed in order to have a con-
B. Dihydrogen monophosphide
trolled experiment:
A. as many as you want C. Diphosphate trihydrogen

B. One only D. Trihydrogen monophosphide


C. no more than five 13. Which of these is covalent?
D. scientists cannot change the indepen- A. NaCl
dent variable.
B. Pb(NO3)2
8. In a chemical equation, the substances that
C. CO2
are on the right side of the arrow are the
D. AlCl3

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.7 Overview on chemical reactions 149

14. What is the correct name for CuCl2? C. Control


A. copper chloride D. Constant

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. copper chloride (II)
20. If I have 2CO2 in a reactant, how many
C. copper (II) chloride oxygen atoms will I have in the product?
D. copper dichloride
A. 4
15. What’s the name of the compound B. 2
NH4NO3?
C. 1
A. nitrogen hydrogen oxygen
B. ammonium nitrite D. none.

C. nitrogenous water 21. An enzyme serves as a place where a


D. ammonium nitrate chemical reaction can occur because-

16. How do enzymes control chemical reac- A. the enzyme is a substrate.


tions in the body? B. the enzyme is one of the reactants in
A. Enzymes speed up chemical reactions. the reaction.
B. Enzymes slow down chemical reac- C. the charge on the enzyme’s active site
tions. is the same as the charge on the sub-
C. Enzymes increase the activation en- strates.
ergy of a reaction. D. the shape of the substrates fits per-
D. Enzymes inhibit the catalysts of a reac- fectly into the shape of the enzyme’s ac-
tion. tive site.

17. A binary covalent bond exists between 22. Most enzymes work best at about 37◦ C,
A. 2 metals normal body temperature, and each one

B. 1 metal and 1 nonmetal A. is usually specific to only one type of


chemical reaction in the body.
C. 2 nonmetals
D. Any 2 elements B. serves as a catalyst for several kinds
of reactions.
18. + C6H12O6 → 6CO2 + 6H2 O + Ener- C. helps speed up reactions by a factor of
gyThis equation is called and it is a 2.
change.
D. helps slow down reactions by a factor
A. Respiration, Physical
of 10.
B. Respiration, Chemical
C. Photosynthesis, Physical 23. Which of the following is a
molecule(covalent)?
D. Photosynthesis, Chemical
A. NaCl
19. The variable that a scientist changes in a
scientific experiment is called the: B. CO2
A. Independent C. MgO
B. Dependent D. CaS

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.7 Overview on chemical reactions 150

24. An enzyme acts as a catalyst to a chemical 29. Which is the correct formula for iron (II)
reaction by oxide?
A. lowering the activation energy needed A. FeO
to get the reaction started.
B. Fe2O
B. making one of the substrates needed
for the reaction. C. FeO2

C. regulating the temperature at which D. Fe2O4

NARAYAN CHANGDER
the reaction takes place.
30. Enzymes are proteins that are found in
D. regulating the pH at which the reaction cells. What is their role?
takes place.
A. They speed up chemical reactions in
25. are the molecules or compounds that cells.
leave (are formed in) a chemical reaction.
B. They lower the activation energy
A. Polymers needed for some reactions.
B. Bonds C. They regulate the absorption of energy
C. Reactants in chemical reactions.
D. Products D. All the other answers are correct.
26. Energy stored in the bonds of chemicals is 31. Which type of graph is best to communi-
called: cate a change over time?
A. Nuclear Energy A. Line
B. Solar Energy
B. Bar
C. Chemical Energy
C. Pie
D. Electromagnetic Energy
D. none of above
27. O2 + 6H2O + Energy → C6H12O6 + 6O
2The products are: 32. If I crush a substance (to increase surface
area), what will happen to the rate of the
A. Carbon Dioxide and Water.
reaction?
B. Glucose and Oxygen
A. Speed up
C. Carbon Dioxide, Water, Energy, Glu-
cose and Oxygen B. Slow down
D. There is no product. C. Unchanged.

28. When you do an experiment, you might D. none of above


have faulty data. Which of the following
33. In which phase are the molecules moving
terms expresses those faults:
the fastest?
A. Hypothesis
A. Solid
B. Things that the scientists weren’t do-
ing right B. Liquid
C. Wrong stuff C. Gas
D. Experimental Error D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.8 Corrosion and rancidity 151

34. If I have 5g of one substance and 5g of B. Respiration


another substance in a reactant, what will C. Rusting
the product weigh?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. Combustion
A. 5g
B. 10g 40. During a change of state/ phase:
C. 20g A. Temperature is always rising/ falling.
D. Not able to predict. B. Heat is always rising/ falling.
C. The molecules stop moving.
35. Which type of graph is best used to com-
municate a comparison of items? D. A chemical change takes place.
A. Line 41. Chemical reactions that absorb energy are
B. Bar known as
C. Pie A. Endothermic
D. none of above B. Exothermic

36. Which is the correct formula for sodium C. Boring


chloride? D. Explosive
A. SoCl 42. What does the acronym BrINClHOF stand
B. SdCl for?
C. NaCl A. a wacky scientist
D. NaCl2 B. 7 diatomic elements
37. Which type of reaction will feel warm? C. the deadliest chemical on earth
A. endothermic D. an Organic molecule
B. exothermic 43. The substances on the left side of the ar-
C. endergonic row are
D. none of these A. products
B. reactants
38. Chemical reactions that release energy are
known as C. inhibitors
A. Endothermic D. catalysts
B. Exothermic 44. The information you need to form a hy-
C. Boring pothesis:
D. Reactions A. experiment

39. O2 + 6H2O + Energy → C6H12O6 + 6O B. conclusion


2This reaction is called: C. background knowledge
A. Photosynthesis D. experimental data

1.8 Corrosion and rancidity

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.8 Corrosion and rancidity 152

1. Corrosion of silver is known as Argentite C. Corrosion


which is also known as D. Rancidity
A. Tarnishing
7. Which of the following is true about an
B. Rusting electrolyte? I Electrolyte conducts electric-
C. Hematite ity in molten state.II Electrolyte conducts
electricity in solid state.III Electrolyte is
D. Electrochemical Corrosion
soluble in water.IV Electrolyte undergoes
chemical decomposition when it conducts

NARAYAN CHANGDER
2. Coating of Zn, Al and Cd on steel are
, because their electrode potentials are electricity.
lower A. I and II only
A. Cathodic B. II and III only
B. Anodic C. II and IV only
C. Not affecting D. I and IV only
D. Expensive 8. CuO is in color.
3. Which of the following is not an elec- A. Blue
trolyte? B. Black
A. Molten glucose C. Brown
B. Aqueous ammonia D. Green
C. Molten lead (II) bromide
9. What happens to oxygen molecules in a
D. Molten potassium iodide hydrogen-oxygen fuel cell?
4. The following factors play vital role in cor- A. They react with electrons to form oxide
rosion process ions, O2-
A. Temperature B. They react with hydrogen ions to form
hydroxide ions, OH-
B. Solute concentration
C. They react with hydrogen ions and
C. Both electrons to form water
D. none of above D. none of above
5. Rusting of iron could take place in 10. Why does the voltage from a chemical cell
A. distilled water that is connected in a circuit with a lamp
eventually reach zero?
B. ordinary water
A. The lamp breaks
C. both
B. One of the reactants is used up
D. none of the above
C. The circuit becomes broken
6. The condition produced by aerial oxida- D. none of above
tion of fats and oils marked by unpleasant
smell and taste is called: 11. Rusting can be prevented by
A. Antioxidation A. Alloying
B. Reduction B. Tinning

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.8 Corrosion and rancidity 153

C. Galvanizing 17. Widening of a river valley takes place due


D. All of above to

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Corrosion
12. Naphthalene does not conduct electricity
B. lateral erosion
because it
C. hydraulic action
A. contains freely moving electrons.
D. none of above
B. has very low melting points.
C. consists of molecules which are un- 18. Which type of fuel cell has electrolyte
charged particles. made of a liquid solution of lithium, sodium
and potassium carbonates?
D. contains ionic compounds which can
dissolve in water. A. Molten-Carbonate
B. Solid Oxide
13. Alkaline battery is an example of
C. Phosphoric Acid
A. primary cells
D. Direct methanol
B. secondary cells
19. Which of the following statement is
C. fuel cells
WRONG?
D. electrolytic cells
A. The process of losing the electron is
14. During corrosion the colour of copper and called Oxidation
Brass changes to B. An oxidation reaction is often called a
A. Black cathodic reaction

B. green C. The process of receiving the electron


is called Reduction
C. yellow
D. A reduction reaction is often called a
D. reddish-brown cathodic reaction
15. What is the name of the process of ap- 20. Corrosion can be prevented by
plying a metal coating on another piece
A. Alloying
of metal (or another conductive surface)
through an electro-deposition process B. Tinning
A. Chrome coating C. Galvanizing

B. Electroplating D. All of the above

C. Galvanizing 21. is the hydrated form of Ferric Oxide


D. none of above A. Rust
B. Anti rust Solution
16. Using iron as a cathode to prevent corro-
sion C. Argentite
A. cathodic protection D. none of above
B. passivation 22. Two types of Rancidity are
C. galvanization A. Oxidative and hydrolytic
D. coating B. Combustion and reduction

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


1.8 Corrosion and rancidity 154

C. Chemical and physical B. Air tight containers


D. none of above C. Glass containers
23. The electrolysis of aqueous sodium nitrate D. None of these
using carbon electrode was carried out in 29. Rusting is a special term, given to the cor-
a lab. Which of the following is true about rosion metal is
this experiment?
A. Au
A. The sodium ions are discharged at the
B. Pt

NARAYAN CHANGDER
cathode.
C. Fe
B. The nitrate ions are discharged at the
anode. D. Ag
C. Hydrogen gas is produced in the anode 30. Which gas is used for packaging of chips?
D. Oxygen gas is produced in the anode. A. Helium
24. Corrosion of metals involve B. nitrogen
A. Physical reaction C. Oxygen
B. Chemical reaction D. Carbon dioxide
C. Both 31. Rusting is a process.
D. None A. Mechanical
25. Jenny wants to make her ring more beau- B. Chemical
tiful and prevent corrosion. What is the C. Physical
best way to achieve this? D. none of above
A. Dip the ring in oil.
32. Fuel cells produce
B. Wash the ring with soap.
A. Fossil Fuels
C. Plate the ring with gold.
B. Hydrogen gas
D. Polished the ring with water.
C. Electricity
26. Who was the Father of Fuel Cells? D. Gasoline
A. Thomas Grubb
33. Which of the following is NOT a method to
B. William Grove prevent corrosion?
C. William Nicholson A. Galvanization
D. William Jacques B. Crystallization
27. Galvanization is a method to C. Alloying
A. extract iron from its ore D. Electroplating
B. protect the iron metal from corrosion 34. Which of the following methods is not used
C. protect food from rancidity for the prevention of corrosion?
D. none of above A. Greasing
28. Keeping food in helps to slow down B. Painting
oxidation C. Plating
A. Wooden containers D. Heating

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE
2. Acids, bases, and salts

2.1 Introduction to acids and bases


1. What might happen if buffers did not exist 4. Which of the following is neutral?
within the human body? A. milk
A. Our blood and other bodily fluids might B. eggs
become too acidic or basic.
C. gummy worms
B. Our stomach acid would not be able to
break down food. D. pure water

C. We would not be able to process glu- 5. Which of the gas is responsible for acid
cose within our cells. rain of the following?
D. We would not be able to inhale oxygen A. Oxygen
into our lungs. B. Nitrogen
2. Which is usually the stronger acid? C. Carbon dioxide
A. pH 1 D. Chlorine
B. pH 4 6. Which of the following is an organic acid?
C. pH 8 A. nitric acid
D. pH 13 B. sulphuric acid
3. Potassium hydroxide is a base.Which C. citric acid
statement describes a reaction of potas- D. none
sium hydroxide?
A. chlorine is formed when it is heated 7. What is the chemical name of washing
with ammonium chloride soda?
B. it turns universal indicator green A. Sodium carbonate
C. it reacts with and acid to produce a B. Sodium bicarbonate
salt and water C. Potassium carbonate
D. it turns methyl orange red D. Calcium carbonate

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 156

8. Which material is the best conductor of 14. A chemical reaction in which products can
heat? react to re-form reactants is known as
A. water a(n)

B. air A. reforming reaction


B. reversible reaction.
C. metal
C. buffered reaction
D. glass
D. stoichiometric reaction.

NARAYAN CHANGDER
9. Which of the following would contain the
greatest amount of OH-ions? 15. Which of the following is found in your
stomach?
A. HCl
A. Sulphuric acid
B. HNO3
B. Potassium hydroxide
C. LiOH
C. Magnesium hydroxide
D. KNO3
D. Hydrochloric acid
10. What is the name of the liquid (in the Erlen-
meyer flask) of unknown concentration? 16. Which pH is considered a strong acid?

A. analyte A. 1.2

B. acid B. 3.5
C. 6.7
C. base
D. 13.9
D. indicator
17. A compound that donates H+ ions is
11. mixture in which particles are seen
A. A Bronsted-Lowry Acid
A. suspensions
B. An Arrhenius Acid
B. solution
C. A Bronsted-Lowry Base
C. solvent
D. An Arrhenius Base
D. solute
18. A neutralisation reaction is a reaction be-
12. pH scale ranges from tween
A. 1-14 A. Acid and a Base
B. 1-7 B. Acid and water
C. 2-14 C. Base and water
D. 0-15 D. None of the above
13. Select the name for the following 19. What is the correct formula for aluminum
acid:H3PO4 selenide
A. Phosphoric acid A. Al3Se2
B. Phosphorous acid B. AlSe
C. Hydrophosphoric acid C. Al2Se3
D. none are correct D. AlSe2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 157

20. A substance that can act as both an acid 26. Most households cleaner are highly corro-
and a base is: sive and feel slippery to the touch, this is
because they often contain strong what?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Polyprotic
A. acids
B. Neutral
B. bases
C. Anhydrous
C. salts
D. Amphoteric
D. colloids
21. calcium oxide is used to manufacture 27. When an acid reacts with a base it is
A. washing soda known as?
B. cement A. Substitution reaction
C. quick lime B. Strong reaction
C. Neutralization reaction
D. bleaching powder
D. Decomposition reaction
22. Which statement is NOT true about acids?
28. How many neutrons are in an atom of
A. conduct electricity well sodium?
B. turn red litmus paper blue A. 34
C. ionize completely in water B. 17
D. none of above C. 18
D. 35
23. An acid-base tells us whether we have
an acid or a base. 29. According to the Arrhenius theory, an acid
is a substance that contains and ionises
A. reaction
in an aqueous solution to give
B. mixture A. hydroxide, hydroxide ions
C. indicator B. hydrogen, hydrogen ions
D. molecule C. hydrogen, hydroxide ions

24. Is HNO3 an acid or base? D. hydroxide, hydrogen ions

A. Acid 30. Which name and formula are not correctly


matched up?
B. Base
A. H2SO4, Sulfuric Acid
C. neither
B. HClO3, Chloric Acid
D. none of above
C. HCl, Hydrochloric Acid
25. What primarily dtermines the pH of a so- D. HNO3, Nitrous Acid
lution?
31. What does pH stand for?
A. solubility of a solute A. Properties of Hydrogen
B. Hydrogen ion (H+) concentration B. Properties of Hydroxide
C. temperature of the solution C. Power of Hydrogen
D. none of above D. Power of Hydroxide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 158

32. What volume of 0.2045 M NaOH is nec- C. weak bases


essary to titrate 50.00 mL of 0.1177 M
D. strong bases
acetic acid
A. 23.77 mL 38. Most foods are
B. 28.78 mL A. Acid
C. 12.02 mL
B. Basic
D. 86.87 mL

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Neutral
33. Which of the following is NOT a character-
D. salts
istic of an acid?
A. sour taste 39. Which range of numbers represent basic
B. corrosive solution?
C. it feels slippery A. 0-6
D. it can burn the skin B. 7
34. What color does a base turn an indicator? C. 8-14
A. Blue D. 3-9
B. Red
40. Select the formula for the following
C. Purple
acid:nitrous acid
D. Orange
A. HNO2
35. The pH scale is based off of the concentra-
tion of ions. B. HNO3

A. Oxygen C. H3N
B. Hydrogen D. none of above
C. Nitrogen
41. H3PO4 + HCO3-<→ H2PO4-+ H2CO3The
D. None of the others conjugate of HCO3-is
36. mL of NaOH is neutralised by 12.3 mL of A. base; H2PO4-
0.2 molL-1 HCl. What is the concentration
of the NaOH? B. acid, CO32-

A. 82 molL-1 C. acid; H2CO3


B. 0.82 molL-1 D. base; H2CO3
C. 0.49 molL-1
42. In the Bronsted-Lowry model an acid is
D. 0.082 molL-1
A. any substance which contains hydro-
37. Hydroxides like KOH and Ca(OH)2 dissoci- gen
ate easily and completely in water making
them B. a proton donor

A. strong acids C. an electron pair acceptor


B. weak acids D. a proton acceptor

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 159

43. Determine the heat of reaction for ox- C. CaCl2


idation of iron, 2Fe(s) + 3/202(g) →
D. KOH
Fe2O3(s)given the following thermochem-

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


ical equations
48. Elements Q and R both burn in air.The ox-
A. 38.7 kJ ides formed both dissolved in water.The
B. -824.4 kJ solution of the oxide formed from element
Q turns universal indicator red.The solu-
C. -1681 kJ
tion of the oxide formed from element R
D. 33.2 kJ turns universal indicator blue.What are Q
and R?
44. Acids and Alkalis react to form salt and
Fill in the blank. A. Q:carbonR:sulfur
A. carbon dioxide B. Q:sodiumR:magnesium
B. hydrogen C. Q:sodiumR:sulfur
C. water
D. Q:sulfurR:sodium
D. base
49. What is the formula for Phosphoric Acid?
45. Carbon disulfide undergoes a single dis-
placement reaction with oxygen to form A. H3PO4
carbon dioxide. If 100 grams of carbon
B. H3P
dioxide are reacted with 50 grams of oxy-
gen, what will the limiting reagent be? C. H3PO3
A. Carbon Dioxide D. HOP
B. Sulfur
C. Oxygen 50. Classify the following reaction:Cu(NO3)2
+ 2NaOH → Cu(OH)2 + 2NaNO3
D. Carbon Disulfide
A. Decomposition
46. A 50.0 mL sample of Ca(OH)2 is neutral-
ized by 300.0 mL of HCl solution with a B. Single-displacement or single replace-
pH of 1.3. Calculate the molarity of the ment
Ca(OH)2 solution. C. Addition or synthesis
A. 1.0 M D. Double-displacement or double re-
B. 0.50 M placement
C. 0.15 M
51. Phenolphthalein is an indicator that turns
D. 0.30 M pink when added to a basic solution. In
47. Priscila tested a sample of an unknown so- which solution would phenolphthalein turn
lution with litmus paper. The paper turned pink?
a dark blue and had a pH of 12. Which A. NaOH
of the following chemicals is most likely in
the solution? B. HCl

A. H2SO4 C. H2O
B. H2O D. NaCl

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 160

52. When a base is dissolved in water, what 58. How many times more acidic is a solution
is released? with a pH of 2 than one with a pH of 4?
A. H+ A. twice as acidic
B. OH- B. 20 times more acidic
C. CO2 C. 100 times more acidic
D. NaCl D. 4 times more acidic

53. Which is the stronger acid? 59. Taste bitter

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. pH 1 A. acids
B. pH 4 B. bases
C. pH 8 C. neutral
D. pH 13 D. pH paper

54. Sting of a bee injects you with: 60. What is produced when an acid reacts with
a base?
A. sulfuric acid
A. gases
B. formic acid
B. water and salt
C. lactic acid
C. new acids and bases
D. tartaric acid
D. the acid converts the base into an acid
55. Salts
61. Which indicator is most appropriate for the
A. formed from joining positive and nega- titration of ammonia with HCI? The Kb for
tive ions ammonia is 1.8 x 10-5
B. increase OH ions A. all three indicators are suitable
C. forms a salt and water B. bromthymol blue (pH 7)
D. increases H2O ions C. methyl red ( pH 5)
56. NH3 + H2O → OH-+ NH4+Which sub- D. Both methyl red and phenolphthalein
stance above is the Bronsted-Lowry are suitable
Acid? 62. Which substance is most suitable to control
A. NH3 the pH of soil?
B. H2O A. calcium hydroxide
C. OH- B. magnesium
D. NH4+ C. potassium hydroxide
D. calcium carbonate
57. What volume of 0.05 M HCl is required to
neutralize 50 mL of 0.10 M Sr(OH)2 solu- 63. Calculate the [H+] in a solution that has a
tion? pH of 2.73.
A. 100 mL A. 5.4 x 10-12 M
B. 200 mL B. 1.9 x 10-3 M
C. 300 mL C. 2.7 M
D. 400 mL D. 11.3 M

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 161

64. Which pH value represents a solution with 70. The characteristics of a reference/primary
the lowest OH-ion concentration? standard are as follows, EXCEPT

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 1 A. High purity
B. 7 B. soluble
C. 10 C. High stability
D. 14 D. White colour

65. What colour does UI turn in a solution of 71. Water is (click all that are correct)
pH 6? A. equal part acid and base
A. Red B. has H and OH
B. Yellow C. neutral
C. Dark green D. pH = 7
D. Turquoise E. pOH = 1
66. Which is defined as the energy required to 72. Such reactions which continue in both direc-
remove an electron from an atom of an el- tions are called:
ement in the gaseous state?
A. Irreversible reactions
A. ionization energy
B. Reversible reactions
B. ionic radius
C. Non-reactive reactions
C. law of octets
D. dynamic reactions
D. electronegativity
73. Which of the following does show reduc-
67. base tion reaction?
A. 0-7 A. Gain of oxygen
B. 7 B. Loss of oxygen
C. 7-14 C. Loss of hydrogen
D. none of above D. None of the above
68. An acid can be neutralized by: 74. Lime juice and orange juice contain:
A. Phenolphthalein A. citric acid
B. A stronger acid B. ethanoic acid
C. A base of the same concentration C. Malic acid
D. An acid of the same concentration D. Lactic acid
69. Which of the following is salt among 75. What gives OH-ions when dissolved in wa-
them? ter?
A. HCl A. acid
B. KCl B. base
C. HNO3 C. salt
D. H3PO4 D. water

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 162

76. Which pH range describes strong acids? 82. The pH of 0.1 molar ammonia is approxi-
A. 0-7 mately

B. 6-8 A. 11
B. 14
C. 11-15
C. 7
D. 0-4
D. 1
77. Which of the following best describes a
83. Bases are located where on the pH scale?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
substance that is defined as an acid?
A. Has a pH from 1-6 and has more H3O+ A. any number can be a base
ions than OH-ions B. below 7
B. Has a pH from 8-14 and has more C. above 7
H3O+ ions than OH-ions D. number 7 is a base
C. Has a pH from 1-6 and has more OH- 84. A hydrogen ion, H+, is the same as a(n):
ions than H3O+ ions
A. neutron
D. A neutral substance that has equal
B. electron
amounts of H3O+ and OH-ions
C. proton
78. Acids form (a) .
D. hydroxide ion
A. H+
85. The pH of an acid is 2. What is the pH of
B. sour the solution when excess sodium hydrox-
C. OH- ide is added?
D. bitter A. 2
B. 5
79. pH less than 7.
C. 7
A. Acids
D. 12
B. Bases
C. Both 86. Which statement is true?
A. Acids start with H and bases end with
D. none of above
OH
80. Which acid is found in car batteries? B. Acids start with OH and bases end with
A. Hydrochloric acid H
B. Sulphuric acid C. Acids end with H and bases start with
OH
C. Ethanoic acid
D. Acids end with OH and bases start with
D. Carbonic acid H
81. The tirant is also known as 87. Forms hydroxide ions (OH-) in water.
A. Standard solution A. Acids
B. Saturated solution B. Bases
C. Concentrated solution C. Salts
D. Super solution D. All

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 163

88. Which among the following is NOT a A. 46.8 g


base?
B. 2.31 g

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. NaOH
C. 4.90 g
B. KOH
D. 8.85 g
C. HCl
D. NH4OH 94. What is the proper name of HI?
A. Iodic acid
89. Which of the following is NOT a ternary
acid? B. Hydroiodic acid
A. HI C. Hydrogen Iodide acid
B. HNO3 D. Hydroiodide acid
C. H3PO4
95. What is the formula for nitric acid?
D. H2SO4
A. HNO2
90. Which of the following is a Bronsted- B. HNO3
Lowry acid?
C. HNO4
A. HCl
D. H2NO3
B. H2SO4
C. HNO3 96. A difference between strong and weak
D. H2O acid is
A. presence and absence of halogen ions
91. If HF and KOH react, which salt would be
produced? B. negative and positive pH
A. KF C. complete and partial ionisation
B. HOH D. proton donation and electron accep-
C. FOH tance

D. HK 97. Bronsted-Lowry bases


92. The ideal indicator for the titration of A. accept a proton
strong acid and weak base should have pH B. donate a proton
range between
C. produces hydrogen ions in water
A. 5-8
D. produces hydroxide ions in water
B. 4-6
C. 8-10 98. Which among the following is not a base?
D. 7-8 A. NaOH

93. Copper has a specific heat of 0.382 J/g B. KOH


C. The temperature of an unknown mass C. HCl
of copper increases by 4.50 C when it ab-
D. NH4OH
sorbs 3.97 J of heat. What is the mass of
the copper? E. all are bases

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 164

99. Turns litmus red 104. If 5.8 moles of NH3 are combined with
32 moles of sulfuric acid, what is limiting
A. Acids
reactant and how much of the excess reac-
B. Bases tant is leftover?
C. All A. NH3, 3.0 mol
D. Salts B. H2SO4, 29 mol

100. Which is the smallest part of an element C. NH3, 29 mol

NARAYAN CHANGDER
that retains all the properties of the ele- D. H2SO4, 3.0 mol
ment?
105. Who defined acids and bases this way:An
A. atom
acid donates a hydrogen ion in a chemical
B. electron reaction.
C. proton A. Bronsted-Lowry
D. neutron B. Lewis

101. Oxyacids are named by the C. Arrhenius

A. polyatomic ion D. Avogadro

B. element name 106. What is the correct name for Cu(OH)2?


C. prefix hydro A. Copper(II) Hydroxide(II)
D. none of above B. Copper(I) Hydroxide

102. When you activate an instant cold pack, C. Copper Hydroxide(II)


water mixes with a chemical and the pack D. Copper(II) Hydroxide
gets very cold. This an example of:
107. When litmus solution is added to a basic
A. endothermic reaction
solution, turns blue.
B. exothermic reaction
A. A. China rose indicator solution turns
C. combustion reaction from light pink to.Green
D. physical change B. B. Turmeric paper bases turns the yel-
low turmeric paper to.Red
103. When a piece of magnesium ribbon is
burnt in magnesium oxide is formed. It is C. (C) Phenolphthalein indicator gives
then placed in water and tested with lit- pink colour in basic solution.
mus solution, which turned blue.The above D. none of above
experiment shows that magnesium oxide
is 108. The pH scale is a range from:
A. acidic A. 1-7
B. basic B. 0-14
C. neutral C. 0-12
D. insoluble D. 1-20

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 165

109. An Arrhenius base: C. The general formula is A + B → C


A. donates H+ D. There is only one reactant

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. accepts H+
115. Which of the following is true about acids
C. produces H+ and bases?
D. produces OH- A. The lower the pH, the stronger the acid
110. Why were the biological samples gener- B. the higher the pH, the stronger the
ally good buffers? acid
A. Water is a poor buffer C. The lower the pH, the more neutral the
B. They need to maintain a pH of 8.0 at all acid
times D. The higher the pH, the weaker the
C. All living organisms need to maintain base
homeostasis in terms of pH 116. Which of the following is a buffer solu-
D. The samples came in liquid form tion?
111. What is the formula for finding the pH A. H2SO4 + CuSO4
from hydronium ion concentration? B. CH3COOH + CH3COONH4
A. pH = log10 [OH − ] C. NaCl + NaOH
B. pH = log10 [H3 O+ ] D. CH3COONa + CH3COOH
C. pH = log10 [OH − ]
117. Which of these elements has 5 valence
D. pH = log10 [H3 O+ ] electrons?
112. If the [H3O+] of a solution is 1 x 10-3 A. Vanadium (V)
M, the pH is B. Rubidium (Rb)
A. 11
C. Arsenic (As)
B. -3
D. Boron (B)
C. 3
118. A substance that is 3 on the pH scale
D. 1
would be a(n):
113. Which of the following is the weakest A. acid
base?
B. base
A. oven cleaner-13.5
C. neutral
B. lemon juice-2.5
D. solute
C. soap-10
D. blood-7.4 119. What is the scale called that measures
the strength of acids and bases?
114. Which of the following is NOT always
A. pH scale
true about a synthesis reaction?
B. acidity scale
A. One product is formed.
B. A reactant might be a compound, or it C. corrosive scale
might be an element . D. hydrogen scale

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 166

120. Pure water has a pH of 7. Pure water B. A OH-ion


C. A Hydrogen Proton
A. is a base D. A Neutron
B. is a neutral substance
126. Using n = MV, calculate the mass re-
C. could be either an acid or a base quired to prepare 2.5 L of 1.0 M NaOH
D. is an acid solution. Given the MM for NaOH is 40
g/mol

NARAYAN CHANGDER
121. Explain what happens when a strong acid
A. 1000 g
and a strong base are poured into the same
container. B. 100 g
A. they form separate layers C. 10 g
B. they mix physically but not chemically D. 1 kg
C. they break apart into separate ele- 127. You suspect that a chemical you are test-
ments ing in the lab is strongly acidic. What
D. they react chemically to form a salt might be its pH?
A. 2
122. What type of reaction is the follow-
ing:HCl + Zn → ZnCl2 + H2 B. 6
A. Neutralisation C. 7
B. Acid and a metal D. 13
C. Acid and a carbonate 128. If I needed to convert H+ to pH, which
D. Ionic formula would I need to use?
A. -log (pH)
123. pepper water/ snow globes are an ex-
ample of what? B. 2nd log (-pH)

A. suspensions C. 14-pH
D. -log (-pOH)
B. solution
C. solvent 129. Select the name for the following
base:Cu(OH)2
D. solute
A. Copper (II) hydroxide
124. Which one of the following can be used
B. Copper (I) hydroxide
as an acid-base indicator by a visually im-
paired student? C. Copper (II) hydride
A. Litmus paper D. Copper (I) hydride
B. Turmeric powder E. none are correct
C. Methyl Orange liquid 130. acids taste
D. Vanilla essence (scent) A. bitter
125. Which of the following is transferred be- B. sour
tween a conjugate acid-base pair? C. furry
A. An Electron D. meh

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 167

131. Which diatomic element will have the C. Notrogen


shortest, strongest bond D. Hydrogen

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Flourine
137. Aluminum reacts with oxygen to form
B. Aluminum aluminum oxide. Which of the reactions
C. Nitrogen below is correct and properly balanced?
D. oxygen A. 3 Al(s) + O2(g) → Al3O2(s)
B. 4 Al(s) + 3O2(g) → 2Al2O3(s)
132. Which of the following does not describe
an acidic solution? C. Al(s) +O(g) → ALO(s)
A. pH <7 D. 2 Al(s) + O2(g) → 2ALO(s)
B. [OH-] > 1x10-7 M 138. Which list of salts are all insoluble in wa-
C. [H+] > 1x10-7 M ter?
D. [H+] > [OH-] A. Lead sulfate, copper carbonate, silver
chloride
133. I have 25mL of 1M HCl which neutralises
B. Copper sulfate, sodium carbonate,
20mL of NaOH. What is the concentration
potassium chloride
of the NaOH?
C. Sodium sulfate, ammonium carbonate,
A. 0.8 M magnesium chloride
B. 1 M D. Potassium sulfate, potassium carbon-
C. 1.25 M ate, copper chloride
D. none of above 139. Which types of reaction always forms a
134. When red litmus paper is dipped in ammo- salt and water?
nia, the litmus paper turns blue, thereby A. exothermic
indicating that ammonia is B. combination
A. acidic C. neutralization
B. basic D. decomposition
C. neutral
140. Which of the following decreases when
D. none of above pH is less than 7?
135. A chemical that changes color when the A. [H+]
pH of the solution changes is called a(n) B. [OH-]
A. titrant C. Na+
B. analyte D. None of these
C. unknown solution
141. Select the formula for the following
D. indicator acid:perchloric acid
136. Name an element which is common to all A. HClO4
acids? B. HClO3
A. sulphur C. HClO2
B. Chlorine D. HCl

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 168

142. What does a pH scale do? C. 13.019 g/mol


A. Tells you if a substance is an acid. D. 4.504 g/mol
B. Tells you if a substance is a base.
148. How many atoms are present in 5.00
C. Measures the strength or weakness of grams of iron
an acid or base.
A. 1.88 x 1021
D. All of these are true.
B. 3.36 x 1018

NARAYAN CHANGDER
143. A mixture which contains large particles C. 5.39 x 1022
that will eventually settle out is known as
which of the following? D. 3.36 x 1026
A. solution 149. A scientist runs tests on an unknown sub-
B. colloid stance. He finds that it is extremely corro-
sive. It produces H+ ions in solution. And,
C. suspension
it has a pH of 1. What type of substance
D. solvent has he identified?
144. What is the correct name for N2O3 A. weak acid
A. Nitrogen oxide B. strong acid
B. trioxygen dinitride C. weak base
C. dinitrogen trioxide D. strong base
D. nitrogen (II) oxide
150. A substance with a pH of 3 is a
145. The following are types of titration, EX- A. acid
CEPT
B. base
A. Gravimetric
C. neutral
B. acid base
D. none of above
C. preciitation
D. complexometric 151. measure how well a solute can dissolve
at a given temperature
146. Calculate Kp for the reaction 2NOCl(g) ↔
A. solubility
2NO(g) + Cl2(g) at 400◦ C if Kc at 400◦ C
for this reaction is 2.1 x10-2. B. concentration
A. 2.1 x10-2 C. suspensions
B. 1.7 x 10-3 D. none of above
C. .70
152. The products of the self-ionization of wa-
D. 1.2 ter are:
E. 3.8 x 10-4 A. H3O+ and H2O
147. What is the molecular mass of C3H8 B. OH-and OH+
A. 36.033 g/mol C. HO+ and H-
B. 44.097 g/mol D. OH-and H+

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 169

153. An acid turns a blue litmus paper Fill 159. Which type of ion does an acid produce
in the blank. when it is dissolved in water?
A. oxide

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. red
B. blue B. oxygen
C. green C. hydrogen
D. hydroxide
D. white
160. Acids are , which means they “eat
154. If the pH of a solution is 9, it is a away” at other materials.
A. acid A. transitional metal
B. base B. alkaline
C. both C. flammable
D. none D. corrosive

155. The liquid in your stomach has a pH of 2, 161. A base is defined as a compound that pro-
so it is an duces
A. hydroxide ions in solution
A. acid
B. hydrogen ions in solution
B. base
C. hydronium ions in solution
C. neutral
D. sodium ions in solution
D. none of above
162. Determine the pOH of a solution that has
156. Taste of weak acids: a [H+] of 1 x 10-9 M.
A. Bitter A. 4
B. Salty B. 9
C. 8
C. Sour
D. 5
D. Sweet
163. What acid and what base would you
157. For a solution, pH + pOH = choose to prepare the salt potassium chlo-
A. 7 rate?
B. 14 A. KOH and HClO3
B. KOH and HClO2
C. 1.0 x 10-14
C. HK and OHClO3
D. -log (1.0 x 10-14)
D. HK and OHClO2
158. How many electrons are in an neutral
164. What are the values for x and y, respec-
atom of sodium?
tively, in Alx(SO4)y
A. 22 A. 2 and 3
B. 11 B. 1 and 2
C. 12 C. 1 and 3
D. 23 D. 1 and 1

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 170

165. Which of the following is a strong base? 171. In a solution of pH 7, phenolphthalein in-
A. Sodium carbonate dicator would be:
B. Sodium chloride A. pink
C. Potassium hydroxide B. colorless
D. Calcium carbonate C. blue
D. yellow
166. If you are naming a ternary acid that con-
tains a polyatomic ion that ends in “-ate”

NARAYAN CHANGDER
172. Which cat alyst is used in the production
what do you change the ending to when of ammonia through the Haber’s process?
naming the acid?
A. Nickel
A. -ate
B. Iron
B. -ite
C. Platinum
C. -ous
D. Sodium
D. -ic
173. Adding solute/solvent makes the solu-
167. When dissolved in water, bases produce: tion
A. acids A. changing concentration
B. salts B. dilute solution
C. hydrogen ions
C. concentrated solution
D. hydroxide ions
D. Solubility
168. Which of the following is used in fire ex-
174. In the following reaction, identify the salt
tinguisher?
formed NH 4 OH (aq) + H 2 SO 4 (aq) →
A. Sodium hydroxide + 2H 2 O (l)
B. Sodium bicarbonate A. NH4NO3
C. Potassium sulphate B. (NH4)2SO4
D. Calcium chloride C. (NH4)3PO4
169. the H in pH stands for D. (NH4)2S
A. hood 175. Bases tend to taste
B. happy
A. Sweet
C. hydrogen
B. Bitter
D. help
C. Sour
170. For any reaction at chemical equilibrium, D. Salty
the concentrations of products and reac-
tants 176. Name the following acid:HNO3
A. are equal. A. hydronitric acid
B. change B. hydronitrous acid
C. remain unchanged C. nitric acid
D. decrease D. nitrous acid

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 171

177. What kind of reaction occurs when an 182. Which oxide does not react with hy-
acid neutralizes a base? drochloric acid?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Acid-Base reaction A. calcium oxide
B. Neutralization reaction B. nitrogen dioxide
C. Bronsted-Lowry reaction C. potassium oxide

D. Arrhenius reaction D. zinc oxide

183. Since some acids seemingly “eat away”


178. Aqua regia is a 1:3 mixture, by volume,
certain substances, acids are
of:
A. bitter
A. conc. nitric acid and conc. hydrochlo-
ric acid B. sliipery

B. conc. hydrochloric acid and conc. ni- C. corrosive


tric acid D. weak
C. conc. nitric acid and conc. sulphuric 184. Acid shows red color with
acid
A. litmus indicator
D. conc. sulphuric acid and conc. nitric
B. universal indicator
acid
C. methyl orange indicator
179. An acid that contains two elements (hy- D. all of these
drogen and one other element)
185. he concentration of the 30ml of citric acid
A. Binary Acid
solution is determined to be 1.23 M. Using
B. Ternary Acid the titration equation, predict the titration
C. Oxyacid volume for the standard solution of 2.3 M.

D. Weak acid A. 14 ml
B. 15 ml
180. If 6.00 g of nitrogen gas is introduced
C. 16 ml
into an evacuated 2.00 L flask at 28 C,
what is the pressure inside the flask? D. 17 ml
A. 2.65 atm 186. a base has a pH of
B. 15.8 atm A. lower than 7
C. 74.1 atm B. higher than 7
D. 0.246 atm C. 7
D. it only has a pOH
181. expresses the concentration of hydrogen
ions 187. If 25.00 mL of 6.00 M HCI is transferred
by pipet into a volumetric flask and diluted
A. measuring pH
to 5.00 L, what is the molarity of the di-
B. neutral luted HCI?
C. bases in solutions A. 0.0300 M
D. litmus paper B. 0.055 M

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 172

C. 48.0 M 193. Determine the pH of a solution that has


D. 0.75 M a [H+] 1.3 X10-2 M.
A. 1.8
188. Tastes bitter.
B. 1.9
A. Acids
C. 2.0
B. Bases
D. 1.7
C. Salts

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. All 194. Complete the definition below:Acids are

189. A student dissolved equal amounts of


A. hydrogen donors.
salt in equal amounts of warm water,
room temperature water, and ice water. B. hydrogen acceptors.
Which of the following is true? C. proton donors.
A. The salt dissolved most quickly in the D. proton acceptors.
warm water
B. The salt dissolved most quickly in the 195. HF
room temperature water A. flouric acid
C. The salt dissolved most quickly in the B. hydrofluoric acid
ice water
C. fluorate acid
D. None of the above
D. hydrogen fluoride acid
190. Bases
196. It can be corrosive.
A. formed from joining positive and nega-
A. a base
tive ions
B. increase OH ions B. an acid

C. forms a salt and water C. both acid and base

D. increases H2O ions D. neither

191. What is the purpose of indicator solu- 197. A substance that changes color when
tions? mixed with an acid or base is a(n)
A. To signal the end of a reaction A. indicator
B. To colour the solution B. neutralizer
C. To complete the reaction C. corrosive
D. To equivalent the reaction D. electricity

192. Which of the following is a conjugate 198. Which of the following is classified as an
acid/base pair? Arrhenius acid?
A. HCl/OCl- A. HCl
B. H2SO4/SO42- B. HOH
C. NH4+/NH3 C. H2O
D. H3O+/OH- D. KOH

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 173

199. Acids taste 205. The pH of fresh sugar cane juice, which is
A. sour usually 5.0-5.5, can be changed to 7.5-8.0
for more efficient processing by adding

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. bitter
A. acetic (ethanoic) acid, CH3CO2H
C. unknown because you don’t drink
acids B. sodium chloride, NaCl
D. it depends on the acid C. slaked lime, Ca(OH)2
200. breaks down sugar molecules D. limestone, CaCO3
A. saliva
206. Nitrous Acid
B. digestion
A. here
C. small intestine
B. congratulatory
D. none of above
C. Hey
201. With which of the following ‘ milk of
magnesia’ be reacted so as to have neu- D. none of above
tralization reaction?
207. What is the ph of a solution containing a
A. A. Baking soda [H+] 0.00821 M?
B. B. Vinegar
A. 2.00
C. C. Ammonia solution
B. -2.09
D. Quick lime
C. 2.08
202. Which of the following is a weak acid?
D. 2.09
A. Hydrochloric acid
B. Ethanoic acid 208. Balance the following equation to demon-
strate the conservation of atoms in a reac-
C. Sulphuric acid
tion. Choose the answer which provides
D. Nitric acid the correct coefficients for each reactant
and product Fe + O2 → Fe2O3
203. Which one of the following compounds is
a main constituent of washing powder? A. 1, 2, 3
A. Sodium chloride B. 2, 3, 1
B. Sodium carbonate C. 4, 3, 2
C. Sodium hydroxide
D. 2, 1, 1
D. Bleaching powder
209. Indicator tests give you the following
204. What is colour of Phenolphthalein in basic
results:-Red litmus paper stays red red
solution?
A. the solution is acidic
A. Yellow
B. Blue B. the solution is basic
C. Pink C. the solution will explode
D. Colourless D. the solution is neutral

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 174

210. The pH scale measures 216. Sugar solution does not change the color
A. the strength of an acid. of both blue and red litmus paper. There-
fore, sugar solution is
B. the strength of hydrogen ions.
C. the concentration of hydrogen A. acidic
ions. B. basic
D. the concentration of an acid
C. alkaline
211. In the titration equation, M1V1 = M2V2,

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. neutral
what is M?
A. Molarity 217. What does litmus paper do?
B. Concentration A. creates a synthetic reaction
C. Amount of solution
B. determines if a solution is basic or
D. Mass of mixture acidic
212. Human blood has a pH between 7.35 and C. determines if a compound is metal or
7.45. Which of the following best de- nonmetal
scribes human blood?
D. none of above
A. strongly acidic
B. slightly acidic 218. Lewis Acids are
C. strongly basic
A. electron pair acceptors
D. slightly basic
B. proton donors
213. A pH of 12 is how many times more basic
than a pH of 11? C. proton acceptors
A. 2 D. H+ donors
B. 20
219. Which statement is true when acids and
C. 10
bases are mixed together?
D. 100
A. acids become stronger
214. When dissolved in water, acids produce
B. bases become stronger
A. bases C. there is no change
B. salts D. they neutralize each other
C. hydrogen ions
D. hydroxide ions 220. Select the formula for the following
acid:chlorous acid
215. What is the conjugate acid of water?
A. HClO3
A. OH −
B. HCl
B. H3 O+
C. H2 O2 C. HClO4
D. HOH D. HClO2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 175

221. CO32-(aq)+H2O(l) → HCO3-(aq)+OH- 226. Which is not an example of how neutral-


(aq)Using the above reaction, which com- isation reactions are used in daily life?
pound is the conjugate base?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. using toothpaste
A. CO32- B. antacids for acid reflux
B. H2O C. making soil less acidic
C. HCO3- D. heating up food
D. OH-
227. hydrochloric acid
222. Many cleaning solutions are bases. A. HCl
Which of the following is a property of B. HClO
most bases?
C. I’m talking
A. feels slippery
D. HClO3
B. white color
228. A Bronsted Lowry base:
C. can only be liquid
A. donates H+ to another substance
D. tastes sour
B. accepts H+ from another substance
223. A neutralisation reaction between a C. produces H+
strong acid and weak base forms:
D. produces OH-
A. An acidic salt
229. more solute
B. A basic salt
A. dilute solution
C. A neutral salt
B. concentrated solution
D. A salt
C. changing concentration
224. Calculate Kc for the reaction HI(g)-> D. Saturated Solution
H2(g) + I2(g) given that the concentra-
tions of each species at equilibrium are as 230. All of the following statements are true
follows:[HI] = 0.85 mol/L, [I2] = 0.60 EXCEPT
mol/L, [H2] = 0.27mol/L. A. the value of q is negative in an en-
A. 0.19 dothermic process
B. 0.22 B. the value of q is positive when heat
flows into a system from the surrondings
C. 4.5
C. in an endothermic process heat flows
D. 5.25
from the surroundings into the system
E. 160 D. enthalpy is state property
225. Do acids and bases conduct electricity? 231. a reaction between an acid and base
A. Only acids conduct electricity A. neutralizartion
B. Only bases conduct electricity B. measuring pH
C. Bases and acids conduct electricity C. saliva
D. Neither conduct electricity D. digestion

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 176

232. Acid present in a lemon, an orange & 238. Which of the following is the strongest
other sour fruits is: acid?
A. Latic acid A. soap-10
B. Citric acid B. HCL-0
C. Formic acid
C. blood-7.45
D. Ascorbic acid
D. soft drink-3
233. Which of the following is not a strong

NARAYAN CHANGDER
acid? 239. The acid produced naturally in your stom-
A. HCl ach is?
B. HF A. A. Tartaric acid
C. HBr B. B. Citric acid
D. HNO3 C. Hydrochloric acid
234. What is the conjugate base of HSO4-? D. Sulphuric acid
A. SO42-
240. Which of the following word pairs cor-
B. H2SO4
rectly completes the sentence below?
C. H3SO4+ are corrosive substances characterized as
D. none of above having a strong smell, a sour taste, and a

235. Answer the following questions about


the chemical reaction for the combustion A. Acids; pH less than 7
of methane gas:CH4 + O2 → CO2 + B. Acids; pH greater than 7
H2OIdentify the reactants.
C. Bases; pH greater than 7
A. CO2 and H2O
D. Bases; pH less than 7
B. CH4 and CO2
C. O2 and H2O 241. how much solute is dissolved in a certain
D. CH4 and O2 amount of solvent

236. acid A. concentration


A. 0-7 B. low freezing point
B. 7 C. solubility
C. 7-14 D. Saturated Solution
D. none of above
242. HSO4-(aq)+H2O(l) → H3O+(aq)+SO42-
237. What is a solution that has an excess of (aq)Identify the Acid in the above reaction.
hydroxide (OH-) ions?
A. HSO4-
A. pH
B. acid B. H2O

C. neutral C. H3O+
D. base D. SO42-

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 177

243. if the volume of a confined gas is doubled 248. Which of the following oxides may show
at constant temperature, what change is both acidic and basic properties?
observed?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. iron(II) oxide
A. the pressure of the gas increased to
B. sodium oxide
twice its original value
B. the pressure of the gas is decreased C. calcium oxide
to 1/2 of its original value D. aluminium oxide
C. the velocities of the molecules are dou-
249. A solution with a pH of 8.6 would be
bled
D. the density of the gas is doubled A. Acid
B. Base
244. If the pOH is 7, what is the H+ concen-
tration? C. Neutral
A. 0.0001 D. Acid and Base
B. 7
250. Baking soda and antacid tablets are ex-
C. 1 x 10-7 amples of two common
D. 0.845 A. acids
245. if you add an acid to a base what will B. bases
happen?
C. ions
A. BOOM
D. atoms
B. it will neutralize
C. it wont mix 251. What acid is needed to make copper ni-
trate?
D. soluble
A. Hydrochloric
E. makes water and a salt
B. Nitric
246. It has a bitter taste.
C. Sulfuric
A. a base
D. Phosphoric
B. an acid
C. both acid and base 252. The formula for Sodium hydroxide is
D. neither A. NaOH
247. Is the chemical reaction for the combus- B. Na2OH
tion of methane balanced? If not, select C. Na(OH) 2
the correct equation from the ones
D. none of above
A. yes, its is balanced
B. No, this is balanced:CH4 + O2 → CO2 253. Who coined the name catalyst?
+ 4H2O A. Berzeleous
C. No this is balanced:CH4 + 2O2 →
B. Rutherford
CO2 + 2H2O
D. No this is balanced:CH4 + 4O2 → CO2 C. Louis
+ H2O D. Kosell

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 178

254. Which of the following is an acid? C. H


A. Something that donates a proton. D. CO2
B. Something that accepts a proton. E. H2O
C. Something that makes you sick.
260. What is result of a neutralization reac-
D. Something that tastes bitter.
tion with a strong acid and a strong base?
255. A sample of pure water is neutral be- (select all that apply)

NARAYAN CHANGDER
cause it contains A. water
A. some H+ ions. B. salt
B. equal amounts of hydroxide and hydro- C. weaker acid
gen ions.
D. weaker base
C. some hydroxide ions.
D. only H2O molecules. 261. Choose the indicator solutions used for
acid-base titration
256. Select the formula for the following
base:chromium (III) hydroxide A. Phenolphtalein solution
A. Cr(OH)3 B. Methyl red solution
B. Cr3OH C. Methyl orange solution
C. CrOH3 D. luoresceine solution
D. OHCr
262. Which range of numbers represent an
E. none are correct acidic solution?
257. What does the pH scale measure? A. 0-6
A. The strength of an acid B. 7
B. The concentration of hydro- C. 8-14
nium/hydrogen ions
D. 5-9
C. The concentration of an acid
D. none of above 263. The pH scale measures and

258. How many moles of Ca(OH)2 are needed A. acidity and basic
to neutralize three moles of HCl? B. the temperature
A. 8 C. how fun a chemistry quiz is
B. 1.5 D. none of the above
C. 6
264. A strong acid could have a pH of
D. 3
A. 14
259. What gas forms when an acid reacts with
a metal? B. 7
A. a salt C. 2
B. H2 D. 0

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 179

265. Choose what color does a base turn phe- 271. Soap is a weak base. What is true about
nolphthalein. the taste of bases?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Pink A. they taste sour
B. Green B. they taste sweet
C. Blue C. they taste bitter
D. Purple D. they taste salty

266. Which one is not a base? 272. Which of the following is known as the
best indicator of all?
A. NaOH
A. litmus indicator
B. HNO3
B. universal indicator
C. Ca(OH)2
C. methyl orange indicator
D. NH4OH D. Phenolphthalein indicators
267. Phenolphthalein in acidic solution is 273. pH is an abbreviation of
A. colorless A. philosophy of humans
B. pink colored B. power of humans
C. yellow colored C. potential of hydrogen
D. orange colored D. power of hydroxonium ion

268. A strong acid: 274. Which one of the following types of


medicines is used for indigestion?
A. completely dissociates in water
A. Antibiotic
B. partly dissociates in water
B. Antacid
C. doesn’t dissociate in water
C. Analgesic
D. has a really high pH
D. Antiseptic
269. Which of the following substances has
the highest concentration of hydrogen ions 275. A girl tasted each of the following foods.
(H+) in solution? Which of the following would NOT taste
acidic to her?
A. Bleach:pH 13
A. lime
B. Water:pH 7
B. tomato
C. Tomato juice:pH 4 C. orange
D. Vinegar:pH 3 D. celery
270. Which of the following is NOT a property 276. Which of the following is the strongest
of acids? base?
A. taste sour A. oven cleaner-13.5
B. Change litmus paper red B. lemon juice-2.5
C. Change litmus paper blue C. soap-10
D. Can conduct electricity when aqueous D. blood-7.4

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 180

277. Ways to identify a binary acid from an 283. Forms hydronium ions (H3O+) in water.
oxyacid. A. Acids
A. prefix hydro- B. Bases
B. ends in acid C. Salts
C. only 2 nonmetals D. All
D. suffix-ic
284. A compound has a pH of 6 in solution,
E. suffix-ous where very little of it ha ionized. The com-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
278. Which of these pH values represent an pound is a
acid? A. weak base
A. 4 B. strong base
B. 8 C. weak acid
C. 10 D. strong acid
D. 12 285. An acid has a pH
279. In P H scale P H of 7 is shown through a A. higher than 7
color of B. lower than 7
A. red C. 7
B. blue D. greater than 14
C. green
286. Sodium carbonate is a basic salt because
D. yellow it is a salt of
280. A very high value for K indicates that A. strong acid and strong base
A. reactants are favored. B. weak acid and weak base
B. products are favored. C. strong acid and weak base
C. equilibrium is reached slowly. D. weak acid and strong base
D. equilibrium has been reached 287. For the titration of a weak acid by a
281. A 1.45 g sample of chromium contains strong base
atoms A. the equivalence point occurs at a pH
A. 2.16 x 1025 less than 7

B. 1.6 x 1022 B. equal volumes of acid and base are re-


quired to neutralize
C. 4.54 x 1025
C. the equivalence point occurs at a pH
D. 8.73 x 1023 greater than 7
282. Identify the acid listed below: D. the pH of the solution decreases dur-
A. KOH ing the course of the titration

B. H2O 288. Ascorbic acid (Vitamin C) is present in


C. H2SO4 A. Milk
D. NaCl B. Tea

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 181

C. Ants 294. Bases turn red litmus paper into


D. Citrus fruits A. red

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. blue
289. Determine the hydroxide ion concentra-
tion if the hydrogen ion concentration is C. yellow
0.2 M. D. pink
A. 5 X 10-14 M 295. An example of an exothermic reaction is:
B. 4 X 10-14 M A. heating “ meals-ready-to-eat “ by
C. 6 X 10-14 M pouring water into the ration heater
B. changing water to steam
D. 5 X 10-10 M
C. activating an instant cold pack
290. Arrhenius acids D. refining aluminum ore
A. are proton acceptors
296. Which is soluble salt in water?
B. are proton donors
A. AgCl
C. produce H+ in water B. PbCl2
D. produce OH-in water C. HgCl2
291. Which one of the following is an example D. None of these
of a base? 297. Which of the following is NOT a binary
A. orange juice acid?
B. dish soap A. HF
C. vinegar B. HBr

D. lemons C. HNO3
D. HI
292. Which species is the conjugate acid of the
hydrogen sulfate ion? 298. A salt was heated with certain base. the
gas evolved turned moist red litmus paper
A. H2SO4 blue. Which of the following ions does the
B. HSO4 + salt contain?
C. HSO4- A. nitrate (V)

D. H3O+ B. Ammonium
C. sulfate (VI)
293. Sodium carbonate, Na2CO3, can be
D. carbonate
titrated with HCI acoording to the follow-
ing balanced chemical equation 299. Sulfuric acid is a stronger acid than
A. 16.33 mL ethanoic acid (acetic acid) in aqueous so-
lution because sulfuric acid
B. 21.74 mL
A. is more corrosive than ethanoic acid
C. 37.79 mL
B. is more concentrated than ethanoic
D. 32.67 mL acid

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 182

C. ionizes to a greater extent than D. a substance that is a hydrogen ion


ethanoic acid donor
D. causes sugar to char whereas E. a substance that donates an electron
ethanoic acid does not pair
300. Ammonia (NH3) only partially dissoci- 305. Which of the following are the character-
ates into ions in water. This makes it a istics of a BASE? (click all that are correct)
A. Very bitter in taste

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. strong acid
B. Liberate OH-ions when dissolved in
B. weak acid water
C. weak base C. Have pH of less than 7
D. strong base D. Turns blue litmus red
301. What is the pH of a solution that has a 306. If you have an oxyacid and it contains an-
concentration of (H+) = 1 x 10-9 ite polyatomic ion, then acid’s ending will
A. 9 change to
B. 5 A. -ic
C. 0.0000000009 B. -ous
D. 1.0000000002 C. -ite

302. If milk has a pH of 6.5, which of these D. hydro ic acid


best describes it? 307. Which chemical enters the skin when an
A. slightly basic ant bites?
B. strongly basic A. Acetic acid
C. slightly acidic B. Caustic soda
D. strongly acidic C. Formic acid
303. In the presence of an acid, the color of D. Potassium oxide
litmus is , while the color of phenolph-
308. What is the correct formula for chromium
thalein is
(III) nitrate?
A. blue; colorless
A. Cr3(NO3)2
B. blue; pink
B. Cr3NO2
C. red; blue
C. Cr(NO3)3
D. red; colorless
D. Cr2(NO3)3
304. What is a base according to Arrhenius?
309. An acid that very easily and completely
A. a substance that ionizes to yield hy- ionizes when it dissolves in water is a
droxide ions
A. strong acid
B. a substance that is a hydrogen ion ac-
ceptor B. weak acid

C. a substance that donates an electron C. weak base


pair D. strong base

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 183

310. What is the pH of a solution that contains C. OH-


a [OH-] of 4.2 x 10-3 M? (Hint:Two-step D. H-
problem!)

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. pH= 2.4 316. What is the percent composition of hydro-
gen by mass in C3H8
B. pH= 4.5
A. 82.2 %
C. pH= 11.6
B. 72.2 %
D. pH= 9.4
C. 18.2 %
311. A 1 molar solution of a weak monoprotic D. 50.0 %
acid has a pH of 5. What is the value of
Ka for the acid? 317. Phosphoric acid, H3PO4, is a weak elec-
trolyte because it-
A. 1 x 10-10
A. forms a number of different ions
B. 1 x 10-7
B. dissociates incompletely in solution
C. 1 x 10-5
C. consists of more than two atoms
D. 1 x 10-2
D. donates up to three protons to a solu-
312. Acid is a substance which gives when tion
it is dissolved in water.
318. An acid which ionizes completely in water
A. hydroxide ion is a
B. hydroxyl ion A. base
C. hydrogen ion or proton (H+) B. nonelectrolyte
D. all C. strong electrolyte
313. A(n) is a substance with a pH greater D. weak electrolyte
than 7.
319. The pH of vinegar is 2.5. Vinegar is a
A. Base A. strong acid
B. Acid B. strong base
C. Buffer C. weak base
D. Water D. weak acid
314. A 0.1 M solution of HCl contains: 320. What is the pH value of pure water?
A. fewer H3O+ ions than OH-ions A. 6
B. more H3O+ ions than OH-ions B. 7
C. an equal number of H3O+ and OH- C. 0
D. neither H3O+ nor OH-ions D. 1
315. If a solution is basic which ion will be 321. If the [OH-] of a solution is 2.7 x 10-4
more present? M, the pOH of the solution is
A. H+ A. 10.44
B. K+ B. 1.00

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 184

C. 3.57 D. acids mixed with bases make stronger


D. -4.43 acids
327. when you mix both your with 2 sub-
322. What is the endpoint of a titration?
stances
A. Where the amount of acid and base
A. salt
are equal as shown by a colour change
B. water
B. Where there is no base
C. vol

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. When the volume of base in the bu-
rette is used up D. con

D. When there is no acid 328. part of the solution that is present in the
largest amounts and dissolves into other
323. A solution that is a good conductor of an substances
electrical current because of its many ions. A. solute
A. Acid B. solvent
B. Base C. solution
C. Energy Drink D. suspensions
D. Electrolyte
329. Identify which of the substances listed is
324. The pH of milk is 6.4. Based on this infor- a polar molecule
mation, which of the following statements A. Carbon Dioxide
best describes milk? B. Carbon Tetrahydride
A. It is very basic. C. Hydrogen
B. It is very acidic. D. Arsenic Tribromide
C. It is slightly basic. 330. When citric acid is produced by the cells
D. It is slightly acidic. of an orange and dissolves in water, it pro-
duces a relatively small number of hydro-
325. holds more dissolved solute than its sup- nium ions. Citric acid is best described as
posed to at a given temp a
A. supersaturated A. concentrated acid.
B. saturated B. weak acid.
C. unsaturated C. dilute acid.
D. pressure D. strong acid.

326. Which of the following statements is true 331. Heat capacity is defined as
concerning acids and bases? A. 4.18 J/g C
A. acids and bases don’t react with each B. 4.18 J/g C
other
C. the amount of heat necessary to raise
B. acids mixed with bases neutralize each the temperature of 1 gram of a substance
other by 1 C
C. acids mixed with bases make stronger D. the amount of heat necessary to raise
bases the temperature of a system by 1 C

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 185

332. What indicator is commonly used in titra- 338. Bleach and oven cleaner are:
tions? A. strong acids

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Phenolphthalein
B. weak acids
B. Bromothymol Blue
C. strong bases
C. Litmus
D. weak bases
D. Universal
339. Which represents the most acidic sub-
333. NH3+Ammonia (above) is classified as a stance?
A. Ammonia pH=12
A. Arrhenius acid
B. Orange Juice pH=3
B. Arrhenius base
C. Black Coffee pH=6
C. Bronsted-Lowry acid
D. Bronsted-Lowry base D. Shampoo pH=8

334. All acids provide ions 340. Select the formula for the following
acid:Carbonic Acid
A. hydrogen
A. H2CO3
B. hydroxide
B. HCO3
C. chloride
C. H4C
D. sulfate
D. CO3
335. Select the name of the following acid:HCl
A. Hydrochloric acid 341. Which oxide below is a neutral oxide?
B. Chlorous acid A. aluminium oxide
C. Chloric acid B. carbon monoxide
D. none are correct C. sulfur dioxide

336. What is the long, cylindrical piece of lab D. zinc oxide


equipment used in titrations called? 342. The compound that gives OH-ions if is dis-
A. Pipette solved in water is:
B. Tube A. Acid
C. Buret B. Base
D. Graduated Cylinder C. Salt
337. pH of four solutions A, B, C and D are D. Indicator
2, 7, 8 and 6 respectively. The correct in-
creasing order of acidity of these solutions 343. Which is the correct electron configura-
is tion for the element Molybdenum (Mo)?
A. D < C < B < A A. 1s22s22p63s23p64s23d104p65s6
B. C < B < A< D B. 1s22s22p63s23p64s23d104p65s24d4
C. C < B < D < A C. 1s22s22p63s23p64s23d4
D. A < B < C< D D. 1s22s22p63s23p64s24d104p65s25d4

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 186

344. Select the formula for the following 350. In solution, it feels slippery.
base:sodium hydroxide A. a base
A. NaOH B. an acid
B. Na(OH)2 C. both acid and base
C. NaH D. neither
D. none are correct
351. Which of the following is a property of
an acid?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
345. Acidic solutions exhibit a higher ratio of
H3O+ ions, known as A. A. Sour taste
A. neutrons B. Sweet taste
B. hydroxide C. Bitter taste
C. electrons D. Salty taste
D. hydronium
352. Which is NOT a property of acids?
346. What is the chemical formula for the fol- A. slippery
lowing acid:hydroiodic acid
B. pH below 7
A. H2 I
C. react with metals
B. HIO3
D. contain H1+ ions
C. HI
E. none are correct
D. none of above
353. Which is the correct symbol for the atom
347. Which metallic hydroxide is used as with 42 protons and 49 neutrons
antacid of the following?
A. 9142 In
A. (a) Magnesium hydroxide
B. 4942 In
B. (b) Calcium hydroxide
C. 9149 Mo
C. =(c) Sodium hydroxide
D. 9142 Mo
D. (d) Copper hydroxide
354. uniformly mixed (same throughout the
348. To find the pH when given the pOH, what mixture)
formula should be used.
A. homogeneous
A. pH =-log (pOH)
B. heterogeneous
B. pH = 14-pOH C. solutability
C. pH = 2nd log(-pOH) D. solute
D. pH = 14-log (pOH)
355. Which type of ion does a base produce
349. Name the following acid H2 SO3 when it is dissolved in water?
A. hydrosulfuric acid A. oxide
B. hydrosulfurous acid B. oxygen
C. sulfuric acid C. hydrogen
D. sulfurous acid D. hydroxide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 187

356. Which of the following oxides react with 361. Hydrogen burns with pop sound in the
both acids and bases? presence of:

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. MgO A. Argon
B. CuO B. oxygen
C. PbO C. nitrogen
D. CaO D. Sulphur dioxide

357. Why would a potato have a buffering 362. What is the conjugate acid to NO3-?
system? (HINT acids contain what ion? )

A. To survive if its environment changes A. HNO3

B. To vary the pH according to the envi- B. OH-


ronment C. H+
C. To keep the pH of the potato low D. NO3-2
D. To keep the pH very acidic 363. The temperature at which water changes
to steam is known as the
358. It reacts with an indicator to produce a
change in its color. A. boiling point
A. a base B. evaporation temperature

B. an acid C. sublimation plateau

C. both acid and base D. melting point

D. neither 364. Bases that contain OH-are given the


name
359. Determine the pOH of a solution if the pH
A. Oxide
is 5.
B. Hydride
A. 5
C. Hydroxide
B. 19
D. none of above
C. 9
D. 8 365. NH3 + H2O → NH4+ + OH-According to
the Bronsted-Lowry model, what is H2O
360. To prepare approximately 1 L of 0.250 m in this reaction?
solution of aqueous MgCl2 (95.2 g/mol), A. acid
one may
B. base
A. dissolve 23.8 g MgCl2 in 0.2262 kg of
C. conjugate acid
water
D. conjugate base
B. dissolve 381 g MgCl2 in 226.2 g of wa-
ter 366. The salt is formed during the reaction
C. dissolve 23.8 g MgCl2 in 1.00 kg of wa- between hydrochloric acid and magnesium
ter hydrochloric acid is

D. dissolve 381 g MgCl2 up to a total vol- A. NaCl


ume of 250 mL in a volumetric flask B. H2O

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 188

C. KCl C. Hydroxide Ion


D. K2Cl D. Proton
367. pH greater than 7. 373. A salt is formed when nitric acid combines
A. Acids with sodium hydroxide. What are present
in the salt that forms?
B. Bases
C. Both A. Sodium chloride

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. none of above B. sodium ions and nitrate ions
C. only sodium ions
368. Identify the ions and their charges in
MG3N2- D. only nitrate ions
A. Mg2+, N3- 374. What the H+ of a solution with a pH of
B. Mg3+, N2- 8.5?
C. Mg+, N3- A. 3.16 x 10-3 M
D. Mg32+, N23- B. 5.5
369. Acid in your stomach is: C. 3 x 10-9 M
A. sulfuric acid D. -0.929 M
B. nitric acid
375. If the pH of a solution is 4.0, what is the
C. citric acid pOH?
D. hydrochloric acid A. 4.0
370. Which of the following pH values repre- B. 10.0
sents the strongest acid? C. 1.0 x 10-4
A. pH 4
D. cannot be determined from the infor-
B. pH 10 mation
C. pH 2
376. Why does vinegar help preserve things
D. pH 7 like pickles?
371. If a solution has a [OH-] of 3.42 x 10- A. It keeps moisture in.
12M what is the [H+]? B. It preserves flavors and crispness
A. 2.92 x 10-3M
C. It kills bacteria that break down foods.
B. 3.42 x 102M
D. It keeps the cells alive
C. 2.92 x 10-2M
D. 3.42 x 10-5M 377. What is the liquid in the buret called?
A. Acid
372. Which of the following is NOT a name for
H+ (H3O+)? B. Base
A. Hydronium Ion C. Indicator
B. Hydrogen Ion D. Titrant

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 189

378. What color does litmus paper turn in the 384. Classify the following reaction:3CuSO4 +
presence of an acid? 2Al → Al2(SO4)3 + 3Cu

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. blue A. Addition and synthesis
B. black B. Double-displacement or double re-
C. green placement
D. red C. Single-displacement or double re-
placement
379. Name the following acid:HBr
D. Decomposition
A. bromic acid
B. hydrobromic acid 385. If a solution has a [H+] of 1.2 x 10-4M
what is the [OH-]?
C. bromous acid
A. 8.3 x 10-4M
D. hydrobromous acid
B. 8.3 x 10-11M
380. What is the name of the acid that has the
formula of HCl? C. 1.2 x 1010M
A. hydrochlorous acid D. 1.2 x 10-4M
B. hyperchloric acid 386. Which of these is the most acidic?
C. hydrochloric acid A. ammonia-pH 11.0
D. hydrochlorate acid B. blood-pH 7.3
381. An acid that contains hydrogen, oxygen, C. orange juice-pH 4.0
and at least one other element
D. milk-pH 6.5
A. Binary Acid
387. A substance which has a sour taste, is cor-
B. Ternary Acid (oxyacid)
rosive, and turns litmus paper red would
C. Strong Acid likely be which of the following?
D. Weak Acid A. weak base
382. A 3.00 L flask contains 2.33 g of argon B. strong base
gas at 312 mm Hg. What is the tempera-
C. weak acid
ture of the gas?
D. strong acid
A. 257 K
B. 151 K 388. Choose the CORRECT definition of
C. 4890 K acidimetry
D. 292 K A. the determination of the concentration
of an acid
383. If the pH of vinegar is 3.0, what is the
B. the determination of the concentration
concentration of H+ in vinegar?
of a base
A. 1 x 10-11 M
C. the determination of the amount of an
B. 1 x 10-9 M acid
C. 1 x 10-7 M D. the determination of the amount of a
D. 1 x 10-3 M base

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 190

389. The pH at the equivalence point of the A. Acid


titration of a strong acid with a strong B. Base
base is usually:
C. Neither (Neutral)
A. acidic 3.9
D. none of above
B. acidic 4.5
C. neutral 7.0 395. Commercial vinegar was titrated with
NaOH solution to determined the con-
D. basic 8.2 tent of acetic acid, HC2H3O2. For 20.0

NARAYAN CHANGDER
390. A solution of KOH is 2.5 x 10-5 M. What milimeters of the vinegar, 32.0 milime-
is the [H+] concentration? (Hint:Find pOH, ters of 0.500 molar NaOH solution was
then pH, then [H+].) required. What was the concentration of
acetic acid in the vinegar if not other acid
A. 4.60 was present?
B. 9.40 A. 0.800 M
C. 3.98 x 10-10 B. 1.60 M
D. 1.0 x 10-4.60 C. 0.640 M
391. If 16.4 g of Oxygen gas react with ex- D. 0.400 M
cess hydrogen, what mass of water is pro-
396. In a titration experiment, if the initial so-
duced? 2 H2(g) + O2(g) → 2H2O(g)
lution pH is 4.0 and the equivalence point
A. 20.4 g occurs at pH 9.0, then the reaction corre-
B. 9.23 g sponds to
C. 18.5 g A. the titration of a strong acid by a
strong base
D. 23.9 g
B. the titration of a weak acid by a weak
392. What is the OH-concentration if the pOH base
is 3.4?
C. the titration of a strong base by a
A. 3.9 x 10-4 strong acid
B. 10.6 D. the titration of a weak acid by a strong
C. -0.5315 base
D. 3.98 397. What is the main purpose of acid-base
titrations?
393. All of the following are properties of
acids except: A. To test if reactants react.
A. Tart or sour taste B. To calculate the concentration of un-
known acid or base.
B. Acid + Metal → Hydrogen + Salt
C. To test quality of reactants.
C. Acid + Base → Water + Salt
D. none of above
D. Slippery
398. the more H+ ions the
394. NaOH may be found in drain cleaners and
as a component of soaps. Is NaOH an acid A. stronger the acid
or a base? B. weaker the acid

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 191

C. it neutralizes 404. A chemical can change a red litmus to blue


D. none of above then What is the pH value of it?
A. 5

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


399. The following neutralization reaction oc-
B. 7
curs in the classroom.HCl + KOH → H2O +
KClIf a student uses 25.0 mL of a 0.5M so- C. 9
lution of KOH, what is the molarity of the D. 2
acid if the is 15.0mL of acid neutralized?
405. A solution with a pH of 7 is
A. 0.8M
A. increasing
B. 1.2M B. neutral
C. 12.5M C. decreasing
D. none of above D. apple juice
400. The pH of a solution is 8.43. What is the 406. Which of the following is a chemical prop-
[H3O+]concentration? erty of a base
A. 3.7 x 10-9 A. a slippery feel
B. 1.0 x 10-8.43 B. conducts an electric current
C. 2.7 x 10-6 C. turns red litmus paper blue
D. 1.0 x 10-14 D. forms hydronium ions in water
407. Litmus paper can tell you if a solution is
401. An acid can be defined as
acidic, neutral or basic by changing color
A. proton donor when placed in a solution. If you test a
B. neutron acceptor base with litmus paper, it will turn

C. proton acceptor A. purple


B. red
D. neutron donor
C. blue
402. What is the valve on the buret called? (It D. pink
controls whether or not titrant can drop
into the flask) 408. Which of these pH values would indicate
that a solution is a weak base?
A. a thingy
A. 4
B. a whachmacallit
B. 5.6
C. a stopcock
C. 8
D. I have no idea
D. 13
403. Which species is the conjugate base of 409. A substance that forms when a base has
acetic acid, HC2H3O2? accepted an H+ ion is
A. OH- A. An acid
B. HC2H3O2 + B. A Base
C. C2H3O2- C. A Conjugate Acid
D. H3O+ D. A Conjugate Base

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 192

410. Complete the following reaction:HCl + 416. A solution feels kind of slippery. I can
Mg(OH)2 → predict that it is a solution with a pH
A. MgCl2 + H2O of

B. Mg +H2O A. basic; 7-9


C. MgCl2 + H2 B. basic; 1-3
D. MgCl2 + H2O + CO2 C. acidic; 12-14

NARAYAN CHANGDER
411. What might happen if you mixed a strong D. acidic; 0-4
acid with an equally strong base?
A. You would see an explosive chemical 417. At 400 ◦ C, K = 64 for the equilibrium
reaction. H2(g) + I2 (g)-> HI(g). If 3.00 mol H2 and
3.00 mol I2 are introduced into an empty
B. The acid would destroy the base. 4.0 L vessel, find the equilibrium concen-
C. The base would destroy the acid. tration of HI at 400◦ C.
D. You’d wind up with a pH-neutral sub- A. 0.15 M
stance.
B. 2.4 M
412. Which one is the base from the following
C. 4.8 M
compounds?
A. K2SO4 D. 5.8 M

B. NaHCO3 E. 36 M
C. Ca Cl2
418. The pH scale ranges from
D. CaO
A. 0-14
413. What is the correct name for K3PO4 B. 1-15
A. potassium (I) phosphate
C. 0-10
B. potassium phosphate
D. 1-20
C. tripotassium phosphate
D. potassium phosphide 419. What is the freezing point in c?
414. Which of the following is a weak base? A. 0
A. Magnesium hydroxide B. 32
B. Sodium chloride C. 35
C. Calcium bicarbonate D. 26
D. Sodium hydroxide
420. Onion juice is
415. What does pH measure?
A. Acidic
A. acidity only
B. alkalinity only B. alkaline

C. acidic and alkalinity C. neutral


D. neutral substances D. basic

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 193

421. What is the name of substance which 427. What mass of oxygen is present in 10.0
does get deposited over iron because of grams of carbon dioxide (CO2)
moisture present in air?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 4.64 g
A. Sulphide
B. 8.80 g
B. Rust
C. 4.40 g
C. Carbonate
D. 7.27 g
D. Oxygen
422. The name of the apparatus used for hold- 428. Something with a pH of 9 would be
ing the titrant is A. acidic
A. Conical flask
B. basic
B. Burette
C. neutral
C. Volumetric flask
D. none of above
D. Pipette
423. Which of the following is NOT a use of 429. According to , a base will produce
sulfuric acid? ions when in water.
A. laxatives A. Arrhenius, H3 O+
B. fertilisers B. Arrhenius, OH −
C. detergents C. Sorenson, H3 O+
D. car batteries D. Sorenson, OH −
424. Which of the following is not a base?
430. The Acid-Base classification system that
A. soap defined any chemical species that accepts
B. SOS cleaner a pair of electrons as a , and a is
a chemical species that donates a pair of
C. Tums
electrons.
D. vinegar
A. Bronsted-Lowry
425. Increase in temp means
B. Arrhenius acid-base
A. increase in solubility
C. Lewis acid-base
B. increase in dissolved solute
D. Monoprotic and Polyprotic Acids
C. decrease in pressure
D. decrease in side temp 431. A 0.95 M solution of 10.0 mL Al(OH)3 is
neutralized using a 2 M solution of H2SO4.
426. Calcium hydroxide and calcium carbonate
How much H2SO4 was needed? 3 H2SO4
both react with dilute nitric acid. In what
+ 2 Al(OH)3 → 6 H2O + 1 Al2(SO4)3
way are the reactions different?
A. 0.1 mL
A. a gas is produced
B. water is a product B. 7 mL
C. the salt formed is calcium nitrate C. 5 mL
D. the pH of the solution increases D. 0.2 mL

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 194

432. Which one is conc base among them? 438. The Acid-Base classification system that
A. NH4OH defined acids as those that release H+ and
bases as release OH-is known as
B. NaOH
A. Bronsted-Lowry
C. Mg(OH)2
B. Arrhenius acid-base
D. Cu(OH)2
C. Lewis acid-base
433. Which pair is correct? D. Monoprotic and Polyprotic Acids

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. copper sulphate-reducing constipation
439. Which of the following titrations will
B. sodium bicarbonate-preserving food have the equivalence point at a pH more
C. gypsum-plaster of paris than 8?
D. ammonium sulphate-eletroplating A. HCl and NH3
B. CH3COOH and NH3
434. If an acid is combined with a base of equal
strength, the result will most likely be C. HCl and NaOH
A. a neutral solution. D. CH3COOH and NaOH
B. a stronger acid. 440. Name an acid which contains both oxygen
C. impossible to tell without testing the and hydrogen of the following?
pH. A. hydrochloric acid
D. a stronger base B. dilute acid
435. Which of the following substances would C. concentrated acid
NOT change the pH of a solution? D. sulphuric acid
A. HNO3
441. An acid
B. NH3
A. Formed from joining positive and neg-
C. NaCl ative ions
D. KOH B. increases OH ions
436. What is neutral on the pH scale? C. forms a salt and water
A. 7 D. increases H2O ions
B. 14 442. Ammonia is found in many household
C. P shape products, including window cleaner. What
is the pH of ammonia?
D. D shape
A. It’s acidic.
437. What is the main difference between B. It’s basic.
acids and bases?
C. It’s neutral.
A. the way they react to chemical
changes D. none of above
B. the pH 443. What is the correct name for PF5
C. the way they react to physical changes A. phosphorus pentafluoride
D. the taste B. phosphorus (V) fluoride

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 195

C. phosphorofluoride 449. NH3 + H2O → OH-+ NH4+Which sub-


stance above is the Bronsted-Lowry Con-
D. pentafluorophosphorus
jugate Acid?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


444. Volumetric analysis can be defined as A. NH3
A. The determination of the identity of the B. H2O
solution
C. OH-
B. The determination of the mole of a mix- D. NH4+
ture with a known solution
C. The determination of the concentra- 450. When naming oxiacids remember to
tion of a solution using a solution of known never add a
concentration A. prefix
D. none of above B. suffix

445. How many types of acids are there? C. ic

A. 1 D. ate
E. ous
B. 2
C. 3 451. I am titrating 1M HCl with 1M NaOH. I
have 25mL of HCl. How much NaOH will I
D. 4
need?
446. What s made when a proton reacts with A. 2.5mL
a hydroxide ion?
B. 5mL
A. Water C. 25mL
B. An acid D. 50mL
C. An alkali
452. The transfer of heat energy without the
D. A salt physical movement of the medium is called
? Fill in the blank.
447. In pure water, concentrations of
A. convection
A. H+ and OH-ions are equal
B. conduction
B. H+ ions is more
C. radiation
C. OH-ions is more
D. neutralisation
D. Cl-is more
453. The pH of a solution is tested, and it is
448. NH3 is: found to be a basic solution. Of the follow-
A. a Bronsted Lowry base ing choices, what could the pH have been?

B. an Arrhenius base A. 3

C. an acid B. 9

D. both an Arrhenius and a Bronsted C. 7


Lowry base D. 5

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 196

454. The pH of an acid is 2. What is the pH of 460. All acids contain:


the solution when excess calcium carbon-
ate is added? A. Carbon

A. 2 B. Sulphur
B. 5 C. Hydrogen
C. 7 D. Iron All acids contain:
D. 12

NARAYAN CHANGDER
461. Lemon juice has a pH of 2.3. Which word
455. Which of the following is not an ampho-
best describes lemon juice based on the
teric substance?
pH?
A. Lead (II) oxide
A. acid
B. Aluminium hydroxide
C. iron (III) oxide B. base

D. zinc hydroxide C. neutral

456. Taste sour D. salt


A. acids
462. Tastes Sour
B. bases
C. neutral A. Acids

D. pH scale B. Bases

457. Complete this equation:sulfuric acid + C. Salts


potassium hydroxide → D. All
A. potassium oxide + hydrogen
B. potassium chloride + water 463. Determine the heat of reaction for the
combustion of sulfur dioxide 2SO2(g) +
C. potassium sulfate + hydrogen
O2(g) → 2SO3(g)given the following
D. potassium sulfate + water thermochemical equations
458. A substance that is a 10 on the pH scale A. -197.8 kJ
would be a(n)
B. 251.7 kJ
A. acid
C. 791.2 kJ
B. neutral
C. base D. -5540.4 kJ
D. indicator
464. Bronsted-Lowry bases
459. which acid is present in curd?
A. release H+
A. oxalic
B. transfer H+ to another substance
B. citric
C. lactic C. release OH-
D. tartaric D. accept H+

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 197

465. The molar mass of helium and oxygen are 470. Which statement about the reaction be-
4.0 g/mol and 16 g/mol, respectively. At tween ammonium sulfate and sodium hy-
the same temperature and pressure, 1 mol droxide is correct?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


of hellium will occupy A. carbon dioxide gas is produced
A. four times the volume of 1 mole of he- B. ammonia is produced
lium will occupy
C. ammonium hydroxide is produced
B. the same volume as 1 mole of oxygen
D. it is a neutralisation reaction
C. half the volume of 1 mole of oxygen
471. What is the pH of a neutral solution?
D. one fourth the volume of 1 mole of oxy-
gen A. 7
B. 0
466. Which [H+] concentration is greater?
C. 14
A. 1 x 10-2 M
D. 1
B. 1 x 10-8 M
472. Name the correct definition of an acid and
C. 1 x 10-4 M
a base:An acid ionizes to yield hydrogen
D. 1 x 10-11 M ions (H+) in aqueous solution; a base ion-
izes to yield hydroxide ions (OH-) in aque-
467. What are the products to a neutralization
ous solution.
reaction?
A. Lewis definition
A. H2 + Ionic Salt
B. Arrhenius definition
B. H2O + Ionic Salt
C. Bronsted-Lowry definition
C. H3O+ + Ionic Salt
D. none of above
D. OH-+ Ionic Salt
473. In the reaction below, H2SO3 is
468. Calculate the pOH of a 0.0084 M solution a(n):H2SO3 + H2O → H 3O+ + HSO3-
of Ba(OH)2?
A. base
A. 2.075
B. acid
B. 0.989 C. conjugate acid
C. 12.0 D. conjugate base
D. 1.019
474. Phosphoric acid has formula
469. Which of the following is not correct? A. H2PO3
A. mineral acids are used in laboratories B. H2PO4
as reagents.
C. H3PO4
B. carbonic acid is used to make soda wa-
D. H3PO3
ter and soft drinks.
C. acetic acid is used in the treatment of 475. In the reaction HCl + H2O → H3O+ + Cl-,
scurvy. what is the conjugate acid?

D. nitric acid is used to manufacture A. HCl


chemical fertilizers. B. H2O

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 198

C. H3O+ 481. A(n) is a substance with a pH less


than 7
D. Cl-
A. Acid
476. Which of the following is an example of B. Alkaline
an alkali?
C. Base
A. vinegar
D. Buffer
B. salt

NARAYAN CHANGDER
482. Which equation is balanced?
C. vitamin c
A. H2SO4 + NaOH → Na2SO4 + H2
D. sodium hydroxide
B. H2SO4 + 2NaOH → Na2SO4 + H2
477. Potassium oxide is a/an C. H2SO4 + 2NaOH → Na2SO4 + H2O
A. acidic oxide D. H2SO4 + 2NaOH → Na2SO4 + 2H2O
B. basic oxide 483. Pickles form by soaking in an acid. What
C. amphoteric oxide are some properties of pickles
D. neutral oxide A. Conducts electricity, bitter, turns lit-
mus blue
478. Bases feel slippery to the touch, contain B. Slippery, sour, turns litmus blue
more OH-ions, taste bitter, and can con-
C. Slippery, bitter, turns litmus blue
duct electricity. Which of the substances
are a base? D. Sour, turns litmus red, can conduct
electricity
A. H2O
B. Lemon juice 484. bases taste
A. bitter
C. Windex
B. sour
D. NaCl water
C. like candy
479. Acidic solutions are those that contain an D. meh
excess of:
485. Which of the following is not a Arrhenius
A. H2 molecules
base?
B. H2O molecules
A. NaOH
C. H+ ions B. KOH
D. OH-ions C. LiOH
480. are often slippery substances that D. NH3
are used for cleaning solutions. 486. It has a sour taste.
A. acids A. a base
B. bases B. an acid
C. solvents C. both acid and base
D. none of above D. neither

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 199

487. What is a solution with a pOH of 6.5 clas- C. It is a proton acceptor


sified as? D. It is a proton donor

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. acid
493. Hydroiodic acid
B. base
A. true
C. neutral
B. H1I1
D. no clue
C. HI
488. What is the pH of a solution containing
0.0015 M HCl? D. none of above

A. 11.2 494. Which indicator is colourless in acid and


B. 1.00 pink in alkali?
C. 2.8 A. Litmus
D. 0.99 B. Phenolphthalein
C. Universal Indicator
489. What is the conjugate base of HCO3-?
D. Methyl Orange
A. HCO3-
B. H2CO3- 495. Which statement about hydrogen chlo-
C. H2CO3 ride gas is true?

D. CO32- A. It conducts electricity.


B. It reacts with magnesium to produce
490. What happens when methyl orange is hydrogen gas.
added in a salt solution?
C. It produces hydrogen ions when dis-
A. It does not change its colour
solved in water.
B. it turns into red colour
D. none of above
C. it turns into yellow colour
496. Identify the salt in the following
D. it turns into purple colour
equation:Zn(OH)2 + HNO3 → H2O +
491. Which of following is known as milk of Zn(NO3)2
magnesia? A. Zn(OH)2
A. NH4OH B. HNO3
B. KOH C. H2O
C. NaOH D. Zn(NO3)2
D. Mg(OH)2
497. What is main component of digestive
492. Which of the following best describes a juice in stomach?
Bronsted-Lowry base?
A. Hydrochloric acid
A. It increases the amount of H+ in solu-
B. Sulphuric acid
tion
B. It increases the amount of OH-in solu- C. Saliva
tion D. Water

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 200

498. Which of the following is a base? 504. A substance that remains when a base
A. orange juice has accepted an H+ ion is

B. water A. An acid
C. vinegar B. A Base
D. dishwashing detergent C. A Conjugate Acid

499. Which of the following is NOT a common D. A Conjugate Base

NARAYAN CHANGDER
property of bases?
505. What is the percent composition of silicon
A. feels slippery nitride (Si3N4)
B. tastes bitter A. 69.40% Si and 30.60% N
C. reacts with metals B. 60.06% Si and 39.94% N
D. changes colors of indicators C. 54.03% Si and 45.97% N
500. Which ionic equation represents the neu- D. 30.21% Si and 69.79% N
tralisation of aqueous sodium hydroxide
and hydrochloric acid? 506. A student titrates 20.0 mL of 1.0 M
NaOH with 2.0 M formic acid (weak mono-
A. H + + OH − → H2 O
protic acid). Ka=1.8 x 10-4 . How much
B. Na+ +Cl − → NaCl formic acid is necessary to reach the equiv-
C. Na+ + HCl → NaCl + H + alence point?
D. NaOH + H + → Na+ + H2 O A. 10.0 mL

501. Using molar enthalpies of formation, de- B. 20.0 mL


termine the heat of combustion of 1.000 C. 30.0 mL
mole of glucose, C6H12O6(s)
D. 40.0 mL
A. -2802.5 kJ
B. -1952.6 kJ 507. Which of the following is an example of
an acid?
C. 594.0 kJ
A. orange juice
D. -5349.1 kJ
B. salt
502. Which of the following is NOT a base?
C. baking soda
A. NH4+
D. water
B. Milk of Magnesia
C. NaOH 508. Which is the correct mole ratio of
K3PO4 to KNO3 in the chemical reaction
D. any H+ donor Mg(NO3)2 + K3PO4 → Mg3(PO4)2 +
503. An Arrhenius acid: KNO3
A. donates H+ to another substance A. 1:1
B. accepts H+ from another substance B. 1:2
C. produces H+ C. 2:3
D. produces OH- D. 1:3

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 201

509. Name a substance that is most commonly 515. What is the correct name for TiCl4
identified as amphoteric. A. titanium (IV) chloride

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Milk B. tetrachlorine titanate
B. Blood C. titanium tetrachlorine
C. Saliva D. monotitanium tetrachloride
D. Water
516. Given the following solutions:Solution
510. what did we use to test the pH A:pH of 10Solution B:pH of 7Solution C:pH
of 5Which list has the solutions placed in
A. litmus paper
order of increasing H+ concentration?
B. licking paper
A. A, B, C
C. diabetic test strips B. B, A, C
D. none of above C. C, A, B
511. Reaction of acid and metal gives D. C, B, A
A. Salt and water 517. Electrolyte
B. Salt and hydrogen A. Acids
C. Salt, carbon dioxide and water B. Bases
D. Salt and salt C. Salts
512. A strong acid undergoes ionisation in D. All
water to produce ions.
518. Blue litmus paper turns into in acidic
A. complete; hydrogen solution.
B. incomplete; hydrogen A. blue
C. complete; hydroxide B. red
D. incomplete; hydroxide C. no change

513. part of the solution that is present in the D. pink


smaller amounts and is the substance be- 519. A substance has a pH value of 8. It is
ing dissolved most likely to be what?
A. solute A. Strong acid
B. solvent B. Weak acid
C. solutions C. Strong base
D. suspensions D. Weak base
514. Sulphuric acid was discovered by 520. Acid + Base →
A. Jabir bin hayyan A. salt + hydrogen
B. Al razi B. salt + water
C. Al beruni C. salt + carbon dioxide + water
D. Berzellius D. salt

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 202

521. Select the formula for the following C. 7.8


acid:Permanganic acid
D. 11.6
A. HMnO4
B. HMnO3 527. Select the formula for the following
acid:phosphorous acid
C. HMn
A. H3PO3
D. HMnIO4
B. H3PO4
522. What is the concentration of citric acid if

NARAYAN CHANGDER
its volume is 25 ml and the titrated vol- C. H3P
ume of the standard solution of 0.75 M is D. none of above
12.4 ml
A. 0.47 528. Which of the substances are corrosive?
B. 0.37 A. acids
C. 0.30 B. bases
D. 0.17 C. acids and bases
523. Changes the color of indicators. D. neutral substances
A. Acids
529. Which of these solutions is an acid?
B. Bases
A. Dish Soap:pH of 12
C. Both
D. none of above B. Tomato Soup:pH of 4
C. Baking Soda:pH of 9
524. When dissolved in water, acids produce:
A. bases D. Drain Cleaner:pH of 14

B. salts 530. A mass of 8.15 g C2H4(g) reacts with ex-


C. hydrogen ions cess oxygen. If 16.2 g CO2(g) is collected,
D. hydroxide ions what is the percent yield of the reaction?
C2H4(g) + 3O2(g) → 2CO2(g) + 2H2O(g)
525. Sodium hydroxide (NaOH) dissociates A. 63.3 %
completely in water producing a high con-
centration of hydroxide ions. This makes B. 41.0%
it a C. 25.6%
A. Acid
D. 31.7 %
B. Strong base
C. Weak base 531. Th pH of a human blood sample is 7.30.
What is concentration of OH in blood?
D. Strong acid
A. 5.01 x 10-5 M
526. What would be considered the weakest
base? B. 2.0 x 10-7 M
A. 8 C. 5.01 x 10-8 M
B. 14 D. 7.3 x 10-7 M

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 203

532. What pH represents a basic solution C. is an acid.


A. 7 D. does not have a pH.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. 9
538. A pH of 3 is how many times more acidic
C. 4 than a pH of 5?
D. 16
A. 2
533. Most car batteries contain: B. 20
A. citric acid C. 10
B. sulfuric acid
D. 100
C. tartaric acid
D. lactic acid 539. A new soda was just introduced, and it
has a sour taste. I can predict that it is
534. The maximum amount of a solute that a(n) on the pH scale.
will dissolve in a certain amount of solvent A. acid
at a given temperature is that solute’s
B. base
A. solubility
B. concentration C. neutral

C. degree of saturation D. none of above


D. rate of solution 540. What happens when a dry blue litmus pa-
535. What is the correct formula for potassium per is touched to acid powder?
dichromate A. turns red
A. K2(CrO4)2 B. turns green
B. K2CrO4 C. turns blue
C. K2Cr2O7 D. No change
D. KCrO4
541. bleach is
536. NaOH is:
A. an acid
A. an Arrhenius base
B. a base
B. an Arrhenius acid
C. neutral
C. neither an acid nor a base
D. both an acid and a base D. none of above

537. Holly has an unknown substance in a 542. At what location on the pH scale can you
beaker. She wants to determine the rel- find acids?
ative pH of the unknown substance. She A. number 7 on the pH scale is acidic
places a piece of blue litmus paper into
the substance, and the litmus paper stays B. below 7
blue.The substance in the beaker C. above 7
A. is a base. D. you can find acids all throughout the
B. has a neutral pH. scale

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 204

543. Which of the acid is found in milk? B. alkalis


A. Citric acid C. indicator
B. Lactic acid D. neutral substances
C. Tartaric acid
549. The Acid-Base classification system that
D. Sulphuric acid
defined a is any compound that can do-
544. An organic substance that changes color nate a proton (an H + ion) to an appropri-
ate acceptor. A is a compound that can

NARAYAN CHANGDER
in the presence of an acid or base
remove (or accept) a proton.
A. indicator
A. Bronsted-Lowry
B. inhibitor
B. Arrhenius acid-base
C. catalyst
D. salt C. Lewis acid-base
D. Monoprotic and Polyprotic Acids
545. How many moles of Cu are needed to re-
act with 5.8 moles of AgNO3? 550. Bleach has a pH of around 12. It is con-
A. 11.6 moles sidered a(n) on the pH scale.
B. 3.8 moles A. acid
C. 5.8 moles B. neutral
D. 2.9 moles C. element
546. Which of the following are properties of D. base
acids?
551. KOH will release which ion?
A. They conduct electricity when dis-
solved in water A. OH-
B. They taste sour B. H+
C. They react with metals to produce hy- C. OH+
drogen gas
D. H-
D. All of the answer choices are correct
E. none are correct
547. Select the formula for the following
acid:hydroiodic acid 552. Which is the correct set of acid properties,
A. HI as described by Boyle:

B. HIO4 A. sour taste, corrosive, change litmus


from red to blue
C. HIO3
B. sour taste, corrosive, change litmus
D. H2I
from blue to red
E. none are correct
C. sweet taste, slippery, change litmus
548. water soluble metallic oxides and hy- from blue to red
droxides are called D. sour taste, slippery, change litmus
A. bases from blue to red

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 205

553. turns into pink colour in alkaline solu- 558. Oranges have a [H3O+] of 1.7 x 10-2 M.
tion. Their pOH is
A. 1.77

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. methyl orange
B. red litmus paper B. 12.23
C. blue litmus paper C. 10.91
D. phenolphthalein D. 3.09
559. Which one is conc acid among them?
554. The difference between a strong and
weak acid is: A. HNO3
A. Strong acids stay intact in water weak B. CH3COOH
acids don’t C. NH4OH
B. Strong acids are slippery weak acids D. NaHSO4
aren’t 560. Neutral solutions have a pH of:
C. Strong acids break apart in water. A. 0
Weak acids stay intact
B. 1
D. Weak acids break apart in water most
C. 7
of the time, strong acids do all of the time.
D. 14
555. According to the Bronsted-Lowry theory,
which one of the following species could 561. To calculate the pOH from the pH, which
not react as an acid? formula should be used?
A. 14-pOH
A. HCl
B. 14-H+
B. CaO
C. -log (-pH)
C. H2O
D. 14-pH
D. CH3COOH
562. The laboratory technique used to deter-
E. HCN
mine the concentration of an unknown so-
556. Predict your products:H3PO4 + Ca(OH)2 lution.
→ A. neutralization
A. H2O + Ca2(PO4)3 B. titration
B. H2O + Ca3(PO4)2 C. experiment
C. H2O + CaPO4 D. buret
D. H2O + Ca2PO4 563. 0.9 M NaOH is load into a buret-initial
reading is 2.6 mL2) 100 mL of unknown
557. In the Bronsted/Lowry definition, an acid monoprotic acid is placed under the bu-
is referred to as which of the following: ret.3) 2 drops of phenolphthalein is added
A. an electron pair donor to the acid.4) The base is slowly added to
the acid until it turns pink.-final reading
B. a proton donor
from the buret is 23.6 mL.WHAT IS THE
C. an electron pair acceptor MOLARITY OF THE ACID?
D. a proton acceptor A. 0.9 M

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 206

B. 0.0189 M 569. Which of the following sample contains


the largest number of atom?
C. 0.189 M
A. 4.0 moles of HNO3
D. 21 M
B. 2.0 moles of H3PO4
564. A compound that produces hydrogen ions C. 8.0 moles of HBr
in a solution is a(n)
D. 6.0 moles HCIO
A. acid

NARAYAN CHANGDER
570. An industrially important element con-
B. base tains 26 electron and rusts in the presence
C. polymer of air and moisture .Identify the element
D. salt A. Aluminum
B. Potassium
565. For the acid-base titration combination of
C. Sodium
NaOH with 0.79 mol HCl, find the number
of moles of NaOH that would be the chem- D. Iron
ically equivalent amount of HCl.
571. If the quantity of H+ and OH-are equal,
A. 0.79 mol the pOH of the solution is
B. 1.6 mol A. 10
C. 0.38 mol B. 14
D. 3.2 mol C. 0
D. 7
566. little solute
572. What is the only substance with a neutral
A. dilute solution pH of 7?
B. concentrated solution A. Milk
C. changing concentration B. Orange Juice
D. Unsaturated Solution C. Water
D. Blood
567. Sulphuric acid is a
A. Strong acid 573. Sweat contains water and:
A. Citric acid
B. Weak acid
B. Lactic acid
C. Strong base
C. Salt
D. Neither strong nor weak
D. Vinegar
568. increase in temp = decrease in solubility
574. Feels slippery.
A. gas A. Acids
B. solid B. Bases
C. pressure C. Salts
D. solvents D. All

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 207

575. NH3 + H2O → NH4+ + OH-What is C. All


the conjugate acid according the Bronsted- D. Salts
Lowry model?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. NH3 581. Classify the following reaction:Cu(OH)2
→ CuO + H2O
B. H2O
A. Addition or synthesis
C. NH4+
B. Double-displacement or double re-
D. OH- placement
576. Which of the following represents the C. Decomposition
chemical formula for hydronium? D. Single-displacement or single replace-
A. H2O ment
B. H+ 582. The conjugate base of H2SO4 is
C. H3O+ A. H2SO3
D. OH- B. HSO4-
577. Which is the number of neutrons in 8035 C. H3SO4+
Br? D. SO4-2
A. 115 583. A student titrates 20.0 mL of 1.0 M
B. 45 NaOH with 2.0 M formic acid (weak mono-
C. 35 protic acid). Ka=1.8 x 10-4 .Which pH
range would a buffer made with formic
D. 80 acid be more effective? (hint:think of pka)
578. Which is NOT a property of bases? A. 0-2
A. Taste bitter B. 2-7
B. Feel slippery C. 7-12
C. Turn litmus paper blue D. 12-14
D. Taste sour 584. The actual change which occurs when
sodium hydroxide solution reacts with sul-
579. Which is the correct equilibrium constant
furic acid is:
expression for the following reaction?
Fe2O3(s) + H2(g)-> Fe(s) + H2O(g) A. 2Na+(aq) + SO42-(aq) → Na2SO4
(aq)
A. K = [H2O]3 / [H2]3
B. OH-(aq) +H+(aq) → H2O(l)
B. K = [Fe2O3] [H2]3 / [Fe]2[H2O]3
C. 2NaOH (aq) + H2SO4 (aq) → Na2SO4
C. K = [Fe]2[H2O]3 / [Fe2
(s) + 2H2O (l)
D. K= [Fe] [H2O] / [Fe2O3] [H2]
D. NaOH(aq) + H2SO4 (aq) → Na2SO4
E. K = [H2] / [H2O] (aq) + H2O (l)
580. Reacts with metals to form H2. 585. Plaster of Paris is a salt of:
A. Acids A. Potassium
B. Bases B. Copper

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 208

C. Sodium 591. Which is the correct set of acid proper-


ties?
D. Calcium
A. sour taste, corrosive, change litmus
586. neutral from red to blue
A. 0-7 B. sour taste, corrosive, change litmus
from blue to red
B. 7
C. sweet taste, slippery, change litmus
C. 7-14

NARAYAN CHANGDER
from blue to red
D. none of above D. sour taste, slippery, change litmus
from blue to red
587. A solution that contains more solute than
it would normally hold at that temperature 592. H 2 SO 3 is formula of
is said to be A. Sulfatic acid
A. saturated B. Sulfuric acid
B. unsaturated C. Sulfourous acid
C. supersaturated D. Sulphate acid
D. concentrated 593. In a reaction, an acid and a base pro-
duce a salt and a water.
588. Fizzy drinks (soda) contain:
A. concentrated
A. carbonic acid B. decomposition
B. sulfuric acid C. dilute
C. nitric acid D. neutralization
D. hydrochloric acid 594. sulfuric acid
589. Do acids and bases conduct electricity? A. hustle
(electrolytes) B. vast
A. Only acids conduct electricity C. H2SO4
B. Only bases conduct electricity D. H3SO4
C. Bases and acids conduct electricity 595. non-uniform mixture
D. Neither conduct electricity A. homogeneous
B. hetrogeneous
590. Using n = MV, calculate the number of
moles of sodium chloride in a 1.7 L solu- C. solvent
tion of 0.35 M. D. solution
A. 0.456 mol
596. 0.04 M NaOH is load into a buret-initial
B. 0.234 mol reading is 4.5 mL2) 60 mL of unknown
monoprotic acid, HA, is placed under the
C. 0.643 mol
buret.3) 2 drops of phenolphthalein is
D. 0.595 mol added to the acid.4) The base is slowly

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.1 Introduction to acids and bases 209

added to the acid until it turns pink.-final 602. Lime water is


reading from the buret is 34.6 mL.WHAT A. CaO
IS THE MOLARITY OF THE ACID?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Ca(OH)2
A. 0.04 M
C. CaCO3
B. 0.0012 M
D. CaCI2
C. 0.02 M
603. Bronsted-Lowry acids
D. 30.1 M
A. release H+ in solution
597. If you neutralize an acid with a base
B. donate H+ to another substance
what will be produced?
C. release OH-in solution
A. Sugar and water
D. receive OH-from another substance
B. Sugar and salt
C. Salt and water 604. What is 7 on the pH scale?
D. Water A. acid
B. base
598. Which of the following is used as an indi-
cator in the titration of a strong acid and C. neutral
a weak base? D. alkaline
A. Phenolphthalein
605. -well mixed and the same particles
B. Thymol blue throughout-smaller particles-don’t settle-
C. Fluorescein go through a filter
D. Methyl orange A. solution
B. suspension
599. What is the nature of metal oxide?
C. solute
A. Basic
D. solvent
B. Acidic
C. Neutral 606. Hydrochloric acid (HCI) reacts with cal-
cium to form hydrogen and calcium chlo-
D. None of the above
ride. If 100 grams of hydrochloric acid
600. Ammonia, NH3, can be classified as a with 100 grams of calcium chloride, what
base because in a chemical reaction with is the limiting reagent?
an acid, ammonia will A. Hydrochloric Acid
A. produce hydroxide ions in solution B. Calcium
B. produce hydronium ions in solution C. Calcium Chloride
C. donate a proton and become NH2- D. Hydrogen
D. accept a proton and become NH4+
607. Which is the number of protons in
601. What color is phenolphthalein in a base? 5626Fe
A. bright pink A. 30
B. light purple B. 82
C. sky blue C. 56
D. bright yellow D. 26

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 210

2.2 Reaction of acids and bases


1. The following is not a base 6. Which of the following would occur in an
A. soap acidic solution?

B. SOS cleaner A. blue litmus paper would turn red

C. Tums B. red litmus paper would turn blue


C. phenolphthalein would turn hot pink
D. vinegar

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. cabbage juice would turn green
2. Magnesium + Hydrochloric acid → +
7. A precipitation reaction takes place when
aqueous Na2CO3 reacts with aqueous
A. Magnesium chloride + water
Sn(NO3)2. You would expect one of the
B. Magnesium hydrochlorite + hydrogen products of this reaction to be
C. Magnesium chloride + hydrogen A. NaNO3 (aq)
D. Carbon dioxide + water + magne- B. NaSn (s)
sium chloride
C. Sn(CO3)2 (s)
3. Potassium carbonate reacts with an acid Y D. CNO3
to form potassium nitrate, water and car-
bon dioxide. What is the acid used for this 8. When nitric acid is added to magnesium
reaction? metal a reaction occurs and a gas is pro-
duced. The products of this reaction are:
A. HNO3
A. magnesium nitrate and hydrogen gas.
B. H2SO4
B. magnesium carbonate and carbon
C. HCl dioxide.
D. CH3COOH C. magnesium chloride and hydrogen
gas.
4. Which of the following would help you
identify a substance that is an acid? D. magnesium sulphate and carbon diox-
ide.
A. The formula ends with OH
B. The formula starts with H 9. Using Table J, select all metals that will
react with acids
C. The name ends with the word “acid”
A. Sr
D. The name ends with the word “hydrox-
ide” B. Sn
C. Cu
5. Identify the missing number that would
balance the following equation:2Ca + O2 D. Cr
> CaO E. Au
A. 1 10. Indicators
B. 2 A. have a very high pH
C. 3 B. change colour to show the pH of a sub-
D. 4 stance

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 211

C. change colour in the presence of salts 16. What salt would be made if you mixed hy-
D. have a very low pH drochloric acid with sodium hydroxide?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. sodium ethanoate
11. Level 6:Which reactant correctly balances
the following equation:4Al + → B. sodium chloride
2Al2O3? C. magnesium nitrate
A. 3O2 D. sodium hydrochloride
B. O3 17. The pH of vinegar is 2.5. Vinegar is a:
C. 3O A. Strong acid
D. 2O2 B. Strong base
12. What is the pH of a reaction between a C. Weak base
strong acid and strong base? D. Weak acid
A. 0
18. which in the following is the right equa-
B. 5 tion for reaction between metal carbon-
C. 10 ates and acid?
D. 7 A. Metal carbonate + hydrochloric acid
→ metal chloride + water + hydrogen
13. What gas is always produced when a
B. Metal carbonate + hydrochloric acid
metal reacts with water?
→ metal chloride + carbon dioxide
A. Oxygen
C. Metal carbonate + hydrochloric acid
B. Carbon dioxide → metal chloride + water + carbon diox-
C. Hydrogen ide
D. Carbon monoxide D. none of above

14. Which in the following is the right equation 19. Which shows a balanced chemical equa-
for sulfuric acid + Sodium hydroxide tion for the reaction between ammonium
nitrate and barium hydroxide?
A. SO2 + NaOH → Na2SO4 + H2O
A. NH4NO3 + Ba(OH)2 → Ba(NO3)2 +
B. H2SO4 + NaOH → Na2SO4 + H2O
H2O + NH3
C. H2SO4 + NaOH → Na2SO4 + H2 B. NH4NO3 + Ba(OH)2 → Ba(NH4)2(NO3)2
D. none of above + 2H2O + 2NH3
15. Four substances were tested for pH, lemon C. 2NH4NO3 + Ba(OH)2 → Ba(NO3)2 +
juice (pH 2), baking soda (pH 9), bleach 2H2O + 2NH3
(pH 12), and milk (pH 6). Which of the fol- D. 2NH4NO3 + Ba(OH)2 → Ba(NO3)2 +
lowing correctly lists the substances from H2O + NH3
most basic to acidic?
20. Some hydrochloric acid is added to marble
A. lemon juice, milk, baking soda, bleach chips in a test tube. The students observed
B. bleach, baking soda, milk, lemon juice bubbles and fizzing. The gas is
C. milk, lemon juice, baking soda, bleach A. Oxygen gas
D. baking soda, bleach, lemon juice, milk B. Carbon dioxide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 212

C. Hydrogen gas B. Base


D. nitrogen gas C. Element
21. How did you know that the metal/acid re- D. Metal
action was a neutralisation reaction
27. A neutralisation reaction produces
A. It Isn’t!
A. An acid
B. The reagents did not change oxidation
state B. A neutral substance

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. There was no reducing agent present C. Only water
D. Hydrogen gas was produced D. Salt and water
22. Which particle carries a positive charge? 28. Bases are what range on the pH scale?
A. Protons
A. 0-6.99
B. electrons
B. 7
C. atom
C. 7.1-14
D. neutrons
D. 0-14
23. What does the white section of the equa-
tion represent? H 2 2 H2CO3 29. Which of the following taste bitter?
A. Product A. Acids
B. reactant B. Bases
C. catalysts C. Salts
D. inhibitor D. All
24. Which of the following is MOST reactive?
30. Complete the following reaction:Sulphuric
A. Magnesium acid + sodium carbonate →
B. Lead A. Carbon dioxide + water
C. Tin B. calcium carbonate + water + carbon
D. Copper dioxide
E. Zinc C. Sodium sulphate + water + carbon
dioxide
25. Acid + Carbonate gives?
D. Sodium chloride + water + carbon
A. Salt + Hydrogen
dioxide
B. Salt + Water
C. Salt + Water + Carbon Monoxide 31. CaCO3 + HCl →

D. Salt + Water + Carbon Dioxide A. H2O + CO2


B. CaCl2 + H2O + CO2
26. Ammonia has a pH of 12. Ammonia is
a/an: C. CaCl3 + H2O+ CO2
A. Acid D. CaCl3 + H2O + CO

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 213

32. Indigestion occurs when 38. The PRODUCTS of a neutralization reac-


A. stomach acid rises into the oesopha- tion are always:

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


gus, causing burns, because it is corrosive A. acid and base
B. the pH in the stomach is too high, so B. acid and water
the stomach lining is damaged C. base and water
C. there is not enough stomach acid to di- D. salt and water
gest food sufficiently
D. stomach acid has reacted with carbon- 39. Which is the most reactive metal from this
ates to form carbon dioxide section-copper, potassium, lithium, magne-
sium?
33. The strongest acid is:
A. Copper
A. Ka = 4.2 x10-7
B. Potassium
B. Ka = 4.8 x10-11
C. Lithium
C. Ka = 1 x10-7
D. Zinc
D. Ka = 2.2 x10-7
40. Which of the following did Arrhenius theo-
34. Which of the following is not an acid? rize?
A. Hydrogen chloride A. An acid increases the concentration of
B. Hydrogen sulfate H+ ions in solution.
C. Sodium hydroxide B. A base increases the concentration of
OH-ions in solution.
D. Hydrogen nitrate
C. Acids and bases contain nonpolar
35. Hydrochloric Acid gives molecules.
A. Sulphates D. Because acids and bases carry electric
B. Mentos current, they must produce ions in solu-
tion.
C. Chlorides
D. Melody 41. pH is the measure of the concentration of

36. A weak acid A. Acids


A. is a concentrated solution B. H+ ion
B. dissociates completely C. OH-ion
C. is a dilute solution of OH ions D. Bases
D. partially dissociates
42. If a solution has a high concentration of H+
37. Neutral solutions will have a pH of ions, this solution would be
A. 2 A. acidic
B. 9 B. basic
C. 6 C. neutral
D. 7 D. can not be determined

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 214

43. In an exothermic reaction: C. Magnesium hydrochloride + hydro-


A. Energy is released, the temperature in- gen
creases D. Magnesium chloride + water + car-
B. Energy is absorbed, the temperature bon dioxide
decreases
49. What characteristic of a substance has to
C. The temperature remains the same change in order for it to act as an indica-
D. none of above tor?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. concentration
44. Which statement is incorrect for neutrali-
sation? B. color
A. Neutralisation is a redox reaction C. temperature
B. Water is always produced in a neutral- D. taste
isation reaction
50. HCO3-+ H2O → H3O+ + CO32-Water is
C. Neutralisation is an exothermic reac- acting as
tion
A. a Bronsted Lowry base
D. Weak acid can be neutralised by
strong base B. a Bronsted Lowry acid
C. a strong acid
45. The pH of an acidic solution is
D. a weak acid
A. less than 0
B. less than 7 51. The two tests for carbon dioxide are
C. greater than 7 A. It will extinguish a lit splint
D. greather than 14 B. It will cause a squeaky pop
46. Which chemical equation is correct? C. When bubbled through lime water it
turns the water cloudy
A. 2HCl + MgCO3 → MgCl2 + CO2 +
H2O D. It explodes taking your eyebrows with
it
B. H2SO4 + 2Fe → FeSO4 + H2
C. HCl + ZnO → ZnCl2 + H2 52. Which of the following substances is likely
to have a pH=7?
D. 2HNO3 + FeCO3 → FeNO3 + CO2
A. blood
47. What would be considered the strongest
base? B. vinegar

A. 8 C. bleach
B. 14 D. soda
C. 7.8 53. Acids have a pH range of
D. 11.6 A. 0-14
48. Magnesium + hydrochloric acid→ B. 1-6.9
A. Magnesium chloride + water C. 7
B. Magnesium chloride + hydrogen D. 7.1-14

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 215

54. Ammonia has a pH of 12. Ammonia is 59. As the pH of a solution gets lower, the so-
lution becomes more
A. an acid

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. acidic
B. a base
B. basic (or alkaline)
C. an element
C. neutral
D. a metal
D. ionic
55. Which of the apparatus here is not needed
for a titration experiment? 60. How do we test for hydrogen?

A. Pipette A. Squeaky pop test


B. Hydrogen extinguishes a lit splint
B. Conical flask
C. Bubbling through lime water
C. White tile
D. Hydrogen makes a glowing splint re-
D. Glass rod
light
56. Acid rain is caused by 61. Zinc + sulfuric acid →
A. pollutants in the air such as SO2 and A. Zinc sulfide + hydrogen
NO2 reacting with oxygen
B. Zinc sulfate + hydrogen
B. acids in the rain reacting with rocks
containing carbonates C. Zinc sulfate + Water +Carbon dioxide
D. Zinc sulfide + water
C. pollutants in the air such as SO2 and
NO2 reacting with water 62. Hydrochloric acid reacts with a metal to
D. global warming, heating the earth’s at- form
mosphere A. Metal + carbon dioxide
57. A sour taste is a characteristic of: B. Metal chlorine + hydrogen
A. acids C. Metal chloride + hydrogen

B. bases D. sodium hydroxide + water

C. neutral 63. The characteristic properties of an acid is


due to the presence of
D. pH scale
A. hydride ions
58. When a titration is complete, what two
B. hydroxyl ions
things are equal?
C. hydronium ions
A. the volume of acid and the volume of
base D. oxide ions
B. the moles of acid and the moles of 64. Which statement about the reaction of
base acids is correct?
C. the volume of hydrogen ions and the A. They react with ammonium salts to
volume of hydroxide ions form a salt and ammonia only.
D. the moles of hydrogen ions and the B. They react with metal carbonates to
moles of hydroxide ions give a salt and carbon dioxide only.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 216

C. They react with metal hydroxides to 70. Choose a neutralization reaction.


give a salt and water only. A. Metal oxide + acid → Salt + Water
D. They react with metals to give a salt, B. Metal carbonate +acid → Salt + Wa-
hydrogen and water only. ter + Carbon dioxide
65. In a neutralization reaction- C. Metal + acid → Salt + Hydrogen
A. only water is produced D. Metal Hydrogen carbonate +acid →
Salt + Water + Carbon dioxide
B. the metal from the acid and the non-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
metal from the base form the salt 71. Name the salt produced when react-
C. two bases react with each other ing potassium hydroxide and phosphoric
acid?
D. the metal from the base and the non-
A. potassium chloride
metal from the acid form the salt
B. potassium nitrate
66. When a glowing splint is put into oxygen
C. potassium sulfate
we will observe
D. potassium phosphate
A. the splint relight
B. the splint go out 72. Which salt is formed when hydrochloric
acid + magnesium metal react?
C. a squeaky pop
A. Hydrogen magnesium
D. no change
B. Magnesium chlorine
67. What is the formula of the salt formed C. Magnesium chloride
when Zinc reacts with hydrochloric acid D. Magnesium hydrogen
A. ZnCl
73. Which property is not associated with
B. ZCl acids?
C. ZnCl2 A. Sour taste
D. Zn2Cl2 B. strong acids can burn you
68. NH3 + H2O → NH4+ + OH-NH3 is a Bron- C. turns litmus paper blue
sted Lowry D. reacts with metals
A. Acid 74. What does Universal Indicator measure?
B. Base A. the pH of a solution
C. conjugate acid B. the color of an acid-base solution
D. conjugate base C. the strength of a neutral solution
69. Which shows a balanced chemical equation D. none of above
for the reaction between magnesium and 75. Which of the following substances is an
nitric acid? acid?
A. Mg + HNO3 → MgNO3 + H A. NaCl
B. Mg + HNO3 → MgNO3 + H2 B. NaOH
C. Mg + 2HNO3 → MgNO3 + H2 C. CO2
D. Mg + 2HNO3 → Mg(NO3)2 + H2 D. HCl

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 217

76. In a titration, the is the point at which 82. Which salt will be produced if copper car-
the indicator changes color and stays that bonate reacts with hydrochloric acid
way.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Copper carbonate
A. standard point
B. Copper chloride
B. pH point
C. Water
C. acid point
D. Carbon dioxide
D. end point
83. An acid reacts with a metal carbonate to
77. BASE + ACID → SALT +? produce
A. water
A. Salt, water and hydrogen gas
B. oxygen
B. Salt, water and carbon dioxide
C. hydrogen ion
C. Limewater
D. hydroxide ion
D. Salt and water
78. Sodium hydroxide + nitric acid ==>*you
can choose more than one answer 84. What is the range of pH values in an acidic
solution?
A. sodium nitrate
A. 1-6
B. sodium carbonate
C. carbon dioxide B. 8-14

D. water C. 3-9
E. hydrogen D. pH = 7

79. What completely ionizes in solution? 85. What are the 3 types of reactions of
A. Weak acids acids?

B. Strong acids A. Base, Salt, Carbonate


C. Strong Salts B. Metal, Salt, Carbonate
D. Neutral salts C. Base, Metal, Carbonate
D. Water, Metal Carbonate
80. Na + HNO3 →
A. Na + H2O + O2 86. Which alkali metal has the symbol Cs
B. NaH + NO2 A. Caesium
C. Na(NO3)2 + H2 B. Ceasium
D. NaNO3 + H2 C. Calcium
81. To make a neutral solution, the concentra- D. Sodium
tions of H+ ions compared to the concen-
tration of OH-ions should be 87. Which alkali metal is the least reactive?
A. Greater A. lithium
B. Less than B. sodium
C. Equal C. potassium
D. none of above D. rubidium

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 218

88. Four solutions are tested and found to C. Crystalisation


have the following pH values. Which
D. Evaporation
would be considered the weakest base?
A. 3 94. A displacement reaction is a chemical reac-
B. 14 tion in which a element displaces an-
other element
C. 8
A. Less
D. 7

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. The same
89. NaHCO3 + H2SO4 → H2O +
C. Moore
A. CO2
D. More
B. NaSO4 + CO2
C. Na2SO4 + CO2 95. Which term refers to the amount of acid or
base dissolved in a solution?
D. Na2(SO4)2 + CO2
A. concentrated or dilute
90. A chemical reaction between an acid and a
B. strong or weak
base, forming a salt and water is known
as C. neutral or charged
A. ionization D. acid or base
B. concentration
96. Which of the following will not undergo re-
C. neutralization action?
D. animation A. zinc metal + zinc oxide
91. What metal hydroxide is produced when B. iron metal + copper oxide
magnesium reacts with water? C. zinc metal + iron oxide
A. Copper hydroxide
D. magnesium + iron oxide
B. Magnesium oxide
C. Magnesium 97. What does the blue section of the equation
represent? H 2 2 → H2CO3
D. Magnesium hydroxide
A. reactants
92. Antacids work because they excess B. products
stomach acid.
C. synthesis
A. neutralize
D. catalyst
B. contain
C. acidify 98. Complete the general reactionMetal oxide
D. titrate + acid-→Salt +
A. Hydrogen
93. How do you separate an excess insoluble
reactant from a solution? B. Water
A. Filtration C. Hydrogen + Water
B. Precipitation D. Hydrogen + Oxygen

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 219

99. All base formulas end in 105. Predict the products of this reaction. HCl
A. H + Ca(OH)2

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. OH A. NaCl
B. CaCl2
C. any ending-it doesn’t matter
C. CaCl2 + H2O
D. H2O
D. H2O
100. What are the products when HBr and
Ba(OH)2 react with each other? 106. What is the name of the salt produced
when copper hydroxide react with nitric
A. BaBr2 acid?
B. BrBa2 and H2O A. copper carbonate
C. H2O and BaBr2 B. copper nitrate
D. BaBr and H2O C. copper nitric
101. The products of a neutralization reaction D. none of above
are always:
107. All solutions that fall between 0 and 6.9
A. an acid and a base. are
B. an acid and water. A. Acids
C. a base and water. B. Bases
D. a salt and water. C. Neutral

102. What are examples of indicators? D. Phytoplankton

A. litmus paper only 108. Symbols used in equations, together with


the explanations of the symbols, are
B. pH paper only
shown below. Which set is correct?
C. phenolphthalein only
A. (g), grams
D. All of the above are indicators
B. (l), liters
103. A base that only partly ionizes in a solu- C. (aq), dissolved in water
tion is a base. D. (lq), liquid
A. weak
109. A pH scale is
B. dilute
A. A corrosive substance that says a sub-
C. concentrated stance is an acid.
D. strong B. An indicator that tells if a substance is
an acid or base.
104. Which of the following substances is ba-
sic? C. A blue litmus paper.
A. soda D. A red litmus paper.
B. lemon juice 110. To test for oxygen gas we use
C. soap A. a lit splint
D. vinegar B. a glowing splint

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 220

C. limewater 116. What is the difference between base and


D. red litmus paper alkali
A. Alkalis are water insoluble bases
111. Which of the following is most likely to B. Alkalis are water soluble bases
be basic:
C. Both are same
A. Lemon juice
D. Alkali react with acids while bases
B. Vinegar don’t.

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Laundry detergent 117. What colour does the solution turn when
D. Coke sulfuric acid is added to copper carbon-
ate?
112. Which of the following would help you A. Blue
identify a substance that is a base?
B. Green
A. The formula ends with OH
C. Clear
B. The formula starts with H D. Purple
C. The name ends with the word “acid”
118. Which Group 1 Metal is the most reac-
D. The name ends with the word “hydrox- tive?
ide” A. Lithium
113. Which of the following substances is al- B. Sodium
kaline C. Potassium
A. dishwashing liquid D. Francium
B. vinegar 119. According to Table J, which of the follow-
C. distilled water ing metals will NOT react with an acid
D. milk A. Ni
B. Sn
114. Identify the salt in the following equa- C. Pb
tion:HNO3 + Zn(OH)2 → Zn(NO3)2 +
H2O D. Cu

A. HNO3 120. Complete the following word equa-


tion:Metalcarbonate + acid →
B. Zn(OH)2
A. Salt + Hydrogen
C. Zn(NO3)2
B. Salt + Water + Carbon Dioxide
D. H2O
C. Salt + Water
115. Which of the following metals do not re- D. none of above
act with acid?
121. What color does acid turn litmus paper?
A. copper A. It turns litmus paper purple.
B. silver B. It turns red litmus paper blue.
C. gold C. It turns blue litmus paper blue.
D. magnesium D. It turns blue litmus paper red.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 221

122. Which of the following is not a character- B. Base


istic of a base? C. Neutral

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. turns acid-base indicators different D. Ionization
colors
128. Which type of reaction is an acid base re-
B. feels slippery to the touch
action?
C. tastes sour A. combination
D. is an electrolyte B. single replacement
123. Complete the general reaction.Metal Car- C. double replacement
bonate + Acid → D. combustion
A. Salt + water 129. How do we measure how acidic or alkali
B. Water + Carbondioxide something is?
C. Salt + water + Carbon monoxide A. aH
D. Salt + water + Carbon dioxide B. bH
C. pH
124. What are the products when calcium car-
bonate reacts with sulphuric acid D. Hp
A. Calcium sulphate + water + carbon 130. Which salt will be produced if magnesium
dioxide react with hydrochloric acid?
B. Calcium sulphate + carbon dioxide A. Magnesium oxide
C. Calcium sulphate + water B. Magnesium sulfate
D. Calcium chloride + water + carbon C. Magnesium sulfide
dioxide D. Magnesium chloride
125. What is the name of the salt produced 131. An alkali is produced when
when Zinc hydroxide react with sulfuric A. A salt dissolves in water
acid?
B. A base dissolves in water
A. Zinc carbonate
C. An acid dissolves in water
B. Zinc sulfate
D. An acid reacts with a base
C. Zinc sulfuric
132. Acids react with
D. none of above
A. water to produce bases and salts
126. A characteristic of a base is B. salts to produce bases and water
A. Taste Sour C. neither bases, salts nor water
B. Taste Bitter D. bases to produce salts and water
C. Reacts with metal 133. Acid + Metal →?
D. Produces H3O or H+ Ions A. Salt + Water
127. Red litmus paper turns blue. This indi- B. Salt + Hydrogen
cates that the solution is a(an) C. Salt
A. Acid D. Hydrogen

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 222

134. Soap is a weak base. Bases taste: 140. Salts that are made with nitric acid are
A. Sour called
A. chlorides
B. Sweet
B. sulfates
C. Bitter
C. nitrates
D. Salty
D. carbonates
135. Copper oxide + hydrochloric acid → 141. Equal amounts of an acid and a base are

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Copper chloride and water mixed in a beaker. When neutralization
is complete, what is in the beaker besides
B. Copper hydroxide and chlorine
salt?
C. Copper chloride A. acid only
D. Copper chloride and hydrogen B. base only
136. Weaker bases have a pH closer to C. water

A. 8 D. none of above

B. 0 142. This indicates an acidic substance:


C. 14 A. [H+]<[OH-]
B. [H+]>[OH-]
D. 4
C. [H+]:[OH-]
137. The substance that dissolves the solute in D. none of above
a solution is the
143. What is the name of the salt product for
A. solvent
the reaction between hydrochloric acid and
B. sour sodium?
C. solute A. Sodium hydrogen chloride
D. hydrogen ions B. Sodium chloride
C. Sodium chlorate
138. Level 7:Balance this equation:H2 + N2 →
NH3 D. Sodium chlorine

A. H2 + 4N2 → NH3 144. Which are the correct products for these
reactants HCl + NaOH
B. H2 + 3N2 → 2NH3
A. HOH + ClNa
C. 3H2 + N2 → 2NH3
B. NaCl + H2O
D. 2H2 + 2N2 → 2NH3
C. H3O + NaCl2
139. Which of the following can be used to D. NaOH + Cl
make ammonia in the lab
145. Stronger acids have a pH closer to
A. Sodium A. 7
B. Pottasium B. 0
C. Sprite C. 14
D. Magnesium D. 9

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 223

146. which of these general equations are cor- 151. If you combine an acid and a base, this
rect? occurs.
A. acid + base → salt + water A. acidification

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. acid + metal carbonate → salt + car- B. basification
bon dioxide + water C. neutralization
C. acid + metal → salt + Hydrogen gas D. negativation

D. Acid + metal → salt + carbonate + 152. A student added dilute hydrochloric acid
hydrogen to four metals and recorded his results.
Which is correct
147. What acid would you need to make a Ni- A. No reaction with zinc
trate salt?
B. Gas given off with copper
A. Sulfuric Acid C. Gas given off with magnesium
B. Nitric Acid D. quickly reacts with iron
C. Hydrochloric Acid 153. Blue litmus paper turns red. This indi-
D. Ethanoic Acid cates you substance is a(an)
A. Acid
148. A solution with a pH of 5.0
B. Base
A. is basic C. Neutral
B. has a hydrogen-ion concentration of D. Ionized
5.0M
154. A substance that changes colour when it
C. is neutral is in contact with an acid or base is called
D. has a hydroxide-ion concentration of 1 a/an:
x 10-9 M A. Acid
B. Base
149. The pH of a solution is 8.43. What is the
hydronium ion H3O+ concentration? C. Neutralisor
A. 3.7 E-9 M D. Indicator

B. 2.7 E-6 M 155. Bases can feel

C. 1.0 E-8.43 M A. fuzzy


B. rough
D. 1.0 E-14
C. moldy
150. Level 7:Write the following chemical reac- D. slippery
tions:Calcium oxide combines with water
to form calcium hydroxide. 156. Which of the following substances is
likely to have a low pH? (pH <7)
A. CaO2 + H2O → Ca(OH)2
A. blood
B. CaO + H2O → CaH2 B. vinegar
C. Ca2O2 + H2O → CaH2 C. bleach
D. CaO + H2O → Ca(OH)2 D. soap

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 224

157. Which of the following is a pH for a C. 1.0 E-4 M


strong base?
D. 2.5 E-15 M
A. 1
163. Which of the following substances is
B. 8
likely to have a high pH? (pH >7)
C. 7
A. blood
D. 13
B. vinegar

NARAYAN CHANGDER
158. If carbon dioxide is present: C. bleach
A. A lit match will “explode” and make a
D. soda
popping sound
B. A glowing match will relight 164. magnesium hydroxide + nitric acid
==>*you can choose more than one an-
C. A lit match will go out (extinguish)
swer
D. none of above
A. magnesium nitrate
159. When the pH of your pool is too low, it B. magnesium carbonate
can irritate your skin, what do you need
to add to raise it C. carbon dioxide
A. salt (e.g. sodium chloride) D. water
B. chlorine E. hydrogen
C. hydrochloric acid 165. Which of the following values of pH will
D. sodium carbonate change red litmus paper blue?

160. Choose the correct acid or base name for A. 8.5


the following:Al(OH)3 B. 3.1
A. aluminum hydride C. 6.2
B. aluminum hydroxide D. 7.0
C. aluminum (III) hydride
166. Which of the following is not a salt?
D. aluminum hydroxide (III)
A. Sodium chloride
161. Which of these could be the pH of an
B. Magnesium nitrate
acidic substance?
C. Copper sulfate
A. 3
B. 7 D. Potassium hydroxide

C. 11 167. Properties of bases are


D. 13 A. feel soapy and neutralise acids
162. What is the hydronium ion concentration B. irritate your skin and react with metals
of 4.0 M H2SO4? to produce bubbles
A. 4.0 M C. taste sour and turn litmus red
B. 8.0 M D. have pH less than 7

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 225

168. what gas is produce after reaction be- C. Is part of a solid


tween metal carbonates and acids
D. none of above

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. hydrogen
B. oxygen 174. Choose the least reactive metal

C. carbon dioxide A. calcium


D. none of above B. magnesium

169. A is a compound formed in solution C. iron


from the negative ion of an acid and the D. copper
positive ion of a base.
A. detergent 175. What is ALWAYS found on the right side
of a chemical equation (what you end up
B. glycerin with)?
C. soap
A. reactants
D. salt
B. yield
170. Ca(OH)2 + 2HNO3 → C. products
A. Ca(NO)3 + H2O D. none of above
B. CaNO3 + H2O
C. ka(type)a + uh 176. The pH scale measures:

D. Ca(NO3)2 + H2O A. The strength of an acid


B. The strength of hydrogen ions
171. According to the pH scale, indicator will
turn red if a solution is C. The concentration of hydrogen ions in
A. Acidic a solution

B. Alkali D. The concentration of an acid

C. Neutral 177. A strong base is defined as a substance


D. Bored which

172. What is the purpose of an acid-base indi- A. donates protons very strongly.
cator? B. accepts protons very strongly.
A. To replace pH meter C. form many hydronium ions.
B. To determine the end point of the titra- D. dissociates almost completely.
tion
C. To determine colour changes during 178. Which of the following is NOT an ampho-
titration teric oxide?
D. none of above A. Aluminium oxide

173. What does the word insoluble mean? B. Lead (II) oxide
A. Does dissolve C. Magnesium oxide
B. Doesn’t dissolve D. Zinc oxide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 226

179. In which of the following reactions does 185. What are the reactants in a chemical
hydrogen get reduced? equation?
A. Cl2 + H2 → 2HCl A. shorthand showing the changes taking
B. 2H2 + O2 → 2H2O place in a chemical reaction (what is going
on)
C. Mg + 2H2O → MgO + H2
D. H never gets reduced B. The starting substance(s) in a chemi-
cal reaction (what goes in/left side)
180. Ranging from 0 to 14, a pH value in-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. The new substance(s) that are formed
dicates how acidic or basic a solution is.
in a chemical reaction (what goes
Which of these pH values would be a
out/right side)
strong acid?
A. 2 D. shorthand used to show how chemi-
cals bond together
B. 6
C. 9 186. Strong bases are
D. 13 A. weak electrolytes
181. ZnO + H2SO4 → B. strong electrolytes
A. ZnSO4 + H2 + O2 C. nonelectrolytes.
B. Zn(SO4)2 + H2O D. also strong acids
C. Zn(SO4)2 + H2
187. What type of gas is produced when an
D. ZnSO4 + H2O acid (e.g. HCl) reacts with a metal (e.g.
182. You test a solution with pH paper, and Mg)?
the paper turns blue. The solution is A. Carbon Dioxide
A. neutral B. Hydrogen
B. an acid
C. Oxygen
C. a base
D. Helium
D. an acid & a base
183. What is the formula of Nitric Acid? 188. Which equation is balanced correctly?

A. NO3 A. HCl → Cl2 + H2


B. H2NO3 B. 2HCl → Cl2 + H2
C. HN3 C. 2HCl → 2Cl2 + 2H2
D. HNO3 D. 2HCl → Cl2 + 2H2
184. which one is not produced after the reac-
189. Iron + Hydrochloric acid →?
tion between metal carbonates and acid
A. iron sulfate + water
A. hydrogen
B. water B. iron + hydrogen
C. carbon dioxide C. iron chloride + hydrogen
D. none of above D. iron chloride + water

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 227

190. Which of the follow pair of substances relieve heartburn, a person should take
will react to produce aluminium sulfate and medicine that is:
water? *you need to choose two options

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Neutral
as your answer.
B. Basic
A. aluminium carbonate
C. Acidic or basic
B. aluminium hydroxide
C. hydrochloric acid D. acidic

D. sulfuric acid 196. In a Redox reaction what is displaced


E. nitric acid A. Answer
191. When acid reacts with a base, the prod- B. Sprite
uct of the reaction is C. Hydrogen
A. salt + H2 D. NH3
B. salt + H2O
197. The pH of a carbonated drink is
C. salt + CO2 + H2O
A. equal to 7
D. none of above
B. more than 7
192. Which terms refer to how well an acid or
C. less than 7
base ionizes in a solution?
A. strong or weak D. approximately 7.8

B. concentrated or dilute 198. How do acidic solutions taste?


C. neutral or charged A. Delicious
D. acid or base B. Sweet
193. Which one of these is not an acid? C. Bitter
A. Citric D. Sour
B. Aspartic
199. What is the name of this ion:H3O+?
C. Caustic
A. helium ion
D. Hydrochloric
B. hydrogen ion
194. A base react with an acid to form only C. hepatic ion
A. Salt D. hydronium ion
B. Water
200. Which of the following is NOT an alkali
C. they don’t react metal
D. Salt and water
A. Li
195. The oesophagus is the tube that connects B. Cl
the mouth to the stomach. Heartburn oc-
C. K
curs when some of the stomach juices flow
backwards up the oesophagus. To help D. Cs

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 228

201. An acid base reaction always produces C. An alkali


D. none of above
A. water
B. carbon dioxide and water 207. which one of these is an alkali?

C. a salt and water A. metal hydroxide


D. two ionic compounds B. metal oxide

202. What are the products of the following C. metal carbonate

NARAYAN CHANGDER
reaction:Hydrochloric acid + calcium car- D. Alkali metals
bonate →
A. Calcium chloride + water + carbon 208. Complete the following reaction:HNO3 +
dioxide Ca(OH)2 →

B. Calcium hydroxide + water A. Ca(NO3)2 + H2O


C. Calcium hydroxide + water + carbon B. Ca +H2O
dioxide C. Ca(NO3)2 + H2
D. There is no reaction D. Ca(NO3)2 + H2O + CO2
203. When a metal reacts with water what
gas is produced? 209. An acid on the pH scale would have a pH
of
A. Nitrogen
A. between 0-6
B. Carbon dioxide
B. 7
C. Hydrogen
D. Helium C. between 7-14
D. anywhere on the pH scale. There is not
204. Which alkali metal is most reactive out of set place for acids.
the following
A. rubidium 210. What is the name of the salt produced
B. potassium when Zinc hydroxide react with hydrochlo-
ric acid?
C. sodium
A. Zinc carbonate
D. lithium
B. Zinc chloride
205. The reaction, 2Fe + 3Cl2 → 2FeCl3, is an
C. Zinc chloric
example of which type of reaction?
A. Redox D. none of above
B. Precipitation 211. This is one way to show a neutral sub-
C. Acid-base stance:
D. Combustion A. [H+]=[OH-]

206. A solution of pH 8 is B. [H+] [OH-]


A. Neutral C. [H+]<[OH-]
B. An acid D. [H+]>[OH-]

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 229

212. Identify the complete ionic reaction for 217. What is missing from this word equation
products of this reaction:(final answer is Lithium + → Lithium nitrate + hy-
not balanced)HCl + Mg(OH)2 → drogen

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. → MgCl2 + H2O(l) A. Nitric acid
B. → Mg2+ + Cl-+ H2O(l) B. Hydrochloric acid
C. → Mg2+ + Cl-+ H+ + O2- C. Sulphuric acid

D. → MgCl2 + H2O(l) + CO2(g) D. Water

218. What is the name of the base that can


213. When a metal reacts with an acid what
produce NH4NO3?
gas is made?
A. HNO3
A. Hydrogen
B. HCl
B. Oxygen
C. NH4OH
C. Nitrogen
D. NH3
D. Helium
219. Which one conducts electric current
214. Which of the following values of pH will A. acid
change blue litmus paper red?
B. base
A. 8.2
C. both
B. 12.6
D. neither
C. 7.0
220. HNO3 + H2O → H3O+ + NO31-NO31-is
D. 3.4 the conjugate base of
215. Acid + carbonate →? A. H2O
A. salt + water B. HNO3

B. salt + water + carbon dioxide C. H3O+


D. none of the above
C. salt + carbon dioxide
D. salt + hydrogen gas + water 221. Identify the products of the following re-
action:CaCO3 + 2HCl →
216. Your lab partner tastes one of the chem- A. Calcium hydrogen carbonate and chlo-
icals and announces that it tastes bitter. rine gas
You conclude that
B. Calcium chloride and water
A. your lab partner is very foolish for vi-
C. Calcium oxide, carbon dioxide and wa-
olating such and important safety rule
ter
and should seek medical attention imme-
diately D. Calcium chloride, carbon dioxide and
water
B. the substance is a base
C. the substance is an acid 222. This indicates a neutral solution:

D. the substance is a salt (ionic com- A. pH > 7


pound) B. pH < 7

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 230

C. pH = 7 228. Which of the following is the correct bal-


anced equation for Mg + O2 → MgO
D. none of above
A. 2Mg + O2 → 4MgO
223. If 25mL of 1M HCl neutralizes 20mL of B. 2Mg + 2O → 2MgO
NaOH then what is the concentration of
the NaOH? C. 2Mg + O2 → 2MgO
D. Mg + O2 → MgO2
A. 0.8 M
229. sodium hydrogen carbonate when added

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. 1 M
to acetic acid evolves a gas .which of the
C. 1.25 M statement is true about the gas evolved
D. 5.55 M A. it turns lime water milky
224. what does the pH stand for B. it burns with a pop sound

A. potential hydrogen C. it changes the soln colorless


D. it has a pungent smell
B. Number of acids
C. number of bases 230. Sulfuric acid reacts with sodium hydrox-
ide to form salt X and water. Name the
D. i honestly don’t know salt.
225. Which of the following is the most reac- A. sodium sulfate
tive in water? B. sodium nitrate
A. Lithium C. sodium chloride
B. Sodium D. sodium acetate
C. Potassium 231. All solutions that fall in the range of 7.1
D. none of above to 14 on the pH scale must be
A. Acid
226. A strong acid in solution is B. Bases
A. mostly molecules C. Neutral
B. mostly ions D. Ionized
C. both molecules and ions
232. What is the pH of a 1 x 10-4 M HCl so-
D. mostly water lution?
A. 4
227. When you place blue litmus paper into an
unknown clear solution, the blue litmus pa- B. 6
per turns red.Which of the following repre- C. 8
sents the most logical conclusion?
D. 10
A. The substance has a pH value of “2”.
233. Which one of these is an example of an
B. The substance is a base. acid?
C. The substance has a pH value of “7”. A. Bleach
D. The substance is acidic. B. Hand soap

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 231

C. Sodium hydroxide 239. The positive result for a lit splint test
D. Lemon juice A. gives a squeaky pop

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. shows the presence of hydrogen
234. All Acids Contain
C. has the splint relights
A. Hydrogen Ions H+
D. has the splint goes out
B. Hydroxide Ions OH-
240. The pH of the strongest acid is
C. Oxide Ions O-
A. 4
D. Nitronium Ions NO2+
B. 10
235. Sodium hydroxide react with dilute sul- C. 2
phuric acid to form sodium sulphate and
D. 7
water. The ionic equation for this reaction
is 241. Iron + copper oxide =
A. 2NaOH + H2SO4 → Na2SO4 + 2H2O A. Iron + copper oxide
B. Na+1 + SO4-2-→ Na2SO4 B. Iron oxide + copper oxide
C. Na+1 + OH-1 + H+ + SO4-2 - C. Iron oxide + copper
→Na+1 + SO4-2 + 2H2O D. Magic
D. H+ + OH-1-→ H2O
242. What are the products for the reaction of
236. Pure water is on the pH scale. metal with acid? Metal + acid → metal
salt + hydrogen
A. Acid
A. Metal salt and hydrogen
B. Base B. Metal salt
C. Neutral C. Metal
D. none of above D. Acid

237. Salts that are made with hydrochloric 243. A glowing splint placed in oxygen gas
acid are called will
A. chlorides A. Do nothing
B. sulfates B. Get wet

C. nitrates C. Relight

D. carbonates D. Cause a squeaky pop

244. HCl +H2O → H3O+ + Cl-is an example


238. Acid + Base makes what? of
A. Salt A. ionization of an acid
B. saltwater B. ionization of a base
C. an explosion C. neutralization of a base
D. Water D. neutralization of an acid

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 232

245. Which will dissociate the least? 251. Which of the following statements are
A. HCl true about acids? I Acid solutions have pH
values less than 7.II Acids can react with
B. H2SO4 metals to produce hydrogen gas.III Acids
C. HNO3 can react with all bases to produce carbon
dioxide gas.IV Acids have a sour taste.
D. HCOOH
A. I, II and III
246. What is ALWAYS found on the right side
B. I, II and IV

NARAYAN CHANGDER
of a chemical equation?
C. I, III and IV
A. Reactants
D. II, III and IV
B. Yield
C. Products 252. Complete the following reac-
tion:Hydrochloric acid + magnesium hy-
D. none of above droxide →
247. Bases turn litmus A. Magnesium chloride + water
A. blue B. Magnesium + water
B. red C. Magnesium chloride + hydrogen gas
C. orange D. Magnesium chloride + water + car-
bon dioxide
D. yellow
253. What are properties of acids?
248. A type of chemical that forms solutions
that taste sour, due to high concentrations A. Bitter, slippery, pH above 7
of positive hydrogen ions B. Sour, reacts with metals, pH below 7
A. acid C. Sour, reacts with metals, pH above 7
B. base D. Bitter, pH of 7, does not react with met-
C. salt als

D. pH 254. What are the products of the following


reaction:Sulfuric acid + sodium hydroxide
249. Metals and acids react to form →
A. Salt and hydrogen A. Sulfur dioxide
B. Salt and water B. Sodium sulfate + carbon dioxide
C. Carbon dioxide, salt and water C. Hydrochloric acid + water
D. Hydrogen only D. Sodium sulfate + water
250. What color does bases turn litmus pa- 255. Which of the following is NOT a charac-
per? teristic of most metals?
A. It turns litmus paper purple. A. Brittle
B. It turns blue litmus paper red. B. Good conductor
C. It turns red litmus paper blue. C. Ductile
D. It turns red litmus paper re D. Malleable

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 233

256. Metal carbonates react with acid to form 262. Vinegar is an example of
A. Salt, carboxylic acid and water A. A base

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Salt and carbonated water B. An acid
C. Salt, carbon dioxide and water
C. A neutral substance
D. Salt and hydrogen
D. none of above
257. HC2H3O2 + H2O → H3O+ + C2H3O21-
HC2H3O2 is acting as 263. What type of gas is produced when an
acid (e.g. vinegar) reacts with a carbon-
A. a conjugate base
ate (e.g. baking soda)?
B. a Bronsted Lowry base
A. Carbon Dioxide
C. a Bronsted Lowry acid
B. Hydrogen
D. none of the above
C. Oxygen
258. Which of the following substances is a
base? D. Helium
A. NaCl 264. Write the following chemical reac-
B. NaOH tion:Potassium reacts with Hydrochloric
C. CO2 acid to produce potassium chloride plus
hydrogen
D. HCl
A. 2K + 2HCl → 2KCl + H2
259. Base and acid can cancel each other when
they react. the reaction of acid and base B. 2K + HCl2 → KCl + H
is called reaction C. K + 2HCl → KCl + H2
A. displacement D. K2 + HCl→ KCl + H2
B. neutralisation
265. When producing a soluble salt in a reac-
C. oxidation
tion between an acid and an alkali, how
D. none of above can you prepare dry solid crystals from the
260. What are the products of the neutraliza- solution?
tion shown below? Ca(OH)2 + H2CO3 → A. Filtration
A. H2O + Ca2CO3 B. Neutralisation
B. CaO + CO3 C. Condensation
C. H2O + CaCO3
D. Evaporation/crystallisation
D. none of above
266. A solution has a pH of 8.3, the solution
261. Salt water did not react with the Red or
must contain
Blue litmus paper. This must mean
A. an acid
A. Salt water is a Base
B. Salt water is an Acid B. a base
C. Salt water is neutral C. salt
D. Salt water is charged D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 234

267. Predict the salt for the reaction between 273. A Precipitate forms
Al(OH)3 + HMnO4 A. when a gas is bubble through a liquid
A. H2O + Al(MnO4)3 B. a lighter taper causes a gas to burn
B. H2O + HOH C. in a liquid or gas after a reaction and
C. H2O + AlMnO4 causes cloudiness (caused by a solid form-
ing)
D. HAl
D. none of above

NARAYAN CHANGDER
268. When an acid and a base are mixed to-
gether: 274. Corrosive
A. The acid becomes stronger A. Acids
B. The base becomes stronger B. Bases
C. There is no change C. All

D. They neutralise each other D. none of above

269. A neutralisation reaction gives 275. What are the 2 products of a metal react-
ing with an acid?
A. Water
A. Salt + water
B. Coca Cola
B. Salt + hydrogen
C. Water and Coca Cola
C. Hydroxide + water
D. Water and Salt
D. Hydroxide + hydrogen
270. Which of the following is not an alkali
276. Mg + H2SO4 → + H2
(base)?
A. MgH2
A. Magnesium chloride
B. MgS + 2O2
B. Sodium hydroxide
C. MgSO4
C. Silver hydroxide
D. Mg(SO4)2
D. Aluminium hydroxide
277. A dilute acid
271. What is KOH?
A. can be either a strong or weak acid
A. Acid
B. is a weak acid
B. Base
C. is a strong acid
C. Salt
D. a strong base
D. None of the above
278. What are the correct products for the fol-
272. An acid reacts with metal to produce lowing reactants HCl + NaOH →
A. Carbon dioxide A. HOH + CrNa
B. Hydrogen gas B. NaCl + H2O
C. Hydrogen gas and water C. H3O + NaCl2
D. Salt and hydrogen gas D. NaOH + Cl-

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 235

279. Nitric acid reacts with metals to make 284. Zinc + nitric acid →?
which type of salt? A. zinc sulfate + water

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Nitrite B. zinc sulfate + hydrogen
B. Nitrate C. zinc nitrate + hydrogen
C. Nitroxide D. zinc chloride + water
D. Knitting patterns
285. What is the hydroxide ion concentration,
280. Which of the following would be TRUE [OH-] in a 0.10 M HCl solution?
regarding acid/base reactions? I. Acids A. 1
donate electronsII. Bases produce OH-ions B. 13
when in waterIII. In a neutralization reac-
tion, H2O is a product C. 1 x 10-13

A. I only D. 1 x 10-1

B. I and II only 286. What is the Acid that makes vinegar?


C. II and III only A. Citric
D. I, II, and III B. Ethanoic
C. Formic
281. A chemist is analyzing a substance
known to be an Arrhenius acid. Which of D. Hydrochloric
the following substances could it be?
287. A pH level of 7 indicates
A. H2O A. acid
B. HNO3 B. base
C. KOH C. neutral
D. NH3 D. none of the following
282. If potassium reacts with water what are 288. What are the reactants for the reaction
the 2 products of the reaction? of metal with water? Metal + water →
A. potassium hydroxide + oxygen metal hydroxide + hydrogen
B. potassium hydroxide + hydrogen A. Metal

C. potassium + hydrogen oxide B. Water

D. Potassium hydroxide + hydrogen ox- C. Metal and water


ide D. Metal hydroxide and hydrogen

283. How would you test for the gas prod- 289. For his chemistry project, So-
uct from the reaction between hydrochloric han pours dilute acid over crushed
acid and sodium? eggshells. He sees bubbles forming
during the reaction.Identify the gas re-
A. Limewater
leased.Note:Crushed egg shell contains
B. Squeeky pop test calcium carbonate (CaCO3)
C. Glowing splint test A. H2
D. Universal indicator B. CO2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 236

C. CO 295. A solution with known concentration are


known as
D. H2O
A. Known solution
290. Level 8:Which of the following is the cor- B. Standard solution
rect balanced equation for H2S + KBrO3
→ K2S + HBrO3 C. Aqueous solution

A. H2S + KBrO3 → K2S + HBrO3 D. none of above

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. 2H2S + 3KBrO3 → K2S + 2HBrO3 296. The formula HCl stands for
C. 3H2S + KBrO3 → 3K2S + HBrO3 A. hydrochloric acid

D. H2S + 2KBrO3 → K2S + 2HBrO3 B. hydrogen peroxide


C. sodium hydroxide
291. Soap turned blue with universal indicator,
D. the hydronium ion
so it’s a(n)
A. acid 297. Acid + base →?

B. base A. salt + hydrogen gas + water


B. salt + carbon dioxide + water
C. neutral
C. salt + water
D. none
D. salt only
292. An extremely strong base would have a
298. What is the missing number to balance
pH of:
this equation? Mg + HCl → MgCl2 +
A. 1 H2
B. 7 A. 1
C. 9 B. 2
D. 14 C. 3
D. 4
293. Which of the formulas below represents
hydronium ions? 299. What type of reaction is this? 2 K +
FeCl2 → 2KCl + Fe
A. OH+
A. Displacement
B. OH-
B. Replacement
C. H3O+
C. Neutralisation
D. H3O-
D. Combustion
294. What is the salt formed from the reaction 300. What type of reaction occurs between an
of hydrochloric acid + magnesium metal? Alkali and an Acid?
A. Hydrogen magnesium A. Hydrolysis
B. Magnesium chlorine B. Hydration
C. Magnesium chloride C. Dehydration
D. Magnesium hydrogen D. Neutralisation

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 237

301. Which of the following is a positive test 306. How many atoms are there in CH4?
for hydrogen gas? A. 6

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Splint will continue to burn in presence B. 5
of hydrogen gas.
C. 4
B. Lighted splint extinguishes with no
D. 1
sound.
C. A white precipitate is formed when the 307. What is considered to be in the middle of
gas is passed through limewater. the pH scale
A. acidic
D. Lighted splint extinguishes with a ‘pop’
sound in presence of hydrogen gas. B. neutral
C. basic
302. Which salt would be formed by reacting
cobalt carbonate and hydrochloric acid? D. indicator

A. Cobalt sulfate 308. H3PO4 is an example of a


B. Cobalt chloride A. acid

C. Cobalt hydroxide B. base


C. salt
D. Cobalt sulfide
D. none of above
303. What two substances would you add to
make Magnesium Chloride? 309. Which of the following statements cor-
rectly describe the observation when an
A. All of the below alkali is added to acids?
B. Magnesium + Chlorine A. limewater turn cloudy
C. Magnesium + Hydrochloric Acid B. the solution feels warm
D. Magnesium Carbonate + Hydrochlo- C. white precipitate form in limewater
ric Acid D. effervescence occur
304. Which Reaction is a redox reaction E. bubbles are form
A. Acids and Bases 310. chemical reactions occurs when
B. Carbonates and Acids A. there are bubbles
C. Metals and Acids B. temperature changes
D. Acids and Coca Cola C. color changes
D. all of these
E. Coca Cola and Metals
311. A gas is escaping from a pipe in a chemi-
305. What is the name of the acid that can pro- cal plant.A chemist tests this gas and finds
duce NH4NO3? that it is alkaline. What is this gas?
A. HNO3 A. ammonia
B. HCl B. chlorine
C. NH4OH C. hydrogen
D. NH3 D. sulfur dioxide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 238

312. What is the complete ionic equation 316. Select all of the following that WILL react
of the reaction between H2SO4(aq) and with H2
NaOH(aq)? A. Sodium
A. 2H+ + SO42-+ 2Na+ + 2OH-→ B. Rubidium
H2O(l) + 2Na+ + 2SO42-
C. Copper
B. H2SO4 (aq) + 2Na+ + 2OH-→
2H2O(l) + 2Na+ + SO42- D. Cobalt

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. 2H+ + SO42-+ 2Na+ + 2OH-→ 317. Which of the following is NOT a charac-
2H2O(l) + 2Na+ + SO42- teristic of a base?
D. H2SO4(aq) + 2NaOH(aq) → 2H2O(l) A. feels slippery
+ Na2SO4(aq) B. taste sour

313. Which of the following statements are C. is a electrolyte


true about bases? I Bases are oxides and D. turns litmus paper red
hydroxides of metals. II Most of the bases
are not soluble in water.III Reaction of 318. The general formula for a neutralisation
bases and water is known as neutralisa- reaction is:
tion.IV Bases that are soluble in water are A. Acid + alkali → salt + water
known as alkalis.
B. Acid + alkali → salt + hydrogen
A. I, II and III
C. Acid + metal → salt + hydrogen
B. I, II and IV
D. Acid + metal →salt + water
C. I, III and IV
319. Complete the following reaction:H3PO4
D. II, III and IV + NaOH →
314. Which of the following reactions is incor- A. Na3PO4 + H2O
rect? B. Na +H2O
A. Acids + Metal → Salt + Hydrogen C. Na3PO4 + H2
gas
D. Na3PO4 + H2O + CO2
B. Acids + Metal carbonate → Salt +
Carbon dioxide + Water 320. Alkali is a base that in water
C. Acids + Metal oxide → Salt + Carbon A. dissolve
dioxide + Water B. react
D. Acids + Metal hydroxide → Salt + C. solidify
Water D. none of above
315. Which of these is a proton donor? 321. What is a characteristic of an acid
A. buffer A. taste bitter
B. base B. turns litmus paper blue
C. water molecule C. feels slippery
D. acid D. is corrosive

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 239

322. When an equal strength acid and base are C. H2O + KSO4
mixed, what kind of chemical reaction oc- D. H2 + K2SO4
curs?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


328. How can you tell that a metal is reacting
A. Neutralization
with water?
B. Combustion
A. Colour change
C. Oxdation B. Bright light
D. Decomposition C. Fizzing
323. Neutralisation reactions must make D. It gets colder
which two products? 329. If oxygen is present:
A. carbonate A. A lit match will “explode” and make a
B. salt popping sound
C. pepper B. A glowing match will relight
D. water C. A lit match will go out (extinguish)
D. none of above
324. These can burn you if they are strong
enough. 330. Which on of the following household
items has a pH of 4.5?
A. Acids
A. Vinegar
B. Bases
B. tomato ketchup
C. Water
C. bleach
D. Acids & Bases
D. pepto-bismol
325. What represents the correct number of
331. What salt is produced if you react sodium
atoms in this compound:(NH4)3
hydroxide with hydrochloric acid?
A. N=1, H=12
A. sodium hydroxide
B. N=3, H=12 B. sodium sulfate
C. N=3, H=4 C. sodium nitrate
D. N=3, H=3 D. sodium chloride
326. Which of the following chemical reactions 332. Is hydrogen an alkali metal?
represents an acid-base reaction? A. no
A. HBr + KOH → KBr + H2O B. yes
B. ZnCl2 + MgSO4 → ZnSO4 + MgCl2 C. maybe
C. H2SO4 + CaCl2 → CaSO4 + HCl D. none of above
D. NH4OH + KCl → KOH + NH4Cl 333. Tastes sour
327. What are the products of the following A. acid
reaction? H2SO4 + KOH → B. base
A. H2O + K2SO4 C. neutral
B. HK + HSO4 D. both acids & bases

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 240

334. To test for hydrogen you 340. What is the H3O+ concentration for a 1.0
A. use a lit splint E-2 M solution of NaOH?
A. 1.0 E-2 M H3O+
B. use a glowing splint
B. 1.0 E-12 M H3O+
C. add anhydrous copper sulphate
C. 2
D. bubble the gas through limewater
D. antilog (1.0 E-2 M H3O+)
335. When a hydrogen ion is released what 341. Hydrochloric acid + sodium hydroxide →

NARAYAN CHANGDER
does the solution become? sodium chloride + water
A. Basic A. This reaction is a neutralisation reac-
B. Acidic tion
C. Amphoteric B. This reaction is a combustion reaction
C. This reaction is an oxidation reaction
D. Proton
D. This reaction is salty
336. How can you tell if something is an acid,
base or salt? 342. What would be the correct oxidation
state of N and O respectively in KNO 3?
A. use an indicator
A. +1 and-2
B. taste it B. +1 and-2
C. mix it with water C. +5 and-2
D. add food coloring D. +5 and-1

337. Which is a soluble base in water? 343. Metal oxide + acid →


A. Fe(OH)3 A. Salt and water
B. Cu(OH)2 B. Salt and hydrogen
C. Salt, carbon dioxide and water
C. Zn(OH)2
D. Salt and vinegar
D. NaOH
344. The pH of an unknown solution is tested
338. At what pH is a solution neutral? and it is determined that the solution is ba-
A. 0 sic. What was the pH?
B. 7 A. 3
B. 9
C. 14
C. 7
D. none of above
D. 5
339. A neutralization reaction yeilds what two
345. What are the reactants if sodium hydrox-
products?
ide and hydrogen are made?
A. Acid + Base A. Sodium + oxygen
B. Water + Salt B. Sodium + hydrochloric acid
C. Water + Neutral C. Sodium + sulfuric acid
D. Soap + Lemon D. Sodium + water

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 241

346. Choose the correct acid or base name for 352. A characteristic of an Acid is
the following. HF A. Usually a cleaning supply

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. fluoric acid B. Slippery feeling
B. hydrofluoric acid C. Taste Bitter
C. hydrofluorous acid D. Taste Sour
D. hydrogen fluoride
353. Iron (II) carbonate + hydrochloric acid pro-
347. Complete the general reactionMetal+acid duces
→ Salt +
A. Iron chloride + hydrogen
A. Nitrogen
B. Iron chloride + carbon dioxide + wa-
B. Hydrogen ter
C. water C. Iron hydroxide + acid
D. Sodium Chloride D. Iron chloride + carbon dioxide
348. What type of reaction is shown? Acid + 354. Metals that react quickly/strongly with
Base → Salt + Water water and acids are called?
A. Combustion A. Reactive
B. Neutralization B. Unreactive
C. Physical C. Dangerous
D. Nuclear D. Corrosive
349. Releases hydrogen in an aqueous solu- 355. Which compound is the conjugate base?
tion. HCO3-+ HCl ==> H2CO3 + Cl-
A. base A. HCO3-
B. strong base B. HCl
C. acid C. H2CO3
D. weak base
D. Cl-
350. What is the term that describes the reac-
356. Name the products of the following reac-
tion between acid and base?
tion:Sulfuric Acid + Magnesium →
A. acid base reaction
A. Magnesium acid + hydrogen
B. acidification
B. Magnesium Chloride
C. double replacement
C. Magnesium sulfide + water
D. neutralization
D. Magnesium sulfate + hydrogen
351. If magnesium reacts with hydrochloric
acid, what will be made? 357. Nihal washes his bicycle, made of zinc
(Zn) with an acid. He observes tiny bub-
A. magnesium hydroxide + hydrogen bles on the surface of the bicycle. They
B. magnesium hydroxide + oxygen must be
C. magnesium chloride + hydrogen A. CO
D. magnesium chloride + oxygen B. H2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 242

C. CO2 363. What will the products of this reaction


be? calcium + zinc nitrate →
D. H2O
A. Calcium + zinc nitrate
358. Which reaction is NOT a neutralisation re- B. Zinc + calcium nitrate
action
C. there will be no reaction
A. Metal + acid
D. Zinc + calcium chloride
B. Acid + Base

NARAYAN CHANGDER
364. Which sentence below best describes
C. Acid + Metal Carbonate
how the pH changes when an alkali(Base)
D. none of above is neutralised by an acid?
A. The pH stays the same
359. What is the name of the process where
an equal strength acid and alkali(Base) B. The pH stays the same but then drops
cancel each other out? rapidly to pH 7.

A. Cancelisation C. The pH drops gradually as more and


more acid is added to the mixture.
B. Neutralisation
D. The pH goes straight to 7 as soon as
C. Neutralology any of the acid is added.
D. Waterification
365. Which is not a typical property of an
acid?
360. What can we use to show a reaction took
place? A. They react with alkalis producing wa-
ter.
A. speedometer
B. They react with all metals producing
B. indicator hydrogen.
C. water C. They react with carbonates producing
D. vinegar carbon dioxide.
D. They turn litmus paper red.
361. What is the formula for Sulfuric Acid
366. What color does an acid turn an indica-
A. HSO4
tor?
B. H3SO3 A. Blue
C. H2SO3 B. Red
D. H2SO4 C. Purple

362. Which acid was used to make the salt D. Orange


magnesium sulphate? 367. This indicates a base:
A. hydrochloric acid A. pH > 7
B. sulphuric acid B. pH < 7
C. nitric acid C. pH = 7
D. formic acid D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 243

368. Which gas is formed when a metal reacts 374. Which pH level indicates a strong alkali?
with an acid? A. 1-3

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. oxygen, O2 B. 4-6
B. chlorine, Cl2 C. 8-11
C. hydrogen, H2 D. 12-14
D. carbon dioxide, CO2
375. What is a titration?
369. cutting your hair is A. when the moles of hydrogen ions is
A. a physical change equal to the moles of hydroxide ions
B. a chemical change B. adding a known amount of solution
of known concentration to determine the
C. a chemical reaction
concentration of an unknown
D. an endothermic reaction C. reaction in which an acid and a base
370. an alkali is react in an aqueous solution to produce a
salt and water
A. a base that dissolves in alcohol
D. the extent of ionization of an acid or
B. a metal that dissolves in water base
C. a base that dissolves in water
376. Which of the following is true .
D. all bases are alkalis
A. Acids and bases form hydroxide ions in
371. Zn(OH)2 is an example of a solution

A. acid B. Acids form hydroxide ions and bases


hydrogen ions in solution
B. base
C. Acids form hydrogen ions in solution,
C. salt bases do not form ions in solution
D. none of above D. Acids form hydrogen ions in solution
and bases hydroxide ions
372. Which item is not an acid
A. mustard 377. Acids are what range on the pH scale?
B. sugar A. 0-14
C. lemon juice B. 0-6.99
D. tomato juice C. 7
D. 7.1-14
373. How can you test to show that when a
metal reacts with water, hydrogen gas is 378. Salts that are made with sulfuric acid are
produced? called
A. Relights a glowing splint A. chlorides
B. A lit splint produces a squeaky pop B. sulfates
C. Puts out a burning splint C. nitrates
D. Is cold to the touch D. carbonates

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 244

379. Oxides that can react with both acids and C. 12.7
bases are said to be
D. 13.0
A. neutral oxides
B. acidic oxides 385. What is the test for Carbon Dioxide?

C. basic oxides A. Add Litmus paper


D. amphoteric oxides B. Lime water turning milky
C. Squeaky pop

NARAYAN CHANGDER
380. What type of paper is used to test for
acids and bases? D. none of above
A. Red paper
386. What is formed when sodium reacts with
B. Blue paper water?
C. Lined paper
A. sodium oxide and hydrogen
D. Litmus paper
B. sodium hydroxide and hydrogen
381. Calcium carbonate + hydrochloric acid → C. sodium hydroxide and oxygen
A. Calcium chloride + hydrogen D. sodium hydroxide and carbon dioxide
B. Calcium choride + water
C. Calcium chloride + carbon dioxide + 387. Calcium carbonate + sulphuric acid →
water A. Calcium hydroxide, carbon dioxide and
D. Calcium sulfate + carbon dioxide + water
water B. Acid rain
382. How many electrons do the alkali metals C. Calcium sulphate and hydrogen
have in their outer shell?
D. Calcium sulphate, carbon dioxide and
A. 1 water
B. 2
388. Metal carbonates react with acid to form
C. 8
D. 7 A. Salt, carboxylic acid and water
383. Which of these is a property of acidic so- B. Salt, carbon dioxide and water
lutions?
C. Salt and carbonated water
A. they taste sour
D. Salt and hydrogen
B. they feel slippery
C. they are in many cleaning products 389. According to pH scale, indicator will turn
red if a solution is
D. they taste bitter
A. Acidic
384. The pH of a 0.0500 M aqueous solution
of Ba(OH)2 is: B. Alkali
A. 5.0 C. Neutral
B. 1.3 D. Precipitate

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 245

390. The word equation for an acid reacting D. completely break apart into ions
with a base is (strong electrolyte)
A. acid + metal → salt + carbon dioxide

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


396. Which shows a balanced chemical equa-
+ water tion for the reaction between sulfuric acid
B. acid + base → salt + water and sodium hydroxide?
C. acid + metal → salt + hydrogen A. NaOH + H2SO4 → NaSO4 + H2O
D. acid + metal → salt + water B. Na2O + H2SO4 → Na2SO4 + H2O
391. What are the correct products for these C. 2NaOH + H2SO4 → Na2SO4 + 2H2O
reactants HCl + NaOH → D. 2NaOH + H2SO4 → Na2SO4 + H2O
A. Na+(aq) + Cl2+(aq) 397. What are the products when magnesium
B. NaOH + Cl(aq) oxide reacts with nirtric acid
C. H2O2 + NaCl2 A. Magnesium nitrate + water + carbon
D. NaCl + H2O dioxide
B. Magnesium nitrate + hydrogen
392. form acidic oxides, and form basic
oxides. C. Magnesium nitrate + water

A. metals, non-metals D. Magnesium nitrate + water + hydro-


gen
B. non-metals, metals
C. metals, metals 398. Which statement is correct about all met-
als?
D. non-metals, non-metals
A. They are attracted to a magnet.
393. The metal reacts with acid will produce B. They are good conductors of heat and
A. hydrogen gas electricity.
B. oxygen gas C. They react with acid.
C. water D. They react with water.
D. none of above 399. Which of the following is a chemical test
394. Which is a characteristic of a base? for the gas oxygen?
A. tastes sour A. relights a glowing splint
B. found mostly in foods B. bleaches damp litmus paper white
C. feels slippery C. pops with a lit splint
D. turn litmus paper red D. turns limewater cloudy

395. Strong acids and bases 400. In the above reaction, to test for the gas
I could
A. do not break apart into ions (non-
electrolyte) A. Bubble it through limewater and it will
go milky
B. partially break apart into ions (weak
electrolyte) B. do the pop test and it will burn
C. completely break apart into ions (non- C. Light a taper and it will burn brighter
electrolyte) D. note the colour change to yellow

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 246

401. How do you remove the water to leave 407. In a neutralization reaction, what are the
solid copper sulfate crystals? products of a reaction between an acid and
A. Filter a base?
A. Another acid and base
B. Evaporate
B. Carbon dioxide and a salt
C. Distill
C. Water and a salt
D. none of above
D. Either two acids or two bases

NARAYAN CHANGDER
402. What is HCl?
408. Choose the correct acid or base name for
A. Acid the following:H2SO3
B. Base A. hydrosulfurous acid
C. Salt B. sulfurous acid
D. None of the above C. sulfuric acid
403. If something has been oxidised what D. hydrogen sulfite
does this mean? 409. NaCl is a
A. It has had oxygen added to it A. acid
B. It has had oxygen removed from it B. base
C. It has had hydrogen added to it C. salt
D. It has had hydrogen removed from it D. water

404. What is the correct net ionic equation 410. Which of these are Indicators?
for the reaction between HBr(aq) and A. All of the below
LiOH(aq)?
B. Lemons
A. 2 H+(aq) + O2-(aq) → H2O(l)
C. Phenolphthalein
B. 2 H2 (aq) + O2(aq) → 2 H2O(l)
D. Methyl Purple
C. 2 H2 (g) + O2(g) → 2 H2O(l)
411. Which two chemicals could you react to
D. H+(aq) + OH-(aq) → H2O(l) make only potassium chloride and water?
405. A molecule with an OH group is A. Potassium and hydrochloric acid
A. an acid B. Potassium hydroxide and hydrochloric
acid
B. a base
C. Potassium oxide and sulfuric acid
C. neutral
D. Potassium and sulfuric acid
D. all of these
412. If hydrogen is present:
406. pH is a measure of
A. A lit match will “explode” and make a
A. the hydronium ion concentration popping sound
B. the hydroxide ion concentration B. A glowing match will relight
C. dissociation C. A lit match will go out (extinguish)
D. ionization D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 247

413. How did you know Hydrogen gas was 418. Why must chemical equations be bal-
evolved in your experiment anced?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. It turned lime water cloudy A. So that the equation doesn’t explode
B. It had a squeaky pop when offered a B. The reaction won’t happen until it is
lit splint balanced
C. I smelled it C. Matter cannot be created or destroyed
D. I didn’t get any hydrogen gas D. None of these
414. How do you test for the presence of CO2
419. What are the reactants in the following
gas?
chemical equation? 2H2 + O2 → 2H2O
A. Limewater
A. H2
B. Squeeky pop test
B. O2
C. Glowing splint
C. 2H2 + O2
D. Universal indicator
D. 2H2O
415. Which equation represents a neutraliza-
tion reaction? 420. Alkali metals are found in which group of
the periodic table?
A. Na2CO3 + CaCl2 → 2 NaCl + CaCO3
A. Group 1
B. Ni(NO3)2 + H2S → NiS + 2 HNO3
C. NaCl + AgNO3 → AgCl + NaNO3 B. Group 2

D. H2SO4 + Mg(OH)2 → MgSO4 + 2 C. Group 7


H2O D. group 8
416. When the pH of your pool is too high, al- 421. How to test the Hydrogen gas formed in
gae and bacteria can flourish, what do you a test? ? ?
need to add to lower it
A. It burn the lighted splint with pop
A. salt (e.g. sodium chloride) sound
B. chlorine
B. It turns lime water milky
C. hydrochloric acid
C. It turns damp litmus blue
D. sodium carbonate
D. It relights the glowing splint
417. What happens in a displacement reac-
tion? 422. The general equation for Acid-Carbonate
reactions is:
A. Gas is produced and a colour change
occurs A. Acid + carbonate → salt + water
B. A more reactive metal replaces a less B. Acid + carbonate → salt + water +
reactive metal in a compound carbon dioxide
C. A less reactive metal replaces a more C. Acid + carbonate → salt + hydrogen
reactive metal in a compound D. Acid + carbonate → salt + hydrochlo-
D. The chemical is broken down by heat. ric acid

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 248

423. The following is true for chemical proper- 428. What does displacement mean?
ties of acids EXCEPT
A. A chemical reaction where a less reac-
A. Acids react with reactive metal to pro- tive metal takes the place of a more reac-
duce H2 gas tive metal in a compound.
B. Acids neutralise metal hydroxide to B. A chemical reaction where a more re-
produce salt and water active metal takes the place of a less re-
active metal in a compound.
C. Acids neutralise metal oxide to pro-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
duce salt and water C. A more reactive metal is removed from
a compound.
D. Acids neutralise metal carbonate to
produce H2 and water D. none of above

424. What is the Acid found in the stomach? 429. Predict the product of this reaction and
balanceAg + HNO3 →
A. Hydrochloric
A. 2Ag + 3HNO3 → 2 AgNO3 + 3H
B. Nitric
B. 2Ag + 2HNO3 → 2 AgNO3 + H2
C. Sulfuric
C. 3Ag + 2HNO3 → 3 AgNO3 + H2
D. Suavic
D. This reaction will not occur.
425. The substance added to sour candies is
430. What type of reaction occurs between a
a(n)
Metal and an Acid
A. acid
A. Neutralisation
B. base
B. Dehydrogenation
C. salt (ionic compound)
C. Displacement
D. none of above
D. Corrosionosis
426. A salt is formed when nitric acid combines 431. HBr is the conjugate acid of
with sodium hydroxide. What is the name
of the salt? A. Br1-

A. Sodium chloride B. Br2

B. Sodium nitrate C. H2Br

C. Hydrogen Nitrate D. none of the above

D. Nirate 432. Why is the reaction between magnesium


and copper oxide known as the thermite
427. What are the correct products for this re- reaction?
action HBr + Mg(OH)2 →
A. It is a displacement reaction
A. 2HMg + Br(OH)2
B. Magnesium is less reactive than cop-
B. 2H2O + MgBr2 per
C. H2O + Mg2Br C. It releases heat
D. MgO2 + H2Br D. It forms copper

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.2 Reaction of acids and bases 249

433. A process that uses a solution of known C. It turns damp litmus blue
concentration to find the concentration of D. It relights the glowing splint
another solution is called

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. hydration 439. what is one characteristic of Bases
B. ionization A. sour
C. neutralization B. smelly
D. titration C. Bitter taste
434. What does an indicator do in the presence D. turns green and purple
of an acid or base?
440. Base/alkali + ammonium salt →?
A. only changes color in a base
A. salt + water + ammonia gas
B. only changes color in an acid
B. salt + ammonia gas
C. nothing
C. salt + water + hydrogen gas
D. changes color in an acid AND a base
D. salt + water
435. What is a property of bases?
A. Slippery touch 441. A reaction that does NOT contribute to
acid rain is
B. Sour taste
A. sulphur trioxide + water → sulphuric
C. Ability to dissolve metal
acid
D. Ability to form hydrogen ions
B. hydrochloric acid + sodium hydroxide
436. Which of the following substance can re- → sodium chloride + water
act with ammonium salt to produce ammo- C. nitrogen dioxide + water → nitrous
nia gas? acid + nitric acid
A. Water
D. sulphur dioxide + water → sul-
B. Base phurous acid
C. Acid
442. Because it will dissolve so many solutes,
D. Ethanol is called the universal solvent
437. Which of the following metals will not re- A. acetic acid
act with acids? B. lime
A. copper
C. nutella
B. magnesium
D. water
C. zinc
D. iron 443. Which salt is formed in a reaction be-
tween HBr and LiOH?
438. How to test the Carbondioxide gas
A. LiBr
formed in a test? ? ?
B. BrLi
A. It burn the lighted splint with pop
sound C. NaCl
B. It turns lime water milky D. NaOH

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 250

444. Which of the following is a correct reac- A. Hydrogen


tion between lead carbonate and phospho- B. none
ric acid?
C. Carbon dioxide
A. PbCO3 + H3PO4 → Pb3(PO4)2 + H2
D. none of above
B. PbCO3 + H3PO4 → Pb3(PO4)2 +
CO2 + H2 O 448. Forms hydroxide ions in water
C. PbCO3 + H3PO4 → Pb3(PO4)2 + H2 A. Acids

NARAYAN CHANGDER
+ H2 O B. Bases
D. PbCO3 + H3PO4 → Pb3(PO4)2 + H2 C. All
O
D. none of above
445. Hydrochloric acid + magnesium →
449. The laboratory method used to determine
A. Sodium chloride + water the concentration of an acid or base in so-
B. Magnesium chloride + water lution by performing a neutralization reac-
C. Magnesium chloride + hydrogen tion with a standard solution is called:

D. Copper sulfate + hydrogen A. neutralization


B. salination
446. Which of the following values would rep-
resent the pH of a strong base? C. titration

A. 1 D. acid/base experimentation

B. 8 450. Which in the following is sulfuric acid?


C. 7 A. HNO3
D. 13 B. H2SO4

447. What is the gas produced in the reaction C. NH4OH


of an acid with a base? D. HCl

2.3 Common features of acid and base


1. What is the end product of an acid-base C. Red; strong acid.
neutralization reaction? D. none of above
A. acid and base
3. Usually, when the particle size is de-
B. water and base creased, what will happen to the rate of
C. water and salt dissolving?
D. water and acid A. It will stop.
B. It will increase.
2. What colour will universal indicator show
if you add it to the potassium hydroxide, C. It will decrease.
pH = 12 substances? D. It will remain constant.
A. Dark purple; strong alkali. 4. Which statement best explains the dif-
B. Orange yellow; weak acid. ference between solutes and solvents?

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 251

(SC.8.P.8.9) 9. To test acids and bases in a safe way use


A. a solute dissolves in a solvent

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. chemicals
B. a solvent dissolves in a solute
B. laboratory equipment
C. neither one dissolve to form a solution
C. litmus paper
D. both dissolve equally to form a solu-
tion D. none of above

10. If phenolphthalein turns bright pink, it in-


5. Describe the best way Ryan can increase
dicates
the rate of dissolving of lead (II) chloride
in a solution. A. an acid
A. Increase the temperature of the wa- B. a base
ter. C. a neutral
B. Increase the concentration of the salt. D. none of above
C. Increase the particle size of the solute. 11. This acid is used to make soft drinks, fer-
D. Agitate the lead (II) chloride in cool tilizers, and detergents.
water. A. phosphoric acid
6. A mixture can also be called a solution in B. lactic acid
which case? C. acetic acid
A. when it contains an insoluble sub- D. ascorbic acid
stance
12. Lake Taal is a in the Philippines.
B. when it is heterogeneous
A. an active volacano
C. when it is homogeneous
B. a volcanic lake
D. when it contains two types of sub-
C. a lake with acid and bases
stances
D. none of above
7. Alex tested a substance that has a pH of
2. Which of the following could Alex have 13. Substances that are neither acidic nor basic
tested? are called

A. Base A. Acidic substances

B. Salt B. Basic substances


C. Neutral substances
C. Water
D. none of above
D. Acid
14. which of the following is an example of a
8. Find out the natural indicator. base?
A. Phenolphthalein A. orange juice
B. Methyl orange B. dish soap
C. Turmeric C. vinegar
D. none of above D. lemons

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 252

15. Compounds that can be identified by their 21. Neutralization is a reaction between a(n)
common properties
A. acid and a base
A. Acid
B. acid and a metal
B. pH
C. Salt C. base and a salt
D. Base D. salt and water
16. From which plant litmus is extracted

NARAYAN CHANGDER
22. Which of the following substances is the
A. Lichens strongest acid?
B. Roses A. soda, pH 3
C. neem
B. tomatoes, pH 4.5
D. China rose
C. stomach acid, pH 2
17. turns litmus paper blue
D. coffee, pH 5
A. bases
B. salts 23. How do ants use formic acid to stay alive
C. acids
A. They use it to identify food
D. none of above
B. They use it to feed their young.
18. Nola and Bayleigh tried to dissolve 45
grams of NaCl in 100 grams of water at C. They use it to break down food.
80oC. Only 40 grams dissolved; 5 grams D. They use it to defend themselves.
settled at the bottom of the beaker. The
solution is then said to be at 80oC.
24. Phenolphthalein only tests for the pres-
A. saturated ence of a(n)
B. semisaturated A. acid
C. supersaturated
B. neutral
D. unsaturated
C. base
19. What gas is always produced when a
metal reacts with acid? D. metal
A. Oxygen
25. A chewable calcium carbonate tablet is a
B. Hydrogen common treatment for stomach discomfort.
C. Carbon dioxide Calcium carbonate is most likely used as
D. Nitrogen this type of medicine because calcium car-
bonate
20. which of the foll is not mineral acid
A. has a pleasant flavor.
A. HCL
B. is inexpensive to produce.
B. H2SO4
C. HNO3 C. neutralizes digestive acid.
D. citric acid D. occurs naturally in the body.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 253

26. Baking Soda, a compound commonly found A. hydrochloric acid


in medicines, has a pH of 9. Which of these B. tartaric acid
phrases describes sodium hydroxide?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


C. acetic acid
A. slightly basic
D. sulphuric acid
B. slightly acidic
C. highly basic 32. What colour is a strong acid on the pH
scale?
D. highly acidic
A. dark blue
27. An Arrhenius acid contains what element?
B. yellow
A. hydrogen
C. green
B. oxygen
D. red
C. hydroxide
33. What might happen if acidi chemicals were
D. carbon
emitted into the air by factories? Choose
28. Sting of an ant contains the best answer.
A. Vinegar A. The acid would destroy metallic ele-
ments in the air.
B. Common salts
B. The acid would be neutralized by bases
C. Milk of magnesia
within clouds.
D. Formic acid
C. Acid rain might destroy ecosystems
29. Materials used in the manufacture of and farmland.
bleaching powder are- D. Violent chemical reactions would take
A. lime stone and chlorine place within the atmosphere.
B. quick lime and chlorine 34. Distilled water is a neutral substance.
C. slaked lime and HCI What is its pH value?
D. slaked lime and chlorine A. 0
B. 4
30. According to Arrhenius, what is the defini-
tion of an ACID? C. 7
A. a substance that contains hydroxide D. 14
and ionizes to produce OH-
35. What gas is always produced when car-
B. a substance that contains hydrogen bonates reacts with acids?
and ionizes to produce H+
A. Oxygen
C. a substance that contains hydrogen
and ionizes to produce OH- B. Hydrogen

D. a substance that contains hydroxide C. Carbon dioxide


and ionizes to produce H+ D. Nitrogen

31. One of the constituents of baking powder 36. Which of the following are present in
is sodium hydrogencarbonate, the other a dilute aqueous solution of hydrochloric
constituent is acid?

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 254

A. H3O+ + Cl- 42. What is the pH of a acid solution where


B. H3O+ + OH- 0.45 grams of hydrochloric acid is dis-
solved to make 10.0 liters of solution?
C. Cl-+ OH- (Molar mass HCl = 36.46g/mol)
D. unionised HCl A. 1.3
37. A negative ion, made of oxygen and hy- B. 0.0013
drogen. C. 2.9

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Hydrogen ion D. 11.1
B. Hydroxide ion
43. Has a neutral pH:
C. Hydronium ion
A. Acid
D. Hydroxide ionization
B. Base
38. A state in which the forward and reverse C. Salt
reactions are proceeding at the same rate
D. Both acid and base
is known as
A. Equilibrium 44. What acid is the salt ammonium sulphate
(NH4SO4) derived from
B. Constant Composition
A. Sulphuric acid
C. Distillation
B. Carbonic acid
D. Equivalence point
C. Nitric acid
39. The Keq is calculated for a reaction at equi- D. Phosphoric acid
librium to be 23.05. The reaction would
A. favor products 45. The slow addition of a known concentra-
tion of acid/base to an unknown concen-
B. favor reactants tration of acid/base is known as
C. favor neither reactants nor products A. titration reaction
D. go to completion B. single replacement reaction
40. What gas is brown in colour, poisonous C. combustion
and contributes to the formation of acid D. saturated solution
rain
46. When a mixture is stirred
A. sulphur dioxide
A. the rate of dissolving stops.
B. nitrogen dioxide
B. the rate of dissolving will increase.
C. carbon dioxide
C. the rate of dissolving will decrease.
D. carbon monoxide
D. the rate of dissolving will remain con-
41. Which of these substances is acidic? stant.
A. tap water 47. Mixture that is not uniform throughout,
B. lemon usually opaque. Ex:dirt, cookie, milk
C. ammonia A. solution
D. baking soda B. homogeneous mixture

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 255

C. heterogeneous mixture 53. Eddie’s chemistry teacher has asked the


D. compound class to add various household substances
to this scale of acids and bases. Eddie must

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


48. phenophthalein has colur in basic solu- decide where add baking soda, pH 9. Ed-
tion. die should insert baking soda, pH 9, as a
A. red A. weak acid.
B. pink B. weak base.
C. yellow C. strong acid.
D. green D. strong base.
49. A reaction between an acid and a base
is called neutralization. What is the 54. Acids are caustic to the touch. In this con-
resulting product of this neutralization? text, what does “caustic” mean?
(SC.8.P.8.8) A. stinging or burning
A. An weak acid B. pleasant
B. A weak base C. sarcastic
C. A salt D. gentle
D. A solution
55. Which salt turns white on heating as wa-
50. Phenolphthalein is a synthetic indicator ter is lost?
and its colours in acidic and basic solutions,
respectively are: A. Copper (II) sulphate
A. red and blue B. Iron (II) sulphate
B. blue and red C. Sodium chloride
C. pink and colourless D. Magnesium chloride
D. colourless and pink
56. Which of the following are properties of
51. If a solution has a pH scale of 9, the solu- acids but not bases? Select all that apply.
tion is A. Changes the color of an indicator
A. acidic
B. Sour taste
B. basic
C. Reacts with metals to produce hydro-
C. neutral gen gas
D. saturated D. Feels slippery
52. What is the molarity of a 30 mL HCl which
57. The pH value of substances more than 7
is neutralized by 48 mL of 0.1 M NaOH?
referred as
HCl + NaOH → H2O + NaCl
A. 0.16 M A. Acids

B. 6.25 M B. Bases
C. 0.063 M C. Neutral
D. none of above D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 256

58. A solution that has less than the maximum is most likely the main role of pepsin in
amount of solute dissolved is called this metabolic reaction?
A. supersaturated A. to speed up the rate of reaction
B. saturated B. to reduce the loss of energy as heat
C. dilute C. to control the direction of the reaction
D. to protect the reaction from other
D. unsaturated
chemicals

NARAYAN CHANGDER
59. Which products correctly complete the un- 64. What is a measurement of the amount of
balanced equation for this double replace- solute that is dissolved in a given quantity
ment neutralization reaction? NaOH(aq) + of solvent?
HCl(aq) →
A. acidity
A. Na(s) + HClO3(aq)
B. concentration
B. NaClO4(aq) + H2(g)
C. conductivity
C. NaO(s) + H2(g) + Cl2(g) D. solvation
D. NaCl(aq) + H2O(l)
65. Scale that ranges from 1-14
60. Which of the following is a substance? A. acid
A. granite B. base
B. salt C. salt
C. blood D. pH

D. air 66. At 40◦ C, which substance is least solu-


ble?
61. Bleaching powder is a compound having a A. KI
formula
B. KNO3
A. CaOCl2
C. KClO3
B. CaOCl
D. NaCl
C. CaClO2
67. you suspect that a chemical that you are
D. CaCl2 testing in the lab is strongly acidic what
might be its pH?
62. If you perform an experiment bare handed
and you realise that your palm has become A. 2
slippery and slimy. The most probable rea- B. 6
son for this is that you have dropped: C. 7
A. sodium hydroxide on your hands. D. 13
B. hydrochloric acid on your hands.
68. How many type of Litmus is there
C. sodium chloride on your hands. A. One
D. None of the above B. zero
63. Pepsin is an enzyme that acts in the stom- C. Five
ach for protein digestion. Which of these D. two

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 257

69. is nearly 4-8 % of acetic acid by vol- 74. Fruits such as oranges, lemon etc, contain
ume. Acid

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Vinegar A. Citric
B. Lemon juice B. Lactic
C. Apple C. Ascorbic
D. none of above D. Acetic

70. This base is used in color-fast fabrics, 75. A substance with a pH of 9 has
antacids, and water purification. A. no H30+ ions or OH-ions.
A. aluminum hydroxide B. more H30+ ions than OH-ions.
B. calcium hydroxide C. more OH-ions than H30+ ions.
C. ammonia D. the same number of H30+ ions as it
D. sodium hydroxide does OH-ions.

76. Which characteristic most likely describes


71. It takes 12.5 mL of a 0.30 M HCl solution
the water in Lake Taal?
to neutralize 285 mL of NaOH solution.
What is the concentration of the NaOH so- A. The water will taste better.
lution? B. The water will taste sour.
A. 76M C. The water will have a slippery feel.
B. .068M D. the water will appear slightly red.
C. .013M
77. What is the pH of a neutral substance?
D. .0001M
A. 0
72. How are ores different from native met- B. 1
als? C. 7
A. Ores are usually found underground; D. 14
native metals are usually found above-
ground 78. What acid is magnesium chloride (MgCl2)
B. Ores contain mixtures of minerals, na- derived from
tive metals are often pure A. Sulphuric acid
C. Ores tend to be more valuable than na- B. Nitric acid
tive metals C. Carbonic acid
D. Ores are usually found in deposits, na- D. Hydrochloric acid
tive metals are usually found in veins
79. Phenolphthalein has a pink color in a solu-
73. Plaster of pairs is made from- tion that has a pH of
A. lime stone A. 5
B. slaked lime B. 11
C. quick lime C. 1
D. gypsum D. 7

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 258

80. Many common household substances may C. bleach


be classified as acids or bases. According D. blood
to the pH scale:
85. Only acids that completely are
A. baking soda is a weak base while
bleach is a strong base. A. ionize, compounds
B. coffee is a weak acid while drain B. ionize, strong acids
cleaner is a strong acid. C. ionize, reactants
D. none of above

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. oven cleaner is a weak acid while bat-
tery acid is a strong acid. 86. Which of the following liquids is basic?
D. drinking water is a weak base while A. lemons
soapy water is a strong base.
B. drain cleaner
81. Litmus paper changes color to indicate if a C. vinegar
solution is acidic, neutral, or basic. In an D. tomato juice
acidic solution, litmus paper turns
A. purple 87. Rita Is Writing Some Statements, Choose
The Correct Statement And Help Him:
B. red
A. Heat is responsible for increase in tem-
C. blue perature during a neutralization reaction.
D. pink B. Turmeric is a natural indicator and
gives red colour in basic solution.
82. The compounds obtained on heating baking
C. Acids are good conductors of electric-
soda are
ity; as they allow the passage of electric
A. Sulphur dioxide and sodium carbonate current through them.
B. Sodium bicarbonate, water and carbon D. All of the above
dioxide
88. Oven cleaner is a highly caustic chemical
C. Sodium carbonate, water and carbon that reacts with baked on foods. It is dan-
dioxide gerous to the touch and has a very slip-
D. Hydrochloric acid and water pery feel. What is the likely pH of oven
cleaner?
83. Lithium (Li), Sodium (na), Potassium
A. below 4
(K)and a few other elements are in the-
same column in the periodic table. Why B. around 7
are theses elements in the same column? C. above 10
A. They are the same size D. between 5 and 7
B. They have the same number of protons 89. Susan has a white salt that melts very
C. They react with each other quickly in a low flame. What salt could
this be?
D. They have similar properties
A. Copper (II) sulphate
84. typical acid? B. Sodium chloride
A. car battery C. Magnesium chloride
B. vinegar D. Iron (II) sulphate

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 259

90. A pure substance that cannot be broken C. strong alkali


down by chemical means is called
D. weak alkali

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. mixture
B. solution 96. What is the common name of Calcium Sul-
phate
C. compound
A. Nitre
D. element
B. Plaster of Paris
91. What is true when acids and bases neutral-
ize each other. C. Limestone
A. The concentration of H+ and OH-is the D. none of above
same
97. A solution with a [H+] of 9.4 x 10-5
B. Salt Water is produced
mol/L is said to be
C. [H+] = [OH-]
A. Acidic
D. [H+] > [OH-]
B. Basic
92. Which pH reading would indicate the pres-
C. Neutral
ence of a strong base?
A. 2 D. negative number, no solution.

B. 6 98. Product of a neutralization reaction:


C. 9 A. Acid
D. 13
B. Base
93. Bitter taste: C. Salt
A. Acid D. Both acid and base
B. Base
C. Both acid and base 99. Select all the basic salts from the following
choices:
D. Salt
A. NaCl
94. What mass of KHP will be completely neu-
B. Na2CO3
trilized by 32.57 ml 0.175 M standard
NaOH solution? The Molar Mass of KPH C. KOH
is 204.22 g/mol.
D. K2SO4
A. 23.28 g KHP
E. NH4Cl
B. 1.164 g KHP
C. 11.64 g KHP 100. An neutralization reaction produces salt
and
D. 2.328 g KHP
A. vinegar
95. This dissociates completely to release H+
ions in water B. baking soda
A. strong acid C. carbon dioxide
B. weak acid D. water

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 260

101. tick the natural indicators B. gives chlorine on exposure to atmo-


A. turmeric sphere

B. phenophthalien C. is mixture of chlorine and slaked lime

C. iodine solution D. contains excess of chlorine

D. methylene blue 107. Which of the following are natural indica-


tors?
102. When a solution of silver nitrate
A. Litmus paper

NARAYAN CHANGDER
(AgNO3) and a solution of sodium chlo-
ride (NaCl) are mixed, a precipitate forms. B. Red cabbage solution
What is the precipitate most likely to be?
C. pH paper
A. AgCl
D. Shoe flower solution
B. NaCl
108. Which of the following statements is cor-
C. NaNO3
rect about an aqueous solution of an acid
D. AgNO3 and of a base? (i) Higher the pH, stronger
the acid (ii) Higher the pH, weaker the acid
103. Common salt is
(iii) Lower the pH, stronger the base (iv)
A. Acidic Lower the pH, weaker the base
B. Neutral A. (i) and (iii)
C. Basic B. (ii) and (iii)
D. all of them C. (i) and (iv)
104. Sugar solution does not change the color D. (ii) and (iv)
of both blue and red litmus paper. There-
109. When salt is dissolved in water, the re-
fore, sugar solution is
sulting solution is a
A. acidic
A. element
B. basic
B. compound
C. alkaline
C. homogeneous mixture
D. neutral
D. heterogeneous mixture
105. During science, Jim’s teacher gives this
110. Very little solute, more solvent
simple rule to use as a first attempt to in-
crease solubility of the solute and the rate A. Concentrated
of solution. B. Dilute
A. Decrease the temperature of water. C. precipitate
B. Agitate the solute in the solvent. D. saturated
C. Increase the concentration of salt.
111. Neutralization is the process of an acid
D. Increase particle size of the solute. and a base reacting to form what? Select
106. Bleaching powder gives smell of chlorine all that apply
because it- A. An ionic salt
A. is unstable B. Hydronium ions

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 261

C. NaCl C. 2.0M
D. Water D. 1.0M

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


112. If you have a solution that is very acidic 117. When found in food, acids are
with a pH of 3.5, what can you do to raise
the pH? A. Sour
A. add more acid B. Bitter
B. add more water C. Salty
C. increase the temperature D. Slippery
D. add a base
118. Which of the following is the correct for-
113. If the [OH-] of a solution is 2.7 x 10-4 mula for calculating molarity?
mol/L the pOH of the solution is
A. moles/liters of solution
A. 10.44
B. moles/kg of solvent
B. 3.56
C. # particles/Avogadro’s #
C. 1.00
D. theoretical yield/actual yield
D. -4.43
119. Alkalis have a high pH. Which of the
114. Atoms of different elements are least
terms best describes an alkali?
evenly distributed in which type of mat-
ter? A. an acid
A. a solution B. a base
B. a compound C. a neutral substance
C. a homogeneous mixture D. a polymer
D. a heterogeneous mixture
120. How is a standard hydrogen atom differ-
115. Chemical formula of baking soda is- ent from a hydrogen ion?
A. NaHCO3 A. a hydrogen ion has an extra electron.
B. MgSO4
B. a hydrogen ion is missing an electron.
C. NaCO3
C. a hydrogen ion has an extra proton.
D. MgCO3
D. a hydrogen ion is missing a proton.
116. The reaction of perchloric acid (HClO4)
with lithium hydroxide (KOH) is described 121. common salt besides being used in
by the equation HClO4 + KOH → KClO4 kitchen can also be used as the raw ma-
+ H2 O Suppose 100 mL of perchloric acid terial for making
is neutralized by exactly 50, 0 mL of 1.0 A. Washing soda
M of Potassium hydroxide. What is the
concentration of the perchloric acid? B. calcium salt
A. 0.5M C. Slaked lime
B. 50M D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 262

122. Any substance that produces hydroxide B. neutral


ions in water is known as C. an acid
A. an acid D. a solution
B. a hydrogen ion
128. What is the pH of a basic solution where
C. a base 1.25 grams of NaOH is dissolved to make
D. a neutral 5.0 liters solution? (molar mass NaOH =
40.00g/mol)

NARAYAN CHANGDER
123. O is
A. 13.2
A. a compound B. 11.9
B. an element C. 2.1
C. a heterogeneous mixture D. 0.0075
D. a homogeneous mixture
129. What is the pH for a solution that has an
124. Equal volumes of hydrochloric acid and concentration of 1.0x10-6M
sodium hydroxide solutions of same con- A. 10
centration are mixed and the pH of the re-
B. 14
sulting solution is checked with a pH paper.
What would be the colour obtained? (You C. 6
may use colour guide given in Figure 2. D. 8
A. Red 130. Acid that contain more water and less
B. Yellow chemical are called
C. Yellowish green A. Dilute acids
D. Blue B. Concentrated acids
C. None of the above
125. Antacids are used to fight stomach acid
and relieve heartburn. Which of the fol- D. none of above
lowing would make the best antacid?
131. Order these substances from least to
A. a weak acid most acidic:blood 7.3 O.J. 4.0Ammonia
B. a base 11.0Milk 6.5
C. a strong acid A. ammonia, blood milk, orange juice
D. a neutral substance B. orange juice, milk, blood, ammonia
C. ammonia, milk, blood, orange juice
126. uses of acids
D. orange juice, blood, milk, ammonia
A. eating
132. an aqueous soln turns red lithmus blue .
B. cleaning
excess addition of which of the following
C. washing would reverse the change
D. licking A. baking powder
127. Distilled water has a pH of 7. According B. lime
to the pH scale, it is classified as C. ammonium hydroxide solution
A. base D. HCL

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 263

133. The Substance which turns Blue litmus 139. during preparation of HCL gas on a humid
red is day the gas is usually passed through the
guardtube containing calcium chloride .The

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Basic
role of calcium chloride is
B. Acidic
A. absorb the evolved gas
C. Neutral
B. moisten the gas
D. All of these
C. absorb moisture from the gas
134. Bases release ions when they break
D. absorb CL ions from the evolved gas
down or dissociate.
A. Hydrogen (H+) 140. Brass, Bronze, and Steel are all examples
B. Hydroxide (OH-) of which type of solution?

C. Chlorine (Cl-) A. solid in liguid

D. no B. Gas in Gas
C. Gas in Liquid
135. What is another name for a base?
D. Alloy
A. Acid
B. Alkali 141. What acid is the most produced chemical
C. pH in the United States?

D. none of above A. hydrochloric acid


B. sulfuric acid
136. Does an acid, base, or salt produce posi-
tive hydrogen ions (H+)? C. acetic acid
A. acid D. nitric acid
B. base 142. Which of these are properties of a base
C. salt
A. conducts electricity
D. all of the above
B. slippery feel
137. Which substance will turn blue litmus pa- C. bitter taste
per to red?
D. has a pH level <7
A. Ammonia
E. has a pH level >7
B. Vinegar
C. Baking soda 143. A 200mL sample of water is mixed with
5 grams of salt. Which is the solute?
D. Washing detergent
A. the salt, because it does the dissolving
138. This acid is an antioxidant and a vitamin.
B. the salt, because it is being dissolved
A. lactic acid
C. the water, because it does the dissolv-
B. citric acid ing
C. ascorbic acid D. the water, because it is being dis-
D. nitric acid solved

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 264

144. Which of the following are properties 149. When sodium hydroxide and hydrochloric
common to strong bases? I. Taste Bitter II. acid react together, the name of the salt
Conducts an electric current III. Cause phe- produced is
nolphthalein to be colorless IV. Corrosive A. sodium acid
to metals
B. sodium hydrochloric
A. I and III
C. sodium chloride
B. II and IV
C. III and IV D. hydrogen chloride

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. I and II 150. During science class Billy used litmus pa-
per to determine the pH of an unknown
145. Jake wants to quickly dissolve Gatorade
liquid. The blue litmus paper turned red
in a pitcher. What would help Jake IN-
but there was no change in the color of the
CREASE the rate at which his Gatorade dis-
red litmus paper. The liquid Billy tested is
solves?
probably
A. adding sugar
A. a base.
B. cooling the mixture
B. neutral.
C. adding more Gatorade
C. an acid.
D. stirring the mixture
D. of pH 7.
146. of acids and bases classifies acids and
bases by whether they form hydrogen ions 151. The indicator which produces a pink
or hydroxide ions when dissolves in wa- colour in an alkaline solution is:
ter. A. methyl orange
A. Bronsted Lowry Definition B. turmeric paper
B. Arrhenius Definition C. phenolphthalein
C. Logarithm
D. litmus paper
D. none of above
152. An unstable solution that contains more
147. What characterizes a strong acid or solute than it can theoretically hold at a
base? given temperature is known as a(n)
A. ionic bonding A. saturated solution
B. presence of a hydroxide or hydrogen
B. unsaturated solution
ion
C. dilute solution
C. complete ionization in water
D. supersaturated solution
D. polar covalent bonding
148. Indicators change color in the presence of 153. What type of reation occurs between an
a(n) acid and a base?
A. acid or base A. Combustion
B. buffer B. Synthesis
C. water molecule C. Neutralization
D. ester D. Double Replacement

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 265

154. Sour taste: 160. Coca cola is similar to tomato juice be-
A. Acid cause

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Base A. they are both bases.
C. Both acid and base B. they are both acids.
D. Salt C. they are carbonated.
155. Acids are described as corrosive because D. they are high in fructose.
they
A. turn litmus blue 161. Feel slippery
B. taste bitter A. acid
C. “eat away” at other materials B. base
D. feel slippery C. neither
156. This does not dissociate completely to re- D. both
lease OH-ions in water
A. strong acid 162. Which of the following phenomena occur,
when a small amount of acid is added to
B. weak acid
water? (i) Ionisation (ii) Neutralisation
C. strong alkali (iii) Dilution (iv) Salt formation
D. weak alkali A. (i) and (ii)
157. HCI is B. (i) and (iii)
A. hydrochloric acid C. (ii) and (iii)
B. hydronium ion
D. (ii) and (iv)
C. hydrogen acid
D. none of above 163. Which of the following statements is true
for acids?
158. This base is used to make soap, oven
cleaner, drain cleaner, textiles, and paper. A. Bitter and change red litmus to blue
A. aluminum hydroxide B. Sour and change red litmus to blue
B. calcium hydroxide C. Sour and change blue litmus to red
C. magnesium hydroxide D. Bitter and change blue litmus to red
D. sodium hydroxide
164. To protect tooth decay we are advised to
159. Some acids are made up of a hydrogen brush our teeth regularly. The nature of
atom and a halogen atom such as the tooth paste commonly used is
(Choose 1 answer that has all 4 answers.
A. acidic
A. F, Cu, Bh, H
B. F, CI, Br, I B. neutral

C. F, Cn, Bi, N C. basic


D. F, Cr, BI, C D. corrosive

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 266

165. How many milliliters of 0.360 M H2SO4 171. Usually, when the temperature is de-
are required to neutralize 25 mL of 0.1 M creased, what will happen to the rate of
Ba(OH)2? dissolving?
A. 6.944 mL A. it will stop
B. 0.144 mL B. it will increase
C. 0.069 mL C. it will remain the same
D. none of above D. it will decrease

NARAYAN CHANGDER
166. if the [H+] of a solution is 8.4 x 10-3 172. If the pH of a solution is 5.6 the pOH is
mol/L the pOH of the solution will be A. 6.5
A. 2.08 B. 12.4
B. 11.92 C. 8.4
C. 1.02 D. 5.6
D. 12.98
173. This acid is used as a food preservative.
167. Which dissolves most easily in water? A. acetic acid
A. polar compounds B. acetylsalicylic acid
B. nonpolar compounds C. ascorbic acid
C. both polar and nonpolar compounds D. carbonic acid
D. neither polar nor nonpolar compounds 174. Neutralization forms both
168. Neutralization is a reaction between A. acid and base
A. Two acids B. salt and water
B. Two bases C. acid and water
C. One acid and one base D. salt and base
D. None of them 175. Which substance below would be an Ar-
rhenius Acid?
169. Which is a likely use for a base?
A. CH4
A. as a vitamin in your food
B. C2H6
B. etching metals for printing
C. NaCl
C. making foods taste sour
D. H3PO4
D. making soaps and detergents
176. which one is the correct set of acid prop-
170. If the hydronium ion (H3O+) concentra- erties?
tion is greater than the hydroxide ion (OH-
) concentration, then the solution is A. sour taste, corrosive, change litmus
from red to blue
A. basic
B. sour taste, corrosive, change litmus
B. acidic from blue to red
C. neutral C. sweet taste, slippery, change litmus
D. salty from blue to red

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 267

D. sour taste, slippery, change litmus 182. Conducts electricity:


from blue to red A. Acid

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


177. Acids taste B. Base
A. sour C. Both acid and base
B. bitter D. none of above
C. sweet
183. If you were doing a lab to determine
D. umami when a solution became a base, what in-
dicator would determine the pH of a base
178. Litmus paper is made from water-soluble
dyes which are extracted from lichens. A. methyl violet
This paper is used as an acid-base indica- B. orange IV
tor. Which of these common household
C. methyl red
substances would turn blue litmus paper
red? D. thymol blue
A. bleach 184. created by volcano in lake.
B. lye A. hydrogen dioxide
C. soap B. sulphur dioxide
D. vinegar C. hydrogen peroxide
179. A solution reacts with marble chips to D. none of above
produce a gas which turns lime water
milky. The solution contains: 185. An atom of hydrogen that has lost its
electron.
A. Na2SO4
A. Hydroxide ion
B. CaSO4
B. Hydronium ion
C. H2SO4
C. Hydroxide ionization
D. K2SO4
D. Hydrogen ion
180. In a titration, the solution whose concen-
tration is known is the 186. Plaster of Paris is made from
A. analyte A. Lime stone
B. titrant B. Slaked Lime
C. mixture C. Quick lime
D. saturated solution D. Gypsum

181. Which of the following liquids is acidic? 187. Washing soda has the formula
A. milk of magnesis A. Na2CO3.7H2O
B. seawater B. Na2CO3.10H2O
C. ammonia C. Na2CO3.H2)
D. orange juice D. Na2CO3

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 268

188. Setting of Plaster of Paris takes place C. By increasing the surface area of the
due to solute.
A. Oxidation D. By decreasing the surface area of the
B. Reduction solute.

C. Dehydration 194. Items such as coal, oil and fossil fuels


D. Hydration are burned, the carbon that was trapped
in them for millions of years is released

NARAYAN CHANGDER
189. In the pH scale, pH stands for into the atmosphere as
A. protons of Hydrogen A. hydrogen dioxide
B. power of Hydrogen B. hydrochloric acid
C. purpose of Hydrogen C. carbon dioxide
D. persistence of Hydrogen D. none of above
190. Borax detergent is dissolved in water. 195. Burns
The solution turns red litmus paper blue
and feels slippery to the touch. Which pH A. acid
is possible for the solution? B. base
A. 1.5 C. salt
B. 5.0 D. none of above
C. 7.0
196. In a solution, the parts of the solution are
D. 9.5 mixed
191. m3 of NaOH is neutralised by 12.3cm3 A. chemically.
of 0.2mol/l HCl. What is the concentra- B. physically.
tion of the NaOH.
C. only in water.
A. 82 mol/l
D. by electronic means.
B. 0.82 mol/l
C. 0.49 mol/l 197. The color of litmus in acid:
D. 0.082 mol/l A. Red

192. A base has a B. Blue

A. sour taste C. Purple

B. positive ion D. Green


C. slippery feel 198. Which of the following ions do all acids
D. pH of 5 have in common?
A. H+
193. How does crushing a cube of solute in-
crease the rate of dissolving? B. Na+
A. By increasing the amount of solvent. C. OH-
B. By decreasing the amount of solvent. D. Ca2+

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 269

199. What is the long graduated piece of 205. This base is used in cleaners, fertilizer,
equipment called? and to make rayon and nylon.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Pipette A. aluminum hydroxide
B. Tube B. ammonia
C. Burette C. calcium hydroxide
D. Measuring Cylinder D. sodium hydroxide

200. Sodium bicarbonate is commonly called 206. is a property that describes how well
heat and electricity can flow through a sub-
A. Lime water
stance, which is a property.
B. Slaked lime
A. Conductivity, physical
C. Washing soda B. Conductivity, chemical
D. Baking soda C. Magnetism, chemical
201. a solution feels kind of slipper, I can pre- D. Magnetism, physical
dict that it is a basic solution with a pH of
207. Which of the following variables has the
most effect on the rate of dissolution of a
A. 0-5 substance in a container of water?
B. 2-6 A. the temperature of the water
C. 7.1-9 B. the force of the stirring
D. 1-5.5 C. The surface area of the substance
202. Which of the following is a hydronium D. All of the above
ion? 208. The square brackets around the hydro-
A. H+ nium ion in the formula mean hydro-
B. H2O nium.
C. OH- A. the molecular concentration of

D. H3O+ B. the monoxide concentration of


C. the molar concentration of
203. Which substance is the strongest acid?
D. none of above
A. Tums with a pH of 10
209. During science lab, students were asked
B. Lemon with a pH of 3
to test a variety of common household sub-
C. Soda with a pH of 4 stances and classify them as:acid, base,
D. Blood with a pH of 7.5 or neutral. Tests on shampoo produced
the following results. felt slippery pH 8.5
204. Compounds whose characteristic proper- turned red litmus blue These results indi-
ties include the kinds of reactions cate
A. Salt A. Shampoo is an acid
B. Base B. Shampoo is a base
C. Acid C. Shampoo is neutral
D. pH D. This is not enough information.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 270

210. What do acids and bases have in com- C. Has a pH above 7


mon? D. Is safe for humans to drink
A. They both eat away at metal.
216. The periodic table has rows and columns
B. They can both conduct electricity. that organize the elements by similarities.
C. They both have a sour taste. What is the name for a row in the periodic
table?
D. They both form positively charged ions
when dissolved in water. A. period

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. group
211. Ocean water has a pH value near “8”. It
would be classified as C. family
A. slightly acidic D. section
B. a strong base 217. Bases taste
C. a neutral substance A. bitter
D. slightly basic (alkaline) B. sour
212. A pH and a pOH will add up to: C. soapy
A. 0 D. sweet
B. 7 218. On the pH scale, which number indicates
C. 14 neutral?

D. 1.0 x 10-14 A. 0
B. 1
213. A compound that changes color when it is
in contact with an acid or base is called C. 7

A. Acid D. 14

B. Base 219. Which of the following set of substances


contain acids?
C. Neutral
A. Grapes, lime water
D. Indicator
B. Vinegar, soap
214. What do we do when an ant bites us?
C. Curd, milk of magnesia
A. Apply citric acid
D. Curd, vinegar
B. Apply moist baking soda
220. The pH scale runs from 0 to 14, and is an
C. Apply neutral solution
indication of how acidic or basic a solution
D. Apply formic acid is. A pH close to zero indicates a(n)
solution, and a pH near 14 indicates a(n)
215. Kathy is doing an investigation in science solution.
class, and she needs to use a base. Kathy
can identify a base by finding a substance A. acidic, basic
with which of the following properties? B. basic, acidic
A. Reacts with most metals C. neutral, acidic
B. Tastes sour D. neutral, basic

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 271

221. Air is a common example of which type A. water


of solution B. salt and sugar

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Gas in liquid C. Gatorade liquid
B. solid in liguid D. Gatorade powder
C. gas in gas
227. What is the name of the following:NaOH
D. Alloy
A. sodium hydroxide
222. When blue litmus paper is placed in a B. sodium oxide hydrogen
base
C. hydrosodium acid
A. it turns red
D. sodium hydrogen oxide
B. it stays blue
228. in your stomach aid in digestion.
C. it turns green
A. bases
D. it dissolves
B. acids
223. Electrolysis of brine solution gives
C. indicators
A. Caustic soda
D. neutral
B. Chlorine at anode
229. Has a pH greater than 7:
C. Hydrogen at cathode
A. Acid
D. All of these
B. Base
224. Cooper is attempting to dissolve rock salt
C. Both acid and base
in warm water but it is a slow process.
How could he most effectively increase the D. Salt
rate of solution of the rock salt?
230. Reactant of neutralization reaction:
A. Decrease the temperature of the wa-
A. Acid
ter.
B. Base
B. Increase the concentration of the salt.
C. Both acid and base
C. Agitate the rock salt and the cool wa-
ter. D. Salt
D. Grind the rock salt into smaller pieces. 231. Bases that do not soluble in water called
225. What causes acid rain?
A. Alkalis
A. High concentrations of sulfuric or ni-
tric acid from pollution B. Acid
B. Fertilizer use C. Base
C. Pesticide use D. none of above

D. CFCs 232. Lemon juice has a pH of 2. What does


this indicate about lemon juice?
226. Adding powdered Gatorade to water
makes a tasty solution. What is the sol- A. It is an acid.
vent in this example? B. It is a base.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 272

C. It is a salt. 238. Which best describes the particles of mat-


D. It is neutral. ter in a gas?
A. The particles are tightly packed to-
233. A reaction between an acid and a base.
gether, but vibrate in place.
A. Natural
B. The particles are close together, but
B. Neutralization can slide past one another.
C. Nature
C. The particles are spread far apart, but

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Neutral cannot move.
234. What are properties of a base? D. The particles are spread far apart and
A. Slippery, bitter, does not react with can move freely.
metals, pH above 7.
239. Sugar is added to tea to make sweet tea.
B. Slippery, bitter, reacts with metals, pH In chemical terms the sugar is the and
below 7. the tea (mostly water) is the
C. Sour, reacts with metals, pH below 7
A. endothermic, exothermic.
D. Sour, reacts with metals, pH above 7.
B. chemical, dissolution.
235. If a solution is neither acidic or basic it C. reactant, product.
has a pH of
D. solute, solvent.
A. 1
B. 13 240. This acid cleans steel.
C. 6 A. hydrochloric acid
D. 7 B. phosphoric acid
236. When acids and bases combine, they usu- C. sulfuric acid
ally
D. lactic acid
A. neutralize
B. explode 241. what safety precautions should you take
C. react when using an acid?
D. none of above A. gloves and glasses

237. The reaction of hydrochloric acid (HCl) B. long clothes and goggles
with ammonia (NH3) is described by the C. wear gloves, goggles and long clothes
equation:HCl + NH3 → NH4ClA student is
D. shoes, goggles and small gloves
titrating 100.0 mL of 0.10 M NH3 with
0.5 M HCl. How much hydrochloric acid
242. The liquid in your stomach has a pH of
must be added to react completely with
about 2, so it is
the ammonia?
A. an acid
A. 20.0mL
B. 500.0mL B. a base
C. 100.0mL C. Neutral
D. 5.0mL D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 273

243. Molecules will react after colliding if they C. greater than 7


have enough kinetic energy, collide fre-
D. greater than 14
quently, have the right orientation

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Collision Theory 249. mL of a solution of NaOH is found to be
B. Atomic Model completely neutralized by 8 mL of a given
solution of HCl. If we take 20 mL of the
C. Kinetic Molecular Theory
same solution of NaOH, the amount of HCl
D. Single Replacement Reaction solution (the same solution as before) re-
quired to neutralise it will be:
244. Which substance will dissolve in water to
produce H3O+ (hydronium ion) as the only A. 4 Ml
positive ion in solution?
B. 8 mL
A. an acid
C. 12 Ml
B. a base
D. 16 Ml
C. water
D. a salt 250. Which of the following is soluble salt?
245. Which of the following ionic compounds A. Magnesium carbonate
is insoluble in water?
B. Sodium nitrate
A. KCl
C. Silver chloride
B. CaSO4
C. Ca(OH)2 D. Barium sulphate

D. NH4S 251. If a few drops of concentrated acid acci-


246. When CO2 is passed through lime water, dentally spills over the hand of a student,
it turns milky. the milkiness in due to for- what should be done
mation of A. wash the hand with saline solution
A. H2O B. wash the hand immediately with plenty
B. CaCO3 of water and apply a soln of sodium hydro-
C. CaO gen carbonate

D. CO2 C. after washing apply soln of sodium hy-


droxide
247. What do we call items that have a pH of
7? D. neutralise the acid wih a strong alkali

A. acids 252. Which of the following substances would


B. bases have the greatest concentration of H+
C. indicator ions?

D. neutral A. Ammonia with pH 13

248. The pH of a basic solution is B. Water with pH 7

A. less than 0 C. Milk with pH 5


B. less than 7 D. Lemon juice with pH 2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 274

253. You dissolved a sample, in distilled water 258. Neela wants To Know Different Colours
and then added a drop of this solution to In Different Solutions With The Help Of
a test-tube containing blue litmus solution Red Litmus Paper. Consider The Follow-
which changes to red. It shows that the ing Sentences And Choose The Correct One
sample given to you is of: And Help Him:
A. Soap A. Milk in water shows no change.
B. Tomato juice B. Baking powder in water turns blue.

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. baking soda C. Blue vinegar in water source no
D. sugar change.
D. All the above.
254. The solubility of a solute depends on
A. only the temperature. 259. The pH of the gastric juices released dur-
B. only the nature of the solute. ing digestion is

C. the nature of the solute and the tem- A. less than 7


perature. B. more than 7
D. neither the nature of the solvent or the C. equal to 7
temperature.
D. equal to 0
255. What acid is commonly referred to as
vinegar? 260. Which is not the product of neutralization
process
A. nitric acid
A. Water
B. sulfuric acid
C. acetic acid B. Heat

D. phosphoric acid C. Salts


D. Sugar
256. What colour will universal indicator show
if you add it to the sulphuric acid, pH = 2 261. This acid is found in citrus fruits.
substances?
A. lactic acid
A. Dark purple; strong alkali.
B. citric acid
B. Orange yellow; weak acid.
C. nitric acid
C. Red; strong acid.
D. acetic acid
D. none of above

257. If battery acid spilled on the garage floor, 262. Any ionic compound that can be made
which of the following could you use to from the neutralization of an acid with a
neutralize it? base.

A. baking soda A. Alkalonium


B. vinegar B. Alkaline
C. lemon juice C. Acidic
D. oil D. Salt

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 275

263. Many cleaning solutions are bases. 269. What ion is present in bases
Which of the following is a common prop- A. Hydroxide ions (OH-)
erty among basic solutions?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Hydrogen ions (H+)
A. slippery feel
C. Potassium ions (K+)
B. white color
D. Chloride ions (Cl-)
C. salty taste
D. sour taste 270. What is the formula for potassium nitrate
A. NH4NO3
264. This acid is used to make fertilizers.
B. Mg(NO3)2
A. nitric acid
C. KNO3
B. citric acid
D. LiNO3
C. phosphoric acid
271. What is a universal indicator? For what
D. lactic acid
purpose is it used? What is the first state-
265. The chemical name for limewater is ment of this audio clip?
A. hydrogen chloride A. Universal indicator is a mixture of sev-
eral indicators.
B. hydrogen sulphate
B. It shows different colours at different
C. calcium hydroxide
concentrations of hydrogen ions in a solu-
D. sodium hydroxide tion.
266. What was red cabbage juice used as in C. It is used to measure the pH.
the lab we performed? D. none of above
A. as an acid
272. Which of the following feel soapy on
B. as a base touching?
C. as a colorant A. Acid
D. as an indicator B. Base
267. An electrolyte is known as a substance C. Salt
that D. None of these
A. produces electricity
273. Which of the following will conduct elec-
B. conducts electricity when aqueous tricity? Select all that apply
(dissolved in water) A. Acidic solutions
C. has a positive charge B. Basic solutions
D. has a negative charge C. Ionic solutions
268. A common alkali used in the lab is D. Neutral covalent solutions
A. hydrochloric acid 274. The addition of baking soda to pure wa-
B. sodium chloride ter, causes the conductivity to
C. hydrogen sulphate A. increase
D. sodium hydroxide B. decrease

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 276

C. multiply 280. Which of the following is acidic in na-


ture?
D. remain the same
A. Lime juice
275. What would be the pH of an acid? B. Human blood
A. 3 C. Lime water
B. 7 D. Antacid

C. 9 281. It takes 83 mL of a 0.45 M NaOH solu-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
tion to neutralize 235 mL of an HCl solu-
D. 14 tion. What is the concentration of the HCl
solution?
276. Mixing an acid with a base will form:
A. .016M
A. an alloy
B. 1.27M
B. a salt C. 6.4M
C. a polymer D. .002M
D. an isotope 282. HCl + NaOH →

277. What property do all three of these com- A. NaH + ClOH


mon household substances have in com- B. NaCl + H2
mon? -Pepsi-Vinegar-Orange Juice C. NaCl + H2O
A. They are all acidic D. NaCl + Cl2
B. They all have a pH above 7 283. According to which theory is a base a sub-
C. They all taste bitter stance which produces OH-ions in water?
A. Arrhenius
D. none of above
B. Bronsted-Lowry
278. The formula of the acid known as “kez- C. Lewis
zap” in Turkish is D. none of above
A. HBr
284. According to the articles in the tutorial
B. H2SO4 which pH level would best promote the
health of ocean coral?
C. HNO3
A. a completely neutral pH
D. HF
B. a pH around 8.0
279. Neutralization, the chemical reaction com- C. a pH less than 7.7
bining an acid with a base to produce a neu- D. a slowly decreasing pH
tral solution, always produces a salt and
285. in aqueous solution, H+ ions exist as
A. water
A. H30+
B. hydrogen gas B. H9O4+
C. carbon dioxide C. Neither of these
D. none of above D. either H30+ or H9O4+

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 277

286. Has a pH less than 7: B. water


A. Acid C. salt

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Base D. water & carbon
C. Both acid and base
292. Solutions with a pH greater than 7 are
D. Salt
called
287. What property do all three of these com- A. acids
mon household substances have in com-
mon? -Bleach-Detergent=Ammonia B. bases

A. They are all acidic. C. indicators


B. They all taste sour. D. neutral
C. They all have a pH above 7.
293. When found in food, acids often taste
D. none of above
A. Sour
288. A student adds a few drops of acid to a B. Bitter
beaker of water having pH 7. What is the
most likely pH of the resulting solution? C. Salty
A. 6 D. Slippery
B. 9
294. if you spill a base. what should you do?
C. 11
A. scream
D. 13
B. mop up
289. principle explaining when a system is dis-
C. neutralised with boric acid and clean
turbed, it responds to minimize the distur-
with paper towel
bance
A. Equilibrium constant (Keq) D. cry

B. Aufbau Principle 295. Which one of the following types of


C. Law of Constant Composition medicines is used for treating indiges-
tion?
D. LeChatelier’s Principle
A. Antibiotic
290. If the given solution neither changes the
colour of the red litmus nor blue litmus pa- B. Analgesic
per, it is C. Antacid
A. An Acid D. Antiseptic
B. A base
296. A range of values from 0 to 14.
C. Neutral
D. Colourless A. potential of Hydrogen
B. potential of Hydroxide
291. A neutralization reaction will always pro-
duce C. potential of Hydronium
A. water & salt D. potential of Hydrolysis

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 278

297. Bases feel 303. Chemical symbol of chlorine is


A. slippery A. C
B. dry B. Ch
C. rough C. Cl
D. moist D. Cr

298. What range of values on the pH scale rep- 304. Which of the following is an acid salt?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
resent solutions with a higher ratio of hy-
A. CaCl2
droxide (OH-) ions?
B. NaSO4
A. below 7
C. H2S
B. 7
D. NaHSO4
C. above 7
D. 0-14 305. This acid is used for pain relief, fever re-
lief, and to reduce inflammation.
299. Have a bitter taste
A. acetylsalicylic acid
A. acid
B. ascorbic acid
B. base
C. carbonic acid
C. neither
D. hydrochloric acid
D. both
306. A solution contains both solute and sol-
300. A reaction between an acid and a base is vent particles equally distributed through-
called a(n) reaction. out the container. Adding additional sol-
A. hydro vent will cause the solution to become
B. ionization A. dilute
C. neutralization B. concentrated
D. redox C. saturated
D. supersaturated
301. Which of the four acids listed below is the
weakest acid 307. Your mother has an unlabeled bottle of
A. Ethanoic acid clear liquid in the refrigerator. You ask
your mother about it, and she tells you
B. Hydrochloric acid
that she bought it at the store for you to
C. Sulphuric acid drink but the label must have fallen off.
D. NItric acid You pour a small cup of the liquid and taste
it, and it has a distinctly sour flavor. The
302. Who is a ‘Father of Modern Chemistry’? pH of this liquid is MOST likely
A. Abraham Lincoln A. 0
B. Robert Boyle B. 7
C. John Dalton C. below 7
D. none of above D. above 7

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 279

308. Acids produce ions when they break A. .03125M


down or dissocciate. B. .8M

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Hydroxide (OH-) C. .3125M
B. Water D. .08M
C. Chlorine (Cl-)
314. substance which changes colour when
D. Hydrogen (H+) mixed with an acid or base is a(n)
309. Which of the followings is an acidic ox- A. indicator
ide? B. neutralizer
A. SO2 C. corrosive
B. H2O D. electricity
C. CO 315. A solution reacts with zinc granules to
D. ZnO give a gas which burns with a ‘pop’ sound.
The solution contains
310. Which of the following is not an indicator
used in the laboratory? A. Mg(OH)2
B. Na2CO3
A. Blue litmus paper
C. NaCl
B. Methyl orange
D. HCl
C. Hydrogen peroxide solution
D. phenolphthalein 316. What range of values on the pH scale rep-
resent solutions with a higher ratio of hy-
311. A 15.5 ml sample of 0.215 M KOH was dronium (H3O+) ions?
titrated with a weak acid. It took 21.2 mL
A. 0-14
of the acid to reach the equivalence point.
What is the molarity of the acid? B. below 7
A. .157M C. 7
B. .29M D. above 7

C. .0157M 317. Materials wear away.


D. .029M A. Erosion
B. Corrosive
312. Combines with other pollutants to form
acid rain C. Deterioration
A. Nitrogen oxides & sulfur dioxide D. Natural
B. Particulate matter & lead 318. is an ionic compound that can be
C. Nitrogen oxides & ground-level ozone formed by the reaction of an acid with a
base.
D. Sulfur dioxide & ground-level ozone
A. base
313. The Concentration of LiOH is 0.50 M. If B. salt
25 mL of LiOH is needed to titrate 40 mL
of HNO3 (nitric acid) what is the Concen- C. acid
tration of HNO3? D. hydrogen ion

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 280

319. Salt water is a common example of which C. 1.03


type of solution?
D. 12.97
A. solid in liquid
B. liquid in liquid 325. Whether an acid or base is considered
strong or weak depends only on the
C. liquid in gas
itself.
D. Alloy
A. characteristics
320. If vinegar and lemon juice are weak acids,

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. reaction
what do you think is generally true about
the taste of acidic foods? They taste C. compound
A. bitter D. none of above
B. sweet
326. How is a supersaturated aqueous solu-
C. sour
tion of salt in water prepared?
D. salty
A. Add salt to water and heat until the salt
321. The pH of a strong base would be: dissolves completely.
A. 1-2 B. Prepare a warm saturated solution
B. 5-6 and then cool the solution.
C. 8-9 C. Prepare a cool saturated solution and
D. 13-14 then warm the solution.
D. Add a large amount of salt to water
322. Identify the case where water is NOT the
and then filter off the excess salt.
solvent.
A. iced tea 327. Which of the following must be true if a
B. Kool-Aid chemical reaction is at equilibrium?
C. humid air A. The chemical reaction is exothermic
D. soapy water B. The chemical reaction is reversible
323. The air we breathe contains different in- C. The products have more energy than
dividual gases (mostly nitrogen and oxy- the reactants
gen). Which of the following correctly de-
scribes the air we breathe? D. All of the reactants are soluble in wa-
ter
A. Mixture
B. Liquid 328. Using your “Common Acid-Base Indica-
C. Compound tor” chart. Determine the pH if metacresol
purple had a pH of 8.6
D. Element
A. yellow
324. Limes have a [H3O+] of 1.3 x 10-2
mol/L. Their pOH is B. green

A. 1.89 C. blue
B. 12.11 D. purple

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 281

329. Which of the following is used for disso- B. Calcium hydroxide


lution of gold? C. Potassium hydroxide

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Hydrochloric acid D. Magnesium hydroxide
B. Sulphuric acid
335. A substance with the pH of 6 would be
C. Nitric acid
D. Aqua regia A. extremely acidic
330. The color of litmus in alkali: B. extremely basic
A. Red C. somewhat basic
B. Blue D. somewhat acidic
C. Purple
336. An aqueous solution means the solute is
D. Green
A. dissolved in oil
331. If the [H3O+] of a solution is 1 x 10-8 B. dissolved in water
mol/L the [OH-] is
C. in the liquid phase
A. 1.0 x 10-6
D. in the gas phase
B. 1.0 x 106
337. The chemical reaction between the
C. 1.0 x 10-8
reagents luminol and bleach produces a
D. 1.0 x 108 brief flash of light. Which change would
most likely slow the reaction and make the
332. what happens when a solution of an acid
light produced in the reaction last longer?
is mixed with a solution of a base in a test
tube? a A. adding a catalyst
A. temperature of the solution increases B. decreasing the temperature
B. temperature of the solution decreases C. increasing the luminol concentration
C. temperature remains constant D. decreasing the quantity of both
reagents
D. no reaction
338. Vinegar added to purple cabbage juice
333. What happens immediately after you dis-
turns the mixture
solve acid in water?
A. pink/red
A. Positively charged hydrogen atoms
are released. B. blue/green
B. Hydronium ions are released. C. purple
C. Negatively charged hydrogen atoms D. yellow
are released.
339. What do hydronium and hydroxide ions
D. Neutrally charged hydrogen atoms are have in common?
released.
A. the type of substances that produce
334. Which of the following base is used in the them when dissolved in water
manufacture of bleaching powder? B. the pH range at which they are most
A. Sodium hydroxide common

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 282

C. the number of hydrogen atoms in one 345. Common salt besides being used in
molecule kitchen can also be used as the raw mate-
D. the elements they are made of rial for making (i) washing soda (ii) bleach-
ing powder (iii) baking soda (iv) slaked
340. acids are lime
A. bitter A. (i) and (ii)
B. slippery B. (i), (ii) and (iv)

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. corrosive C. (i) and (iii)
D. weak D. (i), (iii) and (iv)

341. The property which is not shown by acids 346. The most common unit of concentration in
is: chemistry is known as
A. they have sour taste A. moles (mol)
B. they feel soapy B. Molarity (mol/L)
C. they turn litmus red C. molality (mol/kg)
D. their pH is less than seven D. parts per million (ppm)

342. The pH of a strong acid would be: 347. Manure is added, when the soil is too
A. 1-2 A. Acidic
B. 5-6 B. Basic
C. 8-9 C. Neutral
D. 12-13 D. None of these

343. To protect tooth decay we are advised to 348. Which of the following substance will not
brush our teeth regurlarly.The toothpaste give carbon dioxide on treatment with di-
is lute acid?
A. acidic A. Marble
B. neutral B. Limestone
C. basic C. Baking soda
D. corrosive D. Lime

344. Which is the correct set of base proper- 349. Why do metals dissolve when you dip
ties? them in acid?
A. sweet taste, slippery, changes litmus A. The buffers in the metal are eaten
from blue to red away by the acid.
B. bitter taste, slippery, change litmus B. The electrons in the metal are stripped
from red to blue away by hydrogen ions.
C. sour taste, corrosive, change litmus C. The hydrogen ions in the acid react
from blue to red with the hydroxyl ions in the metal.
D. sour taste, corrosive, change litmus D. The acid reacts with the basic metal to
from red to blue form carbon dioxide gas and salt.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 283

350. What acid is often found in fertilizer? 356. Identify the correct representation of re-
A. nitric acid action occurring during chloralkali process
A. 2NaCl(l) + 2H2O(l) → 2NaOH(l) +

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. sulfuric acid
Cl2(g) + H2(g)
C. phosphoric acid
B. 2NaCl(aq) + 2H2O(aq) → 2NaOH(aq)
D. acetic acid + Cl2(g) + H2(g)
351. if the [H+] of a solution is 1.0 x 10-2 C. 2NaCl(aq) + 2H2O(l) → 2NaOH(aq) +
mol/L the pH is Cl2(aq) + H2(aq)
A. 2 D. 2NaCl (aq) + 2H2O (l) → 2NaOH (aq)
B. -2 + Cl2(g) + H
C. 1 357. Which of the following is not a method to
D. 12 produce salt?
A. Neutralisation
352. This acid is used in carbonated drinks
only. B. Reaction between acid and reactive
metal
A. carbonic acid
C. Reaction between acid and aqueous
B. acetic acid ammonia
C. hydrochloric acid D. Reaction between metal and metal
D. nitric acid
358. A drop of solution ‘X’ is placed on a strip
353. What is the best synonym for “alloy? ” of pH paper. A deep red colour is produced.
A. Nonmetal The solution ‘X’ is
B. Mineral A. NaOH
C. Blend B. HCl
D. Stone C. H2O
D. Na2CO3
354. What type of liquid would taste bitter
and feel slippery? 359. This acid is found in yogurt and buttermilk
A. a base and is produced in your muscles during high
levels of exercise when your muscles need
B. an acid oxygen.
C. water A. lactic acid
D. citrus juice B. acetic acid
355. The juice we drink contains different in- C. hydrochloric acid
dividual solids and liquids (mostly sugars D. nitric acid
and acids). Which of the following cor-
rectly describes the juice we drink? 360. Acid in car battery:
A. Mixture A. Hydrochloric acid
B. Liquid B. Sulfuric acid
C. Compound C. Acetic acid
D. Element D. Carbonic acid

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 284

361. Which of the following is not the method C. The basic pH of milk of magnesia neu-
to produce soluble salt? tralizes any extra stomach acid.
A. Neutralisation D. Milk of magnesia has a neutral nature
B. Reaction between acid and reactive which dilutes the stomach acid.
metal
367. What is the most likely pH of a tube of
C. Distillation toothpaste?
D. Reaction between acid and metal oxide A. 3

NARAYAN CHANGDER
362. Healthy environments for life have a pH B. 5
closest to:
C. 7
A. 1
D. 9
B. 3
C. 7 368. The anion that identifies a substance as a
base is called
D. 10
A. hydrogen ion, H+
363. What is the pH of water?
B. hydronium, H3O+
A. 0
C. hydroxide, OH-
B. 4
D. hydrocarbon, CxHx
C. 7
D. 14 369. Based on its pH level, which of the fol-
lowing is an acid?
364. This acid is found in vinegar.
A. sea water, pH=8.25
A. acetic acid
B. detergent, pH=10
B. lactic acid
C. milk, pH=6.5
C. sulfuric acid
D. human saliva, pH=7
D. hydrochloric acid
370. Which is an example of a solution?
365. Milk has a pH of 6.5 which best describes
it’s pH? A. air
A. slightly basic B. oxygen
B. strongly basic C. salt
C. slightly acidic D. water
D. strongly acidic
371. What colour does blue litmus show in a
366. How does milk of magnesia act to calm neutral solution?
an upset stomach? A. Red
A. Acidic milk of magnesia helps to coun-
B. Blue
teract the stomach acid.
C. Pink
B. An upset stomach requires more acid
instead of milk of magnesia. D. Yellow

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 285

372. According to Arrhenius acid-base theory, C. 0 to 14


an acid is
D. 0 to 1

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. an H+ acceptor
B. a H+ donor 378. are used to neutralise acid in the
stomach.
C. a substance that produces H+ in wa-
ter A. Toothpastes
D. anything with an H+ B. Bacterias

373. When using pH paper, the pH of a solu- C. Antacids


tion can be determined by looking at the D. More strong acids
of the paper.
A. texture 379. Baking soda has a pH between 8 and 9.
What is one reason that baking soda is of-
B. color ten kept on hand in chemistry labs?
C. length A. It speeds up chemical reactions.
D. mass
B. It can help neutralize spilled bases
374. What are salts? Give example. What is C. It can help neutralize spilled salts.
the second statement of this audio clip?
D. It can help neutralize spilled acids.
A. In neutralisation reaction a new sub-
stance is formed. 380. A substance that produces an H+ ion
B. This is called salt. when in solution is called a(n)
C. Salt may be acidic, basic or neutral in A. base
nature.
B. acid
D. Example:Sodium chloride.
C. saturated solution
375. What is the Ph of Water D. catalyst
A. 3
B. 6 381. What colour does a red litmus turn in
bases? :
C. 7
A. Blue
D. 9
B. Red
376. What does a neutralization reaction pro-
C. Pink
duce?
A. acids D. Purple
B. bases 382. A hydronium ion is like a molecule
C. water and a salt with an extra hydrogen atom.
D. carbonated water A. Acid

377. The pH scale in general use ranges from B. Base


A. 0 to 7 C. Water
B. -1 to 1 D. Vinegar

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 286

383. What is the colour of copper (II) sulphate C. neutral


crystals D. salty
A. green
389. Which of the following group of salt is all
B. yellow
soluble?
C. white
A. Carbonate salt
D. blue
B. Chloride salt

NARAYAN CHANGDER
384. Litmus paper can be used to determine C. Sulphate salt
the of a substance.
D. Nitrate salt
A. relative volume
B. temperature 390. The addition of sulfuric acid to pure water
causes the conductivity to
C. relative pH
A. increase
D. chemical formula
B. decrease
385. Acid in our stomach:
C. multiply
A. Hydrochloric acid
D. remain the same
B. Sulfuric acid
C. Acetic acid 391. In the equation below, what is the Bron-
sted Lowry acid? HCl + NH3 → Cl-+
D. Carbonic acid NH4+
386. A 1-liter bottle full of a solution is labeled A. HCl
70% ethanol. What does it most likely B. NH3
contain?
C. Cl-
A. 350 mL water and 350 mL ethanol
D. NH4+
B. 300 mL water and 700 mL ethanol
C. 700 mL water and 300 mL ethanol 392. The pH is a way to express the concen-
tration of a in a aqueous solution.
D. 1000 mL of ethanol and nothing else
A. hydronium ion
387. If the pH of a solution is 7 the solution is
said to be B. hydrofluoric acid

A. Acidic C. carbon dioxide

B. Basic D. none of above


C. Neutral 393. Using your “Common Acid-Base Indica-
D. Tasty tor” chart. Determine the pH if phenolph-
thalein is colourless.
388. If the hydroxide ion (OH-) concentration
A. 10
is greater than the hydronium ion (H3O+)
concentration, then the solution is B. 7
A. basic C. 8.4
B. acidic D. 9.7

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 287

394. Pure water (H2O) has a pH of 7 and C. Red; strong acid.


would be classified as
D. none of above

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. a base
B. a neutral substance 400. Which of the following is an acid-base in-
dicator?
C. both an acid and a base
A. Vinegar
D. an acid
B. Lime water
395. This base is used as a laxative and
antacid. C. Turmeric

A. aluminum hydroxide D. Baking soda


B. ammonia 401. substance that is a 10 on the pH scale is
C. magnesium hydroxide a(n)
D. sodium hydroxide A. acid
396. If someone described a coin as “lustrous, B. neutral
“ what would they mean? C. base
A. It was durable. D. indicator
B. It was tarnished.
C. It was hard. 402. What gas is released when acid rain de-
stroys buildings made of limestone (cal-
D. It was shiny. cium carbonate)
397. What acid is produced in the stomach dur- A. Oxygen
ing digestion?
B. Hydrogen
A. nitric acid
C. Nitrogen dioxide
B. sulfuric acid
D. Carbon dioxide
C. acetic acid
D. hydrochloric acid 403. When found in food, bases often taste

398. Turmeric is a natural indicator. On adding


its paste to acid and base separately, A. Sour
which colours would be observed. B. Bitter
A. Yellow in both acid and base C. Salty
B. Yellow in acid and red in base D. Soggy
C. Pink in acid and yellow in base
404. Household ammonia would have what pH
D. Red in acid and blue in base
value
399. What colour will universal indicator show A. pH 1
if you add it to the sodawater, pH = 5 pH
substances? B. pH 12
A. Dark purple; strong alkali. C. pH 7
B. Orange yellow; weak acid. D. pH 8

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 288

405. How is mercury different from every 411. which one of the foll can be used as acid-
other metal on the periodic table? base indicator by visually impared student
A. It’s liquid at room temperature. A. litmus
B. It doesn’t conduct electricity. B. turmeric
C. It has no luster.
C. vanilla essence
D. It is totally inelastic.
D. petunia leaves
406. When salt, vinegar and spices are mixed

NARAYAN CHANGDER
in oil, the resulting solution is a 412. Which will form hydroxide ions in solu-
tion?
A. element
B. compound A. a base

C. homogeneous mixture B. an acid


D. heterogeneous mixture C. an alloy

407. typical base? D. a neutral substance


A. vinegar 413. Mylie tested the pH of ammonia and
B. car battery lemon juice. What was most likely her re-
C. lemon juice sult?
D. bleach A. Both ammonia and lemon juice had a
pH value less than 7
408. Taste bitter, feel slippery, and turn red
litmus paper blue. B. Both ammonia and lemon juice had a
pH value more than 7
A. Base
C. Ammonia had a pH value less than 7
B. Acid
and lemon juice had a value more than 7.
C. Salt
D. Ammonia had a pH value more than 7
D. pH and lemon juice had a value less than 7
409. Lemon JuiceTums (antacid) Water Put all
of the above household items in order from 414. Acid in soft drink:
lowest to highest pH. A. Hydrochloric acid
A. Lemon juice, water, Tums B. Sulfuric acid
B. Water, Tums, Lemon Juice C. Acetic acid
C. Water, Lemon Juice, Tums
D. Carbonic acid
D. Tums, water, lemon juice
415. what type of ions do acids form when dis-
410. what colour does litmus paper turn when
solved in water?
in contact with an acid?
A. hydroxide ions (OH-)
A. blue
B. black B. oxygen ions (O2-)
C. green C. hydrogen ions (H+)
D. red D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 289

416. Feels slipperty 422. H2O is


A. acid A. a compound

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. base B. an element
C. salt C. a heterogeneous mixture
D. none of above D. a homogeneous mixture

417. What are salts? Give example. What is 423. if a solution has a pOH of 5.2 the [OH-]
the first statement of this audio clip? of the solution is
A. In neutralisation reaction a new sub- A. 6 x 10-6 M
stance is formed. B. 6.3 x 10-6 M
B. This is called salt. C. 1.58 x 10-5 M
C. Salt may be acidic, basic or neutral in D. 2 x 10-5 M
nature.
424. pH stands for:
D. Example:Sodium chloride.
A. Potency of hydrogen
418. A salt derived from strong acid and weak B. Plurality of hydrogen
base will dissolve in water to give a solu-
tion which is- C. Potential of hydrogen
D. Pleurisy of hydrogen
A. Acidic
B. Basic 425. Which of the following describes how ele-
ments are arranged in the periodic table?
C. Neutral
A. by chemical name
D. none of these
B. by repeating atomic number
419. What kind of solution has a pH of 5? C. by increasing atomic number
A. Acid D. by decreasing atomic mass
B. Base
426. Which of the following types of medicine
C. Neutral is used for treating indigestion caused by
D. none of above over-eating?

420. Bases turn Red litmus to A. antibiotic


B. analgesic
A. Green
C. antacid
B. Yellow
D. antiseptic
C. Blue
D. Black 427. What is the molarity of a 0.5L sample of
a solution that contains 60.0 g of sodium
421. which of the foll is not a base hydroxide (NaOH)
A. NAOH A. 0.8 M
B. KOH B. 1.5M
C. NH4OH C. 3.0M
D. C2H5OH D. 6.0M

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 290

428. What is the name of the following C. They all have a pH above 7.
acid:HCl
D. They all turn litmus paper blue.
A. hydrochloric acid
B. chloric acid 434. Adding a reactant to a system at equilib-
rium will
C. perchloric acid
D. chlorous acid A. shift the reaction towards the reac-
tants
429. Substances which taste sour are known

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. shift the reaction towards the prod-
as
ucts
A. Chemical
C. result in no change to the reaction
B. Acid
D. will cause the reaction to go to comple-
C. Salt
tion
D. Base
435. Determine which choice(s) is/are cor-
430. Caffeine is a weak acid. In which pH
rect? I. Grinding solids increases their
range does caffeine test?
surface area of contact.II. Stirring slows
A. 0-2 down (decreases) rate of dissolution.III.
B. 3-6 Grinding solids speeds up their rate of dis-
solution. IV. Heating slows down (de-
C. 8-12
creases) rate of dissolution.
D. 13-14
A. I, II, and III
431. Four solutions are tested and found to
B. II and IV
have the following pH values. Which of
these substances would be considered the C. I and III
weakest acid?
D. III and IV
A. Lemon Juice-pH=2
B. Apple Juice-pH=4.5 436. A substance that tastes bitter, feels slip-
C. Shower Cleaner-pH=5.5 pery, and turns red litmus paper blue is

D. Hydrogen Peroxide-pH=7 A. acid

432. Our sweat is the waste. B. base

A. Neutral C. indicator
B. Basic waste D. solvent
C. Acidic waste
437. What color does a base turn in the pres-
D. none of above ence of an indicator?
433. PepsiVinegar Orange Juice What prop- A. red
erty do all three of these common house-
hold substances have in common? B. blue

A. They are all acidic. C. orange


B. They all taste bitter. D. yellow

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 291

438. Which of the following substances con- C. A mixture can be separated by physical
tain acid? means.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. An orange D. A mixture must be homogeneous or
B. Bleach heterogeneous
C. Distilled water 444. This acid is in your stomach and is used
D. Washing powder to digest foods.
A. hydrochloric acid
439. Hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide
will conduct electricity when dissolved in B. sulfuric acid
water. This means that they are both
C. citric acid
A. hydrates
D. acetylsalicylic acid
B. electrolytes
C. nonpolar covalent 445. This acid is used in car batteries and to
manufacture fertilizers and other chemi-
D. insoluble cals.
440. What gas relights a glowing splint? A. hydrochloric acid
A. Oxygen B. carbonic acid
B. Nitrogen C. sulfuric acid
C. Sulphur dioxide D. lactic acid
D. Carbon dioxide
446. Hf stands for
441. BOTH acids and bases
A. hydrofluric acid
A. turn red litmus blue.
B. hydrogen fluoride
B. turn red litmus blue.
C. hydrogen fluorine
C. donate protons to solution.
D. none of above
D. conduct electricity in water.
447. The property which is common between
442. The substance that produced as a result
vinegar and curd is that they:
of neutralization between acids and bases
are called A. have sweet taste
A. Salts B. have bitter taste
B. Sugar C. are tasteless
C. None of the above D. have sour taste
D. none of above
448. Acids typically taste
443. Which is NOT a characteristic of mix- A. sour
tures? (SC.8.P.8.9)
B. sweet
A. A A mixture can consist of a single ele-
ment. C. both
B. A mixture can be a solution. D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 292

449. Ammonia is a common base used in house- 454. Solutions with a pH lower than 7 are
hold cleaning products. What color will lit- called
mus paper turn when placed in a solution A. acids
of ammonia?
B. bases
A. blue
C. indicators
B. yellow
D. neutral
C. green

NARAYAN CHANGDER
455. How do substances and mixtures differ?
D. red
A. the composition of one is always the
450. If you have a substance with a pH of 3, same, and the composition of the other
what is it? varies
B. one contains only one type of atom,
A. acid
and the other contains two or more
B. base C. one is always homogeneous, and the
C. neutral other is always heterogeneous
D. none of above D. one contains one type of molecule, and
the other contains two types
451. If someone said a particular metal had
456. After tasting the salt in the ocean water
“hardness, “ what would she mean?
on a visit to the beach one day, you recall
A. It can’t be bent easily from chemistry class that the salt is the
in the ocean water.
B. It can’t be stretched out easily
A. solid
C. It can’t be scratched easily
B. solute
D. If you bend it, it won’t go back to its
original shape C. solution
D. solvent
452. Dish detergent has a pH of 10. What
does this indicate about dish detergent? 457. The discomfort caused by indigestion due
to overeating can be cured by taking:
A. It is an acid.
A. vinegar
B. It is a base.
B. lemon juice
C. It is a salt. C. baking soda
D. It is neutral. D. caustic soda

453. Choose (3) properties of bases. 458. As a carbonated drink, such as soda, is
heated, what happens to the solubility of
A. sweet
carbon dioxide GAS in the drink?
B. bitter A. it is not affected
C. electronically conductive B. it increases
D. stings skin C. it can increase or decrease
E. slippery feel D. it decreases

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 293

459. Which of these are properties of an acid 465. Taste sour, react with metals and carbon-
A. conducts electricity ates, and turn blue litmus paper red.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. bitter taste A. Aluminum

C. slippery feel B. Acid


D. tastes sour C. Base
E. has a pH higher than 7 D. Alkaline

460. How would you raise the pH of a solu- 466. What is the concentration of a solution
tion? when 0.050 L of a 2.25M solution of KBr
is diluted to 1.000 L?
A. add water
A. 0.113M
B. add an acid
B. 0.225M
C. add a base
C. 0.250M
D. add a pH indicator
D. 0.450M
461. The correct way of making a solution of
acid in water is to 467. The pH of a cup of black coffee is 5
while the pH of glass of tomato juice is 4.
A. add water to acid
Comparing the pH of the two liquids, the
B. add acid to water tomato juice has [H+ ] than the coffee.
C. mix acid and water simultaneously A. half as many
D. none B. 10 times more
462. Which substance below is an Arrhenius C. 10 times less
Base? D. 100 times more
A. CH3OH
468. What are characteristics of acids?
B. KOH (choose 1 answer that has all 3 correct
C. HCl answers.)
D. HF A. sour taste, bitter, and slippery feel
B. sour taste, turns red litmus paper blue,
463. if you spill an acid. what should you do?
rough
A. tell a teacher
C. sour taste, electrically conductive,
B. dilute with water and baking soda form hydrogen gas when mixed with reac-
C. don’t clean up right away tive metals.
D. all of the above D. none of above

464. If you needed native metals, which tool 469. The indicators which turn red in acid solu-
would be most useful? tion are:
A. A Geiger counter A. turmeric and litmus
B. A shove B. phenolphthalein and methyl orange
C. A furnace C. litmus and methyl orange
D. A large magnet D. phenolphthalein and litmus

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 294

470. Elements with positive valences usually 475. What factor MOST affects the rate at
electrons. which a substance dissolves?
A. Donate A. particle type
B. Accept B. surface area
C. Have no C. size
D. Create D. state of matter

NARAYAN CHANGDER
471. A chemist is working with a liquid sub- 476. What acid is used as a flavoring agent in
stance that taste bitter, feels slippery, and Dr. Pepper?
conducts an electric current. Which of the
A. sulfuric acid
following is the chemist most likely work-
ing with? B. nitric acid
A. a salt C. phosphoric acid
B. a base D. acetic acid
C. an acid 477. Milk of magnesia is a base. What hap-
D. distilled water pens when you drink milk of magnesia for
an upset stomach?
472. what type of ions do alkalis form when
A. It raises the pH of your stomach.
dissolved in water?
B. It lowers the pH of your stomach.
A. hydroxide ions (OH-)
C. It cleanses the stomach of harmful,
B. oxygen ions (O2-)
painful bacteria.
C. hydrogen ions (H+)
D. It coats the walls of your stomach with
D. none of above a protective layer.

473. A is formed when an positive ion 478. Which of the following is not a mineral
bonds with a negative ion. acid?
A. Acid A. Hydrochloric acid
B. base B. Citric acid
C. salt C. Sulphuric acid
D. neutral ion D. Nitric acid

474. A method of separating parts of a mix- 479. A type of juice has a sour taste and turns
ture that takes advantage of each parti- a piece of litmus paper red. Which term
cle’s physical size is called describes the juice?
A. solvation A. acidic
B. filtration B. basic
C. distillation C. neutral
D. chromatography D. saline

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 295

480. Which indicator has a wide range of col- C. water, tomato juice, bleach
ors depending on the pH of the solution? D. tomato juice, bleach, water

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Litmus paper
486. The acid is released when ant stings is
B. pH paper
C. Neither A. Formic acid
D. none of above B. Acetic acid
481. Milk of magnesia is used as an C. Neural

A. Chocolate D. none of above

B. Soup 487. What can you infer from the fact that
metals are good conductors of electricity?
C. antacid
A. Electrical appliances made of metal
D. None of them
are dangerous
482. A sugar solution does not change the B. Most electrical wiring is made of metal
color of both blue and red litmus paper. C. All non-metallic objects, like water and
This means the sugar solution is a the human body, are poor electrical con-
A. acid ductors
B. base D. Metals also make good insulators
C. neutral 488. If a solution’s pH is higher than 7 it is a
D. none of above The higher the number, the more
the solution.
483. BleachDetergent Ammonia What prop-
A. acidic, basic
erty do all three of these common house-
hold substances have in common? B. basic, acidic
A. They are all acidic. C. base, basic
B. They all taste sour. D. acid, acidic

C. They all have a pH above 7. 489. turns litmus paper red


D. They all turn litmus paper red. A. bases
B. salts
484. Products of a neutralisation reaction are
always: C. acids
A. an acid and a base D. none of above

B. an acid and a salt 490. What is the concentration of a solu-


tion where 14.6 grams of sodium chlo-
C. a salt and water
ride (NaCl) is dissolved to make 2.80
D. a salt and a base liters of solution? (molar mass NaCl =
58.44g/mol)
485. Tomato Juice Bleach Water Put all of the
above household items in order from high- A. 6.02x1023 M
est to lowest pH. B. 304 M
A. Tomato juice, water, bleach C. 0.0892 M
B. bleach, water, tomato juice D. 5.22 M

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 296

491. A solution has an concentration of 497. What is the name of the acid found in car
0.0001 M. What is the pH of the solu- batteries
tion? A. Nitric acid
A. 3 B. Hydrochloric acid
B. 4 C. Phosphoric acid
C. 10 D. Sulphuric acid
D. 14
498. What substance would do the best job of

NARAYAN CHANGDER
492. On the pH scale what numbers are neu- cleaning pots and pans?
trals? A. A substance with a pH of 7
A. 8-14 B. A substance with a pH of 2
B. 0-7 C. A substance with a pH of 4
C. 7 D. A substance with a pH of 8
D. 1 499. A base has a taste.
493. uses of bases A. bland
A. eating B. salty
B. cleaning and helping to manufacture C. bitter
paper D. sour
C. showering 500. Indigestion can be treated by drinking
D. none of above A. water
494. The reaction of an acid with most metals B. antacid
produces a salt and C. vinegar
A. hydrogen gas D. sodium hydroxide
B. water
501. Calculate the molarity of a HCl solution if
C. carbon dioxide 25.0 mL of the solution is neutralized by
D. oxygen 15.5 mL of 0.800 M NaOH:
A. .248M
495. Which scenario would result in the
fastest rate of dissolution? B. .496M
A. A sugar cube in hot water. C. 1.29M
B. A sugar cube in cool water. D. .645M
C. Powdered sugar in hot water. 502. A colourless and odourless gas is liber-
D. Powdered sugar in cool water. ated when hydrochloric acid is added to a
solution of washing soda. The name of the
496. Lemon drop turns gas is
A. Red litmus into blue A. Carbon dioxide
B. No reaction B. Nitrogen dioxide
C. Blue Litmus into red C. Sulphur dioxide
D. All of them D. Sulphur trioxide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.3 Common features of acid and base 297

503. The substance that are sour to taste are D. Warm water released from nuclear
called power plants.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Acidic substances 509. Acid in vinegar:
B. Basic substances A. Hydrochloric acid
C. Neutral substances B. Sulfuric acid
D. none of above C. Acetic acid
504. Substances which taste bitter are known D. Carbonic acid
as
510. Black coffee has a pH of 5. It is a
A. Base
A. Weak
B. Salt
B. Strong
C. Chemical
C. Acid
D. Acid
D. Base
505. What colour is a strong alkali on the pH
scale? 511. What are the common properties of
bases?
A. dark blue
A. Bitter taste
B. yellow
B. Corrosive
C. green
C. Sour taste
D. red
D. Soapy nature
506. One of the following is not an organic
acid. This is: 512. The pH scale ranges from

A. ethanoic acid A. 1 to 14

B. formicacid B. 1 to 12

C. citric acid C. 0 to 12

D. carbonic acid D. 0 to 14

507. Which substance is alkali? 513. What is the pH of a 0.05 M solution of


potassium hydroxide, KOH?
A. Toothpaste
A. 14.0
B. Vinegar
B. 1.3
C. Lemon juice
C. 12.7
D. Soft drink
D. 0.5
508. Which of the following is a common cause
of acid rain? 514. This base is used to make leather, mortar
and plaster, and less the acidity of soil
A. Oil spilled into tropical ocean waters
A. aluminum hydroxide
B. Gases released when plants make
food B. calcium hydroxide
C. Emissions produced by burning fossil C. magnesium hydroxide
fuels D. sodium hydroxide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 298

515. A student detected the pH of four un- A. Combustion


known solutions A, B, C and D as fol- B. Neutralization
lows:11, 5, 7 and 2. Predict the nature
of these solutions. Which one is neutral C. Precipitation
solution D. Decomposition
A. A 519. Solid solutes dissolve better when tem-
B. B perature is

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. C A. increased
D. D B. decreased

516. A compound that changes color when in C. absolute zero


contact with an acid or a base. D. measured in ◦ C only
A. Indication 520. What are the basic properties of Acids?
B. Identity A. Bitter taste
C. Indicator B. Burning sensation
D. Idiom C. Sour taste
517. A solution with a pH of 7. D. slippery nature
A. Neutral 521. Measure of how acidic or basic something
B. Neutralization is.
C. Natural A. aH
D. Salt B. bH

518. Reaction between acid and alkali produc- C. pH


ing salt and water: D. Hp

2.4 Strength of acid and base


1. What is the pH of a 0.00056M butyric acid D. 5
(HC4H7O2) solution (Ka = 1.5 x 10-5)
3. Why are bases useful as cleaning prod-
A. 3.25
ucts?
B. 9.9x10-5
A. They dissolve fats and oils
C. 7
B. they are corrosive, so they eat any-
D. 4.00 thing
2. Which of the following pH’s would repre- C. they don’t mix with water
sent a strong base D. since bases are slippery, they slip dirt
A. 1 off of surfaces
B. 13
4. From the equation listed below, determine
C. 9 if the substance dissolved in water is an

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 299

acid or a base or neutral:HCl+H2O → 9. Which of the following word pairs cor-


H3O+ Cl- rectly completes the sentence below?
are corrosive substances characterized as

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. neutral
having a oily feel, a bitter taste, and a
B. acid A. Acids; pH less than 7
C. base B. Acids; pH greater than 7
D. none of above C. Bases; pH greater than 7
D. Bases; pH less than 7
5. *Explain why the pH of an acidic solution
is always a smaller number than the pOH 10. Which gas in the atmosphere causes the
of the same solution. pH of unpolluted rain to be approximately
A. the pH scale and pOH scale are oppo- 6?
site each other A. Carbon dioxide
B. pOH scale is higher numbers B. Sulfur dioxide
C. pH scale measures the concentration C. Oxygen
of [H+] ions and the pOH measures the D. Nitrogen
concentration of [OH-]
11. What are the products of this acid/metal
D. pH scale and pOH scale are the same reaction? Na + HCl →? ? ?

6. Which of these “HOY” acids is the weak- A. H2 + H2O


est? B. H2O + NaCl
A. HOCl C. H2 + NaCl

B. HOI D. none of above

C. HOBr 12. Weak acids and bases do not break apart


completely into ions. True or False
D. All of these are equally strong.
A. True, all molecule break apart and
7. What type of substance partially dissoci- form H3O+
ates in water? B. False, all the molecules form ions in
A. Strong acids and bases water
C. True, only a few molecules form ions
B. Weak acids and bases
in water.
C. Neither acids nor bases D. none of above
D. Neutral substances
13. If you were to mix equal amounts of an
acid and a base, both of which had the
8. Which of the following would the conju-
same concentration, what would be the
gate acid of CO32-
product(s)?
A. CO2
A. a more basic solution
B. HCO3- B. a salt and water
C. H2CO3 C. a acidic solution
D. HCO2- D. none of these are correct

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 300

14. The pH scale allows scientists to define the C. all acids and bases are strong
acidity of a substance on a scale of ? D. there are more strong acids and bases
than there are weak acids/bases
A. 0-14
20. Which gas is evolved when acids react
B. 1-14 with metals?
C. 0-7 A. O 2
D. 7-14 B. CO 2

NARAYAN CHANGDER
15. Which of the following pairs are two C. H 2
strong acids? D. N 2
A. HF and HCl
21. Choose all of the properties that apply to
B. H2SO4 and HClO2 bases:
C. HClO4 and HBr A. turn red litmus to blue
D. HCl and H3PO4 B. turn blue litmus to red
16. If a weak acid, HA, has a Ka = 2.9 x 10-5, C. turn methyl orange to yellow
what is the Kb for its conjugate base, A-? D. turn methyl orange to red
A. 3.8 x 10-8
22. is a scale used to decide the strength
B. 3.4 x 10-10 of an acid or base
C. 1.4 x 10-7 A. pH scale
D. 1.4 x 10-9 B. logarithmic scale
17. Which tastes sour? C. chemical indicator
A. acids D. hydrogen ions
B. bases 23. Chloroacetic acid (CH2ClCOOH) has a Ka
C. neutral value of 1.40 x 10-3. What is the Kb
D. pH scale value?
A. 1.40 x 10-3
18. An ammonia(NH3) solution would:
B. 7.14 x 10-12
A. feel slippery and taste sour
C. 5.81 x 10-8
B. turn phenolphthalein pink and have a
pH less than 7 D. 6.34 x 10-9

C. taste bitter and react with metals to 24. Holly has an unknown substance in a
create H2 gas beaker. She wants to determine the rel-
D. produce OH-1 ions and turn red litmus ative pH of the unknown substance. She
blue places a piece of blue litmus paper into the
substance, and the litmus paper stays blue
19. What are the weak acids and bases? and red litmus paper turns blue.The sub-
A. all acids and bases are weak stance in the beaker

B. if not classified as strong, the A. is a base.


acid/base is considered weak B. has a neutral pH.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 301

C. is an acid. D. The reactant is a strong acid.


D. does not have a pH. 30. A basic solutions pH is

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


25. Which one of the following statements A. 7
about strong acids is TRUE? B. less than 7
A. Strong acids are 100% ionized in wa- C. greater than 7
ter.
D. between 0-14
B. The conjugate base of a strong acid is
a strong base. 31. Accepts protons (H+)
C. Strong acids are very concentrated A. Acid
acids. B. Base
D. Strong acids produce solutions with a C. Neither
higher pH than weak acids.
D. none of above
26. What type of ion does a Basic solution
have? 32. Completely dissociates in water to form
OH-ions.
A. Hydroxide ion
A. Strong acid
B. Hydronium ion
B. Strong base
C. Hydrogen ion
C. Weak acid
D. Hydraulic ion
D. Weak base
27. What colours do we see with universal in-
dicator? 33. According to Bronsted-Lowry acid base
theory, an acid is a
A. red-orange
A. Proton donor
B. colourless-pink
B. Proton acceptor
C. red-orange-green-blue
C. Produces H+ when added to water
D. red-blue
D. Made of H+
28. Which compound is correctly classified as
a salt? 34. Which of the following reactions will not
produce a gas?
A. baking soda
A. calcium carbonate + ethanoic acid
B. sodium chloride
B. barium oxide + citric acid
C. vinegar
C. ammonium sulfate + sodium hydrox-
D. ammonia ide
29. In chemical equations describing ionization, D. magnesium + sulfuric acid
what do double arrows pointing in oppo-
site directions indicate? 35. pH + pOH =
A. The ionization reaction is incomplete. A. 7
B. The reaction rate is doubled. B. 10
C. There is twice as much product as re- C. 14
actant. D. 28

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 302

36. Acids do which of the following? (HINT B. HCO3-(aq)


check your notesheet “properties of C. SO42-(aq)
acids & bases”)
D. H2CO3 (aq)
A. produce H+ in solution
B. taste bitter 42. Na2CO3.10H2O is known as-
C. feel slippery & soapy A. Baking Soda
D. produce OH-in solution B. Washing Soda

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Bleaching Powder
37. hydrobromic acid
D. None of these
A. strong acid
B. weak acid 43. *For the following solution [OH-] is equal
to 1.0x10−3 M and [H+] is equal to
C. strong base
1.0x10−11 M. What type of solution is
D. weak base this?
38. *When the weak acid HCOOH is placed in A. Acid
water what are the contents of the aque- B. Base
ous solution? (Hint:it is an equilibrium sys-
C. Neutral
tem)
D. pumpkin pie
A. COOH-and H3O+
B. COOH-, H3O+, and H2O 44. perchloric acid
C. COOH-, HCOOH, H3O+, and H2O A. strong acid
D. HCOOH, H3O+, and H2O B. weak acid
C. strong base
39. Litmus changes to the colour in the
presence of an acid. D. weak base
A. red 45. Accepts a pair of electrons
B. yellow A. Lewis Acid
C. blue B. Arrhenius Acid
D. green C. Bronsted Lowry Acid
40. NH3 + HOH → NH4+ + OH-Which two D. Arrhenius Base
species in this reaction are the bases?
46. Chalky, soapy, slippery
A. NH3 and OH-
A. Acid
B. HOH and OH-
B. Neutral
C. NH3 and NH4+
C. Indicator
D. HOH and NH4+
D. Base
41. Identify conjugate base in the follow-
ing reaction:HSO4-(aq) + HCO3-(aq) → 47. Stronger acids are those that-
SO42-(aq) + H2CO3 (aq) A. hold on to their protons more strongly
A. HSO4-(aq) B. lose their protons more easily

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 303

C. more completely inhibit polarity in wa- 53. What are the products of the neutraliza-
ter tion shown below? Calcium hydroxide +
carbonic acid->

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. exhibit hydrogen bonding
A. H2O + Ca2CO3
48. oxalic acid
B. CaO + CO3
A. strong acid
C. H2O + CaCO3
B. weak acid
D. none of above
C. strong base
D. weak base 54. pH 4
49. is a sour tasting chemical that causes A. acid
an indicator to change colour-the opposite B. base
of a base
C. neutral
A. acid
D. none of above
B. base
C. alkali 55. Based purely upon formula, which of the
following would likely be an acid?
D. electrolyte
A. NaOH
50. Which of the following is NOT considered
a strong acid? B. HCl
A. HCl C. H2SO4
B. HI D. Ca(OH)2
C. HF E. HC2H3O2
D. HBr
56. The following properties describe a(n)
51. Identify the Hydroxide Ion :* feel slippery*have a pH 7.1-14*turn lit-
mus blue
A. H+
A. acid
B. H3O+
B. base
C. OH-
D. H2O C. salt
D. neutral ion
52. Which of the following occurs as a result of
acid deposition? I. Leaching of nutrientsII. 57. A liquid is considered an acid if it has a lot
Thermal expansion of oceansIII. Fish are of
killed due to high level of Aluminium in the
water A. hydrogen ions

A. I and II B. positive ions


B. I and III C. hydroxide ions
C. II and III D. helium ions
D. I, II and III E. negative ions

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 304

58. pH of 11 B. perchloric acid, chloric acid


A. strong acid C. chloric acid, perchloric acid
B. weak acid D. hypochlorous acid, chlorous acid
C. weak base 64. The indicator Phenolphthalein is what color
D. strong base in a basic solution.
A. Pink
59. Which of the following correctly describes
B. Colorless

NARAYAN CHANGDER
an ACID?
C. Blue
A. feels slippery
D. Green
B. contains a hydroxide ion
C. has a bitter taste 65. Acid-base indicators are substances used
to determine roughly where a solution
D. forms hydrogen ions when dissolved in falls on the scale.
water
A. neutral
60. What reaction occurs when a solution of B. base
hydrochloric acid, HCl, is mixed with a so-
C. pH
lution of calcium hydroxide, Ca(OH)2?
D. acid
A. Cl + Ca(OH) → HCa + Cl(OH)2
B. HCl + Ca(OH)2 → H(OH)2 + CaCl 66. Choose whether this property applies to
an acid or base:they are electrolytes, aque-
C. 2HCl + Ca(OH)2 → 2H2O + CaCl2 ous solutions of them conduct electricity
D. 2HCl + Ca(OH)2 → H2Ca + 2ClOH A. acid
E. HCl + Ca(OH)2 → no reaction occurs B. base
61. The color change indicates when a titration C. both
has reach its D. none of above
A. endpoint 67. Zachary prepared an aqueous solution
B. release point with a [H+] = 8.03 x 10-9 M. Is his so-
C. indicating point lution acidic, basic, or neutral?
A. acidic
D. turning point
B. basic
62. Which three metals do not react with acids
C. neutral
to form a ‘salt’ and hydrogen gas?
D. none of above
A. Silver Gold Copper
B. Silver Nickel Magnesium 68. Dissociation is what occurs when a com-
pound splits intoWhen an acid dissolves in
C. Gold Mercury Titanium water, it dissociates into
D. Copper Nickel Zinc A. atoms
63. Name the following in order:HClO4, B. moles
HClO3 C. ions
A. chlorous acid, hypochlorous acid D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 305

69. Matthew is testing a substance. It tastes C. salt


sour, is corrosive, and turns neutral litmus
D. acid or base
paper red. What would be the most likely

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


pH of this substance? 75. Bases have many uses. They are mainly
A. 7 used to make
B. 10 A. cleaning products
C. 4 B. soaps
D. 8
C. concrete
70. Which is a true statement about bases and D. all of the answer choices
litmus paper?
A. Bases turn litmus paper purple. 76. A solution is an electrolyte, has a neu-
tral pH, and when the water is evapo-
B. Bases turn blue litmus paper red.
rated leaves behind a solid substance with
C. Bases turn red litmus paper blue. a crystal structure. What is this substance
D. Bases turn red litmus paper red most likely?

71. *The pH of a solution is 4.50. What is the A. an acidic solution


hydroxide ion concentration? (HINT B. a basic solution
pH + pOH = 14 and [OH-] = 10-pOH)
C. a heterogenous mixture
A. [OH-] = 3.2 x 10-4
D. a salt water solution
B. [OH-] = 3.2 x 10-6
C. [OH-] = 3.2 x 10-10 77. Determine whether H2S is a monoprotic,
D. [OH-] = 3.2 x 10-14 diprotic, or triprotic.
A. monoprotic
72. The [OH-] = 4.0 x 10-9, what is the pH of
the solution? B. diprotic
A. 9.0 C. polyprotic
B. 5.6 D. Cannot be determined from the chemi-
C. 8.3 cal formula
D. 4.3
78. Which of the following statements is
73. If the H+ of a solution is 9.1 x 10-3, what false?
is the pH? A. Arrhenius acids put hydronium ions
A. 2.0 into water solution.
B. 3.0 B. Bronsted-Lowry bases accept hydro-
C. 11 gen ions from acids.
D. 12 C. Lewis acids are molecules that accept
electron pairs.
74. Feels slippery in solution
D. Acetic acid, HC2H3O2, is considered to
A. acid be an Arrhenius acid, Lewis acid but not a
B. base Bronsted-Lowry acid.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 306

79. Calculate the [H+] concentration of a solu- 84. The strength of an acid or base can be as-
tion, given the concentration of [OH-]= 1 sumed by how the color of the litmus
x 10-9 M. paper
A. 1 x 10-5 M A. dark
B. 1 x 10-14 M B. streaky
C. 9 C. pale
D. 5 D. vibrant

NARAYAN CHANGDER
85. What is meant by a “weak acid”?
80. Neutralization
A. Its hydrogen ions only partially ionize
A. Compound formed by a metal and a
in solution.
nonmetal
B. Its hydroxide ions only partially ionize
B. The reaction between an acid and a
in solution.
base which produces a salt and water
C. Its hydrogen ions completely ionize in
C. A chemical whose color changes in the solution.
presence of acids and bases
D. Its hydroxide ions completely ionize in
D. To decrease the amount of solute as solution.
compared to the amount of solvent in a so-
lution 86. A strong base in a water solution
A. is a weak electrolyte
81. A base that has accepted a proton becomes
a B. produces many H+ ions
A. conjugate base C. will not dissolve

B. neutral conjugate D. completely dissociates into ions.

C. conjugate acid 87. What is the pH of NaOH, if it’s pOH is 2?


D. conjugated pH A. 12
B. 2
82. Bases that do not dissociate completely
into ions in solution. Ex:Ammonia, CaCO3 C. 1

A. strong acid D. 14

B. strong base 88. Which of the following is NOT true regard-


ing a 0.50 M weak acid?
C. weak acid
A. there are more H+ ions in solution
D. weak base
than OH-1 ions
83. Which of the following formulas is an B. pH > 0.3
ACID? C. pH = 0.3
A. Ca(OH)2 D. it partially dissociates
B. KOH
89. If a solution has a [OH-] of 2.3x10-4, it
C. NH4OH must be a(n)
D. HCl A. Acid

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 307

B. Base A. Acid
C. Neutral B. Neutral

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. none of above C. Base
90. What are the two products of a neutrali- D. Can’t find with this data
sation reaction?
95. Which Acid is present in Tomato?
A. Acid
A. Tartaric acid
B. Alkali
B. Oxalic Acid
C. Salt
C. Citric Acid
D. Water
D. None of these
91. The strength of an acid or a base depends
upon how many it releases into solu- 96. An Arrhenius base
tion A. donates H+
A. ions B. produces H+
B. protons C. accepts H+
C. neutrons
D. produces OH-
D. solutions
97. What is the pH of 0.77 M hypochlorous
92. A liquid is determined to be an acid or base acid? (K a-8
depending on the type of in the liquid.
A. 3.8
A. electrons
B. 5.6
B. ions
C. 7.7
C. neutrons
D. 8.4
D. protons
E. elements 98. an alkali that makes a low concentration
of hydroxide ions when it dissolves in wa-
93. An acid and a base of equal strength are ter
combined and the result is a salt and wa-
A. strong acid
ter. This is an example of
B. weak acid
A. a neutralization reaction
C. weak base
B. a salt reaction
C. a nuclear reaction D. strong base

D. an acid reaction 99. A 0.010 M solution of which of these acids


would have the highest pH?
94. A solution Y is colourless when phenolph-
thalein was added to it. It didn’t change A. HF (Ka = 7.2 x 10-4)
its colour even on turmeric paper. It did- B. HNO2 (Ka = 4.0 x 10-4)
not change the colour of blue litmus paper
C. HCO2H (Ka = 1.8 x 10-4)
too. What is the nature of the substance
Y? D. HC3H5O3 (Ka = 1.4 x 10-4)

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 308

100. change color in the presence of an acid 106. Chloroacetic acid, CH2ClCOOH, is a weak
or a base. acid, Ka= 1.4 x 10-3. Find the pH of a so-
A. Acids lution of 0.10 M chloroacetic acid and 0.20
M chloroacetate.
B. Bases
A. 2.55
C. Buffers
B. 2.85
D. Indicators
C. 3.15

NARAYAN CHANGDER
101. The hydroxide ion concentration in a soft D. 1.4 x 10-3
drink is 5.00 x 10-12 M. Find the pH.
A. 0.002 107. According to which theory is an acid an
electron pair acceptor?
B. 2.7
A. Arrhenius
C. 11.3
B. Bronsted Lowry
D. 14
C. Lewis
102. Which of these is the strongest acid? D. none of above
A. Hypochlorous acid
108. An aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide
B. Chlorous acid reacts completely with a solution of hy-
C. Chloric acid drochloric acid. After all the water evapo-
D. Perchloric acid rates from the reaction mixture, what will
remain?
103. Which of the following is a trihydroxy A. sodium chloride
base?
B. chlorohydroxide
A. NaOH
C. sodium oxide
B. H3PO4
D. sodium chlorate
C. Al(OH)3
D. H2SO4 109. Identify the Hydrogen Ion
A. H+
104. What are the formulas for the following?
sulfuric acid nitric acid B. Ha +

A. H2SO, HNO C. OH-

B. H2SO3, HNO3 D. H2O

C. H2S, H3N 110. Strong acids are those which


D. H2SO4, HNO3 A. yield a weak conjugate base when re-
acting with water.
105. What solution would be the most basic?
B. have an equilibrium lying far to the left.
A. .2M with a pH of 12
C. have a conjugate base which is
B. 6M with a pH of 9 stronger base than water.
C. 4M with a pH of 7 D. readily remove the H+ ions from wa-
D. 8M with a pH of 10 ter.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 309

111. Choose all of the properties that apply to 116. Name the electrode in which O2 is liber-
acids: ated in electrolysis of water.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Taste sour or tart A. anode
B. Taste bitter B. cathode
C. Has a pH of < 7 (less than 7) C. electrolyte
D. Proton donors (Proton = H+ = hydro- D. both a and b
gen ion)
117. A solution prepared with the base CN-
E. Has a pH of > 7 (greater than 7) (Kb = 2.5 x 10-5) has a concentration of
0.25 M of the base. Calculate the pH for
112. What is the pH of a 0.15 M solution of
the solution.
HClO4?
A. 4.6
A. 0.82
B. 9.4
B. 13.18
C. 2.6
C. 0.15
D. 11.4
D. 1
118. Identify the acid, the base, conjugate acid
113. A substance that reacts with zinc metal (CA), and conjugate base (CB).NH3 + H2O
to produce hydrogen gas is a/an <→ NH4+1. + OH-1
A. acid A. Acid= H2OBase= NH4+1CA= OH-
B. base 1CB= NH3
C. salt B. Acid= OH-1Base= NH3CA=
NH4+1CB= H2O
D. indicator
C. Acid= NH3Base= H2OCA= OH-
114. What are Bases? 1CB= NH4+1
A. Something that is played in baseball D. Acid= H2OBase= NH3CA=
B. a substance capable of reacting with NH4+1CB= OH-1
an acid to form a salt and water, or (more 119. A solution containing a weak acid will
broadly) of accepting or neutralizing hy- likely have a pH
drogen ions.
A. approximately 7
C. a solution that has an access of OH-
ions B. between 8 and 10
D. the opposite of an acid C. below 7 but higher than 1
D. around 1
115. Which of these acids is most likely to be
dangerous? 120. Which statement about bases is true?
A. citric acid A. they are all alkalis
B. hydrochloric acid B. they are all soluble
C. carbonic acid C. they can neutralise acids
D. none of above D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 310

121. x 10-9 g of Al(OH)3 was added to a 126. A compound that donates H+ ions is
beaker which was filled to the 1.00 L mark A. A Bronsted-Lowry Acid
with water. What is the pH of the solu-
tion? B. An Arrhenius Acid

A. 7.225 C. A Bronsted-Lowry Base


D. An Arrhenius Base
B. 8.444
C. 10.42 127. Universal indicator can be used to

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. 7 A. test acids and alkalis
B. to test concentration of a particular so-
E. 7.164
lution
122. Human blood has a pH of 7. How is it C. to test strong acids and weak acids
best classified? D. Both A and B
A. acid
128. If an acid is combined with a base of equal
B. base strength, the result will most likely be
C. neutral A. a neutral solution
D. none of above B. a stronger acid.
C. impossible to tell without testing the
123. What is the proper name of:HF
pH.
A. Hydrogen Fluoride D. a stronger base.
B. Hydrofluoric acid
129. What property does acids and bases have
C. Fluoric acid in common?
D. Fluorous acid A. They both eat away at metal.
B. They can both conduct electricity.
124. Determine whether the following acid is
monoprotic, diprotic, or triprotic:HCl C. They both have a sour taste.
A. monoprotic D. They both form positively charged ions
when dissolved in water.
B. diprotic
C. triprotic 130. For two acids of equal concentration, the
stronger acid has a-
D. huh
A. higher concentration of hydroxide ions
125. *What is the pH of a solution with a hy- B. higher pH
drogen ion concentration of 1.0 x 10-13 C. higher concentration of hydronium
M? (HINT use the calculator pH =- ions
log [H+] )
D. strong bond
A. -13
131. How could you change a saturated solu-
B. 6
tion to an unsaturated solution? (SELECT
C. 13 ALL THAT APPLY!)
D. 14 A. Add more solvent

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 311

B. Add more solute C. how well it dissociates or ionizes in wa-


C. Decrease the amount of solute ter

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. Decrease the amount of solvent D. the pressure it’s mixed under

E. Stir the solution 137. Who defined an acid as an electron-pair


acceptor and a base as an electron-pair
132. Why is hydrochloric acid stronger than
donor?
hydrofluoric acid?
A. Arrhenius
A. HCl completely ionizes in solution.
B. HCl doesn’t completely ionize in solu- B. Bronstead and Lowry
tion. C. Lewis
C. Hydrofluoric acid completely ionizes in D. Prince too soon?
solution.
D. none of above 138. pH =10
A. acid
133. How many times greater is the [OH − ]
than the [H + ] if [H + ] = 1.0 x 10−10 ? B. base
A. 1, 000, 000 times greater C. neutral
B. 100, 000 times greater D. none of above
C. 1000 times greater
139. Check all that are bases.
D. 10, 000 times greater
A. Car battery
134. The formula for chlorous acid is: B. Lemon juice
A. HCl
C. Bleach
B. HClO4
D. Bread
C. HClO3
E. Drain cleaner
D. HClO2
140. The difference between a strong acid and
135. The pH of a solution is 7. How can you
a weak acid is that a strong acid
increase its pH?
A. has a lower pH
A. By adding a small amount of acid
B. By adding a small amount of base. B. has a higher concentration of OH-

C. By adding a small amount of salt C. has a higher pH

D. By passing carbon dioxide gas through D. dissociates completely


it.
141. Which tastes bitter?
136. What determines the degree to which an A. acids
acid or base is weak or strong?
B. bases
A. how well the solute is ground up
C. neutral
B. how high the temperature of the sol-
vent is D. pH paper

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 312

142. The products formed by the neutraliza- C. is an acid.


tion reaction will always be D. does not have a pH.
A. a salt and water
147. Stronger acid, the
B. only water
A. less the hydrogen ions be
C. a salt
B. the more the covalence be
D. the same as the products
C. the more the hydrogen ions be

NARAYAN CHANGDER
143. which indicator would detect the neutral- D. the more the hydroxyl ions
ization of a strong acid by a strong base?
148. The chemical properties of bases causes
A. crystal violet (color change at pH = 1)
what to form in water
B. methyl orange (color change at pH =
A. Acids
4.5)
B. Hydroxide & Ammonium
C. bromothymol blue (color change at pH
= 7) C. Hydroxide & positive ions
D. alizarin yellow (color change at pH = D. Hydroxide & negative ions
10)
149. Determine the [H+] concentration of
144. Ocean water is only slightly basic. What 0.850 M LiOH solution.
might its pH value be? A. 1.25 x 10-14 M
A. 5 B. 1.17x 10-14M
B. 8 C. 7.11 x 10-2 M
C. 12 D. none of above
D. 2 150. Acids taste..
145. pH measures the of hydronium ions A. Bitter
in a solution. B. Salty
A. concentration C. Sour
B. strength D. Slippery
C. versatility
151. Which Acid is present in Tamarind?
D. none of these A. Tartaric acid
146. Holly has an unknown substance in a B. Oxalic Acid
beaker. She wants to determine the rel- C. LActic Acid
ative pH of the unknown substance. She
places a piece of blue litmus paper into D. None of these
the substance, and the litmus paper stays 152. Phenolphthalein turns red in
blue.she put a red litmus paper and it
change into blue colorThe substance in the A. acids.
beaker B. bases.
A. is a base. C. salts.
B. has a neutral pH. D. water.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 313

153. When the soil is too basic, plants do not D. produce hydroxide ions in water
grow well in it. To improve its quality E. taste bitter
what must be added to the soil?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Organic matter 159. Farmers neutralize the effect of Acidity
on soil by adding
B. Quick lime
A. Slaked lime
C. Slaked lime
B. Gypsum
D. Calamine solution
C. Washing Soda
154. Which of the following most accurately
D. Baking soda
represents the ionization of Nitrous Acid
in water? 160. When a hydrogen ion is lost from an acid,
A. HNO2 + H2O → HN + HO+ + HO2- the resulting particle is called its conjugate
base. Which of the following particles
B. HNO2 + H2O → H3O+ + N + O2-
would be the conjugate base for the acid
C. HNO2 + H2O → H3O2+ + NO- HSO4-?
D. HNO2 + H2O → H3O+ + NO2- A. H2SO4
155. Made from an acid and a base B. SO42-
A. salt + water C. SO4-
B. acid + water D. HSO4
C. base 161. What are products of given reaction?
D. acid, base, or salt CO2 + H2O →

156. Which of the following is a property of a A. CO


base? B. H2CO3
A. bitter taste C. H3O
B. reacts with metals D. CO2 + OH-
C. salty
162. Red litmus paper will turn blue when
D. sour taste dipped into
157. What type of solution is formed when the A. an acidic solution
H+ ions equal the OH-ions? B. a basic solution
A. acidic C. a neutral solution
B. basic or alkaline D. a salt solution
C. neutral
163. A(n) is a substance that produces OH-
D. enzymatic ions in a solution.
158. Identify ALL the properties of bases. A. acid
A. taste sour B. alcohol
B. feel slippery C. base
C. produce hydronium ions in water D. salt

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 314

164. The range of the pH scale goes from 0- B. solution that is resistant to large
14, with 7 being pHs of less than 7 changes in pH
indicate , whereas a pH greater than 7 C. a change in pH
indicates a
D. a solvent that has no pH
A. neutral; bases; acid
B. neutral; acidity; base 170. Two acids, X and Y, both have concentra-
tion of 0.20 mol dm-3 have pH of 2 and 4
C. acid; neutrality; base
respectively, which statement is true?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. base; acidity; neutrality
A. X is a stronger acid than Y
165. An aqueous solution has a pOH of 5.6. B. Y is more dilute than X
What is the pH?
C. Y contains more dissociated molecules
A. 8.4 than X
B. 2.5 x 10 D. Y contains a higher concentration of
C. 2.5 x 108 M H+ ions than X
D. -6 171. dissolving in water to separate sub-
stance into ions
166. In this rxn:HBr + NH3 → NH4+ + Br-the
acid and its conjugate base, respectively A. titration
are B. conjugation
A. NH3 and Br- C. dissociation
B. HBr and Br- D. neutralization
C. NH3 and NH4+
172. A salt made by a strong acid and very
D. HBr and NH4+ little weak base
167. The Bronsted Lowry definition of acids is A. acidic
A. Acids donate electrons B. basic
B. Acids are proton donors C. neutral
C. Acids have a hydrogen atom in them D. none of above
D. Acids are proton acceptors
173. Has a very high pH (10-14).
168. If 25.0 mL of 0.50 M NaOH is used to A. strong acid
titrate 45.0 mL of HCl, what is the molar-
B. weak acid
ity of the acid?
C. strong base
A. 0.28 M
D. weak base
B. 0.90 M
C. 0.56 M 174. It forms hydronium ions in water.
D. 0.14 M A. a base

169. What is a buffer? B. an acid

A. solution that causes large changes in C. both acid and base


pH D. neither

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 315

175. The indicator Phenolphthalein is in an B. Forms when a carbonate reacts with


acidic solution. sodium hydroxide

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Pink C. Forms when all or part of the hydrogen
B. Colorless ions in an acid is replaced

C. Blue D. Forms when two alkali reacts


D. Green 181. What is the pH if the [H+] = 8.2 x 10-7?
176. OH-is called the: A. -6.09
A. hydrate ion B. 9.06
B. hydrogen ion C. 6.09
C. hydronium ion D. 6.90
D. hydroxide ion 182. Which acid produces the strongest conju-
gate base?
177. Water can act as both an acid and a
base in an ionization reaction to form H+ A. HClO4 (Ka= 1.0 x 107)
and OH-ions. What is this phenomenon B. HCN (Ka= 4.0 x 10-10)
called?
C. H3PO4 (Ka= 7.5 x 10-3)
A. self-ionization
D. H2CO3 (Ka = 4.2 x 10-7)
B. neutralization
C. base dissociation 183. Concentration
D. acid dissociation A. The reaction between an acid and a
base which produces salt and water
178. Which of the following are the character-
B. Compound formed by a metal and a
istics of a BASE?
nonmetal
A. Very bitter in taste
C. The amount of solute per unit of solu-
B. Liberate OH-ions when dissolved in tion
water
D. Liquid indicator that changes pink in
C. Have pH of less than 7 the presence of a base
D. Turns blue litmus red
184. g of boric acid are dissolved into 200
179. According to the Arrhenius theory, which mL of solution. Calculate the molarity of
type of ion does a base produce when it is the solution. 61.83 g/mol Molar Mass of
dissolved in aqueous solution? boric acid.
A. hydronium A. 2.0 M
B. proton B. 0.2 M
C. hydroxonium C. 1.4 M
D. hydroxide D. 15 M

180. Which of the following is the best descrip- 185. In Universal indicators, a pH of 7 is
tion of a salt? shown with
A. Forms when two metals react A. yellow colour

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 316

B. Red colour 191. A(n) Arrhenius is a substance that


C. green colour produces H+ ions in a water solution.
A. acid
D. purple colour
B. base
186. is a liquid that lets charge go through C. salt
it
D. alcohol
A. acid
192. Solution with a low pH. Contains a lot of

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. base
hydrogen ions.
C. alkali
A. Acidic
D. electrolyte B. Basic
187. Bases can react with to make salt and C. Neutral
water. D. none of above
A. Bases 193. The juice from a lemon is
B. Water A. a base
C. Acids B. sour because of the acidity
D. Ammonium C. an acid
188. If it takes 50 mL of 0.5 M Ca(OH)2 to D. both b & c
neutralize 125 mL of sulfuric acid, what is 194. Identify the reaction type:Ca + AlCl3 →
the concentration of the acid? CaCl2 + Al
A. 0.2 M A. Synthesis
B. 5 M B. Decomposition
C. 0.5 M C. Single replacement
D. none of above D. Double replacement

189. In the equation below, what is the conju- 195. Which of these is the strongest Bronsted
gate acid? HCl + NH3 → Cl-+ NH4+ base?
A. HCl A. F-

B. NH3 B. Cl-
C. Br-
C. Cl-
D. I-
D. NH4+
196. Which molecule is acting as a bronzed
190. indicates the amount of acid or base base in the following reaction? OH-+
that is dissolved in solution. NH4+ → H2O + NH3
A. Concentration A. OH-
B. Dilution B. NH4+
C. Ionization C. H2O
D. Neutralization D. NH3

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 317

197. ? of a solution refers to the ease 202. H3O + is called


with which an acid or base forms ions in
A. Trihydrogen monoxide
solution.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Concentration B. Hydronium ion

B. Strength C. Hydrogen ion


C. pH D. hydroxide ion
D. Acidity
203. Acetic Acid (HC2H3O2) is a weak mono-
198. The pH of an aqueous solution is 0.8. protic acid. It’s concentration is 0.20M
What is the hydrogen ion concentration? and it’s Ka value is 1.8x10-5. Calculate
A. 0.16 M it’s pH value.

B. 0.25 M A. .698
C. 0.15 M B. 2.72
D. 0.50 M C. 11.28
199. Phosphoric acid, H3PO4, dissociates D. None of the answers are correct
stepwise as shown below.H3PO4 <→
H+ + H2PO4-H2PO4-<→ H+ + HPO42- 204. Which salt preparation method would
HPO42-<→ H+ + PO43-In a 0.1 M solu- you use for this reaction:Na2SO4 (aq) +
tion of H3PO4, which species will be in the BaCl2 (aq)
greatest concentration? A. Titration
A. H3PO4
B. Filtration
B. H2PO4-
C. Precipitation
C. HPO42-
D. none of above
D. PO43-

200. Identify conjugate acid in the following 205. A 1.0 x 10-1M HF solution has an equilib-
reaction:HCl (aq) + H2O (l) → H3O+ (aq) rium concentration of [H+] = 4.2 x 10-3M.
+ Cl-(aq) The pH of the acidic solution is closed to?
A. HCl (aq) A. 0
B. H2O (l) B. 1
C. H3O+ (aq) C. 2
D. Cl-(aq) D. 3
201. If the substance is neutral, what would
the pH be? 206. Decide which metal is least likely to react
when added to hydrochloric acid.
A. 3
A. gold
B. 5
C. 7 B. lead
D. 9 C. iron
E. 11 D. lithium

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 318

207. Identify the acid in the following reac- 212. Which of the following best represents
tion 2 HI(aq) + CaO(s) → CaI2(aq) + the Arrhenius definition of an acid?
H2O(l)(HINT which reactant? ) A. a species that donates a proton
A. HI B. a species that donates an electron
B. CaO C. a species that donates a hydrogen ion
C. CaI2 D. a species that accepts an electron pair
D. H2O
213. What is the [H+] if the pH is 4.0?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
208. An unknown substance is added to a so- A. 1.0 x 10-10 M
lution and the pH increases. The substance
is: B. 1.0 x 10-4 M
C. 1.0 x 10-14 M
A. acidic
D. 1.0 x 10-7 M
B. solvent
C. basic 214. A Bronsted Lowry acid:
D. sweet A. H+ donor
B. H+ acceptor
209. When comparing solutions with pH’s of 6
and 3. Which solution is more acidic. C. produces H+
A. 3 D. produces OH-
B. 6 215. A solution contains 0.04 M of a weak
C. Can’t tell without calculating acid. Calculate the pH of the solutionknow-
ing that the Ka for the acid is 1.6 x 10-7
D. they’re both bases
A. It is not possible to solve if the identity
210. Which of the following acids along with of the acid is not known
their conjugate base, would make the
B. 4.1
most effective buffer to maintain the pH
of a solution at 4.95? C. 4.9
A. acetic acid (Ka = 1.8 x 10-5) D. Because the Ka is very small, the pH is
close to neutral (about 6)
B. benzoic acid (Ka = 6.4 x 10-5)
C. hydrofluoric acid (Ka = 7.2 x 10-4) 216. According to the pH scale, which of
the following pH values would be the
D. lactic acid (Ka = 1.4 x 10-4) strongest base?
211. When dissolved in water, sodium bicar- A. 0
bonate, can undergo the following reac- B. 4
tion. This reaction indicates that sodium bi-
carbonate isNaHCO3 + H2O H2CO3 + Na+ C. 8
+ OH- D. 14
A. an acid 217. According to , a base is any substance
B. a base that accepts a proton.
C. neutral A. Ahrrenius
D. both an acid and a base B. Bronsted-Lowry

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 319

C. Lewis 223. Calculate the pOH of 0.25 M solution of


D. Newman-Wright CH3COOH. (1.8x10-5)

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 2.67
218. What is a compound that changes color
B. 2
in solution over a range of pH values. It
reacts with water to form the hydrogen C. 11.3
cation H+ or hydronium ion H3O+ to de- D. 1.13
termine pH levels.
224. Estimate the pH of a barium hydroxide
A. pH indicator
solution with a concentration of 2.5 x 10-
B. pH stick 2 M. Assume complete dissociation.
C. thermometer A. 12.5
D. volumetric pipette B. 1.75
219. mols of NaOH and 1.00 mols of H2SO4 C. 1.5
were added to a flask, and filled it to the D. 8.5
900 mL mark with distilled water. What
is the pH of the solution? 225. The pH of a solution is 4.91. What is the
pOH of the solution?
A. 0.26
A. 18.91
B. 1.18
B. 1.2 x 10-5
C. 0.3
C. 9.09
D. 0.67
D. none of above
E. 1.32
226. Zarinah made a buffer solution with a pH
220. The pH of a substance is defined as: 8.31. What is the hydroxide ion concentra-
A. log[H+] tion, [OH-], of her solution?
B. -log[H-] A. 5.0 x 10-9 M
C. -log[H+] B. 1.0 x 10-5 M
D. -log[OH-] C. 2.0 x 10-6 M
D. none of above
221. cesium hydroxide
A. strong acid 227. What is the molarity of a solution that
contains 0.07 moles of a solute dissolved
B. weak acid in a 3 liter solution?
C. strong base A. 0.08
D. weak base B. 0.44
222. is a base that will dissolve in water C. .21
A. acid D. .02
B. base 228. Which has a bitter taste?
C. alkali A. Base
D. electrolyte B. Acid

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 320

C. flagella 234. What name is given to a reaction in which


D. cila an acid and base react with each other?
A. neutralisation
229. What is the name of Mg(OH)2
B. displacement
A. magnesium hydroxide acid
C. combustion
B. hydromagnesium acid
D. none of above
C. magnesium oxygen hydride

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. magnesium hydroxide 235. Bond Strength of Acids HBr 366.35 HCl
431.62 HI 298.40 HF 569.87Ionic bond
230. Which of these Ka values corresponds to strength determines how easily an acid
the strongest acid? can ionize in solution. Based on the data
in the above table, which acid is likely to
A. 4 x 10-4 have the highest conductivity?
B. 6 x 10-4
A. HBr
C. 5 x 10-4
B. HCl
D. 7 x 10-4
C. HI
231. Which of the following conditions repre- D. HF
sents a neutral solution at 25 degrees Cel-
sius? 236. Which of the following are considered
electrolytes? Check all that apply.
A. [OH-] = 1.0 x 10-7 M
A. HCl
B. [H+] = 1.0 x 10-7 M
B. NaOH
C. Kw = [H+][OH-] = 1.0 x 10-14 M
C. NaCl
D. All of the answer choices!
D. KOH
232. Chloroacetic acid, CH2ClCOOH, is a weak
acid, Ka= 1.4 x 10-3. Find the pH of 237. Acid is?
a solution of when 50. mL of 0.100 M A. A substance that reacts to metals and
chloroacetic acid is added to 25 mL of 0.20 carbonates, and has a Ph of below 7.
M chloroacetate.
B. Often used in drain cleaner.
A. 2.55
C. Something that can only be found in a
B. 2.85 lab
C. 3.15 D. A bitter tasting substance
D. 1.4 x 10-3
238. What is the [H+] when [OH-] = 8.1 x 10-
233. Strong bases completely in water 5?
A. dissociate A. 8.1 x 10-5 M
B. ionize B. 1.0 x 10-7 M
C. concentrate C. 1.2 x 10-10 M
D. electrify D. 3.6 x 10-6 M

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 321

239. An example of an acidic oxide is: A. HNO2 + H2O → HN + HO+ + HO2-


A. MgO B. HNO2 + H2O → H3O++ N + O2-

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. CO2 C. HNO2 + H2O → H3O++ NO2-
C. BaO D. HNO2 + H2O → H3O2+ + NO-
D. Na2O
245. Are strong acids and bases good elec-
240. In water, all of the molecules of a trolytes?
break apart completely, forming many A. yes
H3O+ ions.
B. no
A. Strong base
C. depends on the acid or the base in so-
B. Strong acid lution
C. Weak base D. acids and bases don’t have anything to
D. Weak acid do with electrolytes

241. The strength of an acid or base depends 246. Name the following in order:HCl, HBr, HI
on A. hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid,
A. how many hydrogen atoms are con- hydroiodic acid
tained in each molecule of the acid or base
B. chloric acid, bromic acid, iodic acid
B. how quickly they form salts when they
C. chlorous acid, bromous acid, iodous
react with metals
acid
C. how completely it ionizes in water
D. hydrochlorous acid, hydrobromous
D. how many hydroxide groups are on acid, hydroiodous acid
each molecule of the acid or base
247. Which of the following is Monoprotic
242. Water is neutral (pH = 7) because acid?
A. it has more H+ ions than OH- A. H2SO4
B. it has more OH-ions than H+ B. HCl
C. it does not produce any ions C. NaOH
D. it has an equal amount of H+ and OH- D. H3PO4
in solution
248. The pH of a solution is 2.0. What is the
243. A solution has a pH of 10. This solution [OH-] concentration?
can be described as
A. 1x10-12M
A. neutral
B. 12 M
B. an acid
C. 1x10-2M
C. a base
D. 2 M
D. a salt

244. Which of the following most accurately 249. Acid


represents the ionization of Nitrous Acid in A. Any group of compounds that produce
water? (HINT please follow the H+) H+ ions

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 322

B. Any group of compounds that produce 255. A solution is considered an acid if it’s pH
OH-ions is
C. Ionic compound formed between a A. equal to 7
metal and a nonmetal B. less than 7
D. A charged particle, atom, or ion C. greater than 7
250. Estimate the pH of a 1.5 x 10-8 M solu- D. greater than 14
tion of HCl.
256. Which one is a property of acids?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. 5.85
A. liquid/ wet
B. 7.85
B. slippery/ soapy
C. 8.15
C. tastes bitter
D. 9.5
D. none of above
251. is both a weak acid and a weak base.
257. Which of the following pH values repre-
A. Water sents a base?
B. Hydrochloride A. 2.1
C. Hydroxide B. 4.6
D. Hydrogen C. 6.8
252. HCl + H2O → H3O+ + Cl-In the above re- D. 8.1
action which is considered the CONJUGATE
ACID? ? 258. These have ions and thus conduct an elec-
tric current.
A. HCl
A. Acids
B. H2O
B. Bases
C. Cl-
C. Neither
D. H3O+
D. Both
253. In the following chemical equation, which
compound is the acid? HCl + NH3 → NH4+ 259. What is the [OH-] of an HNO3 solution
+ Cl- with a pH of 1.4?

A. HCl A. 0.080 M

B. NH3 B. 0.040 M

C. NH4+ C. 2.5 x 10-13 M

D. Cl- D. 5.0 x 10-13 M

254. Bases the OH-concentration of a so- 260. Which pH indicates a solution of an acid?
lution. A. 3
A. increase B. 7
B. decrease C. 9
C. multiply D. 14
D. divide E. 19

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 323

261. Estimate the pKa for an acid, HA, if its Ka 266. What type of substance would result in a
is 4.5 x 10-11 M. dimly glowing light bulb?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 11.45 A. Strong acids
B. 4.5 B. Weak acids
C. 10.55 C. Neither acids nor bases
D. 15.5 D. Strong bases

262. An example of a strong acid solution is 267. Identify the reaction type:KOH + H3PO4
perchloric acid, HClO4, in water. Which → K3PO4 + H2O
statement is correct for this solution? A. Synthesis
A. HClO4 is completely dissociated in the B. Decomposition
solution.
C. Single replacement
B. HClO4 exists mainly as molecules in
the solution. D. Double replacement
C. The solution reacts only with strong 268. H2O is amphoteric.What does it mean by
bases. “amphoteric”?
D. The solution has a pH value greater A. A substance that is able to react both
than 7. as a base and as an acid.
263. As the H3O+ ion concentration of a solu- B. A substance that is unable to react
tion increases, the pH of the solution both as a base and as an acid.
A. decreases C. A substance that is able to amplify the
acidity of an aqueous solution.
B. increases
D. A substance that is able to amplify the
C. remains the same basicity of an aqueous solution.
D. none of above
269. Which order lists the bases from the
264. An Arrhenius acid must contain and weakest to the strongest? (strong acids
dissociate to produce = weak conjugate bases)
A. hydrogen ions; a solution with a pH A. BrO-, BrO2-, BrO3-, BrO4-
greater than 7 B. BrO4-, BrO3-, BrO-, BrO2-
B. hydrogen; hydrogen ions C. BrO-, BrO2-, BrO4-, BrO3-,
C. hydroxide ion; hydroxide ions D. BrO4-, BrO3-, BrO2-, BrO-
D. hydroxide ion; a solution with a pH
greater than 7 270. A gas produced from a reaction was bub-
bled into limewater. A white precipitate
265. *Calculate the pH and pOH of the solution was formed.What is the formula of the
where [H+] = 3.6x10−9 M. white precipitate?
A. pH= 5.66 and pOH=8.44 A. Ca(OH)2
B. pH=7 and pOH= 0 B. CaO
C. pH= 8.44 and pOH =5.66 C. CaCO3
D. pH= 1 and pH= 14 D. CO2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 324

271. If an acid/base only partially ionizes it is 276. In which of the following aqueous solu-
considered to be a: tions does the weak acid exhibit the high-
est percentage of ionization?
A. strong acid/base
A. .01 M HC2H3O2 . (Ka 1.8 x 10-5)
B. concentrated acid/base
B. .01 M HNO2 . ( Ka =4.5 x 10-4)
C. weak acid/base
C. .01 M HClO . (Ka= 3.0 x 10-8)
D. diluted acid/base
D. .01 M HF (Ka= 6.8 x 10-4)

NARAYAN CHANGDER
272. Which of the following chemical formulas 277. What is the pH of milk given the hydro-
represents a base? gen ion concentration is 9.80 x 10-9 M?
A. NaOH A. 8.00
B. CH2COOH B. 1.00
C. HCl C. 6.00

D. H2SO4 D. cannot be determined


278. Which of the following is a basic solu-
273. According to the Bronsted-Lowry defini- tion?
tion, an acid is a proton while a base
is a proton A. household ammonia
B. HCl dissolved in water
A. donor; accepter
C. Vinegar
B. accepter; donor
D. Pure water
C. user; creator
279. One of the main factors in food deterio-
D. user; eliminator ration is
274. A substance is a/an if it feels slippery A. water
and tastes bitter. B. air
A. acids C. acid
B. bases D. none of the above
C. salts 280. Completely dissociates in water to yield
H+ ions
D. indicator
A. Strong acid
275. An acid-base indicator is mixed with an B. Weak acid
unknown solution. It changes colors from
orange to yellow. The pH is measured to C. Strong base
be 4. What would you classify this solu- D. Weak base
tion as?
281. Which of the following is basic?
A. acid
A. pH=7.85
B. base B. pH = 1.4
C. neutral C. pH = 6.92
D. none of above D. pH = 0

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 325

282. Strong acids completely in water 288. Which of the following would be a poor
A. ionize conductor of electricity?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. dissociate A. strong acid
C. separate B. strong base
D. none of the above C. salt solution

283. Which of the following methods of read- D. pure water


ing pH gives you the most precise reading 289. PH values has a range of
of a solution’s pH?
A. 1 to 7
A. an indicator
B. 1 to 14
B. pH paper
C. 0 to 10
C. neutral litmus paper
D. a pH meter D. 0 to 14

284. Bases will turn litmus paper , while 290. Which of these formulas is TRUE?
acids will turn litmus paper A. pH + pOH = 14
A. blue red B. pH =-log[OH-]
B. red blue C. pH + pOH = 7
C. pink colourless D. pH = log[H+]
D. colourless pink
291. A substance that ionizes completely in so-
285. What is the [H+] in a solution with a pH lution is
of 11?
A. an insulator.
A. 1 x 10-1 M
B. a strong electrolyte.
B. 1 x 10-2 M
C. a weak acid.
C. 1 x 1011 M
D. a non-electrolyte.
D. 1 x 10-11 M
292. Substances that form ions when dis-
286. For these solutions with the same concen- solved in water are
tration, which has the highest pH value?
A. solutions
A. C2H5NH2
B. molecules
B. HNO3
C. Ba(OH)2 C. polar

D. C2H5COOH D. electrolytes

287. NaOH, KOH, and Mg(OH)2 are 293. Which is the correct equation for calculat-
ing pH?
A. Arrhenius bases.
A. pH = log[H+]
B. Arrhenius and Lewis bases.
B. pH =-log[H+]
C. Arrhenius acids.
D. Arrhenius and Bronsted-Lowry C. pH = 10-[H+]
acids. D. pH = In[H+]

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 326

294. Which of the following are bases:(MORE 299. Which of the following is true about a so-
THAN ONE) lution that contains an equal number of H+
A. Drain Cleaner, pH 11 and OH-ions?
A. It is neutral
B. Stomach Acid, pH 2
B. It is an acid
C. Water, pH 7
C. It is a base
D. Baking Soda, pH 8
D. It is alkaline

NARAYAN CHANGDER
295. Which of the following substances would
likely create the most conductive solu- 300. “I am a proton acceptor. What am I? ”
tion? A. Bronsted-Lowry base
A. a weak acid B. Bronsted-Lowry acid
B. a weak base C. Lewis base
C. a strong acid D. Lewis acid
D. an insoluble salt
301. On the pH scale, a lower numbers indi-
296. an acid that makes a high concentration cates the presents of a(n)
of hydrogen ions when it dissolves in wa- A. acid
ter
B. base
A. strong acid
C. water
B. weak acid
D. neutral
C. weak base
302. The conjugate pair for a strong base is-
D. strong base
A. a strong base
297. What is the pH scale?
B. a weak base
A. a method for measuring the protons in
C. a strong acid
a solution
D. a weak acid
B. a special microscope used to look at
acids 303. What methods can you use to measure
C. a measurement of how acidic or basic the pH of a solution?
a liquid is A. Observing color or clarity
D. all of the above B. Measuring mass or volume
E. non of the above C. Measuring density or electrical con-
ductivity
298. On the pH scale what numbers are
acids? D. Using acid base-indicators or pH me-
ters
A. 8-14
B. 0-6 304. Marcus has an unknown substance in a
beaker. He wants to determine the rel-
C. 7 ative pH of the unknown substance. He
D. 1 places a piece of blue litmus paper into the

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 327

substance, and the litmus paper stays blue. 310. cm3 of a solution of a strong acid with
The substance in the beaker pH 3 is added to a big volumetric flask and
the total volume is made up to 10.0 dm3

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. is a base.
by adding distilled water. The resulting so-
B. is a acid. lution is thoroughly mixed.What is the pH
C. has a neutral pH. of the diluted solution?
D. does not have a pH. A. 1

305. What is the [OH-] if the [H+] is 1.0 x B. 3


10-3M? C. 5
A. 1.0 x 10-3 M D. 6
B. 6.02 x 10-23 M
311. Ethanoic acid is a weak acid because it
C. 1.0 x 10-14 M
D. 1.0 x 10-11 M A. does not contain any hydrogen ions
B. has a very low pH
306. distilled water
C. is used in cooking and flavouring food
A. pH 3
B. pH 7 D. is not fully ionised in water to form
many hydrogen ions
C. pH 11
D. pH 14 312. What is the hydroxide ion concentration
(or [OH-]) of 0.001 M HCl?
307. Check all that are acids.
A. 1
A. Car battery
B. 1 x 10-3 M
B. Lemon juice
C. 1 x 10-7 M
C. Bleach
D. Bread D. 1 x 10-11 M

308. The strongest bases have pH values close 313. On the pH scale what numbers are
to bases?
A. 0 A. 8-14
B. 14 B. 0-7
C. 7 C. 7
D. 5 D. 1
309. Identify the reaction type:C2H5OH(l) +
314. What is the proper name for:Al(OH)3?
O2(g) → CO2(g) + H2O(g)
A. Double displacement A. Aluminum hyroxide

B. Synthesis B. Aluminum hydroyl oxide


C. Acid base C. Aluminum oxide hydride
D. Combustion D. Aluminum hydride

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 328

315. This definiton describes which the- 320. Reacts with an indicator to produce a
ory:Acid:(substance where a proton color change.
can be removed), donates protons to
A. acid
bases.Bases:substance dissociates in wa-
ter and makes one or more hydroxide ions. B. base
A. Arrhenious C. salt
B. Bronsted-Lowry D. acid or base

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Lewis
321. Identify the Hydronium Ion
D. none of above
A. H+
316. Using the following Ka values, indicate
the correct order of acid strength.HNO2 B. H3O+
Ka= 4.0 x 10-4HF. Ka= 7.2 x 10-4HCN C. OH-
Ka= 6.2 x 10-10
D. H2O
A. HNO2 > HCN >HF
B. HF > HNO2 > HCN 322. HCl is:
C. HCN > HF > HNO2 A. an Arrhenius acid
D. HCN > HNO2 > HF B. a Bronsted Lowry acid
317. Acids are They can react with and C. both an Arrhenius and Bronsted Lowry
destroy body tissue, clothing, and other acid
things. Acids react violently with many
metals D. a base

A. Gentle 323. Indicator


B. Fortifying
A. Liquid indicator that changes pink in
C. Corrosive the presence of a base
D. Kind B. A type of paper used to indicate the
presence of acids and bases
318. Which is the conjugate Base of NH2-1?
A. NH-2 C. a chemical that changes color in the
presence of acids and changes a different
B. HN3 color in the presence of bases
C. NH+2
D. the amount of solute dissolved in solu-
D. NH2+1 tion
319. Which salt preparation method would
324. What is the pH of a 1.53 x 10-6 M solu-
you use for this reaction:Al(OH)3 (aq) +
tion of HCl?
HCL (aq)
A. 5.82
A. Titration
B. Filtration B. 8.18
C. Precipitation C. 6.99
D. none of above D. 4.15

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 329

325. Of the following, which is the strongest 331. A substance made of more than one kind
acid of material

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. HClO A. mixture
B. HClO2 B. heterozygous
C. HClO3 C. compound
D. HClO4 D. none of the above

326. Which of the following is NOT the result 332. A solution of sodium hydroxide in water
of a neutralization reaction? is most likely to have a pH close to
A. a salt A. 14
B. water B. 7
C. a base C. 5
D. a neutral substance D. 3

327. There are 2 types of acids and bases 333. William collected a rain sample and mea-
sured its pH to be 5.6. What does this
A. Strong and weak
mean?
B. Strong and basic
A. the rain water is a weak base
C. Sour and bitter
B. the rain water is neutral
D. Light and blue
C. the rain water is a strong acid
328. Calculate the molality of 20.0 moles of D. the rain water is a weak acid
NaCl dissolved in 890. grams of H2O.
334. a solution with a higher concentration of
A. 13.5
hydrogen ions than hydroxide ions[H+] >
B. 22.4 [OH-]
C. 17.8 A. Acid
D. 20.9 B. Base
329. Solutions that have more H+ ions than C. Neutral
OH-ions are D. Distilled Water
A. acids
335. Only partially dissociates in water to
B. bases yield H+ ions
C. enzymes A. Strong acid
D. neutral B. Strong alkali
330. NaOH → Na+ + OH-In the equation C. Weak acid
above, NaOH acts as a(n) D. Weak alkali
A. arrhenius acid 336. Solutions that have more OH-ions than
B. arrhenius base H+ ions are
C. Bronsted-Lowry acid A. acids
D. Bronsted-Lowry base B. bases

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 330

C. enzymes C. pH below 7
D. neutral D. pH above 7

337. A substance that conducts electricity 343. Neutral on the pH scale is


when dissolved in water is called a(n):
A. 5
A. Electrolyte
B. 6
B. Crystalloid
C. 7

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Conductor
D. 8
D. Insulator
344. Indicators are substances whose solu-
338. pH is defined as:
tions change color due to pH. These are
A. pH =-log[OH-] called indicators.
B. pH =-log[H+] A. random
C. pH = log[H+] B. base-neutral
D. pH = log[OH-] C. acid-neutral
339. Purple cauliflower flowers turn red when D. acid-base
exposed to an acid. This is because
cauliflower has a natural present in it. 345. Ammonia (NH3) only partially dissoci-
ates into ions, NH4+ and OH-, in water.
A. acid This makes it a
B. base A. strong acid
C. indicator
B. weak acid
D. neutralization
C. weak base
340. A acid can donate 2 protons. D. strong base
A. Monoprotic
346. The pH scale is a more convenient way of
B. Polyprotic representing the measurement of
C. Diprotic A. the strength of an acid.
D. Triprotic B. the strength of hydrogen ions.
341. If the [H3O+] < [OH-] the solution is C. the concentration of hydrogen
A. acidic ions.

B. basic D. the concentration of an acid


C. neutral 347. The base becomes the after it accepts
D. none of above the proton.
A. conjugate base
342. Which of the following is NOT a property
of bases. B. acid
A. Bitter C. conjugate acid
B. Makes OH-in solution. D. ion

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 331

348. Find pH of 2.0 M acetic acid that has ka= 353. What is the [OH-] if the pH is 4.90?
1.8 x 10-5 A. 7.9 x 10-10 M

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 1.0 B. 1.0 x 10-4 M
B. 2.2 C. 7.9 x 10-14 M
C. 3.1 D. 4.9 x 10-10 M
D. 7 354. Which of the following pH values would
you expect for a weak base?
349. Select the correct pair of words that fits
into this sentence are corrosive sub- A. pH = 1
stances characterized as having a strong B. pH = 14
smell, a sour taste, and a C. pH = 10
A. Bases; pH less than 7 D. pH = 4
B. Acids; pH greater than 7 355. A(n) is a substance that produces H+
C. Bases; pH greater than 7 ions in a water solution.
D. Acids; pH less than 7 A. acid
B. base
350. Complete the sentence.A substance that
C. salt
is more acidic has a pH, and [H+]
than a substance that is basic. D. alcohol
A. lower, more 356. A sample of fruit juice is found to have a
B. higher, less hydrogen ion concentration of 2.87 x 10-4
. What would the pH be?
C. the same
A. 2.87
D. none of the above
B. 3.54
351. A ionizes almost completely in solu- C. 4.58
tion. D. 8.16
A. weak acid 357. An indicator will when it is in contact
B. strong acid with an acid or base
C. weak base A. Bubble
D. strong base B. Form a new substance
C. Change color
352. “An acid is a substance that forms hydro-
D. Stay the same color
gen ions when dissolved in water.” This
is an example of- 358. Indigestion and heartburn is causes by
A. an Arrhenius definition an over production of stomach acid. If
you were suffering from indigestion, what
B. a Bronsted-Lowry definition types of foods should you avoid?
C. an operational definition A. Foods that have a pH BELOW 7.
D. a chemical change definition B. Food that have a pH ABOVE 7.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 332

C. Food that have a pH of 7. 364. A Lewis acid is


D. Food has no impact on indigestion. A. an electron-pair acceptor.
B. a proton acceptor.
359. Which of the following formulas is used
to determine the pH of a solution? C. an electron-pair donor.

A. pH =-log[H+] D. a proton donor.

B. pH = log[H+] 365. How is pH related to the concentration of

NARAYAN CHANGDER
hydronium ions in solution?
C. pH = log[OH+]
A. high concentration is a low pH
D. pH = [OH-]
B. low concentration is a high pH
360. means having the tendency to erode C. neither answer offered is correct
or eat away
D. both answers are correct
A. corrode
B. electrolyte 366. Which of the following is a triprotic
acid?
C. indicator
A. HCl
D. neutralise
B. H2SO4
361. Identify the following compound as an C. H3PO4
acid, base, or salt:Ba(OH)2 D. CH3COOH
A. acid
367. The pH of a weak base would be:
B. base
A. 1-2
C. salt
B. 5-6
D. none of above
C. 8-9
362. An acid that dissociates completely into D. 12-13
ions in solution.
368. pH of 1
A. strong acid
A. strong acid
B. strong base
B. weak acid
C. weak acid
C. strong base
D. weak base
D. weak base
363. An acid that has donated its proton be- 369. How can you increase the rate of dissolu-
comes a tion?
A. conjugate base A. Stirring
B. conjugate acid B. Increase surface area
C. neutral conjugation C. Increase temperature
D. dangerous conjugation D. Increase volume

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 333

370. Niara has an aqueous solution with a 375. A is formed when an acid and a base
pOH of 5.95. What is the hydrogen ion react and produce water.
concentration, [H+], of her solution? A. acid

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 8.05 M B. base
B. 8.91 x 10-9 M C. salt
C. 1.12 x 10-6 M D. soap
D. none of above 376. Select ALL of the strong acids.
371. Ion A. HClO4
A. A charged particle or atom B. HNO2
B. Compound formed between a metal C. HF
and a nonmetal D. HI
C. Any group of compounds that produce E. HNO3
H+
377. What are the formulas for the following?
D. Any group of compounds that produce hydrochloric acid hydrobromic acid
OH- hydroiodic acid
372. What is the pH of a 0.02 M solution of A. HClO3, HBrO3, HIO3
the strong acid HCl? B. HCl, HBr, HI
A. 12.3 C. HClO4, HBrO4, HIO4
B. 1.7 D. HClO, HBrO, HIO
C. 2.3 378. What is the best description for a solution
D. 1.2 with a hydroxide-ion concentration equal
to 1 x 10-4M?
373. An acid increases the number of A. acidic
charged H3O+ ions when it dissolves in
B. basic
water.
C. neutral
A. Negatively
D. answer cannot be determine
B. Positvely
C. Neutral 379. What is the pH of 0.0001 M HCl?
A. 1
D. Acidly
B. 10
374. What does amphoteric mean?
C. 7
A. is something that is able to act as both D. 4
a base and neutral
380. A salt made by equal amounts of the
B. is something that has a pH of both 7
same strength acid and base
and 14
A. acid
C. is something that is able to act as both
a solid and a liquid B. base
D. is something that is able to act as both C. neutral
an acid and a base D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 334

381. HI would have the name: 385. In the reaction below, H2SO3 is
a(n):H2SO3 + NaHCO3 → H2CO3 +
A. Iodic acid
NaHSO3
B. Iodous acid A. base
C. Hydroiodic acid B. acid
D. Hypoiodous acid C. conjugate acid
D. conjugate base
382. After studying acids and bases you no-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
tice something in your kitchen has a bitter 386. Which base has the smallest base disso-
taste and is slippery to the touch. Since ciation constant?
you don’t have pH strips to test this sub- A. potassium hydroxide
stance you can use the properties to make B. sodium hydroxide
an educated guess that this substance is
C. calcium hydroxide
D. ammonia
A. an acid.
387. Which 0.10 mol dm-3 solution would
B. a base.
have the highest conductivity?
C. a salt. A. HCl
D. a hydrate. B. NH3
C. CH3COOH
383. The following neutralization reaction oc-
curs in the classroom.HCl + KOH → H2O + D. H2CO3
KClIf a student uses 25.0 mL of a 0.5M so- 388. In Universal indicators, red color shows
lution of KOH, what is the molarity of the
A. strong acids
acid if 15.0mL of acid neutralized? Use
MaVa = MbVb to solve. B. weak acids
A. 0.8M C. strong alkalis
D. weak bases
B. 1.2M
389. Water is made up of molecules of H2O. In
C. 12.5M
any given sample of water, a small num-
D. none of above ber of these molecules break apart to form
A. Sulfuric Acid
384. Pyridine is a weak base with the formula
C5H5N. Pyridine reacts with water ac- B. Hydrochloric Acid
cording to the following equation:C5H5N C. hydronium ions (H3O+) and hydroxide
+ H2O → C5H5NH+ + OH-. What is the ions (OH-).
formula for the ionisation constant for this D. Water (H2O) and H+
base?
390. Which salt is Acidic in nature?
A. Kb= [C5H5N]/[OH-][CO2H-]
A. NH 4 Cl
B. Kb = [H+][CO2H-]/[C5H5N] B. CH 3 COONH 4
C. Kb= [C5H5N][CO2H-]/[OH-] C. NaCl
D. Kb = [OH-][C5H5NH+]/[C5H5N] D. Na 2 CO 3

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 335

391. An acid that does not dissociate com- 396. A substance has a pH greater than water
pletely into ions in solution. (pH of 7) but less than bleach (ph of 13).
That means this substance is

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. strong acid
A. an acid
B. strong base
B. a base
C. weak acid
C. neutral
D. weak base
D. a salt
392. Calculate the percent ionization of 0.020
M CH3COOH (acetic acid), given Ka = 1.8 397. What is the [H+] of a solution if the pH
x 10-5. = 5.60?
A. 0.00060% A. 1.25 x 10-3 M
B. 3.0% B. 1.25 x 10-6 M
C. 0.090% C. 2.51 x 10-3 M
D. 2.5% D. 2.51 x 10-6 M

393. *Calculate the pH of 2.4x10−5 M for 398. According to Bronsted-Lowry, what is


Mg(OH)2. Hint this has two OH-ions. the definition of an BASE?
A. 9.68 A. a substance that donates a hydrogen
(H+) ion
B. 9.38
B. a substance that donates a hydroxide
C. 4.32
(OH-) ion
D. 4.62
C. a substance that accepts a hydrogen
394. Calculate the pH of 2M CH3COOH (Ka= (H+) ion
1.8 x 10-5) D. a substance that accepts a hydroxide
A. 1.0 (OH-) ion

B. 6x10-3 399. What is the conjugate base of


C. 2 C5H5NH+?

D. 2.22 A. C5H5N-
B. C5H5NH
395. Which of the following shows the correct
conjugate acid base pair? C. C5H5N+

A. H2O (base) / H3O+ (conjugate acid) D. C5H5N

B. H2O (acid) / CH3COO-(conjugate 400. are made up of solutes and solvents.


base)
A. Solutions
C. CH3COOH (acid) / H3O+ (conjugate
B. Suspensions
base)
C. Heterogeneous Mixtures
D. CH3COOH (base) / CH3COO-
(conjugate acid) D. Pure Substances

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 336

401. Pyridine is a weak base with the formula B. LiSO4 + H2(OH)


C5H5N. Pyridine reacts with water ac-
C. Li2SO4 + HOH
cording to the following equation:C5H5N
+ H2O → C5H5NH+ + OH-. What is the D. Li2SO4 + H2(OH)
formula for the dissociation constant for
this base? 407. A student was testing the pH of two dif-
ferent acid solutions and found them both
A. Kb= [C5H5N]/[OH-][CO2H-]
to have a pH of 3.25. Which of the follow-
B. Kb= [C5H5N][CO2H-]/[OH-] ing must be true?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Kb = [H+][CO2H-]/[C5H5N] A. Both solutions must be weak acids.
D. Kb = [OH-][C5H5NH+]/[C5H5N] B. Both solutions must have the same mo-
402. What is the pH of a 0.04 M solution of larity.
the strong base sodium hydroxide? C. Both solutions must have the same
A. 8.50 percent dissociation.
B. 1.40 D. Both solutions must have the same hy-
dronium ion concentration.
C. 14.0
D. 12.6 408. magnesium hydroxide
403. Identify the amphoteric oxide A. strong acid
A. Alaa B. weak acid
B. camel C. strong base
C. MgO D. weak base
D. none of above
409. Select the true statement for the re-
404. Which of these does baking soda fall in? versible reactionH2O + H2O <→ H3O+ +
A. alkaline OH-

B. acids A. The product side is favored at 25 C


C. bases B. Kw = [H3O+] [OH-]/(H2O)2
D. alkanes C. Represents the autoionization of wa-
ter
405. What is the name of the ion(s) that
form(s) when an acid interacts with wa- D. For distilled water at 25C, the [OH-]
ter? = 1.0 x 107M
A. hydrogen and hydroxide ions 410. What is the conjugate base is the follow-
B. hydrogen ion ing chemical reaction? HCl + H2O → Cl-+
H3O+
C. hydroxide ion
D. Hydronium ion A. HCl
B. Cl-
406. Predict the products for the following re-
action:LiOH + H2SO4 → C. H2O
A. LiSO4 + HOH D. H3O+

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 337

411. sodium hydroxide C. enzyme


A. strong acid D. fatty acid

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. weak acid 417. What is the conjugate acid of HCO31-?
C. strong base A. CO3
D. weak base B. H2CO3
412. Which of the following produces the C. CO32-
strongest conjugate base? D. H2CO32-
A. HF (pKa = 3.17)
418. Identify ALL the properties of acids.
B. HCO3-(pKa = 10.32)
A. taste sour
C. H2PO4-(pKa = 7.18)
B. feel slippery
D. NH4+ (pKa = 9.20)
C. produce hydronium ions in water
413. A reaction in which H+ and OH-cancel D. are corrosive
each other out is known as a reaction.
E. taste bitter
A. Neutralization
B. Combustion 419. Which theory does this flaw de-
scribe:Many bases like ammonia that do
C. Single Replacement not have Hydroxide ion, and some acid-
D. Synthetic base reactions occur in solutions that have
no water.
414. H3 O+ units are also known as
A. Arrhenious
A. hydrogen ions
B. Bronsted-Lowry
B. hydronium ions
C. Lewis
C. hydroxide ions
D. none of above
D. hydroxyl groups
420. What is the pH of a solution that has a
415. What is the hydroxide ion concentration [H+] of 2.5 x 10-5?
of a solution with a pH of 4.0?
A. 4.60
A. 4.0
B. 5.0
B. 10.
C. 2.5
C. 0.00010 M or 1.0x 10-4 M
D. 7
D. 0.0000000001 M or 1.0 x 10-10 M
421. What is the concentration of the 10.0 mL
416. A substance is found to have the follow- NaOH solution if 15.4 mL of 0.100M HCl
ing characteristics:Very bitter tasteFeels was needed to neutralize it?
slippery to the touchConducts electric cur-
rentNot reactive with metalsIn what cate- A. 9.41 M
gory would the substance be classified? B. 1.54 M
A. acid C. 15.4 M
B. base D. None of the above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 338

422. What is the pH of a 0.035 M HCl solu- C. The process in which an ionic com-
tion? pound separates into ions in a solution.
A. 1.46 D. The process in which neutral
B. 0.92 molecules lose or gain electrons

C. 2.86 x 10-13 427. I have 25mL of 1M HCl which neutral-


D. none of above izes 20mL of NaOH. What is the concentra-
tion of the NaOH? You must use the equa-
423. This definiton describes which the-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
tion:MaVa = MbVb to solve this.
ory:Acid:substance which dissociates in A. 0.8 M
water it produces one or more hydrogen
ions.Base:substance which dissociates in B. 1 M
water it produces one or more hydroxide C. 1.25 M
ions . D. none of above
A. Arrhenious
428. The pH scale is a measure of how wa-
B. Bronsted-Lowry
ter is.
C. Lewis
A. big/small
D. none of above
B. warm/cold
424. Calculate the [OH − ] [H + ]
if the = C. acidic/basic
−4
3.4 x 10 M . Then tell whether the
D. strong/weak
solution is acidic or basic.
A. [OH − ] = 2.9 x 10−19 acidic 429. Strengths of acids are determined by the
amount of in water
B. [OH − ] = 2.9 x 10−11 basic
A. dissociation
C. [OH − ] = 2.9 x 10−11 acidic
B. ionization
D. [OH − ] = 3.6 x 10−10 basic
C. energy
425. Litmus Paper
D. space
A. Liquid indicator that changes pink in
the presence of a base 430. Which of the following are corrosive, are
electrolytes, and release H+ ions when dis-
B. A type of paper used to indicate the
solved in water?
presence of acids and bases
A. acids
C. a chemical that changes color in the
presence of acids and changes a different B. bases
color in the presence of bases C. both
D. the amount of solute dissolved in solu- D. neither
tion
431. Which of these is a weak base?
426. What is ionization?
A. HBr
A. The process in which charged
molecules lose or gain electrons B. NH3

B. Breaking the solute into small pieces C. KOH


and spreading throughout the solvent. D. CH3COOH

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 339

432. Which of the following is NOT a strong 437. Most acids contain
acid? (HINT see post of Strong Acids A. H (hydrogen)
and Bases to know)

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. C (carbon)
A. HF
C. S (sulfur)
B. HBr
D. K (potassium)
C. HNO3
438. Which solution would feel slippery and
D. HCl turn litmus blue?
433. Base A. H3PO4
A. Any group of compounds that produce B. HNO3
H+ ions C. HCl
B. Any group of compounds that produce D. NaOH
OH-ions
439. These tend to react with metals
C. Ionic compound formed from a metal
and a nonmetal A. Acids

D. A charged particle, atom, or ion B. Bases


C. Both
434. Find the pH of a 0.275 M hypochlorous
D. Neither
acid solution(HClO). Ka = 3.0 x 10-8.
A. 0.59 440. KOH has a pOH of 3.0, what is the [OH-
]?
B. 7
A. 0.01 M
C. 9.1 x 10-5
B. 0.001 M
D. 4.04
C. 0.0001 M
435. This definiton describes which the- D. 0.1 M
ory:Acid:substance that accepts an elec-
tron pair Base:A substance that donates 441. What happens when an acid reacts with
an electron pair a metal such as magnesium?

A. Arrhenious A. A chemical reaction occurs.

B. Bronsted-Lowry B. The acid is converted to a base.


C. The temperature decreases.
C. Lewis
D. The metal becomes polished and
D. none of above
shiny.
436. A(n) Arrhenius is a substance that 442. Which of the following is true about a
produces OH-ions in a solution. base?
A. acid A. OH-> H+
B. alcohol B. H+ > OH-
C. base C. H+ = OH-
D. salt D. Water

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 340

443. The pH of a dilute base 449. Which of the following is true about a so-
A. 7 lution that contains a neutral substance?

B. 14 A. H+ = OH-
C. 8 B. H+ > OH-
D. 6 C. H+ < OH-
444. What is the pH of a 0.3 M benzoic acid, D. HOH = HOH

NARAYAN CHANGDER
HC7H5O2 solution (Ka= 6.4 x 10-5)?
450. Why is pure water neutral?
A. 2.37x10-5
B. 2.36 A. it contains an equal concentration of
hydronium and hydroxide ions
C. 11.7
B. it has an even number of hydronium
D. 1.5
ions
445. Which is an expected pH of a strong C. it has an even number of hydroxide
acid? ions
A. pH = 14
D. it doesn’t contain any hydronium or hy-
B. pH = 7 droxide ions
C. pH = 6
451. Only partially dissociates in water to
D. pH = 1 form OH-ions.
446. Soaps and cleaning products are often al- A. Strong acid
kaline. What would you expect the pH of
soap to be? B. Strong alkali

A. 7 C. Weak acid
B. 9 D. Weak alkali
C. 11
452. A solution is found to have a concentra-
D. 13 tion of H+ = 1.0 X 10-8 M. What is the
pH of the solution?
447. An acid/base reaction always produces:
A. H2 A. 2
B. H2O B. 4
C. NaCl C. 6
D. H3O+ D. 8
448. A neutralization reaction between an acid
453. What combines to form a buffer?
and a base produces
A. weak acid and weak base
A. salt and acidic anhydride.
B. water and basic anhydride. B. strong acid and strong base
C. salt and basic anhydride C. weak acid and salt
D. salt and water. D. 2 salts

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 341

454. Decide which metal reacts most vigor- C. HPO2


ously and produces the most hydrogen gas D. HPO4
when added to hydrochloric acid.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Silver 460. Mixing equal portions of an acid and a
base should give us a mixture with a pH
B. Sodium
near
C. Mercury
A. 3
D. Platinum
B. 10
455. H2C4H4O6 would: C. 7
A. Taste bitter and turn phenolphthalein D. 0
clear
B. feel slippery and turn blue litmus red 461. acetic acid
C. taste sour and turn bromothymol blue A. strong acid
yellow B. weak acid
D. feel like water and turn red litmus blue C. strong base
456. measures how acidic or basic a sub- D. weak base
stance is.
462. Identify the following compound as an
A. An ester acid, base, or salt:LiOH
B. concentration
A. acid
C. pH
B. base
D. none of these
C. salt
457. What does a pH of 1 indicate about a liq- D. none of above
uid?
A. it is a very strong base 463. Joanne dips some neutral litmus paper
into a substance and it turns blue. The
B. it is a weak base substance has a slippery feel and tastes
C. it is a weak acid chalky. This substance is most likely
D. it is a strong acid A. an acid

458. The negative of the common logarithm of B. a base


the H+ concentration is known as: C. neutral
A. a saturated solution D. a compound
B. pH
464. What is the pH of a 0.25 M solution of
C. The hydroxide concentration LiOH?
D. a neutral solution A. 0.25
459. What is the formula for phosphoric acid? B. 13.4
A. H2PO3 C. 0.60
B. H3PO4 D. 12.3

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 342

465. What is general equation for the reaction 470. A solution that keeps the pH from chang-
of metal with an acid? ing
A. metal + acid → salt + hydrogen A. concentration
B. metal + acid → salt + water B. weak acid
C. metal + acid → salt + alkali C. salt
D. metal + acid → salt + water + car- D. buffer
bon dioxide

NARAYAN CHANGDER
471. Which of the following best approxi-
466. Which of the following is the conjugate mates the Ka value for this weak acid?
acid of HCO3-1?
A. 1 x 10-3
A. H2CO3
B. 1 x 10-5
B. CO3-2
C. 1 x 10-4
C. H2CO3-1
D. 1 x 10-6
D. CO3-1
472. An aqueous solution turns the red litmus
467. How many milliliters of solution can be solution blue. Excess addition of which of
made from 45.75 grams of KI if you need the following solutions would reverse the
a solution with 2.55 M? change?
A. 17.94 mL A. Baking powder
B. 108 mL B. Lime
C. 703 mL C. Ammonium hydroxide solution
D. 216 mL D. Hydrochloric acid

468. The number range that indicates the hy- 473. Felix collected a rain sample and mea-
drogen ion concentration and is used to in- sured its pH to be 5.6. What does this
dicate the strength of acids and bases is mean about the rain?
the
A. the rain water is a weak base
A. Acid Scale
B. the rain water is neutral
B. Neutral Scale
C. the rain water is a strong acid
C. Base Scale
D. the rain water is a weak acid
D. pH scale
474. As something become more acidic it has a
469. A solution contains the same number of
A. lower concentration of OH-ions
H+ ions as it contains OH-ions, what will
it be? B. higher concentration of H+ ions
A. Acid C. higher concentration of H3O+ ions
B. Base D. All of these are true
C. Neutral
475. Phosphoric acid, H3PO4, dissociates
D. none of above stepwise as shown below.H3PO4 <→

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 343

H+ + H2PO4-H2PO4-<→ H+ + HPO42- 480. The pH of a weak acid would be:


HPO42-<→ H+ + PO43-Which of the fol- A. 1-2
lowing is an acid followed by its conjugate

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


base? B. 5-6

A. HPO42-, H2PO4- C. 8-9


D. 12-13
B. H2PO4-, PO43-
C. H3PO4, HPO42- 481. Write a balanced chemical equation for
the neutralization of:nitrous acid + alu-
D. H2PO4-, HPO42-
minum hydroxide→
476. Which of the following statements is A. 3 HNO2 + 1 Al(OH)3 → 1 Al(NO2)3 +
TRUE? 3 H2O
A. All weak acids have a conjugate base B. 1HNO3 + 1 Al(OH)3 → 1 AlNO3 + 1
B. All Bronsted Lowry acids are Arrhenius H2O
acids C. 3 HNO3 + 1 Al(OH)3 → 1 Al(NO3)3 +
3 H2O
C. Ammonia is a classic Lewis Acid
D. none of above
D. The stronger the acid the higher the pH
482. Which substance is a weak base?
477. If it takes 54 mL of 0.1 M NaOH to neu-
tralize 125 mL of an HCl solution, what is A. NaCl
the concentration of HCl? B. NH3
A. 0.043 M C. HCl
B. 23.148 M D. HF
C. 0.231 M E. KOH
D. none of above 483. The pH value of an acid represents its
of positive ions in the solution
478. Identify the Bronsted-Lowry acid and
conjugate base pair in the equation:H2SO4 A. amount
+ H2O → H3O+ + HSO4- B. concentration
A. H2SO4 + HSO4- C. color
B. H2SO4 + H3O+ D. charge
C. H2O + H3O+ 484. Which of the following gives the correct
D. H2O + HSO4- increasing order of acidic strength?
A. Water < Acetic acid < Hydrochloric
479. is a slippery chemical that causes an
acid
indicator to change colour-the opposite of
an acid B. Water < Hydrochloric acid < Acetic
acid
A. acid
C. Acetic acid < Water < Hydrochloric
B. base
acid
C. alkali D. Hydrochloric acid < Water < Acetic
D. electrolyte acid

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 344

485. Which of the following happens when 490. What is the pH of a solution that has an
you dilute an acids with water? [H3O+] =1x10-4?
A. The concentration increase A. 4
B. It turn into a base B. -4
C. 2
C. the pH decreases
D. 3
D. The concentration decreases
491. For an acid, the equilibrium constant is

NARAYAN CHANGDER
486. Which type of substance completely dis- written as K? instead of Keq
sociates?
A. Ka
A. strong acids B. Ke
B. weak acids C. Kb
C. weak bases D. Kw
D. aqueous substances 492. reacts with metals to produce hydrogen
gas
487. A solution is prepared by adding 0.10
mole of potassium fluoride, KF, to 1.00 L A. acid
of water. Which pH is closest to that of B. base
the solution? C. salt
A. 2.00 D. acid or base
B. 7.00 493. The following properties are describing
C. 9.00 :* pH range of 0-6.9*turn litmus
red*contains more H+ than OH-
D. 13.00
A. acids
488. Rank the following in order of conjugate B. bases
base strength. i. H2CO3 Ka = 4.3 x 10-7
C. salts
ii. NH4+ Ka = 5.6 x 10-10 iii. HCNO Ka
= 3.5 x 10-4 D. neutralization

A. CO3-2 > NH3 > CNO- 494. More likely to lose protons
B. NH3 > CO3-2 > CNO- A. Strong acid

C. CNO-> CO3-2 > NH3 B. Strong base


C. Weak acid
D. CNO-> NH3 > CO3-2
D. Weak base
489. A substance that can act as either an acid
495. Values from 0-14 that determine the
or a base is called:
acidity of a solution
A. a buffered substance
A. Molarity
B. amphoteric B. Electronegativity
C. a conjugate acid-base pair. C. pH scale
D. a neutral substance. D. Solubility

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 345

496. What type of substance would result in a 502. The Kb (ionization constant) for a weak
brightly glowing light bulb? base indicates

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Strong bases A. the strength of a strong base in any sol-
vent
B. Weak acids
B. how well a strong base ionizes (or sep-
C. Neither acids nor bases
arates) in water.
D. Weak bases
C. how well a weak base ionizes (or sep-
497. The term alkaline represents arates) in water.

A. an acid D. how well a strong acid ionizes (or sep-


arates) in water.
B. a neutral solution
503. Haleema has an unknown substance in a
C. a base
beaker. She wants to determine the rel-
D. none of above ative pH of the unknown substance. She
places a piece of blue litmus paper into the
498. What is the conjugate base of HClO4? substance, and the litmus paper stays blue.
A. H+ The substance in the beaker
B. Cl- A. is a base.
C. ClO3- B. has a neutral pH.
D. ClO4- C. is an acid.
D. does not have a pH.
499. What is the molarity of hydroxide ions in
a solution with a pH of 4? 504. pH value less than 7 indicates that the
A. 1.0 X 10-4 solution is-
A. Acidic
B. 1.0 x 10-10
B. Basic
C. 10
C. Neutral
D. 1.0 x 10-14
D. No Effet
500. The point in which H+ and OH-are equal
during the titration process is called? 505. An indicator was used to test a water so-
lution with a pH of 12. Which indicator
A. End point color would be observed?
B. Equivalence point A. colorless phenolphthalein
C. Saturation point B. red litmus
D. Unsaturation point C. colorless litmus

501. What is the pH of 0.45 M HCN if it has a D. pink phenolphthalein


pKa of 9.21? 506. Which one is a property of base?
A. 4.8 A. liquid / wet
B. 3.1 B. slippery / soapy
C. 5.8 C. tastes sour
D. 1.7 D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 346

507. What is the pOH of a 1 x 10-8 M solution B. 12


of HNO3? C. 14
A. 8 D. 1
B. 6
513. Which is an acid-base conjugate pair?
C. 7
A. H3O+ / OH-
D. 9
B. CH3COOH / H3O+

NARAYAN CHANGDER
508. are predominantly low acid foods and
C. CH3NH3+ / CH3NH2
require severe heat processing to preserve
D. H2SO4 / SO42-
A. Fruits
B. Dairy Products 514. BF3 is a
C. Vegetables A. Bronsted-Lowry acid.
D. Beef and Pork B. Arrhenius base.
C. Lewis acid.
509. What is the pH of a solution where the
[H+] is 1.0 x 10-11? D. Lewis base.
A. 11 515. Name this acid:H2CO3
B. 13 A. carbonic acid
C. 14 B. hydrocarbonic acid
D. 1 C. carbonous acid
510. A base is D. carbon hydroxide
A. A substance that feels slippery, has a
516. What sort of chemical is found in many
higher Ph than 7, and is often used in drain
household cleaning products, like bleach
cleaner.
and oven cleaner? Acid Alkalis Salts
B. Has a Ph of below 7 and can react to
A. acid
metal and carbonates
B. salts
C. Is only found in a lab
C. alkalis
D. Something water can never be
D. none of above
511. If you purchased a 10 pound bag of fertil-
izer with analysis 5-10-10. What percent 517. Which is a source of naturally occurring
of phosphate is in the bag? acids? Lemon Potato Grass
A. 5% A. lemon
B. 10% B. grass
C. 15% C. potato
D. 25% D. none of above

512. What is the pOH of a solution that has a 518. Contains neither hydrogen ions or hy-
pH of 2? droxide ions
A. 10 A. acid

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 347

B. base 524. What is the pOH of a solution where the


C. salt [OH-] is 7.3 x 10-2 M?
A. -1.14

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. acid or base
B. 2.0
519. Which is a strong acid? C. 1.14
A. 12.0M HNO2 D. 7.3
B. 10.0M H2SO3 525. Ammonia, oven cleaner, and cement are
C. 5.0M HI A. Acids
D. 5.0M HF B. Bases

520. The ion-product constant for water, Kw , C. Neutral


is calculated by multiplying the hydrogen D. none of above
and hydroxide concentrations in pure wa-
526. When HCl is added to pure water, which
ter. What is it?
of the following will occur?
A. [OH − ] [H + ] = 1.0 x 10−14 A. the [H+] will increase
B. [OH − ] [H + ] = 1.0 x 10−7 B. the pH will decrease
C. [OH − ] [H + ] = 1.0 x 1014 C. the [OH-] will decrease
D. [OH − ] [H + ] = 1.0 x 107 D. all of the above

521. In a neutralization reaction, what are the 527. A solution is prepared by dissolving 4.85
products when an acid and a base react? g of HCl into enough water to make 2.50
L of solution. Calculate the pH of the solu-
A. Another acid and base tion.
B. Carbon dioxide and a salt A. 2.274
C. Water and a salt B. 1.724
D. Either two acids or two bases C. 1.472
D. 1.274
522. *What is the conjugate acid to NH3?
Hint:NH3 acting like a base 528. is an example of an amphoteric oxide
A. H2O A. aluminium oxide
B. NH4+ B. carbon dioxide
C. OH- C. sulphur dioxide
D. H3O+ D. copper oxide
529. Rank the following from lowest to high-
523. Amphoteric compounds can react with
est acidity:HF, H2O, NH3, CH4 (trend with
both and
electronegativity)
A. solids; liquids A. HF, H2O, NH3, CH4
B. acids; bases B. CH4, NH3, H2O, HF
C. gases; bases C. NH3, H2O, HF, CH4
D. acids; solids D. CH4, H2O, NH3, HF

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 348

530. What is produced from a chemical reac- 536. if the pOH of a solution is 2.8 what is the
tion between HBr and NaOH? pH?
A. HBr and NaOH A. 2.8
B. NaBr and water B. 7.2
C. BrNa and water
C. 0.45
D. NaH and BrOH
D. 11.2

NARAYAN CHANGDER
531. Forms a OH-hydroxide ion
537. Which of the following is NOT a strong
A. Lewis Base
acid
B. Arrhenius Base
A. Sulfuric acid
C. Bronsted Lowry Base
B. Hydrochloric acid
D. Bronsted Lowry Acid
C. Perchloric acid
532. A lighted splint was held over a flask in
which a gas was given off. The splint went D. Hydrofluoric acid
out with a pop. Which gas was given off?
538. What is the pOH of a solution with and
A. hydrogen [OH-] = 4.5 x 10-4?
B. chlorine
A. 3.53
C. oxygen
B. 3.80
D. ammonia
C. 3.35
533. The pH of a 0.001 M solution of HCl is
D. 5.33
A. 11
B. 3 539. Bases that dissociate completely into ions
in solution. Ex:KOH, NaOH
C. -3
D. -11 A. strong acid
B. strong base
534. Which of the following is true about an
acid? C. weak acid
A. H+ > OH- D. weak base
B. H+ < OH-
540. Which theory does this flaw de-
C. H+ = OH-
scribe:Does not explain the reaction be-
D. H2O tween acid oxides and basic oxides, be-
cause there isn’t proton transfer in this
535. You can make a solution more concen-
type of reaction.
trated by adding
A. Arrhenious
A. solute
B. solvent B. Bronsted-Lowry
C. water C. Lewis
D. none of above D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.4 Strength of acid and base 349

541. If the [OH-1]of a solution is 2.6 x 10-8 C. acid or base


M, what is the pH of this solution? D. base

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 3.8 x 10-7
547. A solution that can act as both an acid
B. 6.41
and a base is called?
C. 7.59
A. Amphoteric
D. 2.6 x 10-8
B. Metomorphic
542. Cabbage juice changes color in the pres- C. Diabolic
ence of other chemicals, and the color it
changes depends on the other chemical’s D. Mighty Morphin
pH. We can classify cabbage juice as a(n)
548. Which is most acidic?
A. pH = 8.5
A. reactant
B. product B. [H3O+] = 1 x 10-13

C. indicator C. [H3O+] = 1 x 10-2

D. chameleon D. pH = 3

543. Which of the following is not considered 549. How do you test for Oxygen gas? a)
a strong base? Lime water goes milky/cloudy b) Relights
a glowing splint c) Lighted splint gives a
A. KOH
squeaky pop. d) Bleaches damp indicator
B. NaOH paper.
C. Ca(OH)2 A. A
D. NH4OH B. B
E. Ba(OH)2 C. C
544. Has a sour taste. D. D
A. acid
550. The purpose of adding an indicator in a
B. base titration is to directly observe the
C. salt A. Ka of the reaction
D. acid or base B. equivalence point of the reaction
545. Has a very low pH (0-4). C. the point of the reaction where the
A. strong acid moles of acid equals the moles of base

B. weak acid D. none of the above

C. strong base 551. It has the chemical formula Ca(OH)2.


D. weak base A. a base
546. calcium hydroxide B. an acid
A. acid C. both acid and base
B. salt D. neither

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 350

2.5 Salts
1. Which TWO of the following statements C. a PS4 game where you pretend to di-
describe acid salts? rect traffic
A. Their anions cannot dissociate to give D. something only scientists in a lab can
hydrogen ions. use
B. They form a normal salt when all 6. Fill in the blank: turns colourless when

NARAYAN CHANGDER
replaceable hydrogen of the acid is re- added to an acid.
moved.
A. Phenolphthalein
C. Their anions can dissociate to give hy-
drogen ions. B. Methyl orange

D. They are not capable of generating a C. Litmus paper


normal salt. D. All of these

2. A acid of concentration 1 mol dm3 has a 7. pH values range from


pH of 2.0. The acid is diluted to a concen- A. 0 to 14
tration of 0.1 mol dm3. What is its new
pH? B. -14 to 14

A. 2.0 C. 0 to 10

B. 3.0 D. -10 to 10

C. 1.0 8. Which of the following method is suitable


to prepare iron(II) sulphate?
D. none of above
A. FeCl2 + H2SO4 →
3. The H+ ion concentration of a solution is .
B. Fe(NO3)2 + H2SO4 →
The solution is
C. Fe + H2SO4 →
A. Acidic
D. Fe(OH)2 + H2SO4 →
B. Alkaline
C. Neutral 9. A sample of soil is mixed with water and
allowed to settle. The clear supernatant
D. Amphoteric solution turns the pH paper yellowish-
4. The “Limewater” test is used to detect orange. Which of the following would
change the colour of this pH paper to
A. oxygen greenish-blue?
B. hydrogen A. Lemon juice
C. carbon dioxide B. vinegar
D. water C. Common salt

5. An indicator is D. An antacid

A. a lab manual or guide 10. What type of reaction produced an insolu-


B. something like litmus paper that can ble salt?
tell you if a substance is acidic or basic A. Neutralisation reaction

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 351

B. Precipitation reaction 16. Which of the following is not a indicator


C. Titration reaction A. Litmus

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. Insoluble reaction B. Vannila
11. Which of the following phenomena occur, C. Red Cabbage
when a small amount of acid is added to D. Tooth Paste
water?
A. ionisation 17. A salt was being prepared by adding an
acid to a carbonate. However, after a
B. neutralisation
while, the reaction ceased and a precipi-
C. dilution tate began to form without all of the car-
D. salt formation bonate reacting. Which of the following
pairs of acid and carbonate
12. A child got stung by a bee. Some of the El-
A. CaCO3, H2SO4
ders suggest to add Baking Soda or Lemon
Juice. Which one do you think is Appropri- B. CuCO3, HCl
ate?
C. BaCO3, HNO3
A. Lemon Juice
D. Na2CO3, H2SO4
B. Potassium Permanganate
C. Baking Soda 18. g of calcium carbonate reacts with 50
cm3 of 1 mol dm-3 hydrochloric acid, HCl.
D. None of the Above Determine the mass of calcium carbon-
13. Sabrina applied calamine solution, when ate that has not taken part in the reac-
an ant bit her. This is an example of tion.[Relative atomic mass:Ca = 40, C =
12, O = 16]
A. Indication
A. 2.5 g
B. Saltation Reaction
B. 3.8 g
C. Neutralization Reaction
C. 4.3 g
D. Antacidation Reaction
D. 5.5 g
14. Which of the following salts dissolves only
when hot? 19. Direct combination can be used to prepare
A. NaCl A. A sodium salt
B. KCl B. A soluble salt
C. CaSO4
C. A binary salt
D. PbCl2
D. An insoluble salt
15. If K < Q, which part of the reaction will
speed up? 20. Not a acidic salt

A. forward A. CuSO4
B. reverse B. NH4Cl
C. none C. FeCl3
D. none of above D. CH3COONa

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 352

21. Which of the following pairs of solutions 27. A white solid, X, changes colour to yellow
will produce a white precipitate? and emits a brown gas when heated. After
A. Lead (II) nitrate and sodium chloride. cooling, the residue changes back to white.
What is solid X?
B. Magnesium nitrate and sodium sul-
phate. A. Lead(II) nitrate
C. Calcium nitrate and sodium chloride. B. Zinc nitrate
D. Barium sulphate and sodium chloride. C. Iron(II) nitrate

NARAYAN CHANGDER
22. A solution turns red litmus blue, its pH is D. Copper(II) nitrate
likely to be-
A. 1 28. when salt X is heated, a brown gas is pro-
duced. Which of the following is this gas?
B. 4
C. 5 A. sulphur dioxide

D. 10 B. ammonia

23. A student performs a flame test on an un- C. carbon dioxide


known substance and observes a golden D. nitrogen dioxide
yellow flame. Which substance is she/he
most likely using? 29. Salt Y soluble in water produce brown so-
A. Lithium lution.Possibly salt Y contains
B. Calcium A. Copper(ll) ion
C. Aluminium B. Iron(ll) ion
D. Sodium C. Iron(lll) ion
24. Which solution releases H+ in solution? D. Ammonium ion
A. Base
30. In order to obtain a soluble salt from a
B. Acid
solution, which of the following methods
C. Buffer should be used
D. Water A. filtration
25. Which of the following gases is alkaline? B. crystallization
A. Ammonia C. chromatography
B. Carbon dioxide
D. fractional distillation
C. Nitrogen dioxide
D. Sulfur dioxide 31. Which of the following substances is an
amphoteric oxide?
26. HCL + NaOH = +
A. Magnesium oxide
A. NaCl + H02
B. convalescent + E0 B. Aluminium oxide

C. NaCl + H2O C. Silicon dioxide


D. C12H22O11 + H20 D. Sulfur dioxide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 353

32. Crystallisation is used to separate 37. Which describes a base?


from a liquid. A. Turns blue litmus red

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. undissolved liquid B. Turns red litmus blue
B. dissolved liquid C. pH of 7
C. undissolved solid D. pH of 3
D. dissolved solid
38. How does the Arrhenius theory define
33. Identify the method used to prepare ‘SPA’ acids?
salt. A. An acid is any compound which do-
A. precipitation nates hydrogen ions when in solution.
B. An acid is any compound which con-
B. reaction of acid with insoluble sub-
tains a metallic cation.
stance
C. An acid is any compound which tastes
C. titration
sour.
D. none of above
D. An acid is any compound which do-
nates hydroxide ions when in solution.
34. Which of these bases are in Soap?
A. Calcium Hydroxide 39. Which of the following salts does not de-
compose when heated?
B. Sodium Hydroxide
A. sodium carbonate
C. Potassium Hydroxide
B. potassium nitrate
D. Iron Hydroxide
C. zinc carbonate
35. After titrating aqueous NaOH with dilute D. copper(II) nitrate
HCl without indicator, what is my next
step to obtain a sample of NaCl? 40. When an acid and a base are allowed to
chemically react, one of the products is typ-
A. Filtration
ically water. The other product is what
B. Repeat the titration type of compound?
C. Evaporation to dryness A. a salt
D. Evaporate to saturation, then cool the B. an indicator
solution C. a weak acid
36. IS ACERRE A SYRIAC WORD IF NOT WHAT D. a titrate
LANGUAGE IS IT
41. VINEGAR, SLAKED LIME, ORGANIC MAT-
A. NO, ITS A LA7IN WORD TER, WINDOW CLEANERIS WHAT RESPEC-
B. NO, ITS A SPANISH WORD TIVELY
C. NO, ITS A ENGLISH WORD A. ACIDIC, BASIC, ACIDIC, BASIC

D. NO, ITS A LATIN WORD B. ALL ARE ACIDS

E. YES, ITS A SYRIAC WORD MEANING C. ALL ARE BASES


BITTER D. ACID, BASE, BASE, ACID

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 354

42. Sulphate salts are 47. Salt A powder has green colour and insol-
A. all soluble uble in water.What us salt A?

B. mostly soluble, with a few exceptions A. Copper(ll) chloride

C. all insoluble B. Copper(ll) carbonate

D. mostly insoluble, with a few excep- C. Iron(ll) carbonate


tions D. Iron(ll) sulphate

NARAYAN CHANGDER
43. Which of the following is an indicator 48. What is the colour of phenolphthalein in
A. Lemon neutral?

B. Orange A. Colourless

C. Litum B. Orange

D. Alkali C. Yellow
D. Purple
44. Which of the following methods is suit-
able to prepare iron (II) sulphate, a soluble 49. The pH of a solution of Ammonium chloride
salt? is
A. FeCl2 + H2SO4 → A. >7
B. Fe(NO3)2 + H2SO4 → B. <7
C. Fe + H2SO4 → C. =7
D. Fe(OH)3 + H2SO4 → D. can’t say

45. Which of the following mixture will react 50. Acids are
to produce an aqueous zinc nitrate solu- A. Which always create burns
tion? I Zinc carbonate and dilute nitric
acid.II Zinc oxide and dilute nitric acid.III B. Are always sour
Zinc oxide and potassium nitrate solu- C. AlwaYs corrosive
tion.IV Zinc and aqueous sodium nitrate
D. Always release hydrogen ion in aque-
solution.
ous solution
A. I and II
51. Look at the following procedure steps!1.
B. II and III
add zinc metal into beaker2. remove from
C. III and IV heat and leave for a few days3. pour sul-
D. I and IV furic acid into beaker4. Pour the mixture
into evaporating dish and heat gentlyBudi
46. Which of the following substances forms a wants to make a salt using zinc metal and
yellow precipitate when added to lead(II) sulfuric acid. Which is the correct order of
nitrate solution? the procedure steps?
A. Potassium iodide A. 1-4-3-2
B. Potassium sulphate B. 4-3-2-1
C. Sodium chloride C. 3-1-4-2
D. Sodium carbonate D. 3-4-1-2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 355

52. Which two substances react to form salt B. HYDROCHLORIC ACID


and water only? C. NITRIC ACID

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. dilute sulphuric acid and aqueous D. SULPHURIC ACID
sodium carbonate
58. IS AMMONIA AN ACID OR BASE OR NEU-
B. dilute hydrochloric acid and zinc metal
TRAL+WHAT IS IT PRESENT IN
C. dilute ethanoic acid and aqueous
A. ACID, ITS IN VEGITABLES
sodium hydroxide
B. BASE, ITS IN WINDOW CLEANER
D. aqueous lead(II) nitrate and aqueous
potassium iodide C. NEUTRAL, ITS IN LICHENS
D. THERE IS NOTHING CALLED AMMO-
53. Which of the following values could repre- NIA
sent the pH of a strong acid?
A. 1 59. Which of the following salt is not soluble
in water?
B. 6
A. NaNO3
C. 7
B. CaCl2
D. 13
C. Na2SO4
54. Which of the following is the product of D. CaCO3
neutralisation reaction?
60. Which of the following reagents are suit-
A. salt able to prepare lead (II) sulphate salt?
B. water A. Lead (II) oxide and sulphuric acid.
C. heat B. Lead (II) carbonate and sulphuric acid.
D. all of the above C. Lead (II) nitrate and potassium sul-
phate.
55. I TURN RED IN BASE AND YELLOW IN
ACID D. Lead (II) chloride and sodium sul-
phate.
A. TURMURIC POWDER
B. CHINA ROSE 61. Water can act as both an acid and a base
according to the bronsted lowry model.
C. RED LITMUS
This means water is
D. BLUE LITMUS A. neutral
56. Which colour does phenolphthalein change B. conjugate
into in Acids C. ionic
A. Pink D. amphoteric
B. Colourless
62. A strong acid
C. Blue
A. is completely ionized in aqueous solu-
D. Red tion
57. WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING ACIDS IS B. works out often
USED IN INK? C. is slightly ionized in aqueous solution
A. ACETIC ACID D. is insoluble in aqueous solution

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 356

63. Why is ammonia (NH3) classified as a B. IT IS PRESENT IN GASTRIC JUICE


base? C. IT IS A BASE
A. reacts with metals D. IT IS USED IN MAKING FUNGICIDES
B. accepts H+ ions
69. Which of the following terms BEST de-
C. tastes sour scribes strong acids?
D. turns litmus red A. Concentrated
B. Partially ionized

NARAYAN CHANGDER
64. Which of the following chemical formulae
correctly shows sulfuric acid? C. Ionized to a large extent
A. HSO4 D. Concentrated and partially ionized
B. H2SO3 70. What is the colour of phenolphthalein an
C. HSO3 acid?
D. H2SO4 A. Pink
B. Yellow
65. What can cause chemical burns?
C. Orange
A. acid
D. Colourless
B. base
C. both 71. Look at the following word equation!nitric
acid + magnesium carbonate = + +
D. none of the above What is the missing product in the re-
66. Zinc nitrate can be prepared by reacting action between nitric acid and magnesium
nitric acid with excess solid. Which of the carbonate?
following solids cannot be used? A. magnesium nitrate + water
A. Zinc B. magnesium oxide + water
B. zinc sulphate C. magnesium oxide + water + hydro-
gen
C. zinc oxide
D. magnesium nitrate + water + carbon
D. zinc carbonate
dioxide
67. Four steps to prepare a salt from an excess 72. Acid is in taste
of a solid base and an acid are listed. 1
crystallisation 2 evaporation 3 filtration 4 A. Bitter
neutralisation In which order are the steps B. Salty
carried out? C. Sour
A. A 2 → D. Sweet
B. B 3 →
73. Which of the following can be used as an
C. C 4 → antacid?
D. D 4 → A. Na2CO3
68. WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING IS TRUE B. NaHCO3
ABOUT COPPER SULPHATE? C. NaCl
A. IT IS ALSO CALLED CAUSTIC SODA D. NaOH

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 357

74. What does PH value “7” indicates? 80. Complete the following word equa-
A. Neutral Solution tion:Metal + Acid →

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Acidic Solution A. Salt + water

C. Basic Solution B. Salt + hydrogen

D. Strong Acidic Solution C. Salt + Water + Carbon dioxide

E. Strong Basic Solution D. none of above

75. What is the formula for Potassium Sul- 81. calcium phosphate is present in tooth
phate? enamel its nature is

A. KSO4 A. basic

B. K2SO3 B. acidic

C. K2S C. neutral

D. K2SO4 D. amphoteric

76. Dilute acid does not produce carbon diox- 82. What change does colourless phenolph-
ide on being treated with: thalein undergo in acidic and neutral solu-
tions?
A. Marble
A. Remains colourless
B. Baking soda
B. Turns green
C. Lime
C. Turns red
D. Limestone
D. Turns pink
77. Green colour of salt A dissolves in water
produce blue colour solution. 83. Choose all possible reactants that can be
used to provide the cation to prepare the
A. Copper(ll) chloride insoluble salt zinc carbonate
B. Copper(ll) sulphate A. zinc
C. Copper(ll) nitrate B. zinc hydroxide
D. Copper(ll) carbonate C. zinc sulfate
78. A substance with a ph of lower than 7 is a D. zinc chloride
A. Acid 84. A drop of liquid sample was put on the pH
B. True OG paper, paper turned blue. The liquid sam-
C. Base ple must be

D. Salt A. Lemon Juice


B. HCl
79. SOUR IS AN ACID BITTER IS A BASE I AM
NEUTRAL WHAT WILL I TASTE C. Sodium bicarbonate

A. TASTE LIKE AN ACID D. Ethanoic acid.

B. TASTE LIKE A BASE 85. Which is a base and not alkali?


C. TASTE LIKE SALT A. NaOH
D. TASTE LIKE WATER B. KOH

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 358

C. Fe(OH)3 91. During the preparation of hydrogen chlo-


ride gas on a humid day, the gas is usually
D. None
passed through the guard tube containing
86. formula of sulfuric acid calcium chloride. The role of calcium chlo-
ride taken in the guard tube is to
A. HNO3
A. Absorb moisture from gas
B. H2CO3
B. Absorb the evolved gas
C. H2SO4

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. moisten the gas
D. H3PO4 D. Absorb Cl-ions from evolved gas
87. What is the pH of a solution that has 92. Molecular mass of CaCO3
[H + ] = 5.16 × 10−11 M
A. 102 g/mole
A. 9.251 B. 105g/mole
B. 3.713 C. 100 g/mole
C. 9.287 D. 103 g/mole
D. 10.287 93. What piece of equipment is required for
crystallisation?
88. Which of the following methods can be
used to dry the solid? I) using a filter pa- A. filter paper
perII) put it in a desiccatorIII) Put it in an B. funnel
oven
C. petri dish
A. I & II only
D. evaporating dish
B. I & III only
94. A substance that can donate a pair of elec-
C. II & III only trons to form a covalent bond.
D. I, II & III A. Lewis acid

89. A base used in baking bread is: B. Bronsted-Lowry acid


C. Lewis base
A. NaHCO3
D. Arrhenius acid
B. CaCO3
C. NH4OH 95. Name the method of preparation for potas-
sium sulfate.
D. None of the above
A. Reaction of acid with insoluble sub-
90. Which of the following elements would stances
NOT form an acidic oxide when burnt in B. Titration
air? C. Precipitation
A. Carbon D. none of above
B. Sulfur
96. Which of the following salts would be sol-
C. Nitrogen uble?
D. Magnesium A. Silver carbonate

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 359

B. Calcium carbonate 102. Which compound is one of the MAIN sub-


stances responsible for acid rain?
C. Lead carbonate

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. CO
D. Ammonium carbonate
B. CaO
97. metall+acid= + C. H2S
A. salt+hydrogen D. SO2
B. salt+water 103. Which of the following describes a prop-
C. oxide water erty of acids?
D. none of above A. turn litmus red
B. do not react with metals
98. Which of the following salts would be sol-
uble? Select ALL correct options. C. bitter taste
D. [OH-] greater than [H3O+]
A. Lead chloride
B. Calcium sulphate 104. Which of the following is insoluble?

C. Calcium chloride A. silver chloride


B. zinc chloride
D. Sodium carbonate
C. potassium chloride
99. Name the salt produced when reacting D. ammonium chloride
potassium and sulfuric acid?
A. Potassium chloride 105. Which of the following chemical equa-
tions represents aneutralisation reac-
B. potassium nitrate tion?
C. potassium sulfate A. 2HNO3 + PbCO3 → Pb(NO3)2 + CO2
D. potassium phosphate + H2O
B. 4HCl + MnO2 → MnCl2 + Cl2 +
100. WaWhich one of the following are the 2H2O
synthetic indicators? C. 2HCOOH + Mg → Mg(HCOO)2 + H2
A. Methyl orange D. H2SO4 + CuO → CuSO4 + H2O
B. Phenophthalein
106. Which of the following substances sup-
C. Red litmus plies protons as the ONLY positive ion in
D. Blue litmus aqueous solutions?
A. Alkali
101. Which of these Ka values corresponds to B. Base
the weakest (least strong) acid?
C. Salt
A. 4 x 10-4
D. Acid
B. 5 x 10-4
107. When hot this substance in yellow colour.
C. 6 x 10-4
But when cold it turns to white colour. This
D. 7 x 10-4 is

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 360

A. Lead(ll) oxide 113. Which property does hydrochloric acid


B. Zinc oxide have?
C. Iron(lll) oxide A. It liberates ammonia from ammonium
D. Iron(ll) oxide salts
B. It reacts with any base to give a salt
108. Which of the following is not a soluble
base C. It reacts with any metal to give hydro-
A. sodium oxide gen

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. potassium hydroxide D. It turns red litmus paper blue
C. copper oxide
D. potassium oxide 114. Solution X is mixed with the follow-
ing reagents. i) dilute sulphuric acidii)
109. It is used in petroleum wells to dissolve iron(II) sulphateiii) concentrated sulphuric
rocks.It is used to generate CO2 in soda- acidBrown ring is formed at the end of the
acid type fire extinguishers. reaction. What is the solution X?
A. H2SO4, HCL A. Barium chloride
B. HCl
B. Sodium nitrate
C. HCl, H2SO4
C. Potassium sulphate
D. none of above
D. Magnesium oxide
110. Which correctly expresses Ka ?
[H + ][HA] 115. What is an Acid?
A. [A− ]
[A− ][HA] A. Acids are the substances sour in taste
B. [H + ] and corrosive in nature.
[HA]
C. [H + ][A− ] B. Acids are the substance sour in taste
H+
[ A−
][ ] and not corrosive in nature.
D. [HA]
C. Acids are the substances bitter in
111. Which reactants are used to produce taste and corrosive in nature.
sodium chloride (salt and water)
D. Acids are the substances sweet in
A. sodium hydroxide and nitric acid taste and corrosive in nature.
B. sodium hydroxide and sulfuric acid
C. sodium hydroxide and phosphoric acid 116. Which of the following is true about am-
D. sodium hydroxide and hydrochloric monia solution in methylbenzene?
acid A. Has pH value more than 7
112. What is the name of bromic acid? B. No change on red litmus paper
A. HBr C. Ionises partially to produce hydroxide
B. HBrO2 ions
C. HBrO3 D. Ammonium ions and hydroxide ions
D. H3BrO3 move freely in the solution

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 361

117. Precipitation involves mixing to form 123. Which of the following copper (II) com-
an insoluble solid that separates out from pounds is LEAST suitable for preparing cop-
the reaction mixture. per (II) sulfate by reacting with dilute sul-

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. acid and alkali furic acid?
A. Oxide
B. acid and metal
B. Chloride
C. two acids
C. Carbonate
D. two solutions
D. Hydroxide
118. which of these is NOT a base? 124. Which of the following salts will pro-
A. NAOH duce a white smoke when it is heated and
tested with hydrogen chloride gas?
B. KOH
A. CaCO3
C. NH4OH
B. Mg(NO3)2
D. C2H5OH
C. (NH4)2CO3
119. Which color of litmus papers are avail- D. NaNO3
able these days in strips
125. Click at Insoluble Salt
A. Mauve(purple)
A. AgCl
B. Red B. KNO3
C. Green C. Ca(NO3)2
D. Blue D. CaSO4

120. Formula of sulfuric acid is 126. Bases taste


A. HSO3 A. sour
B. H2SO3 B. sweet
C. like chicken
C. H2SO4
D. bitter
D. H3SO4
127. A molecule or ion that acts as a hydrogen-
121. The “squeaky pop” test is used to detect ion donor.
A. oxygen A. Bronsted-Lowry base
B. hydrogen B. Bronsted-Lowry acid
C. carbon dioxide C. Lewis Acid
D. water D. Lewis Base
128. When you neutralize acid with a base you
122. Sodium hydroxide is also called as
create
A. Slaked lime A. a salt and water
B. Caustic soda B. potassium permanganate and water
C. Caustic potash C. sodium chloride and hydrogen
D. none of above D. a salt and sodium hydroxide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 362

129. The main substances responsible for ‘acid D. Calcium chloride


rain’ are
E. Ammonium chloride
A. chlorofluorocarbons
B. lead compounds in exhaust fumes 135. nitric acid

C. carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide A. here


D. sulfur dioxide and sulfur trioxide B. Hey
C. HNO4

NARAYAN CHANGDER
130. Complete the sentence.A substance that
is more basic has a pH than a sub- D. complacent
stance that is acidic.
136. Which method is used to prepare silver
A. lower
chloride?
B. higher
A. Add excess solid reactant to acid
C. the same
B. Titration
D. none of the above
C. Precipitation
131. Which of the following is one of the prod-
D. none of above
ucts in a neutralization reaction?
A. Salt 137. Which reaction is not characteristic of an
B. Base acid?

C. Alkali A. It dissolves magnesium oxide.


D. Acid B. It produces ammonia from ammonium
compounds
132. Alkalis are source of what in solutions?
C. It produces carbon dioxide from a car-
A. Hydrogen ions bonate.
B. Hydroxide ions D. It produces hydrogen from zinc metal.
C. Hyrdonium ions
138. Which of the following compounds is NOT
D. Alkalis are insoluble in water
a normal salt?
133. The process of adding a measured amount A. Sodium nitrate
of a solution of known concentration to a
solution of unknown concentration. B. Sodium carbonate

A. distillation C. Potassium carbonate


B. chromatography D. Sodium hydrogen carbonate
C. titration 139. What type of reaction is displayed be-
D. osmosis low? HCl + NaOH → NaCl + H2O

134. Insoluble chloride salts include A. Neutralization


A. Silver chloride B. Combustion
B. Lead chloride C. Double Replacement
C. Barium chloride D. Decomposition

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 363

140. g of solid potassium chloride, KCl needs 145. Which of these compounds is an acidic
to be dissolved in distilled water to pro- salt?
duce 0.4 mol dm-3 potassium chloride so-

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Sodium Acetate
lution, KCl. What is the volume of distilled
water needed to dissolve the solid potas- B. Potassium Carbonate
sium chloride? [Molar mass of KCL = 74.5 C. Ammonium Nitrate
g mol-1] D. Hydrogen Phosphate
A. 50 cm3
146. When one of the following salts is
B. 200 cm3 heated, it will produce a solid which is
C. 500 cm3 brown when hot and yellow when cold.
D. 2 000 cm3 What is this salt?
A. PbCO3
141. Calculate the pH of a 0.47M NH3 (Kb =
1.8 x 10-5) solution. B. K2CO3
C. CaCO3
A. 2.54
D. CuCO3
B. 8.93
C. 5.07 147. Litmus is extracted from:
D. 11.46 A. Lichens
B. Roses
142. Bases turn yellow turmeric paper to
C. Neem
A. Green
D. China rose
B. Red
C. Pink 148. Acid or Base in Water is
D. Orange A. Exothermic Reaction
B. Endothermic Reaction
143. which of the foll substances will not give
carbon dioxide on treatment with dilute C. only concentrated acid or base splash
acid water out on reversed reaction
A. marble D. only non-concentrated acid or base
splash water out on reversed reaction
B. limestone
C. baking soda 149. A molecule or ion that acts as a hydrogen-
ion acceptor.
D. lime
A. Arrhenius base
144. Which chemical equation represents a B. Bronsted-Lowry base
neutralisation reaction?
C. Bronsted-Lowry acid
A. Mg + H2SO4 → MgSO4 + H2
D. Lewis acid
B. ZnCl2 + 2HNO3 → Zn(NO3)2 + 2HCl
C. 2HCl + CaCO3 → CaCl2 + CO2 + 150. Which among these is a natural indica-
H2O tor?

D. NaOH + CH3COOH → CH3COONa + A. Mango leaf


H2O B. China rose

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 364

C. Mint C. Ammonia
D. All of them D. Nitrogen dioxide

151. If a solution has a pH of 6.367, what is 157. Which of the following salts can be
the concentration of H + ions? prepared by using double decomposition
method?
A. 6.37 × 10−7 M
A. Silver chloride
B. 4.31 × 107 M
B. Barium nitrate
C. 4.30 × 10−7 M

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Sodium carbonate
D. 2.33 × 10−8 M
D. Lead (II) nitrate
152. Name the Acid:H2S
158. Zinc sulfate is a soluble salt and can be
A. Sulfuric Acid prepared by reacting excess zinc carbon-
B. Sulfurous Acid ate with dilute sulfuric acid. Which piece
of equipment would not be required in the
C. Hydrosulfuric Acid
preparation of zinc sulfate crystals?
D. Hydrosulfurous Acid A. A beaker
153. which of the foll is acidic in nature B. B condenser
A. limewater C. C evaporating dish
B. humanblood D. D filter funnel
C. lime juice 159. The process by which a compound sepa-
D. antacid rates into ions when in an aqueous solu-
tion.
154. During Neutralization, and are A. segregation
formed
B. separatism
A. salt and water
C. dissociation
B. only water
D. dissonance
C. only salt
160. which of the following salts does not con-
D. nothing
tain water of crystallisation?
155. Hydroxide salts are A. Blue vitriol
A. all soluble B. Baking soda
B. mostly soluble, with a few exceptions C. Washing soda
C. all insoluble D. Gypsum
D. mostly insoluble, with a few excep- 161. Which of the following is a neutral sub-
tions stance?
156. Which of the following gas has brown A. Distilled water
colour? B. Common salt
A. Carbon dioxide C. Sugar
B. Chlorine D. All the above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 365

162. What is the pH of a solution that has 167. A metal compound reacts with dilute hy-
[OH − ] = 7.92 × 10−4 M drochloric acid to produce effervescence.
The gas evolved extinguishes a burning

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. -3.101
candle. If one of the compounds formed
B. 10.899 is calcium chloride. What is the name of
C. 3.101 the metal compound?
D. 9.903 A. calcium carbonate
B. calcium hydroxide
163. Which of the following Statements are
true about Acids? C. calcium oxide
A. They are sour in taste and soapy to D. calcium sulfate
touch 168. Name the products of the reaction be-
B. They are sour in taste tween zinc and hydrochloric acid.
C. Acids are present in Oranges, Ant A. Zinc chloride and hydrogen
sting, Vinegar etc. B. Zinc hydrochloride and water
D. Acids are present in Vinegar, Sugar, C. Zinc chloride and water
Soap etc.
D. none of above
164. cm3 of 0.4 mol dm-3 sodium hydroxide 169. A strong base
solution, NaOH that is filled into a conical
flask is titrated with 1.0 mol dm-3 of sul- A. dissociates completely into metal ions
phuric acid, H2SO4. Determine the final and hydroxide ions in aqueous solution
volume of solution in the conical flask. B. dissociates completely into metal ions
and hydronium ions in aqueous solution
A. 10.0 cm3
C. reacts with water to form the conju-
B. 60.0 cm3
gate acid and hydroxide ions in aqueous
C. 70.0 cm3 solution
D. 100.0 cm3 D. reacts with water to form the conju-
gate base and hydroxide ions in aqueous
165. . If pH of solution is 13, it means that if solution
is
170. When added to an acidic solution, lit-
A. Weakly acidic
mus paper turns
B. Weakly basic
A. Red ; blue
C. Strongly acidic
B. Blue ; red
D. Strongly Basic C. Red; orange
166. Which of the following is colourless gas? D. Blue ; green
A. Oxygen 171. Baking Soda is scientifically called as
B. Chlorine A. Sodium HydrogenCarbonate
C. Ammonia B. Sodium Oxide
D. Hydrogen C. Sodium Carbonate
E. Nitrogen dioxide D. Sodium Hydroxide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 366

172. Coca-Cola®is a soft drink with a pH of 178. Which one of the following salts will dis-
about 2.52. What is Coca-Cola classified solve in water to form an alkaline solu-
as? tion?
A. a base A. Potassium carbonate
B. an indicator B. Sodium chloride
C. a salt
C. Sodium carbonate
D. an acid

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Potassium sulphate
173. phosphorous acid
179. Which of these is an example of an insol-
A. H3PO4
uble salt?
B. H2PO4
A. Copper sulfate
C. H3P
B. Magnesium sulfate
D. H3PO3
C. Lead Iodide
174. What is the scientific name for salt?
D. Lead Nitrate
A. Sodium chloride
B. Hydrochloric acid 180. What is the concentration of hydronium
C. Acetic acid ions in pure water?

D. Potassium chloride A. 6.0 x 10-6 M

175. Iron(lll) salts has colour B. 1.0 x 10-14 M

A. Green C. 5.0 x 107 M


B. Brown D. 1.0 x 10-7 M
C. Blue
181. Acid reacts with metal carbonate to form
D. Black
A. Salt + hydroxide + water
176. In a titration, 20.5 mL of 0.50 M NaOH
B. Salt + carbon dioxide
were required to neutralize 12.1 mL of HCl.
What is the concentration of the HCl? C. salt + water
A. 1.1 M D. Salt + carbon dioxide + water
B. 0.85 M
182. A student understands that litmus solu-
C. 0.43 M
tion has purple colour in distilled water.
D. 1.7 M What colour islikely to be observed when
it is placed in an acidic solution?
177. Ammonia can be described as
A. Blue
A. a neutral substance
B. an acid B. Green

C. a base C. Red
D. none of above D. Purple

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 367

183. After a compound X was added to water, 188. molecular mass of H3PO4
the pH using indicator paper was less than A. 96 g/mole
7. The resulting solution was added to

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


some calcium carbonate and it was noted B. 98 g/mole
that effervescence took place. What could C. 97 g/mole
compound X be? D. 95 g/mole
A. HNO3
189. What color will Red litmus paper will
B. MgO change in Acid?
C. Na2O A. Blue
D. CaO B. Red
184. What is the formula of the ion produced C. No color change
by acids in aqueous solution? D. Everything is possible.
A. OH-
190. FORMIC ACID COMES FROM
B. H+
A. WATER
C. H-
B. FACTORIES
D. none of above
C. SNAKE BITE
185. It is an example of haloid salts D. ANT BITE
A. Sodium Chloride
191. What is the formula of sodium sulfate?
B. Sodium Hydroxide
A. Na2SO4
C. Bromous acid
B. Na(SO4)2
D. none of above
C. Na(SO3)2
186. Before Factory wastes are disposed out D. none of above
to Waterbodies, why do they add basic
substances? 192. What is the role of an indicator in a reac-
A. So that the Factory wastes decom- tion?
poses in Waterbodies A. To help reactants react successfully.
B. Because they have Respect towards B. To bind to the analyte to form a prod-
them ucts.
C. So that they do not harm the Aquatic C. To show when the reaction has
animals and Plants reached or past the equivalence point.
D. None of the Above D. To provide a surface for the reaction to
occur.
187. Which of the following methods may be
used in the preparation of barium sulfate 193. What are the products formed when lead
in the laboratory? oxide + sulphuric acid react?
A. Distillation A. lead chloride and water
B. Evaporation B. lead sulphate and hydrogen gas
C. Precipitation C. lead sulphate and water
D. Crystallization D. aluminium oxide and water

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 368

194. What is the volume of 0.2moldm-3 199. If you add lead nitrate and potassium io-
sodium iodide, NaI, needed to react com- dide what colour solution do you get?
pletely with 20cm3 of 0.5moldm-3 lead(II) A. Blue
nitrate solution, Pb(NO3)2, in the prepara-
tion of lead(II) iodide, PbI2? B. Pink

A. 20cm3 C. Yellow
D. Red
B. 50cm3

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. 80cm3 200. The acid obtained from curd is-
D. 100cm3 A. Oxalic acid
B. Tartaric acid
195. can be corrosive.
C. Acetic acid
A. acids
D. Lactic acid
B. bases
201. Salts can be prepared by reacting met-
C. acids and bases als with acids. However, some metals
D. neutral substances will not react with acids to make salts.
Which of the following metals will NOT re-
196. What products are produced when we re- act with acids?
act an acid with an alkali?
A. zinc
A. salt + carbon dioxide + water B. iron
B. salt + hydrogen C. magnesium
C. salt + water D. copper
D. salt + water + hydrogen
202. Acid + Metal = +
197. A ‘weak acid’ is BEST described as one A. Salt, hydrogen gas
that yields a B. Salt, base
A. low reading on the pH meter C. Base, hydrogen gas
B. low concentration of acid in aqueous D. none of above
solution
203. What is the pOH of a solution with a pH
C. high concentration of hydrogen ions in
of 5?
solution
A. 13
D. low concentration of hydrogen ions in
aqueous solution B. 5
C. 11
198. Green solid salt A dissolved in water pro-
duce green colour solution.Salt A could be D. 9

A. Copper(ll) carbonate 204. Riddle:I am an Acid.. I am helpful in di-


gestion of food particles in our body! If I
B. Iron(ll) nitrate
am too much acidic, you will surely take
C. Copper(ll) chloride antacid to neutralize me. Who am I?
D. none of above A. HCL Acid

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 369

B. Sulphuric Acid D. When the acidity of a solution in-


C. Citric Acid creases, the pH increases.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. Milk of Magnesia 210. Identify the true statement about the fol-
lowing reaction:F-+ H2O → HF +OH-
205. are soluble.
A. H2O is a bronsted lowry base
A. All carbonates
B. H2O is not an acid or base according
B. All chlorides to either model
C. All nitrates C. H2O is a bronsted lowry acid
D. All sulfates D. H2O is an arrhenius acid
206. Which of the acids is weakly ionised in 211. A hydrogen-containing compound that
aqueous solution? dissociates to yield hydrogen ions (H + )
A. sulphuric acid in aqueous solution
B. hydrochloric acid A. Arrhenius Acid
C. nitric acid B. Arrhenius Base
D. ethanoic acid C. Lewis Acid
D. Lewis Base (H + )
207. What product is insoluble given these re-
actant solutions:silver nitrate mixed with 212. Several drops of nitric acid are added to a
potassium chlorideAgNO3(aq) + KCl(aq) test tube that is filled with potassium chlo-
→ ride solution. What is the most suitable pH
A. AgCl value for the mixture?
B. KNO3 A. 2.0
C. AgK B. 5.5
D. ClNO3 C. 7.0
E. All products are soluble D. 9.8

208. Water has a neutral because 213. A salt formed by partial neutralization of
hydroxide ions (OH-) of a base by an acid
A. it has more H+ ions than OH-
is called a
B. it has more OH-ions than H+
A. base
C. it does not produce any ions
B. basic salt
D. it has an equal amount of H+ and OH- C. acidic salt
in solution
D. none of above
209. Which statement is not correct?
214. Which of the aqueous solutions has high-
A. A When a base reacts with an ammo- est pH value?
nium salt, ammonia is given off.
A. Sodium chloride
B. When an acid reacts with a base, neu-
tralisation takes place. B. Potassium carbonate
C. When an acid reacts with a carbonate, C. Copper sulphate
carbon dioxide is given off. D. Ammonium chloride

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 370

215. What is it called when an acid and a base 220. Carbonate salts are
combine then form a salt and H2O A. all soluble
A. Neutralization B. mostly soluble, with a few exceptions
B. Acidification C. all insoluble
C. Chemical Bonding D. mostly insoluble, with a few excep-
tions
D. Ionic Reaction replace hydrogen in an
acid 221. Which of the following are the physical

NARAYAN CHANGDER
characteristics of salt crystal? I They have
216. If K < Q, which part of the reaction will similar size. II They have fixed angle.III
begin to happen? They have fixed geometrical shapes.IV
A. forward They have flat surface, straight edges and
sharp angles.
B. reverse
A. I, II and III
C. none
B. I, II and IV
D. none of above C. I, III and IV
217. Acid react with metal to form D. II, III and IV
A. salt+ carbon dioxide 222. What corrodes metal?
B. salt + hydrogen A. acid
C. Salt + Water B. base

D. Salt + metal oxide C. both


D. neither
218. The equivalence point is
223. Haloid salts are compounds
A. when the volume of the acid is equal to
A. Binary
the volume of the base
B. Oxides
B. when the number of moles of hydrogen
ions is equal to the number of moles of hy- C. Common
droxide ions D. none of above
C. when the mass of the acid is equal to 224. Reacting an alkali solution with an acid
the mass of the base will produce
D. when the number of moles of the acid A. a salt and water
is equal to the number of moles of the B. a salt and hydrogen
base
C. a salt and carbon dioxide
219. What is the color of lichens in distilled wa- D. a salt and water and carbon dioxide
ter
225. A bronsted lowry base
A. Blue A. produces hydroxide ions in a solution
B. Mauve (purple) B. is a proton donor
C. Red C. produces hydrogen ions in a solution
D. Orange D. is a proton acceptor

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 371

226. The term ‘base’ can be used to refer to 231. Which of the following is evolved when
1. insoluble metal oxides2. soluble is heated?
metal hydroxides3. ammonia

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. CO2
A. Only 1 B. CO
B. Only 2 C. O2
C. 1 and 2 D. No
D. 1 and 3 232. In order to obtain an insoluble salt from
E. 1, 2 and 3 a mixture with a solution, which of the fol-
lowing methods should be used?
227. After acidification with dilute nitric acid,
a light green solution of X reacts with sil- A. filtration
ver nitrate to produce a white precipitate. B. crystallization
What could X possibly be? C. distillation
A. Sodium chloride D. evaporation
B. Iron(II) chloride 233. Following word equations are
C. Lead(II) nitrate given:potassium hydroxide + nitric
D. Copper(II) bromide acid=potassium nitrate + watersodium ox-
ide + water = sodium hydroxideWhich are
228. What is the volume of distilled water base and alkali from the reaction above,
added to 50.0 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm-3 respectively?
ethanoic acid in order to dilute it to 0.2 A. sodium hydroxide; sodium oxide
mol dm-3 ethanoic acid?
B. sodium oxide; potassium hydroxide
A. 100 cm3
C. potassium hydroxide; sodium oxide
B. 150 cm3
D. potassium nitrate; sodium hydroxide
C. 200 cm3
234. A base is a substance
D. 250 cm3
A. That releases OH-ions when dissolved
229. Calculate the pH of a solution which has in water
[H+] = 1.2 x 10-9 B. That releases H+ ions when dissolved
A. 9.4 in water
B. 7.3 C. Does not release any ions when dis-
solved in water
C. 8.9
D. None of the above
D. 4.1
235. A solution in which the pH remains fairly
230. Chloride salts are constant when small amount of acid or
A. all soluble base are added.
B. mostly soluble, with a few exceptions A. equilibrium solution
C. all insoluble B. resistant solution
D. mostly insoluble, with a few excep- C. buffer solution
tions D. balanced solution

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 372

236. Which of the following salts can be crys- 242. What is the range of pH values in a basic
tallised from an aqueous solution? solution?
A. Lead(II) iodide A. 0-6
B. Silver chloride B. 8-14
C. Barium sulphate C. 7
D. Sodium chloride D. 0-14

NARAYAN CHANGDER
237. Which of the following salts is a not a 243. A salt is formed when nitric acid combines
normal salt? answer choices with sodium. What is the name of the
A. NaCl salt?
B. K2SO4 A. Sodium chloride
C. NaHCO3 B. Sodium nitrate
D. Ca(NO3)2 C. Hydrogen Nitrate
D. Nirate
238. Acid rain is caused due to the excess of:
A. Carbon dioxide 244. Which of the following is white solid and
B. Sulphur dioxide dissolves in water?

C. Nitrogen dioxide A. Sodium carbonate

D. All the above B. Barium sulphate


C. Calcium chloride
239. Alkalis are
D. Magnesium carbonate
A. acids which are soluble in water
B. acids which are insoluble ni water 245. Which two processes are involved in the
preparation of magnesium sulfate from di-
C. bases which are soluble in water
lute sulfuric acid and an excess of magne-
D. bases which are insoluble in water sium oxide?

240. Plaster of Paris hardens by A. neutralisation and filtration

A. Giving off B. neutralisation and oxidation

B. Changing into C. thermal decomposition and filtration

C. Combining with water D. thermal decomposition and oxidation


D. Giving out water 246. Choose the two reactants to produce
magnesium carbonate, an insoluble salt
241. Which reactants are used to produce
sodium chloride (salt and hydrogen) A. magnesium
A. sodium and nitric acid B. magnesium oxide
B. sodium and sulfuric acid C. magnesium sulfate
C. sodium and phosphoric acid D. sodium carbonate
D. sodium and hydrochloric acid E. zinc carbonate

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 373

247. Which type of base is found in window A. a buffer


cleaner B. an indicator

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Calcium hydroxide C. a salt
B. Sodium hydroxide D. a hydronium ion
C. Ammonium hydroxide 253. Which process CORRECTLY describes
D. Magnesium hydroxide the following reaction? RCOOH(aq) +
NaOH(aq) → RCOONa (aq) + H2O(l)
248. What will be colour of reaction of methyl
orange with acid base A. Precipitation
B. Neutralization
A. Acid:Blue, Base:Pink
C. Reduction
B. Acid:Violet, Base:Green
D. Decomposition
C. Acid:Red, Base:Yellow
D. none of above 254. The end point of a titration is
A. when the number of moles of the hy-
249. Consider the reaction below:H2SO4 + drogen ions is equal to the number of
CuCO3 → CuSO4 + CO2 + H2OThe solvent moles of the hydroxide ions
is
B. when a precipitate is formed
A. H2SO4
C. when all of the acid or all of the base
B. CuCO3 has been dissolved
C. CuSO4 D. when the indicator changes color
D. none of above 255. Spinach contains
250. Aluminium oxide is able to A. Ascorbic Acid
A. neutralise potassium hydroxide solu- B. Oxalic Acid
tion to form a colourlesssolution C. Acetic Acid
B. neutralise dilute sulphuric acid to form D. Lactic Acid
a colourlesssolution
256. When a metallic oxide is dissolved in wa-
C. dissolve in water to release hydrogen ter, the solution formed has a high concen-
ions tration of ions.
D. melt at a low temperature A. H+
251. Which is NOT an amphoteric oxide? B. H3O+
A. zinc oxide C. OH-
B. aluminium oxide D. none of above

C. lead (II) oxid 257. Which compound may be used to counter-


act the effects of acid rain on the soil?
D. sodium oxide
A. CO
252. A chemical which changes color depend- B. CaO
ing upon the pH of the solution to which
it is exposed is called what type of com- C. H2S
pound? D. SO2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 374

258. Which of the following is a natural indi- 264. Which of these products makes a cake
cator spongy?
A. Phenolphthalein A. Water
B. Turmeric B. Sodium Salt
C. Salt C. Carbon dioxide
D. Vinegar D. Acid
259. Methyl Orange changes color to in 265. Which salt is insoluble in water?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
Acidic Solution and in Basic Solution. A. sodium nitrate
A. Red, Yellow B. silver chloride
B. Red, Orange C. ammonium carbonate
C. Yellow, Orange D. magnesium sulfate
D. Orange, Red
266. What are the products formed when cop-
260. Which of these substances is a weak per oxide + hydrochloric acid react?
acid? A. copper chloride and water
A. Citric acid B. copper chloride and hydrogen gas
B. Hydrochloric acid C. sodium ethanoate and water
C. Nitric acid D. aluminium oxide and water
D. none of above
267. Curd can be stored in
261. Are substances that combine with H+ A. brass vessel
ions from acids and neutralize them?
B. copper vessel
A. Acids
C. steel
B. Neutral compounds
D. bronze
C. Water
D. Bases 268. Which of the following is NOT true?
A. All nitrate salts are soluble.
262. A substance with a ph of higher that 7.5
is a? B. All group I salts and Ammonium salts
are soluble.
A. Home dog doggity
C. All carbonates are not soluble except
B. Base group I and ammonium salts.
C. Acid D. All sulphates are soluble except Cop-
D. Salt per (II) sulphate, Barium sulphate and
Lead (II) sulphate.
263. Which of the following show an acid and
its conjugate base pair (in that order) 269. Barium hydroxide
A. H2SO4, SO42- A. BaOH
B. OH-, H2O B. Strongly
C. NH4+, H2O C. Ba(OH)2
D. H2CO3, HCO3- D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 375

270. Which of the following is true about C. Salts


glacial ethanoic acid? D. Sugar

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. It contains free mobile ions
276. What products are produced when we re-
B. It turns dry blue litmus paper red
act an acid with a metal?
C. It has a molecular formula of HCOOH.
A. salt + carbon dioxide + water
D. It is unable to conduct electricity
B. salt + hydrogen
271. Acid + Base → Salt + Water C. salt + water
A. neutralization reaction D. none of above
B. synthesis
277. Which of the following salts powder is
C. decomposition white colour.
D. single displacement
A. Ammonium nitrate
272. A way to measure the concentration of B. Iron(lll) chloride
hydrogen ions in a solution is to use a(n)
C. Iron(ll) nitrate
D. Lead(ll) oxide
A. indicator
B. litmus 278. Why can’t acids be stored in metal con-
C. pH scale tainers?

D. acid A. Most of the time acid reacts with al-


most every metal and produces salts or
273. Sodium Chloride will turn: oxides.
A. Turmeric brownish-red B. They need to be kept in special contain-
B. China rose green ers to preserve them for longer.
C. Litmus blue to red C. Both A and B
D. None of these D. None of the above

274. mL of a solution of NaOH is found to be 279. Which of the acids below have a basicity
completely neutralised by 8 mL of a given of 2?
solution of HCl. If we take 20 mL of (the A. Sulphuric acid
same solution as before) required to neu-
tralise it will be B. Hydrochloric acid

A. 4 ml C. Nitric acid
B. 8 ml D. Ethanoic acid
C. 12 ml 280. WHAT MAKES NaCl AND H2O+EVOLVED
D. 16 ml HEAT
A. SODIUM+H2O
275. Which of these is not a product of neu-
tralization process? B. ACID+BASE
A. Water C. HNO3+KOH
B. Heat D. HCl+NaOH

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 376

281. In the preparation of a salt, why is the B. Yellow


saturated solution of the salt left in a C. Orange
warm, dry place for a few days rather
than heated over a water bath? D. Colourless

A. To speed up the evaporation of the wa- 287. Ionic bonds form between metals and
ter A. metalloids
B. To allow large crystals to form B. metals

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. To remove impurities C. nonmetals
D. none of above D. none of above
282. An aqueous solution in which [H + ] = 288. A dibasic acid
[OH − ]
A. sulphuric acid
A. an acidic solution
B. nitric acid
B. a basic solution
C. phosphoric acid
C. a neutral solution
D. hydrochloric acid
D. none of above
289. Which of the following substances can be
283. Metal hydrogen carbonates react with described as the oxide of a metal?
acids to give
A. Alkali
A. salt, water, chlorine
B. Base
B. salt, water and carbon di oxide
C. Salt
C. salt and carbon di oxide
D. Acid
D. salt, hydrogen and carbon dioxide
290. molecular mass of nitric acid
284. Nitrate salts are
A. 65 g/mole
A. all soluble
B. 63 g/mole
B. mostly soluble, with a few exceptions
C. 67 g/mole
C. all insoluble
D. 62 g/mole
D. mostly insoluble, with a few excep-
tions 291. Which of the following gives on heating?

285. which of the foll are present in dil aque- A. Slaked


ous soln of HCL B. Quick lime
A. H3O+ +CL- C. Lime stone
B. H30+ +OH- D. Soda ash
C. CL+ +OH- 292. Which of the following contains Malic
D. UNIONISED HCL Acid?

286. What is the colour of methyl orange an A. Grapes


acid? B. Milk
A. Red C. Apple

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 377

D. Oranges C. Reacts with neither NaOH or HCl


E. Lactic D. Reacts with HCl

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


293. Which of these titres are concordant?
299. In a reaction between an acid and a metal,
A. 12.7cm3 what are the products?
B. 12.3cm3 A. carbon dioxide, water and a salt
C. 12.4cm3 B. Carbon dioxide and a salt
D. 12.0cm3
C. Water and a salt
294. potassium + nitric acid= + D. A salt and hydrogen
A. sodium nitrite+water
B. potassium nitrate + hydrogen 300. What salt is produced if you react sodium
with hydrochloric acid?
C. potassium nitrate + water
A. sodium hydroxide
D. none of above
B. sodium sulfate
295. Calcium phosphate is present in tooth
enamel. Its nature is- C. sodium nitrate

A. basic D. sodium chloride


B. acidic
301. Which of the following equations is cor-
C. neutral rect for neutralisation
D. amphoteric A. H+ + OH-→ H2O
296. The odour of acetic acid resembles that of B. H+ + O-→ H2O
A. Rose C. H+ + OH-→ H2 + O2
B. Burning Plastic D. none of above
C. Vinegar
D. Kerosene 302. A lower acid dissociation constant (Ka) in-
dicates a(n) acid
297. Which of the following observations A. neutral
would be expected when aqueous sodium
hydroxide is added to an ammonium salt B. weak
and the mixture is warmed? C. conjugate
A. Alkaline gas produced
D. strong
B. White precipitate soluble in excess
C. White precipitate insoluble in excess 303. Calcium sulfate is prepared using
D. Green precipitate insoluble in excess A. precipitation

298. Which of the followings is true of an B. reaction of acid with insoluble sub-
acidic oxide? stance
A. Reacts with NaOH C. titration
B. Reacts with both NaOH and HCl D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 378

304. Choose the natural indicator: 309. A solution reacts with crushed egg-shells
A. turmeric to give that turns lime-water milky. The
solution contains:
B. phenophthalein
A. NaCl
C. iodine solution
B. HCl
D. methylene blue
C. LiCl
305. mL of a solution of NaOH is found to be D. KCl

NARAYAN CHANGDER
completely neutralized by 8 mL of a given
solution of HCl. If we take 20 mL of same 310. Blue litmus paper is dipped in a solution.
solution of NaOH, the amount of HCl solu- It remains blue. What is the nature of the
tion required to neutralize it will be solution?
A. 4 mL A. Acidic
B. 8 mL B. Basic
C. 12 mL C. Neutral

D. 16 mL D. none of above

311. The ratio of the concentration of the dis-


306. Another example of Neutralization Reac-
sociated form of an acid to the concentra-
tion is
tion of the undissociated form.
A. Using Magnesium Hydroxide (Milk of
A. acid dissociation constant
Magnesia) as an antacid to correct excess
acidity in the stomach. B. acid ratio
B. Using Nitric acid to clean gold and sil- C. equilibrium constant
ver ornaments. D. proportionality constant
C. Both of them
312. Which of the gasouses has pungent smell.
D. none of above
A. Sulphur dioxide
307. nitrous acid B. Nitrogen dioxide
A. complacent C. Ammonia
B. Hey D. Hydrogen chloride
C. here 313. hydrochloric acid + calcium hydroxide=
D. congratulatory +
A. potassium chloride + water
308. In a neutralisation reaction, neutralisa-
tion occurs when the universal indicator so- B. calcium chloride + water
lution in the conical flask C. calcium chloride + hydrogen
A. turns purple D. calcium sulfate+ water
B. turns blue
314. In an aqueous solution, hydrogen ions
C. turns yellow join with water to form
D. turns red A. hydronium ion (H3 O+ )
E. turns green B. hydroxide ion (OH − )

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 379

C. hydrogen peroxide (H2 O2 ) D. Lactic acid is present in curd and in


D. tetraoxidane (H2 O4 ) milk.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


315. Basic oxide 321. What happens when an acid reacts with
metal oxide?
A. BaO
B. brother A. salt and water are formed

C. ZnO B. metal hydride is formed


D. Ill C. oxyacid will be formed
D. salt and hydrogen gas are formed
316. Which of the following reactions pro-
duces calcium oxide?
322. which of these is NOT a mineral acid?
A. calcium and oxide
A. HCL
B. calcium and water
B. H2SO4
C. calcium and air
C. HNO3
D. calcium and oxygen
D. citric acid
317. Group 1 salts are
A. all soluble 323. LITMUS IS EXTRACTED FROM
B. mostly soluble, with a few exceptions A. VENOM
C. all insoluble B. LEAF OF TREES
D. none of above C. LICHENS
318. What is the pH of a solution that has D. ACIDS
[H + ] = 4.38 × 10−5 M
324. An acid anhydride
A. 4.327
A. sulphur dioxide
B. 9.641
B. aluminium oxide
C. 4.359
D. -4.327 C. zinc oxide
D. sodium oxide
319. Vitamin C is actually acid.
A. Nitric Acid 325. A solution was added to some ammonium
B. Ascorbic Acid chloride then heated. A gas which had a
pungent smell and turned moist red litmus
C. Citrus Acid blue was produced. Which of the follow-
D. Tartaric Acid ing could have been present in the original
solution?
320. Consider the following statements,
choose the incorrect one: A. Hydrochloric acid

A. Acetic acid is found in vinegar. B. vinegar


B. Formic acid is present in ant’s sting. C. potassium hydroxide
C. Citric acid is present in tamarind. D. sodium chloride

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 380

326. Which of the following salts is prepared 332. Chemical name of Lime Water..
by precipitation? A. Calcium Hydroxide
A. Barium sulfate B. Calcium Carbonate
B. Calcium chloride C. Calcium oxide
C. Magnesium nitrate D. Calcium bisulphate
D. Potassium carbonate
333. Which of the following are bases?
327. A monoprotic acid has

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Non metal oxides
A. one ionizable hydrogen B. Metal oxides
B. two ionizable hydrogens C. Ammonia
C. three ionizable hydrogens D. Metal hydroxides
D. four ionizable hydrogens
334. An extremely strong acid would have a
328. A diprotic acid has pH of
A. one ionizable hydrogen A. 1
B. two ionizable protons B. 7
C. three ionizable protons C. 9
D. four ionizable protons D. 14
329. Which of the following substances can be 335. In which of the following is ascorbic acid
used to prepare copper (II) chloride by re- present?
action with hydrochloric acid? I Copper A. Tea and coffee
(II) oxideII Copper (II) nitrateIII Copper (II)
carbonateIV Copper (II) hydroxide B. Milk

A. I, II and III C. Citrus Fruits and Amla

B. I, II and IV D. Ants

C. I, III and IV 336. Sodium carbonate solution is added into


D. II, III and IV copper (II) nitrate solution in an experi-
ment. What is the colour of the precipitate
330. Which is the strongest acid? obtained?
A. H2S A. Green
B. H2Se B. Yellow
C. H3P C. White
D. H2Te D. Brown
331. When blue litmus is dipped into a solution 337. Acids will increase the concentration of
of Sodium Chloride this ion in solution
A. Blue litmus turns red A. hydrogen ions
B. It stays blue B. hydroxide ions
C. Red litmus turns blue C. sodium ions
D. none of above D. oxygen ions

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 381

338. These are used as cleansing agents, i.e., C. Yellow


to remove grease from parts of machines D. Colourless

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Sodium hydroxide and potassium hy-
droxide: 344. Which method is used to make the salt
copper sulfate?
B. potassium hydroxide:
A. dilute acid + alkali
C. Sodium hydroxide
B. dilute acid + carbonate
D. Calcium hydroxide
C. dilute acid + metal
339. Egg shell is made up of
D. dilute acid + non-metal oxide
A. CaCO3
B. CaO 345. Among the salts listed below, which salt
is best prepared by the titration method?
C. Ca(OH)2
A. copper(II) chloride
D. CaCl2
B. potassium chloride
340. Barium sulphate is prepare using barium
C. zinc chloride
nitrate and sodium sulphate because:
D. iron(II) chloride
A. Barium sulphate is insoluble
B. Barium sulphate is soluble 346. chlorous acid
C. Barium sulphate will dissolve in water A. HClO3
D. Barium sulphate will react with other B. HClO2
solutions
C. HClO
341. x may be found in drain cleaners and as D. HCl
a component of soaps. Is x an acid or a
base? 347. Which pair of reagents can be used to pre-
A. Acid pare copper(II) sulfate salt?

B. Base A. Copper metal with dilute sulfuric acid

C. Neither (Neutral) B. Copper(II) nitrate with sodium sulfate


D. none of above C. Copper(II) chloride and dilute sulfuric
acid
342. Both soap and detergent are classified as
D. Copper(II) oxide with dilute sulfuric
A. salt acid
B. ester
348. Choose all possible reactants that can be
C. alkane used to provide the anion to prepare the
D. alkali insoluble salt silver chloride
A. sodium chloride
343. What is the colour of methyl orange in a
base? B. lead(II) chloride
A. Pink C. hydrochloric acid
B. Blue D. zinc chloride

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 382

349. lead (II) phosphate 355. Which of the foll statement is not correct
A. PbPO4 and CO2

B. Pb2PO4 A. all metal carbonates react with acid to


give a salt, water and CO2
C. Pb 3( PO4)2
B. all metal oxides react with water to
D. Pb2(PO4)3 give salt and acid
350. Hydrochloric acid is used to clean metals. C. some metals react with acids to give

NARAYAN CHANGDER
The acid reacts with the oxide layer on the salt and H2
surface of the metal, forming a salt and
D. some non metal oxides react with wa-
water. Which word describes the metal
ter to form an acid
oxide?
A. A alloy 356. What are the products formed when zinc
+ ethanoic acid react?
B. B base
A. magnesium chloride and water
C. C element
D. D indicator B. aluminium chloride and hydrogen gas
C. aluminium chloride and water
351. The Kw constant is:
D. zinc ethanoate and hydrogen gas
A. 1.0 x 10-14
B. 1.0 x 1014 357. Which of these is used in the glass indus-
try?
C. 6.022 x 1023
A. Sodium Chloride
D. 6.0634 x 10-34
B. Sodium Hydroxide
352. Litmus is available in forms.
C. Sodium Carbonate
A. One
D. Sodium bicarbonate
B. Zero
C. Five 358. Which describes a Lewis base?

D. Two A. donates a proton


B. accepts an electron pair
353. An acid can react with
C. donates an electron pair
A. AgCl
D. donates a hydroxide ion
B. Na2CO3
C. PbSO4 359. On adding acidified silver nitrate to a
solution, a white precipitate was formed
D. Na2SO4
which went purple when in sunlight.
354. Which of the following acid is present in Which of the following compounds could
sour milk? have been present?
A. Lactic acid A. MgBr2
B. tartaric acid B. NaI
C. glycolic acid C. NaCl
D. citrus acid D. Fe(NO3)2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 383

360. Why is solid calcium hydroxide added in D. Always is neutral that is why it is safe
excess to dilute nitric acid when preparing to drink
calcium nitrate salt?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


365. A solution with a pH of 10 is mixed with
A. To ensure all calcium hydroxide is used
a solution with a pH of 4. What would the
up
pH of the mixture most likely be?
B. To speed up the reaction
A. 10
C. To ensure all dilute nitric acid is used
up B. 4

D. To have maximum yield of calcium ni- C. 40


trate D. 7
361. Identify the gas evolved. 366. Which salt can be prepared using titra-
A. Hydrogen tion?
B. Nitrogen A. copper(II) nitrate
C. Carbon dioxide B. lead(II) sulfate
D. Oxygen C. ammonium sulfate
362. Sodium hydroxide was added to a solu- D. iron(II) chloride
tion and it was noticed that a white pre-
cipitate was formed at first then dissolved 367. Acids have ph level
in excess. On adding aqueous ammonia A. Below 7
to a fresh sample of the solution, a white
B. Above 7
precipitate was formed which did not dis-
solve in excess. Which ion could have been C. Neutral to 7
present in the solution? D. none of above
A. Fe2+
368. It is used as a table acid and for the
B. Al3+
preservation of food articles.It is com-
C. Zn2+ monly called plain soda. It is mixed
D. Ca2+ with citric acid and sugar to make aerated
drinks
363. Which acid contains, apple, gooseberries
A. CH3COOH, H2CO3
A. lactic acid . ascorbic acid
B. ACETIC ACID
B. mallic acid, tartaric acid
C. CARBONIC ACID
C. mallic acid, vitamin c
D. H2SO4
D. none of above
369. sodium + sulfuric acid= +
364. Water is?
A. sodium sulfate + hydrogen
A. Always an acd
B. sodium sulfate + water
B. Always a base
C. sodium sulfate +oxygen
C. Is the most common base, and acid in
the world D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 384

370. What colour does the solution turn when 376. A weak acid
copper oxide is added to sulfuric acid? A. needs more exercise
A. Blue B. is slightly ionized in aqueous solution
B. Green C. is insoluble in aqueous solution
C. Clear D. is completely ionized in aqueous solu-
D. Purple tion
377. What should you do to make Copper Sul-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
371. The mass of ethanedioic acid, H2C2O4 in
250 cm3 of0.25 mol dm-3 solution is phate crystals lose their blue colour?

A. 5.625 g A. dissolve it
B. heat it
B. 11.250 g
C. powder it
C. 22.500 g
D. add acid to it
D. 33.750 g
378. Could C2H3O2-act as a base when placed
372. Which of the following is a Basic oxide in water?
A. MgO A. Yes, because it can accept a H+
B. P2O5 B. Yes, because it can donate a H+
C. ZnO C. No, because it cannot donate a H+
D. CO2 D. No, because it cannot accept a H+
373. What is the symbol for Copper? 379. The products when lithium and water re-
A. C act are
A. hydrochloric acid and Lithium
B. co
B. Lithium hydroxide and hydrogen
C. Cu
C. lithium oxide
D. CU
D. lithium oxide and hydrogen
374. A small piece of sodium is burnt in ex-
cess air. The residue formed is dissolved 380. Which one of the following salts is used
in water to form a colourless solution R. to help crops grow well?
The colourless solution R can A. magnesium carbonate
A. turn red litmus paper blue B. copper sulfate
B. react with copper(II) oxide C. ammonium nitrate
C. react with dilute sulphuric acid D. calcium sulfate
D. react with magnesium powder 381. The amount of acid or base that can be
added to a buffer solution before a signif-
375. Example of base is icant change in pH occurs.
A. Ammonia A. buffer limit
B. Sodium Hydroxide B. max point
C. Magnesium Hydroxide C. equivalence point
D. All of the above D. buffer capacity

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 385

382. Which ion determines a base? 387. Sulphuric acid is stronger than ethanoic
acid (acetic acid) in aqueous solution be-
A. H+
cause sulphuric acid

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. OH-
A. is more corrosive than ethanoic acid
C. OH+
B. is obtainable in high concentrations
D. CO32-
C. causes sugar to char whereas
383. Which of the following salts will produce ethanoic acid does not
a brown gas on heating? D. ionizes to a greater extent than
A. Lead(II) bromide ethanoic acid

B. Ammonium nitrate 388. Which of the following salts is insolu-


C. Potassium nitrate ble?

D. Zinc nitrate A. Aluminium chloride


B. Copper (II) Sulphate
384. The chemical industry makes hundreds of
thousands of tons of different salts. Many C. Sodium chloride
methods for making salt starts with acids. D. Calcium carbonate
Salts made from carbonic acid are called
389. A solution has a pH of 1. This solution
would be expected to react with
A. chlorides
A. zinc metal to produce hydrogen
B. sulfates
B. zinc metal to produce a solution of pH
C. nitrates
10
D. carbonates
C. hydrochloric acid to produce chlorine
385. Aqueous solutions of can be strong or D. hydrochloric acid to produce a salt and
weak electrolytes. water
A. only acids
390. When performing titrations, the solution
B. only bases of known concentration is the
C. acids or bases A. equivalence
D. none of above B. end point

386. After adding aqueous Ca(NO3)2 to dilute C. standard solution


H2SO4, what is the next step to prepare D. pH
a sample of CaSO4?
391. is used as an Antacid.
A. Crystallisation
A. Magnesium Hydroxide
B. Evaporation to dryness
B. Sodium Hydroxide
C. Filtration to get the filtrate, followed
by crystallisation C. Ammonium Hydroxide
D. Filtration to get the residue D. Calcium Hyrdroxide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 386

392. What is the name of the practical tech- 398. Which gives the correct formula of exam-
nique to neutralise an alkali? ple of salt that formed from hydrochloric
A. Neutralisation acid?

B. Titration A. MgCl2
C. Using a burette B. CuSO4
D. Telestration C. CaCO3
D. KNO3

NARAYAN CHANGDER
393. magnesium chloride
A. Mgcl2 399. WHERE IS HYDROCHLORIC ACID
B. MgCl2 PRESENT IN?
C. MgCl4 A. SALIVARY AMYLASE
D. MgCl B. GASTRIC JUICE

394. A substance that can act as either an acid C. PEPSIN


or a base. D. LYPASE
A. allotrope
400. Which oxide is able to react with HNO3?
B. amphoteric
A. MgO
C. amphibious
B. CO2
D. amorphous
C. NO2
395. Find the pH of a solution with [OH-] =
D. CO
8.41 x 10-4.
A. 3.08 401. Statements 1 to 4 represent different
B. 10.92 steps in the preparation of lead iodide.
Which of the following is the best sequence
C. 9.88 for synthesizing lead iodide? 1. Mix lead
D. 11.23 nitrate and potassium iodide 2. Dry 3. Fil-
ter 4. Mix lead sulphate and potassium
396. A substance that can accept a pair of elec- iodide
trons to form a covalent bond.
A. 1, 3, 2
A. Arrhenius base
B. 4, 3, 2
B. Lewis base
C. 1, 4, 2
C. Bronsted-Lowry acid
D. 4, 2, 3
D. Lewis acid

397. What is the colour of phenolphthalein in 402. Solid X is green colour.Which of the fol-
a base? lowing is a possibility of salt X?
A. Pink A. Iron(lll) chloride
B. Blue B. Iron(ll) sulphate
C. Red C. Copper(ll) carbonate
D. Colourless D. Copper(ll) chloride

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 387

403. If the hydronium ion concentration in a so- 408. What pH range would you get for an
lution increases, how does the hydroxide Acid?
ion concentration respond?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 0-6
A. It increases in direct proportion. B. 7
B. It decreases exponentially. C. 7-14
C. It does not change. D. 2-10
D. It decreases in direct proportion.
409. Ant bites you.. You are feeling pain
404. It is an example of oxysalts What should be used in order to cure
pain?
A. HBrO2
A. Formic Solution
B. H4SiO4
B. Callamine Solution
C. NaHSO3
C. HCL Solution
D. none of above
D. Calamine Solution
405. Acids and bases are classified as “strong”
or “weak”. Which description below fits 410. Common name of CaOCl2
a strong acid? A. Washing powder
A. Any solution which contains more hy- B. baking powder
droxide ions than hydronium ions.
C. bleaching powder
B. Any solution which a pH of less than 2.
D. plaster of paris
C. A solution which ionizes 100% and pro-
duces hydronium ions. 411. When do you take an Antacid?
D. A solution which will corrode metal. A. When you are Hungry
B. When the soil is too Acidic
406. What occurs during salt hydrolysis?
C. When you have a Gastric problem in
A. salt causes water molecules to sepa-
your stomach
rate from other water molecules
D. When the Factory wastes are disposed
B. the cations or anions of a dissociated
in waterbodies
salt remove hydrogen ions from, or do-
nate hydrogen ions to, water E. None of the Above
C. a salt is dissolved in water as it is 412. A weak base
heated
A. dissociates completely into metal ions
D. salt forms strong bonds with surround- and hydronium ions in aqueous solution
ing water molecules B. reacts with water to form the conju-
407. which of the foll phenomena occur when gate base and hydroxide ions in aqueous
a small amunt of acid is added to water solution
A. ionisation C. dissociates completely into metal ions
and hydroxide ions in aqueous solution
B. neutralisation
D. reacts with water to form the conju-
C. dilution gate acid and hydroxide ions in aqueous
D. formation solution

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 388

413. What is the best definition of a weak 418. Tick the correct properties of bases:
acid? A. They are Sour to taste
A. An acid which is only partially ionised B. They are slippery to touch
in aqueous solution
C. They may or may not be soluble in wa-
B. An acid with a pH between 5.0 and 6.9 ter.
C. A dilute solution of an acid D. They are not strong.
D. none of above

NARAYAN CHANGDER
419. Which method is used to prepare barium
414. Which of the following salts cannot dis- sulphate?
solve in water? I Lead(II) sulphateII A. Add excess solid reactant to acid
Calcium sulphateIII Potassium carbonateIV
B. Titration
Barium sulphate
C. Ionic Precipitation
A. I, II and III
D. Direct combination
B. I, II and IV
C. I, III and IV 420. Which of the following acids is important
for healing wounds?
D. II, III and IV
A. Lactic
415. Acid-base conjugate pairs differ by a sin- B. Ascorbic
gle
C. Ethanoic
A. Electron
D. Methanoic
B. Proton
421. The acid formed in stomach which helps
C. Neutron
in digestion is a dilute solution of
D. Oxygen
A. Citric acid
416. When a soluble salt is formed from an B. HCl
acid and an insoluble base, how do you C. CH3COOH
know when an excess of a base has been
added? D. H2SO4

A. When bubbles of gas appear 422. Salts will sometimes be chemically acidic
B. When the reactant all dissolves if they form from what combination of ma-
terials?
C. When some of the reactant is left un-
reacted/undissolved A. A strong acid and a strong base.
B. A weak acid and a strong acid.
D. When a colour change happens
C. A weak acid and a strong base.
417. WHAT IS THE CHEMICAL FORMULA OF
D. A strong acid and a weak base.
CAUSTIC POTASH?
A. KOH 423. The products of a neutralisation reaction
are lithium sulfate and water. What is the
B. CuSO4
name of the acid used to neutralise the al-
C. KOH2 kali lithium hydroxide?
D. HCl A. hydrochloric acid

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 389

B. sulfuric acid 430. Fill in the blank: shows no change in


C. nitric acid colour when added to a neutral substance.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. phosphoric acid A. Litmus Paper

424. How are metal oxides formed? B. Phenolphthalein


A. When metals react with oxide. C. Methyl Orange
B. When metals react with water. D. All of these
C. When metals react with air.
431. Name HF
D. When metals react with oxygen.
A. hydrofluoric acid
425. A bronsted lowry acid
A. produces hydroxide ions in a solution B. Hydrofluoric acid

B. is a proton donor C. hydrogen fluorine acid


C. produces hydrogen ions in a solution D. fluoric acid
D. is a proton acceptor
432. Which two solutions, when mixed to-
426. Which of the following methods can be gether, will form a precipitate?
used to prepare an insoluble salt?
A. dilute hydrochloric acid and barium ni-
A. Titration trate
B. Crystallisation
B. dilute sulfuric acid and sodium hydrox-
C. Precipitation ide
D. Combustion C. dilute hydrochloric acid and lead (II) ni-
427. pOH = trate
A. log [H + ] D. dilute nitric acid and zinc chloride
B. − log [OH − ]
433. In the following reaction, which com-
C. − log [H + ] pound is the conjugate base? PO43-+
D. log [OH − ] HNO3 → NO3-+ HPO42-
428. Insoluble sulphate salts include A. PO43-
A. Silver sulphate B. HPO42-
B. Lead sulphate C. NO3-
C. Barium sulphate
D. HNO3
D. Calcium sulphate
E. Ammonium sulphate 434. A solution reacts with crushed egg shells
to give a gas that turns lime-water milky.
429. Ammonia is gas.
A. NaCl
A. Acidic
B. Neutral B. HCl

C. Alkaline C. LiCl
D. none of above D. KCl

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 390

435. Which oxide is able to react with HCl? C. Calcium hydrogen carbonate
A. MgO D. Sodium hydrogen carbonate
B. CO2
441. What are Acid salts?
C. NO2
A. Salt formed from solution which has
D. CO Strong Base but weak Acid.
436. What happens to the pH of an acid during B. Salt formed from solution which has
neutralisation?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
Strong Acid but weak Base.
A. It stays the same C. Salt formed from solution which has
B. It moves toward pH 1 Strong acid and Base.
C. It moves towards pH 7 D. Salt formed from solution which has
weak acid and Base.
D. It moves towards pH 14

437. Colors of the universal indicator is as 442. Litmus is extraced from


followsrespectively Strong acid weak acid A. lichens
neutral weak alkali Strong alkali
B. herbs
A. Red Yellow violet Green Blue
C. cockroach
B. Blue violet Red Yellow Green
D. flower
C. Red Yellow Green Blue violet
D. Red Yellow Blue violet Green 443. formula of phosphoric acid
A. H3PO4
438. cm3 of nitric acid requires 15.80 cm3 of
0.12 mol dm-3 barium hydroxide solution B. H2CO3
for complete neutralisation. The concentra- C. H2SO3
tion of nitric acid is
D. none of above
A. 0.0474 mol dm-3
B. 0.0948 mol dm-3 444. Three solutions P, Q and R have pH value
of 3.5, 5.2 and 12.2 respectively.State
C. 0.1896 mol dm-3
which one of these is a weak acid
D. 0.3792 mol dm-3
A. P
439. Magnesium reacts with sulfuric acid to B. Q
form?
C. R
A. magnesium oxide
D. none of above
B. magnesium carbonate
C. magnesium sulfate 445. What is the colour of methyl orange in
D. magnesium nitrate neutral?
A. Pink
440. Which of the following substances can
cause temporary hardness of water? B. Orange
A. Calcium carbonate C. Yellow
B. Magnesium carbonate D. Colourless

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 391

446. Copper(ll) carbonate has colour 452. Choose the incorrect statement about
A. Blue acid.(i) Acids have a sour taste.(ii) Acids
turn blue litmus red.(iii) Acids have a

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Green soapy feel.(iv) Acids are non-corrosive in
C. Black nature.
D. none of above A. (i) and (iv)
447. A hydrogen atom that can form a hydro- B. (ii) and (iii)
gen ion C. (i) and (ii)
A. is negatively charged D. (iii) and (iv)
B. has a lower relative mass
453. A base contained in calamine solution
C. is ionizable
which neutralises the acidic liquid of the
D. is always in gaseous form ant is:
448. Which of these mixtures represents a A. Mg(OH)2
neutralization reaction? B. ZnCO3
A. Acid +Acid
C. HNO3
B. Acid +Base
D. NaHCO3
C. Acid + Water
D. Base +Water 454. Which all can be used as natural indica-
tors?
449. a sample of soil is mixed with water and
A. Litmus Paper
allow to settle . The soln turns yellowish
orange which of the foll soln will turn the B. China Rose
colour to greenish blue C. Turmeric
A. lemon juice
D. Beetroot
B. vinegar
E. Red cabbage
C. common salt
D. antacid 455. Filtration is used to separate a from
a liquid.
450. Identify the insoluble salt.
A. undissolved solid
A. sodium carbonate
B. dissolved solid
B. calcium chloride
C. dissolved gas
C. zinc carbonate
D. undissolved gas
D. Lead nitrate

451. Soap contains 456. COMMON SALT IS ALSO CALLED-

A. Potassium Hydroxide A. SODIUM BICARBONATE


B. Calcium Hydroxide B. SODIUM CARBONATE
C. Ammonium Hydroxide C. SODIUM CHLORIDE
D. Magnesium Hydroxide D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 392

457. In a reaction between an acid and a car- 462. Why do you add excess of the insoluble
bonate, what are the products? reactant when making a soluble salt?
A. carbon dioxide, water and a salt A. To make sure all the acid is used up
B. Carbon dioxide and a salt B. To separate the solid from the solution
C. Water and a salt C. To make sure a reaction occurs

D. A salt and hydrogen D. To have the reaction happen faster

NARAYAN CHANGDER
463. Window Cleaner has
458. Salt X soluble in water produced blue
colour. Possibly salt X contains A. Calcium Hydroxide

A. Iron(lll) ion B. Potassium Hydroxide


C. Magnesium Hydroxide
B. Iron(ll) ion
D. Ammonium Hydroxide
C. Copper(ll) ion
D. Zinc ion 464. During acid rain, carbon dioxide, sulphur
dioxide and nitrogen dioxide dissolve in
459. What is the formula for hydrochloric rain drops to form , and respec-
acid? tively.
A. HCl A. carbon acid, sulphur acid and nitrogen
acid
B. HClO
B. carbonic acid, sulphuric acid and nitric
C. H3ClO3 acid
D. HClO3 C. carbon dioxide acid, sulfur dioxide acid
and nitrogen dioxide acid
460. Which acid is used in the manufacture of
D. None of the above
rayon?
A. Sulphuric acid 465. What are the products formed when alu-
minium + hydrochloric acid react?
B. Nitric acid
A. magnesium chloride and water
C. Carbonic acid
B. aluminium chloride and hydrogen gas
D. All of the above can be used
C. aluminium chloride and water
461. Paheli is writing some statements. She D. aluminium oxide and water
wants to know in which of the following
statements is or are incorrect? 466. formula of magnesium sulphate
A. MgSO4
A. Lemon juice and vinegar taste sour be-
cause they contain acid. B. Mg2 SO4
B. Turmeric and litmus are natural acid C. Mg(SO4)2
base indicator. D. none of above
C. Indicator phenolphthalein gives yellow
467. Which product will be formed if Cal-
colour with lime water.
cium Carbonate reacted with hydrochloric
D. None of the above acid?

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 393

A. Calcium chloride 473. Paheli is suffering from indigestion due to


B. Hydrogen carbonate acidity. In this situation, she is advisable
to take:

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


C. Carbon dioxide
A. Common salt solution
D. Water
B. Orange juice
468. Human blood is slightly in nature.
A. acidic C. Sugar solution

B. basic D. None of the above


C. neutral 474. Plaster of Paris is obtained by heating:
D. it is dependent on the food consumed
A. Gypsum
469. The difference of water molecules is gyp- B. Limestone
sum and Plaster of Paris is
C. Sodium chloride
A. 43953
B. 2 D. Acetic acid
C. 43832 475. Aqueous ammonia was added to a so-
D. 43892 lution of a salt. A blue precipitate was
formed which dissolved to give a deep blue
470. An indicator is?
solution in excess ammonia. Which of the
A. A lab manual or guide following ions could be present?
B. Something like litmus paper that can A. Cu2+
tell you if a substance is acidic or basic
B. Fe2+
C. A PS4 game where you pretend to di-
rect traffic C. Pb2+
D. Something only scientists in a lab can D. Fe3+
use
476. Found in vinegar
471. Na2CO3 . 10H2O is
A. acetic acid
A. washing soda
B. baking soda B. sulphuric acid
C. bleaching powder C. tartaric acid
D. tartaric acid D. carbonic acid
472. Which of the following reaction can pro- 477. Which of the following gives an accurate
duce sodium nitrate and water? definition for a weak acid?
A. Sodium chloride solution and nitric
A. An acid with a low pH value
acid.
B. Sodium sulphate solution and nitric B. An acid with a low concentration of hy-
acid. drogen ions.
C. Sodium hydroxide solution and nitric C. An acid that ionises partially in water.
acid. D. An acid that reacts slowly with magne-
D. Sodium and dilute nitric acid. sium

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 394

478. A neutral substance would have pH of 483. WHAT IS THE COMMON NAME OF
CuSO4?
A. 8
A. SLAKED LIME
B. 7
B. WASHING SODA
C. 6
C. CAUSTIC SODA
D. 14
D. CAUSTIC POTASH
479. What is the best way of making zinc car-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
484. Properties of an acid is due to the pres-
bonate?
ence of:
A. Shake solid zinc hydroxide with aque- A. Ammonium ions
ous sodium carbonate
B. Oxide ions
B. Shake solid zinc sulphate with and
solid calcium carbonate with water C. Hydrogen ions
D. Hydride ions
C. Shake solid zinc sulphate with water
and add aqueous sodium carbonate 485. What is the purpose of an indicator in a
D. Shake aqueous zinc sulphate with solid titration?
calcium hydroxide and bubble in carbon A. It indicates when the equivalence
dioxide point is obtained
B. It indicates the starting point of the re-
480. Which of the following is a nitrate salt?
action
A. CuCl2
C. It makes the solution easier to see
B. NaNO3 D. It tells when there is enough acid in
C. MgCO3 the solution
D. MgSO4 486. Ca(OH)2 is caustic lime and is a(n)

481. Choose two reactants to produce barium A. acid or base


sulfate, an insoluble salt B. buffer
A. barium carbonate C. acid
B. barium chloride D. base
C. barium metal 487. The chemical nature of acid is in na-
D. lead(II) sulfate ture
A. Basic
E. sulfuric acid
B. Red
482. A compound that dissociates to yield hy- C. Blue
droxide ions (OH − ) in aqueous solution.
D. Acidic
A. Arrhenius acid
488. What is the correctly written chemical
B. Arrhenius base
formula for the ionic compound, potassium
C. Lewis acid nitride?
D. Bronsted-Lowry base A. KN

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 395

B. K3N 494. When the soil is too Basic, what do you


C. KN3 add to neutralise the effect?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Basic Quicklime
D. KNO3
B. Phenolphthalein
489. Window cleaners generally contains
C. Organic Matter
A. Magnesium Hydroxide D. Nitric Acid
B. Potassium Hydroxide
495. The solutions which do not change colour
C. Ammonium Hydroxide of either red or blue litmus are known as?
D. Sodium Hydroxide A. acidic solution
490. What is the test for Hydrogen gas? B. neutral solution
A. Squeaky pop C. basic solution

B. Lime water turning cloudy D. none of above

C. Add pH paper 496. bromic acid


D. none of above A. HBr
B. ink
491. Which salt is not decomposed when
heated strongly? C. Habra
A. Zinc nitrate D. Habra
B. Ammonium chloride 497. A solution has a pH of 7.0. What would
C. Potassium carbonate happen to the pH if H ions were added?

D. Copper(II) sulphate A. pH would go up


B. pH would go down
492. Many salts absorb water from atmo-
C. pH would stay the same
sphere.This property is called
D. None of these
A. Crystallisation
B. Hydration 498. The pH of a solution is 3 .When its pH
changes to 5, then H+ ion concentration-
C. Deliquescence
A. increases two times
D. Efflorescence
B. decreases two times
493. A few drops of sodium hydroxide, NaOH C. increases 100 times
solution, is added to an aqueous solution.
D. decreases 100 times
A green precipitate is formed. Which of
the following may be present in the solu- 499. A solution turns red litmus into blue; its
tion? pH is likely to be:
A. Cu2+ A. 1
B. Fe2+ B. 4
C. Fe3+ C. 5
D. NH4+ D. 10

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 396

500. When neutralization reaction happens, → salt + H2Which of the following op-
they form- tions shows the name of the salt and its
A. Salt and Sodium Chloride solubility?
A. zinc, insoluble
B. Salt, Water and Heat
B. zinc oxide, insoluble
C. Heat and Sugar
C. zinc chloride, soluble
D. none of above
D. hydrochloric acid, soluble

NARAYAN CHANGDER
501. Ammonium salts are
506. The word ‘acid’ comes from Latin word
A. all soluble
A. acire
B. mostly soluble, with a few exceptions
B. acidus
C. all insoluble
C. acere
D. mostly insoluble, with a few excep-
D. asidere
tions
507. A solution which maintains a fairly con-
502. Which of these pH values is the pH of an
stant pH when small amounts of acid or
acidic solution?
base are added is what type of com-
A. 7.1 pound?
B. 7.0 A. a weak base
C. 6.9 B. a buffer
D. none of above C. pure water
D. a weak acid
503. Which of the following is NOT a normal
salt? 508. Which of the following reactants are used
A. K2CO3 to prepare the soluble salt, zinc chloride,
ZnCl2?
B. KNO3
A. nitric acid and zinc
C. Na2CO3
B. phosphoric acid and zinc
D. NaHCO3
C. sulphuric acid and zinc
504. A student was carrying out a test for an- D. hydrochloric acid and zinc
ions and cations. He added acidified bar-
ium nitrate solution to an unknown solu- 509. Calcium carbonate reacts with nitric acid
tion and it remained unchanged. What can to form?
be concluded from this? A. calcium oxide
A. SO42-was present B. calcium nitrate
B. Cl-was absent C. calcium chloride
C. NO3-was present D. calcium sulfate
D. SO42-was absent
510. Which of the following is not a property
505. The following equation represents a reac- of acids?
tion between a metal and an acid.Zn+HCl A. They turn red litmus blue.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 397

B. They have sour taste. 516. Which of the following is not a type of
C. They are corrosive in nature. salt?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. They react with bases to form salt and A. Normal salts
water. B. Acid salts
511. Milk of magnesia contains C. Double salts
A. Sodium
D. Soluble salt
B. Potassium
C. Magnesium 517. The reaction in which water molecules
produce ions.
D. Ammonium
A. neutralization
512. Phosphoric acid is a weak acid that
B. electrolysis
A. has a pH value of 1.0
B. cannot neutralise alkaline solution C. self-ionization
C. changes red litmus paper to blue D. chromatography
D. ionises partially in water to produce
hydrogen ions 518. What is evolved when acid and base are
mixed
513. A student performs a flame test on an
A. Salt +heat
unknown substance and observes a lilac
flame. Which substance is she/he most B. Salt+water
likely using?
C. Salt + heat + water
A. Copper
D. Heat + water
B. Lithium
C. Potassium 519. The product of the concentrations of the
D. calcium hydrogen ions and hydroxide ions in water
is
514. Titration which is fast and used to know
the average amount that will be used is A. 1.0 × 10−14 for dilute solutions at
called 25◦ C

A. Back titration B. Kw
B. Rough titration C. the neutralization constant for water
C. Redox titration D. the ion-product constant for water
D. Average titration
520. An extremely strong base would have a
515. What is the colour of hydrated Copper (II) pH of
sulphate?
A. 1
A. White
B. Blue B. 7

C. Green C. 9
D. Yellow D. 14

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 398

521. Which of the following statements best 526. Which of the following pairs of sub-
define the term ‘salt’? stances would be MOST suitable for the
A. Salt is formed when metal reacts with preparation of copper sulphate crystals?
an alkali. A. Copper and dilute sulphuric acid
B. Salt contains sodium ions and chloride B. Copper and concentrated sulphuric
ions. acid
C. Salt is formed from a weak Van der C. Copper nitrate and dilute sulphuric
Waals’ forces of attraction.

NARAYAN CHANGDER
acid
D. Salt is formed when the hydrogen ions D. Copper oxide and dilute sulphuric acid
in an acid is replaced by metal or ammo-
nium ions. 527. Citric acid is found in
A. Curd
522. of copper(II) oxide powder is reacted
with excess dilute sulphuric acid. What is B. Vinegar
the mass of copper(II) sulphate formed C. Lemon
in the reaction? [Relative atomic
D. None of these
mass:Cu=64, S=32, O=16]
A. 4g 528. Acids have ions.
B. 8g A. H+
C. 16g B. OH-
D. 32g C. H-
523. Which of the following ions is in white D. OH+
precipitate and insoluble in excess sodium
529. Which method is used to prepare lead (II)
hydroxide solution?
chloride?
A. Al3+
A. Pb(NO3)2(aq) + NaCl (aq) →
B. Pb2+
B. PbSO4(s)+ NaCl (aq) →
C. Zn2+
C. PbCO3(s) + NaCl (aq) →
D. Mg2+
D. none of above
524. The complete reaction of a strong acid
and strong base 530. What is the maximum pH acid can have?
A. produces a salt A. 14
B. produces water B. 7
C. produces a pepper C. 0
D. is called a neutralization reaction D. 1

525. TEA CONTAINS:- 531. What is the symbol for carbonate?


A. ASCORBIC ACID A. CO
B. TANNIC ACID B. CO2
C. CITRIC ACID C. CO3
D. TARTARIC ACID D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 399

532. Which of the following are strong acids? 538. Choose the odd one out-
Select all that apply
A. China Rose (Hibiscus)

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. HI
B. Salt
B. H2SO4
C. Methyl Orange
C. HF
D. HCl D. None of the Above
E. HClO3 539. In a test of pH levels, a baking soda has
533. molecular formula of Hydrochloric acid a pH of 9 and bleach has a pH of 12. What
is true about there relationship?
A. HCl
B. H2SO4 A. Both of the solution are Bases
C. Hey B. Both of the solution are Acids
D. none of above C. The Baking soda is an acid and the
Bleach is a base
534. What is the test for SO42-ions?
A. Add Barium Chloride-White precipitate D. The baking soda is a base and the
formed Bleach is an Acid.

B. Add silver-Cream precipitate formed 540. What is the correctly written chemical
C. Squeaky pop formula for the ionic compound, strontium
D. Add lime water oxide?
A. Sr2O
535. Which of the following terms BEST de-
scribes the oxide of a metal? B. SrO2
A. Salt C. Sr2O2
B. Base D. SrO
C. Alkali
D. Acid 541. When solid X is added to dilute sulfuric
acid, an aqueous solution of a sulfate salt
536. Which of the following reagents can be is produced. What could solid X be?
used for testing the presence of chloride
anions? A. Copper
A. dilute sulphuric acid B. Magnesium hydroxide
B. concentrated ammonia solution C. Silver
C. sodium hydroxide solution D. Zinc chloride
D. silver nitrate solution
542. Nitrogen dioxide gas is
537. name formula of NaOH
A. Acidic
A. lithium hydroxide
B. potassium hydroxide B. Neutral

C. magnesium hydroxide C. Alkaline


D. sodium hydroxide D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 400

543. Medicines used for treatment of indiges- the soil is acidic.. What he should add to
tion the soil to make it suitable for farming?
A. antibiotic A. Quick Lime
B. antacid B. Nitric Acid
C. analgesic C. Hydrochloric Acid
D. antiseptic D. Citric Acid

549. In terms of acidic strength, which one of

NARAYAN CHANGDER
544. Slaked lime contains
the following is in the correct increasing
A. Calcium Hydroxide order?
B. Sodium Hydroxide A. Water < Acetic acid < Hydrochloric
C. Ammonium Hydroxide acid
D. Magnesium Hydroxide B. Water < Hydrochloric acid < Acetic
acid
545. What are the products formed when a C. Acetic acid < Water < Hydrochloric
metal reacts with an acid? acid
A. salt and water D. Hydrochloric acid < Water < Acetic
B. salt acid
C. hydrogen gas 550. ACIDITY / INDESTION IS CAUSED BY
D. salt and hydrogen gas A. EXCESS OF FOOD

546. Indicators are- B. EXCESS OF HYDROCHLORIC ACID

A. Substances which are nor Acidic or Ba- C. EXCESS OF HYDROSODIUM CHLORIDE


sic ACID
D. EXCESS OF SODIUM HYDROXIDE
B. Substances that are used to test the
Acidic or Basic nature of a substance 551. mol dm-3 aqueous solution of acid W has
C. Substances which have both chemical a pH of 4.5. Which of the following state-
and physical properties ments is true for acid W?
D. None of the Above A. Acid W has a high degree of dissocia-
tion in water.
547. Which of the following salts will give an B. Acid W has a high melting point.
aqueous solution having pH of almost 7?
C. Aqueous solution of acid W has a low
A. Ammonium nitrate concentration ofhydrogen ions
B. Ammonium chloride D. Acid W is a diprotic acid
C. Calcium chloride
552. The reaction between lead(II) nitrate and
D. Sodium chloride sodium chloride produces lead(II) chloride
and sodium nitrate. Which ionic equation
548. Case Study:There is farming field near represents the reaction?
your house. The farmer of that field is com-
plaining that the plants and crops are not A. Pb2++ 2Cl-→ PbCl2
growing properly.. Farmer is telling that B. Pb2+ + NO3-→ Pb(NO3)2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 401

C. Na+ + NO3-→ NaNO3 558. Turmeric turns basic substances into


color
D. Na+ + Cl-→ NaCl

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Green
553. Which pair of substances do not react to- B. Red
gether to make copper sulfate?
C. Blue
A. Copper and sulfuric acid
D. Orange
B. Copper carbonate and sulfuric acid
559. chloric acid
C. Copper oxide and sulfuric acid
A. HClO3
D. none of above
B. HClO2
554. It is used in the extraction and purifica- C. HClO
tion of metalsIt is used in automobiles and D. HCl
inverter batteries as battery acid
A. HCL, H2SO4 560. What are the products formed when mag-
nesium oxide + hydrochloric acid react?
B. H2SO4
A. magnesium chloride and water
C. HNO3, H2SO4 B. magnesium chloride and hydrogen gas
D. HNO3 C. hydrochloric oxygen and water
555. Name the acid:HC2H3O2 D. magnesium oxide and water

A. Acetic Acid 561. Consider the following statement and


choose the correct option(s):
B. Acetous Acid
A. Our stomach contains hydrochloric
C. Hydrogen Acetate acid.
D. Hydrogen Dicarbon Trihydrogen Dioxy- B. Hydrochloric acid helps us to excrete
gen undigested food.
556. Which combination of reactants will pro- C. We take milk of magnesia if we face
duce hydrogen gas? indigestion.

A. Copper D. Milk of magnesia turns blue litmus into


red.
B. Sulphuric acid
562. Which of these are Natural Indicators?
C. Magnesium carbonate
A. Turmeric
D. Zinc
B. Red Cabbage
557. What are the 2 signs of a neutralisation C. Hibiscus
reaction when a metal carbonate is used?
D. All of these
A. Colour change
563. When the pH Scale is on 5, the Nature of
B. Exothermic the substance is-
C. Endothermic A. Neutral
D. Effervesence B. Acidic

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 402

C. Basic 569. Potassium hydroxide reacts with an acid


D. None of the Above Y to form potassium nitrite and water.
What is the acid used for this reaction?
564. A substance, P, dissolves in dilute hy- A. HNO3
drochloric acid to produce a gas which turn
lime water milky. When aqueous sodium B. HNO2
hydroxide is added, a brown precipitate is C. HNO4
formed. What is probably P?
D. H2NO2

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Iron (III) carbonate
B. Zinc carbonate 570. ADDING A LOT CALCIUM OXIDE WILL
MAKE GOOD SOIL BECOME
C. Magnesium carbonate
A. ACIDIC
D. Lead (II) carbonate
B. ALKALINE
565. Which of the following solutions exactly
neutralises 25.0 cm3 of 0.05 mol dm-3 C. CALCIUM HYDROXIDE
barium hydroxide solution? D. NaCl
A. 25.0 cm3 of 0.10 mol dm-3 sulphuric
571. Neutralization occurs when
acid
B. 12.5 cm3 of 0.20 mol dm-3 nitric acid A. the number of moles of hydrogen ions
exceeds the number of moles of hydroxide
C. 50.0 cm3 of 0.40 mol dm-3 hydrochlo- ions
ric acid
B. the number of moles of hydrogen ions
D. 12.5 cm3 of 0.05 mol dm-3 ethanoic is equal to the number of moles of hydrox-
acid ide ions
566. ACID + BASE = C. the number of moles of hydroxide ions
A. SALT exceeds the number of moles of hydrogen
ions
B. WATER
D. none of above
C. BOTH SALT AND WATER
D. none of above 572. China rose indicator turn acidic solutions
to and basic solutions to
567. Which type of acid is found in ant’s sting
A. Green ; dark pink
A. Lactic acid
B. Dark pink ;green
B. Oxalic acid
C. Blue ;red
C. Formic acid
D. Red ; blue
D. Acetic acid

568. Bases turn litmus 573. Acidic foods taste


A. Blue, Red A. bitter
B. Red, Blue B. sweet
C. Green, blue C. sour
D. Green, red D. like chicken

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.5 Salts 403

574. This substance releases OH-into solution 580. What product is insoluble given these
A. Acid reactant solutions:sodium acetate mixed
with potassium carbonateNaC2H3O2 +

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Base K2CO3 →
C. Neutral
A. Na2CO3
D. none of above
B. KC2H3O2
575. Identify the acid with a basicity of 3. C. NaK
A. HBrO3 D. C2H3O2CO3
B. H2SO3 E. All products are soluble
C. H3AsO3
581. Tartaric Acid is present in
D. HClO3
A. tamarind
576. What is the difference of water molecules
between Gypsum and Plaster of Paris? B. tomato
A. 2 C. grapes
B. 1 D. vinegar
C. 1.5 582. carbonic acid
D. 0.5 A. down
577. An aqueous solution with pH-zero is B. H2CrO4
A. Acidic C. H2C2O4
B. Alkaline D. hustle
C. Neutral
583. Which of the following is not an example
D. Amphoteric of a neutralization reaction.
578. What product is insoluble given these re- A. Treatment of a wasp sting with vine-
actant solutions:ammonium hydroxide is gar.
mixed with copper (II) acetateNH4OH(aq) B. Treatment of an ant sting with baking
+ Cu(C2H3O2)2(aq) → soda
A. NH4C2H3O2
C. Reaction of a solution with hydroxide
B. NH4Cu ions with a solution containing copper (II)
C. Cu(OH)2 ions.
D. CuOH2 D. Removal of rust stains using oxalic
E. All products are soluble acid

579. Which of the following acids will NOT 584. Tamarind, Grapes, Unripe Mangoes, Cher-
form an acid salt? ries, Peach etc.. contains
A. H3PO4 A. Lactic Acid
B. H2CO3 B. Citric Acid
C. H2SO4 C. Tartaric Acid
D. CH3CO2H D. Ascorbic Acid

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.6 Chemicals from common salt 404

585. CH3COOH = ric acid, why is the mixture filtered after


A. NITRIC ACID the zinc carbonate has been added to the
acid?
B. HYDROCHLORIC ACID
A. To allow large crystals to form
C. ACETIC ACID
D. SULPHURIC ACID CH3COOH B. To remove excess zinc carbonate
C. To remove excess zinc chloride
586. In the preparation of zinc chloride crys-
tals from zinc carbonate and hydrochlo- D. none of above

NARAYAN CHANGDER
2.6 Chemicals from common salt
1. what products will be produced when 5. What reactants are needed to prepare
Metal carbonate reacts with acid? (make) lead sulfate?
A. salt + carbonate A. lead and hydrochloric acid
B. salt + water + carbon dioxide B. lead and sulfuric acid
C. salt + water + hydrogen C. lead and nitric acid
D. salt + hydrogen + carbondioxide D. lead and carbonic acid

2. How can we prevent sodium from react- 6. What reactants are needed to prepare
ing? (make) copper carbonate?
A. By keeping it under a layer of oil. A. copper and hydrochloric acid
B. By galvanising it. B. copper and sulfuric acid
C. By keeping it cool. C. copper and nitric acid
D. By heating it. D. copper and carbonic acid

3. Magnesium + sulphuric acid →? 7. Acid + Carbonate-→


A. magnesium sulfate + water A. salt + hydrogen
B. magnesium sulfate + hydrogen B. salt + water + carbon dioxide
C. magnesium chloride + hydrogen C. salt + water
D. magnesium chloride + water D. salt + carbon dioxide

4. Why is burning a salt one way to deter- 8. A student performs a flame test on an un-
mine the metal used in preparing it? known substance and observes a silvery-
white flame. Which substance is she/he
A. Each metal burns a different color.
most likely using?
B. Some metals burn and some don’t.
A. Lithium
C. Each metal has a different colored
B. Calcium
smoke.
C. Aluminium
D. Burning salts is not will not help deter-
mine the metal. D. Sodium

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.6 Chemicals from common salt 405

9. Which equation correctly shows the dis- 14. acid + alkali-→


placement of zinc by iron? A. salt + hydrogen
A. copper + zinc sulphate → copper sul-

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. salt + water + carbon dioxide
fate + zinc
C. salt + water
B. zinc sulphate + copper → copper sul-
fate + zinc D. salt + carbon dioxide

C. copper sulfate + zinc → zinc sulfate 15. What happens when an acid and a base
+ copper mix?
D. Iron cannot displace zinc A. Optimization of ions

10. Which of the following completes the equa- B. Equalization of charges


tion:? + nitric acid → ammonium nitrate C. Neutralisation reaction
A. sodium nitrate D. Nebular theory
B. ammonia 16. Salts produced by the reactions of hy-
C. calcium hydroxide drochloric acid are known as
D. ammonium sulfate A. chlorines
B. nitrates
11. To protect tooth decay we are advised to
brush our teeth regularly.The toothpaste C. chlorides
is D. bromides
A. acidic product
17. Which of the foll statement is not correct?
B. salt product
A. all metal carbonates react with acid to
C. alkaline product give a salt, water and CO2
D. corrosive product B. all metal oxides react with water to
give salt and acid
12. Which equation correctly shows the dis-
placement of copper by zinc? C. some metals react with acids to give
salt and H2
A. copper + zinc sulphate → copper sul-
fate + zinc D. some non metal oxides react with wa-
ter to form an acid
B. zinc sulphate + copper → copper sul-
fate + zinc 18. acid + metal →?
C. copper sulfate + zinc → zinc sulfate A. salt + hydrogen
+ copper
B. salt + water + carbon dioxide
D. none of above C. salt + water
13. How do you know when a reaction be- D. salt + carbon dioxide
tween a metal and an acid is complete?
19. In a reaction between an acid and a car-
A. All the metal is dissolved bonate gas bubbles will appear. What is
B. There is a color change in the acid that gas?
C. Bubbles stop forming! A. helium
D. All the acid evaporates B. hydrogen

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.6 Chemicals from common salt 406

C. oxygen 25. Salts that are made with carbonic acid are
called
D. carbon dioxide
A. chlorides
20. acid + metal-→ B. sulfates
A. salt + hydrogen C. nitrates
B. salt + water + carbon dioxide D. carbonates
C. salt + water

NARAYAN CHANGDER
26. Which of the following is incorrect?
D. salt + carbon dioxide A. acid + metal carbonate → salt + car-
bon dioxide + water
21. What reactants are needed to prepare
B. acid + alkali → salt + water
(make) magnesium nitrate?
C. acid + metal → salt + water
A. magnesium and hydrochloric acid
D. acid + base → salt +water
B. magnesium and sulfuric acid
27. Which of the following is a possible pH for
C. magnesium and nitric acid
a strong base?
D. magnesium and carbonic acid A. 1
22. In a reaction between an acid and a metal B. 8
gas bubbles will appear. What is that C. 7
gas? D. 13
A. oxygen
28. Acids are represented by what range on
B. hydrogen the pH scale?
C. helium A. 0-14
D. carbon dioxide B. below 7
C. 7
23. Which metal is the least reactive out
of:copper, magnesium, zinc and iron? D. above 7

A. copper 29. acid + alkali →?


B. magnesium A. salt + hydrogen
B. salt + water + carbon dioxide
C. zinc
C. salt + water
D. iron
D. salt + carbon dioxide
24. Bases are represented by what range on
30. Which of the following is a possible pH for
the pH scale?
a strong acid?
A. below 7 A. 1
B. 7 B. 6
C. above 7 C. 7
D. 0-14 D. 13

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


2.6 Chemicals from common salt 407

31. The best description of a salt is C. Formed when the hydrogen of an acid
A. Substance formed on neutralisation is replaced by a metal or NH4

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Formed when the hydrogen of an acid D. Formed when an acid reacts with an al-
is replaced by a metal or ammonium ion kali

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3. Metals and non metals

NARAYAN CHANGDER
3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals
1. Which is NOT a property of metals in a 5. The periodic table has groups.
solid state? A. 8
A. malleable B. 7
B. brittle C. 18
C. good electrical conductivity D. 2
D. good heat conductivity
6. Steel generally speaking is made of
2. The composition of aqua-regia is A. iron and carbon
A. Dil.HCl:Conc. HNO3::3:1 B. copper and iron
B. Conc. HCl:Dil. HNO3::3:1 C. tin and carbon
C. Conc. HCl:Conc. HNO3::3:1 D. aluminum and nickel
D. Dil.HCl:Dil. HNO3::3:1
7. All of the following are properties used to
3. Most metal oxides are soluble in water classify elements as metals, non-metals,
and metalloids EXCEPT-
A. False
A. texture
B. True
B. conductivity
C. none of the above.
C. luster
D. none of above
D. malleability
4. Carries heat or electiricity
8. Which of the following correctly lists the
A. insulator three main groups of elements from great-
B. conductor est conductivity to least conductivity?
C. lustre A. Nonmetals-metalloids-metals
D. brittle B. metals-nonmetals-metalloids

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 409

C. metalloids-metals-nonmetals 14. a characteristic of matter that can b e ob-


D. metals-metalloids-nonmetals served or measured
A. chemical change

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


9. Which metal is commonly used when
B. chemical property
weight is a concern
C. physical change
A. Steel
D. physical property
B. Iron
15. A material that does not conduct heat or
C. Aluminium
electrical current.
D. Tin A. Compound
10. A student is given a sample of an unknown B. Insulator
substance. He is asked to determine if it is C. Conductor
classified as a metal, a metalloid, or a non-
D. Conductivity
metal. He discovered that the unknown el-
ement conducted some heat and electricity, 16. The first person to ever talk about an atom
had a shiny luster, and broke easily. This was
element is most likely a A. Democritus
A. metal B. Rutherford
B. nonmetal C. Dalton
C. metalloid D. none of above
D. cannot be determined 17. Nonmetals occur to the of the dark zig-
zag on the periodic table.
11. If you have a material that can conduct
electricity well it is probably a A. right
A. Metalloid B. middle
C. left
B. Matter
D. none of above
C. Non-metal
D. Metal 18. Metal react with oxygen to produce
oxides and non-metal react with oxygen
12. Name a non-metal which is in liquid state. to produce oxides.
A. Mercury A. Acidic, Basic
B. Iodine B. Basic, Acidic
C. Bromine C. Basic, Basic
D. Acidic, Acidic
D. Gallium
19. An element’s identity is determined by the
13. Which 3 metals are magnetic? number of
A. Nickle, Chromium and gold A. electrons
B. Iron, nickle and copper B. protons
C. Lead, tin and Silver C. neutrons
D. Iron, Nickle and Cobalt D. valence

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 410

20. Of the three kinds of elements, which is 25. Non-metal which is kept in water to pre-
the least conductive? vent reaction with oxygen-
A. metal A. Phosphorus
B. metalloid B. Sodium
C. non-metal C. Potassium
D. none of above D. Sulphur

NARAYAN CHANGDER
21. Put the visible light colors in order from 26. what does brittle mean?
longest wavelength to shortest wave- A. Heat and electricity do not move
length through them easily
A. Violet, Indigo, Blue, Green, Orange, B. not shiny
Yellow, Red
C. break or shatter easily (solids)
B. Red, Yellow, Green, Orange, Violet, D. none of above
Blue, Indigo
C. Red, Orange, Yellow, Green, Blue, In- 27. Which element is a metalloid?
digo, Violet A. Titanium
D. none of above B. Selenium

22. Nonmetals are compared to metals. C. Potassium


D. Polonium
A. highly conductive
B. brittle 28. what is the chemical symbol for iron?
C. ductile A. Ir
D. non-conductive B. In
C. Fe
23. A substance that shows the property of
electricalconductivity between that of a D. Io
conductor and that of an insulator; the
29. What is NOT a property of metals
foundation of modern electronics
A. brittle
A. Conductor
B. ductile
B. Semiconductor
C. malleable
C. Insulator
D. conductor
D. Metal
30. is a physical property that is NOT used
24. If an object breaks easily, that means it is to classify elements as metals, non-metals,
probably- and metalloids.
A. malleable A. texture
B. brittle B. conductivity
C. ductile C. luster
D. none of above D. malleability

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 411

31. How do metals differ from nonmetals? 36. It is the energy producing reaction that
takes place in our sun and other stars.
A. metals are shiny, nonmetals are dull

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Fission
B. metals are good insulators, nonmetals
are good conductors B. Chain Reaction

C. metals are powdery C. Fusion


D. none of above
D. nonmetals are shiny
37. Metals can be drawn into thin wires. This
32. The elements argon, krypton, and xenon property is known as being
are all non-metals. What property would
A. malleable
these elements have in common?
B. ductile
A. Good conductor of thermal energy
C. conductive
B. Poor conductor of electricity
D. lusterous
C. Shiny, lustrous surface
38. The ability of something to be reshaped
D. Soft and malleable without breaking; ability of a substance to
be hammered or flattened into thin sheets.
33. Which of these statements best describes
a chemical property of a substance? A. Luster
A. It reacts with an acid to form water B. Matte

B. The object has a blue color C. Brittle


D. Malleability
C. The substance has a powdery texture
D. It has a density of 2.11 g/cm3 39. Water freezes at degrees celsius.
A. 0
34. This metal has a dull appearance but it B. 32
burns with a very bright white flame on
catching fire. C. 100

A. Silver D. 30

B. Magnesium 40. Aluminum can be hammered into different


shapes or rolled into flat sheets. This
C. Iron means Aluminum is
D. Aluminium A. ductile
35. A metal high in the reactivity series B. malleable
C. lustrous
A. Forms unstable compounds.
D. high density
B. Can be obtained by the reduction of the
ore with the carbon. 41. Corrosion of copper is-
C. Readily gains electrons. A. Brown in colour
D. Burns to form basic oxides. B. Black in colour
E. Reacts readily with cold water to form C. Green in colour
Hydrogen. D. Blue in colour

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 412

42. What is a conductor? C. Flammability


A. Heat and electricity move through D. Density
them easily
48. At room temperature metals are
B. able to be drawn into a wire
A. plasma
C. able to be hammered into different
B. gases
shapes
C. liquid
D. shiny

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. solid
43. What is the formula for aluminum fluo-
ride? 49. A company is designing a new cell phone.
They need a solid material that conducts
A. AlF
electricity and can be made into a thin
B. Al2F3 wire. Which material would best fit their
C. AlF3 needs?
D. Al3F2 A. Nonmetal
B. Metalloid
44. Which metal would be suitable for all of
the following uses? # Making aircraft C. Metal
bodies# Making food containers# Making D. Semi-Conductor
overhead power cables
50. The word “luster” refers to which prop-
A. aluminium erty of matter?
B. mild steel A. The ability to conduct electrical or ther-
C. gold mal energy
D. pure iron B. Capable of being drawn out into thin
wires
45. The non-metal which is liquid at room tem-
perature is: C. The way a surface appears when it re-
flects light
A. Mercury
D. Suitable for being shaped by beating or
B. Bromine rolling
C. Carbon
51. This particle is found in the nucleus and has
D. Helium no charge
46. What group of elements is the most reac- A. Neutron
tive on the periodic table? B. Proton
A. Halogens C. Electron
B. Alkali Metals D. none of above
C. Alkali Earth Metals
52. If a substance dissolves in water it is
D. Noble Gases A. Dense
47. Which is NOT a physical property? B. At its melting point
A. Solubility C. Soluble
B. Malleability D. Magnetic

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 413

53. Which of the following is the correct ar- 58. Magnesium + Copper sulphate gives
rangement of the given metals in ascend- A. Magnseium sulphate + water
ing order of their reactivity

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Magnesium sulphate + copper
A. Zinc > Iron > Magnesium > Sodium
C. No reaction
B. Sodium > Magnesium > Iron > Zinc
D. Magnesium hydroxide + hydrogen
C. Sodium > Zinc > Magnesium > Iron gas
D. Sodium > Magnesium > Zinc > Iron 59. If I gain electrons I become
54. Malleability is A. Positive because I’ve added to my
atom
A. the way light is reflected off a surface.
B. negative because I’ve added electrons
B. how well a piece of matter conducts
C. same because i’m balanced
electricity
D. equal because now I have electrons
C. A. the capability of being drawn out
into thin wires or threads. 60. What are the three states of matter?
D. the capability of being hammered out A. gas, liquid, mass
thin. B. solid, liquid, gas
55. What property of metals means that it can C. mass, volume, thermal energy
be drawn into a wire? D. gas, temperature, solids
A. luster 61. What is the characteristic of self protect-
B. conductor ing metals?
C. malleable A. They are covered with a thin layer of
hydride
D. ductile
B. They are covered with a thin layer of
56. What physical properties are used to clas- oxide
sify elements as metals, non-metals, or C. they appear lustrous
metalloids?
D. they are bad conductors of electricity
A. Color, smell, physical state
62. Characteristics that describe a substance
B. Reactivity, streak, hardness are called
C. Ability to burn, mass, density A. elements
D. Luster, conductivity, malleability B. physical properties
C. Chemical reactions
57. Which of these grouping of elements could
have the characteristic of luster (shiny)? D. formulas

A. Metal 63. Thorium-234 has a half-life of 24 days.


If you started with a 100-g sample of
B. Nonmetal
thorium-234, how much would remain af-
C. metalloids ter 48 days?
D. Both metals and metalloids A. 100 g

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 414

B. 50 g 69. what is High Density?


C. 25 g A. Ability to be hammered into different
D. 10 g shapes
B. Heat and electricity move through
64. Measureable characteristics that describe them easily
thestate of something, including mass,
C. Heavy for their size
magnetism, temperature, density, shape,
volume, and conductivity. D. Having a shiny surface or reflecting

NARAYAN CHANGDER
light brightly (Chromium)
A. Meatals
E. Ability to be drawn into a wire
B. Nonmentals
C. Physical Property 70. Which of these is a physical property?
D. Conductivity A. Electrical conductivity
B. Flammability
65. Attracted to a magnet
C. Reactivity
A. lustre
D. none of above
B. malleable
C. magnetic 71. Good conductors
A. Metals
D. brittle
B. Nonmetals
66. Which of the following pair of reactants
C. Metalloids
can undergo a displacement reaction under
appropriate conditions? D. none of above
A. MgSO4 + Fe 72. Which one is not a metal?
B. ZnSO4 + Fe A. Magnesium
C. MgSO4 + Pb B. Nickel
D. CuSO4 + Fe C. Mercury

67. A wave with a large wavelength will have D. Nitrogen


a frequency and energy 73. If an element has moderate conductivity,
A. high, low it is most likely
B. high, high A. a metal
C. low, high B. a nonmetal
D. low, low C. a metalloid
D. none of above
68. At room temperature, metals are solid ex-
cept 74. How did Rutherford discover the proton?
A. gold A. Cathode tube ray experiment
B. aluminium B. Gold Foil Experiment
C. iron C. Planetary Model
D. mercury D. Plum Pudding Model

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 415

75. Silicon is a semiconductor and has proper- C. Radioisotopes


ties of both metals and nonmetals. What
D. none of above
type of element is Silicon?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Metal 81. Which of the following is the only metal
B. Nonmetal that exist as a liquid at room tempera-
ture?
C. Metalloid
A. Gold (Au)
D. Pretty
B. Mercury (Hg)
76. The elements in this group only have 1 va-
lence electron and include Li, Na, and K. C. Titanium (Ti)
A. Group 11 D. none of above
B. Group 1
82. An element is ductile if
C. Group 3
A. it can be broken with a hammer.
D. none of above
B. it can be pulled into a long thin wire-
77. What side of the periodic table are metals like structure
on?
C. if it can be crushed into a powder
A. left
D. it can be shaped into a shape
B. right
C. top 83. Atomic model was termed the “plum pud-
D. bottom ding model”
A. Joseph Thomson
78. Which of the following would help a stu-
dent classify an unknown element as a B. Niels Bohr
metal, metalloid, or non-metal?
C. Ernest Rutherford
A. Measure its conductivity
D. none of above
B. Determine its density
C. Find its melting point 84. Which of the following is not a com-
D. Observe its color pound?
A. HCl
79. The element which is stored under
kerosene is- B. Cl
A. Sulphur C. NaCl
B. Phosphorus D. CO2
C. Sodium
85. An atom’s overall charge is
D. Silicon
A. positive
80. What is an atom that has an unstable nu-
cleus and undergoes radioactive decay? B. depends
A. Radiation C. neutral
B. Radioactivity D. negative

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 416

86. Which type of radioactive decay occurs C. Metalloid


when the atomic number increases by D. none of above
one?
A. beta decay 92. Which kind of element has the highest den-
sities?
B. alpha decay
A. metals
C. positron decay
B. metalloids
D. gamma decay

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. non-metals
87. Which of the following metal exist in liquid
state in room temperature? D. none of above

A. Mercury 93. Al2O3 + 2NaOH → + H2O


B. Bromine A. Al(OH)3
C. Aluminium B. Na2O
D. Sodium C. NaAlO2
88. Which of the following is NOT a property D. AlNaO2
of non-metals?
94. Which of the following properties refers
A. Dull to the ability of metals to be drawn into
B. Brittle wires?
C. Sonorous A. malleability
D. Poor conductor of electricity B. compressibility
89. What is the name of the family that Neon C. ductility
belongs to? D. luster
A. Noble Gases
95. Which of these statements describes a non-
B. Halogens metal?
C. Transition Metals A. Lead has high density and is easily
D. Alkali Earth Metals shaped.

90. All of the following would classify an ele- B. Mercury is shiny.


ment as a metal except? C. Carbon is dull and a nonconductor.
A. Dull D. Aluminum is ductile, malleable, and a
B. Luster good conductor
C. Malleable 96. Which type of elements touch the zigzag
D. Hard line?
A. Metals
91. Which of the following is a good conductor
of heat? B. Nonmetals
A. Metal C. Metalloids
B. Nonmetal D. Metals and Metalloids

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 417

97. What is just so typical of NON-metals? 102. properties of matter that NEVER change
for a given substance or material
A. They don’t know what colours go well

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


together. A. extensive properties
B. Malleable. B. intensive properties

C. Form acidic oxides. C. qualitative properties


D. quantitative properties
D. Good conductors of electricity.
E. High melting points. 103. Which type of elements are used in c om-
puter chips, lasers, and transistors?
98. When zinc reacts with dilute sulphuric acid, A. Metals
a salt is formed with the release of a gas.
B. Nonmetals
The gas produced during this puts off a
burning candle with a pop sound. The gas C. Metalloids
evolved during this reaction is: D. Metals and Metalloids
A. sulphur dioxide 104. Which of these elements would be con-
B. oxygen sidered malleable but may not be very lus-
trous?
C. hydrogen
A. Iron
D. hydrogen sulphide
B. Carbon
99. The alkali metal with the smallest atom is C. Silicon
D. Potassium
A. Cs
105. Metals are typically NOT
B. Na
A. malleable
C. Li B. solid
D. K C. shiny

100. How many Valence Electrons are present D. insulators


in Phosphorus? 106. What happens when a metal reacts with
A. 15 HNO3?
B. 3 A. The H2 gas produced gets oxidised to
form H2O
C. 2
B. It produces a gas which puts of flame
D. 5 with pop sound
C. H20 gets reduced to H2
101. Chemical name of Sodium is:
D. nothing happens
A. Su
B. So 107. Sort or put into groups based on similar
and dissimilar physical, chemical, or biolog-
C. S ical characteristics.
D. Na A. Periodic Table of Elements

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 418

B. Malleable 113. You are examining a pale yellow, brittle


C. Classify/Classification solid, with no shine. The sample is most
likely a:
D. Luster
A. non-metal
108. CuO is- B. metal
A. black in color C. neither metal nor non-metal
B. red in color D. none of above

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. brown in color
114. Which of the following is not a property
D. green in color
of nonmetals?
109. what is Ductile? A. Dull
A. Having a shiny surface or reflecting B. Brittle
light brightly (Chromium)
C. High Density
B. Heat and electricity move through
D. Nonconductor
them easily
C. Heavy for their size 115. The periodic table is set up by
D. Ability to be hammered into different A. atomic #
shapes B. atomic mass
E. Ability to be drawn into a wire C. mass number
110. Elements that have properties of both D. all are correct
metals andnonmetals; sometimes referred
to assemiconductors. 116. Alkali metals are located in column of
the periodic table.
A. metalloids
A. 1
B. metals
B. 2
C. nonmentals
C. 7
D. luster
D. 8
111. Which of the following metal will not
give H2 (g) with H2O? 117. A student attempted to identify an un-
known element. He saw that some prop-
A. Na (s) + 2H2O
erties of this element included brittleness,
B. Mg (s) + 2H2O gas at room temp. and a low melting point.
C. Zn (s) + H2O What could this element have been?
D. Cu + H2O A. Calcium
B. Sulfur
112. When you hit it, it rings like a bell.
C. Magnesium
A. Ductile
D. Iron
B. Sonorous
C. Malleable 118. what does dull mean?
D. Flexible A. Break or shatter easily (solids)

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 419

B. Heat and electricity do not move C. a solid piece of metal can be pulled into
through them easily a wire.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


C. not shiny D. a solid can be melted to a liquid.
D. none of above
124. An attractive force for some metals.
119. Which one of the following metal reacts
vigorously with oxygen and water? A. Conductivity
A. Sodium B. Solubility
B. Potassium C. Magnetism
C. Calcium D. Mass
D. Magnesium
125. Able to be drawn into wire is
120. I am shinyI conduct electricityI am brittle-
What am I? A. malleable
A. metal B. brittle
B. nonmetal C. hard
C. liquid D. ductile
D. metalloid
126. This process requires a radioactive fuel
121. A student is examining an object in sci-
source, usually Uranium 235 or Polonium
ence class. It is a pale yellow, brittle solid,
239
with no shine.The sample is most likely a-
A. nonmetal A. Fusion

B. metalloid B. Chain Reaction


C. metal C. Fission
D. semi-conductor D. none of above
122. A paper clip, scissors, and a horse shoe
127. What is true about group 18?
are all made of the same metal. Which of
the following properties is not the same A. They react with everything!
for all three objects?
B. They have 7 valence electrons
A. Luster
C. They are metals
B. Mass
D. They are inert gases
C. Conductivity
D. Malleability 128. A tendency to break rather than flex or
123. Malleability is a physical property. It bend.
means A. Matter
A. a solid element can be crushed into a B. Metal
powder.
C. Flexible
B. a solid piece of metal can be ham-
mered into a shape. D. Brittle

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 420

129. An unknown substance has the follow- 134. A student is given a sample of an un-
ing properties:not shiny, a non-conductor known substance. He is asked to deter-
of electricity, and medium density. How mine if it is classified as a metal, a metal-
would it be classified? loid, or a nonmetal. He discovered that the
unknown element conducted some heat
A. Metal
and electricity, had a shiny lustre, and bent
B. Nonmetal into shape. This element is most likely a
C. Metalloid A. metal

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. none of above B. nonmetal
C. metalloid
130. When MgO is dissolved in water,
Mg(OH)2 is obtained. The solution thus D. cannot be determined
obtained is in nature.
135. Why is a metal malleable?
A. Amphoteric
A. the atoms move around and the posi-
B. Alkaline tive charge of the nuclei help them stick
together
C. Neutral
B. Its bonding is directional so the de-
D. Acidic
localised electrons stay with the atoms
131. The element with a config of:[Ne] 3s2 when forces are applied
3p1 C. Its bonding is non-directional be-
cause the delocalised electrons can move
A. Al
through the structure as the atoms are
B. Si moved
C. Ca D. none of above
D. Ga 136. Which of the following is a characteristic
of metals?
132. Which best defines physical properties?
A. They have one to three valence elec-
A. Characteristics of a substance that can
trons
be observed WITHOUT changing the iden-
tity of the substance. B. They have 4 to 8 valence electrons

B. Both 1 and 3 C. They are brittle


D. They are capable to form anions easily
C. A substance’s ability to change into
or create a new substance with different 137. Density is
properties.
A. weight/volume
D. none of above
B. mass/volume
133. All matter is made of what? C. weight/mass
A. energy D. volume/mass
B. atoms 138. E + + Eh = its horrors
C. electrons A. CuSO4
D. compounds B. O2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 421

C. obstruction 144. Alkali metals have conductivity of


D. Cu heat and electricity.
A. good

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


139. The only metal that is liquid at room tem-
perature is B. semi

A. copper C. poor
D. no
B. mercury
C. silver 145. Iron is a good conductor, malleable and
magnetic. What type of element is Iron?
D. sodium
A. Metal
140. Which of the following pairs will give dis-
B. Nonmetal
placement reactions?
C. Metalloid
A. FeSO4 solution and Copper metal
D. none of above
B. AgNO3 solution and Copper metal
C. CuSO4 solution and Silver metal 146. involves a change in a substance’s phys-
ical and/or chemical properties and pro-
D. NaCl solution and Copper metal duces a new substance
141. Which is the best way to test malleabil- A. chemical change
ity? B. physical change
A. place on ground on bang with a ham- C. qualitative properties
mer
D. quantitative properties
B. place on table and bang with a hammer
147. Which of the following lists of properties
C. place between two towels and gently
best describes nonmetals?
hit with a hammer
A. brittle, shiny, conductor
D. place on ground and gently hit with a
hammer B. malleable, shiny, conductor
C. brittle, dull, insulator
142. Why did Mendeleev leave blanks in his
periodic table? D. malleable, dull, insulator
A. forgot elements 148. Which property means that a substance
B. left room for elements not yet discov- breaks easily in its solid state?
ered A. Malleable
C. placed elements in wrong positions B. Ductile
leaving gaps C. Brittle
D. none of above D. Conductor
143. A pure substance that cannot be broken 149. Aluminum is a conductor of electricity
down into anything simpler is a/an- and heat.
A. atom A. good conductor
B. element B. semi-conductor
C. cell C. poor conductor
D. compound D. non-conductor

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 422

150. Metals that can be cut with the knife C. ductile


A. Sodium.Potassium D. brittle
B. Potassium, Iron 156. An element ends with the suffix-ine. We
C. Zinc, Copper can conclude that this element is most
D. Aluminium, Lithium likely a
A. Noble Gas
151. In the modern periodic table elements are
B. Alkali Metal

NARAYAN CHANGDER
arranged by:
A. atomic mass C. Halogen

B. atomic number D. None of the above


C. valence electrons 157. Iron reacts with water to form
D. number of isotopes A. Rust
152. Which among the following is the most B. Koolaid
abundant metal found in the earth’s C. Vinegar
crust?
D. Malleability
A. Magnesium
158. A student is examining an object in sci-
B. Aluminium
ence class. It is solid, does not conduct,
C. Oxygen is malleable but not ductile, and is a shiny
D. Iron silver color. The sample is most likely a-
A. nonmetal
153. When a metal is added to dilute HCl so-
lution, there is no evolution of gas. Metal B. metalloid
is- C. metal
A. K D. gas
B. Na
159. In the periodic table elements are ar-
C. Ag ranged by
D. Zn A. atomic mass
154. Give 2 properties of metals that is not B. atomic number
true C. valence electrons
A. Insulators and Conductors of heat D. number of isotopes
B. Conductors of heat and malleable
160. Neon has an atomic number of 10 and an
C. Conductors of Electricity and Flexible atomic mass of 20.180. How many pro-
D. Conductors of heat and electricity tons, electrons, and neutrons will it have?

155. What property describes the ability to re- A. P=10 E=10 N=11
flect light brightly (shine)? B. P=5 E=5 N=10
A. luster C. P=10 E=10 N=10
B. malleable D. P=10 E=5 N=5

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 423

161. The metal which can be cut with knife. 167. Aluminum would be considered which of
A. Iron the following?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Silver A. Homogeneous
C. Sodium B. Heterogeneous
D. Magnisium C. Element
D. Compound
162. Iron is a good conductor of heat and elec-
tricity, it is malleable and magnetic. What 168. Which of the following is a metal?
type of element is Iron?
A. chlorine
A. Metal
B. sodium
B. Non metal
C. Oxygen
C. Metalloid
D. Noble gas D. none of above

163. Which of the following is considered a 169. a mixture that is the same throughout
physical property of an element? A. homogeneous
A. density B. heterogenous
B. color C. compound
C. conductivity D. element
D. flammable
170. Na has a larger atomic radii than K be-
164. The oxides of are acidic in nature. cause
A. metals A. Higher Nuclear Charge
B. non-metals B. More rings
C. metalloids C. More Shielding
D. sodium D. More rings and shielding
165. How many elements are represented in 171. Bronze is an alloy of copper and
the compound? Na2CO3
A. Steel
A. 1
B. Iron
B. 2
C. 3 C. Tin

D. 4 D. Carbon

166. If my charge becomes 2+ what does that 172. A description of objects that can be mea-
say about me? sured and observed.
A. I am stealing 2 electrons A. gas
B. I am losing 2 electrons B. mustangs
C. I am in period 2 C. physical properties
D. I have an atomic # of 2 D. melting point

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 424

173. An unknown substance has the follow- C. metal


ing properties:luster, brittle, a nonconduc- D. matter
tor of electricity, and high density. How
would it be classified? 179. Which of the following is a noble metal?
A. Metal A. zinc
B. Nonmetal B. aluminum
C. Metalloid
C. gold

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. none of above
D. iron
174. Which element is a nonmetal?
180. John was observing the physical proper-
A. aluminum ties of elements in order to classify them
B. gold as either a metal, nonmetal, or metalloid.
C. carbon The first element was dull, brittle, and did
not conduct heat. What would its classifi-
D. tin cation be?
175. Non-metal which is used as a disinfectant A. metal
in swimming pools
B. nonmetal
A. Fluorine
C. metalloid
B. Iodine
D. none of above
C. Chlorine
D. Bromine 181. The list which contains only metals is
A. aluminium, copper, nitrogen
176. Very reactive metals produce what when
they react with water? B. iron, oxygen, hydrogen
A. Hydroxides . C. iron, silver, aluminium
B. oxides . D. iron, sulphur, copper
C. nitrates
182. Metalloids have physical properties of
D. sulphates metlas and non metals
177. The metal which will not produce hydro- A. True
gen gas on reacting with dilute sulphuric B. False
acid is:
C. Sometimes
A. Sodium
D. none of above
B. Silver
C. Iron 183. Able to be beaten or hammered into
D. Zinc shapes
A. lustre
178. I have an object that is dull, brittle, and
an insulator, what is it? B. malleable
A. metalloid C. brittle
B. non-metal D. insulator

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 425

184. Elements that are typically solid, shiny, C. Luster means that metals are shiny.
malleable, and good conductors of heat They reflect light like a mirror.
and electricity.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. Luster is not one of the physical char-
A. metals acteristics used to classify metals.
B. nonmetals
190. Which of the following metal has highest
C. metalloids
melting point?
D. matter
A. Copper
185. Why is steel often used in industry? B. Silver
A. It is cheap and flexible
C. Sodium
B. It is cheap and strong
D. Tungsten
C. It is brittle and hard
D. It is strong and magnetic 191. Who stated that all atoms of the same
element are excacty alike?
186. The capability of a substance to be
molded and shaped, or hammered into A. Democritus
sheets without breaking is known as- B. Dalton
A. ductility C. Thomson
B. conductivity
D. Borh
C. malleability
D. luster 192. Name the metal which is in liquid state.
A. Iron
187. Metals are sonorous in nature. What is
sonorous? B. Mercury
A. Making into powder C. Zinc
B. Drawn into wires D. Aluminium
C. Make sound on beating
D. None of these 193. What does the word inert mean?
A. Very reactive
188. A mixture of different metals is known
as B. Not very reactive
A. Metal mix C. Not reactive at all
B. cement D. None of the following
C. Alloy
194. This is a negatively charged particle
D. atom
found outside the nucleus
189. What is “luster”? A. Electron
A. Luster means that metals can be B. Proton
pulled and twisted into thin wires.
C. Neutron
B. Luster means that metals can be
pounded into sheets without breaking. D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 426

195. what is Luster? B. They are denser than water


A. Heat and electricity move through C. They conduct electricity
them easily
D. They’re silver in colour.
B. Having a shiny surface or reflecting
light brightly (Chromium) 201. the process in which matter changes from
a liquid to a gas
C. Ability to be hammered into different
shapes A. Evaporation

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Ability to be drawn into a wire B. Condensation
E. Heavy for their size C. Precipitation
196. what is a common use for copper D. none of above
A. making jewelry 202. Which elements are found on the right
B. making ships side of The Periodic Table?
C. making pipes A. Metals
D. making radiators B. Nonmetals

197. What do metals conduct? C. Metalloids

A. heat D. Water
B. electricity 203. Metals react with acids to produce
C. both A. Oxygen
D. neither B. Smoke
198. Which is an example of a physical prop- C. Hydrogen
erty? D. Nitrogen
A. rusting
204. The shine on metal when light falls on it.
B. boiling point
A. lustre
C. combustion
B. brittle
D. reactivity with water
C. malleable
199. The splitting of a nucleus into smaller
fragments accompanied by the release of D. tarnish
neutrons and a large amount of energy
205. what are conductors
A. Fusion
A. Ability to be hammered into different
B. Fission shapes
C. Chain Reaction B. Having a shiny surface or reflecting
D. none of above light brightly (Chromium)
C. Heavy for their size
200. Which of the following is true of all met-
als? D. Heat and electricity move through
A. They react with acids to form Hydro- them easily
gen E. Ability to be drawn into a wire

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 427

206. Anytime you see the word SEMICONDUCTOR- 211. What does malleable mean?
what substance do you have?
A. able to bend

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Metal
B. will break easily
B. Nonmetal
C. can be used for wire
C. Metalloid
D. is shiny
D. none of above
212. The only liquid metal at the room temper-
207. Statement 1-Calcium starts floating on ature
water due to oxygen bubbles sticking on
A. Francium
the surface.Statment 2-Magnesium does
not react with cold water . B. Sodium
A. Both statements are true C. Mercury
B. statement 1 is true and statement 2 is D. Cobalt
false
213. Which of the following statements are
C. Both statements are false
correct?
D. statement 1 is false and statement 2 is
true A. Metallic Oxides are acidic in nature
B. Metallic Oxides are basic in nature
208. Elements that are typically not shiny, not-
malleable, and poor conductors of heat an- C. Non-Metallic Oxides are acidic in na-
delectricity; usually gases or brittle solids. ture

A. Nonmetals D. Non-Metallic Oxides are basic in na-


ture
B. Metals
C. Metalloids 214. what is Malleable?

D. Conductors A. Ability to be hammered into different


shapes
209. Easily breaks into pieces when it falls. B. Ability to be drawn into a wire
A. malleable C. Heavy for their size
B. lustre D. Heat and electricity move through
C. ductile them easily
D. brittle E. Having a shiny surface or reflecting
light brightly (Chromium)
210. The presence of and are neces-
sary for iron to rust. 215. An alloy is
A. Air, Water A. an element
B. Rust, Water B. a compound
C. Air, Rust C. a homogeneous mixture
D. Hydrogen, Water D. a heterogeneous mixture

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 428

216. ‘Elizabeth was examining elements and 221. what is a nonconductor?


their physical properties. She described an A. Heat and electricity do not move
element is her science journal as having no through them easily
shine, an insulator, and very brittle. What
would this element be a metal, nonmetal, B. Break or shatter easily (solids)
or metalloid? C. not shiny
A. metal D. none of above
B. nonmetal 222. In steel, iron is mixed with small amounts

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. metalloid of non-metal,
D. none of above A. Copper
B. Carbon
217. Which of the following is the most reac-
C. Diamonds
tive?
D. Wood
A. Bromine
B. Aluminum 223. If you describe a substance as being cor-
rosive, you have given a property of
C. Potassium that substance
D. Calcium A. Chemical
218. Which of these is a property of metals? B. Large
A. It’s malleable C. Physical
B. It can’t conduct electricity D. Thermal

C. They are used in food 224. When magnesium reacts with water and
oxygen, what can we observe?
D. It’s very brittle
A. Coated with black layer
219. A metal which occur in free state
B. Does not burn
A. gold C. Burns with a yellow flame
B. zinc D. Burns with a brilliant white flame.
C. lead
225. Which kind of element is called a semi-
D. calcium conductor?
220. Select the correct order of waves on the A. metals
EMS B. metalloids
A. Radio, Micro, Infra, Visible, Ultra, X- C. non-metals
ray, Gamma D. none of above
B. Gamma, X-ray, Ultra, Vis, Infra, Micro,
226. What kind of densities do gases have?
Radio
A. high
C. Vis, Micro, Infra, Ultra, X-ray, Gamma,
Radio B. medium
D. Micro, Radio, Vis, Infra, Ultra, X-ray, C. low
Gamma D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 429

227. a characteristic of matter that describes C. brittle


the chemical makeup of a substance
D. shiny

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. physical prpperty
B. chemical property 233. MgO +H2O =
C. chemical change A. Goh
D. physical change B. Mg2O
228. A chemical bond resulting from the elec- C. Mg(OH)2
trostatic attraction between positive and D. Mg(O)2
negative ions is called a(n)
A. covalent bond. 234. Which kind of element contains elements
B. ionic bond. in the gaseous state of matter at room
temperature?
C. charged bond.
A. metals
D. dipole bond.
B. metalloids
229. Which section of the spectrum is the
ONLY one we can see? C. non-metals

A. X-rays D. none of above


B. Visible Light
235. Chemical name of Potassium is:
C. Gamma Rays
A. Pu
D. Ultraviolet Rays
B. K
230. While observing the properties of an un-
C. Po
known object, Ginger discovered that elec-
tricity and heat passed through it easily. D. Ks
Which property did Ginger observe?
A. Conductor 236. During reaction of metals with acid, gas
produced burns with a pop sound. The gas
B. Brittle is-
C. Luster A. Carbon dioxide
D. Malleability
B. Oxygen
231. What is the unit for atomic mass? C. Hydrogen
A. gram
D. Nitrogen
B. pound
C. atomic mass unit (amu) 237. Food cans are coated with tin and not
with zinc because
D. kilogram
A. zinc is costlier than tin.
232. All of these properties describe metals
except B. zinc has a higher melting point than tin
A. malleable C. zinc is more reactive than tin.
B. conductors D. zinc is less reactive than tin.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 430

238. The type of radioactive particle that can shiny luster, and broke easily. This ele-
be most easily stopped is the ment is most likely a
A. Alpha Particle A. metal
B. Beta Particle B. non metal
C. Gamma Ray C. metalloid
D. Uranium D. halogen

NARAYAN CHANGDER
239. The best description of the appearance of 244. Margaret found an unknown object on
a metalloid is the ground while walking on the beach.
A. dull She discovered that it shatters easily, it
B. powdery does not conduct heat or electricity, and
is not shiny. What type of object did she
C. shiny find?
D. sometimes shiny and sometimes dull A. Metal
240. Which of these elements are a Non- B. Nonmetal
Metal?
C. Metalloid
A. Copper
D. Compound
B. Gold
C. Oxygen 245. What property of metals means that it
can be hammered into different shapes?
D. none of above
A. luster
241. Which of the following is a property of a
B. conductor
non-metal?
C. malleable
A. Conducts electricity and heats well
D. ductile
B. Can be hammered into thin sheets
C. Is brittle and breaks easily 246. Generally, Non-Metals Are Not Lustrous.
D. Has a shiny, metallic luster Which Of The Following Non-Metal Is Lus-
trous?
242. There are three of these:solid, liquid, and A. . Sulphur
gas.
B. . Oxygen
A. Temperature
C. . Nitrogen
B. Celsius
D. . Iodine
C. States of matter
D. Length 247. A substance that readily transfers heat
or electrical energy.
243. A student is given a sample of an un-
known substance. He is asked to deter- A. Conductor
mine if it is classified as a metal, a met- B. Semiconductor
alloid, or a nonmetal. He discovered that
C. Insulator
the unknown element can conduct heat and
electricity at a certain temperature, had a D. Metal

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 431

248. Which elements are found on the left to 254. Metals create ions, because they give
middle of The Periodic Table? away (lose) electrons.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Metals A. positive
B. Nonmetals B. negative
C. Metalloids C. neutral
D. Candles D. none of above
249. Where are the non-metallic elements 255. Having the ability to be drawn into a
found in the periodic table? wire describes which property?
A. In the middle A. Malleable
B. In the top rows B. Ductile
C. On the left-hand side C. Brittle
D. On the right-hand side D. Nonconductor
250. If a material can easily be drawn into the 256. The element with three lewis dots is
shape of a wire, it is
A. Sc
A. Ductile
B. Ga
B. Magnetic
C. Mg
C. Malleable
D. C
D. Reactive
257. A pure substance composed of thesame
251. Shows how all the known elements
type of atom throughout.
are arrangedby properties and are repre-
sented by one or twoletters, referred to A. Compound
as chemical symbols. B. Insulator
A. Periodic Table of the Elements C. Element
B. Classification D. Conductor
C. Semiconductors
258. Metals appear to the of the dark ziz-
D. Nonmetals zag line on the periodic table.
252. Potassium + Oxygen gives A. right
A. 2K2O B. middle
B. 2CaO C. left
C. 2mgO D. none of above
D. 2N2O
259. This particle is found in the nucleus and
253. This contains most of the mass of an atom has a positive charge
A. Electron Cloud A. Electron
B. Nucleus B. Proton
C. Electron C. Neutron
D. none of above D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 432

260. If a substance breaks easily, it is said to 266. True or False:The more reactive an ele-
be ment is the the more valence electrons it
A. Magnetic has?

B. Brittle A. True

C. Conductive B. False
C. Kinda Both!
D. Ductile
D. none of above

NARAYAN CHANGDER
261. Unlike non-metals, most metals tend to-
267. Choose the one that is a chemical prop-
A. conduct electricity and heat well.
erty
B. be gases at room temperature.
A. Magnetism
C. break easily when hammered.
B. Size
D. have less luster and shine. C. Color
262. Chemical symbol for Gold D. Reactivity with water
A. Go 268. During Anodising oxygen gas is evolved
B. G at-
C. Au A. cathode
D. Mn B. anode
C. it gets dissolved in the electrolyte
263. Which of the following represents an ele-
ment? D. oxygen is not produced .
A. H2O 269. What does ductile mean?
B. H2 A. electricity flows easily
C. NaCl B. quacks like a duck
D. CaCO3 C. can be drawn into a wire
264. Which of the following property of metal D. able to bend
can reflect light 270. Which of the following can be drawn into
A. malleability thin wires?
B. compressibility A. Copper
C. ductility B. Phosphorus
D. luster C. Sulphur
D. Oxygen
265. If an object is a better conductor of heat
and electricity than nonmetals, but not as 271. Which of the following is true about
good of a conductor as metals, then it is a- Sodium?
A. semi-conductor A. It is very reactive
B. non-conductor B. It is a alkali earth metal
C. good conductor C. It is a non-metal
D. none of above D. It has 3 valence electrons

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.1 Physical properties of metals and nonmetals 433

272. The way the surface of a mineral reflects C. Nitrogen


light;either metallic or non-metallic such as D. Hydrogen Sulphate
silky, dull, glassy, or resinous.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Luster 278. The ability of a substance to transfer
heat, soundor electrical energy.
B. Matte
A. Compound
C. Brittle
B. Insulator
D. Metals
C. Conductor
273. An element will decay to another element D. Conductivity
with higher atomic number in the periodic
table if it emits 279. What is the chemical formula of copper
A. a proton. sulphate?

B. an alpha particle. A. CuSO4

C. a beta particle. B. CuCO3

D. a gamma ray. C. CuCI2


D. CuO
274. Where are metalloids located on the peri-
odic table? 280. How many neutrons in C-14?
A. to the right of nonmetals A. 6
B. along the zig-zag line B. 7
C. to the left of the zig-zag line C. 14
D. to the right of the zig-zag line D. 8

275. Electrical conductivity is an example of 281. is the ability of an object to carry elec-
what kind of property? tric current.
A. Chemical A. Thermal conductivity
B. Large B. Electrical conductivity
C. Physical C. Malleable
D. Boiling D. Ductile

276. Which of the following is/are considered 282. Which one of the following gas burns
a physical property of an element? (Select with the “pop” sound?
all that apply) A. Oxygen
A. density B. Hydrogen
B. color C. Chlorine
C. conductivity D. Hydrogen Sulphide
D. flammable
283. Amount of space an object or substance
277. Zinc + Sulphuric = Zinc Sulphate + takes up
A. Oxygen A. Weight
B. Hydrogen Gas B. Mass

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.2 Chemical properties of metals 434

C. Volume A. metals
D. Size B. matter

284. With just 1g of this metal 2km long wire C. brittle


can be drawn D. luster
A. Zinc 286. What property of metals means that heat
B. Sodium and electricity can move easily through?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Gold A. luster
D. Potassium B. conductor

285. Anything that has mass and takes up C. malleable


space. D. ductile

3.2 Chemical properties of metals


1. Francium (Fr) is placed below rubidium in D. Hydride
Group 1 of the Periodic Table. Based on
this information, it can be predicted that 4. A metal reacts with acid to produce salt
franciumI) produces a water soluble car- and hydrogen gas. The same metal reacts
bonateII) forms the ion Fr+III)reacts vigor- with a base to again produce salt and hy-
ously with waterIV) is a very electroposi- drogen gas. What is that metal?
tive element A. Zinc
A. I and III only B. Potassium
B. II and IV only C. Magnesium
C. I, II and III only D. Iron
D. I, II, III and IV 5. Caesium is an element below potassium in
2. Generally metals react with acids to give Group 1 of the Periodic Table. Which of
salt and hydrogen gas. Which of the fol- the following statements about caesium is
lowing acids does not give hydrogen gas not correct?
on reacting with metals (except Mg and A. It forms an insoluble hydroxide.
Mn)? B. It reacts violently with cold water.
A. H2SO4 C. It is more reactive than potassium.
B. HNO3 D. It burns in air to form an oxide with the
C. HCl formula Cs2O.
D. CH3COOH 6. An atom of element X has three electron
3. Which of the following is formed when shells. When element X reacts with chlo-
metal is burnt in air? rine, it forms a white compound with the
formula XCl. Which of the following is el-
A. Hydroxide ement X? (Given the proton number of Li,
B. Carbonate 3; Na, 11; Mg, 12; K, 19)
C. Oxide A. Lithium

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.2 Chemical properties of metals 435

B. Sodium reacts less violently with water(iv) Bub-


bles of hydrogen gas formed stick to the
C. Magnesium
surface of calcium.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. Potassium
A. (i) and (iv)
7. Which of the among the following metals B. (ii) and (iii)
will reacts with oxygen very violently? C. (i) and (ii)
A. Magnesium D. (iii) and (iv)
B. Sodium
12. Metals react with acid to form
C. Calcium A. Acid
D. Copper B. Base
8. Which one among the following is an acidic C. Salt
oxide? D. All of the above
A. Na2O 13. Which of the following is the correct ar-
B. ZnO rangement of the given metals in descend-
ing order of their reactivity? Zinc, Iron,
C. CO2
Magnesium, Sodium
D. Al2O3 A. Zinc > Iron > Magnesium > Sodium
9. Which properties of metal makes it a good B. Sodium > Magnesium > Iron > Zinc
choice to make a cooking pot out of? C. Sodium > Zinc > Magnesium > Iron
Choose TWO
D. Sodium > Magnesium > Zinc > Iron
A. it has luster-it is shiny
14. On his birthday, Thor’s father gifts him a
B. it is a good conductor of heat different kind of metallic hammer. When
C. it is ductile-able to be made into a wire Thor holds the hammer in his hand, it
melts.Identify the metal present in the
D. it has a high melting point
hammer which melts taking heat from
10. Which among the following statements is hand?
correct for Iron? A. K
A. Iron reacts with cold water to from B. Na
Iron oxide and hydrogen C. Hg
B. Iron reacts with hot water to from iron D. Ga
oxide and hydrogen
15. Which statement concerning the ions of
C. Iron reacts with steam to form iron ox- Group 1 elements is correct?
ide and hydrogen
A. Each has one electron in its outer elec-
D. Iron reacts with steam to form iron hy- tron shell.
droxide and hydrogen
B. Each contains the same number of pro-
11. What happens when calcium is treated tons and electrons.
with water? (i) It does not react with wa- C. Each contains more electrons than pro-
ter(ii) It reacts violently with water(iii) It tons.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.2 Chemical properties of metals 436

D. Each contains more protons than elec- 21. Choose an option to elicit the correct for-
trons. mulae ( in correct sequence) for lime, lime-
stone and limewater:
16. An element X is soft and can be cut with
a knife. This is very reactive to air and A. CaO, CaCO3, Ca(OH)2
cannot be kept open in air. It reacts vig- B. CaCO3, CaO, Ca(OH)2
orously with water. Identify the element C. CaO, Ca(OH)2, CaCO3
from the following:
D. Ca(OH)2, CaCO3, CaO,

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Mg
B. Na 22. Element P shows the following proper-
ties:a)Reacts vigorously with cold wa-
C. P terb)Produces a white solid substance
D. Ca with the formula PCl when burned in chlo-
rine gas.Based on the above information,
17. Example of an amphoteric oxide is:
which of the following is the electron con-
A. Na2O figuration of the atom of element P?
B. K2O A. 2.8.8.2
C. Al2O3 B. 2.8.8
D. MgO C. 2.8.7
18. Which of these metals reacts violently D. 2.8.1
with cold water?
23. When a small amount of acid is added
A. Calcium to water, the phenomena which occurs
B. Copper are:(a)Dilution(b)Neutralisation(c) Forma-
tion of hydronium ions(d)Salt Formation-
C. Sodium
The correct statements are:
D. Zinc
A. and (c)
19. Which of the following metals burns with a B. and (d)
very bright lilac purplish flame in a gas jar
C. and (b)
filled with oxygen and produces a white
residue? D. and (d)
A. Lead 24. An element Y reacts with cold water.
B. Silver Which of the following is the likely proton
C. Sodium number of Y?

D. Potassium A. 4
B. 9
20. Which of the following metal/metals will
react only with steam to form its metal C. 11
oxide? D. 15
A. Mg 25. Which of the following is NOT a use of bak-
B. Cu ing soda?
C. Zn A. It is used in fire extinguisher
D. Pb B. Reduces acidity

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 437

C. Used as a fuel 28. Radha needs a container to store lemon


D. It is used to make baking powder pickle. Tell her which among the following
is not preferrable to store pickle?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


26. Correct formula of compound of calcium
A. Iron utensil
used in plastering of fractured bones will
be: B. Aluminium utensil
A. CaSO4.2HO C. glass container
B. CaOCl2 D. Both Al and Fe utensil
C. CaSO4 .1/2 H2O
29. Which of the following oxide(s) of iron
D. Ca(OH)2 would be obtained on prolonged reaction
27. Sodium reacts with water to produce: of iron with steam?

A. sodium chloride and hydrogen gas A. FeO


B. sodium oxide and hydrogen gas B. Fe2O3
C. sodium dioxide and hydrogen gas C. Fe3O4
D. sodium hydroxide and hydrogen gas D. Fe2O3 and Fe2O4

3.3 Reactivity series


1. Which of these elements is unlikely to be 4. Which series is used to predict the reac-
found in the ground in its pure form? tions of metals with carbon and other ele-
ments?
A. gold
A. reactionary series
B. platinum
B. reaction series
C. aluminium
C. redox series
D. silver
D. reactivity series
2. Complete the equation below. Iron + Oxy- 5. Which metals can be used in sacrificial pro-
gen → tection?
A. Iron oxygen A. aluminium
B. Iron oxide B. copper
C. Iron oside C. zinc
D. Ion oxide D. gold
6. Which gas is produced as a waste product
3. What is the removal of oxygen from a sub-
when iron is extracted from its ore in the
stance called?
blast furnace?
A. reduction A. Carbon dioxide
B. extraction B. Hydrogen
C. electrolysis C. Nitrogen
D. oxidation D. Oxygen

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 438

7. Elements more reactive than carbon 12. Complete the following equation:2Cu (s) +
O2 (g) →
A. Sodium
A. 2CuO (s)
B. Magnesium
B. 2CuO (g)
C. Aluminium
C. 4CuO (s)
D. Calcium
D. 2CuO (g)
8. Which of the following is correct about the 13. Zn(s) + CoO(s) → ZnO + Co(s)In the reac-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
reactivity series? tion above which metal is higher the reac-
A. potassium is less reactive than sodium tivity series?
A. O
B. the least reactive metal in reactivity
series is silver B. Co
C. sodium is less reactive than potassium C. Zn
D. none of above
D. none of above 14. What does oxidised mean?

9. In any chemical reaction, the mass of the A. To gain oxygen


products is always: B. To lose oxygen
A. slightly less than the mass of the reac- C. To trade electrons with another atom
tants D. none of above
B. much less than the mass of the reac- 15. Choose the most reactive metal
tants
A. calcium
C. the same as the mass of the reactants
B. magnesium
D. greater than the mass of the reactants C. iron
10. A most reactive metal D. copper

A. Sodium 16. Complete the following equation:Zn (s) +


2HNO3 (aq) →
B. zinc
A. 2ZnNO3 (aq) + 2H2 (g)
C. iron
B. ZnNO3 (aq) + H2 (g)
D. none of above
C. 2Zn(NO3)2 (aq) + 2H2 (g)
11. Which statement is true about a metal that D. Zn(NO3)2 (aq) + H2 (g)
can be found as an element, pure in the
17. What would you observe if a less reactive
ground?
metal was added to a solution containing
A. Very Reactive a more reactive metal compound?
B. Very unreactive A. vigorous reaction
C. This has no link to the reactivity of the B. fizzing gas produced
metal C. burns moderately
D. The metal must be called Gold D. no reaction

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 439

18. Which metal has the highest tendency to 24. When a metal reacts with oxygen gas, the
be a positive ion? product is

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. zinc A. metal hydroxide
B. magnesium B. metal oxide
C. iron C. metal oxide and oxygen
D. calcium D. metal hydroxide and hydrogen gas

19. Which reaction is a metal displacement re- 25. What gas turns lime water milky?
action? A. Nitrogen
A. iron with magnesium chloride B. Hydrogen
B. magnesium with iron chloride C. Carbon Dioxide
C. iron with zinc sulfate D. Oxygen
D. gold with silver nitrate
26. Copper displaces silver from a solution of
20. how is rusting prevented silver nitrate. This tells you that
A. physical barrier (paint, oil, electroplat- A. nitrate ions are displaced by copper
ing) B. copper forms a stable compound with
B. keeping it in a jar of water nitrate ions
C. sacrificial protection C. copper is more reactive than silver
D. galvanizing D. copper is less reactive than silver

21. is more reactive than sodium. 27. More reactive than calcium
A. aluminium A. Magnesium
B. iron B. Sodium
C. potassium C. Carbon
D. calcium D. Hydrogen

22. when heating a metal oxide with carbon, 28. What process is used to extract medium
what product is made? reactivity metals using carbon
A. oxygen A. Reduction
B. nitrogen B. Oxidation
C. carbon dioxide C. Redox
D. water D. Rusting

23. Which statement below shows the correct 29. Which element lies first in the reactivity
increasing order of reactivity? series?
A. Sodium, Magnesium, Copper A. potassium
B. Calcium, Iron, Zinc B. sodium
C. Zinc, Iron, Magnesium C. lithium
D. Copper, Lead, Iron D. calcium

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 440

30. Which key term is described as ‘a rock 36. Why are some metals found in the earth as
containing a compound which has metal in the metallic element rather than the com-
it’? pound?
A. A Rock A. they are very unreactive
B. A Stone B. they are buried in the earth
C. An Ore C. they are very valuable
D. A boulder D. they are very rare

NARAYAN CHANGDER
31. What prevents rusting? 37. Thermal decomposition of metal hydrox-
ides produces
A. Painting
A. Metal oxide and water
B. Washing
B. Metal oxide and hydrogen
C. Dusting
C. Metal and water
D. Sanding
D. Metal and hydrogen
32. Acid + Carbonate yields
38. What is the correct balanced equation for
A. Salt + Hydrogen when potassium (K) solid reacts with wa-
B. Salt + Water + Carbon Dioxide ter (H2O) liquid?
C. Salt + Water A. 2K (s) + H2O (l) → KOH (aq) + H2 (g)
D. Salt + Alkali B. K (s) + 2H2O (l) → KOH (aq) + 2H2
(g)
33. When a metal reacts with an Acid, which
C. 2K (s) + 2H2O (l) → 2KOH (aq) + H2
gas is always produced?
(g)
A. Cl2 chlorine gas
D. K (s) + H2O (l) → KOH (aq) + H2 (g)
B. H2 hydrogen gas
39. When does a catalyst run out in a reac-
C. O2 Oxygen gas tion?
D. No gas A. Never
34. What is an ore? B. In the first few seconds
A. a solid metal C. At the end of the reaction
B. a rock containing a metal combine with D. Depends on how reactive the metal is
other elements
40. In chemistry, a displacement reaction is
C. an element where
D. an object used to row a boat A. a more reactive metal displaces a less
reactive metal from its compound
35. Which equation shows a reaction that
would actually take place? B. two reactive metals join together to
form an alloy
A. 2MgO + C → CO2+ Mg
C. a less reactive metal displaces a more
B. MgO + Cu → CuO + Mg reactive metal from its compound
C. PbO + Zn → ZnO + Pb D. a more reactive metal is removed from
D. ZnO + H2 → H2O + Zn its compound by a less reactive metal

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 441

41. Which statement is true about a metal that B. (g)


can be found in its pure elemental form in C. (l)
the ground?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. (aq)
A. Very Reactive
B. Very unreactive/native 47. Zinc blend is heated in oxygen to form
C. This has no link to the reactivity of the A. Zinc sulphide
metal B. Carbon
D. The metal must be called Gold C. Zinc oxide and carbon di oxide
42. which is the MOST reactive metal? D. Sulphur di oxide and zinc oxide
A. magnesium 48. What observation would you see if a
B. potassium metal is reacting with water?
C. gold A. Colour change.
D. silver B. A flame occurs.
E. aluminium C. Bubbles are formed.

43. Gold and Silver exist in the form of ele- D. It gets colder.
ment in the earth crust because 49. What is the chemical formulae for Hy-
A. They are pure metals drochloric acid?
B. They are less reactive than carbon A. H2SO4
C. They are very unreactive B. HNO3
D. They are less reactive than hydorgen C. HCl
44. Which of the following metals are not re- D. none of above
act with oxygen, water and dilute acid?
50. Why does aluminium have an apparent
A. silver and gold lack of reactivity?
B. silver and copper A. Aluminium has a coating of aluminium
C. gold and lead oxide, preventing further reaction.
D. lead and iron B. Aluminium has a giant molecular struc-
ture that is too hard to break.
45. Fe2O3 can be reduced to Fe by reacting it
C. Aluminium is low in the reactivity se-
with:
ries.
A. Cu
D. The activation energy for the reaction
B. Ag of aluminium with other elements is too
C. Oxygen high.
D. Aluminum 51. Part of a reactivity series is:Na, Ca, ,
46. Given the equation 2Na(? ) + 2H2O(? Zn, CuWhich of these metal elements could
) → 2NaOH(X) + H2(? )Which state sym- fit in the gap?
bol should be where (X) is? A. Al
A. (s) B. Fe

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 442

C. Au 57. What else is produced when a metal reacts


D. K with water? (HINT:Water has the formula
H2O)
52. What is effective collision? A. Metal Oxide
A. The collision that produce new sub- B. Metal Carbonate
stance.
C. Metal Hydride
B. The collision that has energy.
D. Metal Hydroxide

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. The collision that influence the rate of
reaction. 58. Complete the word equation:Magnesium +
copper sulphate →
D. The collision that break down all the
cubstances. A. copper sulfate + magnesium
B. copper + magnesium sulfate
53. Metal + acid =
C. magnesium copide + sulfur
A. Salt + water
D. magnesium sulfate + hydrogen
B. Metal hydroxide
59. Following are the applications of displace-
C. Metal oxide
ment reactions except:
D. Salt + hydrogen
A. neutralization reaction
54. Name the products of the reaction be- B. thermite reaction
tween magnesium and hydrochloric acid? C. reaction in blast furnace
A. magnesium chloride and water D. decomposition reaction
B. magnesium chloride, water, and car-
bon dioxide 60. What are produced when zinc oxide reacts
with copper?
C. magnesium chloride and oxygen gas
A. no products
D. magnesium chloride and hydrogen gas
B. copper(II) oxide and zinc
55. What is the name of the process that C. copper, oxygen and zinc
breaks down calcium carbonate using heat
D. none of above
A. oxidation
61. If a metal occurs naturally as the element
B. thermal decomposition it is very probably
C. displacement A. a very reactive metal
D. reduction B. a very unreactive metal
56. Which of these metals cannot be found as C. more reactive than hydrogen
the metallic element in the earth? D. potassium
A. sodium
62. Which two metal carbonates melts and
B. copper does not decompose upon heating?
C. gold A. magnesium carbonate
D. silver B. potassium carbonate

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 443

C. zinc carbonate 68. Reactive than carbon


D. sodium carbonate A. Iron

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


E. calcium carbonate B. Tin
63. A substance which oxidises itself and re- C. Lead
duces other isknown as-
D. Aluminum
A. oxidising agent
B. reducing agent 69. Use the following observations to se-
lect the correct reactivity series (highest
C. both of these
to lowest).calcium + water:slowsodium +
D. none of these water:fastcalcium + dilute acid:very fast-
gold + dilute acid:no reactionaluminium +
64. What are the two non-metals included in
dilute acid:fast
the reactivity series of metals?
A. Hydrogen and iron A. calcium, sodium, aluminium, gold

B. Oxygen and lead B. sodium, calcium, aluminium, gold


C. Tin and carbon C. sodium, aluminium, calcium, gold
D. Carbon and hydrogen D. gold, aluminium, calcium, sodium
65. What two conditions are needed in ‘the 70. Which gas is required for something to
process of extracting elemental metal burn?
from compounds containing metals’?
A. Carbon dioxide
A. Heat and an element with a similar re-
activity B. Hydrogen
B. Heat and an element with exactly the C. Oxygen
same reactivity
D. Water
C. Heat and a less reactive element
D. Heat and a more reactive element 71. Which of these would not help prevent
rusting?
66. An alkali is
A. Painting over iron
A. An acid dissolve in water
B. Washing it regularly
B. A base dissolved in water
C. Galvanising
C. An example of stomach acid
D. Creating an alloy
D. An example of cleaning products
67. when a metal reacts with water, what are 72. Define an ‘Alloy’
the 2 products? A. ba) A mixture of non-metallic elements
A. carbon dioxide B. b) A mixture of metallic elements
B. metal hydroxide
C. c) A mixture of non-metal and metal el-
C. water ements
D. hydrogen D. d) A compound of non-metal and metal
E. oxygen elements

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 444

73. When magnesium reacts with copper sul- 79. What is the name of the apparatus used
phate, there are two products. What are to study transpirational rate in plants?
they?
A. Potatometer
A. Magnesium and Copper
B. Portometer
B. Magnesium Sulphate and Copper
C. Magnesium Sulphate and Copper Sul- C. Potormeter
phate D. Potometer

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Magnesium and Copper Sulphate
80. Rate of reaction can be measured by
74. Lithium + oxygen →?
A. Lithium hydroxide A. Measuring the bubble amount.
B. Lithium oxide B. Measuring the product decreases.
C. Lithium chloride C. Measuring the product increases.
D. none of above
D. Measuring the reactant increases.
75. Which Salt is form with the following acid-
Nitric Acid 81. Name a metal that could be extracted from
A. Chloride its metal oxide by heating with carbon.

B. Sulfate A. iron
C. Nitrate B. aluminium
D. none of above C. gold
76. Metals have many useful properties. For D. magnesium
example, they
A. conduct electricity 82. Complete the word equation be-
B. are malleable low.Calcium carbonate + nitric acid →
C. are good thermal conductors A. Calcium oxide + carbon dioxide
D. All of these B. Calcium nitrate + carbon dioxide +
77. which metal cannot react with steam water
A. zinc C. Calcium oxide + carbon dioxide + wa-
B. magnesium ter

C. lead D. Calcium + carbon dioxide + water


D. iron
83. What happens when zinc foil is placed in an
78. The element that isn’t more reactive than aqueous solution of copper(II) sulfate?
hydrogen.
A. Copper(II) ions are oxidised.
A. Zinc
B. There is no reaction.
B. Magnesium
C. Mercury C. Zinc atoms are oxidised.
D. Lead D. Zinc sulfate is precipitated.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 445

84. calcium is more reactive than iron. What 89. Which of the following metals is the most
will be produced when calcium sulphate reactive according to the reactivity series
and iron are mixed together? of metals.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. no reaction happens so the reactants A. Copper
stay the same
B. Zinc
B. calcium and iron sulphate
C. Magnesium
C. iron sulphate and hydrogen
D. Lithium
D. water and iron sulphate
90. The compound used to remove silica from
85. Stability of carbonates of group 2 ele-
blast furnace in extraction of iron is
ments down the group.
A. SiO2
A. Remains same
B. CaSiO3
B. Decreases
C. Increases C. CaCO3 or Lime stone

D. First increases then decreases D. oxygen

86. In an electrochemical cell, reduction occurs 91. A rock that a metal can be extracted from
at is known as
A. anode A. an ore
B. cathode B. a composite
C. anode and cathode C. a polymer
D. salt bridge D. a cermaic
87. Columns on the periodic table are called 92. The hydrogen is located between in re-
activity series of metals.
A. groups A. Calcium and magnesium
B. lines
B. Zinc and Iron
C. periods
C. Aluminium and Zinc
D. rules
D. Tin and Lead
88. Which one of the following equations cor-
rectly represents the reaction of silver ni- 93. Why is ‘coke/coal’ added to the blast fur-
trate with copper metal and is balanced? nace?
A. Ag(s) + CuNO3(aq) → Cu(s) + A. To remove impurities of silicon dioxide
AgNO3(aq) .
B. Cu(s) + 2 AgNO3(aq) → Cu(NO3)2(aq) B. It is the source of Iron.
+ 2 Ag(s) C. To provide lots of heat when it is burnt
C. Cu(s) + AgNO3(aq) → CuNO3(aq) + to give sufficient energy that it can over-
Ag(s) come the activation energy.
D. Cu(s) + Ag(NO3)2(aq) → Cu(NO3)2(aq) D. It is the reducing agent that will cause
+ Ag(s) the iron to be reduced.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 446

94. What is combustion? 99. When magnesium reacts with copper sul-
A. When a substance loses oxygen phate solution, there are two products.
What are they?
B. A useful oxidation reaction e.g burning
a fuel A. Magnesium and Copper

C. When a substance breaks down using B. Magnesium Sulphate and Copper


heat C. Magnesium Sulphate and Copper Sul-
phate
D. A chemical that speeds up a reaction

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Magnesium and Copper Sulphate
95. A metal that reacts slowly with cold water
but rapidly with steam 100. The most reactive metal in the reactivity
series of metals is
A. Na
A. Calcium
B. Mg
B. Potassium
C. K
C. Magnesium
D. Ca
D. Aluminium
96. When copper and magnesium sulphate
are mixed together, there is no reaction. 101. Which of the following is arranged ac-
Why? cording increasing reactivity?
A. Magnesium is more reactive than cop- A. Mg > Li > Na > K
per B. Mg > Na > Li > K
B. Copper is more reactive than magne- C. Na > Li > Mg > K
sium D. K > Mg > Na > Li
C. Copper never reacts with metal salts
102. This group of elements react with metals
D. Magnesium Sulphate never reacts to form salts. The react so quickly that
with metals they occur in nature as compounds
97. When metal reacts with liquid water the A. Actinides
products are B. Halogens
A. metal hydroxide and oxygen gas C. Alkali Earth
B. metal hydroxide and hydrogen gas D. Lanthanides
C. metal oxide and oxygen gas
103. In order to make use of the many useful
D. metal oxide and hydrogen gas properties of metals, we need to extract
them so that they are in their pure form.
98. what is the name of the salt when magne-
A common way of extracting many of the
sium reacts with:sulphuric acid
less reactive metals is to heat their miner-
A. magnesium nitrate als with what?
B. magnesium chloride A. Carbon
C. magnesium sulphate B. Helium
D. copper sulphate C. Oxygen
E. sodium chloride D. Silicon

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 447

104. Potassium is a metal that is in the D. Change in state


series E. Effervescence / Gas produced

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. low
110. When a metal reacts with cold water the
B. high products are
C. very high A. metal hydroxide and oxygen gas
D. very low B. metal hydroxide and hydrogen gas
105. Which four numbers a, b, c and d are re- C. metal oxide and oxygen gas
quired to balance the equation? a Fe (s) + D. metal oxide and hydrogen gas
b H2SO4 (aq) → c FeSO4(aq) + d H2 (g)
111. Sacrificial plating works by
A. 1 1 1 1
A. using two metals-one more reactive
B. 2, 3, 2, 2 than the other. The reactive one sacrifices
C. 3, 4, 1, 2 itself.
D. 2, 3, 1, 4 B. using two metals-one less reactive
than the other. The less reactive one sac-
106. Why is the Thermite reaction useful for rifices itself.
joining railway tracks together?
C. Neither of the above
A. The reaction produces a lot of light
D. 2, 3, 1, 4
B. The reaction produces a lot of heat
112. Write the word equation between metal
C. The reaction produces a lot of sound oxide and hydrogen.
D. The reaction contains a lot of Iron A. Metal oxide + Hydrogen →
− Metal +
107. Which element cannot be extracted from Water
its ore by reduction with carbon? B. Metal oxide + Hydrogen →
− Metal hy-
droxide
A. iron
C. Metal oxide + Hydrogen →
− Metal +
B. aluminium
Water + Carbon dioxide
C. copper
D. Metal oxide + Hydrogen →
− Metal ox-
D. lead ide + Water
108. Look at the chemical reaction below:Mg+ 113. calcium + zinc nitrate goes to
Cu(NO3)2→Write the product. A. Calcium + zinc nitrate
A. MgCu(NO3)2 B. Zinc + calcium nitrate
B. CuMg(NO3)2 C. there will be no reaction
C. Cu+ Mg(NO3)2 D. Zinc + calcium chloride
D. CuMg+ (NO3)2
114. Which is the odd one out?
109. Which are the signs of chemical change? A. potassium
A. Change in size B. carbon
B. Colour change C. aluminium
C. Precipication D. iron

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 448

115. What type of reaction occurs when you B. steel is a mixture of iron and carbon
react an acid with an alkali? and mixtures are always hard.
A. combustion C. There are stronger bonds in steel that
makes it harder to bend.
B. decomposition
D. none of above
C. no reaction
D. neutralisation 121. What is rust?
A. Iron oxide

NARAYAN CHANGDER
116. A metal that is high in the series almost
B. Brown stuff that grows on iron
certainly occurs naturally
C. Iron hydroxide
A. as the element
D. iron oxygen
B. as a compound of the element
C. in the sea 122. An atom has 18 protons and 8 valence
electrons. Which statement would best
D. in coal identify this element?
117. which metal can react with cold water A. The element is “happy” or stable be-
cause its outer energy level is filled.
A. copper
B. The element has an atomic mass of 18.
B. zinc
C. The element is highly reactive with
C. magnesium eight electrons in its outer shell.
D. lead D. The element is a metal.
118. is found low in the reactivity series 123. Element Q is a solid element which forms
A. potassium a basic oxide, forms an alloy and is below
hydrogen in the reactivity series. Element
B. sodium Q could be
C. silver A. copper
D. magnesium B. carbon
119. What are the factors the affect the rate C. zinc
of transpiration? D. sulfur
A. air movement 124. What is the chemical symbol for copper?
B. air humidity A. Co
C. sunlight B. C
D. temperature C. Cu
D. Cop
120. Why an alloy like steel is harder than
pure metal 125. Which metals do not react with an acid
A. Added carbon atoms are different in A. Zn and Mg
size than iron atoms, causing disruption B. Cu and Ag
in arrangement of iron atoms, causing
atoms not able to slide across one another C. Al and K
easily. D. Ca and Na

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 449

126. What two things cause Iron to rust? B. Carbon is less reactive than aluminium
A. Water and Oxygen C. Aluminium is more reactive than car-

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Air and HCl bon

C. Carbon Monoxide and Air D. All of the above

D. Water and Carbon Dioxide 132. when can a metal displace Hydrogen from
an acid.
127. what is the name of the salt when calcium
reacts with:nitric acid A. if the metal is below Hydrogen in the
reactivity chart
A. calcium nitrate
B. if the metal is above Hydrogen in the
B. calcium chloride reactivity chart
C. magnesium sulphate C. if the Hydrogen is above the metal in
D. calcium sulphate the reactivity chart
E. copper nitrate D. Hydrogen can not be displaced

128. What doesn’t react with acids 133. What are the products of the equation
A. Gold when you combine Platinum and Water?

B. Copper A. Platinum

C. Zinc B. Platinum + Water

D. Aluminium C. No Reaction
D. none of above
129. When a scientist mixed two chemicals, an
exothermic reaction takes place. Which of 134. Methane burning in oxygen is an exam-
the following would be proof that the re- ple of
action was exothermic? A. photosynthesis
A. a change of color B. combustion
B. a change of state C. decomposition
C. a temperature decrease D. neutralisation
D. a temperature increase
135. When will stomata open the widest?
130. Which is the most reactive metal in the A. During a hot day
reactivity series?
B. During daytime
A. sodium
C. During nighttime
B. potassium
D. During a sunny day
C. copper
D. zinc 136. Which of the following would be the most
reactive in dilute acid?
131. When aluminium oxide reacts with car- A. magnesium
bon, there is no change observed. What
is your inference for this observation? B. calcium

A. Carbon cannot remove oxygen from C. aluminum


aluminium oxide D. zinc

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 450

137. Which metal will react with carbon so 143. Displacement reactions occur when
that it can be extracted from its ore?
A. metals of the same reactivity replace
A. iron one another
B. magnesium B. When a more reative metal eg. mag-
C. silver nesium replaces a less reactive metal in a
salt e.g. copper sulfate
D. alumnium
C. A less reative metal replaces a more

NARAYAN CHANGDER
138. What are the products when magnesium reactive one in a salt
reacts with hydrochloric acid?
D. note of the above
A. magnesium nitrate and hydrogen gas
B. magnesium sulfate and hydrogen gas 144. Which Salt is form with the following
acid-Hydrochloric Acid
C. magnesium oxide and oxygen gas
A. Chloride
D. magnesium chloride and hydrogen gas
B. Sulfate
139. Complete the following equation:Copper
+ oxygen → C. Nitrate

A. Copper oxide D. none of above

B. copper hydroxide 145. Which conditions are needed for an iron


C. copper carbonate nail to rust?
D. Pure copper A. oxygen

140. What can be observed during the reaction B. high temperature


of zinc and oxygen? C. oil
A. Burns quickly and brightly D. water
B. Burns slowly
146. What are the two non-metal elements
C. Glows brightly that are included in the reactivity series of
D. Glows dimly metals?

141. Magnesium + oxygen-→ X What is X? A. Calcium

A. Magnesium oxide B. Carbon


B. Magnesium dioxide C. Sodium
C. Magnesium trioxide D. Hydrogen
D. Magnesium(II) oxide
147. Metal oxides which are more reactive
142. what are the causes of rusting than carbon can be extracted through

A. water and oxygen A. Electrolysis


B. alkalis B. Fractional distillation
C. scratching C. Evaporation
D. painting D. Photosynthesis

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 451

148. Which substance reacts with water to 153. Which of the groups from the periodic ta-
form a soluble compound and an insoluble ble are most reactive?
gas?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Group 2 and Group 3
A. ammonium sulfate B. Group 1 only
B. caesium C. Group 1 and 2
C. calcium carbonate D. Group 6 and 7
D. copper 154. What causes displacement
149. Which one of the following metals reacts A. when a compound meets a more reac-
most vigorously with cold water? tive metal
A. Sodium B. when a highly unreactive metal meets
a reactive compound
B. Magnesium
C. when electricity is used on a metal
C. Copper
D. when an acid reacts with a baseMes-
D. Zinc sage @Derrick Chow Wen Lit

150. Which one of the following equations cor- 155. What is the chemical name for rust?
rectly represents the reaction of copper ni- A. Hydrated iron(III) oxide
trate + aluminum
B. Hydrated iron(II)oxide
A. copper + aluminum
C. Iron(II) hydroxide
B. copper + aluminum nitrate
D. Iron(III) hydroxide
C. no reaction
156. Exothermic reactions
D. Copper + aluminum nitrate + hydro-
gen A. happen on the outside
B. take in heat
151. why lead will only react with hydrochlo-
C. give off heat
ric acid for a while and reaction stops.
D. happen on the inside
A. Because lead(II) chloride will form and
coat the lead, preventing further reaction 157. Which metal can be obtained from its ox-
with the hydrochloric acid. ide using hydrogen?
B. because lead is from group IV A. calcium
C. because lead is unreactive B. copper
D. none of above C. magnesium
D. zinc
152. Lithium nitrate decomposes to form
which gas? 158. Arrange the metals below from the most
reactive to the least reactive.Sodium, Zinc,
A. Oxygen
Calcium, Iron, Copper
B. Nitrogen
A. Sodium, Zinc, Calcium, Iron, Copper
C. Nitrogen di oxide
B. Sodium, Calcium, Magnesium, Alu-
D. Water vapor minium, Zinc

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 452

C. Sodium, Calcium, Zinc, Iron, Copper C. Calcium


D. Copper, Iron, Zinc, Calcium, Sodium D. Iron
E. Aluminium
159. Which of the following does not react
with water? 164. Aluminium is used to make aircraft bod-
A. lithium ies as it is
B. magnesium A. Soft
B. Lightweight and strong

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. lead
C. Unreactive oxide layer
D. calcium
D. Has high density
160. Which equation correctly shows the dis-
placement of copper from copper(II) sul- 165. A student add marble chip into hydrochlo-
fate by zinc? ric acid to produce carbondioxide bubble.
Which way cannot ben used to speed up
A. copper + zinc sulfate → copper(II) the chemical reaction?
sulfate + zinc
A. Adding more marble chip.
B. zinc sulfate + copper → copper(II)
B. Using high concentration of hydrochlo-
sulfate + zinc
ric acid.
C. copper(II) sulfate + zinc → zinc sul-
C. Use marble powder.
fate + copper
D. Heat the chemical reaction.
D. copper(II) sulfate + zinc → zinc sul-
fate + water 166. Which one of the following combinations
result in a displacement reaction?
161. when metal reacts with steam, what are
the products? A. Iron with magnesium chloride
B. magnesium with iron chloride
A. metal oxide and hydrogen gas
C. Iron with Zinc Sulphate
B. metal hydroxide and hydrogen gas
D. gold with silver nitrate
C. salt and hydrogen gas
D. none of above 167. Which one of the following would result
in a displacement reaction?
162. Which of the following metals does not A. Iron with magnesium chloride
react with either dilute HCl or dilute
B. magnesium with iron chloride
H2SO4?
C. Iron with Zinc Sulphate
A. Mg
D. gold with silver nitrate
B. Al
C. Cu 168. Which of the following indicates a dis-
placement reaction could be happening
D. Zn
A. there is a flame
163. Select all the metals that react with cold B. the metal turns into a gas
water.
C. the surface of a metal is coated by an-
A. Zinc other metal
B. Magnesium D. nothing happens

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 453

169. Copper oxide reacts with carbon; the C. silver


products are D. aluminum

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. carbon
175. Complete the word equation:lead + cal-
B. copper and carbon dioxide cium sulfate →
C. no reaction A. lead + calcium sulfate
D. none of above B. lead + calcium sulfide
C. calcium + lead sulfate
170. Complete the word equation:lithium + sil-
ver nitrate → D. calcium + lead sulfide
A. lithium + silver nitrate 176. What happens when lead oxide react
B. lithium + silver nitrite with hydrogen?
A. Lead oxide burns brightly
C. silver + lithium nitrate
B. Yellow powder turns shiny grey
D. silver + lithium nitrite
C. Lead is produced
171. What type of reaction is shown by this D. All of the above
word equation? lead nitrate + sodium →
sodium nitrate + lead 177. What will be the reaction if less reactive
metal is added in a solution with more
A. Decomposition
reactive metal compound? E.g.-copper
B. Thermite added to sodium chloride
C. Displacement A. vigorous reaction
D. Neutralisation B. fizzing gas produced
C. burns moderately
172. Most reactive metal
D. no reaction
A. Copper
178. Write the word equation between metal
B. Magnesium
oxide and carbon.
C. Platinum
A. Metal oxide + Carbon →
− Metal + Car-
D. Potassium bon dioxide
173. In the following reaction, which metal B. Metal oxide + Carbon →
− Metal oxide
has been displaced? copper sulfate + mag- C. Metal oxide + Carbon →
− Metal + Wa-
nesium → magnesium sulfate + copper ter + Carbon dioxide
A. magnesium D. Metal oxide + Carbon →
− Metal oxide
+ Carbon dioxide
B. copper
C. sulfate 179. When very reactive metal (e.g. sodium)
reacts with liquid water the products are
D. none of above

174. Which metal is MORE reactive than cal- A. metal hydroxide and oxygen gas
cium? B. metal hydroxide and hydrogen gas
A. magnesium C. metal oxide and oxygen gas
B. potassium D. metal oxide and hydrogen gas

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 454

180. what is the name of the salt when calcium 186. What is the chemical formula for rust?
reacts with:hydrochloric acid A. FeO2
A. calcium nitrate
B. Fe2O3
B. sodium chloride
C. Fe2O2
C. calcium sulphate
D. FeO
D. calcium chloride
E. magnesium nitrate 187. How could you extract sodium from

NARAYAN CHANGDER
molten sodium chloride?
181. Which of these elements is unlikely to be
A. reduction by carbon
found native?
B. electrolysis
A. gold
C. decomposition
B. platinum
C. aluminium D. oxidation

D. silver 188. Which of the following is the correct


equation when aluminum reacts with sul-
182. Which of the following will NOT prevent
furic acid?
iron from rusting?
A. 2Al (s) + 3H2SO4 (aq) → Al2(SO4)3
A. greasing
(aq) + 3H2 (g)
B. painting
B. 2Al (s) + 3H2SO4 (aq) → Al2(SO4)3 (l)
C. coating in zinc + 3H2 (s)
D. coating in copper C. 2Al (s) + 3H2SO4 (l) → Al2(SO4)3 (l)
183. Which of these metals is the most reac- + 3H2 (g)
tive? D. 2Al (s) + 3H2SO4 (s) → Al2(SO4)3 (l)
A. iron + 3H2 (g)
B. lithium 189. Which metal/metals more reactive than
C. tin hydrogen?
D. platinum A. Zinc
184. What is the name for a soluble base? B. Copper
A. acid C. Iron
B. alkali D. Sodium
C. neutral solution E. Silver
D. none of above 190. What else, apart from hydrogen, is pro-
185. The least reactive metal of the options duced when a metal reacts with water?
shown (HINT:Water has the formula H2O)
A. lithium A. Metal Oxide
B. iron B. Metal Carbonate
C. aluminium C. Metal Hydride
D. calcium D. Metal Hydroxide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 455

191. Most reactive than hydrogen A. zinc; copper; X


A. Copper B. zinc; X ; copper

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Carbon C. copper ; X ; zinc
C. Calcium D. X; zinc;copper;
D. Magnesium 197. Metal carbonates decompose when
192. When calcium carbonate thermally de- heated.Which carbonate is most stable to
composes, carbon dioxide gas is produced. heat?
What is the test for this gas? A. calcium carbonate
A. Turns limewater cloudy B. copper(II) carbonate
B. Burns with a squeaky pop C. lead(II) carbonate
C. Relights a glowing splint D. zinc carbonate
D. Bleaches damp litmus paper 198. When scrap iron is added to blue copper
sulphate solution, a pinky-brown deposit
193. Which one of the following metals could
is formed and a pale green solution is left
produce zinc metal, if heated with zinc ox-
above it. The pale green solution is of?
ide?
A. iron oxide
A. Copper
B. copper chloride
B. Aluminium
C. sulphuric acid
C. Iron
D. iron sulphate
D. Silver
199. Another useful property of metals is that
194. Brass is an alloy of
they are ductile. What does this mean?
A. 70% Zn and 30% Cu
A. The conduct heat well
B. 60% Zn and 40% Cu
B. They can be bent into shape
C. 70% Cu and 30% Zn
C. They have high melting points
D. 40% Sn and 60% Cu D. They can be stretched into wires
195. When a metal reacts with a compound of 200. Which is least reactive?
a more reactive metal, what type of reac-
tion occurs? A. gold
A. Displacement B. Calcium
B. Neutralisation C. Magnesium
C. Combustion D. none of above

D. No Reaction 201. The reaction below is correct. Which four


numbers a, b, c and d are required to bal-
196. This metal (X) displaces copper from cop- ance the equation? a Fe + b H2SO4 → c
per sulphate solution but does not displace FeSO4 + d H2
zinc from zinc sulphate. From this we can
tell that the order of reactivity (most reac- A. 1 1 1 1
tive first) is B. 2, 3, 2, 2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 456

C. 3, 4, 1, 2 207. Metal + Water yields


D. 2, 3, 1, 4 A. Metal Oxide + Hydrogen
B. Metal Hydroxide + Hydrogen
202. What can be observed when a reactive
C. A + B
metal like magnesium is heated?
D. Metal Oxide
A. A bright flame
208. Iron nails + copper oxide →?
B. A dull glow

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Iron nails + copper oxide
C. A hissing sound
B. Iron oxide + copper oxide
D. An explosion
C. Iron oxide + copper
203. What metal is extracted by heating with D. Magic
carbon
209. If i gain an electron, what has hap-
A. Sodium pened?
B. Potassium A. oxidised
C. Zinc B. reduced
C. nothing
D. Calcium
D. greedy
204. What is the correct equation when potas-
210. The first four metals in the reactivity se-
sium reacts with water?
ries, by reverse order of reactivity.
A. 2K (s) + H2O (l) → KOH (aq) + H2 (g) A. Potassium, Sodium, Calcium, Magne-
B. K (s) + 2H2O (l) → KOH (aq) + 2H2 sium
(g) B. Lithium, Calcium, Sodium, Potassium
C. 2K (s) + 2H2O (l) → 2KOH (aq) + H2 C. Magnesium, Calcium, Sodium, Potas-
(g) sium
D. K (s) + H2O (l) → KOH (aq) + H2 (g) D. Potassium, Sodium, Calcium, Lithium
211. Which equation correctly shows magne-
205. What are the two non-metals that are in-
sium displacing copper from it copper(II)
clude in the reactivity series of metals?
sulfate?
A. Hydrogen and iron A. 2Mg + O2 → 2MgO
B. Oxygen and lead B. Mg + CuSO4 → MgSO4 + Cu
C. Tin and carbon C. Mg + MgSO4 → MgSO4 + Mg
D. Carbon and hydrogen D. none of above

206. Metal + Hydroxide = 212. Which of the following indicates a chemi-


cal change?
A. Salt + Water
A. Change in state of matter
B. Metal hydroxide B. Temperature change
C. Metal oxide C. Change in size
D. No reaction D. Change in shape

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 457

213. Metals react with water to form C. oxygen


A. Metal oxide and hydrogen D. hydrogen

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Metal hydroxide and vapour 219. What is native metal
C. Metal hydroxide and hydrogen A. From ur country
D. Metal hydroxide only B. Highly reactive
214. Given below are names of some metals, C. a metal ore found always in its pure
Which of the metal below is more reactive form
than zinc D. Orang asli
A. aluminium
220. Which of the following metals does not
B. iron release H2 gas from dilute Hydrochloric
C. magnesium acid or dilute sulfuric acid
D. calcium A. Mg
B. Al
215. When a metal salt reacts with a more re-
active salt, what sort of reaction occurs? C. Cu

A. Displacement D. Zn

B. Neutralisation 221. Choose the LEAST reactive metal


C. Combustion A. calcium
D. No Reaction B. magnesium
C. iron
216. Which of the following is not an example
of a chemical reaction D. copper
A. burning of wood 222. Reactivity series from high to low
B. freezing of water A. Carbon tin hydrogen copper
C. rotting of fruit B. Sodium calcium aluminium iron
D. explosion of dynamite C. Potassium aluminium lead copper
D. Copper hydrogen magnesium calcium
217. As well as a gas, there is another prod-
uct made when an acid reacts with a metal. 223. which of these elements will rust?
What is the name for this?
A. magnesium
A. Salt
B. potassium
B. Water
C. lithium
C. Alkali
D. iron
D. Carbon
224. When potassium reacts with sulphuric
218. What environmental element assists acid, what is the name of the salt pro-
rusting? duced?
A. nitrogen A. Potassium Sulphide
B. carbon B. Potassium Sulphur

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 458

C. Potassium Sulphuric C. Oxides


D. Potassium Sulphate D. Magnesium oxide + water
225. When metals react with acids, what is 231. The carbon is located between in re-
the name of the gas formed? activity series of metals.
A. Hydrogen A. Zinc and hydrogen
B. Carbon Dioxide B. Zinc and Iron

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Nitrogen
C. Magnesium and Aluminium
D. Oxygen
D. Aluminium and Zinc
226. Complete the following equation:Zinc +
Nitric acid → 232. What is not an indication of a chemical
change?
A. ZInc nitrate + water
A. smell produced
B. zinc +hydrogen
B. heat produced
C. zinc nitrate + hydrogen
C. solid produced
D. zinc + water
D. melting
227. Aluminium is more reactive than
A. Calcium and Zinc 233. What is the name of the process that uses
electricity to separate the elements in a
B. Sodium and Gold
compound?
C. Magnesium and Copper
A. reduction
D. Lead and Iron
B. electrolysis
228. When sodium reacts with hydrochloric C. extraction
acid, what is the name of the salt formed?
D. mining
A. Sodium Hydride
B. Sodium Chloride 234. Which of the following metals does not
displace H2 gas from dilute HCl or dilute
C. Sodium Hydrochloric
H2SO4?
D. Sodium Chlorine
A. Mg
229. Which Salt is form with the following B. Al
acid-Sulfuric Acid
C. Cu
A. Chloride
D. Zn
B. Sulfate
C. Nitrate 235. To separate very reactive metals, which
D. none of above process do we need to use?
A. reduction with carbon
230. Complete the word equation be-
low.Magnesium + oxygen → B. electrolysis
A. Magnesium C. thermal decomposition
B. Magnesium oxide D. filtration

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 459

236. The reactivity series of metals is applied 242. Which ore is also known as Galena?
in the of the metals from their ore.
A. Plumbum sulphide

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Melting
B. Lead oxide
B. Extraction
C. Iron oxide
C. Freezing
D. Iron sulphide
D. Crystalization
237. Which of the followings is NOT a protec- 243. Magnesium is more reactive towards
tion method of rusting? oxygen compared to

A. Galvanizing A. Calcium
B. Painting B. Zinc
C. Covering in plastic C. Sodium
D. Heating with carbon D. Potassium
238. Which gas gives out a ‘squeaky pop’ 244. A displacement reaction is a chemical re-
when a lighted splint is placed in it? action in which a element displaces
A. hydrogen element
B. oxygen A. Less, Even less
C. carbon dioxide B. The same
D. nitrogen C. More, More
239. Complete the displacement reaction. Cop- D. More, Less
per sulfate + iron →
245. What is ‘a rock containing a compound
A. copper sulfate + iron
which has enough metal in it to allow the
B. iron sulfate metal to be extracted’ called?
C. iron sulfate + copper A. A Rock
D. iron copper sulfate
B. A mixture
240. Which one of the following Would the fol- C. An Ore
lowing result in a displacement reaction?
D. An element
A. Iron with magnesium chloride
B. magnesium with iron chloride 246. When copper is added to magnesium
sulphate solution, there is no reaction.
C. Iron with Zinc Sulphate
Why?
D. gold with silver nitrate
A. Magnesium is more reactive than cop-
241. What products are formed when a metal per
reacts with steam?
B. Copper is more reactive than magne-
A. metal oxide and hydrogen gas sium
B. metal hydroxide and hydrogen gas C. Copper never reacts with metal salts
C. metal oxide and oxygen gas D. Magnesium Sulphate never reacts
D. metal hydroxide and oxygen gas with metals

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 460

247. Silver + Oxygen →? C. sulfuric acid


A. Silver hydroxide D. iron sulfate
B. Silver oxide
253. Hydrogen is more reactive than the fol-
C. no reaction
lowing metals except
D. none of above
A. Lead
248. Which one is less reactive than Aluminium B. Copper

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Gold
C. Aluminium
B. Calcium
D. Mercury
C. Sodium
D. none of above 254. Write the word equation between metal
and oxygen.
249. Iron is more reactive than copper. What
will be produced if iron and copper sul- A. Metal + Oxygen →
− Metal oxide
phate are mixed together? B. Metal + Oxygen →
− Metal oxygen
A. iron sulphate and hydrogen gas C. Metal + Oxygen = Metal oxide
B. copper and iron sulphate
D. Metal + Oxygen = Metal oxygen
C. copper sulphate and iron
D. water an iron sulphate 255. Complete the following equation:Iron +
Oxygen
250. Metal oxides that more reactive than car-
A. Iron oxide
bon can be extracted through
A. Electrolysis B. iron hydroxide
B. Fractional distillation C. Iron
C. Evaporation D. Iron sulfate
D. Photosynthesis
256. When iron is heated with lead oxide, iron
251. In a displacement reaction, it is the re- oxide and a shiny ball of lead are formed.
active metal that is displaced from a com- From this we can deduce that
pound. A. lead is less reactive than iron
A. Heaviest
B. iron is more reactive than oxygen
B. Least
C. iron is less reactive than lead
C. Most
D. lead is more reactive than iron
D. Worst

252. When scrap iron is added to blue copper 257. Metal + Oxygen yields
sulfate solution, a brown solid is formed A. Metal Oxide + Water
and a pale green solution is left. What is
the pale green solution? B. Metal Oxide + Hydrogen
A. iron oxide C. Metal Oxide
B. copper chloride D. Metal Hydroxide + Hydrogen

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 461

258. Identify a metal that can be found in its C. Na and water


pure elemental form in the ground? D. Ca and water

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Diamond
264. A violent reaction occurs when
B. Gold iron(III)oxide reacts with aluminium pow-
C. Sodium der. The equation for the reaction
is:Fe2O3 + 2Al → 2Fe + Al2O3Which
D. Iron
substance is oxidised in this reaction?
259. When magnesium reacts with copper sul- A. iron (III) oxide
fate, there are two products. What are
B. aluminium
they? Magnesium + Copper sulfate →?
+? C. iron
A. Magnesium and Copper D. aluminium oxide
B. Magnesium Sulphate and Copper 265. What is made when magnesium reacts
C. Magnesium Sulphate and Copper Sul- with hydrochloric acid?
phate A. magnesium nitrate and hydrogen gas
D. Magnesium and Copper Sulphate B. magnesium sulfate and hydrogen gas

260. What will be reaction if less reactive C. magnesium oxide and oxygen gas
metal is added in a solution with more re- D. magnesium chloride and hydrogen gas
active metal compound?
266. Choose the metal that can be extracted
A. vigorous reaction from its oxide by heating it with carbon.
B. fizzing gas produced A. Calcium
C. burns moderately B. Tin
D. no reaction C. Copper
261. Metal + Acid yields D. Lead
A. Salt + Hydrogen E. Magnesium
B. Salt + Water + Carbon Dioxide 267. Metals are arranged in the reactivity se-
C. Salt + Water ries of metals based on their reaction to-
wards
D. Salt + Alkali
A. oxygen
262. What two products are usually produced B. carbon
from a combustion reaction?
C. hydrogen
A. a chemical salt and hydrogen gas
D. sulphur
B. oxygen gas and a cloudy liquid
268. Carbon is used as a reducing agent to ex-
C. water vapour and carbon dioxide gas
tract which metal from its oxide?
D. carbon dioxide and smoke
A. Na
263. Which substances do not react together? B. Fe
A. Zinc and dilute HCl C. Ca
B. Cu and dilute HCl D. Mg

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 462

269. Which two non-metals are often put in D. It is needed to start off a reaction
the Reactivity Series of Metals?
A. Carbon and Sulphur 275. Which metal that can be found as a pure
element in the ground?
B. Sulphur and Hydrogen
A. Diamond
C. Carbon and Hydrogen
D. Nitrogen and Carbon B. Gold
C. Sodium
270. When a metal compound reacts with a

NARAYAN CHANGDER
more reactive metal, what sort of reaction D. Iron
occurs?
A. Displacement 276. In the reactivity series reactivity up
the group
B. Neutralisation
A. increases
C. Combustion
D. No Reaction B. decreases
C. does not change
271. Which oxide can be reduced to the metal
by roasting with powdered iron? D. gets less dangerous
A. calcium oxide
277. Oxide of element X can be reduced by car-
B. copper(II) oxide bon. But element X does not react with
C. magnesium oxide steam or dilute HCl . What is X?
D. zinc oxide A. Cu
272. Among the metals below, which is the B. Mg
most reactive?
C. Zn
A. Gold
D. Fe
B. Potassium
C. Aluminium 278. When iron is heated with lead oxide, iron
D. Tin oxide and a shiny ball of lead are formed.
The iron
273. An electrochemical cell that converts
A. has been reduced
chemical energy to electrical energy
A. electrolytic cell B. has oxidised the lead
B. salt bridge C. has reduced the lead oxide
C. voltaic cell D. has formed a shiny ball
D. volt meter
279. Iron + copper oxide-→
274. What does a catalysts do?
A. Iron + copper oxide
A. Reacts with the reactants
B. Iron oxide + copper oxide
B. Produces gases
C. Iron oxide + copper
C. Speeds up a reaction remaining chem-
ically unchanged D. Magic

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 463

280. Complete the following equation:4Fe (s) C. Potassium


+ 3O2 (g) →
D. Sodium

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 4Fe2O3 (s)
286. Which of the following the most reactive
B. 2FeO (s)
in dilute acid
C. 2Fe2O3 (s)
A. magnesium
D. 4FeO (s)
B. calcium
281. Which of the below will increase the rate C. aluminum
of transpiration?
D. zinc
A. windy condition
B. hot condition 287. Metals can also react with acids. This
produces a gas. What is the name of this
C. low light intensity
gas?
D. humid air
A. Hydrogen
282. Given the equation 2Na + 2H2O → B. Carbon Dioxide
2NaOH + H2What type of solution is pro-
duced? C. Nitrogen
A. red D. Oxygen
B. neutral 288. Metal + Oxygen =
C. acid A. Metal + Oxygen
D. alkaline
B. Metal Hydroxide
283. The least reactive in oxygen in the list is C. Metal Oxide
A. iron D. none of above
B. zinc
289. Which metal produces MOST vigorous re-
C. copper action when reacts with oxygen?
D. lead A. Iron
284. Which key term is described as ‘the pro- B. Magnesium
cess of extracting elemental metal from
C. Potassium
compounds containing metals’?
D. Sodium
A. Smelting
B. Melting 290. Which two metals that react with steam
C. Boiling but NOT with cold water?

D. Conducting A. magnesium
B. zinc
285. When the alkali metals react with water,
which reacts most vigorously? C. copper
A. Francium D. iron
B. Rubidium E. silver

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.3 Reactivity series 464

291. Which one of the following equations cor- C. periods


rectly represents the reaction of silver ni-
D. rules
trate with copper metal?
A. CuNO3(aq) + Ag(s) → Cu(s) + 297. which metals are more reactive?
AgNO3(aq)
A. group 1
B. Cu(s) + 2 AgNO3(aq) → Cu(NO3)2(aq)
B. group 2
+ 2 Ag(s)
C. Cu(s) + AgNO3(aq) → CuNO3(aq) + C. transition metals

NARAYAN CHANGDER
Ag(s) D. group 3
D. Cu(s) + Ag(NO3)2(aq) → Cu(NO3)2(aq)
+ Ag(s) 298. What is the addition of oxygen to a sub-
stance called?
292. Metal + Steam yields A. decomposition
A. Metal Oxide + Hydrogen
B. reduction
B. Metal Hydroxide + Hydrogen
C. oxidation
C. A + B
D. extraction
D. Metal Oxide
299. Which metal oxides can be reduced by hy-
293. Which compound is higher in reactivity,
drogen gas?
Ag or Ca?
A. Ag A. zinc oxide

B. Ca B. iron oxide

C. Neither C. copper(II) oxide


D. They’re equal D. aluminium oxide

294. What is needed for iron to rust? E. magnesium oxide

A. salt only 300. Metals which are less reactive than Hy-
B. water only drogen.
C. water and oxygen A. Ferum, Zinc, Aluminium
D. oxygen only B. Zinc, Lead, Mercury

295. What element rusts? C. Iron, Tin, Copper

A. Carbon D. Iron, Plumbum, Stanum


B. Iron 301. What will happen when copper (II) oxide
C. Manganese reacts with hydrogen?
D. Potassium A. Copper (II) oxide burns or glows
296. Rows on the periodic table are called B. Black powder turns brown
A. groups C. Copper is produced
B. lines D. All of the above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 465

302. Metals which are less reactive than Car- C. Iodine


bon. D. Astatine

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Ferum, Zinc, Aluminium
304. In an experiment, 20 g of solid iron re-
B. Zinc, Lead, Mercury
act with oxygen gas to form 50 g of iron
C. Iron, Tin, Copper (II) oxide. How many grams of oxygen re-
D. Iron, Plumbum, Stanum acted with the carbon?
A. 20 g
303. Which “Halogen” would be able to re-
place Chlorine in Sodium Chloride? B. 30 g
A. Flourine C. 40 g
B. Bromine D. 50 g

3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals


1. Which metal is very reactive 5. What is the correct name of the acid with
A. Sodium the formula HCl?

B. H2O A. hydrochloric acid


C. Hydrogen B. hydrocholic acid
D. Chlorine C. hydrogen chloride acid
D. hydrochlorate acid
2. Metals and nonmetals react together to
produce 6. How many valence electrons makes most
A. An alloy atoms stable (nonreactive)?
B. A compound A. 2
C. A mixture B. 8
D. none of above C. 1
3. Green coating in copper vessel is mixture D. 4
of
7. Zinc is more reactive than
A. copper hydroxide
A. Copper
B. copper carbonate
B. Iron
C. copper sulphate
C. Copper and Iron both
D. copper oxide
D. Only iron
4. Which of the following elements is a
metal? 8. what substance do we have in pensils
A. calcium A. sulpher
B. chlorine B. nitrate
C. iodine C. graphite
D. oxygen D. copper

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 466

9. Which of the following is false about met- 15. What is the product when sulphur reacts
als? with oxygen?
A. They are malleable A. Sulphuric acid
B. They form acidic solutions B. Sulphur trioxide
C. They are good conductors of both heat
C. Sulphurous acid
and electricity
D. Sodium is an example of a metal D. Sulphur dioxide

NARAYAN CHANGDER
10. Metals produce ringing sounds, they are 16. When atoms of elements in group 1 react
said to be to form ions they
A. sonorous A. gain 2 electrons
B. Ductile B. lose 2 electrons
C. Hard
C. gain 1 electron
D. none of above
D. lose 1 electron
11. The property of metals by which it can be
drawn into wires is 17. Which of the following metals exist in
A. Malleability their native state in nature? (i) Cu(ii)
Au(iii) Zn(iv) Ag
B. Sonority
C. Lustrous A. (i) and (ii)

D. Ductility B. (ii) and (iii)

12. What is the common name for Aluminium C. (ii) and (iv)
oxide? D. (iii) and (iv)
A. Bauxite
18. An element X is soft and can be cut with
B. Calcite
the help of a knife. It is very reactive to
C. Pyrite air and cannot be kept open in the air. It
D. Cassiterite reacts vigorously with water. Identify the
element from the following:
13. Where are the uses of Copper
A. Mg
A. Machinery
B. Thermometers B. Na

C. Electric wire C. Ca
D. none of above D. P

14. Metals react with water to produce 19. The best electrical conductor is
A. Metal hydroxide
A. gold
B. Hydrogen gas
B. copper
C. Metal hydroxide and hydrogen gas
both C. silver
D. None of the above D. aluminium

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 467

20. Metal oxides turn B. and (3) only


A. red litmus blue C. and (3) only

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. blue litmus red D. , (2) and (3)
C. no change 26. The deterioration of a metal due to a chem-
D. none of above ical reaction in the environment is called
this
21. The gas liberated when water react with A. Reactivity
metal
B. Corrosion
A. nitrogen
C. Luster
B. oxygen
D. Malleable
C. hydrogen
27. Latin Name of Gold
D. none of these
A. ARGENTUM
22. Reactions in which metal displaces another B. AURUM
metal from its salt solution are called
C. FERRUM
A. oxidation reaction
D. CUPRUM
B. reduction reaction
28. Sodium + Sulphuric acid goes to
C. displacement reaction
A. Sodium sulphide
D. none of above
B. Sodium chloride
23. Anything that has mass and occupies space C. Sodium sulphate
is
D. Sodium sulphate + hydrogen
A. Matter
29. What is the most reactive nonmetal?
B. Chemical
A. Fluorine
C. Base
B. Francium
D. Element
C. Ioine
24. On burning metals react with oxygen to D. Chlorine
produce-
30. Which among the following alloys contain
A. Metal oxide mercury as one of its constituents?
B. Metal hydroxide A. Stainless steel
C. Metal chloride B. Alnico
D. Metal sulphate C. Solder
25. Which of the following are examples of D. Zinc amalgam
sacrificial protection against rusting? (1) 31. There are more on the periodic table
Food cans coated with tin. (2) Under-
A. Metals
ground iron pipes are connected to bags of
magnesium. (3) Hull of a ship is connected B. nonmetals
to zinc blocks. C. metalloids
A. and (2) only D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 468

32. Which of the following is not a method 38. The number of protons in an atom of an el-
that use to stop iron from rusting. ement A is 19 then, the number of electron
A. Washing in its ion A+ is:
B. painting A. 18
C. oiling B. 19
D. galvanising C. 20
D. 21
33. During electrolytic refining of zinc, it gets

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. deposited on cathode 39. Nonmetals are conductors.
B. deposited on anode A. good
C. deposited on cathode as well as anode B. reactive
D. remains in the solution C. none of the above
D. poor
34. Which one of the following metals do not
react with cold as well as hot water? 40. Silicon and carbon are solids; bromine is a
A. Na
B. Ca A. Liquid
C. Mg B. gas
D. Fe C. solid
D. none of above
35. Colour of copper sulphate solution is
A. Green 41. Which oxide of a metal gets reduced only
by coke and not by H 2 gas or CO gas?
B. Blue
A. Fe 2 O 3
C. Black
B. PbO
D. White
C. ZnO
36. Metals react with what to produce a pop D. CuO
sound .
A. Sodium hydroxide 42. How many valence electrons does Neon
(Ne) have? Is it reactive or stable?
B. copper sulphate
A. 2 Valence Electrons & Reactive
C. zinc
B. 2 Valence Electrons & Stable
D. iron sulphate
C. 8 Valence Electrons & Reactive
37. Which of the given choices correctly shows D. 8 Valence Electrons & Stable
the three main groups of elements listed
from least conductivity to greatest conduc- 43. Which non metal is good conductor of elec-
tivity? tricity?
A. Metals, Nonmetals, Metalloids A. Sodium
B. Nonmetals, Metalloids, Metals B. Graphite
C. Metalloids, Metals, Nonmetals C. Iron
D. Nonmetals, Metals, Metalloids D. Silver

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 469

44. Sodium is a reactive metals and it reacts C. Sulphur


with water. D. Neon

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Slowly
50. Reaction between X and Y, forms com-
B. Moderately pound Z. X loses electron and Y gains elec-
C. Vigorously tron. Which of thefollowing properties is
not shown by Z?
D. None of the above
A. Has high melting point
45. Which metals do not react with oxygen B. Has low melting point
even at high temperatures?
C. Conducts electricity in molten state
A. Copper and gold
D. Occurs as solid
B. Copper and silver
51. Which of the following is the product of
C. Silver and gold
the reaction of aluminium and oxygen?
D. Nickel and iron
A. aluminium oxide.
46. What oxides do metals form? B. metal oxide
A. Acidic C. aluminium ore
B. Basic D. aluminium and oxygen
C. Acidic and basic both 52. Which best describes a row of elements in
D. none of the above the periodic table?
A. column
47. Magnesium ribbon burns to produce MgO
and this oxide further reacts with water B. family
to give rise to Mg (OH)2, which changes C. group
red litmus to blue one.What is the nature D. period
of this compound?
A. Acidic 53. Tin-plated iron instead of galvanized iron
is used to make food cans because
B. Basic
A. tin corrodes less rapidly than zinc in
C. both acidic and basic air.
D. none of these B. tin and iron form an alloy which does
not corrode.
48. Metal oxides are
C. tin ions are non-toxic while zinc ions
A. Basic are toxic.
B. Acidic D. tin is cheaper than zinc.
C. Neutral
54. why does iron not displace zinc from zinc
D. None of the above sulphate solution?
49. is used in fluorescent lights that are A. zinc is less reactive than iron
used in advertisement displays B. iron is more reactive than zinc
A. Oxygen C. iron is less reactive than zinc
B. Hydrogen D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 470

55. Arrange the metals copper, zinc and iron in 61. The solution of ash of magnesium ribbon is
their increasing order of their reactivity. A. acidic
A. copper, iron, zinc
B. basic
B. iron, copper, zinc
C. neutral
C. copper, zinc, iron
D. all of these
D. iron, zinc, copper
62. Good conductor of electricity is
56. Which is a property of metalloids?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. the ability to conduct electricity under A. Nitrogen
certain conditions B. Argon
B. the ability to be a liquid at room tem- C. Sulphur
perature
D. Graphite
C. the ability to be hammered into sheets
63. Which nonmetal is more reactive than Sul-
D. none of above fur (S)?
A. Curium (Cm)
57. Which metal(s) is/are kept immersed in
kerosene oil? B. Zinc (Zn)
A. potassium and sodium C. Barium (Ba)
B. potassium and calcium D. Chlorine (Cl)
C. sodium and calcium
64. What two conditions make iron rust
D. sodium
A. Water only
58. Metalloids are generally used as
B. air only
A. Conductors
C. water and air
B. Insulators
D. Hydrochloric acid
C. Semiconductors
D. none of above 65. are solutions of solids mixed with
solids.
59. Which of them is NOT a metal?
A. Compounds
A. Gold
B. Elements
B. Silver
C. Lithium C. Alloys

D. Chlorine D. None of these


E. Sodium 66. is used to take screw, nails, building
60. Sodium is very reactive materials

A. Non-metal A. iron
B. Liquid metal B. copper
C. Metal C. aluminium
D. Metalloid D. zinc

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 471

67. Where are the metals found in the periodic C. Zinc


table? D. Silver

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. On the left
73. Boron is
B. On the right
A. metal
C. Scattered all over
B. metalloid
D. none of above C. non-metal
68. What is the chemical name given to Rust? D. alkali
A. Iron dioxide 74. Metalloids have properties of and
B. Iron oxide A. Metals and Halogens
C. Steel oxide B. Nonmetals and Noble Gases
D. Carbon dioxide C. Metals and Nonmetals
69. Which of the following defines oxidation? D. Metals and Alkali Earth Metals
A. A chemical reaction where a sub- 75. Reaction between sulfur and oxygen can
stance gains oxygen. produce sulfur dioxide.What is the formula
B. A chemical reaction where a sub- of sulfur dioxide?
stance loses oxygen. A. SO
C. A chemical reaction where a sub- B. SO2
stance loses a metal. C. SO3
D. A chemical reaction where a sub- D. SO4
stance gains a metal.
76. When metals bond with non-metals they
70. is a soft metal form what type of bonds
A. Nitrogen A. covalent
B. Steel B. ionic
C. Sodium C. cooperative
D. Mercury D. lewis

71. One metal that is liquid at room tempera- 77. The approximate number of elements we
ture is know about today is
A. Magnesium A. 18
B. Manganese B. 48
C. Mercury C. 118

D. Sodium D. 1018
78. Oxides of non metals are
72. Galvanisation is a method of protecting
iron from rusting by coating with a thin A. acidic
layer of B. basic
A. Gallium C. none of these
B. Aluminium D. neutral

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 472

79. Which of the following pairs of chemicals 84. What happens when potassium reacts
does not react to produce hydrogen? with water?
A. Zinc and dilute hydrochloric acid A. Potassium does not react with water
B. Calcium and water B. gives potassium carbonate and hydro-
C. Iron and steam gen gas

D. Silver and dilute hydrochloric acid C. potassium hydroxide and hydrogen


gas

NARAYAN CHANGDER
80. What element in Group 1 is not a metal D. potassium hydroxide and carbon di ox-
but a nonmetal? ide
A. Helium
85. For nonmetals, if you go away from fluo-
B. Lithium rine, element reactivity-
C. Hydrogen
A. Increases
D. Oxygen
B. Decreases
81. The property of metal by which it canbe C. Stays the same
drawn into wires is called
D. none of above
A. ductility
B. malleable 86. After burning sulphur, the smoke was dis-
solved in water. The nature of the solution
C. lustrous will be
D. sonorous A. acidic
82. Sodium is very reactive metal because it B. basic
reacts vigorously with oxygen and water C. neutral
and
D. a buffer
A. Generate heat
B. Catches fire 87. Metals can be easily shaped into wires.
This property of metals is called
C. Stored in kerosene
A. Malleability
D. All of the above
B. solubility
83. Which best describes elements found in a
C. Ductility
column of the periodic table?
D. none of above
A. The elements have the same-size
atoms.
88. What happen when hydrogen gas react
B. The elements have the same atomic with burning splint?
number.
A. burning splint will glow
C. The elements have similar chemical
B. burning splint will blow off
properties.
C. A “pop” sound will produce
D. The elements are all found naturally in
the same physical state. D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 473

89. All of these properties describe metals EX- C. Nitrogen


CEPT D. Carbon dioxide

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. malleable
95. In the given reaction, Al2O3 + NaOH →
B. conductors X + H2OWhat is element X?
C. brittle A. Na3Al
D. luster B. Na2O3
90. The ability of metals to be drawn into thin C. NaAlO2
wires is known as D. NaAl2O3
A. ductility
96. Metals are malleable. What does mal-
B. malleability leable mean?
C. sonority A. A metal can be hammered flat
D. conductivity B. A metal can conduct electricity
91. A Bromine ion gains 1 electron, which of C. A metal can be drawn into wires
the following is the correct symbol for a D. none of above
Bromine ion?
97. All metal oxides are in nature.
A. Br-1
A. Acidic
B. Br+1
B. Basic
C. Br+7
C. Neutral
D. Br-7
D. None of the above
92. Which set of three properties do most met-
als show? 98. how to prevent rusting

A. Hard, malleable, low melting point A. by painting, greasing or oiling on sur-


face of iron
B. Hard, malleable, high melting point
B. by galvanisation
C. Soft, malleable, high melting point
C. by plating with tin and chromium
D. none of above
D. by allowing iron to make stainless
93. Which gas produces pop sound when steel
burnt?
99. copper(II) oxide is
A. Nitrogen
A. black in colour
B. Hydrogen
B. yellow in colour
C. Oxygen
C. grey in colour
D. Carbondioxide
D. none of above
94. When metals react with acids which gas is 100. Which of the following pairs of com-
produced? pounds undergo displacement reaction
A. Hydrogen when they react with each other?
B. Oxygen A. Cu and AgNO3 solution

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 474

B. Ag and FeSO4 solution B. NaOH


C. Cu and NaCl solution C. BaCl2
D. Mg and NaCl solution D. Br2
101. Which one of the following is applied on 107. Phosphorus is kept in water to protect it
wounds as an antiseptic? from
A. Sodium A. nitrogen

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. Iodine
B. hydrogen
C. Brass
C. oxygen
D. All of these
D. none of these
102. Which of the following is the most duc-
tile? 108. Which is the hardest non metal
A. Gold A. Carbon
B. Silver B. Bromine
C. Copper C. Diamond
D. Aluminium D. Graphite
103. bromine is a E. Iodine
A. brown liquid 109. SO2 + H2O →
B. brown gas
A. sulphuric acid
C. greenish-yellow gas
B. sulphurous acid
D. greenish-yellow liquid
C. nitric acid
104. What is the ion formed from Sulfur? D. acidic acid
A. S+2
110. Which one of the following metals is the
B. S-2
most ductile?
C. S+6
A. Aluminium
D. S-6
B. Copper
105. Which of the following is not a rust pre-
C. Silver
vention technique?
D. Gold
A. Hydrating
B. Electroplating 111. Metals can be made into sheets. This
C. Painting property of metals is called

D. Galvanising A. Malleability
B. Ductility
106. Which of the following is NOT an ionic
compound: C. Conductivity
A. CaO D. None of these

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 475

112. Metals are found where on the periodic C. none


table
D. sometimes positive and sometimes

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. on the left and the middle negative
B. on the right only
118. Which non-metal catches fire if the ex-
C. in the middle only posed to air
D. on the left only
A. Potassium
113. What happens when calcium is treated B. Sodium
with water?
C. Calcium
A. It does not react with water
D. Uranium
B. It reacts violently with water
C. It reacts less violently with water 119. HOW WAS THE QUIZ
D. Bubbles of hydrogen gas formed stick A. Nice
to the surface of calcium
B. Very nice
114. generally metals react with acid and liber- C. Great
ate hydrogen gas but with which acid met-
als does not liberate hydrogen gas? D. Best in the world
A. acetic acid [ ch3cooh ] 120. Non metal which is a good conductor of
B. hydrochloric acid [ hcl ] electricity.
C. nitric acid [ hno3 ] A. Graphite
D. carbonic acid [ h2co3 ] B. Silver
115. Complete the equation: + + C. Oxygen
→ rust D. Bromine
A. aluminium + carbon dioxide + water
B. iron + oxygen + carbon dioxide 121. Which of the following metals are ob-
tained by electrolysis of their chlorides in
C. iron + oxygen + water molten state? (i) Na(ii) Ca(iii) Fe(iv) Cu
D. aluminium + iron + water A. (i) and (iv)
116. A yellow, brittle solid that burn in air B. (iii) and (iv)
with a blue flame. It is used to make rub-
C. (i) and (iii)
ber harder for use as tyres.
A. bromine D. (i) and (ii)
B. sulfur 122. Which of the following will not react with
C. hydrogen each other?
D. none of above A. Zinc and steam

117. What charged ions do metal atoms form B. Iron and dilute sulphuric acid
A. positive C. Copper(II) sulphate and silver
B. negative D. Lead and oxygen

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 476

123. which metal starts to float when reacting 129. Non metallic oxides are generally in
with water? nature.
A. sodium A. Acidic
B. copper B. Basic
C. calcium C. Neutral
D. zinc D. Amphoteric

NARAYAN CHANGDER
124. Electrons that are gained or lost are on 130. copper is a
which electron shell?
A. white metal
A. first
B. colourless gas
B. second
C. greenish yellow gas
C. outer
D. reddish brown metal
D. any shell
E. blue
125. sulphur dioxide is
131. An element sinks in water and makes a
A. SO2 ringing sound when hit. It is most likely to
B. so2 be:
C. sO2 A. A metal
D. none of above B. A non-metal

126. What is the chemical name for alu- C. An alloy


minium? D. none of above
A. Au 132. Sodium is a
B. Al A. Non-metal
C. Ar B. Liquid metal
D. Ag C. Metal
127. Which of the following is NOT a clue that D. Metalloid
a chemical change has occurred?
133. Properties of nonmetals include
A. change in color
A. High boiling point
B. production of gas
B. Ability to conduct heat
C. formation of a precipitate
C. Dull appearance
D. change in shape
D. None of these options
128. Which of the following represent the cor-
rect order of decreasing reactivity? 134. Magnesium (Mg) is a:
A. Mg > Fe > Zn > Al A. metal
B. Al > Zn > Fe > Mg B. nonmetal
C. Mg > Zn > Al > Fe C. metalloid
D. Mg > Al > Zn > Fe D. gas

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 477

135. Count the number of metals:Al, S, C, O, 140. Car exhaust pipes rust rapidly because
Na, K, Ag (1) car exhausts are acidic. (2) car ex-
hausts contain water vapour. (3) car ex-

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 7
haust pipes are subject to high tempera-
B. 6 ture.
C. 5 A. and (2) only
D. 4 B. and (3) only
C. and (2) only
136. Which of the following are not ionic com-
D. , (2) and (3)
pounds? (i) KCl(ii) HCl(iii) CCl4(iv) NaCl
A. (i) and (ii) 141. is a liquid non metals
A. Bromine
B. (ii) and (iii)
B. Iodine
C. (iii) and (iv)
C. Water
D. (i) and (iii)
D. Chlorine
137. What is the property by virtue of which 142. The poorest conductor of heat among
metals can be beaten into sheets? metals is
A. Malleability A. Lead
B. Ductility B. Mercury
C. Spread Sheet C. Calcium
D. Straightening D. Sodium

E. Foiling 143. Property of metals that they produce a


sound is
138. The electronic configurations of three el- A. Sonority
ements X, Y and Z are X-2, 8; Y-2, 8, 7
and Z-2, 8, 2.Which of the following is cor- B. Malleability
rect? C. Conductivity
A. X is a metal. D. Ductility
B. Y is a metal. 144. Magnesium + Oxygen goes to
C. Z is a non-metal. A. Magnesium oxate
D. Y is a non-metal and Z is a metal. B. magnesium oxide
C. there is no reaction
139. Materials having qualities of both metals
D. magnesium oxidase
and non-metals are
A. alloys 145. Although metals form basic oxides, which
of the following metals form an ampho-
B. metalloids teric oxide?
C. noble metals A. Na
D. none of these B. Ca

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 478

C. Al C. On the right
D. Cu D. none of above

146. Which metal is used to galvanise iron? 152. Most metals are found in compounds in
A. Zinc rocks called

B. Steel A. Mixtures
C. Copper B. Compounds

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Tin C. Ores
D. Carbonates
147. Which of the following is a non metal
which is liquid at room temperature? 153. Rust formed as a result of the follow-
A. mercury ing reaction between/ among ? (More
than one answer can be correct)
B. bromine
A. Oxygen
C. all of the above
B. Water
D. none of the above
C. Oil
148. When metal atoms react to form ions
D. Carbon dioxide
they always
E. Iron
A. gain electrons
B. sometimes lose electrons 154. Which of the following metals catch fire
C. sometimes gain electrons on reaction with air?

D. lose electrons A. Magnesium


B. Manganese
149. The most abundant metal in the Earth’s
crust is C. Potassium

A. aluminium D. Calcium
B. copper 155. Argon is a at room temperature.
C. gold A. Gas
D. iron B. Liquid
150. Iron nails + copper oxide = C. Solid
A. Iron nails + copper oxide D. none of above
B. Iron oxide + copper oxide 156. What are the methods to prevent corro-
C. Iron oxide + copper sion?
D. Magic A. Galvanization
B. Metallurgy
151. Where do non-metals appear in the peri-
odic table? C. Alloying
A. On the left D. Conductivity
B. In the middle E. Electroplating

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 479

157. Properties of metal 163. An atom that has 7 valence electrons will
A. Hard and Lustrous easily pair with an atom that has-

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Malleable and Ductile A. 1 Valence electron
C. Sonorus and good conductors of heat B. 2 Valence electrons
D. All of the above
C. 7 Valence electrons
E. None of the above
D. No valence electrons
158. The most reactive nonmetals on the peri-
odic table are
164. The products obtained when a metal ox-
A. metalloids ide reacts with water is
B. alkaline earth
A. an acid
C. halogens
D. noble gases B. Metal oxide

159. define ores C. Metal hydroxide


A. rocks from which the metals can be ex- D. None of these
tracted for profitable use’s
B. rocks from which the metals cannot be 165. Which of these is an element in group 2?
extracted for profitable uses
A. Sodium
C. rocks from which the non-metals can
be extracted for profitable use’s B. Aluminium
D. rocks from which the non-metals can’t C. Calcium
be extracted for profitable use’s
D. none of above
160. Which of the following metals is soft?
A. Potassium 166. Sulphur is said to be
B. Copper
A. Hard
C. Bromine
D. Sulphur B. Soft

161. The best conductors of heat are C. Brittle

A. Lead and mercury D. Tough


B. zinc and aluminium
C. silver and iron 167. Which of the following metals can burn
spontaneously in water to give a lilac
D. silver and copper flame?
162. copper is used for making A. Potassium
A. electrical wires
B. Sodium
B. coils
C. cooking utensils C. Magnesium
D. all of these D. Calcium

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 480

168. Seena kept a copper vessel exposed to C. salt


moist air for a long time. At that time it D. none of above
received a dull green coating. The green
material is a mixture of what two sub- 174. what is galvanization?
stances?
A. applying a coating of zinc to prevent
A. Copper Sulphate and Iron Oxide form corrosion
B. Copper Hydroxide and Zinc B. applying a coating of aluminium to pre-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Copper Carbonate and Copper Hydrox- vent form oxidation
ide
C. applying a coating of iron to prevent
D. none of above form corrosion
169. examples of metals are D. applying a coating of both aluminium
and zinc to prevent form corrosion
A. sodium
B. potassium 175. Which among the following is not non
C. litium metal?

D. germanium A. Oxygen
B. Hydrogen
170. The electronic configuration of sodium is
C. Nitrogen
A. 2, 8, 2
B. 2, 7 D. Sodium

C. 2, 8, 1 176. what are the native states of carbon?


D. 2, 8, 8, 1 A. diamond
171. what are the conditions necessary for B. carbon
rusting C. graphites
A. presence of air
D. fullerens
B. presence of water
177. What is produced when magnesium burns
C. all of these
in air?
D. none of above
A. Magnesium oxide
172. What colour is MgO B. Magnesium hydroxide
A. Black
C. Magnesium carbonate
B. Silver
D. none of above
C. White
D. Blue 178. Metals like and can be cut with a
knife.
173. When iron rust is suspended in water
A. Sodium and Potassium
then after shaking the suspension ob-
tained solution is B. Iron and Mercury
A. acid C. Sodium
B. base D. Charcoal

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 481

179. sodium reacts with hydrochloric acid to 185. A metal which is used in jewellery is
from A. lead

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. sodium hydroxide B. silver
B. soudium cloridic acid C. tin
C. sodium chloride D. tungsten
D. hydrogenchloride
186. Which nonmetal is more reactive than
180. CuSO4 (aq) + Zn(s) → ZnSO4 (aq)+ Carbon (C)?
Cu(s)The colour of the solution changes A. Polonium (Po)
from
B. Potassium (K)
A. blue to colorless
C. Lead (Pb)
B. colorless to blue D. Fluorine (F)
C. blue to light green
187. Which metal is the poor conductor of
D. light green to blue heat.
181. Is copper VERY reactive? A. Silver
A. No B. Potassium
B. Yes C. Mercury
C. Neither reactive not non-reactive D. Iron
D. none of above 188. When a more reactive metal displaces a
less reactive metal from its salt solution,
182. Which of them are nonmetallic oxides?
the process is called?
(Choose as many options as you want to)
A. Reactivity series
A. SO2
B. Electroplating
B. CO2
C. Displacement reaction
C. MgO
D. Activity series
D. Na2O
189. Only a few reactive metals react with hy-
183. Of these, the metals which occurs in a drogen to form?
free state and combined state are
A. metal hydrates
A. Na, Mg
B. metal hydrides
B. Mg, Au
C. metal hydrites
C. Zn, K
D. none of these
D. Cu, Ag
190. Which element is a member of the halo-
184. Which one of the following is non metal? gen family?
A. Zn A. helium (He)
B. Al B. oxygen (O)
C. N C. sodium (Na)
D. Fe D. chlorine (Cl)

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 482

191. The property of metals by which they can 197. Write the formula of zincc sulphate
be beaten in to thin sheets is called A. (CuSO4)
A. Sonority B. (ZnSO4)
B. Malleability C. (FeSO4)
C. Ductility
D. none of above
D. None of the above
198. What is the mixing compound in the reac-
192. Which of the following is a non-metal but

NARAYAN CHANGDER
tion belowMg +? = MgO + Cu
is lustrous?
A. copper oxide
A. Carbon
B. carbon dioxide
B. Mercury
C. copper
C. Iodine
D. carbon
D. Fluorine
199. a reaction in which a more reactive metal
193. The correct pair of best conductors of displaces a lesser reactive metal from the
heat are aqueous solution of its salt is called
A. Alluminium and Silver A. displacmet reaction
B. Copper and Silver B. displacement reaction
C. Silver and Zinc
C. displacement reacsion
D. Zinc and Magnesium
D. none of above
194. a reagent called ‘royal water contains hy-
200. Which nonmetal is less reactive than Oxy-
drochloric acid and nitric acid respectively
gen (O)?
in the ratio
A. Carbon (C)
A. 3:2
B. 3:1 B. Bismuth (Bi)

C. 1:3 C. Hassium (Hs)

D. 3:7 D. Neptunium (Np)

195. The name for CrN: 201. EXCEPTION OF NON METAL AT ROMM
TEMPERATURE, LIQUID STATE
A. Chromium nitride
A. bromine
B. Chromium (I) nitride
B. mercury
C. Chromium (III) nitride
C. diamond
D. Chromium nitride (III)
D. all of these
196. What metal in reactivity series is ex-
tracted by electrolysis? 202. Sulphur reacts with oxygen to form:
A. Iron A. Sulphur nitrate
B. Lithium B. Sulphur dioxide
C. Lead C. Sulphate
D. Gold D. Sulphide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 483

203. What part of the atom determines the B. Copper sulphate


chemical properties or reactivity? C. Iron Sulphate

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Protons
D. None of the above
B. Electrons
209. Which observation is NOT a sign of a
C. Valence Electrons
chemical reaction?
D. Energy levels
A. fizzing
204. Name a metal which is liquid at room tem- B. temperature change
perature
C. dissolving
A. Iron
D. colour change
B. Potassium
C. Mercury 210. Metals react with acids to produce a gas
D. Copper A. Carbon dioxide

205. When sulphur reacts with oxygen, the B. Nitrogen


sulphur oxide formed is in nature. C. Hydrogen
A. basic D. Oxygen
B. acidic
211. which of the following metals react with
C. neutral steam?
D. none of these A. gold
206. After burning magnesium ribbon the B. aluminium
ashes dissolved in water is C. sodium
A. alkaline in nature D. copper
B. acidic in nature
212. What will happen when we add Iron nails
C. neutral in nature
in copper sulphate solution .Choose the cor-
D. a buffer solution rect option
207. Metals are refined by using different A. CuSO4 + Fe-→ FeSO4 + CuSO4
methods. Which of the following met- B. CuSO4 + I → ISO4 + Cu
als are refined by electrolyticrefining? (i)
Au(ii) Cu(iii) Na(iv) K C. CuSO4 + Fe → FeSO4 + Cu

A. (i) and (ii) D. All of the above


B. (i) and (iii) 213. The atomic number of an element Y is 17.
C. (ii) and (iii) The number of electrons in its ion X − will
be:
D. (iii)and (iv)
A. 17
208. In a solution of copper sulphate if zinc
B. 18
granules are added in it the product will
be C. 19
A. Zinc Sulphate D. 20

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 484

214. Aluminium is used for making cooking 220. Which of the following non-metal solu-
utensils. Which of the following proper- tion is used as antiseptic on wounds?
ties of aluminium are responsible for the
A. sulphur
same?
A. Good thermal conductivity B. iodine
B. Good electrical conductivity C. chlorine
C. Ductility D. nitrogen

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. low melting point
221. an element is the simplest and the purest
215. The most reactive metal is: form of a substance made up of the same
A. Iron kind of particles are called:-
B. Gold A. atom
C. Zinc B. metal
D. Potassium
C. non-metal
216. Why is rusting a problem?
D. metalliods
A. It looks ugly, no one likes orange
B. It makes iron really bendy 222. Which of the following metals is the most
reactive?
C. It makes iron lose its strength
D. none of above A. Magnesium

217. How do the following two elements bond B. Copper


together? Cr3+ O2- C. Iron
A. CrO
D. Zinc
B. Cr3O2
C. Cr2O3 223. Zn, Fe, Al and Mg. When we arrange
these elements in the ascending order of
D. CrO3
their reactivity series we get
218. For metals, as you get closer to francium
A. Mg < Al < Zn < Fe
reactivity-
A. Increases B. Al < Mg < Fe < Zn

B. Decreases C. Zn < Al < Mg < Fe


C. Stays the same D. Fe < Zn < Al < Mg
D. none of above
224. Which of the following is the best way to
219. Which is the most reactive metak of the prevent an engine from rusting?
following?
A. Galvanising
A. Mercury
B. Electroplating
B. Sodium
C. Copper C. Oiling
D. Gold D. Painting

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 485

225. Which one of the following two metals 231. Solid non-metals are and break eas-
reacts most vigorously with acids? ily.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Magnesium and Zinc A. malleable
B. Iron and Copper
B. brittle
C. Silver and Gold
C. lustrous
D. Sulphur and Copper
D. hot
226. What would you not observe happening
in the reaction between magnesium and
232. MERCURY IS AN EXCEPTION BECAUSE IT
hydrochloric acid?
IS KNOWN TO OCCUR IN A
A. bubbling
A. SOLID STATE
B. temperature rise
C. smoke B. GAS STATE

D. a solid being made C. LIQUID STATE

227. h element of the periodic table D. none of above


A. Hydrogen (H)
233. which non-metal is the 3rd most abun-
B. Calcium (Ca) dantly found on earth?
C. Magnesium (Mg)
A. oxygen
D. Neon (Ne)
B. nitrogen
228. Metals are good conductor of
C. carbon
A. Only heat
B. Only electricity D. hydrogen
C. Heat and electricity both
234. Ash of burnt magnesium ribbon is dis-
D. None of the above solved in water .Obtained solution
229. What is the correct equation for reac- A. turns blue litmus paper into red
tion between Sodium hydroxide and alu-
minium? B. turns red litmus paper into blue
A. NaOH + Al → NaAlO2 + H2 C. is basic in nature
B. NaOH + Al-→ NaAl + H2O D. is acidic in nature
C. NaOH + Al → Na3Al + O2
D. None of these 235. when Magnesium and Aluminium react
with hydrochloric acid a ‘pop’ sound is pro-
230. A chemical property of a metal is its reac- duced this ‘pop’ sound indicates
tion with which results in corrosion.
A. presence of hydrogen gas
A. boric acid
B. presence of oxygen gas
B. hydrogen
C. water C. presence of carbon dioxide gas gas
D. copper chloride D. presence of nitrogen gas

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 486

236. An alloy reacted with dilute hydrochlo- B. Metals are good insulators of heat and
ric acid to produce a gas which ‘pops’ a electricity
lighted splint. Theresidue reacted with C. Metals are ductile
dilute nitric acid to form a blue solution.
Which one of the following pairs ofmetals D. Metals are non-lustrous
is present in the alloy? E. All metals are reactive
A. Copper and lead 242. Sodium and potassium are and they
B. Lead and magnesium are

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Copper and magnesium A. Non Metals, Soft
D. Lead and zinc B. Non Metals, Hard
C. Metals, Hard
237. Which nonmetal is more stable?
D. Metals, Soft
A. Br
B. B 243. Metals reacts with acid produce gas
which gives test.
C. C
A. Hydrogen, pop
D. O
B. Oxygen, pop
238. Which of the following do not react read- C. Carbon dioxide, lime water
ily with water?
D. Oxygen, Limewater
A. zinc
B. sodium 244. Metals such as and react with
strong bases like sodium hydroxide to lib-
C. potassium erate hydrogen gas
D. copper A. Copper
239. Metals produce ringing sounds, so they B. Aluminium
are called C. Iron
A. Ductile D. Zinc
B. Malleable
245. Non metal oxides are in nature
C. Sonorous
A. acidic
D. Lustrous
B. basic
240. Pick the odd one from the following ele- C. neutral
ments.
D. none of above
A. Gold
246. Stainless steel is very useful material for
B. Potassium
our life. In stainless steel, iron is mixed
C. Carbon with
D. Silver A. Ni and Cr
241. Which of the following are the properties B. Cu and Cr
of metal? C. Ni and Cu
A. Metals are malleable D. Cu and Au

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 487

247. Reacts with acids C. an ionic bond


A. P D. an ionic chalice

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. C 253. Three pins made of iron, aluminium and
C. Mg copper are kept in moist air for several
D. I days. Of these, which pin will rust?
A. Iron
248. Metals react with oxygen to form:
B. Copper
A. Basic oxides
C. Aluminium
B. Acidic oxides
D. None of these
C. Neutral oxides
E. All of these
D. None of these
254. Which nonmetal is more reactive than Se-
249. Where would a new highly reactive metal
lenium (Se)?
most likely be placed on theperiodic ta-
ble? A. Bromine (Br)
A. right side B. Phosphorus (P)
B. left side C. Technetium (Tc)
C. middle D. Americium (Am)
D. top 255. NaCl and CuSO4 compounds have high
250. Metallic oxides are generally in na- melting and boiling points. This is because
ture A. These are easily soluble in water and
A. Acidic makes aqueous solutions
B. Basic B. A considerable amount of energy is re-
quired to break the strong inter-ionic bond
C. Neutral
C. They form positive and negative ions
D. Amphoteric
by the process of ionization
251. The atomic numbers of four elements A, B, D. Their ions move freely and conduct
C and D are 6, 8, 10 and 12 respectively. electricity
The two elementswhich can react to form
ionic bonds (or ionic compound) are: 256. Non-metal used in water purification pro-
cess
A. A and D
A. Oxygen
B. B and C
B. Nitrogen
C. A and C
C. Chlorine
D. B and D
D. Iodine
252. What is the name of the three-
dimensional pattern that forms when ions 257. Non-metals form covalent chlorides be-
bond? cause
A. a crystal lattice A. they can give electrons to chlorine
B. a chemical compound B. they can share electrons with chlorine

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 488

C. they can give electrons to chlorine 263. Steel is an example of an


atoms to form chloride ions A. Metal
D. they cannot share electrons with chlo- B. Non-Metal
rine atoms C. Alloy
258. The liquid metal at room temperature D. none of above

A. mercury 264. When sulphur dioxide is dissolved in wa-


ter sulphurous is formed.

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. gold
A. Base
C. silver B. Acidic and Basic
D. sodium C. Acid
D. none of above
259. For nonmetals, if you go towards Fluo-
rine, element reactivity- 265. How many electrons would a Calcium ion
gain/lose?
A. Increases
A. lose 1
B. Decreases
B. gain 1
C. Stays the same
C. lose 2
D. none of above D. gain 2

260. Which of the following reacts with oxy- 266. Which of the following is/are metals? (
gen at room temperature? more than one answer can be correct)
A. Sodium A. Silver
B. Gold
B. Water
C. Potassium
C. Aluminium
D. Iron
D. Iron E. Carbon
261. Sulphur dioxide + Water = 267. The white phosphorus is stored
A. Sulphurous basic A. In air
B. Under water
B. Sulphur dioxide
C. Under kerosene
C. Sulphurous acid
D. Under CS2
D. none of above
268. What happens when a burning piece of
262. which metal is the hardest known sub- sodium is placed in a container of chlorine
stance? gas?

A. bromine A. It explodes
B. It burns brightly and sodium chloride
B. sodium is formed
C. neon C. Nothing happens
D. diamond D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 489

269. Metals are conductors of heat and 275. Non metals are
A. Good, electricity A. conductors

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Poor, electricity B. insulators
C. Poor, no electricity C. shiny

D. None of the above D. soft


276. Which of the following are not properties
270. Which property would be most useful
of metals?
in placing a newly discoveredelement in
Group 18 (VIIIA) on the periodic table? A. They are malleable

A. reactivity B. They are mostly gaseous at room tem-


perature
B. malleability
C. They are dull
C. conductivity D. They are sonorous
D. nonreactivity
277. Name the reaction in which a more reac-
271. Which types of elements form negative tive metal displaced a less reactive metal
ions? from its salt solution.
A. metals A. Decomposition
B. nonmetals B. Displacement
C. Combination
C. both metals and non metals
D. Electrolysis
D. none
278. diamond and are the form of carbon
272. Sodium should be stored in
A. aluminium
A. in a dark bottle.
B. bromine
B. in an air-tight flask C. graphite
C. in paraffin oil D. iron
D. n water. E. steel
273. Brass is a mixture of 279. the extraction of metals from their ores
A. lead and tin is called
A. metallurgy
B. copper and zinc
B. metallargy
C. copper and tin
C. metalurgy
D. none of above
D. metalury
274. Metals can be beaten into thin 280. Which Element is the least reactive in this
sheets.Which property does it show? table?
A. ductility A. Potassium
B. lustre B. Carbon
C. malleabilty C. Gold
D. conductivity D. Platinum

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 490

281. When copper sulphate react with iron 287. What is not a property of a metal?
is formed A. Ductile
A. Iron sulphate B. Sonorous
B. Sulphuric acid
C. Malleable
C. Zinc sulphate
D. Low melting point
D. Copper oxide
288. Iron is reactive than copper.

NARAYAN CHANGDER
282. Which physical property is most impor-
A. More
tant in choosing the rightchemicals for a
fireworks show? B. Less
A. the odor C. Equally
B. the color D. none of the above
C. the weight 289. A substance that is shiny and a good con-
D. none of above ductor would be classified as a
283. Non-metals A. nonmetal
A. gain electrons B. metalloid
B. lose electrons C. metal
C. neither gain nor lose electrons D. metallica
D. gain and lose electrons 290. How many electrons would a Nitrogen
ion gain/lose?
284. Which material show shiny appearance?
A. lose 5
A. Carbon
B. Sulphur B. gain 5

C. Coal C. lose 3

D. Aluminium D. gain 3

285. Non-metal used in purple colour solutions 291. At room temperature most of the metals
which is applied on wounds as an antisep- are
tic A. plasma
A. Iodine B. gases
B. Oxygen C. liquid
C. Sulphur D. solid
D. Phosphorus
292. What is the name of the base liquid ob-
286. Nature of SO2 is: tained from the metal magnesium (Mg)
A. Basic A. Magnesium oxide
B. Acidic B. Magnesiumer base
C. Amphoteric C. Magnesium hydroxide
D. Neutral D. Magnum

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 491

293. How are elements classified? 298. Element ‘X’ is generally a poor conduc-
A. By chemical properties tor of heat and electricity, AND has a wide
range of chemical properties. Element ‘X’

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. By physical properties also tends to gain electrons. It is a
C. By electron arrangement A. Nonmetal
D. All of these options B. Metalloid
294. when metals react with oxygen it forms C. Metal

A. non metallic oxides D. none of above

B. metal oxides 299. The Non-Metal used in purification of wa-


ter
C. metal hydroxide
A. Chlorine
D. none of above
B. Iodine
295. In electrolytic refining, the cathode is
C. Sulphur
made up of
D. none of above
A. Pure metal
B. Impure metal 300. Impurities in ores are called

C. Alloy A. Impurities
B. Dirt and dust
D. Metallic salt
C. Gangue
296. mL each of concentrated HCl, HNO3 and
D. Minerals
a mixture of concentrated HCl and con-
centrated HNO3 in the ratio of 3:1 were 301. Solid metalloids can be or
taken in test tubes labelled as A, B and C.
A. shiny or dull
A small piece of metal was put in each test
tube. No change occurred in test tubes A B. shiny or lustrous
and B but the metal got dissolved in test C. dull or brittle
tube C respectively. The metal could be
D. malleable or bendy
A. Al
302. Which best describes how the current pe-
B. Au riodic table is arranged?
C. Cu A. by atomic mass
D. Pt B. by atomic number
297. Which best describes the purpose for the C. in alphabetical order by element sym-
bold staircase line on the rightside of the bol
periodic table? D. in numerical order by number of neu-
A. to separate gases from liquids trons in the nucleus
B. to separate metals from nonmetals 303. Among the following an amphoteric ox-
C. to separate transition metals from al- ide is
kaline earth metals A. Lead oxide
D. none of above B. Calcium oxide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 492

C. Sodium oxide 309. Which of tire following are not ionic com-
pounds?
D. Aluminum oxide
A. KCl
304. Which of the following alloys contains a
B. HCl
non-metal as one of the constituents?
C. CCl4
A. Brass
D. NaCl
B. Amalgam

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Steel 310. which of these is the formula for sodium
aluminate
D. Bronze
A. NaOAl2
305. The majority of metals are , meaning B. NaO2Al3
they are capable of being stretched into
a thin wire without becoming weaker or C. NaAlO2
more brittle in the process. D. NaAlO3
A. Conductive
311. What is true of molecules of gas that are
B. Ductile exposed to heat in a fixed volume con-
C. Flexible tainer?

D. none of above A. They move faster and they cause the


pressure to increase
306. Which of the following term/property is B. They move slower and pressure will
not applicable for metals? decrease
A. Sonorous C. The volume increases and pressure in-
B. Lustrous creases

C. Insulators D. The volume decreases and the pres-


sure decreases.
D. Conductivity
312. Type of element is a semiconductor
307. zinc + hydrochloric acid →
A. metal
A. zinc chloride
B. nonmetal
B. zinc chloride + hydrogen
C. metalloid
C. zinc chloride + oxygen
D. none of above
D. zinc chlorine + hydrogen
313. Tell the symbols of the following 1. Ar-
308. Fill in the blanks; Iron + + = Iron gon2.combalt3. Boromine4. Mercury 5.
oxide Neon
A. oil + water A. A, C, B, M, N
B. water + carbon dixoide B. Ag, C, Bo, Mr, No
C. oxygen + oil C. Ar, Co, Br, Hg, N
D. water + oxygen D. Ar, Co, Br, Hg, Ne

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 493

314. Which of the following are an example of C. Hydrogen


alloy? D. Nitrogen

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Brass
320. Coating iron objects with zinc is called
B. calcium
A. Alloying
C. stainless steel
B. Galvanising
D. potassium
C. Painting
315. Which one of the following is metal? D. Vanishing
A. C
321. Metal that reacts only with steam
B. N
A. Sodium
C. Na
B. Potassium
D. O
C. Magnesium
316. Name a metal which do not react with D. Zinc
water, air or acid
322. The mass of the atom is located
A. Sodium
A. in the Nucleus
B. Zinc
B. in the Electron Cloud
C. Gold
C. protons only
D. Mercury
D. neutrons only
317. Iron reacts with atmospheric oxygen and
moisture to form iron oxide, which is com- 323. The last three reactive metals are:-
monly known as A. Ag, Au and Pt.
A. cupric oxide B. Ag, Pt and Au.
B. rust C. Au, Pt and Au.
C. rusk D. H, Cu and Hg.
D. dust 324. A substance is said to be sonorous if it
318. X + The atomic number of an element X
is 19. The number of electrons in its ion A. conducts heat
will be: B. conducts electricity
A. 19 C. conducts water through metal pipe
B. 18 D. produces a ringing sound when beaten
C. 20
325. Which of the following not a properties
D. 21 of non-metal
319. Name the gas evolved when magnesium A. brittle
reacts with dilute hydrochloric acid. B. dull
A. Chlorine C. ductile
B. Oxygen D. poor conductor of heat

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 494

326. Which one of the following metals is the 332. Haemoglobin in our Red blood cells con-
most reactive and stored in kerosene? tains a metal
A. Iron A. Copper
B. Gold B. Iron
C. Copper C. Magnesium
D. Potassium D. Chlorine
333. Pure iron is very soft in nature. When an

NARAYAN CHANGDER
327. Which of these is not a property of noble
gases? element X is added it becomes hard and
strong. Then the element X is
A. Colourless
A. Copper
B. Odourless
B. Cobalt
C. Flammable
C. Nickel
D. Gas at room temperature D. Carbon
328. Which of the following non metal is used 334. Which of the following is a property of
as an antiseptic? an ionic compound?
A. Iodine A. high melting point
B. Chlorine B. soft
C. Dettol C. malleable
D. Boric Acid D. liquid at room temperature
329. What is the correct formula for the com- 335. Name the property by which metals pro-
pound, lithium oxide? duce ringing sound.
A. LiO A. Lustrous
B. Li2O B. Sonorous
C. LiO2 C. Malleability
D. Li2O2 D. Ductility

330. MgO is 336. Elements do not react with oxygen even


at high temperature are
A. magnesium oxide
A. Gold and Silver
B. manganese oxide
B. Magnesium and Alluminium
C. mercuric oxide C. Sodium and Potassium
D. none of above D. Copper and Zinc
331. Which acid is formed when sulphur diox- 337. Silicon reacts with hydrochloric acid to
ide dissolves in water? form
A. Sulphuric acid A. Silicon acid
B. Sulphurous acid B. Silicon chloride
C. Sulphate acid C. Silicon tetrachloride
D. Sulphur acid D. Silicon hydrochloride

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 495

338. Alloys are homogeneous mixtures of a 343. Non-metals generally form oxides
metal with a metal or non-metal. Which that dissolve in water to form solutions.
among the followingalloys contain non-

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. red
metal as one of its constituents?
B. neutral
A. Brass
C. carbon
B. Bronze
D. acidic
C. Amalgam
D. Steel 344. If an element conducts electricity but it is
not lustrous or ductile, then it is probably
339. Which of the following statements are a:
correct? (1) Corrosion is the slow dete- A. metal
rioration of a metal. (2) Copper is more
corrosion resistant than iron. (3) Rusting B. non metal
is the corrosion of iron. C. metalloid
A. and (2) only D. the information is not enough for us to
B. and (3) only decide a particular answer

C. and (3) only 345. How does non-metal reactivity relate to


D. , (2) and (3) the periodic table?
A. Non-metals are more reactive when
340. Microchips are made with semiconductors you have lower energy levels and more va-
made of lence electrons, but not a full energy level.
A. Argon B. Non-metals are less reactive when you
B. Helium have lower energy levels and more va-
C. Neon lence electrons, but not a full energy level.
D. Silicon C. Non-metals are not reactive, only met-
als are.
341. Food is wrapped in foils made up of D. none of above
A. Copper
346. Why does Aluminium does not not cor-
B. Iron rode as quickly as iron and steel?
C. Aluminium A. It is not reactive
D. Zinc B. It is always painted
342. The list which best describes the proper- C. It has a protective layer of aluminium
ties of metals is oxide
A. strong, good conductor of heat and D. It always form aluminium hydroxide
electricity, solid
347. Which group of metals is the most reac-
B. strong, poor conductor of heat and tive?
electricity, shiny
A. Alkali Metals
C. weak, ductile, good conductor of heat
and electricity B. Alkali Earth Metals
D. weak, low melting point, poor conduc- C. Halogens
tor of heat D. Noble Gases

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 496

348. What is NOT true? C. METALLOIDS


A. different forms of the same elements D. CHLORIDES
are called allotropes.
354. metals are
B. Graphite, allotrope of carbon, is a con-
ductor of electricity. A. non sonorous

C. Alkali metals have high densities and B. non ductile


high melting points C. malleability

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Diamond is an allotrope of carbon D. hard

349. Identify the correct group of soft metals 355. Which of the following pairs of reactants
from the following will go undergo a displacement reaction?
A. Sodium, Alluminium and Copper A. Ca(SO4)2 + Fe
B. Sodium, Potassium and Lithium B. MgSO4 + Fe
C. Copper, Manganese and Magnesium C. CuSO4 + Fe
D. Zinc, Barium and Lithium D. ZnSO4 + Fe

350. Which properties do metalloids have? 356. Generally, Element ‘X’ loses electrons
A. of metals when reacting with nonmetals, and gains
electrons when reacting with metals. It is
B. of non-metals a(n)
C. of metals and non-metals both A. Alkali Metal
D. none of the above B. Nonmetal
351. The chemical bond between a metal and C. Transition Metal
a non-metal will be a bond. D. Alkaline Earth Metal
A. metal E. Metalloid
B. ionic
357. Sometimes I notice rust on the metal part
C. covalent of the nozzle of my garden hose, how or
D. polar why scientifically does this happen?
A. water running through the nozzle
352. The shiny appearance of metals is known
causes it to rust
as
B. rust or corrosion appear on metals
A. Sonorous
over time
B. Malleabllity C. nozzle was damaged and exposed to
C. Ductility water
D. Lustrous D. iron in metal nozzle combined with oxy-
gen in the air to form rust or iron oxide
353. Elements which posses characterestics of
both Metals and non metals 358. Least reactive metal is
A. MALLEABLITY A. Gold
B. COMPOUNDS B. Silver

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 497

C. Platinum 365. Which of the following conditions are es-


D. Copper sential for rusting to occur? (1) Oxygen
(2) High temperature (3) Water

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


359. Which of these is not a noble gas? A. and (2) only
A. Helium B. and (3) only
B. Argon C. and (3) only
C. Nitrogen D. (2) and (3)
D. Krypton
366. Which nonmetal is more reactive?
360. sodium is kept in kerosene because A. Nitrogen
A. it is very reactive B. Oxygen
B. it is non reactive C. Chlorine
C. it is very hard D. none of above
D. it is brittle 367. A reaction in which a more reactive metal
361. Phosphorus is very reactive replaces a less reactive metal from its salt
solution is called a/an reaction.
A. Metal
A. displacement
B. Non metal
B. double displacement
C. Metalloid
C. combination
D. None of the above
D. addition
362. What part of the atom determines the
368. (d) Metals react with acids to produce
identity of an atom?
gas.
A. Electrons
A. Nitrogen
B. Neutrons
B. Oxygen
C. Protons C. Carban dioxide
D. Nucleus D. Hydrogen
363. The strong force of attraction between 369. Which nonmetal is less reactive than Chlo-
the positive and negative ions of ionic com- rine (Cl)
pounds shows their
A. Phosphorus (P)
A. Hardness
B. Beryllium (Be)
B. Solubility
C. Calcium (Ca)
C. Conduction of electricity
D. Erbium (Er)
D. Conduction of heat
370. Red litmus paper turns blue when it is
364. Oxygen is a while calcium is dipped in
A. Non-metal, metal A. Acidic solution
B. Metal, non-metal B. Basic solution
C. Non-metal, non-metal C. Neutral solution
D. Metal, metal D. None of the above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 498

371. there are how many types of conductiv- 376. Phosphorus is a reactive and it is
ity stored in
A. 2 A. Metal, water
B. 3 B. Metal, kerosene
C. 1 C. Non metal, water
D. 6 D. Non metal, kerosene

NARAYAN CHANGDER
372. Fluorine is used in many tooth pastes be- 377. Examples of metals.
cause it helps maintain healthy teeth. At
room temperature it is gaseous, and does A. Gold
not conduct electricity. Based off these B. Silver
properties, it would be classified as?
C. Aluminium
A. A metal
D. All of the these
B. A non metal
C. A metalloid 378. Metals are good and
D. none of above A. Conductors of Heat
B. Insulators
373. What element in air reacts with Iron to
make Iron Oxide C. Electricity
A. Carbon D. None of the Above
B. Oxigen
379. The filament of a light bulb consists of the
C. Oxygen metal
D. Nitrogen A. aluminium

374. which of these metals is liquid in room B. iron


temperature? C. silver
A. Hg D. tungsten
B. Ga
380. “Plating” means
C. Ni
A. To be attracted to a magnet
D. Cs
B. To lose its shine
375. Metal and water word equation
C. Metal coated by another metal
A. metal + water → metal oxide + oxy-
D. Carry electricity
gen
B. metal + water → metal hydroxide + 381. Symbol Ne belongs to
hydrogen
A. metals
C. metal + water → metal hydride + hy-
B. non-metals
droge
C. metalloids
D. metal + water → carbon dioxide +
water D. noble gases

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 499

382. A colourless, odourless gas that supports 388. Removal of impurities from ore is known
burning and is needed for respiration. as

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. helium A. Crushing and grinding
B. hydrogen B. Concentration of ore
C. oxygen C. Calcinations
D. none of above D. Roasting
383. Where on the periodic table is a metal el-
389. Complete the chemical equation. Mg +
ement most likely found?
O2-→
A. middle
A. MgO2
B. bottom
B. Mg2O2
C. left side
C. MgO
D. right side
D. Mg3O4
384. Aluminium + Hydrochloric acid goes to
A. aluminium oxide 390. Metal oxides are of nature

B. aluchloride A. acidic
C. aluminium chloride B. basic
D. aluminium chloride + hydrogen C. nutral

385. How are elements ordered in the modern D. none of above


periodic table? 391. name some alloys
A. by date of discovery
A. brass
B. by decreasing atomic mass
B. steel
C. by increasing atomic number
C. stainless steel
D. by alphabetical order of element sym-
bols D. bronze

386. name of the metal which exist in liquid 392. Name a metal which is soft in Nature
state A. SODIUM
A. bromine B. COPPER
B. nitrogen C. MAGNESIUM
C. mercury
D. ALUMINIUM
D. platinum
393. choose which are non-metals and metals
387. The ability of the metals to be drawn into
thin wires is known as A. sodium
A. Malleability B. silicon
B. Ductility C. sulphur
C. Conduction D. germanium
D. Lustrous E. arsenic

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 500

394. What property makes metals suitable for 399. The property by which metals can be
wiring and electricity? beaten into sheets is known as
A. All of these are correct A. ductility
B. Metals are malleable and easily B. sonority
shaped C. lusture
C. Metals are good conductors D. malleability
D. Metals are ductile and easily drawn

NARAYAN CHANGDER
400. Due to its semiconductor properties the
into wire non-metal used in computer, T.V. etc. is
395. Metals, except Al and Zn, react with oxy- A. Carbon
gen to form oxides. B. Silicon
A. acidic C. Bromine
B. neutral D. Fluorine
C. amphoteric 401. Bronze is an alloy. It is composed of
D. basic A. copper and tin
396. complete the word equation, Iron + Oxy- B. copper and zinc
gen goes to C. iron and zinc
A. Rust D. lead and tin
B. Iron Oxide 402. Which non-metal is the most reactive? F
C. Iron Dioxide or I
D. Iron fluoride A. F because it has more valence elec-
trons than I
397. The process of rusting is speeded up (1) B. F because it has a lower energy level
in the presence of sodium chloride solution. than I and can attract an electron better.
(2) at a higher temperature. (3) in the
presence of dilute sulphuric acid. C. I because it has more valence elec-
trons than F
A. and (2) only
D. I because it has a lower energy level
B. and (3) only than F and can attract an electron better.
C. and (2) only
403. Which of the following is a liquid at room
D. , (2) and (3) temperature?

398. Generally, non-metals are not conductors A. Iron


of electricity. Which of the following is a B. Bromine
good conductor ofelectricity? C. Iodine
A. Diamond D. Phosphorus
B. Graphite
404. Which of the following property is gener-
C. Sulphur ally not shown by metals?
D. Fullerene A. Electrical conduction

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 501

B. sonorous 410. Metals like Sodium and Potassium


C. dullness A. REACT LESS WITH ACIDS

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. ductility B. REACT VIOLANTLY WITH ACIDS

405. The property due to which a substance C. DOES NOT REACT WITH ACIDS
bear a lot of strain without breaking is D. none of above
A. Malleability 411. Blimps were once filled with hydrogen,
B. Ductility but now helium is used instead. Why is
C. Tensile strength helium a better choice?

D. Sonority A. Helium is lighter than hydrogen


B. Helium is cheaper than hydrogen
406. For metals, as you go further away from
Francium the element reactivity- C. Hydrogen is flammable, while Helium
is not
A. Increases
D. Hydrogen is no longer available in pure
B. Decreases form
C. Stays the same
412. Which of the following metals exist in
D. none of above their native state in nature?
407. A chemist is looking for an element that A. Cu
reacts similarly to the elementlithium (Li). B. Au
Which would be the best choice?
C. Zn
A. gold (Au)
D. Ag
B. neon (Ne)
C. fluorine (F) 413. Which of the following cannot protect
iron from rusting?
D. sodium (Na)
A. Iron coated with tin
408. Which would sink first when placed in B. Iron alloyed with chromium
water?
C. Iron covered with plastic
A. gold
D. Iron connected with tin
B. silver
C. copper 414. This type of element loses its valence
electrons easily.
D. none of above
A. metal
409. Metals generally react with dilute acids B. nonmetal
to produce hydrogen gas. Which one of
the following metals does not react with C. metalloid
dilute hydrochloric acid? D. none of above
A. magnesium 415. A substance that is dull, brittle, and a
B. iron nonconductor would be classified as a
C. aluminium A. metal
D. copper B. nonnmetal

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 502

C. metalloid 421. Oxides of non metals are generally


D. metallica A. basic

416. Non-metals are:-(Choose as many as you B. acidic


want to) C. neutral
A. Brittle D. highly basic
B. Dull 422. Cu2S + 3Cu2O → 6Cu + SO2 The above

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Shiny process is
D. Basic in nature A. auto-reduction

417. The only metal which is liquid in nature B. chemical reduction

A. Potassium C. electrolytic reduction


D. None of these
B. Mercury
C. Sodium 423. What term can be used to describe non-
metal oxides?
D. Copper
A. Acids
418. Tin plating is used to prevent iron from
B. Alkalis
rusting because
C. Bases
A. tin protects iron from air and water.
D. none of above
B. tin corrodes instead of iron.
C. tin is higher than iron in the reactivity 424. Name the smallest particle of a element
series. A. Metal
D. tin is less reactive than iron. B. Non metal
419. Cations C. Metallodis
A. Gain electrons, has an overall positive D. Atoms
charge
425. What happens when non-metals react
B. Lose electrons, has an overall positive with water?
charge
A. They melt
C. Lose electrons, has an overall negative
charge B. Thay don’t react

D. Gain electrons, has an overall negative C. They usually don’t react


charge D. Not taught

420. Which of the following beaten in to thin 426. Metalloids conduct heat and electricity
sheets better than but not as well as
A. Phosphorus A. Nonmetals; Metals
B. Zinc B. Metals; Nonmetals
C. Sulphur C. Halogens; Metals
D. Oxygen D. Nonmetals; Chalcogeans

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 503

427. Which method causes rust? A. Potassium


A. vinegar/bleach B. Gold

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. hydrochloric acid/copper C. Silver
C. peroxide/salt D. Iron
D. all of them
433. A metal, such as platinum, may be used
428. What subatomic particle is most con- in jewellery as
cerned with reactivity? A. it is shiny and reactive
A. Electrons B. it is shiny and unreactive
B. Protons
C. it is soft and a good conductor of heat
C. Neutrons
D. it is soft and cheap
D. Valence electrons
434. Sodium metal is dipped in which of the
429. Which of the following methods are suit- following substances for storage?
able for preventing an iron frying pan from
rusting? A. petrol
A. Applying grease B. kerosene
B. Applying paint C. sulphuric acid
C. Applying a coating of zinc D. vaseline
D. All of the above 435. does gold react with acids?
430. Which of the following statement de- A. yes
scribes an alloy?
B. no
A. A mixture of non-metal elements
C. sometimes
B. A mixture of metal elements
D. just with hydrochloric acid
C. A mixture of non-metal and metal ele-
ments 436. Which of the following is a general prop-
D. A compound of non-metal and metal el- erty of non-metals?
ements A. Shiny
431. Which of the following can be used for B. Good conductor of heat
cathodic protection? C. Poor conductor of electricity
A. Al D. none of above
B. Cd
437. which metals are found in their native
C. Cu state.
D. Either
A. copper
432. Which of the following metals is most B. silver
likely to be found uncombined in the
C. gold
Earth’s crust? (more than one answer is
correct) D. tin

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 504

438. what is reactivity series 443. What is the property by virtue of which
metals can be drawn into thin wires?
A. The reactivity series of metals, also
known as the activity series, refers to the A. Ductility
arrangement of metals in the descending B. Malleability
order of their re activities.
C. Wiring
B. reactivity series are metals which are
D. Thinning
in blue co-lour

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. reactivity series means react 444. The basic oxide will be formed by which
element
D. reactivity series are the where there
are molecules and atoms present A. Sulphur
B. Carbon
439. When chlorine gains electron, it becomes
C. Potassium
D. none of above
A. Anion
B. Cation 445. which of these is true

C. Neutral A. sodium is more reactive than copper


and copper is more reactive than gold and
D. None of the above gold is more reactive than silver
440. is a non-metal but it is lustrous. B. sodium is more reactive than potas-
sium and potassium is more reactive than
A. sulphur zinc
B. oxygen C. zinc is more reactive than calcium
C. boron D. gold is more reactive than mercury
D. Iodine E. calcium is more reactive than zinc

441. Which of the following metals are more 446. which two metals are the most malleable
likely to be extracted from its ore by heat- and ductile of all
ing it with carbon? A. gold
A. Sodium B. silver
B. Magnesium C. iron
C. Iron D. both a and b
D. Platinum 447. Which of the following refers to the el-
ement that shares some characteristics
442. Which of the statements about the reac- or properties with both metals and non-
tion, ZnO + CO → Zn + CO2 is correct? metals.
A. ZnO is being oxidised A. Metals
B. CO is being reduced B. Nonmetals
C. CO2 is being oxidised C. Metalloids
D. ZnO is being reduced D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 505

448. The metal which is the best conductor of C. metal oxides


heat.
D. Alloys

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Iron
B. Silver 454. Copper sulphate solution can be easily
kept in a container made of
C. Potassium
A. Lead
D. Sodium
B. Zinc
449. which is the lightest liquid metal?
C. Silver
A. lithium
D. Aluminium
B. caesium
C. mercury 455. Which is the highly reactive metal among
the following?
D. non of these
A. Potassium
450. Sodium reacts vigorously with water and
B. Sodium
oxygen, and produces so much heat that it
catches fire! That’s why sodium is stored C. Calcium
in D. Magnesium
A. water
456. One metal-like property of silicon is its
B. acid
, while a nonmetal-like property of it
C. base is its
D. kerosene A. Malleability; Poor Conductivity
451. Rock salt is an ore of one of the following B. High Conductivity; Dullness
metals. This metal is: C. Luster; Poor Conductivity
A. Mn
D. Luster; Brittleness
B. Na
C. Fe 457. Which of the following metals are ob-
tained by electrolysis of their chlorides in
D. Cu molten state?
452. Metal that reacts vigorously with cold A. Na
water is B. Ca
A. Magnesium
C. Fe
B. Potassium
D. Cu
C. Cobalt
D. Zinc 458. Of these, the most ductile metal is
A. Al
453. When metals react with oxygen they
make B. Au
A. metal chlorides C. Cu
B. metal carbonates D. Ag

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 506

459. Sodium is stored in 465. Copper is a good conductor of electricity


A. Water A. True
B. Exposed to air B. False
C. Kerosene C. None of these
D. Oil
D. none of above
460. what temperature does mercury melt
at? 466. Which is a very common use of silicon?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. 1200 Celsius A. Insecticide
B. 120 degrees Fahrenheit B. Food Preservative
C. 12 degrees Celsius C. Computer Chips
D. room temperature D. Flame Retardant
461. because of the ability of metals to 467. The metal which is not corroded by air,
and like gold, silver, platinum etc are water and acid is
used to make jewellery, choose ant 2 op-
tions A. copper
A. shine B. zinc
B. ductility C. aluminium
C. decorative D. gold
D. reflect
468. Write the formula of copper sulphate
462. Where are the uses of Mercury
A. (CuSO4)
A. Wrapping food
B. (ZnSO4)
B. Thermometers
C. (FeSO4)
C. Fuel
D. none of above D. none of above

463. Metals are found 469. When metals react with acid gas is
produced.
A. on the left side of the Periodic Table
B. on the right side of the Periodic Table A. O2

C. along the staircase (zig-zag line) on B. N2


the Periodic Table C. Ne
D. none of above D. H2
464. Which of the following pair of metals ex-
470. Which among the following is not metal?
ist in their native state in nature?
A. Ag and Hg A. Iron

B. Ag and Zn B. Copper
C. Au and Hg C. Aluminium
D. Au and Ag D. Sulphur

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 507

471. The substance that will be flattered with 477. The sulphuric acid turns blue litmus paper
an hammer into-

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Zinc A. Red
B. Coal B. Green
C. Bromine
C. Yellow
D. Chlorine
D. Dark bluie
472. Which nonmetal is non-reactive (sta-
ble)? 478. Which metal is the best conductor of elec-
tricity?
A. Xenon (Xe)
B. Rhenium (Re) A. Aluminium
C. Fermium (Fm) B. Copper
D. Ruthenium (Ru) C. Zinc
473. Which of these react violently with cold D. Silver
water?
479. X, Y and Z are metals. Metals Y and Z
A. potassium
have no reaction with steam while metal
B. calcium X reacts with water to liberate hydrogen.
C. zinc Only metal Y is found free in nature. The
order of increasing reactivity is
D. copper
E. sodium A. X, Y, Z.
B. X, Z, Y
474. Which of the following can undergo a
chemical reaction? C. Y, X, Z
A. MgSO4 + Fe D. Y, Z, X
B. ZnSO4 + Fe
480. Which of the following metal is extracted
C. MgSO4 + Pb
only by electrolysis?
D. CuSO4 + Fe
A. Zn
475. Metals can be beaten into thin sheets.
B. Al
This property is called
C. Fe
A. Malleability
B. Ductility D. Cu
C. Sonorous 481. Which of these is(are) true about elec-
D. Lustrous trovalent compounds?
476. Metals show A. they are hard and malleable
A. malleability B. they conduct electricity in molten form
B. ductility C. they have high melting and boiling
C. conductance points
D. all of them D. they are soluble in kerosene

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 508

482. Which best describes the reactivity of 488. an electrolytic process for producing thick
metals when moving from left toright on oxide coatings, usually on aluminium and
the periodic table? its alloys-
A. They become less reactive. A. electrolysis
B. They become more reactive. B. nuclear magnetic resonance
C. The reactivity remains the same. C. anodizing
D. The reactivity decreases, then in- D. electrodising

NARAYAN CHANGDER
creases.
489. the process of slow wearing away of
483. Which metal is more stable? metal due to a attack of atmospheric gases
A. Lithium and moisture on its surface is called?

B. Beryllium A. corrosion
B. reaction with bases
C. Radium
C. non of above
D. Cesium
D. none of above
484. which of these are amphoteric oxides?
490. Which is a general advantage of alloys
A. aluminium oxide
over pure metals?
B. lithium oxide
A. Easier to Recycle
C. zinc oxide
B. Easier to Obtain
D. magnesium oxide
C. Superior Properties
485. Silicon is a D. Cheaper
A. Metal
491. Metal which is liquid at room tempera-
B. Non metal ture
C. Metalloid A. sodium
D. none of above B. potassium
486. Non-metals react with oxygen to form C. mercury
or oxides D. gold
A. Hydrogen, oxygen
492. Name a metal that can be cut by using a
B. Sodium, base knife
C. Acidic, neutral A. Sodium
D. none of above B. Aluminium
487. Zn + H2SO4 →? Which gas will be pro- C. Copper
duced? D. Iron
A. Oxygen 493. What group has the most reactive met-
B. Carbon dioxide als?
C. Nitrogen A. 1
D. Hydrogen B. 2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 509

C. 17 C. Silver
D. 18 D. Iron

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


494. Which of the following methods can be 500. Highest level of conductivity is expected
used to prevent a bicycle chain from rust- by
ing? A. gold
A. Coating with paint B. aluminium
B. Coating with grease C. silver
C. Attaching a piece of zinc to it D. none of these
D. Coating with plastic
501. What is the general word equation for a
495. what are good conductor of heat metal and acid reaction?
A. non metals A. metal + acid → salt
B. metals B. metal + acid → salt + hydrogen
C. silver C. metal + acid → oxygen + hydrogen
D. oxygen D. metal + acid → oxygen + water

496. When metals or non metals reacts with 502. which metal is found in free state
oxygen then form their respective A. gold
A. carbonate B. platinium
B. bicarbonates C. silver
C. oxides D. iron
D. none of above 503. Which metal is used to make the bottoms
497. A anion will be a ion. of stainless steel vessels?

A. negative A. Gold
B. Copper
B. positive
C. Nitrogen
C. neutral
D. Graphite
D. ficticious
504. What is anode mud
498. what is lustre
A. Fan of anode
A. metallic shine
B. Metal of anode
B. brittleness
C. Impurities collected at anode in elec-
C. can be beaten into thin sheets
trolysis during purification of metals
D. can be drawn into wires
D. All of these
499. Which of the following is most ductile 505. Hydrogen gas is not liberated when a
metal? metal reacts with HNO3. This is because
A. Copper HNO3 is a
B. Gold A. Weak oxidizing agent

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 510

B. Strong oxidizing agent 511. Hydrogen is a


C. Weak reducing agent A. Metal
D. Strong reducing agent B. Non metal
506. Which of the following processes could C. Metallic
be used to slow down corrosion of an iron D. None
nail? (1) Painting the nail (2) Coating a
layer of zinc on the nail (3) Putting the nail 512. What element does ‘Na’ and ‘Si’ mean?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
in distilled water A. copper
A. and (2) only B. nitrogen
B. and (3) only
C. sodium
C. and (3) only
D. zinc
D. , (2) and (3)
E. silicon
507. Which gas is released when the alkali
metals react with water? 513. Which element is the most reactive
metal?
A. hydrogen
A. Fluorine
B. oxygen
B. Francium
C. hydroxide
C. Calcium
D. carbon dioxide
D. Chlorine
508. Why can metals be beaten and bent into
different shapes? 514. when an atom loses electron it becomes
A. Because the bonding between metal
atoms is strong and cannot break A. cation
B. Because the layers of metal atoms can B. anion
slide over each other
C. neutral atom
C. Because the outer electrons in metals
D. none of the above
are free to move about the structure
D. none of above 515. Which of the following metals corrodes
easily?
509. Gold normally occurs in nature:
A. Gold
A. in free state
B. Silver
B. as carbonates are
C. Nickel
C. assulphide are
D. as sulphate are D. Iron

510. Which group is the most stable? 516. What is the symbol for sulphurous acid.
A. 17 A. H2so4
B. 1 B. H2so3
C. 2 C. H2so2
D. 18 D. H2so1

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 511

517. Is hydrogen considered a metal or a non- B. Zinc


metal?
C. Lead

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. A metal
D. Copper
B. Nonmetal
C. Metalloid 523. In displacement reactions
D. none of above A. a more reactive metal displaces a less
reactive metal.
518. Which element belongs in the least reac-
tive group of elements on theperiodic ta- B. a less reactive metal displaces a more
ble? reactive metal.
A. neon (Ne) C. both (a) and (b)
B. silver (Ag) D. none of these
C. potassium (K)
524. The metal which is stored in kerosene
D. none of above
A. Sodium
519. Which of these elements is most reac-
tive? B. Phosphorus
A. neon (Ne) C. Magnesium
B. carbon (C) D. Potassium
C. sodium (Na)
525. The correct way to write the symbol for
D. magnesium (Mg) the metal chromium is
520. Which one of the following four metals A. Ch
would be displaced from the solution of its
salts by other three metals? B. CH

A. Mg C. Cr
B. Ag D. CR
C. Zn
526. A cation is a ion.
D. Cu
A. negative
521. which pair of metals do not react with
B. positive
water at all?
A. copper and aluminium C. neutral

B. silver and zinc D. ficticious


C. gold and lead
527. The metal which can be cut by a knife is
D. aluminium and ferrous
A. Na
522. Which of the following metals can offer B. Mg
both protective layer and sacrificial protec-
tion to an iron object? C. Fe
A. Silver D. Zn

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 512

528. A sample of gas was found to burn with C. Mg > Fe > Na > Au
a pop. Which of the following could have
D. Mg > Na > Fe > Au
given this result?
A. Carbon Dioxide 534. Carbon reacts with oxygen to form
B. Hydrogen A. Carbondioxide
C. Nitrogen B. Carbontrioxide
D. Oxygen
C. Carbonoxide

NARAYAN CHANGDER
529. Which metal is found in plants? D. Carbon
A. magnesium
B. iron 535. An atom that has only 1 valence electron
will easily pair with an atom that has-
C. cobalt
A. 2 Valence electrons
D. chromium
B. 7 Valence electrons
530. Which nonmetal is very essential for our
life is C. 4 Valence electrons

A. Iodine D. 5 Valence electrons


B. Oxygen
536. Many non-metals are
C. Nitrogen
A. solid
D. Chlorine
B. liquid
531. From the below options, which one(s)
C. gases
is/are not ampotheric metal?
A. Al D. none of above

B. Zn 537. Metals can be distinguished from metals


C. Al and Zn and non metals on the base of-
D. none of them A. Physical properties
532. A metal is burned in oxygen to form an B. Chemical properties
oxide. The oxide dissolves in water and a C. Both physical and chemical
few drops of universal indicator are added.
What colour does the indicator turn? D. None of the above
A. Red
538. An element Burns in air to form an oxide.
B. Orange The solution of its turns the blue litums pa-
C. Blue per red. What is it and name one such
D. none of above A. Non metal-sulphur, phosphorus, car-
bon etc
533. Which of the following order is correct for
the reactivity of metals? B. Metal-iron, copper, magnesium etc
A. Na > Au > Fe > Mg C. Metalloid-boron, arsenic, polonium
B. Na > Mg > Fe > Au D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 513

539. A student is examining the physical prop- C. aluminium


erties of a sample. The sample is mal- D. none of above
leable, but does not conduct electricity nor

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


have luster. This sample would be a 545. More reactive metal displaces less reac-
A. metal tive metal from its salt solution is known
as
B. nonmetal
A. Combination reaction
C. metalloid
B. Displacement reaction
D. none of above
C. Neutral reaction
540. What is formed when metals react with
water? D. None of the above

A. metal oxides 546. What is the property that makes metals


B. metals don’t react with water shine called?
C. it cannot be determined A. Malleability
D. metal hydroxide B. Ductility
C. Sonorous
541. exception of hardness
D. Lustre
A. bromine
B. sodium 547. Almost all metals are very hard and non-
C. potassium metals are not very hard.Which following
pair is an exception to this statement?
D. diamond
A. sodium and sulphur
542. ionic compounds are soluble in and in- B. potassium and carbon
soluble in
C. sodium and diamond
A. organic solvents, water
D. iron and phosphorous
B. water, organic solvents
C. water, acid 548. A metal reacts with acid to form salt and
D. acid, base
A. Oxygen
543. Nitric acid is formed by which material
B. Hydrogen
A. Non metal nitrogen
C. Nitrogen
B. Metal neon
D. Chlorine
C. Metalloid germenium
D. None 549. A shiny silver liquid used in fluorescent
lamps and liquid mirror telescopes
544. A low density light-weight metal that
A. silver
does not corrode in air; used in aircraft and
power cables. B. aluminium
A. iron C. mercury
B. zinc D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 514

550. Non-metal which is liquid at room tem- 556. “Tarnish” means


perature
A. Attracted to a magnet
A. Nitrogen
B. Metal breaking down
B. Hydrogen
C. Metal changing and going dull
C. Bromine
D. Mixing metals together
D. Carbon
557. Which of these non metals is used for wa-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
551. What is a valence electron?
ter purification?
A. an electron that is found in the outer-
most shell of an atom. A. iodine
B. an electron found in the innermost B. chlorine
shell of an atom. C. carbon
C. an electron found in the middle shell.
D. bromine
D. none of above
558. Metalliods are atoms that combine prop-
552. Which combination produce salt and hy- erties of both metals and non-metals.
drogen gas? Which characteristics are included with
A. nitric acid + sulfur metalloids?
B. sulfuric acid + phosphorus A. Shiny, brittle, insulator, and conductor.
C. nitric acid + lithium B. Dull, malleable, and conductor.
D. sodium hydroxide + iron C. Conductor, dull, and brittle.
553. The non-metal liquid at room tempera- D. Colorless, clear at room temperature,
ture not visible.
A. Carbon
559. A colourless, odourless gas that does not
B. Iodine allow things to burn in it and slows down
C. Bromine chemical reactions. Used in aircraft tyres
D. Chlorine and storage
A. hydrogen
554. Metals react with water to form gas.
B. helium
A. Nitrogen
C. nitrogen
B. Oxygen
C. Hydrogen D. none of above

D. Ozone 560. which of these are properties of non-


metals?
555. When non-metals react with water then
A. Hydrogen gas is formed A. form basic oxides

B. Carbon dioxide gas is formed B. are brittle


C. Non-metals do not react with water C. are electron gainers
D. None of these. D. are mostly solid and gas

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 515

561. have low tensile strength. 567. Nickle + Nitric acid goes to
A. Metals A. Nickle hyrdoxide + hydrogen

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Non metals B. Nickle nitrate + hydrogen
C. Metalloids C. nickle chloride + hydrogen
D. All of the above D. nickle nitrate
562. what is amalgam?
568. Metals can be beaten into thin sheets,
A. alloy of a metal with iron this property is
B. alloy of a metal with mercury A. ductility
C. alloy of a metal with brass B. malleability
D. alloy of a metal with magnalium C. sonorous
563. In some elements, the atoms are joined D. none of these
together to form
569. Which of the following metals can zinc re-
A. compounds
place in a displacement reaction?
B. molecules
A. magnesium
C. chemical formulae
B. sodium
D. combined atoms
C. aluminum
564. In the REACTION with bases, when
D. lead
sodium hydroxide is reacted by aluminum
then it forms
570. Alloys are the
A. Aluminum hydroxide and hydrogen
A. Heterogenous mixture of metals and
B. Aluminum foil non-metals
C. Sodium aluminate and salt B. Heterogenous mixture of two or more
D. Sodium aluminate and hydrogen metals
C. Homogenous mixture of metals and
565. Choose below which is nobel metal
non-metals
A. Gold
D. Homogenous mixture of two or more
B. Iron non-metals
C. Sodium
571. What is formed as green material or
D. Copper
coating when copper vessel is exposed to
566. Reacts with metals to form hydrogen moist air for a long?
gas. A. Copper chloride
A. Bases B. Copper hydroxide
B. Salts C. Copper carbonate
C. Acids D. Copper hydroxide and copper carbon-
D. All ate both

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 516

572. Which metals rusts? 578. The elements that are on the left side of
A. Copper the periodic table are called

B. manganese A. Metals

C. iron B. Nonmetals

D. potassium C. Noble Gases


D. None of these
573. Concentrated sulphuric acid acts as:

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. oxidising agent 579. Which metal is more reactive?

B. Dehydrating agent A. Cs

C. Both B. Ca

D. None of these C. Li
D. none of above
574. Metals are whereas non-metals have
580. The atomic number of an element ‘X’ is
A. Non-lustrous & lustrous 12. Which inert gas is nearest to X?

B. lustrous & Non-lustrous A. He

C. Soft & Hard B. Ne

D. None Of Above C. Ar
D. Kr
575. haematite is the name for
A. Zinc Oxide 581. Colour of iron sulphate is

B. Iron ore A. Blue

C. Calcium carbonate B. Green

D. silver ore C. Black


D. None of the above
576. The metal which is liquid at room temper-
ature is 582. An alloy of iron with small amounts of
A. sodium carbon; widely used in construction

B. bromine A. steel

C. calcium B. cotton

D. mercury C. wool
D. wood
577. There are 2 kinds of oxides. They are
oxide and oxide. 583. Non metallic oxides are
A. acidic/basic A. Basic
B. red/blue B. Acidic
C. neutral/salt C. Neutral
D. sulfur/carbon D. None of the above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 517

584. Most reactive metals are:-(Choose as C. Drawn thin


many as you want to) D. Explosive

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Sodium
590. choose the compounds of carbon
B. Potassium
A. carbon dioxide
C. Gold
B. carbonates
D. Platinum
C. bicarbonates
585. what is the role of dielectric constant?
D. sodium bicarbonates
A. to weaken the force of attraction be-
tween ions of ionic compounds . 591. Which metal reacts with oxygen to form
B. to break the force of attraction be- a dull black compound?
tween ions of ionic compounds. A. Iron
C. to increase the force of attraction be- B. Copper
tween ions of ionic compounds .
C. Aluminium
D. both a and b
D. Magnesium
586. Lead and Mercury are
592. Metals have shining surface, so they are
A. Best conductors of heat called
B. Bad conductors of heat
A. Lustrous
C. Poor conductors of heat
B. Ductile
D. Bad conductors of electricity
C. Malleable
587. The process in which a carbonate ore is D. Sonorous
heated strongly in the absence of air to
convert it into metal oxide is called 593. Which one of the following is very reac-
A. Roasting tive non metal

B. Reduction A. Potassium

C. Calcination B. Carbon
D. Smelting C. Sodium
D. Phosphorous
588. Is Nobelium (No) a metal, metalloid or
nonmetal? 594. The metal X and Y both have no reaction
A. Metal with cold water. X reduces iron(II) oxide
on heating. Copper displaces Y from the
B. Nonmetal
nitrate of Y. The decreasing order of reac-
C. Metalloid tivity of the four metals is
D. none of above A. X, Fe, Cu, Y
589. What do ductile materials mean B. Fe, X, Cu, Y.
A. Can be drawn into wires C. X, Fe, Y, Cu.
B. Can be covered D. Y, Cu, Fe, X.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 518

595. Which of the following metals can react B. Sulphur


with cold water readily to give hydrogen?
C. Phosphorus
(1) Magnesium (2) Zinc (3) Calcium
D. oxygen
A. only
B. only 601. Which of the following is an example of
C. and (2) only a useful chemical reaction?
D. and (3) only A. mold on bread

NARAYAN CHANGDER
596. What metals react vigorously with wa- B. rusting
ter? C. aerobic respiration
A. The alkali metals and calcium D. peeled apple turn brown when ex-
B. The metals below H posed to air.
C. All of the metals above H
602. All are metals execpt
D. Only magnesium
A. Calcium
597. Metal reactivity increases in relationship B. Sodium
to the Periodic Table by?
C. Bromine
A. lower energy level, more valence elec-
trons D. Iodine
B. higher energy level, more valence elec-
603. What group on the periodic table is inert
trons
or unreactive?
C. lower energy level, less valence elec-
trons A. Alakali Metals

D. higher energy level, less valence elec- B. Alkali Earth Metals


trons C. Halogens
598. Calcium is a D. Noble Gases
A. Non metal
604. If an oxygen atom has 8 protons (+) and
B. Metal 10 electrons (-), what is it’s charge?
C. Metalliod A. O10-
D. none of above
B. O8+
599. Phosphorus is an example of C. O2-
A. Metal D. O10+
B. Non metal
605. Of these, the least dense metal is
C. Metalloid
D. None of the above A. Hg
B. Au
600. Which of the following can be beaten into
thin sheets? C. Cu
A. Zinc D. Na

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 519

606. Which 2 metals react with sodium hy- 612. which non-metal has the highest boiling
droxide and potassium hydroxide point

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. zinc A. graphite
B. calcium B. carbon
C. aluminium C. diamond
D. iron D. fullerenes
607. Which non metal is used as a fertiliser to
613. Magnesium + hydrochloric acid
enhance growth of plants
A. Nitrogen A. magnesium chloride + hydrogen

B. Oxygen B. magnesium + hydrogen


C. Carbon dioxide C. magnesium chloride + oxygen
D. Phosphorus D. magnesium chloride

608. Which of the following metals are more 614. Which is the least reactive metal
active with water?
A. Lead
A. Magnesium and Iron
B. Gold
B. Aluminium and Copper
C. Silver
C. Sodium and Potassium
D. Copper
D. Mercury and Zinc
609. The process of extraction of metal from 615. Properties of most metals include
its ores, is known as A. High melting point
A. Concentration B. Ability to conduct heat
B. Calcination C. Shiny appearance
C. Purification D. All of these options
D. Metallurgy
616. Zinc sulfate is made by reacting zinc with
610. The metals that produce ringing sounds, which acid?
are said to be-
A. hydrochloric acid
A. Sonorous
B. sulfuric acid
B. Ductile
C. nitric acid
C. Malleable
D. all of the above
D. Conductors
611. Metals can be drawn into wires so they 617. Which elements are NOT chemically reac-
are called tive?

A. Malleable A. Group 18
B. Ductile B. Groups 1-17
C. Sonorous C. Groups 3-12
D. Lustrous D. All groups

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 520

618. What happens when dilute sulphuric acid C. aluminium and mercury
is poured on a copper plate?
D. lead and tin
A. Copper sulphate formed
B. Zinc sulphate formed 624. CAN A WIRE BE DRAWN OUT OF WOOD?
GIVE REASON FOR YOUR ANSWER
C. Copper chloride formed
A. NO BECAUSE WOOD IS A HARD ELE-
D. copper metal
MENT AND IT IS NOT A METAL.

NARAYAN CHANGDER
619. A certain substance does not conduct heat B. YES BECAUSE WOOD IS A METAL .
or electricity, and breaks easily when hit
with a hammer. What other property C. WOOD ARE ALREDY WIRE
might this substance have? D. NONE OF ABOVE
A. can be pulled into long wires
B. dull surface 625. Metals like zinc and aluminium react with
sodium hydroxide to produce gas.
C. high density
A. hydrogen
D. malleable
B. nitrogen
620. Which of the following are commonly
used as protective metals to prevent rust- C. oxygen
ing of iron? (1) Chromium (2) Zinc (3) Tin D. carbon dioxide
A. and (2) only
626. Which of the following non-metals are
B. and (3) only
used in fertilisers?
C. and (3) only
A. Nitrogen
D. , (2) and (3)
B. Phosphorus
621. Metals are
C. Both (a) and (b)
A. Hard
D. None of these
B. Lustrous
C. Sonorous 627. Sulphuric acid turns blue litmus paper to
D. Non ductile A. green
622. The only non-metal that conducts electric- B. no color change
ity C. red
A. Sodium
D. pink
B. Graphite
C. Hydrogen 628. Stable means
D. Iron A. Reactive

623. solder is an alloy of- B. Unreactive


A. lead and iron C. Inert
B. tin and zinc D. All of these are correct

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 521

629. Aluminium is used for making cooking 634. A colourless, odourless gas, less dense
utensils. Which of the following prop- (lighter) than air and does not burn in air.
erties of aluminium areresponsible for

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. helium
the same? (i) Good thermal conductiv-
ity(ii) Good electrical conductivity(iii) Duc- B. hydrogen
tility(iv) High melting point C. oxygen
A. (i) and (ii) D. none of above
B. (i) and (iii) 635. Which metal is soft?
C. (ii) and (iii) A. Potassium
D. (i) and (iv) B. Sulphur
C. Copper
630. Which metal reacts readily with cold wa-
ter? D. Aluminium
A. Silver 636. Metals form oxides that are
B. Gold A. gas
C. Calcium B. liquid
D. Magnesium C. solid
D. gel
631. a metal + oxygen >
637. Which group of elements are the most re-
A. metal salt + hydrogen
active metals?
B. metal salt + oxygen
A. alkali metals
C. metal oxide + oxygen
B. alkaline earth metals
D. metal oxide C. halogens
632. which equation is correct D. noble gases
A. 2 k+2 h2 o = 2 koh2 +h2 638. Name the only metal which is found in liq-
B. 2 k + 2 h2 o = 2 koh + h uid state at room temperature and used in
thermometer.
C. 4 k + 2 h2 o = 2 koh + h2
A. Gallium
D. 2 k + 2 h2 o = 2 koh + h2
B. Bromine
633. An excess of iron filings is added to a C. Silver
solution containing a mixture of the iron D. Mercury
Mg 2+, Ca 2+, Cu 2+ and Ag+ . Which
two metals will be displaced from this so- 639. Which of the following processes cannot
lution? be used to slow down corrosion of an iron
nail? (1) Wrapping a copper wire around
A. Calcium and copper
the iron nail (2) Putting the nail in oil 3)
B. Calcium and magnesium Attaching a piece of silver to the iron nail
C. Copper and silver A. and (2) only
D. Magnesium and silver B. and (3) only

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.4 Metals reacting with nonmetals 522

C. and (2) only 645. Oxides of non metals are in nature


D. , (2) and (3) A. Basic
B. Acidic
640. Magnesium
C. Neutral
A. doesn’t react vigorously with acid
D. None of these
B. reacts slightly with acid
646. The most abundant metal in the earth’s
C. reacts vigorously with acid

NARAYAN CHANGDER
crust is
D. gives a squeaky pop when reacts with A. Iron
acid
B. Aluminium
641. A mineral from which. a metal can be ex- C. Calcium
tracted on the commercial scale, economi-
D. Sodium
cally is called
A. ore 647. Which element has similar characteristics
to lithium (Li) and potassium(K)?
B. metalloid
A. helium (He)
C. corrosion
B. sodium (Na)
D. metal
C. beryllium (Be)
642. Property of non-metals that it can be D. magnesium (Mg)
beaten into sheets is
648. Metals which is lustrous in nature.Choose
A. Malleability any two
B. Ductility A. TIN
C. Sonority B. ZINC
D. It cannot be beaten into sheets C. SULPHUR
D. COAL
643. Which of the following are properties of
metalloids? 649. Which one of the following does not react
with acids?
A. Forms only ionic bonds
A. Cu
B. Conductors
B. Ni
C. High electronegativity
C. Cr
D. Semiconductors
D. O
644. What is made when a metal reacts with 650. Which set of properties do metals
an acid? show?
A. salt + water A. hard, malleable, low melting point
B. salt + hydrogen B. soft, malleable, high melting point
C. salt + carbon dioxide C. hard, malleable, high melting point
D. salt + oxygen D. hard, brittle, ductile

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.5 Occurrence of metals 523

3.5 Occurrence of metals

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


1. Which statement is correct about iron. 6. In metals, the electrons form a shared
A. Iron is can be extracted from its ore sea of delocalised electrons.
using a blast furnace A. Metallic
B. Iron is the easiest metal to extract B. Inner
C. Iron cannot be extracted from its ore C. Outer
D. none of above D. Ionic
2. Complete the displacement reaction when 7. Why do metals have high melting points?
tin oxide + Carbon
A. The negative ions and attracted to the
A. tin oxide + carbon
delocalised electrons
B. Tin + Carbon dioxide
B. The negatively charged electrons hold
C. Tin + Carbon monoxide the positively charged ions together.
D. none of above C. All the electrons become delocalised
3. Acid + Ammonia → D. They have strong ionic bonds
A. Ammonium Salt + Water
8. Elena is doing a titration. What should she
B. Ammonium Salt + Hydrogen do to make sure that the practical is safe?
C. Salt + Hydrogen A. Fill the burette below eye-level
D. Ammonium Salt B. Use a pipette filler when filling the
4. Most metals can be extracted from their pipette
ores by electrolysis. What is the main C. Move the chemicals around quickly to
reason that copper metal is not extracted limit exposure
from its ore by electrolysis? D. Only use conical flasks to hold the
A. The process produces dangerous chemicals
waste gases
9. What term defines “A metal bonded to
B. The process uses a lot of electrical en-
something else in a high enough quantity
ergy
to make it worth extracting”
C. The copper ore is particularly difficult
A. Ore
to mine
D. none of above B. Native
C. Oxide
5. Zinc, copper and iron are found as oxides
in rocks that are dug out of the ground. A D. Carbonate
rock that contains metal compounds worth
10. Metal M can be obtained from its oxide
extracting is called a
by heating with carbon, and form its aque-
A. metal ore ous chloride by electrolysis. Which metal
B. metal oxide is M?
C. metal compound A. Copper
D. none of above B. Lead

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.5 Occurrence of metals 524

C. Silver 16. What method of extraction would be used


D. Sodium for zinc?
A. Electrolysis
11. How can you test for hydrogen gas?
B. Reduction using hydrogen
A. sniff it
C. Reduction using carbon
B. squeaky pop test
D. It is found as an uncombined element
C. add universal indicator so does not need to be extracted

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. add lemon water
17. What method would be used in order to
12. Metal carbonates can also react with acids. extract potassium?
This produces a gas. What is the name of A. Heating with Carbon
this gas? B. The blast furnace
A. Hydrogen C. Potassium is found uncombined
B. Carbon Dioxide D. Electrolysis
C. Nitrogen
18. What do metals conduct well?
D. Oxygen
A. heat
13. Calcium carbonate is a natural compound B. electricity
that consists of a combination of several
C. circulation
elements. Which elements combine in cal-
cium carbonate? D. music
A. Calcium 19. Found as metal in rocks and sediments
B. Carbon A. copper
C. Oxygen B. gold
D. Hydrogen C. lithium

14. Which of the following DOES NOT appear D. sodium


in a Life Cycle Assessment? 20. Why are alloys generally used to make ev-
A. Obtaining the Raw Materials eryday objects?
B. Using the product A. Alloys are often stronger and less ac-
tive than pure metals.
C. Disposal
B. Alloys have higher melting point than
D. How much it will cost
pure metals.
15. Why can heating with carbon not be C. Alloys are less expensive to produce
used to extract aluminium from aluminium than pure metals.
ores?
D. Alloys have ionic bonds instead of
A. Aluminium is unreactive metallic bonds.
B. Aluminium forms an oxide 21. the most abundant element in the Earth’s
C. Aluminium is too reactive crust
D. none of above A. Iron

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.5 Occurrence of metals 525

B. Oxygen C. the less stable it is


C. Silicon D. the more grey it appears

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. Aluminium
27. How would you extract potassium?
22. Brass is an alloy made of A. Heating with carbon
A. copper and zinc
B. The blast furnace
B. copper and tin
C. Potassium is found uncombined
C. copper and nickel
D. Electrolysis
D. copper and aluminum
28. Different forms of steel contain different
23. Why is copper used in electrical compo-
proportions of carbon. Steel P contains a
nents and wiring?
high proportion of carbon. Steel Q contains
A. It has a low resistance a low proportion of carbon. Which state-
B. It doesn’t corrode ment is correct?
C. It is cheap A. P is stronger and more brittle than Q.
D. It is durable B. P is stronger and less brittle than Q.

24. What do both lead oxide and zinc oxide C. P is less strong and more brittle than
need to be roasted with to extract their Q.
metals? D. P is less strong and less brittle than Q.
A. Nitrogen
29. Which two elements make up mild steel?
B. Oxygen
A. aluminium and magnesium
C. Carbon
B. copper and zinc
D. Electricity
C. iron and carbon
25. What does it mean by extraction of met-
als? D. tin and lead
A. the process of determining which 30. Thermal decomposition is also known as
metal to extract based on reactivity series
A. breaking apart by heating
of metals
B. the process to separate metals from B. heating and building
non-metals fromtheir ores C. breaking apart by cooling
C. the process to obtain metals such as D. cooling and building
iron fromtheir ores
D. the process to get rid of metals such 31. In aluminium extraction, the melting point
as iron of the electrolyte is lowered by adding
molten
26. The more reactive a metal is
A. carbon
A. the harder it is to extract it from a com-
B. aluminium
pound
B. the easier it is to extract it from a com- C. cryolite
pound D. mercury

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.5 Occurrence of metals 526

32. Why are burrettes used in titrations? B. Cracking


A. They have a nice appearance C. Blast furnace
B. They measure only one volume of a so- D. none of above
lution
C. They measure different concentra- 38. Which is not a reason that cryolite is used
tions and allow you to add the solution in aluminum extraction?
drop by drop
A. Cryolite dissolves aluminum oxide

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. They measure different volumes and
allow you to add the solution drop by drop B. Cryolite reduces the melting point of
aluminum oxide
33. Acid + Metal Hydroxide →
C. Cryolite decreases the cost of alu-
A. Salt + Water minum extraction
B. Salt + Water + Carbon Dioxide
D. Cryolite removes impurities from alu-
C. Salt + Water + Ammonium minum oxide
D. Salt + Hydrogen
39. Which list shows the metals in the correct
34. Metallic bonding is order of increasing reactivity?
A. an attraction between a metal atom A. Iron < aluminium < zinc
and an electron
B. Iron < zinc < aluminium
B. an attraction between a metal cation
and a metal anion C. Zinc < aluminium < iron
C. an attraction between negative ions D. none of above
and electrons
D. an attraction between positive ions 40. Which ion will be attracted to the positive
and electrons. electrode (anode)?

35. Which process is used for carbonate ore? A. Al3+


A. roasting B. O2-
B. calcination C. H+
C. both D. All of them
D. none of above
41. Environmental issue of electrolysis is
36. Where is the deepest mine in the world?
A. makes of sulphur compounds which
A. Australia
contributes to acid rain
B. Brazil
B. makes carbon dioxide which con-
C. South Africa tributes to global warming
D. China
C. makes carbon dioxide which con-
37. Name of method iron oxide is reduced us- tributes to ozone depletion
ing carbon on an industrial scale. D. makes of sulphur compounds which
A. Fractional distillation contributes to global dimming

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.5 Occurrence of metals 527

42. Zinc blende contains the compound Zinc 47. Zinc Oxide + Carbon goes to
Sulfide. Choose the correct statement A. zinc oxide + carbon

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Zinc Sulfide is heated until it becomes B. Zinc + Carbon dioxide
molten for electrolysis
C. Zinc + Carbon monoxide
B. Zinc sulfide can be displaced by carbon
D. none of above
C. Zinc sulfide must be roasted to form
Zinc oxide before Zinc can be extracted 48. An excess of Carbon in the air added to the
blast furnace can react to form
D. Zinc sulfide is easy to break down
A. Carbon Dioxide
43. A chemical engineer plans to produce hy- B. Carbon
drochloric acid. Which metal is best for the
C. Carbon monoxide
reaction container?
D. Calcium Carbonate
A. copper
B. iron 49. What substances must be present for rust-
ing to occur? Select all correct options.
C. magnesium
A. Heat
D. zinc
B. Enzyme
44. What is an alloy C. Oxygen
A. A mixture of metals and gas D. Water

B. A mixture of carbon and steel E. UV light

C. A homogenus mixture of metals and 50. The positive Aluminium ions gain electrons,
non metals so they are ? (use OILRIG)
D. mixture of metals and non metals A. Oxidised
B. Reduced
45. Iron is extracted from its ore (hematite) in
the blast furnace. Which gas is produced C. Oxygenated
as a waste product? D. Riddled
A. carbon dioxide 51. A + BC → B + AC
B. hydrogen A. Synthesis
C. nitrogen B. Decomposition
D. oxygen C. Displacement
D. Reduction-Oxidation
46. Froth Floatation is used to remove
ores? E. Combustion

A. sulphide ores 52. The yield is the maximum amount of


product possible in a reaction. This deter-
B. zinc ores
mines the amount of product that should
C. iron ores be produced in a perfect setting
D. carbonate ores A. Percent

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.5 Occurrence of metals 528

B. actual 58. Why are pure metals soft?


C. stoichiometry A. atoms are arranged regularly and can
slide over each other
D. theoretical
B. atom arrangement is disrupted and
53. Which is NOT a use of zinc? atoms can slide over each other
A. Galvanizing C. atoms are arranged regularly and can-
B. Sacrificial protection not slide over each other

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Making brass D. atom arrangement is disrupted and
atoms cannot slide over each other
D. Making bronze
59. Which of these elements is unlikely to be
54. Cinnabar is the ore of found uncombined in the earth’s crust?
A. iron A. gold
B. mercury B. platinum
C. copper C. aluminium
D. cobalt D. silver

55. What gas forms at the positive electrode 60. Why does the carbon anode need regu-
during the extraction of aluminium by elec- lar replacement in the electrolysis of alu-
trolysis? minium oxide?
A. Oxygen A. carbon is brittle and breaks down eas-
B. Hydrogen ily

C. Aluminium B. it melts at the high temperatures

D. none of above C. carbon reacts with the oxygen pro-


duced
56. How could you extract aluminium from D. it dissolves
molten aluminium oxide?
A. reduction by carbon 61. Smelting is when the mineral being mined
is
B. electrolysis
A. isolated
C. decomposition
B. heated or reacted with carbon
D. oxidation
C. reclaimed
57. Ores are naturally occurring rocks that con- D. extracted using electricity
tain metals or metal compounds in suffi-
cient amounts to make it worthwhile 62. Which property is not correct for copper?
A. recycling the element A. Good conductor of heat
B. extracting the metal B. low melting point
C. to set up a mine C. Both are correct
D. to use the metal D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.5 Occurrence of metals 529

63. Which is not a property of copper? 69. Which of these metals can be extracted
A. Good conductor of heat from their oxides by being heated with car-
bon?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. low melting point
A. aluminium
C. Both are correct
D. none of above B. calcium
C. copper
64. Cryolite is added to the molten Aluminium
oxide because D. iron
A. It helps the aluminium oxide dissolve E. potassium
B. It reduces the melting point of alu-
minium oxide 70. What method of extraction would be used
to extract iron from iron ore?
C. It stops the electrodes from corroding
A. Electrolysis
D. It is not added the aluminium oxide it
is an impurity B. Heating with Coke/Carbon

65. Which of these is a native metal? C. Iron is a native metal


A. Gold (Au) D. none of above
B. Potassium (K)
71. Steel can become stainless when alloyed
C. Iron (Fe) with
D. Tin (Sn) A. chromium and nickel
66. What state is needed for electrolysis of a B. copper and zinc
metal compound?
C. tin and lead
A. molten (liquid)
D. iron aand carbon
B. solid
C. gaseous 72. Stainless steel is made by adding additives
D. any state will do such as Select all correct options.
A. chromium
67. What are the units for concentration?
A. dm3 B. copper

B. g/dm3 C. molybdenum
C. mol/dm3 D. titanium
D. mol E. nickel
68. Which of these metals were among the
73. The rusting of iron is an example of
first to be discovered?
A. a reduction reaction.
A. potassium
B. calcium B. an oxidation reaction.
C. gold C. a reaction of iron with water.
D. silver D. a reaction that dissolves iron.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.5 Occurrence of metals 530

74. It was found that metal X did not react 79. In aluminum extraction the electrodes are
with dilute acids. What does this defi- made of
nitely tell us about the position of metal
A. carbon (graphite)
X in the reactivity series?
B. aluminum and oxygen
A. It is at the bottom of the reactivity se-
ries C. platinum
B. It is above carbon in the reactivity se- D. none of above
ries

NARAYAN CHANGDER
80. Zinc Oxide + Carbon → +
C. It is below hydrogen in the reactivity
series A. no reaction
D. none of above B. Zinc + Carbon dioxide
C. Zinc + Carbon monoxide
75. The thermite reaction can be used to
D. Zinc + carbon
A. repair railway tracks
B. extract iron from its ore 81. Which statement is correct about extrac-
tion of iron from its ore?
C. repair steel
D. none of above A. Iron is more difficult to extract than
copper
76. Which is NOT a use of aluminium? B. Iron is the easiest metal to extract
A. as food containers C. Iron cannot be extracted from its ore
B. in aircraft bodies D. none of above
C. as electricity cables
82. Which of the following are alloys? (choose
D. as insulators 3)

77. Which substance is not an essential raw A. Lead


material in the extraction of iron in a blast B. Bronze
furnace?
C. Brass
A. Air
D. Aluminium
B. Coke
E. Stainless Steel
C. Limestone
D. Sand 83. For metals lower than carbon in the reac-
tivity series of metals, the extraction of
78. Which substance is not involved in the ex- the metal from its ore is through
traction of iron from hematite? A. reduction of its oxidewith carbon
A. Carbon Monoxide
B. oxidation of its oxide with carbon
B. Carbon
C. electrolysis
C. Nitrogen
D. direct heating of themetallic com-
D. None of the above pounds

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.5 Occurrence of metals 531

84. Which element cannot be displacement C. The anode gets impurities that impact
from its ore by reduction with carbon? the extraction

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. iron D. none of above
B. aluminium 89. Which metals can provide sacrificial protec-
C. copper tion against rusting? Select all correct op-
D. lead tions.
A. iron
85. In the extraction of aluminium, what com-
pound of aluminium is in the ore at the B. steel
start? C. zinc
A. aluminium oxide D. magnesium
B. aluminium sulfate E. copper
C. aluminium nitrate 90. Which of the following conductors are used
D. aluminium sulfide because they are readily available so they
are cheap to use?
86. Why is the alloy bronze stronger than the
pure copper and tin? A. gold

A. The different atom sizes prevent slid- B. silver


ing over each other. C. copper
B. The different atom sizes allow sliding D. aluminum
over each other.
91. Choose the metal(s) react with dilute HCl
C. The different atoms are orderly ar- acid AND can be extracted from their ox-
ranged ides by heating them with carbon.
D. The different atoms are chemically A. Francium
combined
B. Magnesium
87. Y displaces X from its aqueous sulfate. X C. Chlorine
does not displace W from its aqueous sul-
fate. X displaces Z from its aqueous sul- D. Iron
fate. What is the order of reactivity of 92. Aluminium ore is called
elements W, X, Y and Z? (most reactive
to least reactive) A. Haematite

A. WXYZ B. Bauxite

B. WYXZ C. Cryolite

C. ZXYW D. Aluminium Blende

D. ZWYX 93. In the blast furnace, Hot air is added to the

88. The anode has to be replaced because


A. Top of the furnace
A. The oxygen reacts with the carbon an-
ode to form carbon dioxide B. Middle of the furnace

B. Aluminum reacts with the carbon to C. Bottom of the furnace


form aluminum carbide D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.5 Occurrence of metals 532

94. What is one benefit of adding chromium to 99. Coke or carbon reacts with oxygen in
an alloy? the hot air to produce carbon dioxide and
heat.Carbon + oxygen → carbon dioxide-
A. Increases magnetism
Then, the carbon dioxide reacts with the
B. Increases corrosion resistance rest of the hot coke to produce
C. Increases malleability A. carbon monoxide and iron
D. none of above B. carbon dioxide and hydrogen

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. carbon monoxide
95. What element is used to extract less reac-
tive metals? D. carbon dioxide and heat
A. Carbon
100. What do we get if we add copper to oxy-
B. Nitrogen gen?
C. Oxygen A. Copper Chloride
D. Boron B. Copper
C. Copper Oxide
96. magnesium oxide + carbon goes to
D. Copper Ore
A. magnesium + carbon dioxide
B. magnesium oxide + carbon monoxide 101. Reclamation is
C. magnesium oxide + carbon A. not required in the US.

D. none of above B. a process that causes significant envi-


ronmental damage.
97. pH 8 is C. returning the land back to its original
A. strongly alkaline condition after mining
B. strongly acidic D. required for every country and every
type of mine in the world.
C. weakly alkaline
D. strongly alkaline 102. What is the purpose of adding limestone
in the extraction of iron from haemitite?
E. neutral
A. To remove carbon dioixde
98. Brass is an alloy of copper and zinc. Which B. To remove carbon monoxide
statement is correct?
C. To remove coke
A. Brass can be represented by a chemi-
cal formula. D. To remove acidic waste

B. Brass is formed by a chemical reaction 103. How would you extract Silver?
between copper and zinc.
A. Heating with coke
C. The alloy will dissolve completely in di-
B. Electrolysis
lute hydrochloric acid.
C. The blast furnace
D. The zinc in the alloy will dissolve in di-
lute hydrochloric acid. D. Silver is found uncombined

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.5 Occurrence of metals 533

104. A method of extracting metals from their C. element


ores that are more reactive than carbon. D. none of above

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. carbon extraction
110. When metals are extracted from ores, a
B. fractional distillation reaction is used.
C. electrolysis A. oxidation.
D. cracking B. reduction.
105. What is added to the blast furnace? C. extraction
A. Coke, Limestone and Air D. mining
B. Limestone, Haematite and Air 111. How would you best extract iron from
C. Coke, Limestone, Air and Haematite haematite (iron ore)?
D. Coke, Limestone, Haematite, Air and A. reduction by carbon
Dirt B. electrolysis
106. Which of these metals were the first to C. decomposition
be discovered? D. oxidation
A. potassium
112. Which of these metals can be extracted
B. calcium from ores using carbon:
C. gold A. Iron
D. silver B. Tin
107. Which of the following is NOT environ- C. Potassium
mental impacts of mining? D. Copper
A. Destroys natural communities over E. Calcium
large areas.
B. Acid drainage pollutes groundwater. 113. Why are alloys harder than pure met-
als?
C. Creates minimal dust.
A. atoms are arranged regularly and can
D. Causes erosion slide over each other
108. Which of these are correct, balanced B. atom arrangement is disrupted and
equations for the extraction of a metal atoms can slide over each other
A. CuO + C → CO2 + Cu C. atoms are arranged regularly and can-
B. 2CuO + 2C → CO2 + Cu not slide over each other

C. 2CuO + C → CO2 + Cu D. atom arrangement is disrupted and


atoms cannot slide over each other
D. 2CuO + C → CO2 + 2Cu
114. Acid + Metal Oxide →
109. What is gangue?
A. Salt + Carbon Dioxide
A. minerals from which metals can be ex-
tracted B. Salt + Water

B. impurities present in th eore like rock C. Salt + Water + Hydrogen


particles, sand particles, clay particles. D. Salt + Ammonium

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.5 Occurrence of metals 534

115. To lower the melting point of aluminium C. potassium


oxide, during electrolysis, it is dissolved in D. aluminium

A. carbonite 121. Which of these combinations of metals


and metal compounds will produce a dis-
B. molten cryolite placement reaction?
C. water A. Copper + magnesium sulfate solution
D. hot acid B. Iron chloride solution + magnesium

NARAYAN CHANGDER
116. In the extraction of aluminium the elec- C. Aluminium + sodium chloride solution
trodes are made from an inert material
( unreactive) Select the material the elec- D. none of above
trodes are made from
122. Using Electrolysis is
A. Gold
A. Expensive
B. Neon
B. Cheap
C. Graphite
C. Slow
D. Helium
D. Impossible
117. The main ore of zinc is
123. Iron is made by burning its ore, hematite.
A. zinc blende
Hematite contains silica. What reacts with
B. zinc blender this impurity to remove it?
C. zinc bladder A. Carbon
D. zinc blend B. Carbon Dioxide

118. How do you test for hydrogen? C. Silicon dioxide

A. relights a glowing splint D. Calcium Oxide

B. pops a lit splint 124. Oscar is doing a titration. He is adding


an acid to an alkali containing an indicator.
C. puts out a lit splint
When will the indicator change colour?
D. gives you a squeaky voice
A. When all the acid has been neutralised
119. Metals that are less reactive than carbon B. When all the alkali has been neu-
can be extracted using tralised
A. Electrolysis C. When the alkali reaches a high enough
B. Combustion temperature
C. Blast Furnace D. When ten seconds have passed
D. I Don’t Know 125. What is the ore of aluminium called?
120. Which of these metals requires the most A. Baxite
energy to be separated from its ore? B. Bauxite
A. copper C. Cryolite
B. silver D. Malachite

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.5 Occurrence of metals 535

126. A mixture of concentrated , and C. Nitrogen oxide


is added into a blast furnace through D. Carbonic acid
the top of a blast furnace.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. oxygen 132. Neutralisation can be seen in terms of H+
and OH-ions. Which equation shows this
B. iron oxide relationship?
C. coke A. H-(aq) + OH+ (aq) → H2O (l)
D. limestone B. H+ (aq) + OH-(aq) → H2O (aq)
127. What is the name of the group 1 ele- C. H+ (aq) + OH-(aq) → H2O (l)
ments? D. H+ (g) + OH-(aq) → H2O (l)
A. Alkali metals
133. Electrons that are free to move in metals
B. Transition metals
A. delocalized electrons
C. Halogens
B. oxidation number
D. Noble gases
C. chemical bond
128. What term defines “A metal that is found D. salts
unbonded to anything”
A. Ore 134. Why is aluminium used to make food con-
tainers?
B. Native
A. It has a low density.
C. Oxide
B. It is strong.
D. Carbonate
C. It keeps the food hot.
129. What is the name for toxic chemicals dis- D. It resists corrosion.
solving out of an ore/rock over time?
A. Subsidence 135. Which of these metals would rust eas-
ily?
B. Leaching
A. Cast Iron
C. Reclamation
B. Low-Carbon Steel
D. Mining
C. Zinc
130. Which ion will be attracted to the nega- D. Copper
tive electrode (cathode)?
A. Al3+ 136. Which method is used for sulphide ores?

B. O2- A. calcination

C. Na+ B. roasting

D. H+ C. both
D. none of above
131. What else (other than metal) is produced
when a metal oxide is reacted with car- 137. What is added to iron in stainless steel
bon? to prevent corrosion?
A. Carbon dioxide A. Chromium
B. Carbon trioxide B. Zinc

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.5 Occurrence of metals 536

C. Aluminium 143. What is a titration used for?


D. Copper A. To know how much acid is needed to
neutralise a quantity of alkali
138. When heating with carbon to extract a
metal from a metal oxide, what happens B. To know what products are made in a
to the carbon? neutralisation reaction
A. it becomes carbon powder C. To know the volume of acid in an alka-
line substance
B. It reacts to make carbon dioxide

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. It bonds to the metal D. To know what substance neutralises
acid
D. It does not react
144. Why is oil used in the extraction of lead
139. Which is not a method of extracting met-
from lead sulphide?
als
A. Oil reacts with the Lead
A. Electrolysis
B. Lead is too dense to float to the top of
B. Blast Furnace
the oil
C. Mining
C. Lead is too dense so will sink in water
D. Displacement using carbon
D. Oil breaks bonds in the Lead Sulphide
140. Which of these metals can’t be extracted making it easier to extract
by carbon reduction?
145. Oxidation is and it is when a metal is
A. copper
B. lead
A. the gain of electrons, oxidised
C. potassium
B. the loss of electrons, oxidised
D. aluminium
C. the gain of electrons, reduced
141. In nature, metals normally react with D. the loss of electrons, reduced
other compounds to form minerals. What
is the metal that is found in the mineral 146. What are the advantages of recycling
Haematite? metals? Select all correct options.
A. Copper A. Conserves metals as they are finite re-
B. Aluminium sources.
C. Iron B. Reduces waste and problems in its dis-
D. Zinc posal.
C. Takes time to collect and sort waste
142. Many metals are extracted from their metals.
ores by heating them in huge furnaces.
Which metal(s) cannot be extracted using D. Reduces pollution due to extraction ac-
this method? tivities.
A. Aluminum 147. The negative Oxygen ions lose electrons,
B. Chlorine so they are ? (use OILRIG)
C. Zinc A. Oxidised
D. Copper B. Reduced

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.5 Occurrence of metals 537

C. Oxygenated 153. Which of the following things are com-


D. Rangled monly made from metals?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. jewellery
148. In general, what can be said of the melt-
B. steel beams
ing points of metals?
C. electrical cables
A. They are low.
D. rails for railway tracks
B. They are high.
E. all of these things
C. They are lower than nonmetals.
D. They do not have melting points. 154. What is the equation for finding out con-
centration?
149. Choose all the properties that iron, alu-
A. Concentration = Mass/ Volume
minium and copper have in common:
B. Concentration = Number of Moles/
A. High melting points
Volume
B. Low melting points
C. Concentration = Volume/ Number of
C. High tensile strength Moles
D. Dense and lustrous appearance D. Concentration = Number of Moles x
Volume
150. Brass is an alloy containing
A. Copper and tin 155. What is oxidation? (Pick 2 boxes)

B. Copper and zinc A. Removal of Oxygen

C. Copper and gold B. Addition of Oxygen

D. Copper and steel C. Loss of Electrons


D. Gain of Electrons
151. Which metal is best suited to making
wires and why? 156. This type of mining involves pumping hot
A. Steel because it has high tensile water into the earth and dissolves the ore
strength and is ductile is known as

B. Steel because it is malleable and is re- A. deep well injection


sistant to corrosion B. solution mining
C. Copper because it is a good conductor C. continuous mining
and is ductile
D. cut and blast mining
D. Copper because is has a low melting
point and is very malleable 157. Which of these elements would you ex-
pect to see just below carbon in the metal
152. Metal + Acid → + reactivity series?
A. Salt + Hydrogen A. lithium
B. Metal Hydroxide + Hydrogen B. aluminium
C. Metal Oxide + Hydrogen C. calcium
D. Metal Carbonate + Hydrogen D. zinc

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.5 Occurrence of metals 538

158. Which of the following is not a method C. blow oxygen into molten iron.
used to prevent corrosion? D. add coke to molten iron.
A. electroplating
164. The properties of stainless steel are
B. painting
A. it is rust-resistant, it is shiny
C. oil or grease
B. it is rust-proof, it is dark coloured
D. electrolysis
C. it is rust-resistant, it contains molyb-
159. Which of these elements is likely to be dium

NARAYAN CHANGDER
found in its natural state? D. it is rust resistant, it contains copper
A. iron 165. Which statements about the manufacture
B. sodium of aluminium by electrolysis is correct? Se-
C. aluminium lect all the correct options.
D. silver A. Aluminium is extracted from its ore
haematite.
160. When a metal is extracted from its ore B. Aluminium ions gain electrons to form
using carbon, what is oxidised? aluminium.
A. Carbon C. The carbon anodes need to be re-
B. Metal placed.
C. Metal oxide D. Carbon dioxide is formed in the pro-
D. none of above cess.
E. Limestone is added to remove impuri-
161. Which process used bubbles to separate ties.
components of mixture?
166. An acid is a proton
A. crushing
A. donor
B. evaporation
B. welcomer
C. froth floatation
C. releaser
D. panning
D. acceptor
162. What is the method of extraction for met-
als higher thancarbon in the reactivity se- 167. Hot gases are released from the blast fur-
ries of metals? nace at the

A. reduction of metal oxidesby carbon A. Bottom of the furnace


B. Top of the furnace
B. electrolysis
C. Middle of the furnace
C. oxidation of metal oxidesby carbon
D. No hot gases are released
D. direct heating of themetallic com-
pounds 168. Zn +CuSO4 →? +Cu
163. Iron from the blast furnace is impure. To A. ZnSO4
remove these impurities, B. CuSO4
A. add additives to molten iron. C. ZnSO
B. filter the molten iron. D. ZnSO3

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.5 Occurrence of metals 539

169. Which of these metals was the last to be B. theoretical yield


discovered? C. actual yield

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Potassium D. limiting reagent
B. Copper
175. copper oxide and carbon will produce
C. Silver
A. no reaction
D. Platinum
B. carbon dioxide and copper
170. A reducing agent (tick all correct an-
C. lead oxide and copper oxide
swers)
D. none of above
A. gains electrons
B. is oxidised 176. The pH of an unknown solution is 3.
What colour will methyl orange indicator
C. loses electrons
change to when added to this solution?
D. is reduced
A. Orange
171. Alloy that can be used for jewellery, ma- B. Yellow
chine bearings, and door furniture
C. Pink
A. brass
D. Red
B. bronze
C. pewter 177. In the blast furnace, limestone is added
to
D. duralumin
A. Create more heat
172. Which reaction is used to keep the fur- B. Turn iron oxide into pure iron
nace hot?
C. Remove acidic impurities
A. CO2 + C → 2CO
D. none of above
B. C + O2 → CO2
C. Fe2O3 + 3C → 2Fe + 3CO 178. What is reduction? (Pick 2 boxes)
D. C + O2 → CO2 A. Removal of Oxygen
B. Addition of Oxygen
173. For the following chemical reaction, de-
cide which type of reaction it is. magne- C. Loss of Electrons
sium carbonate → magnesium oxide + car- D. Gain of Electrons
bon dioxide
179. Acid + Metal Carbonate →
A. Displacement reaction
A. Salt + Carbon Dioxide
B. Combustion
B. Salt + Water + Carbon (soot)
C. Thermal decomposition
C. Salt + Water
D. Oxidation
D. Salt + Water + Carbon Dioxide
174. Which of the following do you get
through measuring its mass? (No calcula- 180. A thermite reaction can be used to ex-
tions) tract a using metal.
A. percent yield A. aluminum oxide, iron

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.5 Occurrence of metals 540

B. metal oxide, iron C. reduction.


C. metal oxide, aluminum D. oxidation.
D. iron oxide, iron 186. In the extraction of aluminium, what com-
181. What do metals always lose? pound of aluminium is used for the elec-
trolyte?
A. Protons
A. aluminium oxide
B. Neutrons
B. aluminium sulfate

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Ions
C. aluminium nitrate
D. Electrons
D. aluminium sulfide
182. What is a displacement reaction?
187. Electrolysis requires the metal ore to be
A. When a less reactive metal displaces in which state?
and more reactive metal
A. Solid
B. When a more reactive metal displaces
B. Liquid
and less reactive metal
C. Gas
C. When a salt is produced
D. Any State
D. none of above
188. Rubidium, Rb, is a Group I element.Which
183. A metal, X, is used to make oil pipelines.
method is most likely to be used in its ex-
X corrodes in air and water. X can be pro-
traction?
tected from corrosion by attaching blocks
of element Y. Which statement is correct? A. Electrolysis of aqueous rubidium chlo-
ride
A. This process is known as galvanising.
B. Electrolysis of its molten ore
B. Y forms positive ions more readily than
X. C. Heating its ore alone
C. Y is an unreactive metal. D. Heating its ore with carbon
D. Y is an unreactive non-metal. 189. During electrolysis, what will the Alu-
minium Oxide split into?
184. Molten iron from a blast furnace is pro-
cessed to make steel. The molten iron is A. Al3+ and O2-
reacted with oxygen in this process B. Al and O
A. to make the steel form a lattice struc- C. Al+ and O-
ture
D. Aluminium and Oxide
B. to remove impurities
190. If the metal is more reactive than carbon
C. To make the steel shiny then which process must be used to ex-
D. to reduce the melting point of the iron tract the metal from its ore

185. The process of extracting ores from the A. Blast Furnace


ground is called B. Electrolysis
A. extraction. C. Mining
B. mining. D. Displacement using carbon

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 541

191. Complete the word equation below A. Electrolysis isn’t very effective at ex-
Lead Sulphide + Oxygen → + Sulphur tracting metals.
dioxide

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Electrolysis is cheaper than carbon re-
A. Lead dioxide duction.
B. Lead
C. Electrolysis is expensive because it re-
C. Lead carbonate quires a large amount of electricity.
D. Lead oxide
D. none of above
192. Name a metal that occurs uncombined in
the Earth’s crust. 194. Electrolysis should be used to extract
A. iron metals that a reactive than carbon.
B. aluminium A. More
C. copper
B. Less
D. gold
C. Equal
193. Why is electrolysis not used to extract all
metals? D. I don’t know

3.6 Corrosion
1. The metals with lower electrode potential 4. Which of the following reactions will oc-
values are cur during rusting? I) Fe → Fe2+ + 2e-II)
A. Highly reactive 2H2O + O2 + 4e-→ 4OH-III) Fe → Fe3+
+ 3e-
B. Passive
A. I and II only
C. Noble
D. None of these B. II and III only
C. I, II and III
2. What is the criteria for sacrificial anodes?
D. none of above
A. Corrosion potential that is sufficiently
positive for specific application 5. Which of the following is / are examples
B. Ability to remain active and to corrode of sacrificial protection against rusting?
uniformly and not to become passive
A. Iron object coated with tin
C. Impurities that result in self corrosion
must be maximum B. Underground iron pipes connected to
magnesium bars
D. none of above
C. Iron railings coated with paint
3. Rust indicator will show a blue colour in
D. none of above
the resence of
A. Fe2+ ions 6. The ratio of anodic to cathodic area is large,
B. Fe3+ ions the corrosion rate
C. Fe metal A. Increases
D. none of above B. Remains same

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 542

C. Decreases 12. Which of the following is / are examples


D. Metal remains protected of sacrificial protection against rusting?
(1) Iron object coated with tin(2) Under-
7. in Electrorefining, the reduction process ground iron pipes connected to magnesium
happens at the bars(3) Iron railings coated with paint
A. Anode A. only

B. Cathode B. only

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Electrolyte C. and (3) only

D. Salt bridge D. and (3) only

8. Copper corrosion is color 13. What is the name of positive electrode?


A. Cathode
A. rust
B. Anode
B. bleu
C. Cation
C. magenta
D. Anion
D. greenish
14. signs of atmospheric corrosion on steel in-
9. Technician A says that anti-corrosion com-
clude
pounds is available as an aerosol. Techni-
cian B says that undercoating is available A. flaking
as an aerosol. B. bubbling
A. A only C. pitting
B. B only D. scaling
C. Both
15. Both iron and aluminium react with air to
D. Neither form oxides. Aluminium oxide can form a
protective oxide layer, while iron(III) ox-
10. Zinc plating iron protects against ide cannot. It is because
A. combustion A. aluminium is more reactive than iron.
B. corrosion B. iron(III) oxide is corrosive to iron.
C. neutralization C. the iron(III) oxide layer flakes off eas-
D. change of state ily.
D. aluminium has a smaller atomic num-
11. Choose the correct design consideration in ber than iron.
selecting material.
A. Encouraging sharo bends in piping sys- 16. Which of the following will not protect iron
tem against corrosion?

B. Choose rivets rather than weld. A. Zinc plating

C. Make anode area larger than cathode B. sacrificial protection


area C. painting
D. Used different metal or alloys D. reacting it with water

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 543

17. Which of the following statements about D. Adding salt water, rather than normal
rusting is INCORRECT? water

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. The chemical formula of iron rust is
22. Which of the following items will rust?
Fe2O3 * xH2O.
A. A plastic bottle
B. Iron is oxidized to iron(III) ion.
C. A higher temperature can speed up B. A gold ring
rusting. C. An iron bridge
D. When an iron object rusts, it turns rust D. A cardboard box
indicator blue.
23. Define Rusting
18. Corrosion is a phenomenon specific to
A. When Iron reacts with oxygen and wa-
A. plastics ter
B. papers B. When Iron reacts with carbon dioxide
C. metals and water
D. alkaline C. When Iron reacts with oxygen and hy-
drogen
19. Temperature rise increases the rate of cor-
rosion due to D. When Iron reacts with carbon dioxide
and hydrogen
A. Ions gaining kinetic energy
B. Ddecrease in passivity of the metals 24. What is the product you get from Copper
C. Solubility of corrosion product in the Corroding?
medium A. Copper Carbonate
D. All of these B. Copper Hydroxide
20. A primary reason why ordinary or oth- C. Copper Oxide
erwise unapproved cleaning compounds D. Copper Sulfide
should not be used when washing aircraft
is because their use can result in 25. When a metal such as iron meets water
A. hydrogen embrittlement in metal struc- and oxygen gas it creates a(n)?
tures. A. Solution
B. hydrogen embrittlement in non metal- B. Voltaic Cell
lic materials.
C. Acid
C. a general inability to remove com-
pound residues. D. Ionic Bond

D. none of above 26. An Oxide is a chemical compound that con-


tains at least one atom and other ele-
21. :Corrosion of iron can be prevented by: ments in its chemical formula.
A. Painting it
A. Oxygen
B. Storing the metal in an reactive atmo-
B. Carbon
sphere
C. Adding extra oxygen to the air around C. Hydrogen
it D. Sodium

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 544

27. Which of the following is NOT a harmful D. produces heat


effect of corrosion? E. involves oxygen
A. Bad appearance
33. Define metal corrosion.
B. Maintenance cost
A. Deterioration of metal by chemical or
C. Clean product
electrochemical attack that can occur in-
D. Plant shutdown ternally & externally.
B. Changes smooth surface.

NARAYAN CHANGDER
28. What is the resultant if grid voltage in the
de-salter unit is too LOW. C. weakens interior, damages and/or
A. Zero Coalescence or poor coalescence loosens adjacent parts.
of water droplets D. All are correct.
B. Increase water in oil
34. Name the various components for a com-
C. Increased Salt carry over plete corrosion treatment (removal) pro-
D. All of the above answers are correct. gram.

29. In electrorefining, the impure metal is at- A. Cleaning/Stripping


tached to the B. Removing as much corrosion as possi-
A. Battery ble

B. Salt bridge C. Neutralizing residual corrosion mate-


rial, restoring protective surface films,
C. Anode and applying temporary or permanent
D. Cathode coatings or paint finishes.

30. Ductility means D. All are correct.

A. breaks easily 35. Why is copper used to manufacture electri-


B. process of turning to liquid when cal wires?
heated A. It is used because it is ductile, mal-
C. stretchable leable and is a good conductor of electric-
ity.
D. able to be pulled into a long thin wire
without breaking B. It is used because it has lustre.
C. It is used because it is ductile, brittle
31. Corrosion is a form of:
and a good conductor of electricity.
A. chemical reaction
D. It is used because it is magnetic.
B. rust
36. How can you keep Oxygen away to pre-
C. smell
vent the rusting of Iron?
D. Russian spy satelite
A. by storing the metal in a vacuum con-
32. Combustion is a reaction that: tainer
A. involves burning B. by storing the metal in a glass furnace
B. produces light C. by storing the metal in a beaker
C. involves hydrogen D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 545

37. It is the most common and most detrimen- 43. The combustion balance equation for
tal form of localized corrosion methane is:CH4 + O2 → H2O + CO2Which
of the following two balanced equations is

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Galvanic Corrosion
correct?
B. Generalized Corrosion
A. CH4 + O2 → 2 H2O + CO2
C. Pitting
B. CH4 + 2 O2 → 2 H2O + CO2
D. Rusting
C. E4F + Ill
38. Metals do not exist in nature in the form D. none of above
of
A. Nitrates 44. What form of corrosion is exfoliation and
how is its appearance described?
B. Sulphates
A. Very severe Causing lifting or flaking
C. Carbonates or metal surface due to delamination of
D. Oxides grain boundaries.

39. Please select operating parameters for de- B. Delamination of grain boundaries is
salter caused by corrosion forcing material to
move away from body.
A. Crude properties
C. Both are correct.
B. Interphase level
D. none of above
C. Mix valve differential Pressure
D. All of the above answers are correct. 45. In structures without cathodic protection,
the following types of zones can be found
40. What type of reaction causes rusting? A. “Pin hole”
A. Oxidation B. cathode zone
B. Oxilation C. depolarized zone
C. Axilation D. “Hot spots”
D. Reduction
46. Copper Oxide formed in corrosion is what
41. We inspect the following on bare metal fa- colour?
cilities A. Red/brown
A. Damage to coatings B. Bright Green/Blue
B. Pipe to soil interfaces C. Purple/green
C. Pipe supports D. Black/grey
D. spans over water
47. Mechanical issues such as Tensile Stress
42. Below are the corrosion agent to metal, or Fatigue corrosion often cause Corrosion
except? called what?
A. Water A. Inter Granular
B. Oxygen B. Crevice Corrosion
C. Fire C. Stress Corrosion
D. Salts D. Stainless Corrosion Cracking

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 546

48. What is the cause of corrosion? C. Presence of chemical salts


A. Oxidation of non-metals D. Using galvanised steel
B. Oxidation of metals 54. What is meant by sacrificial protection?
C. Reduction of metals A. A coating of a more reactive metal than
D. Reduction of non-metals iron so that metal corrodes instead of iron
B. A coating of a less reactive metal than
49. Tin-plating can be used to prevent iron iron so so that metal corrodes instead of
cans from rusting because

NARAYAN CHANGDER
iron
A. tin is more reactive than iron. C. A coating of zinc so iron does not rust
B. the tin protects the iron from exposing D. A coating of zinc so iron does not rust
to air.
55. Corrosion is partly caused by?
C. tin will corrode more readily than iron.
A. The deterioration a material under-
D. tin and iron form an alloy which does
goes as a result of its interaction with its
not corrode.
surroundings
50. steel is mainly, B. The build up of sulfur ions
A. zinc C. Rapid deterioration of the nucleus of
B. silver the cell
C. copper D. Charged ions entering the Voltaic Cell

D. iron 56. What is corrosion related to that we have


recently learned about?
51. What are the two main methods of rust
A. Global Warming
prevention?
B. Titration
A. Coating it with another metal and keep-
ing it moisture C. Ksp
B. Painting and keeping it moisture D. Galvanic Cell

C. Coating it with another metal and 57. What is the best method for protecting
painting your bicycle chain from rusting?
D. there no way to prevent rusting A. greasing
B. electroplating
52. in Electrorefining, the oxidation process
happens at the C. leaving the bicycle in the rain
A. Anode D. placing the chain in salt water

B. Cathode 58. In the electrorefining process of copper,


what will happen to the atoms above cop-
C. Electrolyte
per in the standard reduction table?
D. Salt bridge
A. They will be reduced first
53. Which of the following is a factor that af- B. They will be oxidized first
fects the rate of corrosion? C. They will be oxidized at the same time
A. Impurities in the metal with copper
B. Abrasives on the surface of the metal D. They will not be oxidized.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 547

59. Which of the following might not prevent B. Aluminium is unreactive to air
corrosion
C. Aluminium forms a porous layer that

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Painting allows oxygen to bypass the metal
B. greasing D. Aluminium is a hard metal and does
C. washing with water not corrode easily
D. coating with another metal
65. Corrosion can be of two main types:
60. Why is iron a useful metal? A. Uniform
A. because it is very strong B. Basic
B. because it is very light
C. widespread
C. because it rusts easily
D. acid-base
D. because it is brittle
66. Leaching Corrosion comes in many forms.
61. It is the process of purifying a metal by
What is not Leaching Corrosion?
electrolysis
A. Pitting Corrosion
A. Electrolysis
B. Electroplating B. The Zinc

C. Electrorefining C. From Aluminumfication


D. Electrowinning D. Graphitization

62. Which of the following is a factor that in- 67. Which of the following species is NOT pro-
creases the rate of corrosion? duced during the rusting process?
A. Adding chromium to the metal A. Iron(II) ion
B. Abrasives on the surface of the metal B. Hydroxide ion
C. Presence of chemical salts
C. Iron(II) oxide
D. Using galvanised steel
D. Iron(II) hydroxide
63. How is acid rain formed?
68. The chemical name of rust is
A. Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide
mix with water in the ocean. A. Iron (II) oxide
B. Carbon dioxide and oxygen mix with B. Iron (III) oxide
water in the air.
C. Iron
C. Sulfur dioxide and carbon monoxide
mix with lake water. D. Iron Hydroxide

D. Sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxide mix 69. Two types of noble metals are
with water in the air.
A. gold and platinum
64. Why doesn’t aluminium corrode when ex-
B. iron and copper
posed to air?
C. stainless steel and aluminum
A. Aluminium reacts with oxygen to form
an impervious layer of aluminium oxide D. tin and brass

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 548

70. Which of the following factors can speed 75. A use of pure iron is
up the rusting process? I) ionic substance- A. There are very few uses
sII) acidic pollutantsIII) high temperature
B. Car bodies
A. I and II only
C. Construction
B. I and III only
D. Cutlery
C. II and III only
76. Define stress corrosion.
D. I, II and III

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Sustained tensile stresses.
71. Why is gold used in the manufacture of B. A corrosive environment.
jewelry?
C. Both choices are correct.
A. It is heavy.
D. none of above
B. It is malleable and has luster.
77. There are several mechanical issues which
C. It is magnetic.
can create erosion. What is not the cause
D. It breaks easily.
A. High Velocity
72. Which is a flaky brown compound B. High Suspension solid
A. aluminium oxide C. High Turbulence flow
B. silver sulfide D. High Laminar flow
C. hydrated iron oxide 78. :Transition metals are used in chemical pro-
D. copper carbonate cesses because ?
A. They are all very reactive
73. Corrosion of metals is fairly high in one of
the following mediums. B. They are all easy to obtain
C. They act as a catalyst
A. Acidic
D. They are readily available
B. Alkaline
C. Neutral 79. Mark the correct answers about Pitting
Corrosion
D. Nonaqueous
A. Oxygen, water and salt are involved
74. :What is tarnishing? B. Also called pitting
A. When a metal corrodes and breaks C. When two metals come into physical
away or electrical contact with each other or
B. When a metal is exposed to the air and when the same metal is exposed to an
reacts with the water vapour in the air electrolyte with a different concentration
C. When a metal is exposed to the air and D. It is produced when oxidizing agents
reacts with the oxygen to form an oxide accumulate and the pH of the medium in-
layer creases.

D. When a non-metal is exposed to the air 80. Name the process whereby impurities,
and reacts with water vapour to make an such as Sulphur, Oxygen and Carbon, are
oxide layer removed from iron ores.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 549

A. Galvanising 85. Which of the following are uses for com-


bustion reactions?
B. Electroplating
A. heat

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


C. Smelting
B. cooking on a stove
D. Forging
C. baking
81. Why is keeping interior clean just as im- D. driving a car
portant as keeping exterior clean? E. rowing a boat
A. Corrosion inside a structure can often 86. Another term for burning is
be greater because it is difficult to reach A. Neutralization
some areas.
B. Ionic bonding
B. Dropped nuts, bolts, bits or wire or
C. Combustion
other metal objects combined with mois-
ture and dissimilar metal contact can D. Corrosion
cause electrolytic corrosion. 87. The chemical formula of rust is
C. Both are correct choices. A. Fe2O3
D. none of above B. Fe2O3.H2O
C. Fe2O3.xH20
82. The most common types of microorgan-
D. none of above
isms that can promote corrosion Which of
the following is “ not “? 88. Which of the following about anodizing are
A. Coliform bacteria correct? (1) The oxide layer on the alu-
minium surface is thickened.(2) Aluminium
B. SRB becomes more resistant to corrosion.(3)
C. Nitrifying Bacteria An alloy is produced.
A. and (2) only
D. Film formers-bacteria, fungi and algae
B. and (3) only
83. What is the suitable material for applica- C. and (3) only
tion in atmospheric environment? D. , (2) and (3)
A. Brass
89. The uniform corrosion over the entire sur-
B. Copper-nickel alloys face of the metal is called
C. Galvanized steel A. Galvanic Corrosion

D. Some stainless steel B. Localized Corrosion


C. Generalized Corrosion
84. What is the suitable material for applica- D. Electrolytic Corrosion
tion in fresh water?
90. what metal is most vulnerable to corrosion
A. titanium
A. iron
B. bronzes B. gold
C. steel C. aluminium
D. Al alloys D. steel

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 550

91. Verdigris is known as: 97. Type of corrosion


A. Copper corrosion A. Uniform Corrosion
B. Silver corrosion B. Pitting Corrosion
C. Iron corrosion C. Crevice Corrosion
D. Gold corrosion D. Intergranular Corrosion

92. Increase in conductivity of the corrosion 98. What is the name of negative electrode?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
medium, corrosion rate A. Cathode
A. Decreases B. Anode
B. Increases C. Cation
C. Metal remains protected D. Anion
D. Does not get affected
99. Which metal is used in the aircraft industry
93. microscopic corrosion. as it is very light?
A. Intergranular corrosion A. aluminium
B. Trans granular Corrosion B. copper
C. Crevice granular Corrosion C. iron
D. Stress Corrosion D. brass

94. What is the suitable material for applica- 100. What effect does salt have on the rate of
tion in seawater environment? corrosion?
A. Cu alloys A. No effects
B. Titanium B. Speeds up corrosion
C. Galvanized steel C. Slow down corrosion
D. Cast iron D. none of above

95. Which of these is true about weld-through 101. Which is the correct changes in metal’s
primer? characteristic due to corrosion?
A. Should be kept away from heat. A. Increasing its heat transfer rate
B. Use only when GMA (MIG) welding B. thickening of metal
C. Designed to be an undercoat for C. Leak, sudden failure/damage of equip-
basecoat ment
D. Some are copper coated D. shiny appearance

96. :The oxidation of a metal, so it becomes 102. steel buckets are protected from rust, by
weaker over time is called? coating with
A. Reduction A. gold
B. Displacement B. silver
C. Corrosion C. zinc
D. Sacrificial protection D. iron

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 551

103. Which is a MAJOR cause of acid rain? 108. Form 249 is


A. spraying pesticides on crops A. Standby Checklist

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. burning fossil fuels for energy B. Notification
C. Response Documentation
C. dumping sewage in rivers
D. none of above
D. using Nuclear power stations
109. Which one of the following is not a fossil
104. Which of the following combinations is / fuel?
are correct Object / Corresponding corro-
A. Wood
sion prevention method (1) aluminium win-
dow frames / cathodic protection(2) gal- B. Coal
vanized iron buckets / sacrificial protec- C. Petroleum
tion(3) tin-plated iron cans / alloying
D. Natural Gas
A. only
110. Silver corrodes when reacting with hy-
B. only drogen sulfide in polluted air and forms a
C. and (3) only black compound called
A. silver carbonate
D. and (3) only
B. silver sulfate
105. Rust is, C. silver sulfide
A. hydrated iron D. none of above
B. iron oxide 111. What half-reactions occur in an electro-
C. copper carbonate chemical cell?
D. Hydrated iron oxide A. Anodic Reactions
B. Oxidation and Reduction Reactions
106. A compound that contains only carbon
C. cathodic reactions
and hydrogen and that produces carbon
dioxide and water when burned is called D. All of the above
a(n) 112. Which Galvanic Corrosion Material is the
A. binary compound easiest to lose electrons?
B. carbonate A. ZInc

C. ionic compound B. Mild steel


C. Copper
D. hydrocarbon
D. Stainless steel
107. Which of the following metals is very un-
113. From the aforementioned corrosion fac-
reactive and unlikely to corrode?
tors, the most practical controllability is
A. Copper
A. Temp
B. Gold B. Velocity
C. sodium C. conductivity
D. Potassium D. pH

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 552

114. Which of the following metals would pro- 119. Oxidation of some metals results in in-
tect iron by their electrons flowing to the creasing their protection against corrosion.
iron? Examples of these metals are
A. Silver A. silver and copper
B. Gold B. chromium and aluminum
C. zinc and copper
C. Copper
D. silver and gold
D. Magnesium

NARAYAN CHANGDER
120. What does wet washing NOT remove?
115. What is ferrous oxide? A. Corrosion.
A. Rust. B. Oxide films.
B. Common type of surface corrosion. C. Both are correct choices.
C. Result of atmospheric oxidation on the D. none of above
surface of steel. 121. Which of these contributes to acid rain?
D. All are correct choices. A. HCl
B. NaOH
116. The word equation for combustion is:fuel
+ oxygen → water + C. CaO
A. Carbon dioxide D. SO2

B. Lime water 122. Stainless Corrosion Cracking (SCC) is usu-


ally caused by many factors involved.
C. Hydrogen Which of the following that is not the main
D. Dihydrogen Monoxide factor
A. High Temp
117. :Why would you electroplate a metal?
B. High Chloride content
A. To improve a metals ability to resist C. Low pH of water
corrosion
D. Material grade of stainless
B. To decrease a metals ability to resist
corrosion 123. Match the correct pair reaction with the
equation Zn → Zn2+ + 2e−
C. To let more air get to the metal you are
plating A. Reduction-cathode
B. Oxidation-cathode
D. To trap a layer of water next to the
metal you are electroplating C. Reduction-anode
D. Oxidation-anode
118. Combustion is when a reacts with
oxygen 124. Where does crevice corrosion usually oc-
cur?
A. petrol
A. High velocity zone
B. fuel B. High Biofilm zone
C. fire triangle C. Low pH zone
D. carbon dioxide D. Stagnant and Low gap zone

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 553

125. The first person to write about and ex- 130. One of the following is not considered a
plain corrosion was? main cause of corrosion:

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Pliny A. Temperature
B. Einstein B. pH Factor

C. Jesus C. Biological organisms


D. Sealing Compounds
D. Socrates
131. Sacrificial Anode in heat exchanger, what
126. Which of the following metals is not eas- material is it mainly?
ily attacked by the environment
A. Aluminum
A. Copper
B. Zn
B. Gold
C. Brass
C. Tin D. Nickel
D. Sodium
132. :Rusting is the corrosion of:
127. Corrosion is basically a(n): A. Zinc
A. Electrochemical phenomenon B. Iron
B. Interaction C. Lithium
C. Photosynthesis D. Nickel

D. Molecule 133. Iron Oxide formed in corrosion is what


colour?
128. What affect does accumulation of dirt and A. Red/brown
grease have on an air-cooled engine?
B. Green/Blue
A. Accumulation of dirt and grease pro-
vides insulation against cooling effect of C. Purple/green
air flowing over it. D. Black/grey
B. Can also cover up cracks and other de- 134. The element iron which oxidizes under-
fects. goes
C. Both are correct choices. A. a loss of electrons
D. none of above B. a gain of electrons
C. loss of protons
129. Blasting is
D. a gain of protons
A. Leak survey and line locate within
250ft before and after blasting occurs 135. Raising the temperature of a chemical re-
action would make the reaction
B. Leak survey and line locate within 25ft
before and after blasting occurs A. happen slower
C. Leak survey and line locate within 20ft B. stop completely
before and after blasting occurs C. happen faster
D. none of above D. proceed as normal

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 554

136. When an anodized surface coating is dam- C. Form 249


aged in service, it can be partially restored D. none of above
by
A. applying a thin coat of zinc chromate 141. Which of the following conditions are nec-
primer. essary for rusting to occur?
B. chemical surface treatment. A. Air and water
C. use of a suitable mild cleaner. B. Air only

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. none of above C. Water only
D. Air, water and heat
137. how many types of corrosion are there
mentioned in the presentation 142. What chemical can be used to detect rust-
A. 2 ing?
B. 3 A. lime water
C. 6 B. universal indicator
D. 4 C. ferroxyl indicator
D. iodine solution
138. Technician A says that self-etching primer
is available as a hand-held marker for 143. Technician A says that direct-to-metal
applying the product. Technician B says seam sealer can be applied over a seam
that self-etching primer is applied in thick with minor surface corrosion. Technician B
coats. says that some vehicle makers recommend
A. A only epoxy primer be applied before direct-to-
metal seam sealer.
B. B only
A. A only
C. Both
B. B only
D. Neither
C. Both
139. What is the correct pair of important pro-
D. Neither
cess in corrosion?
A. Anode-reduction 144. Fill in the blanks;Iron + + => hy-
drated Iron oxide
B. Electrolyte-any solution that contains
ion A. oil + water
C. Cathode-oxidation B. water + carbon dixoide
D. none of above C. oxygen + oil
D. water + oxygen
140. This form that must be filled out in
class where a line is found to have at- 145. What is used to galvanise iron?
mospheric corrosion and is not leaking-
Leakage, maintenance and Abandonment A. Zinc
report B. Hydrogen
A. Form 230 C. Gold
B. Form 127 D. Silver

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 555

146. What are the types of combustion? B. Nickel plating


A. Complete & incomplete C. Silver plating

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Incomplete & inexact D. Copper plating
C. Impossible & complete 152. Which of the following statement is TRUE
D. Computer & incompete regarding Anodic and Cathodic reactions?
147. How much does rusting cost every year? A. Both reactions take place simultane-
ously
A. Hundreds of thousands of pounds
B. Both reactions take place one after an-
B. Thousands of pounds other
C. Millions of pounds C. Both reactions must occur at a differ-
D. Billions of pounds ent rate
148. Which of these methods are mostly used D. Both reactions must occur at a fast
to protect steel sheets on roofs from cor- rate
roding?
153. Iron corrosion is known as:
A. electroplating
A. Scrap
B. galvanising
B. Rust
C. greasing
C. Verdigris
D. laminating
D. Tarnish
149. How do chemical reactions turn sub-
154. :Why does rusting weaken the iron?
stances into new substances?
A. The rust (Iron (II) Oxide) sticks to the
A. with burning acid
iron
B. the atoms break apart and combine
B. The rust (Iron (II) Oxide) makes the
back together in new ways
iron lighter
C. the molecules mix together and create
C. The rust (Iron (II) Oxide) makes the
new substances
iron heavier
D. the ionic compounds mix in water to
D. The rust (Iron (II) Oxide) flakes off and
form solutions
reduces the amount of iron
150. Exothermic means that the reaction will
155. What colour does tarnish appear to be?
A. Brown
A. Release energy (typically as heat
and/or light). B. Red
B. Absorb energy C. Black
C. Produce a colour change. D. Blue
D. Produce a flammable gas. 156. Which of these objects are manufactured
151. To protect iron against corrosion, the from metals?
most durable metal plating on it is: A. pencil
A. Zinc plating B. paper

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 556

C. box 161. Which form of corrosion match with de-


scription below:” Downward propagation
D. paper clip
of small pits & holes”
157. Car exhaust pipes rust more quickly than A. Crevice
other parts of the car because (1) exhaust B. Galvanic
gas contains water. (2) exhaust gas con-
tains acidic substances. (3) exhaust gas C. Pitting
are hot. D. Intergranular

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. and (2) only 162. Corrosion is a reaction:
B. and (3) only A. acid-base
C. and (3) only B. redox
D. , (2) and (3) C. that we rarely observe
D. that we want to promote
158. Which of these is true about OEM replace-
ment parts. 163. Copper is often used to make
A. Should be coated with a primer sealer A. windows

B. Backside areas should be scuffed be- B. chairs


fore applying topcoat. C. wire
C. Remove as much E-coat as possible D. desks
around damaged areas
164. Iron rust in the presence of:
D. Parts with E-coat do not require clean-
A. Vacuum
ing
B. Moisture
159. Aluminium articles are corrosion resistant C. Oxygen
because
D. Moisture and Oxygen
A. aluminium is unreactive.
165. What acts as the anode in the voltaic cell
B. aluminium undergoes oxidation only at created?
high temperatures.
A. Iron
C. aluminium forms alloy with magne-
B. Oxygen
sium.
C. Water
D. the formation of a thin layer of ox-
ide protects aluminium from further cor- D. Electrons
rosion.
166. :Sacrificial protection is?
160. :What are uses of electroplating? A. Preventing rusting by keeping air away
A. Prevent corrosion B. Prevents rusting by attaching a more
reactive metal that will oxidise first
B. Prevent tarnishing
C. Preventing rusting by keeping water
C. To improve the appearance of a metal away
D. All of the above D. Applying oil to a metal

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 557

167. Corrosion is A. Crevice


A. fast reaction B. Uniform attack

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. slow reaction C. Stress corrosion
C. useful reaction D. Erosion-corrosion
D. reaction of metal and water 173. How may magnesium engine parts be
cleaned?
168. When two metals of different potential
are in contact with each other A. Soak in a 20 percent caustic soda solu-
tion.
A. Higher electrode potential metal gets
corroded B. Spray with MEK (methyl ethyl ketone).
B. corrosion does not take place C. Wash with a commercial solvent, de-
carbonize, and scrape or grit blast.
C. Lower electrode potential metal gets
corroded D. none of above
D. Both metals undergo corrosion 174. :Which of these is a typical property of a
transition metal?
169. Corrosion product formed on metal sur-
face acts as protective film, if the product A. Are found unreacted in nature
is B. Has a reactions sequence
A. Soluble & porous C. Forms covalent molecules
B. Insoluble & nonporous D. Forms coloured compounds
C. Continuous & uniform 175. Choose the correct material for coating
D. Continuous & uniform, Insoluble & based on description given:” acts as sacri-
nonporous ficial anodes instead of coated metal”
A. Metallic coating
170. Overtime, the loss of iron molecules
causes a(n)? B. Organic coating
A. Water C. Inorganic coating
B. Pit in the Metal D. none of above

C. Buildup of Sulfur 176. What is carbon monoxide?


D. Sodium Chloride A. A gas
B. crystalline solid
171. In galvanic corrosion, more active metal
(less noble material) will become? C. clear liquid
A. Cathode-corrode more D. none of above
B. Anode-corrode more 177. Please select one of the formula use in
C. Cathode-corrode less the de-salter process.
D. Anode-corrode less A. Newton Law
B. Stoke Law
172. Which form of corrosion match with the
description below:” between two pieces C. Ideal Gas Law
of the same metal” D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 558

178. For explaining dry corrosion of iron metal, 184. Which of the following is considered a
which one of the following is necessary? ductile material?
A. Chlorine A. copper
B. Hydrogen B. gold
C. Oxygen C. glass
D. sulphur D. paper

NARAYAN CHANGDER
179. Galvanizing is a process of: 185. What are the two types of acids that are
A. Applying a Zinc coating to bare steel in acid rain?

B. Washing the body with the phosphate A. Iron


coating B. sulfuric
C. dipping a body in E-COAT C. nitric
D. Chemically etching primer to steel D. sulfur

180. Which of the following is NOT a way to 186. Which of the following metals are NOT
prevent rusting? commonly plated on iron to prevent it from
A. Apply a protective coating rusting?

B. Coat it in a layer of zinc A. Zinc

C. Keep the object indoors B. Tin

D. Use stainless steel C. Chromium


D. Aluminium
181. Excavation near HIGH PRESSURE
standby 187. two types of Noble metals
A. 5ft A. gold and platinum
B. 10ft B. iron and copper
C. 15ft C. stainless steel and aluminum
D. none of above D. tin and brass

182. The process of corrosion is a series of? 188. :Which of these is a property of a transi-
A. Titration tion metal?

B. Mitosis A. Low melting point

C. Covalent Bonds B. High melting point

D. Reduction-Oxidation Reactions C. poor conductor of heat


D. poor conductor of electricity
183. Which of the following is an example of
corrosion? 189. Corrosion of aluminium forms a layer of
A. Rusting of iron A. aluminium chloride
B. Tarnishing of silver B. oxygen
C. Both C. aluminium oxide
D. None D. copper oxide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 559

190. Which of the following is most likely to 195. Technician A says that when sanding Alu-
corrode? minum, do not use sanding grits courser
than 80 grit. Technician B says that af-

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Pencil
ter cleaning the oxide off the aluminum, it
B. Book Bag may need to be cleaned again if it sits too
C. Book long un-coated.
A. A only
D. Stop Sign
B. B only
191. Corrosion occurs at the site in a metal C. Both
A. Anodic D. Neither
B. Cathode 196. What is the correct causes for pitting cor-
C. Both Anodic and Cathode rosion?

D. Both Anodic and Cathode, but almost A. Localized chemical/mechanical to the


at Cathod protective oxide film
B. Low concentration of chlorides
192. What will happen to the elements above C. Presence of uniformities in metal
copper during the electrorefining of cop- structure components
per?
D. none of above
A. It will remain in the impure copper
197. Atmospheric corrosion is
B. It will fall down and become an anode
sludge A. Chemical oxidation by the environment
that results in metal loss
C. It will fall down and go to the cathode
B. Chemical oxidation by the environment
D. It will stick to the anode that results in pipe loss
C. Chemical oxidation by the environment
193. In case of broken coating of tin on iron,
that results in steel loss
corrosion of iron
D. none of above
A. Increases
198. Which type of metal doesn’t rust at all?
B. Decreases
A. steel
C. Iron forms a stable corrosion product
B. iron
D. Iron remains unaffected
C. copper
194. Which of the following methods are used D. none of above
to prevent underground water pipeline
199. Please select potential consequences if
from rusting? (1) Cathodic protection(2)
wash water flowrate to de-salter is too
Galvanizing (3) Sacrificial protection
LOW.
A. and (2) only
A. Poor dehydration efficiency
B. and (3) only B. Poor salt removal
C. and (3) only C. Poor contact with crude processed
D. , (2) and (3) D. All of the above answers are correct.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 560

200. Which reactants formed rust on our D. The trophy reacted with carbon monox-
nails? ide
A. iron and air
206. :Why is the alloy brass used to make
B. Iron and water coins and musical instruments?
C. Iron, water, air A. The metals that make brass resist cor-
D. none of above rosion

201. :Why are metals alloyed? B. Brass is strong

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. To improve the appearance of a metal C. Brass is hard wearing
B. To make them less likely to corrode D. All of the above
C. To reduce the amount of iron used
207. How can rusting be prevented?
D. To change the properties of the metal
A. painting
202. Which of the following are essential fac- B. coating with plastic
tors for rusting to occur? (1) High temper-
ature(2) Oxygen(3) Water C. using oil or grease
A. and (2) only D. using water
B. and (3) only 208. what type of material does rusting hap-
C. and (3) only pen on
D. , (2) and (3) A. metals
203. What type of material rusts? B. all materials
A. Non-metal C. water
B. Metal D. plastic
C. Gas
209. Technician A says that sanding may be
D. Liquid used to clean metal surfaces. Technician
204. :Why is steel alloyed with other metals? B says that wax and grease remover may
be used to clean metal surfaces before ap-
A. To make It stronger plying corrosion protection.
B. To make it lighter
A. A only
C. To make it more resistant to corrosion
B. B only
D. All of the above
C. Both
205. John won 2nd place on a running competi-
D. Neither
tion. Months later, his trophy turned dull.
Explain why. 210. What can have corrosion?
A. The trophy reacted with oxygen and A. Plastic
water
B. Iron
B. The trophy reacted with carbon dioxide
C. Paper
C. The trophy reacted with hydrogen sul-
fide D. Wood

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 561

211. Acid rain has a pH LESS than 217. Which of the following metals, when
A. 5.6 wrapped around an iron nail, will prevent
rusting? (1) Aluminium (2) Copper (3)

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. 7.0 Magnesium
C. 8.5 A. and (2) only
D. 4.6 B. and (3) only
C. and (3) only
212. Which of these can minimise rusting?
D. , (2) and (3)
A. coating
218. what is rust
B. Galvanising
A. hydrogen ions oxide
C. Alloying
B. hydrogen
D. covering in paint
C. oxygen
E. coating in zinc
D. metal
213. The colour of verdigris is: 219. Explain the corrosion process.
A. Brown A. Metal that is oxidized (loss of electron)
B. Green suffers anodic change.
C. Black B. Corrosive agent reduced (gain of elec-
tron) undergoes cathodic change.
D. Red
C. Both are correct.
214. What is the charge of the cathode in the D. none of above
electrorefining process?
220. Which element does not promote corro-
A. Positive sion?
B. Negative A. the water
C. No charge B. sand
D. Dual Charge C. oxygen
D. salt
215. Which is an example of corrosion?
A. Boiling 221. Which of these metals rust (NOT cor-
rode)?
B. Melting
A. Copper
C. Rust
B. Iron
D. Bending C. Gold
216. For rusting formation only takes D. Bronze
place.
222. Corrosion is an example of
A. Salt A. Oxidation
B. Metal B. Erosion
C. Wood C. Electrolysis
D. Iron Oxide D. Reduction

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 562

223. What metal from the list below doesnt C. may be require an etching base
rust? D. contains a phosphoric acid
A. Iron
229. what is one way of preventing rusting?
B. Steel
A. cover it in milk
C. Gold
B. cover it in gold
D. none of above
C. paint it
224. select the correct option

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. cover in leaves
A. corrosion is a type of rusting which is
a type of oxidation 230. Below are adverse effect if water, salt
B. oxidation is a type of corrosion which and other contaminant is not remove from
is a type of rusting the crude to downstream unit. Please
choose the CORRECT answer.
C. rusting is a type of corrosion which is
a type of oxidation A. Corrosion in CDU overhead system
leading to Shut Down Or Through Put
D. rusting is a type of oxidation which is
losses
a type of corrosion
B. Heavy In organic Fouling in Heat Ex-
225. a brittle material is one that changers
A. will bend C. Fouling of crude & vacuum columns
B. fractures under presure D. All of the above answers are correct.
C. can be crushed easilly
231. Corrosion product of Aluminium will eas-
D. none of above ily dissolve in
226. Which metal is commonly used as sacrifi- A. Acidic medium
cial anodes? B. Neutral medium
A. Aluminium
C. Does not dissolve
B. Silver
D. Alkaline medium
C. Copper
232. Which of the following is an example of
D. none of above
a malleable metal?
227. Boring near any SWG Facility standby A. plastic
A. 5ft B. titanium
B. 10ft C. charcoal
C. 15ft D. gold
D. none of above
233. Iron + Water + Oxygen=
228. All of these are true about epoxy primer
A. Hydrogen Iron Oxide
except?
B. Hydrated Iron Oxide
A. is available as a two part aerosol
B. may be recommended under plastic C. Iron Hydrosulfate
filler D. Iron Trioxide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 563

234. Silver corrosion is known as: C. Inorganic coating


A. Rust D. none of above

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Verdigris
240. :What is electroplating?
C. Tarnish
A. Coating of the surface of one metal
D. Scrap
with a thick layer of another
235. ZINC is a metal used in the PROCESS B. Coating of the surface of one metal
A. From CHROMING with a more reactive metal
B. NICKEL PLATING C. Coating of the surface of one metal
C. Of GALVANIZATION with a less reactive metal

D. none of above D. Coating of the surface of a metal with


a thin layer of another metal
236. Corrosion rate measurement SUEZ Wa-
ter, which unit is used to measure? 241. Iron will rust in the presence of:
A. ppm. A. Vacuum + low temperatures
B. mpy B. Moisture
C. mill per month C. Oxygen
D. mm/y D. Moisture and Oxygen
237. To protect iron against corrosion, the pro-
cess of galvanization may be used. The 242. What is a better chemical name for rust
metal plated on the iron is: than iron oxide?

A. Zinc A. watery iron oxide


B. Nickel B. hydrated iron oxide
C. Chromium C. iron oxide dot water
D. Gallium D. hydrogenated iron dioxide
238. The following metals would protect iron 243. All combustion reactions are
by electrons flowing to the iron is
A. endothermic
A. Silver
B. exothermic
B. Gold
C. neutral
C. Copper
D. Magnesium D. fast

239. Choose the correct material for coating 244. Which equation represents the oxidation
based on the description given:” provide of copper?
thin, tough and durable barrier to protect A. With 2+ → With + 2e-
substrate metal from corrosion environ-
mental” B. With → With 2-+ 2e-
A. Metallic coating C. Cu 2+ + 2e-→ Cu
B. Organic coating D. With → With 2+ + 2e-

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


3.6 Corrosion 564

245. Technician A says that not restoring cor- 249. The general form of the corrosion equa-
rosion protection could result in a re- tion is:
pair comeback.Technician B says that not A. metal oxide → metal + oxygen
restoring corrosion protection could result
in failure of the vehicle structure.Who is B. metal and oxygen → metallic oxide
right? C. metal + oxygen → metal oxide
A. Tech A D. iron + oxygen → iron oxide
B. Tech B

NARAYAN CHANGDER
250. Form 127 is
C. Both A. All written agreements made with con-
D. Neither tractor are documented here

246. Aluminium & Chromium form a corrosion B. Standby checklist


product that acts as a C. Response Documentation
A. Protective film D. none of above
B. Non-protective film 251. How electroplating can be used to im-
C. Non-uniform film prove the resistance to corrosion of metal
D. Soluble film objects?
A. Electroplating acts as a barrier in or-
247. Water can be kept away using a desiccant der to exclude hydrogen and water
in the container. What does the desiccant
do to prevent rusting of Iron? B. Electroplating acts as a barrier in or-
der to absorb oxygen and water
A. absorbs Oxygen
C. Electroplating acts as a barrier in or-
B. gives out water der to exclude oxygen and water
C. absorbs water D. none of above
D. all of the above
252. Corrosion occurs between pH 3 and 10
248. Process of deterioration of result or only in the
other reaction. A. Presence of oxygen
A. Chemical B. Absence of oxygen
B. Wood C. Absence of oxygen with evolution of hy-
C. Air drogen
D. Electrochemical D. Both presence & absence of oxygen

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE
4. Carbon and its compounds

4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond


1. Which of the following would form a Ionic B. mercury
Bond?
C. poly(ethene)
A. Metal with a Metal.
D. sodium chloride
B. Metalloid with a Non-metal.
C. Metal with a Non-metal. 5. Elements in the same vertical column of the
periodic table; also called group
D. Non-metal with a Non-metal.
A. Family
2. A compound composed of two atoms cova-
B. Atom
lently bonded
C. Element
A. Diatomic molecule
B. Polar covalent bond D. Metals

C. Nonpolar covalent bond 6. Silicon dioxide is the compound in sand.


D. Molecule What is its formula?
A. SO2
3. How many electrons are shared in the co-
valent bonding of a methane molecule? B. NaO2
A. 2 C. SiO2
B. 4 D. SiO
C. 6
7. Which bond is the least polar?
D. 8
A. C-H
4. Substance X has a melting point higher
B. F-H
than 500 ◦ C. It conducts electricity when
solid and when molten. What is X? C. O-H
A. copper D. N-H

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 566

8. Which molecules react to form a dative co- C. NaBr


valent (coordinate) bond? D. Na2CO3
A. CH4 and NH3
14. According to the octet rule most elements
B. C2H2 and Cl2 need valence electrons.
C. NH3 and HF A. 2
D. Cl2 and HF B. 8
9. Two carbon atoms form a linear shaped C. 6

NARAYAN CHANGDER
ethene, C2H4, molecule when bonded with D. 18
four other hydrogen atoms. Prior to bond-
ing, the carbon atom 15. What is the ability of a substance to be
pulled into a thin strand?
A. does not hybridise
A. Malleability
B. undergoes sp hybridisation
B. Ductility
C. undergoes sp2 hybridisation
C. Conductivity
D. undergoes sp3 hybridisation
D. Solubility
10. Group of elements that satisfies the octet 16. What is the ability of a substance to be
rule without forming compounds: rolled or pounded into a thin sheet?
A. halogens A. Malleability
B. alkali metals B. Ductility
C. transition metals C. Conductivity
D. noble gases D. Solubility
11. The force of attraction between atoms is 17. Which of the following is an example of a
called COVALENT COMPOUND?
A. a bond A. H2S
B. noble gas configuration B. KI
C. oxidation number C. CaCl2
D. atomic number D. MgO

12. Which species contains a dative covalent 18. Which will form an ionic bond?
(coordinate) bond? A. C and N
A. HCN B. Be and F
B. C2H2 C. Br and S
C. CO2 D. H and O
D. CO 19. is the alkene with 3 carbons in its chain.
13. Which compound has resonance struc- A. Ethene
tures? B. Propene
A. C6H12 C. Methene
B. CH3CHO D. Decene

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 567

20. The strongest covalent bonds are C. F2


A. single bonds D. Cl2

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. double bonds E. Br2
C. triple bonds 26. Which is the correct molecular formula for
D. none of above dicarbon tetrahydride?
A. CH4
21. Element X has an electronic structure 2, 8,
8. Element Y has an electronic structure 2, B. C2H6
8, 6. What is made when X and Y react? C. C2H4
A. type of compound:covalent, for- D. CH6
mula:X2Y
27. Outer shell electrons are called
B. type of compound:covalent, for- A. outer electrons
mula:XY2
B. valence electrons
C. type of compound:ionic, formula:X2Y
C. negatives
D. type of compound:ionic, formula:XY2
D. none of above
22. What is the bond angle in the H3O+ ion?
28. What two types of atoms make a covalent
A. 104◦ bond?
B. 107◦ A. 2 Nonmetals
C. 109◦ B. 1 Nonmetal & 1 Metal
D. 120◦ C. 2 Metals
D. 2 Noble Gases
23. If Bromine bonds with Hydrogen, a
bond forms. 29. What elements generally make a covalent
A. polar covalent bond?
B. nonpolar covalent A. metal and nonmetal

C. metallic B. 2 or more nonmetals


C. metal
D. ionic
D. none of the above
24. What is the hybridisation for central atom
in IF4-? 30. The following compounds have sim-
ilar molar masses:CH3CH2COOH,
A. sp2 CH3CH2CH2CH2OH and CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3What
B. sp3 is the order of increasing boiling points?
C. sp3d A. CH3CH2CH2CH2OH<CH3CH2COOH<CH3CH2CH2CH2CH
D. sp3d2
B. CH3CH2COOH<CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3<CH3CH2CH2CH2O
25. Which of the following diatomic molecules
has the strongest bonds?
C. CH3CH2COOH<CH3CH2CH2CH2OH<CH3CH2CH2CH2CH
A. N2
B. O2 D. CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3<CH3CH2CH2CH2OH<CH3CH2COO

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 568

31. Which molecule contains an incomplete 36. Element Q has an electronic structure 2, 4.
octet of electrons? Element R has an electronic structure 2, 8,
6. What would be the formula of the com-
A. NF3
pound formed between Q and R?
B. BF3
A. QR
C. BrF B. Q2R
D. SF2 C. QR2

NARAYAN CHANGDER
32. Since covalent compounds do not have free D. QR4
charges, they are
37. How many single bonds can carbon form?
A. good conductors A. 1
B. poor conductors B. 3
C. ionic C. 4
D. metallic D. 5

33. Sodium is in Group I of the Periodic Ta- 38. When drawing the structure of diatomic
ble. When sodium combines with chlorine, oxygen (O2), what type of bond is used?
what happens to one sodium atom? A. single
A. It gains one electron from one chlorine B. double
atom
C. triple
B. It shares one electron with one chlo- D. quadruple
rine atom
C. It transfers one electron to one chlo- 39. What type of compound consists of
rine atom molecules that made of atoms that are co-
valently bonded?
D. It transfers two electrons to one chlo-
A. ionic
rine atom
B. crystal
34. Which pair of elements make the same C. noncovalent
number of bonds?
D. molecular
A. C and O
40. Melting points are very high-a large
B. F and H
amount of energy is needed to break all
C. P and Br the covalent bonds
D. He and H A. simple covalent molecules
B. metallic
35. How many pi bonds are in NO3?
C. ionic
A. 0
D. giant covalent
B. 1
41. The name for the electrons located in the
C. 2
outermost energy level of an atom that
D. 3 are involved in bonding:

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 569

A. valence electrons 47. How many covalent bonds does sulfur


B. variable electrons make?
A. 6

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


C. core electrons
D. lost electrons B. 4
C. 1
42. How many total valence electrons are
D. 2
available in a [NO3]-ion?
A. 10 48. Carbon is in 4A, so how many bonds can it
form based on electrons needed to fill its
B. 12
outer shell?
C. 22 A. 1
D. 24 B. 3
43. Which of the following is TRUE about ionic C. 4
compounds? D. 5
A. They have low melting and boiling
49. Which molecule contains a dative covalent
points.
(coordinate) bond?
B. They can conduct electricity in the solid
A. HCN
state.
B. H2O2
C. They are stronger than covalent
bonds. C. CO2
D. They are usually formed from 2 metals. D. CO

44. Which of these would be covalently 50. Which pair of elements will combine to
bonded form an ionic compound?
A. carbon and chlorine
A. Fr and K
B. fluorine and sodium
B. Sc and O
C. hydrogen and oxygen
C. F and Cl
D. oxygen and carbon
D. He and Pt
51. Compared to ionic compounds, molecular
45. Which group of ions and molecules has de- compounds generally have
localized electrons in all the species?
A. good conductivity
A. CH3COCH3, C2H5COO-, and O3
B. greater densities
B. NO-3, NO-2, and CO2
C. more chemical bonds
C. C6H6, CO2-3, and graphite
D. a low boiling point
D. C6H6, CO2-3, and C2H2
52. How many bonds does carbon have to cre-
46. Polar covalent bonds ate in order to satisfy the octet rule
A. Share electrons equally A. 1
B. Transfer electrons unequally B. 2
C. Share electrons unequally C. 3
D. Transfer electrons equally D. 4

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 570

53. A molecule with a double covalent bond is C. bond polarity.


D. the difference in electronegativities.
A. HCl
59. What is the bond angle in CH4?
B. SO
A. 180◦
C. I2
B. 120◦
D. N2 C. 109.5◦
D. 105◦

NARAYAN CHANGDER
54. Atoms with a strong attraction for elec-
trons they share with another atom ex-
hibit 60. In a nonpolar covalent bond, the electrons
spread around
A. zero electronegativity
A. The atom with the Greatest Electroneg-
B. low electronegativity ativity
C. high electronegativity B. The atom with the Lowest Electroneg-
D. negative electronegativity ativity
C. Each atom Equally
55. Which of the following represent com-
pounds? D. None of the Above

A. O2 61. Why do simple covalent molecules have


low melting and boiling points?
B. CO2
A. they have weak bonds between the
C. Cl2
atoms
D. NaCl
B. they have weak bonds between the
56. Which Mr is NOT correct for the molecule? molecules
A. CO2 44 C. they have weak forces between their
atoms
B. CH4 16
D. they have weak forces between their
C. NH3 17 molecules
D. O2 16
62. Which of the following bonds is the most
57. Which of the following compounds would polar?
have the highest lattice energy? A. C H
A. LiF B. O H
B. MgCl2 C. S O
C. CaBr2 D. C F
D. C2H6 63. What is the formula of magnesium ni-
tride?
58. The actual reason that atoms form ionic
bonds or covalent bonds is A. MgN
A. metals and non-metals. B. Mg2N3
B. the difference in intermolecular C. Mg3N
forces. D. Mg3N2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 571

64. Which formula is for phosphorus trichlo- 70. A crystal is


ride?
A. made up of cations and anions

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. KCl3
B. many molecules attracted to each
B. PCl3 other
C. K3Cl
C. pretty
D. P3Cl
D. soluble in water
65. What is the VSEPR shape for CO2?
A. Linear 71. Each carbon is graphite forms bonds
B. Trigonal planar A. 1
C. Bent B. 2
D. Trigonal pyramidal C. 3
66. Give the formula for phosphorus trifluo- D. 4
ride
A. P3F 72. A compound X contains chlorine and one
other element. Which property of X indi-
B. PF
cates that the bonds X are ionic?
C. PF3
A. It can be synthesised from its ele-
D. P3F3 ments
67. When C2H2, C2H4 and C2H6 are arranged B. It conducts electricity when molten
in order of increasing carbon-carbon bond
strength (weakest bond first), what is the C. It is almost insoluble in water
correct order? D. It is gaseous at room temperature
A. C2H2, C2H4, C2H6
73. The formula of iron(III) oxide is
B. C2H2, C2H6, C2H4
C. C2H6, C2H4, C2H2 A. FeO
D. C2H6, C2H2, C2H4 B. FeO2

68. Of the following single bonds, which is the C. Fe2O


LEAST polar? D. Fe2O3
A. N-H
74. What causes water molecules to have a
B. H-F
bent shape, according to VSEPR theory?
C. O-F
A. repulsive forces between unshared
D. I-F
pairs of electrons
69. How are ionic bonds formed? B. interaction between the fixed orbitals
A. When atoms share an electron of the unshared pairs of oxygen
B. When opposite charged atoms attract C. ionic attraction and repulsion
C. When one atom takes a proton D. the unusual location of the free elec-
D. When one atom takes a neutron trons

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 572

75. or 2 bonds, no lone pairs 81. What type of bond forms between magne-
A. Linear sium and fluorine?

B. Trigonal planar A. ionic


C. Tetrahedral B. nonpolar covalent
D. Bent C. polar covalent

76. Which is NOT a simple covalent molecule? D. metallic

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Diamond 82. Which best explains a covalent bond?
B. Carbon dioxide
A. One atom takes the other atom’s elec-
C. Methane tron
D. Oxygen B. Two atoms share two or more elec-
trons
77. Predict the bond between Mg and Cl
C. The two nuclei of two atoms merge
A. covalent
B. ionic D. One atom gives the other atom extra
electrons
C. metallic
D. none of the above 83. In a Lewis dot model, which electrons will
be shared?
78. The number of bonds an element will form
in a covalent compound will be equal to A. all of them

A. the number of valence electrons B. only the single electrons


B. eight electrons C. only the paired electrons
C. the number of electrons needed to D. none of above
reach an octet
D. the group number 84. The desire for an element to have 8 atoms
around it is called
79. A bond with a partially negative end and A. Octet Rule
a partially positive end is:
B. Resonance
A. ionic
C. Ionization energy
B. polar
C. non-polar D. Electronegativity

D. called a dipole 85. Which order is correct when the follow-


ing compounds are arranged in order of in-
80. Which has every carbon atom covalently
creasing melting point?
bonded to four other atoms?
A. graphite A. CH4 < H2S < H2O

B. diamond B. H2S < H2O < CH4


C. fullerene C. CH4 < H2O < H2S
D. none of these D. H2S < CH4 < H2O

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 573

86. The number of electrons in the valence 91. Carbon is the base of which type of com-
shell of elements A and B, are 6 and 7 re- pounds?
spectively. What is the formula and type

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Organic
of bonding in a compound formed by these
elements? B. Covalent
A. A2B, covalent C. Ionic
B. AB2, covalent D. none of above
C. A2B, ionic
D. AB2, ionic 92. All the substances listed are solids at room
temperature. Which substance has a sim-
87. What is the bond angle in H2O? ple molecular structure?
A. 180◦ A. Sodium
B. 120◦
B. Iodine
C. 109.5◦
C. Carbon (graphite)
D. 105◦
D. Strontium
88. The compounds shown below have similar
relative molecular masses. What is the 93. The electronegativity of C is 2.5, F is 4.0.
correct order of increasing boiling point? predict the character of a C-F bond.
A. CH3COOH < (CH3)2CO < A. polar covalent
(CH3)2CHOH
B. nonpolar covalent
B. CH3COOH < (CH3)2CHOH <
(CH3)2CO C. ionic
C. (CH3)2CO < CH3COOH < D. metallic
(CH3)2CHOH
D. (CH3)2CO < (CH3)2CHOH < 94. Identify the type(s) of covalent bonds
CH3COOH present if one carbon and two oxygen
atoms bonded together? (hint:draw Lewis
89. Which form of carbon is the poorest elec- dot structure)
trical conductor?
A. two single bonds
A. Graphite
B. two double bonds
B. Graphene
C. Diamond C. two triple bonds
D. Carbon nanotube D. one single bond and one double

90. A chemical bond in which the shared elec- 95. Which compound has hydrogen bonds be-
tron pair comes from only one of the atoms tween its molecules?
is a(n)
A. CH4
A. ionic bond
B. covalent bond B. CH4O

C. coordinate covalent bond C. CH3Cl


D. polyatomic bond D. CH2O

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 574

96. Which group of elements will not bond C. The same


with any other atom? D. none of above
A. Alkali Metals
101. Which species has the same molecular ge-
B. Alkaline Earth Metals ometry as SO32-?
C. Halogens A. BF3
D. Noble Gases B. SO3
C. PF3

NARAYAN CHANGDER
97. Rank these in order of strength:covalent
bondLondon forceshydrogen bonddipole- D. CO32-
dipole attraction 102. An atom that has gained or lost electrons
A. dipole-dipole>covalent bond>hydrogen is called
bond>London A. a winner
B. London>dipole-diple>hydrogen B. an isotope
bond>covalent bond C. an ion
C. covalent bond>hydrogen bond>dipole- D. a loser
dipole>London
103. What type of bond will form between hy-
D. hydrogen bond>dipole-dipole>London>covalent
drogen and phosphorus?
bond
A. nonpolar covalent
98. How many electrons does chlorine need to B. polar covalent
gain in order to have a full outer shell?
C. ionic
A. 7
D. metallic
B. 0
104. mole of copper (Cu) is equal to how many
C. 1 atoms?
D. 8 A. 4.51 x 1023 atoms
99. The ‘lead’ in a pencil is made of a mixture B. 8.03 x 1023 atoms
of graphite and clay. When the percentage C. 6.02 x 1023 atoms
of graphite is increased, the pencil slides D. 3.11 x 1023 atoms
across the paper more easily. Which state-
ment explains this observation? 105. The melting point of aluminium oxide is
much higher than the melting point of cal-
A. Graphite has a high melting point.
cium oxide. Which statement explains
B. Graphite is a form of carbon. this?
C. Graphite is a lubricant. A. A calcium ion has more protons than
D. Graphite is a non-metal. an aluminium ion
B. A calcium ion has more shells of elec-
100. In general, substances with stronger in- trons than an aluminium ion
termolecular forces have boiling points
C. A calcium ion has a smaller charge
than those with weaker forces
than an aluminium ion
A. Higher D. Calcium is more reactive than alu-
B. Lower minium

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 575

106. What is the same and different in an iso- B. P and Cl


tope? C. Cl and N

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Electrons:sameProtons:differentNeutrons:different
D. F and Na

112. How many covalent bonds does carbon


B. Electrons:sameProtons:sameNeutrons:different
form?
C. Electrons:sameProtons:differentNeutrons:same A. None, it does not form covalent bonds.
B. 2
D. Electrons:differentProtons:sameNeutrons:same C. 3

107. Which of the following is NOT a mix- D. 4


ture?
113. What is the shape of a molecule with a
A. Salsa triple bond?
B. Egg salad A. tetrahedral
C. Guacamole B. pyramidal
D. Bleach C. bent
108. Which part of an atom is POSITIVELY D. linear
charged?
114. How many electrons form the carbon-
A. protons oxygen bond in methanal, HCHO?
B. neutrons A. 2
C. electrons B. 4
D. atoms C. 8
109. In which molecule are all the outer elec- D. 12
trons of the atoms involved in bonding?
115. Resonance is most commonly used to de-
A. HF scribe the bonding in molecules of which of
B. H2O the following?
C. NH3 A. CO2
D. CH4 B. O3
C. H2O
110. O=C=O What does = mean in this struc-
tural formula? D. CH4
A. Single covalent bond E. SF6
B. Double covalent bond 116. What ELEMENTS are present in the chem-
C. Equals ical formula:CH 4
D. Triple covalent bond A. Carbon and Helium

111. Which atoms will NOT form a covalent B. Carbon and Hydrogen
bond? C. Calcium and Hydrogen
A. H and P D. Copper and Helium

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 576

117. Elements in Group 1 lose one electron to C. Br2F


form ions with a charge.
D. BrF2
A. 1+
B. 2+ 123. Simple molecular structures have

C. 0 A. High melting points

D. 1- B. Low melting points


C. No melting point

NARAYAN CHANGDER
118. Which of the following types of com-
pounds will likely dissolve in water, since D. Some have high melting points some
it is polar? have low melting points
A. ionic compounds
124. Why do atoms bond?
B. polar molecules
A. They typically don’t bond
C. nonpolar molecules
B. To add or take away energy levels
D. metallic compounds
C. To have a full valence shell.
119. Molecular compounds do not conduct elec- D. To have a full inner shell
tricity because they:
A. break up into ions 125. Which of the following has the lowest
boiling point?
B. do not break up into ions
A. CaCl2
C. do not dissolve in water
D. have high melting points B. PH3
C. Cl2
120. What is the name of the covalent
molecule C4H10? D. N2
A. Tetracarbon Decahydroxide 126. The reason that salt crystallines, such as
B. Tetracarbon Decahydride KCl, are held together so well is because
C. Carbon Hydroxide the cations are strongly attracted to:

D. Tetracarbon Decahydrogen A. neighboring cations


B. protons in the nucleus of the bonding
121. What is the molecular geometry and bond atom
angle in the molecular ion NO3-?
C. delocalized electrons
A. A
D. neighboring anions
B. B
C. C 127. Which group has no electronegativity
D. D value?
A. Halogen
122. The chemical formula for Bromine
monofluoride is: B. Transition Metals
A. Br1F1 C. Noble Gases
B. BrF D. Alkaline Earth Metals

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 577

128. Which compound forms hydrogen bonds B. O2Br6


in the liquid state? C. 0Br2

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. C2H5OH D. 03Br6
B. CHCl3
134. What is it called when atoms share one
C. CH3CHO pair of electrons?
D. (CH3CH2)3N A. A double bond
129. A covalent bond in which electrons are B. A triple bond
shared unequally is:
C. A quadruple bond
A. polar
D. A single bond
B. a double bond
135. How many of the following molecules
C. ionic
have a measurable dipole moment? S03
D. polyatomic CCl4 PF3 BH3
130. How many electrons do atoms need to be A. 1
stable? B. 2
A. 1 C. 3
B. 2 D. 4
C. 6
136. When the oppositely charged ends of po-
D. 8 lar molecules attract each other, the result-
ing bond is
131. Why does sodium chloride not conduct
electricity in its solid form? A. polar
A. Ions in its structure are in fixed posi- B. nonpolar
tions. C. metallic
B. It contains no free electrons. D. hydrogen
C. It has a giant covalent molecular struc-
ture. 137. How many non-bonding pairs of elec-
trons are there in a nitrogen molecule?
D. Ions in its structure only have single
negative and single positive charges.. A. 0
B. 1
132. The Lewis structure of SO2 is given here.
What is the shape of the SO2 molecule? C. 2

A. Bent (V-shaped) D. 3

B. Linear 138. Lewis structures are represented in dif-


C. T-shaped ferent ways in different parts of the world.
Two ways of drawing the Lewis structure
D. Triangular planar for H3O+ are shown here. Which state-
133. Give the chemical formula for oxygen ment is correct about H3O+?
tetrabromide A. The ion has a tetrahedral shape.
A. 0Br4 B. The H-O-H bond angle is 120◦ .

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 578

C. The H-O-H bond angle is 90◦ . C. Silver oxide


D. The ion has a trigonal pyramidal shape. D. Strontium oxide
139. Which substance can form intermolecular 145. The electrons in an ionic molecule are
hydrogen bonds in the liquid state? shared
A. CH3OCH3
A. Evenly
B. CH3CH2OH
B. Unevenly

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. CH3CHO
C. Electrons are not shared
D. CH3CH2CH
D. None of the Above
140. Which of the following substances con-
tains both ionic andcovalent bonds? 146. Chlorine has 7 electrons in it’s outer shell.
A. NH3 How many covalent bonds does it need
to make to complete it’s outer shell elec-
B. CH4 trons?
C. NaOH A. 1
D. C2H5OH
B. 2
141. How many electrons fit on the 2nd shell C. 3
in a Bohr Model?
D. 4
A. 1
B. 2 147. The name for the chemical formula for a
C. 8 group of covalently bonded atoms:

D. 18 A. unshared pairs
B. molecule
142. Covalent bonds tend to happen between
two C. octet rule
A. metals D. VSEPR
B. nonmetals
148. Why do atoms share electrons?
C. metal and nonmetal
A. To attain the electron configuration of
D. none of above a noble gas.
143. What is the name of NBr3? B. To become ions and take a charge
A. nitride bromide C. to increase the mass
B. nitrogen tribromide D. it’s a nice thing to do.
C. nitrogen tribromine
149. P + O is what type of bond
D. dinitrogen dibromide
A. ionic bonding
144. Which of the following does not contain
ionic bonds? B. Covalent Bonding
A. Sulfur dioxide C. None of the above
B. Sodium oxide D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 579

150. An example of a molecule with a double C. C2H6


bond is
D. C6H6

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Hydrogen
E. HCN
B. Hydrogen gas
C. Oxygen gas 156. Draw a Br2 molecule. Br have 7 valence
electrons. What type of a bond would ex-
D. Nitrogen gas ist between them.
151. What is the hybridisation of carbon atom A. Ionic bond
in hydrogen cyanide, HCN? B. Single covalent bond
A. sp
C. Double covalent bond
B. sp2
D. Triple covalent bond
C. sp3
D. sp3d 157. Which of the following has the highest
melting point?
152. Which of the following is ionic? A. O2
A. NO2 B. F2
B. MgO
C. Na2O
C. CO
D. CCl4
D. CH4
158. How many electrons should Carbon have
153. What will be the compound name of the around its Lewis dot structure?
following chemical formula? NaCl
A. 1
A. Potassium Chloride
B. 3
B. Sodium Chloride
C. 4
C. Calcium Chloride
D. 5
D. Sodium Chlorine

154. A compound has a boiling point of 159. Name this compound.N2O4


8915◦C, dissolves in water, and makes A. dinitrogen tetroxide
an electrolyte. Which of the following com-
B. dinickel tetroxide
pounds is most likely being described?
C. nitrogen oxide
A. Ionic Compound
B. nonpolar covalent Compound D. nickel oxide

C. polar covalend compound 160. What describes the relationship between


D. none of above diamond, graphite and C60 fullerene?
A. Allotropes
155. Which of the following molecules con-
tains only single bonds? B. Isomers
A. CH3COOH C. Isotopes
B. CH3CH2COOCH3 D. Polymers

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 580

161. Which statements are correct for the 166. What are electrons used to complete an
bonds between two carbon atoms? I. Sin- octet but not used in bonding called?
gle bonds are longer than triple bonds.II. A. Shared pair
Single bonds are stronger than double
bonds.III. Triple bonds are stronger than B. Lone pair
double bonds. C. Bonded pair
A. I and II only D. unshared pair
B. I and III only

NARAYAN CHANGDER
167. All giant covalent structures
C. II and III only
A. have low melting and boiling points
D. I, II and III
B. conduct electricity
162. Resonance structures differ by C. have high melting and boiling points
A. number and placement of electrons D. are made of carbon atoms
B. number of electrons only
168. What type of IMF is present in all sub-
C. placement of atoms only stances, regardless of polarity?
D. number of atoms only A. London dispersion forces
E. placement of electrons only
B. dipole-dipole forces
163. Which state of matter are covalent com- C. ion-dipole forces
pounds?
D. hydrogen bonding
A. Solids
169. How many valence electrons does calcium
B. Liquids
have?
C. Gases
A. 2
D. All of them
B. 4
E. Solids and Liquids
C. 6
164. Phosphorus trichloride is a covalent com- D. 7
pound. What is the proper formula?
A. PCl3 170. How do the bond angles in CH4, NH3 and
H2O compare?
B. P3Cl
A. CH4 = NH3 = H2O
C. PCl
B. CH4 < NH3 < H2O
D. PCl2
C. NH3 < CH4 < H2O
165. Which of the following molecules has the
D. H2O < NH3 < CH4
shortest bond length?
A. N2 171. A super thin layer of graphite is called?
B. O2 A. Nanomaterial
C. Cl2 B. Kevlar
D. Br2 C. Nanotube
E. I2 D. Graphene

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 581

172. When drawing Lewis structures, all ele- 177. Which of the following scientific claims
ments follow the rule (except H and about the bond in the molecular compound
He) in order to be the most stable. is HFmost likely to be true?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Octave Rule A. There is a partial negative charge on
the H atom.
B. Duet Rule
B. Electrons are shared equally between
C. Triad Rule
the H and F atoms.
D. Octet Rule
C. The bond is extremely weak.
173. The hybridisation of the central atom in D. The bond is highly polar.
the following molecules is same EXCEPT
178. VSEPR stands for theory.
A. NH3
A. Valence Structure of Electron Pyra-
B. H2O
mids and Regression
C. AlCl3
B. Varied Structures of Electrons Paired
D. C2H6 and Replaced

174. Carbon monoxide burns in oxygen to pro- C. Varied Shell Energy of Protons and Ra-
duce carbon dioxide2CO(g) + O2(g) → diation
2CO2(g) Which mass of carbon dioxide is D. Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion
produced from 14 g of carbon monoxide?
179. What is the charge on a chloride ion?
A. 22 g
A. -1
B. 28 g
B. 1
C. 44 g
C. +2
D. 88 g
D. +1
175. What elements generally make an ionic
bond? 180. How many pairs of electrons are shared
in a single bond?
A. metal and nonmetal
A. 1
B. 2 or more nonmetals
B. 2
C. metal
C. 3
D. none of the above
D. 4
176. Does the following reference Polar, Non-
polar, or both:”electronegativity values 181. Salt has a chemical formula of NaCl. Salt
are the same”? is a
A. Polar A. Compound
B. Nonpolar B. Element
C. Both C. Mixture
D. none of above D. None of the Above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 582

182. Which has the formula C60? 188. Atoms want


A. graphite A. A full outer shell of electrons
B. diamond B. One electron short of a full shell
C. fullerene C. kit kats
D. none of these D. none of above
183. A Nitrogen molecule (N2) has one triple 189. Determine the polarity and geometry for
bond. How many electrons do the nitrogen

NARAYAN CHANGDER
HF.
atoms share?
A. no shape, polar
A. 11
B. linear, polar
B. 3
C. linear, nonpolar
C. 4
D. no shape, nonpolar
D. 6
190. Single bonds are , Double bonds are
184. What part of an atom is NEGATIVELY , and Triple bonds are
charged?
A. Weakest, strongest, medium
A. protons
B. Strongest, medium, weakest
B. neutrons
C. Weakest, medium, strongest.
C. electrons
D. none of above
D. atoms
191. Which prefix means “four”?
185. Which of the following elements will NOT
be surrounded by an octet of electrons in A. penta
a correctly drawn Lewis structure? B. tetra
A. carbon C. di
B. oxygen D. hexa
C. chlorine
192. Which compounds contain both ionic and
D. hydrogen covalent bonding? I. CaCO3II. NaClIII.
186. Which covalent bond is the longest? NaOH
A. Triple A. I and II only
B. Single B. I and III only
C. Double C. II and III only
D. Quadruple D. I, II and III

187. A molecule with a single covalent bond is 193. CaCl2 is an example of what type of
bond?
A. HCl A. Covalent
B. SO B. Metallic
C. CO C. Ionic
D. SO2 D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 583

194. The formation of metallic oxides involves B. CaCl2


the transfer of electrons from a metal C. NO2
atom to oxygen atoms. In the formation

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


of one mole of which metallic oxide do D. SCl
the metal atoms not transfer exactly two
200. How many lone pairs will chlorine have
moles of electrons?
in a Lewis structure?
A. aluminium oxide
A. 1
B. iron(II) oxide
B. 7
C. magnesium oxide
C. 3
D. sodium oxide
D. it depends
195. What is the name of SF6?
201. Which of the following is NOT one of the
A. sulfur pentafluroide seven diatomic molecules?
B. pentasulfur fluoride A. Hydrogen
C. sulfur hexafluoride B. Carbon
D. sulfur hexafluorine C. Bromine
196. Which of the following is the correct D. Iodine
name for HF? E. Oxygen
A. hydrogen fluoride
202. Metallic bonds form between which two
B. hydrogen monofluoride types of atoms?
C. monohydrogen monofluoride A. nonmetal
D. hydrogen monofluorine B. metal
197. Which has a 2D hexagonal layered struc- C. metalloid
ture? D. metal
A. graphite
203. Which particles are responsible for the
B. diamond conduction of electricity in molten alu-
C. fullerene minium?
D. all of these A. Cations
B. Anions
198. Which compound has the shortest C to O
bond? C. Electrons
A. CH3CHO D. Protons
B. CO 204. What is the chemical name for the binary
C. CO2 compound listed:Fe3N2
D. C2H5OC2H5 A. Iron nitride

199. Which of the following is NOT a covalent B. Iron (III) nitride


compound? C. Iron (II) nitride
A. H3N D. TriIron dinitride

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 584

205. What is a polar molecule? 210. Breaking a bond always requires that
A. One that has a partial negatitive on one A. energy is released
end and a partial positive on the other B. energy remain constant
B. a molecule with little vibration C. energy is added
C. an ionic compound D. the mass change
D. the nonpolar bonds are arranged se- E. a nonmetal is involved
quentially

NARAYAN CHANGDER
211. Allotropes are
206. Covalent bonds are formed between
A. different types of substances made
A. 2 non-metals from carbon
B. a metal and a non-metal B. substances made of the same element
C. 2 metals which have different physical properties
D. 2 ions C. made from elements in group 4
D. non-metals which conduct electricity
207. Graphite can be used as a lubricant,
why? 212. How many bonds does carbon make
A. Because it has delocalised electrons A. 1
that can move
B. 3
B. Because the layers of graphite are
C. 4
held together by weak intermolecular
forces so they can slide over each other D. 5
C. Because it is held together by strong 213. What is the chemical formula of Magne-
covelent bonds sium chloride?
D. Because most of the carbon atoms are A. MgCl
free within the structure
B. MgCl2
208. Hydrogen bonding occurs when hydrogen C. MgC
is bonded to N, O, or F. Which of the fol-
D. MgC2
lowing has hydrogen bonding?
A. CBr4 214. Which sequence has the molecules in or-
der of increasing nitrogen-nitrogen bond
B. NO2
length?
C. H2S
A. N2 < N2H4 < N2H2
D. NH3
B. N2 < N2H2 < N2H4
209. Which of the following is NOT formed by C. N2H4 < N2H2 < N2
a covalent bond?
D. N2H2 < N2H4 < N2
A. K2S
215. Use your knowledge and electronegativ-
B. H2O ity sheet to predict what type of bond
C. I2 would form between calcium and bromine.
D. CO2 A. non-polar covalent

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 585

B. polar covalent B. IS6


C. ionic C. correct

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. metallic D. feel

216. What is the name for the following com- 221. What explains the very high melting and
pound:NaCl boiling point of water?
A. sodium chlorine A. Dipole-dipole forces between water
molecules
B. sodium monochloride
B. Hydrogen bonds between water
C. sodium chloride
molecules
D. monosodium monochloride C. London dispersion forces between wa-
217. A chemical bond resulting from electro- ter molecules
static attraction between positive and neg- D. Molecule-ion attractions between wa-
ative ions is a(n) ter molecules
A. nonpolar covalent 222. Which of these nonmetal’s-ide name is
B. ionic incorrect? hydrogen => hydrogidechlo-
rine => chloridenitrogen => nitridesulfur
C. polar covalent
=> sulfide
D. coordinate covalent
A. sulfur => sulfuride
218. Graphite and diamond are both forms of B. chlorine => chlorinide
the element carbon. Which option shows
C. hydrogen => hydride
the number of other carbon atoms that
each carbon atom is covalently bonded to D. nitrogen => nitride
in graphite and diamond?
223. This shows the kind and number of atoms
A. graphite:3diamond:3 in a molecule
B. graphite:3diamond:4 A. Chemical formula
C. graphite:4diamond:3 B. Covalent bond
D. graphite:4diamond:4 C. Molecular formula
D. Nonpolar covalent bond
219. Which species contain a dative covalent
(coordination or coordinate) bond? I. Car- 224. Which of the following has a full valence
bon monoxide, COII. Ammonia, NH3III. shell?
Oxonium ion, H3O+
A. Oxygen
A. I and II only
B. Neon
B. I and III only
C. Barium
C. II and III only
D. Carbon
D. I, II and III
225. When two nonmetals do not share elec-
220. Molecular formula for diiodine heptasul- trons evenly, the resulting covalent bond
fide: will be
A. IF5 A. nonpolar

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 586

B. polar 231. Which is the best description of the bond-


C. ionic ing present in silicon dioxide, SiO2?

D. metallic A. Each silicon atom forms four single co-


valent bonds to oxygen atoms.
226. How many electrons can fit on the first B. Each silicon atom forms two double co-
shell in a Bohr Model? valent bonds to oxygen atoms.
A. 1 C. Each silicon atom forms two single co-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. 2 valent bonds to oxygen atoms.
C. 6 D. Each silicon atom forms four double co-
D. 8 valent bonds to oxygen atoms.

227. When you boil a molecular substance, you 232. What is the formula for diphosphorus
are interrupting pentoxide?
A. only intramolecular forces A. P2O5
B. only intermolecular forces B. PO5
C. both intermolecular and intramolecu- C. P5O2
lar forces D. P2O6
D. neither intermolecular nor intramolec-
233. Hydrogen can form both ionic and cova-
ular forces
lent compounds.With which element will
228. An ionic bond happens between what hydrogen form an ionic compound?
kinds of elements? A. carbon
A. metals and metals B. chlorine
B. metals and nonmetals C. nitrogen
C. nonmetals and nonmetals D. sodium
D. none of above
234. The giant covalent structures diamond,
229. The polarity of a molecule is based on graphite, graphene and C60 all
the measure of difference in as well A. conduct electricity
as molecular geometry.
B. have 4 carbon bonds per atom
A. mass number
C. are made up of carbon atoms
B. atomic radius
D. are hard and strong
C. electronegativity
D. magnetism 235. The bonding in sulphuric acid can be rep-
resented by the structure shown. What is
230. Which of the following has the highest the total number of electrons in thecova-
electrical conductivity? lent bonds surrounding the sulfur atom?
A. aqueous sugar solution A. 4
B. solid graphite B. 6
C. solid sodium chloride C. 8
D. gaseous carbon dioxide D. 12

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 587

236. Which statement best describes metallic 241. How are compounds with metallic bonds
bonding? similar to ionic compounds?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Electrostatic attractions between op- A. Both tend to have double and triple
positely charged ions bonds
B. Electrostatic attractions between a lat- B. Both tend to have low boiling points
tice of positive ions and delocalized elec-
trons C. Both tend to have poor conductivity
C. Electrostatic attractions between a lat- D. Both tend to have high melting points
tice of negative ions and delocalized pro-
tons 242. How does a magnesium atom form a
bond with an oxygen atom?
D. Electrostatic attractions between pro-
tons and electrons A. by giving one pair of electrons to the
oxygen atom
237. The electrons in a polar covalent molecule
B. by sharing one pair of electrons, both
are shared
electrons provided by the magnesium
A. Evenly atom
B. Unevenly C. by sharing two pairs of electrons, both
C. Electrons are not shared pairs provided by the oxygen atom
D. None of the Above D. by sharing two pairs of electrons, each
atom donating one pair of electrons
238. Which part of an atom has no charge?
A. protons 243. How many chemical bonds can each car-
B. neutrons bon atom form?
C. electrons A. one
D. atoms B. two
239. Resonance structures of a molecule or ion C. three
differ by D. four
A. number and placement of electrons
244. Which substance contains an covalent
B. number of electrons
bond? (use a periodic table)
C. placement of atoms
A. CH4
D. number of atoms
B. OMg
E. placement of electrons
C. MgBr2
240. When diatomic fluorine creates a
molecule, what type of bond is used? D. LiF
(Hint, you may have to draw the Lewis
245. Name the following compound:Li2S
structure)
A. Single bond A. dilithium sulphide
B. Double bond B. dilithium monosulphide
C. Triple bond C. lithium sulphide
D. none of above D. lithium sulphate

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 588

246. How many electrons make a full outer 251. Choose the element that can make a triple
shell in the 2nd or 3rd shells? bond.
A. 1 A. C
B. 2 B. O
C. 4 C. N
D. 8 D. Cl

NARAYAN CHANGDER
247. Which two statements about a covalent 252. The electronegativity difference in the
bond are correct? 1 It can be formed bonds of CH4 (methane) is:
between two metal atoms2 It can be A. 0.4
formed between two non-metal atoms3 It
is formed by the transfer of electrons be- B. 5.9
tween atoms4 It is formed by sharing elec- C. -0.4
trons between atoms D. 1.7
A. 1 and 3
253. Three pairs of electrons are shared in a
B. 1 and 4
A. single bond.
C. 2 and 3
B. double bond.
D. 2 and 4
C. triple bond.
248. The bonds in Na2O are best described as D. none of the above.
A. a. covalent, because valence elec-
trons are shared. 254. a bond that forms when electrons are
gained or lost (transferred) from one atom
B. covalent, because valence electrons to another
are transferred
A. covalent bond
C. ionic, because valance electrons are
shared. B. ionic bond

D. ionic, because valance electrons are C. reactant


transferred. D. product

249. Check all that apply. 255. Which prefix means “seven”?
A. molecule A. hexa-
B. octet B. octa-
C. family C. nona-
D. unit D. seven-

250. Which of the following would form a 256. How many valence electrons are in Phos-
molecule with covalent bonds? phorus?
A. NaCl A. 15
B. BF3 B. 4
C. NO2 C. 5
D. AL2O3 D. 31

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 589

257. Which shapes are altered by unshared C. Nothing


pairs of electrons?
D. none of above

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Bent and Pyramidal
B. Trigonal Planar and Bent 263. Of the following compounds, which is the
most ionic?
C. Tetrahedram and Bipyramidal
A. SiCl4
D. Pyramidal and Linear
B. BrCl
258. What is the ability of a substance to
allow heat, sound, or electricity to flow C. PCl3
through it? D. Cl2O
A. Malleability E. CaCl2
B. Ductility
264. Copper (II) nitride, Cu3N2, has the fol-
C. Solubility
lowing bonding:
D. Conductivity
A. ionic
259. What is the number of valence electrons
B. metallic
for Oxygen?
A. 8 C. nonpolar covalent

B. 6 D. polar covalent
C. 2 265. In many compounds, atoms form ions so
D. 1 that the number of valence electrons is

260. Which element is most likely to form 4 A. 1


bonds? B. 4
A. Carbon C. 8
B. Fluorine
D. 10
C. Sulfur
D. Nitrogen 266. How many ATOMS are in one molecule of
CH4?
261. How many electrons can be held in the
A. 2
first shell?
A. 1 B. 4

B. 2 C. 5
C. 4 D. 3
D. 8
267. Ionic bonding is between a
262. An atom with 3 valence electrons A. nonmetal and nonmetal
“wants” a full shell, so it can either gain 5
or lose 3. Which is more likely to occur? B. metal and nonmetal
A. Gain 5 C. metal and metal
B. Lose 3 D. Depends on the situation

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 590

268. Which compound below would be nonpo- 273. Name given to pairs of valence electrons
lar? that do not participate in bonding in the
covalent molecule:
A. HF
A. isolated electrons
B. H2O
B. shared pairs of electrons
C. Br2
C. unshared (lone) pairs of electrons
D. HBr
D. antisocial electrons

NARAYAN CHANGDER
269. Why is graphite so soft?
274. Which type of solid is hard, brittle, and
A. The atoms are arranged in hexagons
nonconducting unless dissolved in H2O?
in layers that are held together strongly
A. Ionic Crystal
B. The atoms are arranged in hexagons
in layers that are held together weakly B. Covalent Molecular Crystal
C. Carbon is strongly bonded to 3 other C. Metallic Crystal
carbon atoms.
D. Covalent Network Crystal
D. Carbon is weakly bonded to 3 other
carbon atoms. 275. What is the basis of a metallic bond?
A. the attraction of neutral metal atoms.
270. What information do we look for on the
periodic table if we want to examine inter- B. the attraction between protons and
molecular forces? neutrons.
A. atomic mass C. the attraction between positive metal
ions and interlocking electrons.
B. atomic number
D. the attraction between positive metal
C. electronegativity
ions and free floating electrons.
D. ionization
276. In a Lewis structure, what do you do with
271. What is the formula of ammonium phos- the total number of valence if your ion is
phate? 2-charged?
A. (NH3)3PO4 A. Add 2 to the valence number
B. (NH4)3PO4 B. Subtract 2 from the valence number
C. (NH4)2PO4 C. Multiply the valence number by 2
D. (NH3)2PO3 D. Divide the valence number by 2

272. How many valence electrons does nitro- 277. VSEPR is based on the assumption that
gen have?
A. positive ions repel each other
A. 3
B. positive ions attract negative ions
B. 2
C. sp2 hybridization occurs
C. 5
D. electrons in molecules repel each
D. 1 other

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 591

278. When the electronegativities of two 283. The bond angle for a trigonal planar
atoms are so large that they can’t even molecule is
share electrons, the valence electrons are

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 90 Degrees
transferred from one atom to another
B. 109.5 Degrees
A. Ionic Bond
C. 120 Degrees
B. Polar bond
D. 180 Degrees
C. Covalent bond
284. What is the hybridization around the car-
D. Electronegativity bon atom in a molecule of CO2?
279. Which pair of molecules has the same A. sp1
bond angles? B. sp2
A. PCl3 and BCl3 C. sp3
B. SO2 and CO2 D. sp4
C. H2O and NH3 285. Each of the following are joined by a
D. CCl4 and SiH4 covalent bond EXCEPT? (hint:think about
what type of elements can make covalent
280. What set of elements is most likely to bonds)
form a covalent compound? A. K and O
A. Na and O B. C and S
B. Na and K C. B and F
C. O and C D. N and Cl

D. none of above 286. have the strongest intermolecular


forces of attraction.
281. What type of bond forms between two
A. Dipole-Dipole
or more atoms that are charged (+/-)?
B. Dispersion
A. Covalent bond
C. Hydrogen Bonds
B. Incomplete bond
D. none of above
C. Ionic bond
287. Which molecule has an octahedral
D. Metallic bond shape?
282. Which of the following is true about Co- A. SF6
valent (non-polar) bonds? (select ALL true B. PCl5
options)
C. XeF4
A. High melting point
D. BF3
B. Low melting point
288. What is the formula of Tricarbon Octaflu-
C. Can dissolve in water oride?
D. Cannot dissolve in water A. C3F8
E. Can conduct electricity B. CF

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 592

C. F3C8 B. Positive and negative ions


D. 3C8F C. Positive ions
289. What are compounds formed by covalent D. Molecules
bonds known as
A. Atoms 294. When ionic compound 1 is formed 878, 4
kJ of energy is given off, ionic compound 2
B. Electrons is formed 546.8 kJ of energy is given off,

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Molecules ionic compound 3 is formed 987.2 kJ of
D. Valence electrons energy is given off and finally compound
4 is formed and gives off 350.5 kJ of en-
290. Which correctly lists butane (Mr=58), ergy. Which of these compounds is most
propanone (Mr=58), propan-1-ol (Mr=60) stable?
and propan-2-ol (Mr=60) in order of in-
A. compound 1
creasing boiling point?
A. C4H10 < CH3COCH3 < CH3CH(OH)CH3 B. compound 2
< CH3CH2CH2OH C. compound 3
B. CH3CH2CH2OH < CH3CH(OH)CH3 < D. compound 4
CH3COCH3 < C4H10
C. C4H10 < CH3CH(OH)CH3 < 295. If the name of a compound ends in “IDE”,
CH3CH2CH2OH < CH3COCH3 what does that tell us about the atoms
D. C4H10 < CH3COCH3 < CH3CH2CH2OH that make it up?
< CH3CH(OH)CH3 A. That it is a molecule
291. What is a diatomic molecule? B. That it contains two different elements
A. a metal bonded with a nonmetal C. That it contains two atoms
B. 2 or more nonmetals bonded together
D. That it is an ionic compound
C. 2 or more metals bonded together
D. 2 atoms of the same element bonded 296. A covalent compound made of one sulfur
together and one oxygen atom would be named

292. Which of the following is NOT TRUE A. sulfur monoxide


about covalent compounds? B. sulfur oxide
A. They have low melting and boiling C. monosulfur monoxide
points.
D. monosulfide oxygen
B. They are formed from 2 nonmetals.
C. They can conduct electricity when dis- 297. What is a polymer?
solved in water (aqueous).
A. Monomers that join to form a chain
D. none of above
B. A simple covalent structure
293. Which particles are present in the lattice
of a metal? C. A small simple molecule
A. Negative ions D. A giant covalent compound

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 593

298. The melting point of MgO is higher than C. 4


that of NaF. Which of the following best D. 8
explains this observation?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


304. Which compound does not form hydrogen
A. O is less electronegative than F
bonds between its molecules?
B. NaF has a higher lattice energy than
A. CH3NH2
MgO
B. CH3COCH3
C. The O2-ion is smaller than the F-ion
C. CH3COOH
D. The charge on each ion is higher in
D. CH3CH2OH
MgO than in NaF
305. What is the name of the compound P2Cl6
299. Which of the following prefixes is not cor- (Use Prefix)
rectly matched?
A. Pentaphosphorus dichloride
A. 1 = mono
B. Hexaphoshphide dichloride
B. 2 = bi
C. Diphosphorus pentachloride
C. 4 = tetra
D. Diphosphorus hexachloride
D. 5 = penta
306. Which of the following diatomic
300. How many electrons are shared in a dou- molecules will form a triple bond?
ble bond? A. H2
A. 2 B. Cl2
B. 4 C. O2
C. 6 D. N2
D. 8 307. What is a monomer?
301. Carbon dioxide A. Something made up from polymers
A. Will B. An allotrope

B. C20 C. A small simple molecule


D. A giant molecule
C. CO
D. Ill 308. Calculate the Mr of Mg(NO3)2
A. 86
302. what is the name of CBr3? (Use Prefix)
B. 148
A. carbon tetrachloride
C. 84
B. monocarbon tetrachloride
D. 24
C. carbon trichloride
309. Which of the following has an ionic
D. monocarbon trichloride bond?
303. How many electrons can be held in the A. H3N
first energy level or shell? B. CaCl2
A. 1 C. NO2
B. 2 D. SCl

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 594

310. Which bonds cause the boiling point of C. nonpolar; unequally


water to be significantly greater than that D. nonpolar; unequally
of hydrogen sulfide?
A. London (dispersion) 316. Which formula represents a substance
that contains covalent bonds?
B. Covalent
A. LiCl
C. Ionic
B. CaCl2
D. Hydrogen

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. K2O
311. Which compound contains both ionic and
covalent bonds? D. CO2

A. SIH4 317. Use your knowledge and electronegativ-


B. NaNO3 ity sheet to predict what type of bond
would form between phosphorus and flu-
C. H2CO orine.
D. Na2S
A. non-polar covalent
312. What type of structure does copper(II) ni- B. polar covalent
trate take?
C. ionic
A. crystal lattice
D. metallic
B. simple molecular
C. giant covalent (macromolecule) 318. The two (2) factors that determine if a
molecule is Polar or Non-polar:
D. metallic lattice
A. The atoms’s ionization energy
313. A compound that is a poor conductor and B. the type of atoms in the molecule
has low melting and boiling points is most
likely C. The atom’s oxidation number
A. ionic D. the shape of the molecule
B. metallic 319. What is happening within a covalent
C. covalent bond?
D. none of above A. electrons are transfered

314. How many double bonds could nitrogen B. electrons are shared
form? C. protons are shared
A. 1 D. protons are added and electrons are
B. 2 removed.
C. 3 320. The molecule that uses sp3d hybrid or-
D. 0 bital on the central atom is
A. BCl3
315. A diatomic molecule like O2 is always
because electrons are shared B. NCl3
A. nonpolar; equally C. ICl3
B. polar; equally D. PCl3

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 595

321. Which of these forces applies to all 327. Binary molecular (covalent) molecules
molecules are named using:

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. London Dispersion A. adjectives
B. Dipole dipole B. dangling participles
C. Hydrogen Bonding C. suffixes
D. Covalent bonding D. prefixes
322. In what form can an ionic compound con- 328. Atoms form ions in order to become this
duct electricity?
A. isotopes
A. when dissolved in water
B. stable
B. as a solid
C. metals
C. as a crystal
D. nonmetals
D. when warmed slightly
329. Neon is in group 8 of the periodic ta-
323. Choose the structure that forms a triple ble. Why does neon not bond covalently?
bond (remember these exist in diatomic (choose two options)
form in nature).
A. Because it is unstable
A. Hydrogen
B. Because it is stable
B. Fluorine
C. It has a full outer shell
C. Oxygen
D. It does not have a full outer shell
D. Nitrogen
330. What is the symbol of the element:gold?
324. Which substance does not conduct elec-
tricity? A. Ag
A. Solid zinc B. As
B. Molten zinc C. Ap
C. Solid zinc chloride D. Au
D. Molten zinc chloride 331. Which of the following is a Diatomic
325. Which bond is the most polar? Molecule
A. F-O A. K2
B. H-O B. C2
C. Na-O C. S2
D. Sn-O D. N2

326. What type of bonding is found within a 332. Which type of bond does Nitrogen and
water molecule? Hydrogen make?
A. ionic bonding A. covalent
B. polar covalent bonding B. metallic
C. nonpolar covalent bonding C. ionic
D. hydrogen bonding D. James

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 596

333. Which species contain dative covalent C. Non-polar covalent


bonds? I. COII. NH3III. H3O+
D. Metallic
A. I and II only
B. I and III only 339. Graphite is slippery and is used as a lu-
bricant because
C. II and III only
A. it is made of layers that do not slide
D. I, II and III over each other

NARAYAN CHANGDER
334. The elements in which of the following B. it is made of layers that slide over each
groups satisfy the octet rule without form- other
ing compounds?
C. it has a low melting point so is slimey
A. transition metals at room temperature
B. alkali metals D. it is used in pencils
C. halogens
340. Covalent compounds
D. noble gases
A. Share electrons
335. In the correct Lewis structure for water,
B. transfer electrons
how many unshared pairs of electrons will
oxygen have? C. contain a sea of electrons
A. 1 D. conduct electricity
B. 4
341. NH3 has how many lone pairs?
C. 3
A. 0
D. 2
B. 1
336. Covalent bonds form between atoms. C. 2
A. metal
D. 3
B. nonmetal
C. stable 342. Which species contain a dative covalent
bond? I. HCHOII. COIII. H3O+
D. inert
A. I and II only
337. Which substance contains covalent bonds, B. I and III only
but also conducts electricity?
C. II and III only
A. brass
D. I, II and III
B. graphite
C. iodine 343. What is the hybrid orbital used by the
D. steel central atom in SF6
A. sp2
338. Metals and nonmetals form which kind of
bond? B. sp3
A. Polar covalent C. sp3d
B. Ionic D. sp3d2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 597

344. Which substance contains an ionic bond? 349. In which substance is each carbon atom
(use a periodic table) covalently bonded to only three other
atoms?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. F2
A. carbon dioxide
B. H2O2
C. MgBr2 B. diamond

D. CO C. graphite
D. methane
345. Bond enthalpy is
A. always negative 350. The Lewis structure of which compound
is best represented with resonance struc-
B. always positive tures?
C. sometimes positive and sometimes A. MgCl2
negative
B. CO2
D. always zero
C. SO3 2-
E. unpredictable
D. OCl2
346. A covalent bond involves a of elec-
trons. 351. What is the formula for Tricarbon Octahy-
dride?
A. sharing
A. Ca3O
B. borrowing
B. C2H8
C. exchanging
C. C3H8
D. switching
D. Ca3H8
347. Which describes a covalent bond vs. an
ionic bond? 352. Oxygen has 6 electrons in it’s outer shell.
How many covalent bonds does it need
A. electrons are shared in ionic bonds to make to complete it’s outer shell elec-
B. electrons are transferred in covalent trons?
bonds
A. 1
C. metals and metalloids make covalent
B. 2
bonds
C. 3
D. compounds with covalent bonds do not
have conductivity when dissolved in water D. 4

348. Which set of elements is most likely to 353. What is the bond angle for a pyramidal
form an ionic compound? molecule?
A. Na and O A. 90
B. C and O B. 107
C. Na and K C. 109.5
D. none of above D. 120

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 598

354. In forming covalent bonds, why do atoms B. -2


share electrons?
C. +1
A. To achieve noble-gas notation
D. -1
B. To become charged
C. To form ions 360. Which process involves the breaking of
hydrogen bonds?
D. none of above
A. 2HI(g) → H2(g) + I2(g)

NARAYAN CHANGDER
355. Which consists of carbon atoms?
B. CH4(g) → C(g) + 4H(g)
A. graphite
C. H2(l) → H2(g)
B. diamond
D. NH3(l) → NH3(g)
C. fullerene
D. all of these 361. What is a diatomic element?
356. The rule that says atoms will form bonds A. a metal bonded with a nonmetal
in order to obtain a stable noble gas elec- B. 2 or more nonmetals bonded together
tron configuration:
C. 2 or more metals bonded together
A. Hund’s rule
B. Rule of Three D. 2 atoms of the same element bonded
together
C. Binary rule
D. Octet rule 362. What type of bond will N-H form?

357. What is a triple bond made of? A. Polar Covalent

A. three pairs of electrons shared be- B. Non-polar Covalent


tween three atoms C. Ionic
B. two pair of electrons shared between D. none of above
three atoms
C. two pairs of electrons shared between 363. Which of the following hybrid orbitals is
two atoms used by the central atom for bonding in
CO32-?
D. three pairs of electrons shared be-
tween two atoms A. sp2

358. Which of the following will take the B. sp3


longest to evaporate? C. sp3d
A. CH3CH2OH D. sp3d2
B. CH3OH
364. Which molecule has a dipole moment?
C. CH3CH3
D. none of above A. CH4
B. AsCl5
359. If an atom loses two electrons what
charge will it have? C. SO3
A. + 2 D. PCl3

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 599

365. What types of elements combine to form C. Covalent


ionic bonds? D. none of above

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Metals and metalloids
371. Which statements about graphite are cor-
B. Metals and non metals rect? I. Carbon atoms are held in layers
C. Non metals only with weak attractions between layers.II.
Graphite is a non-metal which conducts
D. Metalloids only
electricity.III. Each carbon atom is cova-
E. Metals only lently bonded to three other carbon atoms.
366. Which species has the longest carbon to A. I and II only
oxygen bond length? B. I and III only
A. CO C. II and III only
B. CH3OH D. I, II and III
C. CH3CO2- 372. Bonding in molecules that cannot be ad-
D. H2CO equately described by a single structural
formula is represented by
367. Which structure does not contain atoms
A. three-dimensional structures
bonded to other atoms by four covalent
bonds? B. resonance structures
A. diamond C. double-bond structures
B. graphite D. triple-bond structures
C. poly(ethene) 373. What is the name of the covalent
D. sand (silicon dioxide) molecule BF3
A. Bromide Trifluoride
368. Which two atoms form the most polar
B. Bromine Trifluoride
bond?
C. Monobromine Trifluoride
A. C and F
D. Bromine Tetrafluoride
B. C and Cl
C. Si and F 374. Which species does not have resonance
structures?
D. Si and Cl
A. C6H6
369. Phosphorus trichloride B. NH4+
A. commodities C. CO32-
B. P3Cl D. O3
C. I’m going crazy
375. Where are the non-metals located on the
D. PCL periodic table?
370. What type of bond is present in a com- A. All over
pound containing sulfure and chlorine? B. On the left side of the “staircase”
A. Metallic C. On the right side of the “staircase”
B. Ionic D. In the Middle

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 600

376. What is the charge on a Hydrogen ion? 381. What is the common name for these two
molecule? (The common name for H2O is
A. +1
water. But its chemical name would be Di-
B. 1 hydrogen monoxide!)NH3 is and CH4
is
C. 2
A. nitrate; propane
D. none of above
B. propane; nitrate
377. What is the correct order if the com-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. ammonia; methane
pounds are arranged in order of increasing
boiling point? D. methane; ammonia

A. H4 < CH3Cl < SiH4 < CH3OH 382. Of the following molecules, which is the
B. CH3OH < CH4 < CH3Cl < SiH4 most polar?
A. CO
C. CH3OH < CH3Cl < SiH4 < CH4
B. CO2
D. CCH4 < SiH4 < CH3Cl < CH3OH
C. O2
378. In the chemical formula for an ionic com- D. HF
pound, which item is written first?
E. F2
A. positive ion
B. negative ion 383. A charged particle that has gained at
least one electron is called a(n)
C. subscript
A. Anion
D. the female
B. Cation
379. Which structures conduct electricity as a C. Anonion
liquid but not as a solid? D. chemistry cat
A. Metallic
384. If electrons are shared unequally then the
B. Covalent bond is
C. Ionic A. Non-polar covalent
D. All of the above B. Ionic
C. Non-polar ionic
380. As the number of covalent bonds be-
tween two atoms increases, the distance D. Polar covalent
between the atoms and the strength
of the bond between them 385. How many electrons does each line (sin-
gle, double and triple bonds) represent
A. increases, increases that are being shared?
B. decreases, decreases A. 0
C. increases, decreases B. 1
D. decreases, increases C. 2
E. is unpredictable D. 3

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 601

386. Which compound has the lowest boiling 391. Of the following molecules, which has the
point? largest dipole moment?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. CH3CH2CH2OH A. CO
B. CH3CH2CH2BR B. CO2
C. CH3CH2COOH C. O2
D. CH3CH2CH2CH3 D. HF
387. What is the definition of matter? E. F2
A. Anything that has mass and takes up 392. What term refers to “two or more sub-
space. stances combined physically, but are still
B. Anything that is pure. able to be separated?
C. A substance that is a solid, liquid or A. Solution
gas. B. Mixture
D. Anything that you can see or hold. C. Combination
388. How many electrons does Oxygen need D. Liquid
to fill its outer shell?
393. Which solid would be a good conductor?
A. 3
A. sodium chloride
B. 4
B. copper (II) sulfate
C. 1
C. glucose
D. 2
D. aluminum
389. Which noble gas has the highest boiling
394. Which of the following elements will
point?
form a covalent bond with sulfur?
A. Xe
A. neon
B. Kr
B. potassium
C. Ar
C. oxygen
D. He
D. sodium
390. Which statement is a true comparison of
diamonds and graphite? 395. Select all of the statements below that
are correct to describe the structure and
A. diamonds are extremely hard and col- properties of ionic compounds
orless where as graphite is a very soft
gray substance. A. They have high melting and boiling
points
B. diamonds are extremely soft and color-
less where as graphite is a very hard gray B. They have a lattice structure
substance. C. The ions are held together by inter-
C. Diamonds are made only from carbon molecular forces
where as graphite is a carbon compound D. They can conduct electricity when
containing metal electrons molten
D. none of above E. They can conduct electricity when solid

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 602

396. A mixture of two or elements at least one C. Hydrogen bonding


of which is a metal is called D. Dipole-dipole forces
A. an ion
402. How does a lithium atom form the most
B. an alloy stable ion?
C. steel A. The atom gains a proton to form a pos-
D. a crystal itive ion.

397. What shape would PH3 have? B. The atom loses a proton to form a neg-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
ative ion.
A. Trigonal Planar
C. The atom loses an electron to form a
B. Trigonal Bipyramidal positive ion.
C. Bent D. The atom gains an electron to form a
D. Linear negative ion.

398. What do we call a covalent bond where 403. An aqueous solution of X conducts elec-
electrons are shared UNEVENLY or UN- tricity. Substance X has a high melting
EQUALLY? point. What could X be?
A. Ionic A. calcium chloride
B. Polar Covalent B. carbon dioxide
C. Nonpolar Covalent C. diamond
D. Van der Waals Force D. hydrogen chloride

399. Which is correct for the hybridization and 404. Why does graphite conduct electricity?
molecular geometry of phosphorus tribro- A. Ions are free to move to carry the
mide? charge
A. sp3, tetrahedral B. Aoms can move
B. sp3, trigonal pyramidal C. Free electrons that can carry the
C. sp2, trigonal pyramidal charge
D. sp2, trigonal planar D. none of above

400. How many valence electrons does hydro- 405. How many covalent bonds can phospho-
gen have? rus make?
A. 4 A. 15
B. 3 B. 3
C. 2 C. 5
D. 1 D. 8

401. What are the strongest intermolecular 406. Why can graphite conduct electricity?
forces between molecules of propanone, A. 1 electron per C atom is not used in
CH3COCH3, in the liquid phase? bonding
A. London (dispersion) forces B. there are C ions that can move to con-
B. Covalent bonding duct electricity

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 603

C. there are C atoms that can move to 412. What is the hybridisation of sulphur in
conduct electricity SF4 molecule?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. the layers of C atoms have charges A. sp2
407. Which substance is not a macro- B. sp3
molecule? C. sp3d
A. diamond D. sp3d2
B. graphite
413. Which sub-atomic particle is involved in
C. silicon (IV) oxide
chemical bonding?
D. sulfur
A. Proton
408. When do we use the prefix system to B. Neutron
name chemical compounds?
C. Electron
A. Metal + Nonmetal (= Ionic com-
pound) D. Valence Electron
B. Nonmetal + Nonmetal (= molecular 414. What is the order of increasing boiling
compound) point?
C. Metal + Metal (= metallic alloy) A. CH3CH2CH2CH3<CH3CH(OH)CH3<CH3COCH3<CH3CO2
D. Metal + Polyatomic Ion (= Ionic com-
pound) B. CH3CH2CH2CH3<CH3COCH3<CH3CH(OH)CH3<CH3CO2
409. Which molecule has a non-bonding (lone)
pair of electrons on the central atom? C. CH3CO2H<CH3COCH3<CH3CH(OH)CH3<CH3CH2CH2CH
A. BF3
B. SO2 D. CH3CH2CH2CH3<CH3COCH3<CH3CO2H<CH3CH(OH)CH
C. CO2 415. Which would be the only situation
D. SiF4 where valence electrons would be shared
evenly?
410. The central atom that has a hybrid orbital
of sp2 is A. metals and nonmetals
A. PCl3 B. different nonmetals
B. BCl3 C. nonmetals of the same element
C. H2O D. metalloids of the same element
D. BeH2 416. Water is formed when 48g of oxygen
411. According to VSEPR, molecules adjust combine with 6g of hydrogen. What mass
their shapes to keep which of the follow- of oxygen combines with 2g of hydro-
ing as far away as possible? gen?
A. Pairs of valence electrons A. 12 g
B. Inner shell electrons B. 16 g
C. Mobile Electrons C. 96 g
D. Electrons closest to the nucleus D. 144 g

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 604

417. Give the formula for oxygen dichloride 422. Compound such as H2O and CO2 are un-
charged group of atoms held together by
A. OCl2
covalent bonds are called
B. O2Cl2
A. metals
C. OCl
B. polyatomic ion
D. O2Cl
C. ionic compound
418. Which of the following describes the D. molecules

NARAYAN CHANGDER
structure of diamond?
A. a giant structure of atoms bonded co- 423. Which of the following does not contain
valently covalent bonds?
B. a regular arrangement of oppositely A. Carbon (graphite)
charged ions B. Carbon (diamond)
C. layers of rings of atoms C. HCl (g)
D. positively charged ions surrounded by D. NaCl (s)
a ‘sea of electrons’
424. Which compound has a covalent macro-
419. What is Covalent Bonding?
molecular (giant covalent) structure?
A. Bonding that is the result of two non-
A. MgO (s)
metals sharing electrons
B. Al2O3 (s)
B. Bonding between two metals
C. P4O10 (s)
C. Bonding that is the result of a non-
metal and a metal exchanging electrons D. SiO2 (s)
D. Bonding between more than two ele-
425. The chemical formula for Caffeine is
ments
C8H10N4O2. Which element in the for-
420. What are the shared electrons between mula has the most atoms?
atoms of a molecule called A. Carbon
A. Valence electrons B. Hydrogen
B. Bonding pairs C. Nitrogen
C. Polar bonds D. Oxygen
D. Ionic bonds
426. Which substance has the following prop-
421. A formula that shows how many atoms erties? * Low melting point* Very solu-
of each element a substance contains is ble in water* Does not conduct electricity
called a(n) when molten
A. ionic formula A. Glucose, C6H12O6
B. molecular formula B. Silicon dioxide, SiO2
C. structural formula C. Sodium chloride, NaCl
D. empirical formula D. Tetrachloromethane, CCl4

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 605

427. A polar bond is one that C. gas


A. Has an electronegativity difference D. none of above

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


greater than 1.7
433. Put these in increasing order:C, H, and O
B. Has an electronegativity difference
A. H < C < O
greater than 0.4
B. H < O < C
C. Has an electronegativity difference
less that 0.4 C. O < C < H
D. Has an electronegativity difference D. C < H < O
less than 0.7
434. Which is true about covalent vs. ionic
428. What element are diamond and graphite compounds?
made up of? A. covalent compounds usually form crys-
A. Sodium tals
B. Carbon B. ionic compounds are often liquids
C. Carbon dioxide C. covalent compounds will never contain
metals
D. Silicon
D. ionic compounds have lower melting
429. Which substance is made up of a lattice of and boiling points than covalent com-
positive ions and free moving electrons? pounds
A. Graphite 435. All molecules have London forces be-
B. Sodium chloride tween them, but dipole-dipole and hydro-
C. Sulfur gen bonding are so much stronger that
when they are present we can ignore Lon-
D. Sodium don forces. Which of these has ONLY Lon-
430. Ethane, C2H6, has the following bonding: don forces?

A. ionic A. I2

B. metallic B. NH3

C. nonpolar covalent C. OCl2

D. polar covalent D. SH2


436. Atoms that lose electrons become
431. Which compound will form when alu-
minum bonds with chlorine? A. negatively charged
A. Al3Cl B. positively charged
B. AlCl C. remain neutral, no charge
C. AlCl3 D. losers
D. Al7Cl3 437. What is the charge on an Aluminum ion?
432. Most covalent compounds are do not ex- A. 3
ist in which state? B. +3
A. solid C. +2
B. liquid D. +1

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 606

438. Hydrogen needs electrons in its va- 444. What is the name of P4S5?
lence shell to be stable. A. pentasulfur tetraphosphide
A. 4 B. pentaphosphorus tetrasulfide
B. 6 C. tetraphosphorus pentasulfide
C. 8 D. phosphorus pentasulfide
D. 2
445. An ionic bond forms between what two
439. The ability of an atom to attract electrons types of atoms?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
to itself is called A. nonmetal
A. geometry B. metal
B. conductivity C. metalloid
C. electronegativity D. electrons
D. ionization energy 446. Dinitrogen monoxide, N20, has two dou-
440. How do the following two elements bond ble bonds. The general structure is N=N=O.
together? K1+ S2- What is the formal charge on the oxygen
atom in this molecule?
A. KS
A. zero
B. K8S
B. positive one (+1)
C. K6S3
C. positive two (+2)
D. K2S
D. negative one (-1)
441. Which of the following would have the
447. Identify NO
highest lattice energy?
A. Nitrous Oxygen
A. Na F
B. Nitrogen Monoxide
B. Na I
C. Nitrous Monoxide
C. Na Br
D. none of above
D. none of above
448. Why does oil not dissolve in water?
442. What is the correct formula of trichlorine
A. because both are polar molecules
pentoxide
B. because water is nonpolar and oil is
A. Cl2O4
polar
B. Cl5O3
C. because water is polar and oil is non-
C. Cl3O4 polar
D. Cl3O5 D. because both are nonpolar molecules
443. What properties characterize molecular 449. What is it called when atoms share three
compounds? pairs of electrons?
A. Low melting points A. A single bond
B. Low boiling points B. A double bond
C. Non-conductors C. A triple bond
D. All choices D. a quadruple bond

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 607

450. Diatomic elements are defined as IDEN- 455. The ion NO-has valence electrons.
TICAL elements that bond with each other
A. 10
(i.e. Oxygen with Oxygen). What type of

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


bond should they form? B. 12
A. Ionic C. 15
B. Polar Covalent D. 16
C. Nonpolar Covalent
D. Van der Waals force 456. If a bond between two atoms has an elec-
tronegativity difference of 1.9, we can as-
451. An element X forms a positive ion with sume that bond is
the electronic structure 2, 8, 8. What is
A. Ionic
the proton number (atomic number) of X?
A. 16 B. Polar Covalent
B. 17 C. Non Polar Covalent
C. 18 D. none of above
D. 19
457. Which substances have similar struc-
452. Which change explains why the boiling tures?
points of the halogens increase as their
molecular masses increase? A. diamond and graphite

A. The intermolecular attraction due to B. diamond and silicon(IV) oxide


temporarily induced dipoles increases. C. graphite and poly(ethene
B. The gravitational attraction between
D. graphite and silicon(IV) oxide
molecules increases.
C. The polarity of the bond within the 458. A chemical bond where electrons are
molecule increases. shared between two atoms. In this type
D. The strength of the bond within the of bond no ions are. You will find these
molecule increases. bonds when carbon bonds to other ele-
ments.
453. What is the shape of the ammonia
molecule, NH3? A. Covalent bond
A. Trigonal planar B. Element
B. Trigonal pyramidal C. Hydrogen bond
C. Linear D. none of above
D. V-shaped (bent)
459. Which two elements is in the compound
454. If two covalently bonded atoms are iden- NaCl2?
tical, the bond is
A. Carbon and Nitrogen
A. nonpolar covalent
B. polar covalent B. Sodium and Chlorine

C. dipole covalent C. Sodium and Carbon


D. coordinate covalent D. Nitrogen and Chlorine

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 608

460. The geometry of a molecule with 2 C. partly ionic and partly covalent
bonded pairs of electrons and 2 lone pairs D. metallic
of electrons, AB2E2
A. Tetrahedral 466. Which forces are present between
molecules of carbon dioxide in the solid
B. Trigonal Planar
state?
C. Bent
A. Permanent dipole-permanent dipole
D. Trigonal Pyramidal interactions

NARAYAN CHANGDER
E. Linear B. Temporary dipole-induced dipole inter-
actions (London/dispersion forces)
461. What is the study of matter and how mat-
ter changes? C. Covalent bonding
A. Science D. Ionic bonding
B. Biology 467. When a covalent liquid boils its molecules
C. Chemistry become more widely spaced. Which prop-
D. Anatomy erty of the molecules has the most influ-
ence on the energy required to boil a cova-
462. A compound is analysed and found to con- lent liquid?
tain 85.7% carbon and 14.3% hydrogen. A. the reactivity of the molecules
What is its empirical formula?
B. the shape of the molecules
A. CH
C. the strength of the covalent bonds in
B. CH2 the molecules
C. C2H4 D. the strength of the forces of attraction
D. C6H between the molecules

463. The electrons in a POLAR covalent bond 468. How many total valence electrons are
are shared available in an [NH4]+ ion?
A. Evenly A. 7
B. Unevenly B. 8
C. Electrons are not shared C. 9
D. None of the Above D. 10
464. Which is NOT a giant covalent structure? 469. lonic compounds have high melting points
A. Diamond because
B. Graphite A. the ions are held together by strong
C. C60 electrostatic forces

D. Sodium chloride B. the ions have inert gas structures


C. the electrons are attracted to the
465. Most chemical bonds are cations
A. pure covalent bonds D. metals transfer electrons to non-
B. pure ionic bonds metals

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 609

470. Which of these bonds takes the most en- 476. Why do ionic bonds form?
ergy to break? A. so the number of protons equals the
number of electrons

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. single
B. double B. to fill the outermost energy level
C. triple C. so an atom can become unstable
D. quadruple D. none of above

471. Which element will only form single 477. Which of the following elements occurs
bonds? naturally as a diatomic molecule with a
double covalent bond? (hint:draw Lewis
A. H
dot structures for answer ALL choices)
B. Cl
A. nitrogen
C. C
B. oxygen
D. Br
C. hydrogen
472. Which of the following is an example of D. chlorine
an IONIC COMPOUND?
478. What is the chemical formula for nitrogen
A. NaCl triiodide? (Your hint is underlined.)
B. H2O A. NI
C. CO2 B. NI3
D. NO C. N3I
473. a proton has what charge? D. None of the above.
A. positive 479. Simple molecular molecules generally
B. negative have
C. no charge A. low melting and boiling points
D. it depends B. high melting and boiling points
C. ionic bonds
474. The theory that predicts molecular geom-
etry based on the repulsion of electron D. metallic bonds
pairs. 480. Which element can make a double bond?
A. VASPAR A. O
B. VSEPR B. H
C. VIPER C. C
D. none of above D. F
475. How many Valence Electrons are on Oxy- 481. How many electrons should Carbon have
gen around its Lewis dot model?
A. 2 A. 1
B. 7 B. 3
C. 6 C. 4
D. 1 D. 5

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 610

482. Atoms form bonds with other atoms in 487. What property is describing an ionic com-
order to become more pound?
A. stable A. shares electrons
B. happy B. high melting point

C. dense C. weak bonds


D. made up of nonmetals.
D. energetic
488. What is a double bond?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
483. What do you call an unshared pair of elec-
trons? A. a bond between two atoms
B. one pair of electrons shared between
A. a single bond
two atoms
B. a Bohr model C. two pairs of electrons shared between
C. a valence electron two atoms
D. a lone pair D. James Bond’s brother

489. The formula of copper(II) oxide is


484. CO, carbon monoxide, obeys the octet
rule using a coordinate covalent bond. A. CuO
What is a coordinate covalent bond? B. Cu2O
A. both bonding electrons come from one C. CuO2
atom
D. none of above
B. a very strong bond.
490. Diamond is strong and hard because
C. one electron serves as its own pair
A. it is made up of carbon
D. CO is an exception to the octet rule
B. it is expensive
485. What is the chemical formula for iodine C. it has 4 carbon bonds per atom
heptafluoride? D. it has 3 carbon bonds per atom
A. IF7 491. The electrostatic forces created by a shar-
B. I7F ing of electrons that hold molecules to-
gether
C. I7F7
A. Ionic bond
D. IF
B. Covalent bond
486. Which statements are correct about dia- C. Nonpolar bond
mond and graphite?
D. Polar bond
A. They are different solid forms of the
same element. 492. The atoms of element X have the elec-
tronic configuration 2, 8, 6. Which state-
B. They each conduct electricity. ment about element X is correct?
C. They have atoms that form four equally A. It forms an ionic compound with
strong bonds. sodium
D. none of above B. It forms an ion of charge 2+

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 611

C. It has 6 protons in the outer shell of an A. 0, 0


atom
B. 1, 0

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. It only reacts with non-metals
C. 0, 1
493. When Hydrogen (H) bonds with Carbon D. 1, 1
(C) to form methane, CH4, this would be
what kind of bond? E. 2, 0
A. Covalent 498. Which is an example a covalent com-
B. Ionic pound?
C. Metallic A. NaCl
D. Ionic and Metallic B. Na2O
494. Why do metals conduct C. K3N
A. They are shiny D. H2O
B. The electrons are held tightly within
the lattice 499. Which of these are considered properties
of metals? (choose ALL that apply)
C. The electrons are delocalised and able
to move A. brittleness
D. The electrons are shared between two B. low melting point
metal ions
C. luster (shininess)
495. A chemical bond between two atoms D. malleability
where one or more electrons are passed
from one atom to another. When they E. ductility
give up electrons, each of the atoms should
500. How many electrons should Lithium have
have a filled shell. An example is the
around its Lewis dot model?
sodium chloride bond.
A. Ionic bond A. 1

B. Hydrogen bond B. 2
C. Element C. 3
D. Covalent bond D. 4

496. How many unshared pairs of electrons 501. What is an allotrope?


will a pyramidal molecule have?
A. The same structural form of the same
A. 1 element
B. 2
B. The same structural form of different
C. 3 elements
D. 4 C. Different structures of different ele-
ments
497. Alkenes have all single bonds between
the carbon atoms, double bonds, and D. Different structural form of the same
triple bonds. element

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 612

502. Which is used in pencils? 508. If Oxygen and Potassium bonded what
A. graphite type of bond would form?

B. diamond A. Organic
B. Metallic
C. fullerene
C. Ionic
D. none of these
D. Covalent
503. Which molecule is polar?
509. The polarity of a bond is determined by

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. BeCl2
B. BCl3 A. The sum of the electronegativities of
C. NCl3 the two atoms
D. CCl4 B. The difference in the electronegativi-
ties of the two atoms
504. Choose the structure that forms a double
C. The charges of the atoms
bond.
D. None of the Above
A. Carbon monoxide (CO)
B. Carbon dioxide (CO2) 510. A bond between a metal and a nonmetal
is called
C. Water (H2O)
A. covalent bond
D. Cyanic Acid (HCN)
B. ionic bond
505. What is required for electrical conductiv- C. metallic bond
ity?
D. transfer bond
A. charges only
511. What is it called if there are three-pairs
B. charges that can move
of electrons being shared?
C. anything that can move
A. Triple Bond
D. none of above
B. Three Single Bonds
506. A covalent bond is a bond between a C. Tribond
and a D. Double and Single Bond Combo
A. metal, nonmetal
512. Which bond would be the most polar?
B. metal, metal
A. H-I
C. nonmetal, nonmetal
B. H-Br
D. none of above
C. H-Cl
507. A bond between a nonmetal and a non- D. H-F
metal is called a(n)
513. Which of the following describes the
A. covalent bond
strength of a covalent bond?
B. ionic bond A. Middle-Each atom shares an octet
C. metallic bond B. Middle-One atom gains an octet & the
D. transfer bond other loses.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 613

C. Weakest-it only forms because of an- 519. Why do longer chained molecules have
other bond forming higher melting points than shorter chained
molecules? (two options)

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. Strongest-each atom receives a “per-
manent” octet. A. Because they have stronger bonds
B. Because they have weaker bonds
514. The electronegativity difference in the
bonds of CCl4 (carbon tetrachloride) is: C. They have more intermolecular forces
between them and other molecules
A. 0.4
D. They tend to get tangled up with other
B. 0.5 chains
C. 9.5
520. Which statement best describes the in-
D. 5.5 tramolecular bonding in HCN(l)?

515. Which of the following shapes has un- A. Electrostatic attractions between H+
shared pairs of electrons on the central and CN-ions
atom? B. Only van der Waals’ forces
A. Bipyramidal C. Van der Waals’ forces and hydrogen
bonding
B. Bent
D. Electrostatic attractions between
C. Trigonal Planar
pairs of electrons and positively charged
D. Tetrahedral nuclei

516. What do Lewis structures show? 521. Nomenclature is a system of chemical


compounds.
A. bonds between atoms
A. naming
B. cations and anions
B. testing the reactivity
C. lone pairs of electrons
C. classifying
D. shared pairs of electrons
D. analyzing
517. Two hydrogen atoms come together to
522. During a chemical reaction, bonds are bro-
form a covalent bond.
ken and new bonds are made. This process
A. nonpolar involves
B. polar A. protons and all electrons
C. not enough information to answer B. only the protons
D. none of above C. only the valence electrons
D. protons and the valence electrons
518. Which compound has the highest boiling
point? 523. After drawing in your bonds, what do
you do if you don’t have enough electrons
A. CH3CHO
to get each atom to its octet?
B. CH3CH2F
A. Place dots until everything has eight
C. CH3OCH3 B. Place dots only around the terminal
D. CH3CH2NH2 atoms

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 614

C. Add a multiple bond A. LiCl


D. Have eight only around the central B. Li2Cl
atom
C. LiCl2
524. Why are metals malleable? D. Li2Cl2
A. They are shiny
529. Molecules that contain whole number
B. The electrons are held tightly within charges on atoms (+1, -3, etc.) must be
the lattice structure making it strong

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. The electrons are delocalized and able A. Polar Covalent
to move between the atoms
B. Nonpolar Covalent
D. The electrons are shared between two
metal ions and this holds the atoms to- C. Ionic
gether D. Polar Covalent or Ionic
525. A valid Lewis structure of cannot be
530. Why do atoms form bonds?
drawn without violating the octet rule.
A. to attain a noble gas configuration
A. NF3
B. IF3 B. to increase their mass

C. PF3 C. to increase their atomic number

D. SbF3 D. to attain an alkali metal configuration


E. SO42- 531. What is the formula of calcium oxide?
526. Covalent bonds that involve an even A. CaO2
sharing of electrons B. CaO
A. Nonpolar bond C. Ca2O
B. Polar bond
D. CO
C. Electronegativity
D. Ionic bond 532. What do atoms that form positive ions
tend to do?
527. VSEPR accounts for the fact that A. Tend to lose electrons
A. all valence electrons must be involved B. Tend to lose protons
in bonding
C. Tend to gain electrons
B. the C-H bonds in CH4 all have bond an-
gles of 109.5◦ D. Tend to gain protons
C. the carbon atom has 4 bonding elec- 533. Which of the following elements wants
trons to bond 3 times
D. no two bond angles in a molecule have
A. Oxygen
the same measure
B. Phosphorous
528. Chlorine has a 1-charge, lithium has a 1+
C. Fluorine
charge. What is the formula for a lithium
chloride compound? D. Germanium

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 615

534. Which substance does not have a macro- 540. Graphite is used in which applications
molecular structure? A. For jewellery

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. diamond B. As a lubricant for gears found in en-
B. graphite gines
C. silicon dioxide C. as a composite in badminton rackets
D. sodium chloride D. for dental tools

535. Atoms that gain electrons become 541. Which substance would have the weak-
A. negatively charged est intermolecular forces of attraction?

B. positively charged A. CH4


B. NaCl
C. remain neutrally charged
C. H2O
D. 21
D. MgF2
536. What is the ionic compound name for
LiBr? 542. A solid has a melting point of 1582 ◦ C
and does not dissolve in water. It does
A. lithium bromine
not conduct electricity in the molten state.
B. lithium (I) bromine What type of structure does the solid
C. lithium bromide have?
D. lithium (I) bromide A. Ionic
B. Metallic
537. Which bonds are arranged in order of in-
creasing polarity? C. Giant molecular
A. H-F < H-Cl < H-Br < H-I D. Simple molecular
B. H-I < H-Br < H-F < H-Cl 543. What is the chemical formula when
C. H-I < H-Br < H-Cl <H-F Lithium (+1) and Oxygen (-2) combine?
D. H-Br < H-I < H-Cl < H-F A. Li1O2
B. LiO
538. g of beryllium (Be) contains how many
moles? C. Li3O1
A. 0.25 mol D. Li2O
B. 45 mol 544. How many electrons are shared between
C. 4.0 mol two atoms in a double covalent bond?
D. 320 mol A. 1
B. 2
539. What bond is formed between a metal
and a nonmetal? C. 4
A. Covalent bond D. 6
B. Ionic bond 545. Name CCl4
C. Hydrogen bond A. carbon carbon tetraiodide
D. Metallic bond B. carbon tetrachloride

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 616

C. monocarbon tetrachloride 551. What is the name of S2Br6?


D. water A. sulfur hexabromide

546. The melting point of MgO is higher than B. disulfur hexabromine


that of NaF. Explanations for this obser- C. disuflur hexabromide
vation include which of the following? I. D. disulfur pentabromide
Mg2+ is more positively charged than
Na+.II. O2-is more negatively charged 552. Which of the following has the greatest

NARAYAN CHANGDER
than F-.III. The O2-ion is smaller than the electronegativity?
F-ion. A. O
A. II only B. S
B. I and II only C. Br
C. I and III only D. Si
D. II and III only
553. Which particles are responsible for elec-
E. I, II, and III trical conductivity in metals?
547. Which solid does not contain covalent A. Anions
bonds? B. Cations
A. copper C. Electrons
B. diamond D. Protons
C. graphite
554. The intermolecular force that holds DNA
D. ice strands together and helps determine the
folded structure of proteins is
548. What does the prefix tetra mean?
A. dipole-dipole forces
A. Three
B. London dispersion forces
B. Four
C. H-bonds
C. Six
D. ionic forces
D. Five
555. How many valence electrons do elements
549. What is the IUPAC name of NiCO3? in Group 2A have?
A. nickel(II) carbonate A. 12
B. nickel carbonate B. 4
C. nickel(I) carbonate C. 1
D. nitrogen(I) carbonate D. 2
550. Ionic Bonding involves 556. Electronegativity refers to how an atom
A. The transfer of protons A. pulls on its outer electrons
B. The transfer of nuetrons B. electrons are negative
C. The transfer of electrons C. skittles are yum yum
D. None Of the above D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 617

557. Which element will make the most cova- B. -1


lent bonds? C. +2

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. F D. -2
B. C
563. Which is the correct name for CaBr2?
C. O
A. Calcium Bromine
D. N
B. Bromine Calcium
558. The formula of gallium phosphate is C. Calcium Bromide
GaPO4. What is the correct formula of gal-
lium sulfate? D. Carbon and Bromine
A. GaSO4 564. The electronegativity difference will be
B. GaS between 2 atoms forms a polar covalent
bond.
C. Ga2(SO4)3
A. 0.0-0.3
D. Ga2S
B. 1.7-and above
559. A bond in which there is unequal sharing C. 0.4-1.6
of electrons is
D. 4.0-10.0
A. ionic
B. polar covalent 565. Which of the following is a molecular com-
pound?
C. nonpolar covalent
A. CaO
D. metallic
B. NaCl
560. The ability of an atom in a molecule to C. CaCl2
attract electrons is best quantified by the
D. CH4
A. electronegativity 566. Graphite and graphene conduct electricity
B. paramagnetism because
C. diamagnetism A. they are used in electrodes
D. electron change-to-mass ratio B. they are metallic
E. first ionization energy C. they have only 3 carbon bonds so a
free electron
561. A combination of two or more atoms D. they have 4 carbon bonds but delo-
A. Period calised electrons
B. Molecule 567. What do the prefixes in the front of the
C. Atom element tell you?
D. Family A. Their meaning

562. What charge would a potassium (K) ion B. Number of electrons in the molecule
have? C. Number of atoms in the molecule
A. +1 D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 618

568. At room temperature, most metals are 574. Why does sugar dissolve in water?
A. liquid A. because both are polar molecules
B. solid B. because water is nonpolar and oil is
C. gas polar
D. an alloy C. because water is polar and oil is non-
polar
569. What is a covalent bond?
D. because both are nonpolar molecules

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Where atoms share electrons
B. Where atoms share pairs of electrons 575. Simple covalent molecules are mostly
at room temperature.
C. Where atoms transfer electrons
D. Where atoms pack closely together to A. solids
form a lattice B. liquids and gases
570. What is the element symbol for Silver? C. aqueous
A. Au D. solids and gases
B. Ag
576. Which statements are correct about hy-
C. S drogen bonding? I. It is an electrostatic at-
D. Si traction between molecules.II. It is present
in liquid ammonia.III. It is a permanent
571. A single covalent bond is made up of dipole-permanent dipole attraction.
electrons.
A. I and II only
A. one
B. I and III only
B. two
C. II and III only
C. three
D. four D. I, II and III

572. Which is made of balls or cages of car- 577. Which pair has the same bond angles?
bon? A. CH4 and NH4+
A. graphite
B. NH3 and H2O
B. diamond
C. C2H4 and C2H2
C. fullerene
D. CO2 and SO2
D. none of these
578. Is carbon considered a metal or a non-
573. What is the hybridization around the
metal?
Boron in BH3?
A. sp1 A. metal

B. sp2 B. nonmetal
C. sp3 C. other
D. sp4 D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 619

579. Which describes a resonance structure? B. the lowest whole-number ratio be-
A. Double bond can be drawn in alterna- tween ions in the ionic compound.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


tive positions. C. which molecules the ionic compound
B. Bonds vibrate by absorbing IR radia- contains.
tion. D. how the atoms bond.
C. A double and a single bond in the
585. Which metal has the strongest metallic
molecule
bonding?
D. A Lewis structure
A. Na
580. How many pairs of electrons are shared B. Mg
in a triple bond?
C. Al
A. 1
D. Ca
B. 2
586. Atoms become more stable when
C. 3
D. 6 A. their valence electron shell is full.
B. their valence electron shell is empty.
581. Which molecule contains a bond angle of
approximately 120◦ ? C. they have fewer neutrons.

A. CH4 D. they have a complete proton octet.

B. C2H2 587. What is the measure of a tetrahedral


C. C2H4 bond angle?

D. C2H6 A. 90 Degrees
B. 109.5 Degrees
582. Which substance will conduct electricity?
C. 120 Degrees
A. Carbon Dioxide-CO2
D. 180 Degrees
B. Ammonia-NH3
C. Magnesium Oxide-MgO 588. What is the VSEPR theory used to pre-
dict?
D. Hydrogen-H2
A. Bond Strength
583. A(n) is an ion with a positive (+)
B. Polarity
charge.
C. Molecular Shape
A. anion
D. Electronegativity
B. cation
C. ion 589. Which element forms a diatomic molecule
using a triple covalent bond?
D. solute
A. C
584. The chemical formula of an ionic com-
B. N
pound shows
A. how many atoms of each element a C. O
molecule contains. D. P

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 620

590. Which is correct for all solid ionic com- 596. What usually forms the positive ion?
pounds? A. Metal
A. High volatility
B. Non Metals
B. Poor electrical conductivity
C. None
C. Low melting point
D. none of above
D. Good solubility in water
597. What is the reason why Noble gases are
591. Draw a S2 molecule. Sulfur have 6 va-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
so stable?
lence electrons. What type of a bond
would exist between them. A. They have an even number of electrons
A. Ionic bond B. They have no electrons
B. Single covalent bond C. They have a full outer shell of electrons
C. Double covalent bond D. They bond with other atoms
D. Triple covalent bond
598. What is the formula of Sodium oxide?
592. Which element will not share electrons?
A. Na2O
A. S
B. NaO2
B. H
C. Na2O2
C. Ne
D. Na2O
D. Na
593. A lone pair is defined as 599. What can be generalized about covalent
bonds?
A. A pair of bonding electrons
A. Electrons will be exchanged.
B. One non-bonding electron
B. Electrons will be transferred.
C. A pair of non-bonding electrons
C. Electrons will be given and taken.
D. A pair of electrons on the central atom
D. Electrons will be shared.
594. What would be the formula for the ionic
compound formed between gallium and flu- 600. Which category of elements usually form
orine? negative ions?
A. GaF A. metals
B. Ga3F B. nonmetals
C. GaF3 C. metalloids
D. GaF2
D. noble gases
595. How many covalent bonds does carbon
need to form in order to have a full octet? 601. What is the VSEPR shape for BH3?

A. 2 A. Linear
B. 3 B. Trigonal Planar
C. 4 C. Trigonal Pyramidal
D. 5 D. Trigonal Bipyramidal

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 621

602. A polar covalent bond is an example of 607. if METALS are more likely to LOSE elec-
an force while a hydrogen bond is an trons, they will form
example of force.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. anions
A. intermolecular/intramolecular B. neutral atoms
B. intermolecular/intermolecular C. cations
C. intramolecular/ionic D. negative ions
D. intramolecular/intermolecular
608. Bond dissociation energy is the energy
603. As atoms bond with each other, they needed to break the bond between

A. decrease potential energy, thus creat- A. wo metal atoms


ing less stable arrangements of matter B. two ionically bonded atoms
B. decrease potential energy, thus creat- C. two covalently bonded atoms
ing more stable arrangements of matte D. all covalently bonded atoms in a
C. increase potential energy, thus creat- molecule
ing less stable arrangements of matte
609. A covalent bond forms when atoms
D. increase potential energy, thus creat- electrons.
ing more stable arrangements of matte
A. gain
604. This number gives the number of protons B. share
in each atom of an element.
C. increase
A. mass number
D. transfer
B. atomic number
610. Choose the correct electron geometry and
C. atomic mass
bond hybridization for H2S
D. none of above A. Tetrahedral, sp
605. What is the correct order of increasing B. Linear, sp
boiling point? C. Tetrahedral, sp3
A. C2H6 < HCHO < CH3OH D. Trigonal planar, sp2
B. HCHO < C2H6 < CH3OH E. Linear, sp3
C. CH3OH < HCHO < C2H6
611. Why do atoms have an overall neutral
D. C2H6 < CH3OH < HCHO charge?

606. What is the name of the covalent A. So that they can’t react
molecule N6H7 B. Because they have neutrons in their
nucleus
A. Hexanitrogen Heptahydride
C. Because they have electrons arranged
B. Heptanitrogen Hexahydride
in shells
C. Nitrogen Hydroxide
D. Because they have the same number
D. Hexanitride Heptahydride of protons and neutrons

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 622

612. When naming a covalent compound, what D. the electrons usually remain equally
prefix is never used for the first element distant from both atoms
in a formula?
618. Which element is most likely to form a
A. Mono
covalent bond?
B. Di
A. Nitrogen
C. Tri
B. Lithium
D. Tetra
C. Sodium

NARAYAN CHANGDER
613. Which is used as a cutting tool and in jew- D. Potassium
elry?
A. graphite 619. Electrons from each element are shared
by both of the elements in a compound.
B. diamond
Which compound matches this descrip-
C. fullerene tion?
D. none of these A. Lead Bromide
614. Which of the following compounds would B. Sodium Chloride
be soluble in water? C. Water
A. BaCl2
D. Zinc Oxide
B. CH4
C. NH4Cl 620. What is the name of the ionic compound
when Magnesium and Chlorine combine?
D. N2 (MgCl2)
615. used in cutting tools like drill bits A. Magnesium Chlorine
A. diamond B. Magnesium Chloride
B. graphite C. Monomagnesium Dichloride
C. fullerene D. Magnesium Dichloride
D. none of above
621. Which compound has both ionic and cova-
616. What element has the element symbol lent bonds?
“Si” A. ammonium chloride
A. Sulfur
B. carbon dioxide
B. Sodium
C. ethyl ethanoate
C. Sillicon
D. sodium chloride
D. Sellinum
622. How many electrons are involved in a
617. Nonpolar covalent bonds are not common double bond?
because
A. One pair of electrons
A. ions always form when atoms join
B. Two pairs of electrons
B. dipoles are rare in nature
C. one atom usually attracts electrons C. 6 electrons
more strongly than the other D. 8 electrons

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 623

623. Which molecule is non-polar? 629. What is the formula of carbon monox-
A. OF2 ide?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. CO
B. NH3
B. Co
C. BF3
C. CO2
D. SO2
D. C2O
624. What is the chemical formula when Cal-
cium (+2) and Nitrogen (-3) combine? 630. Which species contains a bond angle of
approximately 107◦ ?
A. Ca2N3
A. H2O
B. Ca3N2
B. CF4
C. CaN
C. NCl3
D. Ca5N
D. BF3
625. In covalent bonding, electrons are 631. When naming covalent compounds
A. shared A. You need roman numerals and no pre-
B. transferred fixes
C. wiped out B. You do not need roman numerals or
prefixes
D. none of above
C. You need roman numerals and pre-
626. Which group of the periodic table is com- fixes
posed of inert (not reactive) gases? D. You do not need roman numerals but
A. alkali metals you do need prefixes
B. alkaline earth metals 632. A super thin layer of graphene rolled into
C. halogens a tube with a formula of C60 is called?
D. noble gases A. Nanomaterial
B. fullerene
627. Which compound has the shortest C-N
C. Nanotube
bond?
D. Graphene
A. CH3NH2
B. (CH3)3CNH2 633. which answer shows the correct number
of C-C covalent bonds in its allotropes?
C. CH3CN
A. Diamond 3, Graphite 3, fullerene 3
D. CH3CHNH
B. Diamond 4, Graphite 3, fullerene 3
628. What is H 2 4 made up of? C. Diamond 4, Graphite 3, fullerene 4
A. 2 hydrogen, 1 sulfur, 4 oxygen D. Diamond 4, Graphite 4, fullerene 3
B. 1 hydrogen, 2 sulfur, 4 oxygen
634. The only truly nonpolar molecules are be-
C. 2 hydrogen & 4 sodium tween
D. 1 hydrogen & 6 sodium A. metals and nonmetals

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 624

B. different nonmetals 640. Can simple covalent compounds conduct


electricity?
C. nonmetals of the same element
D. metalloids of the same element A. Yes-because the atoms can move
B. No-because the atoms cannot move
635. What is the force that holds a molecule
together? C. Yes-because covalent compounds
have an overall charge
A. Electrostatic
D. No-because covalent compounds have

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. a sea of electrons no overall charge
C. electron molecular orbitals
641. If the bond between two atoms has the
D. the strong nuclear force electronegativity difference of 0.4, what
type of bond do the atoms have?
636. a bond formed when atoms share one or
more pairs of electrons A. Ionic
A. covalent bond B. Polar Covalent
B. ionic bond C. Non-polar covalent
C. reactant D. none of above
D. product
642. Carbon has 4 Lewis dot, how many elec-
637. Which covalent bond is the strongest? trons will it need when it forms covalent
bonds with other atoms?
A. Single
A. 2
B. Double
B. 3
C. Triple
C. 4
D. Quadruple
D. 5
638. Has a central atom with less than an
octet of electrons 643. What type of atoms are covalent bonds
A. H2O formed between?

B. NH3 A. Metals

C. BH3 B. A metal and a non-metal

D. CH4 C. Non-metals

E. SiH4 D. Gases

639. Which two elements combine to form an 644. An atom is electrically neutral when
ionic compound? A. protons and neutrons are the same
A. carbon and oxygen B. protons and electrons are the same
B. hydrogen and chlorine C. neutrons and electrons are the same
C. magnesium and chlorine
D. neutrons balance the protons and elec-
D. silicon and oxygen trons

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 625

645. Which is extremely hard? B. Sodium is more reactive than magne-


A. graphite sium

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. diamond C. The attraction between Na+ and Cl-is
weaker than that between Mg2+ and O2-
C. fullerene
D. The melting point of sodium is lower
D. none of these than that of magnesium
646. Which of the following is a characteristic 651. Which of the following gives the best ex-
property of ionic compounds? planation for why a substance does not
A. They form hard, brittle crystals with conduct electricity?
characteristic shapes A. The bonding in the substance is not
B. They have low melting points ionic.
C. They have low boiling points B. The bonding model in the substance
does not have free electrons..
D. They contain no charged particles
C. The bonding model does not have ions
647. Which of the below is an ionic com- which are free to move, or free electrons.
pounds?
D. The bonding model does not have ions
A. Ni or free electrons
B. MgCl2 652. An electron has what kind of charge?
C. H2O A. no charge
D. CH4 B. positive
648. Which sample has hydrogen bonding? C. negative
A. H2S D. it depends
B. CH4 653. Molecular formula for trinitrogen
C. NH3 hexabromide:
D. HI A. We cross

649. Which of the following arranges the B. N4B6


molecules N2, O2, and F2 in order of their C. Nebrakh
bond enthalpies, from least to greatest? D. Let’s go
A. F2 < O2 < N2
654. Potassium iodide, KI, has the following
B. O2 < N2 < F2 bonding:
C. N2 < O2 < F2 A. ionic
D. N2 < F2 < O2 B. metallic
650. Which statement explains why sodium C. nonpolar covalent
chloride. NaCI, has a lower melting point D. polar covalent
than magnesium oxide, MgO?
A. Sodium chloride is covalent but magne- 655. Has two lone pairs of electrons
sium oxide is ionic A. H2O

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 626

B. NH3 661. In chemical compounds, covalent bonds


C. BH3 form when

D. CH4 A. the electronegativity difference be-


tween two atoms is very large.
E. SiH4
B. electrons are completely transferred
656. Which of the following is NOT a property between two metals.
of ionic compounds?
C. pairs of electrons are shared between

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. They conduct electricity when molten two nonmetal atoms.
B. They conduct electricity when in solu- D. two nonmetal atoms are attracted to
tion each other by opposite charges.
C. They have high boiling points
662. Which element below is not diatomic?
D. They are insoluble in water
A. hydrogen
657. The nucleus is made up of protons and
B. oxygen
what other particle?
A. Electrons C. nitrogen

B. Nothing else D. sulfur

C. Neutrons 663. moles of carbon (C) is equal to how many


D. Atomic Number grams?

658. How many bonds can hydrogen form? A. 6.0 grams

A. 1 B. 8.0 grams

B. 2 C. 12.0 grams
C. 7 D. 14.0 grams
D. 3
664. an atom that has a full shell of valence
659. How many electrons does each line indi- electrons
cate are shared? A. ion
A. 1 B. stable atom
B. 2 C. unstable atom
C. 3 D. product
D. 4
665. The Lewis structure of N2H2 shows
660. Electrons that orbit furthest from an
atom’s nucleus A. a nitrogen-nitrogen triple bond

A. Covalent bonds B. a nitrogen-nitrogen single bond


B. Atoms C. each nitrogen has one lone pair
C. Molecules D. each nitrogen has two lone pairs
D. Valence electrons E. each hydrogen has one lone pair

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 627

666. Cesium chloride, CsCl(s) has the follow- C. 140 pm


ing bonding:
D. 154pm

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. lattice of positive and negative ions
held together by electrostatic forces 671. A metal X and a non-metal Y react to-
gether to form an ionic compound X2Y.
B. closely packed lattice with delocalized
Which statement is correct when this com-
electrons throughout
pound is formed?
C. strong single covalent bonds with
weak intermolecular forces A. Each atom of X gives away one elec-
tron
D. strong multiple covalent bonds with
weak intermolecular forces B. Each atom of X receives one electron
C. Each atom of Y gives away one elec-
667. How many unshared pairs of electrons tron
will a bent molecule have?
D. Each atom of Y receives one electron
A. 1
B. 2 672. Which of the following is a covalent
bond?
C. 3
A. LiF-Lithium Fluoride
D. 4
B. NH3-Ammonia
668. Dihydrogen monoxide
C. NaBr-Sodium Bromide
A. Ha!
D. CuCl-Copper(I) Chloride
B. I fall
C. H2O 673. Which is true about covalent bonds?
D. right A. they are between 2 nonmetals
B. they are between 2 metals
669. What region of the periodic table contains
atoms that form covalent bonds? C. they are between 1 metal and 1 non-
A. the left side metal

B. the middle D. none of above

C. the right side 674. Rank these in order of strength from high-
D. top left est strength to lowest strength:covalent
bondLondon forceshydrogen bonddipole-
670. The six carbon atoms in a benzene dipole attraction
molecule are shown in different resonance
A. dipole-dipole>covalent bond>hydrogen
forms as three single bonds and three dou-
bond>London
ble bonds. If the length of a single carbon-
carbonbond is 154 pm and the length of B. London>dipole-diple>hydrogen
a double carbon-carbon bond is 133 pm, bond>covalent bond
what length would be expected for the C. covalent bond>hydrogen bond>dipole-
carbon-carbon bonds in benzene? dipole>London
A. 126 pm D. hydrogen bond>dipole-dipole>London>covalent
B. 133 pm bond

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 628

675. Which best describes the bonding in the B. SiCl3


cyanide ion (CN-)? C. SiCl4
A. 3 (sigma) bonds
D. 1Si4Cl
B. 2 (sigma) bonds and I (pi) bond
681. How are covalent bonds explained?
C. 1 (sigma) bond and 2 (pi) bonds
A. When one atom takes the other atom’s
D. 3 (pi) bonds
electron

NARAYAN CHANGDER
676. How many bonds does Carbon ALWAYS B. When the atom shares an electron
make? with an another atom
A. 4 C. When the two nucleus merge
B. 1 D. When the neutrons leave the nucleus
C. 8
682. Covalent bonds form between which two
D. 3 types of atoms?
677. How many atoms are there in the com- A. nonmetal
pound MgCO3? B. metal
A. 3 C. metalloid
B. 4
D. nonmetal
C. 5
683. Which will form crystals and be soluble
D. 6
in water?
678. Which statement about the physical prop- A. cobalt (II) chloride
erties of substances is correct?
B. sodium bicarbonate
A. The only solids that conduct electricity
are metals. C. oil

B. All substances with covalent bonds D. PCl3


have low melting points.
684. What type of bond forms when 2 or more
C. Ionic solids are always brittle. electrons are SHARED?
D. All metals have high densities. A. Covalent bond
679. The molecule with only one double bond B. Incomplete bond
A. CO2 C. Ionic bond
B. H2O D. Metallic bond
C. CH4 685. The pull an atom has to attract electrons
D. C2H4 when bonded with other atoms
E. PH3 A. Ionic bond
B. Polar bond
680. What is the formula of Silicon Tetrachlo-
ride? C. Electronegativity
A. SiCl D. Nonpolar bond

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 629

686. How do covalent bonds form? 691. A single covalent bond shares elec-
A. Donating & receiving valence e- trons.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


between atoms. A. 1
B. Opposite slight charges attract each B. 2
other between compounds.
C. 4
C. Scientists are still not sure how they
form. D. 6

D. Sharing valence e-between atoms. 692. What is the chemical rule of thumb that
atoms of main group elements tend to com-
687. In a polar covalent bond, which atom will bine in such a way that each atom has 8
have a partial positive charge? (choose 2 valence electrons
correct answers)
A. Molecular formula
A. The atom that attracts electrons less
B. The octet rule
B. The atom with the greater electronegi-
tivity C. Chemical formula
C. The atom that attracts more electrons D. Bonding pairs
D. The atom with the lower electronega-
693. The electron-dot structure (Lewis struc-
tivity
ture) for which of the following molecules
688. Which of these is not a covalent would have two unshared pairs of elec-
molecule? trons on the central atom?

A. MgO A. H2S

B. CO2 B. NH3
C. HCl C. CH4
D. CH4 D. HCN
E. CO2
689. In which pair of substances, does each
have a giant molecular structure?
694. How many bonds does Fluorine ALWAYS
A. diamond, iodine make?
B. diamond, silica (sand) A. 1
C. iodine, methane B. 7
D. methane, silica (sand) C. 3
690. What would be the formula for the D. 8
ionic compound formed between magne-
sium and phosphorus? 695. Put these in increasing order:F, N, B
A. MgP A. B < N < F
B. Mg2P3 B. B < F < N
C. Mg3P2 C. N < F < B
D. Mg5P2 D. F < N < B

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.1 Bonding in carbon- covalent bond 630

696. What type of bond involves the sharing C. xenon fluoride


of electrons between atoms? D. xray fluorine
A. covalent bond
702. Which of the following bonds is the most
B. ionic bond reactive?
C. metallic bond A. C-C
D. transfer bond B. N-H
697. Which bond would be the least polar?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. O-O
A. H-F D. C-H
B. H-O
703. Which diatomic molecule has the
C. H-H strongest bonding between its atoms?
D. H-Br A. H2
698. Sodium chloride is an ionic solid. Which B. N2
statement is NOT correct? C. O2
A. Ions are formed when atoms lose or D. F2
gain electrons.
704. The structure normally associated with
B. Ions in sodium chloride are strongly
ionic bonding is
held together.
A. a giant lattice.
C. Ions with the same charge attract
each other. B. a simple molecule.
D. Sodium chloride solution can conduct C. a giant molecule.
electricity. D. a regular arrangement of ions sur-
rounded by a sea, or cloud, of electrons.
699. What is the proper name for S2O2?
A. Sulfur oxide 705. A bond between a metal and a nonmetal
is called a(n)
B. Sulfur dioxide
A. covalent bond
C. sulfur (II) oxide
B. ionic bond
D. disulfur dioxide
C. metallic bond
700. Which three nonmetals exist only as di-
atomic molecules? D. transfer bond

A. H, C, Br 706. What is the VALENCY of an element?


B. N, O, S A. The total number of electrons in the
C. I, F, N atom

D. H, O, P B. The number of electrons the atom


needs to lose
701. Name of the following covalent com- C. The number of electrons needed to ob-
pound; XeF4 tain a complete outer shell
A. exon fluoride D. The number of electrons closest to the
B. xenon tetrafluoride nucleus

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.2 Versatile nature of carbon 631

707. How many unshared pairs of electrons B. is when an electron is lost from an
does oxygen have? atom

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 1 C. is when an electron is shared by 2
B. 4 atoms

C. 3 D. is a shared pair of electrons between


2 atoms
D. 2
711. Two pure elements react to form a com-
708. How many total valence electrons are pound. One element is an alkali metal,
available in a CO2 molecule? X, and the other element is a halogen, Z.
A. 10 Which of the following is the most valid
scientific claim that can be made about the
B. 12
compound?
C. 14
A. It has the formula XZ2
D. 16
B. It does not dissolve in water.
709. Which of the following has a double C. It contains ionic bonds.
bond?
D. It contains covalent bonds.
A. C2H6
712. In the molecules CH4, HCl and H2O,
B. O2
which atoms use all of their outer shell
C. N2 electrons in bonding?
D. F2 A. C and Cl

710. A covalent bond B. C and H

A. is when electrons are transferred be- C. Cl and H


tween atoms D. H and O

4.2 Versatile nature of carbon


1. What is the general formula for alkane 3. A compound will be covalent if
A. CnH2n+2 A. cation is of small size with a high
charge
B. CnH2n
B. cation is of large size with a small
C. CnH2n-2 charge
D. none of above C. anion is of small size with a small
charge
2. Which of the following compounds of car-
bon does not consist of ions? D. anion is of small size with a high
charge
A. CHCl3
4. Which is NOT a way functional groups may
B. CaCO3
affect a molecule?
C. NaHCO3
A. Serve as a recognizable tag on biologi-
D. Ca2C cal molecules

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.2 Versatile nature of carbon 632

B. Affect the molecule’s shape C. C2H3


C. Be directly involved in chemical reac- D. none of above
tions
10. What makes a molecule polar?
D. Decrease the solubility of the molecule
A. Equal sharing of valence electrons
in water
B. Unequal sharing of valence electrons
5. The number of carbon atoms present in the C. Stealing of electrons
molecule of fifth member of the homolo-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
gous series of alkynes is: D. Temporary charges that come and go

A. 4 11. Which of the following series are in in ho-


mologous series
B. 5
A. C3H8, C4H10, C5H12
C. 6
B. CH2, C3H5, C4H10
D. 7
C. C3H6, C3H8, C4H8
6. Which of the followings is the major con- D. none of above
stituent of the liquefied petroleum gas?
12. What is general formula for alkene?
A. Methane
A. CnH2n
B. Ethane
B. CnH2n+2
C. Propane
C. CnH2n-2
D. Butane
D. CnH2
7. What is the pH level of a base? 13. A solution that keeps pH from changing.
A. 7.1-14 A. glucose
B. 0-6.9 B. carbohydrate
C. 14-21 C. monomer
D. 7 D. Buffer
8. Which of the following properties of wa- 14. Name the scientist who disproved the ‘vi-
ter enables it to move from the roots to tal force theory ‘ for the formation of or-
the leaves of plants? ganic compounds.
A. Water is less dense as a solid than as A. Fredrich wohler
a liquid. B. Buckminster fuller
B. Water has a high specific heat. C. Isaac Newton
C. Cohesion due to hydrogen bonding and D. Stephen Hawking
adhesion due to water’s polar nature.
15. Large bodies of water do not quickly fluc-
D. Water is a solvent. tuate, or change, in temperature. Why?
9. In homologous series successive com- A. Water is a solvent.
pounds differ by B. Water has a high heat capacity.
A. H2 C. Water acts as a buffer.
B. CH2 D. Water is non-polar.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.2 Versatile nature of carbon 633

16. Why does carbon form compounds mainly 21. Which is not a characteristic of a covalent
by covalent bonding? bond
A. Formed between two similar elec-

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. There are four electrons in the outer-
most shell of carbon. tronegative non-metals
B. It requires large amount of energy to B. Definite shape
form C4+ or C4- C. Low Melting and boiling point
C. It shares its valence electrons to com- D. High polarity and less flammable
plete its octet.
22. What are the two properties of carbon
D. All of the above which lead to the huge number of carbon
compounds?
17. Which functional groups can act as acids?
A. Tetravalency of carbon
A. Ketone and amino B. Property of self Catenation
B. Carbonyl and carboxyl C. Covalent bonds happen easily
C. Carboxyl and phosphate D. All of the above
D. Hydroxyl and aldehyde 23. Subatomic particles with an atom include
18. Which of the following bond have double A. Oxygen and Hydrogen
covalent bond. B. Protons, Isotopes and Neutrons
A. C3H8 C. Electrons
B. C3H6 D. Protons, Neutrons and Electrons

C. CH4 24. General formula for alkyne


D. C2H6 A. CnH2n
B. CnH2n-2
19. Which of the following substance has co-
C. CnH2n+2
valent bonding
D. CH2
A. Germanium
25. In the nitrogen molecule, N2 how many
B. Sodium chloride
electrons are shared? .
C. solid neon A. 2
D. Copper B. 4
20. Assertion(A):Graphite is soft and slippery C. 3
to touch.Reason (R):Graphite has sheet D. 6
like layered structure.
26. The water molecule is a polar covalent
A. Both A and R are true and R is the cor- molecule, which means
rect explanation of A. A. One end has a positive charge and the
B. Both A and R are true but R is not the other end has a negative charge
correct explanation of A. B. It has a north pole and a south pole
C. A is true but R is false. C. It has a bipolar personality
D. A is false but R is true D. It is neutral

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.2 Versatile nature of carbon 634

27. The organic compound prepared by C. A is true R is false


Friedrich Wholer from inorganic com- D. A is false R is true
pounds called ammonium cyanate was
A. Glucose 32. What type of bond is made up of a large
number of organic compound
B. Urea
A. Metallic bond
C. Uric acid
B. Ionic bond
D. Vinegar

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Covalent bond
28. The element present in all organic D. Dipolar bond
molecules is
A. Nitrogen 33. Organic chemistry is currently defined as
B. Phosphorus A. The study of compounds made only by
living cells
C. Hydrogen
B. The study of hydrocarbons
D. Carbon
C. The study of carbon compounds
29. The property of self-combination of the
D. The study of vital forces
atoms of the same element to form long
chains is known as 34. Which of the following statements about
A. Protonation graphite and diamond is true?
B. Carbonation A. They have the same crystal structure
C. Coronation B. They have the same degree of hard-
ness
D. Catenation
C. They have the same electrical conduc-
30. Assertion(A):Diamond is the hardest natu- tivity
ral known substance.Reason (R):Diamond
D. They can undergo the same chemical
is used for cutting marble, granite and
reactions
glass.
A. Both A and R are true and R is the cor- 35. What do you call the compounds having
rect explanation of A. the same molecular formula but different
structural arrangements of atoms?
B. Both A and R are true but R is not the
correct explanation of A. A. Isomers
C. A is true but R is false B. Isotopes
D. A is false but R is true. C. Isopentane
D. none of above
31. Assertion:graphite conduct electricity.
Reason:graphite doesn’t have any free 36. Cl-ClWhich covalent bond is being formed
electron.
A. Double covalent bond
A. A and R both is true and R is correct
reason of A B. Singal covalent bond

B. A and R is true and R is not correct rea- C. Triple covalent bond


son for A D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.2 Versatile nature of carbon 635

37. Which of the following is the characteris- D. none of above


tics of homologous series?
42. Assertion(A):Carbon is the only element

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. All the members of a homologous se- that can form large number of com-
ries can be represented by the same gen- pounds.Reason (R):Carbon is tetravalent
eral formula and shows the property of catenation.
B. Any two adjacent homologoues differ A. Both A and R are true and R is the cor-
by CH2 rect explanation of A.
C. All the compounds of homologous se- B. Both A and R are true but R is not the
ries show similar chemical properties correct explanation of A.
D. All of the above C. A is true but R is false.
38. What is the pH level of an acid? D. A is false but R is true
A. 7.1-14 43. Covalent bond which is correct
B. 14-21 A. Sharing of electrons
C. 0-6.9 B. Occurs between non-metals
D. 7 C. Compounds are not soluble in water

39. Assertion(A):Diamond is not good conduc- D. All of the above


tor of electricity.Reason:It has no free elec- 44. What is the next term of C5H10 if it is in
trons. homologous series
A. Both A and R are true and R is the cor- A. C6H12
rect explanation of A.
B. C2H3
B. Both A and R are true but R is not the
C. CH2
correct explanation of A.
D. CH4
C. A is true but R is false.
D. A is false but R is true. 45. Assertion(A):Carbon compounds can
form chain, branched and ring struc-
40. The next homlogue of C2H5OH is tures.Reason (R):Carbon exhibits the
A. C3H8OH property of catenation.
B. C3H7OH A. Both A and R are true and R is the cor-
rect explanation of A.
C. C2H5OH
B. Both A and R are true but R is not the
D. C5H8OH correct explanation of A.
41. Define the structure of diamond C. A is true but R is false
A. Each carbon atom in diamond crystal D. A is false but R is true
is linked to four other carbon atoms by
46. molecule with the same molecular struc-
strong covalent bonds.
ture but different structural formula
B. Each carbon atom in diamond is linked
A. fats
to three other carbon atom by strong co-
valent bonds to form hexagonal rings. B. lipids
C. It is a football shaped spherical C. fossil fuels
molecule D. isomers

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.2 Versatile nature of carbon 636

47. When liquid water freezes into a ice it be- 52. C2H4, C3H6, C4H8, C5H10This is the ho-
comes mologous series of
A. More dense A. Alkenes
B. Less dense B. Alkanes
C. Smaller C. Alkynes
D. Translucent D. none of above

NARAYAN CHANGDER
48. How many number of carbon atoms are 53. How many electron pairs does carbon
joined in a spherical molecule of buckmin- share in order to complete its valence
sterfullerene? shell?
A. 30 A. 1
B. 60 B. 3
C. 90 C. 4
D. 120 D. 8

49. While cooking, if the bottom of the ves- 54. Which of the following is not an Allotrope
sel is getting blackened on the outside, it of carbon?
means that: A. Diamond
A. The food is not cooked completely B. Graphite
B. The fuel is not burning completely C. Monoclinic
C. The fuel is wet D. Buckminsterfulleren
D. The fuel is burning completely
55. What is a functional group?
50. Assertion(A):Two members of a homolo- A. Group of atoms that give specific char-
gous series have similar chemical proper- acteristics to a molecule
ties.Reason (R):Propane and butane are
members of same homologous series. B. Group of molecules that give specific
characteristics to an atom
A. Both A and R are true and R is the cor-
rect explanation of A. C. Group of molecules that make up a
group of atoms
B. Both A and R are true but R is not the
correct explanation of A. D. Group of atoms that give specific char-
acteristics to an element
C. A is true but R is false
D. A is false but R is true 56. The rule that states that atoms will tend
to bond in such a way that they will gain
51. Which property is most closely associated 8 electrons in their outermost energy shell
with the hydroxyl functional group? is the
A. Polar A. Kirchoff’s law
B. Nonpolar B. Octet Rule
C. Basic C. Eighth principle
D. Acidic D. Valence electron rule

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.3 Saturated and unsaturated carbon compounds 637

57. Which of the following chain is not form A. They have no charged particles that
by carbon are free to move from place to place

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Straight chain B. They cannot move from place to place
B. Branched chain C. They have no charged particles
C. Closed chain D. None
D. Circular chain
61. What property of water allows it to be
58. From which of the following substance such a versatile solvent that it is often
pencil lead is formed? called the “universal solvent? ”
A. Charcoal
A. Water is very pure.
B. Wood
B. Water is polar and forms hydrogen
C. Lead bonds
D. Graphite
C. Water has surface tension.
59. What is the greatest number of covalent D. Water is less dense as a solid than as
bonds that one carbon atom can form? a liquid.
A. 2
62. With whom carbon will not make covalent
B. 3
bond
C. 4
A. Carbon
D. 5
B. Oxygen
60. Which statement best explains why sub-
C. Hydrogen
stances made of small molecules cannot
conduct electricity? D. Sodium

4.3 Saturated and unsaturated carbon compounds


1. The “ane” ending in “alkane” tells some- 3. The first member of alkene family is
one that they are dealing with bonded A. methane
carbons.
B. methene
A. single
C. ethane
B. double
D. ethene
C. triple
D. quadruple 4. How many hydrogen atoms are in butane
A. 4
2. Which of the following alkane is in
gaseous state at room temperature? B. 6

A. pentane C. 8

B. butane D. 10

C. hexane 5. What is the IUPAC name of C5H12?


D. decane A. Pentane

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.3 Saturated and unsaturated carbon compounds 638

B. Hexane C. N
C. Butane D. S
D. Heptane 12. How many bonds are there in butane
6. Why do alkane not dissolve in water? A. 10
A. they are less dense than water B. 11
B. they have low melting points C. 12

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. they are non-polar compounds D. 13
D. they are chemically less reactive 13. As the number of carbons increases in an
homologous series the melting point gen-
7. What is a hydrocarbon that contains only
erally
single bonds called?
A. increase
A. organic
B. decrease
B. saturated
C. stay the same
C. unsaturated
D. varies
D. fully bonded
14. General formula of Alkane is
8. Alkenes and alkynes are
A. CnH2n+2
A. Unsaturated hydrocarbons
B. CnH2n
B. Saturated hydrocarbons
C. CnH2n+1OH
C. Compounds
D. CnH2n+1COOH
D. None of the above
15. Which is NOT typically a property of or-
9. what determines the properties of hydro- ganic compounds?
carbons
A. low melting points
A. BP
B. ability to conduct electricity
B. molecular structure
C. insoluble in water
C. MP
D. low boiling points
D. none of above
16. Hydrocarbons are compounds that contain
10. Ethane is the:
A. Carbon, only
A. Simplest straight-chain alkane.
B. Carbon and Hydrogen, only
B. An alkyne.
C. Carbon, Oxygen, and Hydrogen, only
C. An Alkene.
D. Carbon, Oxygen, Hydrogen, and Nitro-
D. Simplest branched-chain alkane. gen, only
11. Organic compounds are compounds contain 17. Which of the following is a saturated hy-
drocarbon?
A. O A. ethene
B. C B. heptane

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.3 Saturated and unsaturated carbon compounds 639

C. propyne C. group
D. methanol D. substituent

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


18. What is the general formula of the 24. Organic compounds are based com-
alkynes? pounds.
A. CnH2n+1
A. Sulpur
B. CnH2n+2
B. Carbon
C. CnH2n-1
C. Nitrogen
D. CnH2n-2
D. Oxygen
19. Give the name of this compound C3H8
A. Propene 25. which compound is made up of carbons and
hydrogen
B. Butane
A. hydrocarbons
C. Butene
B. aldehytes
D. Propane
C. condensed structure
20. Nonane has how many hydrogen atoms?
D. alcohols
A. 9
B. 18 26. C-C triple bond of ethyne are separated by
an angle of:
C. 20
D. 22 A. 90◦
B. 100◦
21. What is another name for carbon com-
pounds? C. 360◦
A. carbohydrates D. 180◦
B. fullerenes
27. Which of the following would have the
C. hydrocarbons highest melting point?
D. organic compounds A. C3H8
22. How many isomers does pentane have? B. C4 H8
A. 2 C. C5 H12
B. 3 D. C22H44
C. 5
28. The MP and BP of increases as the num-
D. 9
ber of carbon atoms increases.
23. An atom or group of atoms that take A. hydrocarbons
place of hydrogen on a parent hydrocarbon
molecule: B. ethers
A. subsequent C. ketones
B. replacing agent D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.3 Saturated and unsaturated carbon compounds 640

29. Which is a saturated hydrocarbon? 35. Which of the given hydrocarbon is more
A. C5H12 stable

B. C5H10 A. pentene
B. pentyne
C. C5H8
C. pentane
D. none of above
D. hexene
30. Which is an unsaturated hydrocarbon?
36. If an alkane has 10 carbon atoms, how

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. C2H6 many hydrogen atoms will it have?
B. C3H8 A. 20
C. C4H8 B. 22
D. none of above C. 40
31. Which of the following belongs to homol- D. 42
ogous series of alkynes? C6H6, C2H6, 37. Which of the followings is the one of
C2H4, C3H4. preparation methods of alkanes?
A. C3H4 A. Oxidizing alkenes in acid
B. C2H4 B. Hydrogenating alkynes
C. C2H6 C. Reducing alcohols
D. C6H6 D. Decomposing unsaturated hydrocar-
bones
32. What can you tell about methane (CH4)
from its molecular formula? 38. A group of compounds forms if there
A. It contains four carbon atoms. is a constant increment of change in molec-
ular structure from one compound in the
B. It contains one hydrogen atom. series to the next.
C. It contains four hydrogen atoms. A. a heterologous series
D. It forms groups of four molecules. B. a decrement series
33. What is the general formula for saturated C. a homologous series
hydrocarbons? D. none of above
A. CnH2n 39. Another term for enantiomers is:
B. CnHn+1 A. Optical isomers
C. CnH2n+1 B. structural isomers
D. CnH2n+2 C. cis-trans isomers
34. Which of the following alkanes has the D. Optical illusions
name of 2-bromo-1-iodo butane? 40. How many carbon atoms are in propane
A. CH2Br CHI CH2 CH3 A. 1
B. CH3 CHBr CH2 CH2I B. 2
C. CH2I CHBr CH2 CH3 C. 3
D. CH3 CHBr CHI CH2 D. 4

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 641

41. The simplest alkyne is C. unsaturated fats


A. methyne D. saturated fats

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. ethyne
44. C10H22 is called:
C. propyne
A. Decades.
D. butyne
B. Decyne.
42. The molecular formula for Heptane is
C. Decane.
A. C4H10
D. Nonane.
B. C8H18
C. C5H12 45. Which one of the following is saturated?
D. C7H16 A. water
43. molecules with double/tripple bond B. C4H8
A. carbocilic acids C. C4H10
B. alkynes D. C5H8

4.4 Chains, branches, & rings


1. The general formula for alkanes is A. LPG, petrol, kerosene, diesel, bitumen
A. CnH2n+2 B. diesel, petrol, LPG, kerosene, bitumen
B. CnH2n C. LPG, bitumen, diesel, kerosene, petrol
C. Cn+2Hn D. bitumen, LPG, diesel, petrol, kerosene
D. C2nHn 5. Which of these is an example of a homolo-
gous series?
2. What chemical can you use to differentiate
between an alkane and an alkene? A. alkanes
A. Oxygen B. methane
B. Bromine C. fuels
C. Chlorine D. propene
D. Alcohol 6. Saturated hydrocarbons are otherwise re-
ferred as:
3. Which homologous series does C5H8 be-
long to? A. Alkanes
A. Alkane B. Alkenes
B. Alkene C. Alkynes
C. Alkyne D. Alkaloids

D. none of above 7. Benzene

4. What is the correct order of these fractions A. Alkene


in terms of increasing boiling point? B. Arene

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 642

C. Alkyne C. Hydration
D. none of above D. Hydrohalogenation

8. Identify the main characteristics of an or- 14. Limewater turning cloudy is the test for
ganic compoung
A. Low melting point A. carbon dioxide
B. nonpolar B. water

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. non-conductor C. hydrogen
D. All of the above D. oxygen
9. is a characteristic of alkynes
15. In hydrocarbon nomenclature, a number
A. Triple Bonded next to a number should be separated with
B. Double Bonded a:

C. Single Bonded A. blank space


D. Saturated B. comma
C. hyphen
10. How many carbon atoms are in hexane
D. none of above
A. 5
B. 6 16. What physical property allows frac-
C. 7 tional distillation to separate different
molecules?
D. 8
A. Melting point
11. As the number of carbons increases in the B. Boiling point
boiling point generally
C. Diffusion rate
A. increase
D. Condensation rate
B. decrease
C. stay the same 17. The following elements are the main com-
ponents of hydrocarbon EXCEPT
D. varies
A. Carbon
12. Choose the odd one out. Longer chain hy-
drocarbons are B. Hydrogen

A. Viscous C. Oxygen

B. Flammable D. none of above


C. Dark 18. what alkane has the chemical formula
D. Not volatile C5H12?
A. PENTANE
13. Give the name of reaction, when alkanes
react with bromine in sunglight. B. PENTENE
A. Hydrogenation C. CYCLOPENTANE
B. Halogenation D. PENTANOL

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 643

19. C4H10 is an example of a 24. How many carbon atoms are in ethane?
A. molecular formula A. 1

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. full structural formula B. 2
C. shortened structural formula C. 3
D. ball-and-stick model D. 4

20. Single bonded carbons 25. Which hydrocarbon produces a brown pre-
cipitate, MnO2, when mixed with potas-
A. Can make geometric isomers because sium permanganate
a single bond allows for rotation.
A. supersaturated hydrocarbons
B. Cannot make geometric isomers be-
cause a single bond has the property of B. aromatic hydrocarbons
free rotation. C. saturated hydroocarbons
C. Create different molecules when they D. unsaturated hydrocarbons
freely rotate.
26. Hydrocarbons that contain only single
D. None of the above.
covalent bonds between carbon atoms are
called
21. What is the term given to the process by
which longer chain hydrocarbons are bro- A. alkanes.
ken down into shorter length alkanes and B. alkenes.
alkenes?
C. alkynes.
A. fractional distillation
D. unsaturated.
B. evaporation
C. cracking 27. Which of the following saturated hydrocar-
bon cannot able to give thermal cracking
D. polymerisation reaction?
22. The main intermolecular force of attraction A. C12H26
between hydrocarbons is: B. C10H22
A. covalent bonds C. C8H18
B. hydrogen bonds D. C11H24
C. dipole-dipole forces
28. A haloalkane is best described as:
D. dispersion forces
A. an unsaturated compound with a halo-
gen atom substituted for a hydrogen atom
23. What is wrong with the name 1-methyl-3-
cyclohexene B. a saturated compound with a halogen
atom substituted for a carbon atom
A. prefixes
C. a saturated compound with a halogen
B. numbering
atom substituted for a hydrogen atom
C. commas
D. an unsaturated compound with a halo-
D. dashes gen atom substituted for a carbon atom

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 644

29. unsaturated hydrocarbons that contain 35. What is the chemical formula for hexane?
atleast one triple bond between the car- A. C6H12
bon atoms are called
B. C6H14
A. alaknes
C. C6H16
B. alkenes
D. C6H10
C. alkynes
D. none of these 36. One mole of a hydrocarbon X reacted com-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
pletely with one mole of hydrogen gas in
30. Hydrocarbons with double or triple bonds the presence of a heated catalyst. What
are said to be could be the formula of X?
A. Saturated A. C2H6
B. Unsaturated B. C3H8
C. Supersaturated C. C5H10
D. none of above
D. C7H16
31. Hexane react with bromine water to give
37. Electrophilic Addition involves
A. The addition of a nucleophile to an
A. dark-brown to colorless
alkane
B. No reaction
B. The addition of a electrophile to an
C. green to dark-brown color alkane
D. dark-brown to green color C. The addition of a electrophile to an
32. what gas turns limewater cloudy? alkene
A. oxygen D. The subtraction of a nucleophile to an
alkene
B. hydrogen
C. carbon dioxide 38. What are most fractions of oil used for?
D. none of above A. Making chemicals

33. Is the name of the nomenclature seen in B. Fuel


class. C. Making plastics
A. IUPAC nomenclature D. Lubricating oil
B. TUPAC nomenclature
39. Alkanes have various uses related to their
C. ICE-T nomenclature molecule size and state. Which of the fol-
D. ZUPAC nomenclature lowing is an incorrect statement?
A. Longer chain molecules are used as lu-
34. A hydrocarbon compound contains only car-
bricants and fuel oils
bon and
B. Ethene is used as a feedstock for
A. water
polymers and other industrially produced
B. hydrogen chemicals
C. oxygen C. Hexane is the main component of
D. nitrogen petrol

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 645

D. Methane is the main component of nat- C. 3-bromo-3-methylhexane


ural gas
D. 3-bromo-3-methylpentane

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


40. In alkenes the carbon atoms are connected
to each other by a: 46. What are used in soap making, for sizing
paper, in medicine, and in perfumery?
A. Single bond
A. Nylon
B. Double bond
B. Synthetic fibers
C. Triple bond
D. Not connected C. Natural resins
D. none of above
41. Which of the following hydrocarbons is
most reactive? 47. Find the odd one out:
A. Alkyne A. Aromatic
B. Alkene
B. Alkanes
C. AlkaneAlkane
C. Alkynes
D. none of above
D. Alkenes
42. Ethane is obtained by electrolyzing
48. A class of organic compounds that contain
A. Potassium formate
an ether group.
B. Potassium succinate
A. Esters
C. Potassium acetate
B. Amines
D. Potassium fumarate
C. Ethers
43. Hydrocarbons are made up of
D. none of above
A. hydrogen and oxygen
B. hydrogen and nitrogen 49. What is the alkene with 8 carbons known
as?
C. carbon and hydrogen
A. octane
D. carbon and oxygen
B. pentene
44. Unsaturated hydrocarbons must contain at
least one or bond. C. octene

A. single or double D. pentane


B. single or triple 50. Hydrogenation conditions are
C. double or triple A. Powdered nickel catalyst, heat, pres-
D. single or quadruple sure of 5ATM
45. An organic compound has molecular for- B. Powdered nickel catalyst, room tem-
mula C6H13Br. Which of the following is perature and pressure
one possible structure of this compound? C. Water as steam, high pressure, with a
A. 2-bromo-pentane silica catalyst
B. 3-bromo-heptane D. Aqueous hydrogen bromide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 646

51. The molecular formula below which shown B. 2-methylbutane


the alkanes compound is
C. 2, 3-dimethylpropane
A. C2H4
D. n-hexane
B. C3H7
C. C4H10 57. What aromatic substances all contain ben-
zene in the hydrocarbon category?
D. C5H8
A. aromatic hydrocarbons

NARAYAN CHANGDER
52. Two alkene molecules are isomers. Which
B. alkynes
properties will be the same for both
molecules? C. alkanes
A. empirical formula D. cyclic aliphatic compounds
B. general formula
58. During the process of fractional distillation,
C. molecular formula the fractions are separated according to
D. structural formula the difference in their

53. Which organic compound is unsaturated? A. boiling point

A. ethylcyclopentane B. density
B. 2-methyl-3-ethylpentyne C. unsaturation
C. 1, 1-dimethylhexane D. mass
D. cyclohexane
59. What two common elements make up a hy-
E. 4-ehtyl-3, 3-dimethylhexane drocarbon?
54. Compounds that are composed of the same A. Hydrogen & chlorine
number and type of atoms but have them B. Carbon & calcium
arranged in different ways are
C. Hydrogen & calcium
A. isomers
D. Carbon & hydrogen
B. isotopes
C. polymers 60. Which is an isomer pentane
D. alkanes A. 2-methyl butane
55. Which of the following will react with B. 1-pentene
Br2(l) without the presence of UV light C. 2-pentene
A. hexene
D. 2-pentyne
B. cyclohexane
C. hexane 61. all compounds that contain a benzene are

D. alkanes A. oxygen group


B. benzene
56. The alkanes which will have the highest
boiling point is C. aromatic compound
A. n-pentane D. unsaturated hydro carbon

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 647

62. What are the two products of complete 68. Carbon atoms can bond together to form
combustion? A. Rings, only

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Water and carbon monoxide B. Rings and Chains, only
B. Water and carbon dioxide C. Rings, Chains, and Networks, only
C. Hydrogen and water D. Rings, Chains, Networks, and Crystals,
D. Carbon dioxide only

63. Which of the following is NOT a classifica- 69. Which alkane would most likely be a liquid
tion for hydrocarbons? at room temperature?
A. supersaturated A. pentane
B. unsaturated B. ethane
C. saturated C. propane
D. aromatic D. butane
E. methane
64. Is the name of single bonded, saturated
hydrocarbons. 70. What do you call the process by which the
arrangements of electrons in a hydrocar-
A. Alkanes
bon happens?
B. Alkenes
A. Atomization
C. Alkynes
B. Crossbreeding
D. Tanins C. Distillation
65. How many carbon atoms are in a molecule D. Hybridizattion
of hexene?
71. Which of the following alkanes will have
A. 3 the highest boiling point?
B. 4 A. Methane
C. 5 B. Decane
D. 6 C. Nonane
66. What liquid detects the presence of an D. Pentane
alkene? 72. This prefix means 7
A. Alkene water A. but
B. Bromine water B. hept
C. Water C. hex
D. Limewater D. non
67. How many different alkenes have the 73. What prefix means a substance contains 4
molecular formula C4H8? carbons?
A. 2 A. Meth-
B. 3 B. Eth-
C. 4 C. But-
D. 5 D. Hex-

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 648

74. Is the last step in naming alkenes and B. 2


alkyne. C. 3
A. Writing the name of the main chain. D. 4
B. Writing the location of the dou-
ble/triple bond and the name of the main 80. What is the process in which synthetic rub-
chain. ber treated with sulfur at high tempera-
ture to overcome the weakness of poly-
C. Writing the location of the branches
mer?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
and the name of the main chain.
A. Polymerization
D. none of above
B. Condensation
75. The following are the main Geometries of
C. Vulcanization
Hydrocarbons EXCEPT
D. Modification
A. Solid Geometry
B. Tetrahedral Geometry 81. It is the formula where the symbols of
atoms are listed in order as they appear in
C. Trigonal planar Geometry
the molecule’s structure with bond dashes
D. Linear Geometry omitted or limited?
76. What would you make if you added Hydro- A. Chemical Formula
gen to Ethene? B. Condensed Formula
A. Ethane C. Molecular Formula
B. Propane D. Structural Formula
C. 1, 2-dihydroethane
82. What is the formula for propane?
D. Ethanol
A. CH4
77. An organic acid that contains a carboxyl B. C3H8
group attached to an R-group.
C. C3H6
A. Carboxylic Acid
D. C3H10
B. Thiols
C. Diene 83. Choose the odd one out. Shorter chain hy-
drocarbons are
D. none of above
A. Gaseous
78. What structure is found in all aromatic
B. Flammable
compounds?
C. Light in colour
A. isomers
D. Not volatile
B. methyl group
C. benzene ring 84. ORGANIC ACID
D. hydroxyl group A. I’m hot

79. How many bonds does every carbon need B. C2H6


to have? C. Cake
A. 1 D. C5H1OH

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 649

85. What is the exam definition of saturated? C. C2H5Cl & HCl


A. No single bonds D. C2H4Cl2 & HCl

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Contains a double bond
91. Which of the following is not a chemical
C. No single bonds, all double bonds
properties of alkenes?
D. No double bonds, all single bonds
A. combustion
86. Isomers are molecules that have the B. substitution
molecular formula (contain the same num-
ber of atoms) but structurally (hav- C. addition reaction
ing different arrangement of the atoms in D. polymerisation
space).
A. differ, differ 92. When crude oil is fractionally distilled,
B. same, differ which compounds leave from the top of the
fractionating column?
C. same, same
A. the compounds that are the least
D. differ, same
flammable
87. Which of these is NOT true for alkanes? B. the compounds that are the most vis-
A. they are saturated cous
B. they have general formula CnH2n C. the compounds with the highest rela-
C. they can be used for fuels tive molecular mass

D. their names end in ‘ane’ D. the compounds with the lowest boiling
points
88. Butane contains the following number of
carbons: 93. The boiling points and viscosity of alkane
A. 3 molecules increase as their molecular sizes
increases because .
B. 4
A. the strength of the intermolecular
C. 9
forces increases as size increases.
D. 7
B. the aqueous solubility of the molecules
89. What is the IUPAC name of dimethylacety- increases as size increases.
lene? C. larger molecules are more volatile.
A. But-1-yne
D. larger molecules are polar
B. But-2-yne
C. Ethyne 94. Which of the following is composed of sin-
gle bonded hydrocarbon compound?
D. Propyne
A. alkyne
90. The product resulted if methane substi-
tuted by Cl2 is B. alkene
A. CH3Cl & HCl C. alkane
B. CH2Cl & HCl D. alkaline

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 650

95. Which of the following statements is incor- 100. What is the general formula of alkyne?
rect about the molecular formula of a hy- A. CnH2n
drocarbon?
B. CnH2n-2
A. It does not give information on the
structure of the molecule C. CnH2n-1
B. It can be true for multiple structures D. CnH2n+1
C. It is the simplest ratio of atoms 101. Which of the following compounds have

NARAYAN CHANGDER
present in the molecule the longest bond length?
D. It only includes carbon and hydrogen
A. Alkane
atoms
B. Alkene
96. Properties of a good fuel are ?
C. Alkyne
A. burns with a sooty flame and gives out
lots of heat D. none of above

B. burns with a clean flame and produces 102. COOC GROUP


carbon monoxide
A. Amino
C. burns with a clean flame and easy to
B. a thiol
transport
C. esters
D. produces a solid residue and exother-
mic D. alhol

97. The simple hydrocarbon is 103. A hydrocarbon contains


A. ethane A. hydrogen and carbon
B. methane B. hydrogen, carbon and oxygen
C. ethene C. hydrogen and carbon only
D. propane D. carbon only
98. Which of the following has the greatest
104. Which one of the following molecules is
bond strength ( overall)
saturated?
A. Triple
A. water
B. Double
B. C4H8
C. Single
C. C4H10
D. none of above
D. C5H8
99. Which group will have the highest boil-
ing points and melting points for similarly 105. As the number of carbons increases the
sized molecules? volatility generally
A. alkanes A. increase
B. alkenes B. decrease
C. alcohols C. stay the same
D. ethers D. varies

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 651

106. Hydrocarbons with only single covalent C. 5


bonds are called?
D. 6

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Alkenes
B. Alkanes 112. Where is crude oil found?
C. Alkynes A. in sunflower seeds
D. none of above B. under the ground
107. As the number of carbons increases the C. in the bodies of sea creatures
viscosity generally
D. in tree bark
A. increase
B. decrease 113. Which of the followings is not an applica-
tion of alkanes?
C. stay the same
D. varies A. Used as fuel
B. Used as oxidizer
108. Ethene reacts with diluted, alkaline, cold
potassium manganate (VII) solution for C. Used as solvent
form W.What is W?
D. Used as refrigrent
A. ethanol
B. ethane 114. If an alkene had 40 carbons, what would
its molecular formula be?
C. 1, 2-ethanediol
D. none of above A. C20H40

109. series is a series of compounds with B. C40H20


same functional group differing from the C. C40H80
successive member by CH2.
D. C40H82
A. Heterologous
B. Homologous 115. How many structural isomers are there
C. Hydrocarbon for C4H10?

D. Group A. 1

110. Hydrocarbon that contains at least one B. 2


carbon-carbon double covalent bond. C. 3
A. alkane D. 4
B. alkene
C. alkyne 116. All alkanes are soluble in water

D. none of above A. true

111. How many carbon atoms are in a B. false


molecule of pentane? C. depends on the number of carbons and
A. 3 branching
B. 4 D. depends of the temperature

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 652

117. Ethane reacts with bromine under pres- 123. Which of the following would have the
ence of sunlight.Which of the following is highest viscosity?
a product of this reaction?
A. C3H8
A. bromomethane
B. C4H8
B. dibromoemethane
C. C5H12
C. bromoethane
D. C22H44
D. tribromopropane

NARAYAN CHANGDER
124. How many carbon atoms are in butane?
118. What are the products of incomplete com-
bustion? A. 1
A. carbon monoxide B. 2
B. water C. 3
C. carbon D. 4
D. hydrogen
125. Unsaturated hydrocarbons that contains
119. Is the simplest of the alkanes. double bond between carbon atoms are
called
A. Methane
B. Ethane A. alaknes

C. Propane B. alkenes
D. Buthane C. alkynes
D. none of these
120. An alkane with only 2 carbon atoms is
A. methane 126. What are homologous series?
B. ethane A. Series that differ by a CH3 unit
C. propane B. Series that differ by CH2 unit.
D. none of above C. alkanes and alkanes could be homolo-
gous of each other.
121. A saturated hydrocarbon is also an
A. alkyne D. None of the above.

B. alkane 127. As chain length increases


C. alkene A. The strength of the intermolecular
D. none of above forces and boiling point decreases.
B. The strength of the intermolecular
122. What is the ability for a substance to
forces remains the same.
catch fire called?
A. Energy content C. The strength of the intermolecular
forces decreases while the boiling point
B. Viscosity increases.
C. Flammability D. The strength of the intermolecular
D. Volatility forces and boiling point increases.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 653

128. Oil fraction with the lowest boiling point 134. Petroleum is separated by distillation.
A. refinery gases What does that process involve?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. bitumen A. Boiling

C. oil fuel B. Freezing

D. diesel C. Evaporating
D. Melting
129. Which of the following alkene reaction
follows Markovnokv’s rule? 135. How many hydrogen’s does a cyclopen-
tane have?
A. CH2 = CH2 + H2 → CH3-CH3
A. 8
B. CH2 = CH2 + Br2 → Br-CH2-CH2-Br
B. 12
C. CH2 = CH-CH3+ HCl → CH3-CHCl-
CH3 C. 10
D. CH2 = CH2 + H2O → OH-CH2-CH3 D. 14

130. Unsaturated hydrocarbons have 136. What name is given to the first group of
cyclic hydrocarbons?
A. single bonds
A. cycloalkanes
B. double bonds
B. cyclicalkanes
C. triple bonds
C. cyclocarbons
D. double or triple bonds
D. cycloalkenes
131. The first part of the hydrcarbon name is
called 137. What is a structural isomer?
A. suffix A. Same molecular formula but different
structural formula.
B. root word
B. Different elements
C. prop
C. Different bonds in the structure.
D. eth
D. Change in the position of the functional
132. What is the simplest alkane? group.
A. ethane
138. What kind of bonds do saturated hydro-
B. methane carbons have?
C. propane A. double bonds
D. pentane B. single and double bonds

133. Which of the following has the highest C. no bonds


boiling point? D. single bonds
A. heptane 139. Which of the following characteristics
B. pentane about alkenes is not correct.
C. nonane A. they are more reactive than alkynes
D. none of above B. they are non-polar

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 654

C. they have low boiling and melting 145. How many hydrogens in ethane?
point. A. 2
D. they are insoluble in water B. 6
140. What ‘water’ would you use to tell be- C. 8
tween alkane and alkene? D. 10
A. limewater 146. What term is given to a compound which
contains atoms of carbon and hydrogen

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. distilled water
only?
C. bromine water
A. alkene
D. mineral water
B. hydrocarbon
141. What is the molecular formula of Ben- C. alkane
zene?
D. saturated
A. C6H12
147. Which of the following undergoes addi-
B. C6H6
tion reactions
C. C6H10
A. alkanes
D. C8H8 B. alkanes and alkenes
142. What forms aromatic compounds? C. alkanes and alkynes
A. the delocalisation of pi-electrons D. alkenes
B. molecules or ions connected in a ring 148. Constitutional isomers have
are stabilised A. a different arrangement of atoms
C. all the options B. identical molecular formulae
D. none of above C. different physical properties
143. Which of the following is used as road D. different chemical properties
surfacing? E. all of the above
A. Paraffin wax 149. How many bonds can each carbon atom
B. Naphtha make?
C. Bitumen A. 2
D. Kerosene B. 1
C. 4
144. What are aliphatic hydrocarbons that con-
tain a SINGLE bond and are either straight D. 3
chains or branches? 150. Chlorination of alkanes is an example of
A. isomers A. Radical
B. alkanes B. Elimination
C. alkynes C. Free radical
D. alkenes D. Addition

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 655

151. What is a fraction of crude oil? C. carbon


A. A group of molecules with similar sizes D. nitrogen

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. A group of molecules with very differ- 157. When testing for alkenes (unsaturation)
ent sizes bromine water turns from
C. One of the many compounds found in A. orange → blue/black
crude oil
B. colourless → pink
D. One-eighth
C. orange → colourless
152. What are the products formed when or-
D. orange → clear
ganic compounds burn completely?
A. carbon and oxygen 158. The darkest oil fraction
B. carbon dioxide and water A. fuel oil
C. carbon, carbon monoxide and water B. diesel
D. carbon, carbon dioxide and water C. bitumen
D. kerosene
153. What is the molecular formula for pen-
tane? 159. If an alkene reacts with a halogen, it is
A. C5H10 known as what type of reaction?
B. C5H12 A. Addition
C. C6H12 B. Combustion
D. C6H14 C. Polymerisation

154. Compounds that contain and as D. Hydrogenation


the main element are called hydrocarbons 160. have one or more double or triple
A. hydrogen, oxygen bonds between carbon atoms.
B. carbon, oxygen A. Saturated Hydrocarbons
C. carbon, hydrogen B. Aromatic Hydrocarbons
D. carbon, nitrogen C. Unsaturated Hydrocarbons

155. When a carbon atom has four single D. none of above


bonds, the geometrical arrangement of 161. Flammability is
atoms around it is described as:
A. The temperature at which a substance
A. trigonal pyramid
changes from a liquid to a gas or vice
B. tetrahedral versa
C. planar B. How easily something ignites (catches
D. linear fire)
C. A measure of a fluid’s resistance to
156. made of hydroxyl flow, in other words how thick or runny
A. hydrogen D. A measure of how readily a substance
B. oxygen vaporises (turns from liquid to gas)

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 656

162. What is the molecular formula of the func- 167. A molecule of 2, 3 methyl hexane would
tional group ethyl? have how many TOTAL carbons?
A. C2H6 A. 6
B. CH2CH3 B. 7
C. CH5 C. 8

D. CH3 D. 9

NARAYAN CHANGDER
168. Heptane contains the following number
163. Give the reagents and conditions needed
of carbons:
to form propanol from propene
A. 3
A. H2SO4/Heat
B. 4
B. H3PO4/Steam
C. 9
C. NaOH (aq)
D. 7
D. none of above
169. How many delocalised electron are there
164. When the longest straight-chain in for each benzene molecules?
a hydrocarbon contains seven carbons, its A. 2
prefix is
B. 3
A. pent-
C. 6
B. hex-.
D. 12
C. hept-.
170. What is the runniness of a liquid called?
D. oct-.
A. Flammability
165. structural formula are written with- B. Viscosity
out showing all the individual bonds. In a
C. Saturation
condensed structure, each central atom is
shown together with the atoms that are D. Electricity
bonded to it
171. The splitting of a long chain hydrocarbon
A. Molecular into more useful smaller hydrocarbons is
B. Condensed called cracking. What are the products of
cracking
C. Expanded
A. alkanes
D. Skeletal
B. alkane and alkene
166. Which of these burns with the smokiest C. alkenes
flame? D. alkenes and cycloalkanes
A. C3H8
172. Which element is present in all organic
B. C4H10 substances?
C. C20H22 A. oxygen
D. C5H12 B. carbon

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 657

C. nitrogen 178. Alkanes are known as saturated hydro-


D. phosphorus carbons because they .

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


E. calcium A. contain only single bonds, and only car-
bon and hydrogen atoms.
173. the name of the compound C5H10 B. contain only carbon and hydrogen
A. pentane atoms
B. pentene C. are not soluble in water
C. pentyne D. are found in crude oil
D. none of above 179. What is our topic?

174. The process of separating the differ- A. Frational Distillation


ent length hydrocarbons from crude oil is B. Fractional Distilation
known as
C. Fraction Distillation
A. Distillation
D. Fractional Distillation
B. Cracking
180. Viscosity is
C. Fractional Distillation
A. The temperature at which a substance
D. Filtering changes from a liquid to a gas or vice
175. What substances are NOT present in re- versa
finery gas? B. How easily something ignites (catches
A. methane (C1) fire)

B. ethane (C2) C. A measure of a fluid’s resistance to


flow, in other words how thick or runny
C. propane (C3)
D. A measure of how readily a substance
D. octane (C8) vaporises (turns from liquid to gas)
176. Which gas is not a product of the com- 181. In complete combustion, the products
plete combustion of petrol (gasoline) in are?
air?
A. Carbon monoxide and water
A. Carbon dioxide
B. Carbon dioxide and water
B. Carbon monoxide
C. Carbon dioxide and carbon
C. Nitrogen dioxide
D. Carbon and water
D. Steam
182. What is a family of compounds with the
177. Which of the following would have the same general formula and similar chemical
highest boiling point? properties?
A. C3H8 A. isomers
B. C4H8 B. isotopes
C. C5H12 C. hydrocarbons
D. C22H44 D. homologous series

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 658

183. In organic chemistry, molecular and 188. Calcium carbide on reaction with water
formulas were used to express what a par- gives?
ticular molecule consists of. A. Methane
A. structural B. Ethane
B. organic C. propane
C. chemical D. Acetylene
D. physical

NARAYAN CHANGDER
189. In covalent bonding electrons are
184. is the alkane with 3 carbons in its A. Lost/gained
chain. B. Shared
A. Ethane C. Delocalised
B. Propane D. none of above
C. Methane 190. What is the alcohol functional group?
D. Decane A. -OH
185. Volatility is B. -COOH

A. The temperature at which a substance C. C=C


changes from a liquid to a gas or vice D. Alcohols dont need no functional
versa group, ya basic
B. How easily something ignites (catches 191. Which of the following compounds is an
fire) example of hydrocarbon?
C. A measure of a fluid’s resistance to A. CO2
flow, in other words how thick or runny
B. C2H6
D. A measure of how readily a substance
C. C2H5OH
vaporises (turns from liquid to gas)
D. CH3COOH
186. What is the correct formula for octane?
192. Both alkanes and alkenes are
A. C8H18
A. hydrocarbons
B. C8H16
B. alcohols
C. C8H14
C. saturated
D. C8H20
D. unsaturated
187. What is the suffix for single bonded hy- 193. The alkanes below which form as gas in
drocarbons? room temperature is
A. -yne A. C4H10
B. -ene B. C5H12
C. -ane C. C10H22
D. -one D. C20H42

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 659

194. In order to be considered organic a com- 199. A separation technique which uses a frac-
pound must contain tionating column to separate different liq-
uid components in a mixture with different

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. carbon
boiling points by heating mixture is called
B. hydrogen A. Fractional distillation
C. oxygen B. filtration
D. water C. crystallization
D. evaporation
195. Hexene react with dilute alkaline potas-
sium manganite (VII) solution in the cold 200. Which of the following would have the
to give highest volatility?
A. orange-brown to colorless A. C3H8
B. No reaction B. C4H8
C. green solution followed by a dark C. C5H12
brownprecipitate. D. C22H44
D. purple to colorless 201. Which of the following statements con-
cerning the reaction of methane with
196. Which of the following chemical bond bromine is/are correct? (1) It is an ad-
were described by Kossel and Lewis? dition reaction.(2) It is a substitution re-
A. metallic bond action.(3) A similar reaction will occur if
propane is used instead of methane.
B. polar covalent bond
A. only
C. coordinate bond
B. only
D. ionic and covalent bond
C. and (3) only
197. What does the viscosity of a hydrocarbon D. and (3) only
tell you?
202. Why carbon can form long chains while
A. How easily it flows other elements can’t.
B. How easily it sets alight A. because carbon is the most unstable
nonmetal elements
C. What its boiling point is
B. carbon can form 4 covalent bonds and
D. How long the hydrocarbon is become very stable
198. WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF HY- C. carbon is the most abundant element
DROCARBON? on the surface of our planet
D. every organic compound contains car-
A. Alkanes
bon
B. Alkenes
203. How many carbons are in the longest
C. Alkynes chain of a nonane?
D. Alkyl Halides A. 5
E. Alcohols B. 7

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 660

C. 9 209. Molecules collected at the bottom of the


D. 11 fractionating column tend to be
A. more viscous, less flammable and less
204. For surfacing roads and roofs volatile
A. petrol B. less viscous, more flammable and
B. bitumen more volatile
C. more viscous, more flammable and
C. fuel oil

NARAYAN CHANGDER
less volatile
D. kerosene
D. less viscous, less flammable and more
205. Hydrocarbon chains should be numbered: volatile

A. from left to right 210. The simplest aromatic hydrocarbon


B. from right to right A. C6H6
C. depending on where the closest dou- B. C3H3
ble bond is located C. C6
D. none of above D. C3

206. How many carbons are in the backbone 211. The following are the different types of
(longest chain) of this organic compound:2, hydrocarbon according to the number of
3, 3-triethyl-4-nonene bonds EXCEPT
A. 2 A. ALKANES
B. 6 B. ALKENES
C. 7 C. ALKYNES
D. 9 D. ALKYL HALIDES

207. A compound consists of carbon and hy- 212. When naming organic compounds which
drogen elements only. It also contains of the following is true:
a carbon-carbon double bond. This com- A. only the longest chain is included
pound is known as B. the parent chain must be in a straight
A. saturated organic compound line in the diagram
B. unsaturated organic compound C. the substituent groups are listed in nu-
merical order
C. saturated hydrocarbon
D. the substituent groups are listed in al-
D. unsaturated hydrocarbon phabetical order
208. Which structural formula has the highest 213. The names of all alkenes end with the suf-
of the boiling point? fix:
A. CH3CH3 A. -ane
B. CH3CH2CH2CH3 B. -hex
C. CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3 C. -ene
D. CH3CH2CH3 D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 661

214. What process is used to separate crude 219. dimethylpentane has how many carbon
oil in hydrocarbons with different chain atoms present?
lengths?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 4
A. distillation B. 5
B. fractional distillation C. 6
C. cracking D. 7
D. polymerisation
220. ethyl, 3-methylhex-2-ene has how many
215. As the number of carbon atoms in a for- carbon atoms?
mula , the number of possible isomers A. 9
B. 7
A. Increases, decreases
C. 6
B. increases, increases
D. 5
C. decreases, increases
221. Is the simplest alkane
D. none of above
A. Ethane
216. Organic compound in the same homolo- B. Methane
gous series have the following character-
istic, except C. Propane
A. Same general formula D. Decane

B. Same functional group 222. Which fraction is found higher up the frac-
C. Similar chemical properties tionating column?

D. Same physical properties A. Bitumen


B. Naphtha
217. What is the overall polarity of methane?
C. Diesel
A. polar ionic
D. Kerosene
B. polar covalent
223. CnH2n-2 is the general formula of
C. nonpolar ionic
A. alaknes
D. nonpolar covalent
B. alkenes
E. none of the above
C. alkynes
218. An organic chemical that contains a cyano D. none of these
functional group, in which the carbon and
nitrogen atoms have a triple bond 224. What is crude oil made of?
A. Ethers A. crude oil is an element
B. Nitriles B. a mixture of hydrocarbons
C. Ketones C. carbon and water
D. none of above D. crushed coal

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 662

225. Which of the following is not an organic 231. Combustion is a scientific term for
compound? A. burning
A. urea B. dissolving
B. protein C. rusting
C. carbon dioxide
D. none of above
D. glucose
232. As the number of carbon atoms increases
226. A hydrocarbon that contains a double

NARAYAN CHANGDER
in an alkane, the melting point generally
bonds is also known as ?
A. increases
A. Alkane
B. decreases
B. Wet
C. stays the same
C. Unsaturated
D. varies
D. Saturated
233. Compounds with the same molecular for-
227. Which of the following is not one the use mulas but different structural formulas are
of acetylene gas? called what?
A. Cutting metals A. alkanes
B. Miner’s torch B. alkynes
C. Preparing acetic acid
C. isomers
D. Ripening fruits
D. alkenes
228. Which comparison of the properties of
234. Which of the following has the lowest
pentane, C5H12, and propane is true?
melting and boiling points?
A. Propane has a higher melting point.
A. methane
B. Propane has a lower boiling point.
B. Pentane
C. Propane is less flammable.
C. nonane
D. Propane is more viscous.
D. octane
229. A carboxylic acid has the formula
C2H4O2. What type of formula is this? 235. Which fraction collects at the top of the
fractionating column?
A. empirical formula
A. Bitumen
B. general formula
B. Kerosene
C. molecular formula
C. Petrol
D. structural formula
D. Refinery Gas
230. Which of the following does not contain
only carbon and hydrogen? 236. Is a characteristic of alkyles
A. alkanes A. Triple Bonded
B. alkenes B. Double Bonded
C. alkynes C. Single Bonded
D. alkanols D. Saturated

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 663

237. What is formed when an organic com- 242. Which hydrocarbon is a alkane?
pound is bunt? A. Cyclobutane

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Carbon dioxide B. Benzene
B. Hydrogen peroxide C. Toluene
C. Carbon Sulfide D. Methane
D. Hydrogen Sulfide
243. What is the characteristic functional
238. Which compound will react with steam, in group of carboxylic acids?
the presence of a catalyst, to produce the A. Carbonyl
alcohol CH3CH2CH2CH2OH?
B. Hydroxyl
A. CH3CH2CH2COOH
C. Carbon
B. CH3CH2COOCH3 D. Carboxyl
C. CH3CH=CH2
244. The simplest member of organic com-
D. CH3CH2CH=CH2 pounds is?
239. What is the condition for hydration of A. Methanol
butene? B. Methane
A. phosphoric acid, 60 atm, 300 0C C. Formaldehyde
B. Nickel or platinum, 180 oC D. Formic acid
C. 1000atm, 200 oC
245. formed COOH
D. room temperature
A. hydrocarbon
240. When the ring on a Bunsen burner is B. ethanol
closed during a combustion reaction, soot C. organic acid
forms. Soot is?
D. esters
A. carbon dioxide
B. carbon 246. Which of the following is the on of the
preparation method of acetylene gas?
C. carbon monoxide
A. From calcium carbide
D. burnt propane
B. Dehydration of alcholes
241. Which statement about a polyunsatu- C. Cracking reaction
rated vegetable oil is correct?
D. Hydrogenation
A. It has double bonds between carbon
and hydrogen atoms. 247. Ethene reacts with acidified potassium
manganate (VII) solution to form a prod-
B. It reacts with hydrogen to form a solid uct.What is the name of this reaction?
compound.
A. halogenation
C. It reacts with steam to form mar-
garine. B. hydrogenation

D. It turns aqueous bromine from colour- C. hydration


less to brown. D. oxidation (oxidative cleavage)

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 664

248. The general formulas for alkanes, 253. Light or heat is required for which step in
alkenes and alkynes are: the halogenation of alkane?
A. alkane:CnH2n+2 alkene:CnH2n A. initiation
alkyne:CnH2n-2 B. propagation
B. alkane:CnH2nalkene:CnH2n+2alkyne:CnHn+4 C. termination

D. none of above
C. alkane:CnH2n-2 alkene:CnH2n

NARAYAN CHANGDER
alkyne:CnH2n+2 254. Find the odd out:
D. alkane:CnH2n+2 alkene:CnH2n A. Aromatic
alkyne:CnHn-4
B. Alkanes
249. What is the general molecular formula of C. Alkynes
alkenes?
D. Alkenes
A. CnH2n+2
255. Which of the following is an example of
B. CnH2n+1
an organic compound?
C. CnH2n
A. methane
D. CnH2n+3
B. water
250. Which of the following will react with C. table salt
Br2(l)
D. carbon dioxide
A. hexene
256. How do you test for an alkene?
B. cyclohexane
A. React it with oxygen
C. hexane
B. React it with litmus paper
D. alkanes
C. React it with bromine water
251. In hydrocarbon nomenclature, a number D. pH test
next to a word should be separated with
a: 257. Which of the following is an alkene?
A. blank space A. C4H10
B. comma B. C4H8
C. hyphen C. C4H6
D. none of above D. C4H9

252. One of these is the hardest type of car- 258. What is the shortest chain-length alkane
bon to have structural isomer?
A. graphite A. Ethane
B. fullerene B. Butane
C. Amorphous C. Hexane
D. Diamond D. Pentane

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 665

259. Which of the following family could not 264. Hydrocarbons that contain DOUBLE
give functional isomerism with alkynes? bonds are called what?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Alkadienes A. alkenes
B. Cycloalkenes B. alkanes
C. Cycloalkanes
C. isomers
D. Bicycloalkanes
D. alkynes
260. Which of the following statements about
benzene is incorrect? 265. Which of these is true about alkanes and
alkenes?
A. It contains a ring of delocalised elec-
trons A. they contain carbon and hydrogen only
B. It is very reactive and unstable B. they contain a C=C double bond
C. It has formula C6H6 C. they are used to make plastics and al-
D. It is very stable and hard to chemically cohols
react
D. they have general formula CnH2n+2
261. Oil fraction with the longest molecules
266. How many moles of oxygen would be
A. refinery gases used when 1 mole of propane is completely
B. bitumen burnt in the air to form carbon dioxide and
C. oil fuel water?

D. diesel A. 3

262. The cracking of one mole of hydrocarbon B. 4


X, produces 2 moles of ethene, 2 moles C. 5
of propene and 1 mole of propane. How
many carbon atoms does one molecule of D. 7
X contain?
267. What type of chemical bonds do satu-
A. C8H18 rated hydrocarbons contain?
B. C10H22 A. only double bonds
C. C13H26
B. only single bonds
D. C13H28
C. only triple bonds
263. isomers occur when the types, num-
D. single and double bonds
ber and bonds (connectivity) of the atoms
are the same, but have a restricted rota-
268. More than half of the entire benzene pro-
tion somewhere in a molecule. The com-
duction is processed into
mon example is the double bond.
A. Cumene
A. Optical
B. Chain B. Ethylbenzene
C. Geometric C. Cyclohexane
D. Position D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 666

269. What are the types of compounds where 274. What physical property allows Distilla-
hydrocarbons forms rings instead of an tion to separate different molecules?
open-chain?
A. Melting point
A. isomers
B. Boiling point
B. cyclic aliphatic compounds
C. Diffusion rate
C. alkanes
D. Condensation rate
D. aromatic hydrocarbons

NARAYAN CHANGDER
275. What CUMENE is used for?
270. If an alkane has 32 hydrogen atoms, how
many carbon atoms does it have? A. For cutting

A. 64 B. Thinner for paints, lacquers, and


enamels
B. 66
C. For nothing
C. 15
D. none of above
D. 16
276. What is the correct definition for a hydro-
271. What do we call the separated sub-
carbon?
stances in crude oil?
A. A compound made of hydrogen and
A. hydrocarbons
carbon
B. pieces
B. A mixture made of hydrogen and car-
C. products bon only
D. fractions C. A mixture made of only hydrogen and
carbon
272. What is an isomer?
D. A compound made of only hydrogen
A. Compounds with different molecular and carbon
formula and same structural formula
B. Compounds with same molecular for- 277. What is the ending (suffix) for single
mula and same structural formula bonded hydrocarbons?
C. Compounds with same molecular for- A. -yne
mula and different structural formula B. -ene
D. Compounds with different molecular C. -ane
formula and different structural formula
D. -one
273. which of the following is a toxic gas re-
leased when hydrocarbons undergo incom- 278. What is the molecular geometry of a
plete combustion? straight chain alkane?
A. carbon dioxde A. Tetrahedral
B. oxygen B. Bent
C. carbon monoxide C. Linear
D. none of above D. Trigonal Planar

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 667

279. Which is these are isomers? 285. Fractional distillation separates crude oil
A. methane and methanol based on the different of the molecules
in the mixture

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. ethanoic acid and methanoic acid
A. melting point
C. 1-bromobutane and 2-bromobutane
B. boiling point
D. hexane and hexene
C. freezing point
E. all of the above
D. chemical reactivity
280. Which of the following compounds would
you describe as a hydrocarbon? Click on 286. What prefix do we use for alkanes that
all that apply. are arranged in a loop?
A. CH3COOH A. ring-
B. C2H6 B. cyclic-
C. C2H5OH C. cyclo-
D. CH3CH2CH2CH3 D. none of above

281. It is an organic chemical compound com- 287. name the group that has a single bond
posed of hydrogen and carbon atoms only. A. alkenes
A. Isomers B. alcohols
B. Hydrocarbon C. alkanes
C. Organic Chemistry D. ethers
D. none of above
288. What does a fuel react with when it
282. Is the simplest of alkenes. burns?
A. Ethene A. oxygen
B. Propene B. water
C. Buthene C. carbon dioxide
D. Pentene D. methane

283. Which of the following is an isomer of 2, 289. saturated hydrocarbons are also called
2-dimethylheptane?
A. 2, 2, 3-trimethylpentane A. alkenes
B. 2, 2, 3, 3-tetramethylpentane B. alkanes
C. Octane C. alkynes
D. 2-methyl-3-ethylpentane D. none of these

284. How many steps of mechanism for Free 290. Alkanes molecules are held together by
Radical Substitution Reaction of Alkane. A. weak Van der Walls forces of attrac-
A. 1 tion
B. 2 B. strong intermolecualr forces
C. 3 C. strong covalent bonds
D. 4 D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 668

291. When benzene is a substituent it is called 297. What is used to test for saturation/ un-
A. Akyl group saturation?
B. Carboxyl group A. Bromine acid
C. phenyl group B. Potassium permanganate
D. arene group C. Iodine solution
D. Bromine water
292. What is an Alkene?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. A hydrocarbon with only single cova- 298. What is a hydrocarbon?
lent bonds A. an atom
B. A hydrocarbon with a carbon = carbon B. a molecule
double bond
C. an alkane
C. A compound which contains oxygen
D. an organic compound
D. A substance ending in “ane”
299. Why are fractions with large hydrocar-
293. What is the minimum number of carbon bon molecules more viscous than fractions
for the simplest aromatic compound? with small hydrocarbon molecules?
A. 4 A. They contain more molecules
B. 6
B. They have a higher boiling point
C. 8
C. They contain shorter molecules, which
D. 12 are easily tangled
294. What product is formed when you react D. They contain longer molecules, which
hydrogen with pent-3-ene? are easily tangled
A. cyclopentane 300. How many structural isomers does pen-
B. hex-3-ene tane have?
C. pent-1-ene A. 3
D. pentane B. 4
295. What is the general formula for the alka- C. 5
nes? D. 1
A. CNH2N+2
301. Why does bitumen have a higher boiling
B. CNH2N point than kerosene?
C. CNH2N-2 A. The hydrocarbon chains are shorter in
D. CNH2N+1 bitumen
B. There are fewer intermolecular forces
296. Uses in daily (household) life Products
between bitumen molecules
Containing Benzene
A. Varnish removers C. Bitumen is found at the bottom of the
fractionating column
B. Gasoline and other fuels
D. The hydrocarbon chains are longer in
C. Inks bitumen and as such there are greater in-
D. Paraffin wax termolecular forces

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 669

302. When a molecule has the same chemical C. alkynes


formula but different structural formula, D. none of above
this is known as

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. isotope 308. If an alkene has 68 hydrogens, how
many carbons would it have?
B. isofix
A. 136
C. isokane
B. 34
D. isomer
C. 68
303. The alkanes have a general formula of
D. 138
A. CnH2n+2
B. CnH2n 309. How can you recognise an alkene from its
name?
C. CnH2n-2
A. It starts with a prefix
D. C2nH2n+2
B. It ends in ‘ene’
304. What is wrong with the name 2, 4-
C. It starts with ‘alk’
methylhexane
D. You can’t tell from its name-trick ques-
A. commas
tion
B. dashes
C. prefixes 310. How long does it take crude oil to form?

D. spacing A. hundreds of years


B. thousands of years
305. The hydrocarbon in which all the 4 valen-
cies of carbon are fully occupied is called C. millions of years
as D. billions of years
A. Alkene
311. Which of the following enables carbon to
B. Alkyne form so many different compounds?
C. Alkane A. Carbon atoms will bond only to other
D. Cycloalkane carbon atoms.

306. Hydrocarbons, the simplest family of car- B. Carbon forms only single bonds with
bon compounds, are made from these two other atoms.
elements: C. Carbon atoms can link together in dif-
A. Hydrogen and Copper ferent arrangements.
B. Helium and Carbon D. Carbon atoms bond only to hydrogen
atoms.
C. Hydrogen and Carbon
D. none of above 312. Petroleum and natural gas form from
A. strong winds
307. Hydrocarbons with only single covalent
bonds are known as B. cooled magma
A. alkanes C. radioactive materials
B. alkenes D. remains of plants and animals

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 670

313. Which are the following are all alkenes? 318. Aliphatic hydrocarbons consist only sin-
A. methane, ethane, propane gle bonds, and so are called hydrocar-
bons.
B. methane, ethene, propene
A. unsaturated
C. methene, ethene, propene
D. ethene, propene, butene B. saturated
C. aromatic
314. Unsaturated hydrocarbons contain
D. chain

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. at least one double or triple bond be-
tween carbon atoms
319. A class of organic compounds character-
B. only double bonds ized by the presence of a carbonyl group
C. only single bonds between carbon in which the carbon atom is covalently
atoms bonded to an oxygen atom. The remain-
D. only triple bonds ing two bonds are to other carbon atoms
or hydrocarbon radicals.
315. Which of the following is correct about
A. Ketones
structural isomers?
A. They have different molecular formu- B. Esters
las C. Thiols
B. They must have any double or triple D. none of above
bonds in the same position
C. They can be either positional or chain 320. What is the historic name of alkanes?
isomers A. Olefins
D. They must have the same length main B. Paraffin s
chain
C. Saccarines
316. What are the 2 products of complete com-
bustion of a hydrocarbon? D. Carbonates
A. carbon dioxide + hydrogen 321. Which is the general formula of cy-
B. carbon dioxide + water cloalkane?
C. carbon monoxide + water A. CnH2n
D. carbon monoxide + hydrogen B. CnH2n+2
317. A homologous series is a family of or- C. CnH2n+1OH
ganic compounds with
D. CnH2n
A. similar chemical properties and same
general formula 322. Which family of carbon compounds is com-
B. similar chemical properties and differ- monly found in crude oil?
ent general formula A. Diamond
C. different chemical properties and B. Alkanes
same general formula
C. Coal
D. similar physical properties and same
general formula D. Graphite

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 671

323. Which of the following has the highest 329. Which of the following elements do hy-
viscosity drocarbons contain?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. petrol A. carbon and oxygen only
B. diesel B. carbon and hydrogen only
C. biodiesel
C. carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen
D. LPG
D. nitrogen, phosphorus, oxygen, sulfur,
324. A molecule with a LOW boiling point will and the halogens

A. be found at the bottom of the fraction- 330. Which of the following compounds has
ating column the lowest boiling point?

B. be found at the top of the fractionating A. hexane


column B. pentane
C. have short chains of atoms
C. 2, 2-dimethylpropane
D. have long chains of atoms
D. 2-methylbutane
325. Which of the following could contain a
E. butane
triple bond?
A. C4H10 331. How many carbon atoms are in a
B. C4H8 molecule of nonane?
C. C4H6 A. 4
D. C4H12 B. 6
326. Butane C. 10
A. Alkane D. 9
B. Alkene
332. Which of the following fractions has the
C. Alkyne highest viscosity?
D. none of above
A. LPG
327. How many carbon atoms are in hep- B. Diesel
tane?
C. Petrol
A. 4
B. 5 D. Bitumen
C. 6 333. An organic compound with a hydroxyl
D. 7 (OH) functional group on an aliphatic car-
bon atom.
328. Methyl has the molecular formula
A. Aldehydes
A. CH4
B. CH3 B. Alcohols
C. CH C. Alkynes
D. CH2 D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 672

334. What are the two correct isomers of hex- 340. The products of the combustion reaction
ane? are bubbled through limewater. Which gas
A. 2-methylpentane is limewater used to test for?
B. 2-methylpropane A. oxygen
C. 2, 2-dimethylbutane B. hydrogen
D. 1-methylethene C. carbon dioxide

335. What is the molecular formula of a D. chlorine

NARAYAN CHANGDER
methyl functional group? 341. Which of these is an organic compound?
A. CH2 A. Carbon Dioxide
B. CH3
B. Carbon Monoxide
C. C2H5
C. Calcium Carbonate
D. CH5
D. Ethane
336. Alkanes have the general formula:
342. what is the simplest cycloalkane?
A. CnH2n
A. Cyclomethane
B. CnH2n+1
B. cycloethane
C. CnH2n+2
C. cyclopropane
D. CnHn
D. cyclobutane
337. Isomers in which molecules form mirror
images of each other around a carbon atom 343. The formula for ethene is
are A. C2H4
A. enantiomers
B. C2H6
B. diasteremers
C. CH4
C. constitutional isomers
D. C3H6
D. structural isomers
E. none of the above 344. What is a use for an alkane?
A. to make plastics
338. Which of the followings is giving substi-
tution reaction with alkanes B. fuels
A. Halogens C. to make alcohols
B. Water D. to make soaps and medicines
C. Alkalis 345. Which of the following alkanes is NOT a
D. Acids straight chain?
339. What is the IUPAC name of “olefins”? A. octane
A. Alkanes B. propane
B. Alkenes C. neohexane
C. Alkynes D. pentane
D. Alkyls E. nonane

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 673

346. Which of the following elements should C. CO


be present in any organic compound D. CO + H2O

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Carbon E. CO2 + H2O
B. Oxygen
352. What is an alkane?
C. Potassium
A. A compound with oxygen
D. Nitrogen
B. A hydrocarbon with only single cova-
347. Compounds containing one or more ben- lent bonds
zene rings are called:
C. A hydrocarbon with no carbons
A. alkanes
D. A hydrocarbon with a double bond
B. alicyclic compounds
C. aliphatic compounds 353. Which of the following chemical formulas
does NOT represent a hydrocarbon?
D. aromatic compounds
A. C 2 H 6
348. What does unsaturated mean? B. C 4 H 10
A. it means they contain at least one C=C C. C 5 H 12
double bond
D. C 6 H 12 O 6
B. it means they DO NOT contain a C=C
double bond 354. When naming organic compounds:
C. it means they have the same general A. only the longest chain is included
formula and similar chemical properties
B. the parent chain must be in a straight
D. it means they contain carbon and hy- line in the diagram
drogen only
C. the substituent groups are listed in nu-
349. What is the name of C5H12? merical order
A. Pentane D. the substituent groups are listed in al-
B. Hexane phabetical order

C. Butane 355. Which is an organic compound?


D. Heptane A. Carbon Dioxide
350. In combustion what gas are the fuels B. Carbon Monoxide
burned in? C. Carbonates
A. Carbon dioxide D. Ethane
B. Nitrogen
356. An alkene is a hydrocarbon with
C. Hydrogen
A. all single bonds between carbon atoms
D. Oxygen
B. one triple bond between 2 carbon
351. What are the products of complete com- atoms
bustion of alkanes? C. at least one double bond between 2
A. SO2 + H2O carbon atoms
B. H2O D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 674

357. Alkenes are: 362. Which of the following aliphatic hydrocar-


bons is unsaturated?
A. saturated, because they do not have
the maximum number of hydrogen atoms A. alkane
B. unsaturated, because they do not have B. alkyne
the maximum number of hydrogen atoms C. alkene
C. unsaturated, because they have the D. cycloalkene
maximum number of hydrogen atoms
E. cycloalkane

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. aromatic compounds
363. A highly flammable substance
358. How many bonds C needs to become sta- A. evaporates at a high temperature.
ble?
B. flows easily.
A. 1
C. doesn’t flow easily.
B. 2
D. is easy to ignite and burn.
C. 3
E. is difficult to ignite and burn
D. 4
364. The boiling point is
359. Hydrocarbons burning is an example of A. The temperature at which a substance
what type of chemical reaction? changes from a liquid to a gas or vice
A. neutralisation versa
B. endothermic B. How easily something ignites (catches
fire)
C. addition
C. A measure of a fluid’s resistance to
D. exothermic flow, in other words how thick or runny
360. These are specific groupings of atoms D. A measure of how readily a substance
within molecules that have their own char- vaporises (turns from liquid to gas)
acteristic properties, regardless of the
other atoms present in a molecule. 365. What is the correct use of Kerosene?
A. Jet fuel
A. Functional Groups
B. Making roads
B. Organic Compounds
C. Heating homes
C. Hydrocarbons
D. Truck fuel
D. none of above
366. An alkene is a hydrocarbon with
361. The main use of Ethylbenzene is to man-
ufacture A. all single bonds between carbon atoms
B. one triple bond between 2 carbon
A. Styrene
atoms
B. Phenol
C. at least one double bond between 2
C. Alkane carbon atoms
D. none of above D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 675

367. CH3CH3 is an example of a formula. C. alkanes, alkenes, alkynes


A. molecular D. alkenes, alkanes, alkynes

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. condensed E. alkynes, alkanes, alkenes
C. structural
373. Organic compounds have the following
D. molar
characteristics except..
368. Propyne is an example for A. low melting point
A. alkene B. non-polar
B. alkane C. can exist as solid and liquid only
C. alkyne
D. non-conductors of electricity
D. saturated
374. Organic compounds are compounds which
369. are compounds that have identical contain
chemical formulas but different molecular
structures and shapes. A. O
A. Isomers B. C
B. Isotopes C. N
C. Inorganics D. S
D. Isolates
375. propyl is a
370. Name the process associated with acyla-
A. three carbon chain
tion of benzene
B. three carbon side chain
A. Friedel craft reaction
B. Wurtz reaction C. triple bond

C. Wurtz fitting reaction D. none of above


D. Debey Huckel reaction 376. What iqs the general formula for an
371. How many carbons are in 3-methyl-4, 4- alkane?
diethyl-5-propyldecane? A. CnH2n
A. 16 B. CnH2n+2
B. 17 C. CnH3n
C. 18 D. CnH2n-1
D. 19
377. Which of these is NOT true of the
E. 20
alkenes?
372. Which os these correctly orders the A. they are saturated
groups from most reactive to least cre-
ative? B. the are used to make plastics/alcohols
A. alkynes, alkenes, alkanes C. they contain a C=C double bond
B. alkanes, alkynes, alkenes D. they have general formula CnH2n

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 676

378. What is the functional group for aromatic 384. The alkyl group with the formula-
compounds? CH2-CH3 is called
A. phenyl A. methyl.
B. benzene B. ethyl.
C. triple bond C. propyl.
D. hydroxyl group D. butyl.
E. amine

NARAYAN CHANGDER
385. Oil fraction with the highest boiling point
379. Propane contains the following number
A. refinery gases
of carbons:
B. bitumen
A. 3
B. 4 C. oil fuel

C. 9 D. diesel
D. 7 386. In which of the following reactions is oxy-
gen use up?
380. Which of the following is more volatile?
A. Addition
A. petrol
B. diesel B. Elimination

C. oil C. Combustion
D. my temper D. Substitution

381. Which of the following would have the 387. What is kerosene used for?
highest flammability? A. Fuel for aeroplanes
A. C3H8 B. Road surfacing
B. C4H8
C. Fuel for lorries
C. C5H12
D. Making chemicals
D. C22H44
388. What is the general formula of an alkane
382. Which is a hydrocarbon?
A. 2n+2
A. Carbon Dioxide
B. CnH2n+2
B. Carbon Monoxide
C. CnH2n
C. Carbonates
D. Ethane D. CnHn

383. Where is the HOTTEST part of the frac- 389. Liquid hydrocarbon is converted into
tionation column gaseous hydrocarbon by:
A. top A. Oxidation
B. right B. Hydrolysis
C. bottom C. Cracking
D. left D. Distillation

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 677

390. The empirical formula of an organic com- D. A family of compounds with the same
pound is CH2O. The molecular formula that general formula and similar chemical
is suitable for that organic compound is properties

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. C2H6O2 395. Carbon atoms can be classified by the
B. C2H6O of other carbon atoms that are directly at-
C. C4H5O2 tached to it.
D. C5H10O5 A. number
B. type
391. Which derivative is used in veterinary
medicine as a treatment for various par- C. structure
asites in dogs and cats? D. isomer
A. Ethylbenzene
396. Is the name of triple bonded, unsaturated
B. Toluene hydrocarbons.
C. Phenol A. Alkanes
D. none of above B. Alkenes
392. What does viscous mean? C. Alkynes
A. how easy it is to burn D. Tanins
B. how easy it is to light 397. What is the definition of a homologous
C. how easy it is to evaporate series?
D. how thick/ sticky the substance is A. A compound with double bonds
393. What is meant by a saturated hydrocar- B. A family of compounds with the same
bon? general formula and similar chemical
properties
A. Contains at least one carbon to carbon
double bond C. A family of compounds with the same
general formula but a different structure
B. Contains only single covalent bonds be-
formula
tween the carbon atoms
D. Compounds which are exactly the
C. Contains mostly single covalent bonds
same
between the carbon atoms
D. Contains a double covalent bond be- 398. A fraction of crude oil is made up of:
tween the carbon atoms A. Hydrocarbons of similar chain lengths
394. What is a homologous series? B. Numbers
A. A family of compounds that are made C. Large hydrocarbons
of hydrogen and carbon D. Alkenes only
B. A family of compounds with the same
chemical properties and different general 399. It is written in a way the subscript of
structure the element symbol depicts the number of
atoms present in the compound?
C. A family of compounds with a differ-
ent general formula and similar chemical A. Chemical Formula
properties B. Condensed Formula

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 678

C. Molecular Formula 405. As the number of carbons increases in an


D. Structural Formula homologous series the number of isomers
generally
400. Which of these hydrocarbons would react A. increase
with bromine water?
B. decrease
A. pentane
C. stay the same
B. cyclopropane
D. varies

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. ethene
406. What name is given to the reaction when
D. ethane
you add chlorine across a double bond?
401. The representation by which lines depict A. hydration
two-electron bonds between atoms.
B. addition
A. Molecular Formula
C. hydrogenation
B. Chemical Formula
D. polymerisation
C. Structural Formula
407. What is a cycloalkane?
D. Condensed Fornula
A. a cyclic hydrocarbon
402. Which have the general formula CnH2n?
B. a cyclic hydrocarbon that contains only
A. butane single bonds
B. cyclopentane C. a cyclic hydrocarbon with at least one
C. hexene alkyl group

D. octane D. a six-carbon alkane in the shape of a


ring
403. What does an alkene have that an alkane
does not? 408. Oil fraction with the shortest molecules

A. Electrons A. refinery gases

B. Oxygen B. bitumen

C. Double C=C bond C. oil fuel

D. Single C-C bond D. diesel

404. Which of the following statements is 409. A hydrocarbon is a substance that con-
true? tains
A. hydrogen only
A. The smaller the hydrocarbons in fuel,
the more flammable it is. B. carbon only
B. The bigger the hydrocarbons in fuel, C. hydrogen, carbon and oxygen
the more flammable it is. D. hydrogen and carbon
C. The smaller the hydrocarbons in fuel,
the more viscous it is. 410. Crude oil is made up of:

D. The bigger the hydrocarbons in fuel, A. Ethane


the lower the boiling point. B. Butane

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 679

C. A mixture of different hydrocarbons 416. When an alkyne burns, it produces 4 mol


D. Extremely large hydrocarbons which of water. What is the name of alkyne?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


are broken up once extracted A. Butyne
B. Propyne
411. What are the simplest aromatic and
aliphatic compounds that only contain hy- C. Hexyne
drogen and carbon? D. Pentyne
A. organic compounds
417. when a hydrocarbon burns in a plentiful
B. carbon monoxide supply of oxygen what are the products?
C. water A. carbon dioxide only
D. hydrocarbons B. water only
C. carbon dioxide and water
412. Which of the following hydrocarbons has
a double bond in its carbon skeleton? D. carbon only
A. C3H8 418. What are electrons that are mobile and
B. C2H6 not tied down to specific locations called?
A. stationary electrons
C. C2H2
B. mobile electrons
D. C2H4
C. delocalized electrons
413. What is the process of separating alka- D. localized electrons
nes?
A. fractional distillation 419. Is the first step to name a Hydricarbons
A. Number the carbons
B. abracadabra
B. Name the branches
C. alkane separation
C. Find the longest/main chain
D. distillation fractional
D. Number the branches
414. Which of the following generally under-
goes substitution reactions 420. The general formula of the alkanes is
CnH2n+2. Which physical property de-
A. alkanes creases as n increases?
B. alkenes A. boiling point
C. Alkanes and alkenes B. flammability
D. algebras C. melting point
D. viscosity
415. Which of the natural polymer of alkenes
produces natural rubber? 421. prop contain how many carbon?
A. Isoprene A. 5
B. Isobutene B. 3
C. 1-methyl-2-butene C. 8
D. 2-methyle-1-butyne D. 7

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.4 Chains, branches, & rings 680

422. As the number of carbons increases the 427. identify an isomer of but-2-ene
flammability generally A. cyclopropane
A. increase B. but-3-ene
B. decrease C. butane
C. stay the same D. but-1-ene
D. varies
428. Where in the fractionating column could I

NARAYAN CHANGDER
find fractions with the longest chains?
423. Which of the following has the highest
melting and boiling points? A. Top
A. heptane B. Bottom
B. Pentane C. Middle

C. nonane D. Outside

D. octane 429. Which of the following elements must be


present in any organic compound?
424. Fuel for ships and lorries
A. Carbon
A. kerosene B. Oxygen
B. petrol C. Potassium
C. bitumen D. Hydrogen
D. fuel oil
430. What is produced when a hydrocarbon is
burned?
425. What is meant by an unsaturated hydro-
carbon? A. Carbon dioxide and hydrogen
A. Contain at least one carbon to carbon B. Carbon dioxide
double bond or a carbon to carbon triple C. Oxygen and Chlorine
bond
D. Carbon dioxide and water
B. Contain only carbon to carbon double
bonds 431. Propene + Steam would make?
C. Contain only carbon to carbon single A. Propan-1-ol
bonds B. Propan-2-ol
D. Contain at least two carbon to carbon C. Propan-1-ol and propan-3-ol
double bond or a carbon to carbon triple
D. Propan-1-ol and propan-2-ol
bond
432. Which of these elements are found in a
426. The most viscous oil fraction hydrocarbon
A. fuel oil A. carbon
B. diesel B. oxygen
C. bitumen C. helium
D. kerosene D. hydrogen

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 681

433. What conditions are needed for crack- 438. Select the formula for the following
ing? name:Octene

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. high temperature A. C8H16
B. high pressure B. C8H14
C. catalyst C. C8H18
D. low temperature D. C8H15OH

434. What is the suffix for double bond hydro- 439. Nonane contains the following number of
carbons? carbons:
A. -ol A. 3
B. -ene B. 4
C. -ane C. 9
D. -one D. 7

435. Hydrocarbons are organic compounds 440. and are the types of unsaturated
with element hydrocarbons.
A. Hydrogen A. alkenes, alkynes
B. Oxygen B. alkanes, alkenes
C. Carbon C. alkanes, alkynes
D. Both hydrogen and carbon D. none of these

436. What are hydrocarbons that contain 441. How many moles of water can be pro-
TRIPLE bonds called? duced when 1 mol of heptane is burnt in
A. alkenes air?

B. alkanes A. 5

C. isomers B. 6

D. alkynes C. 7
D. 8
437. Is the name of doubled bonded, unsatu-
rated hydrocarbons. 442. hydrocarbon contain
A. Alkanes A. nitrogen
B. Alkenes B. hydrogen
C. Allkynes C. oxygen
D. Tanins D. carbon

4.5 Functional groups


1. Which functional group is represented by B. Alcohols
the general formula R-X?
A. Halocarbons C. Ethers

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 682

D. Carboxylic Acids D. Fatty acids

2. Which of the following groups can be clas- E. Nucleotides


sified as carbonyls? 8. Highly reactive; transfers energy between
A. aldehydes organic molecules; part of cell membrane
B. ketones A. carbonyl
C. esters B. sulfhydryl

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. aldehydes and ketones C. carboxyl
D. phosphate
3. Which part of a phospholipid is hy-
drophilic? 9. All of these elements are found in every
A. head organic compound, except:
B. tails A. Hydrogen
C. both the head and tails B. Nitrogen

D. neither the head or the tails C. Carbon


D. Oxygen
4. The monomer for proteins are:
10. Which functional group can store or trans-
A. Amino acids
fer energy?
B. Nucleotides
A. Carbonyl
C. Triglicerydes
B. carboxyl
D. Glucose
C. methyl
5. The correct shorthand to symbolize a car- D. phosphate
boxyl group is:
11. Proteins contain this functional group:
A. -NH2
A. carboxyl group
B. -COOH
B. hydroxyl group
C. -OH
C. amino group
D. -C=O
D. phosphate group
6. What homologous series has the func-
tional group of-NH2? 12. The functional group that causes curly hair
is:
A. Alkane
A. Hydroxyl
B. Alkene
B. Phosphate
C. Alcohol
C. Sulfhydryl
D. Amine
D. Carboxyl
7. What are the monomers of nucleic acids?
13. Which of the following are parts of a nu-
A. Amino acids cleotide?
B. Monosaccharides A. Sugar molecule
C. Glycerol B. Phosphate group

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 683

C. Nitrogenous base 20. Which of the following is not a halide?


D. Amino group A. Cl

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. S
14. Halogenoalkane to nitrile
C. Br
A. KCN and ethanol
D. I
B. Alcoholic NH3 heat under pressure
C. Aqueous KCN 21. This functional group can act as an organic
acid
D. Aqueous NH3 heat under pressure
A. carboxyl
15. What functional group is this molecule? 5- B. carbonyl
isobutyl-3-isopropyldecanal
C. methyl
A. Aldehyde
D. sulfhydryl
B. Ketone
22. Anything that does NOT contain carbon is
C. Alcohol considered to be
D. Halocarbon A. Organic
16. Name the functional group of an ester B. Inorganic
A. carbonyl C. Extra
B. carboxyl D. Basic
C. hydroxyl 23. From the following, select all compounds
D. carboxylate that are alcohols. (There can be more than
one correct answer.)
17. This functional group is non-polar. A. CH3CH2OH
A. amino B. KOH
B. methyl C. Ca(OH)2
C. carbonyl D. CH3COOH
D. phosphate 24. Vinegar is also known as acetic acid . This
compound contains the functional group
18. are examples of carbohydrates
A. glucose & fructose
A. alcohol
B. guanine & cytosine
B. ester
C. glycine & glutamine C. carboxylic acid
D. samose & deanose D. amine
19. How many hydrogens does pentane 25. Which of the followings is undergoes a
have? substitution reaction with alkanes
A. 6 A. Halogens
B. 8 B. Water
C. 10 C. Alkalis
D. 12 D. Acids

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 684

26. Nucleic acids are made of 32. What functional group is-HC=O (on the
A. CHO end)

B. CHON A. Carbonyl Aldehyde

C. CHONP B. Carbonyl Ketone


D. CHONS C. Carboxyl
D. Methyl
27. What are the monomers of carbohy-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
drates? 33. Storage form of glucose.
A. Nucleotides A. monomer
B. Amino Acids B. carbohydrates
C. Fatty Acids C. glycogen
D. Monosaccharides D. glycerol
28. Every carbohydrate has multiple of these 34. Which of the compounds contain a double
groups attached bond
A. Methyl A. C10H22
B. Carboxyl B. C10H21
C. Hydroxyl
C. C10H18
D. Carbonyl
D. C10H20
29. What functional group is this molecule? 2-
35. Each enzyme only has 1 substrate that will
terbutoxy-4-isobutylnonane
fit its active site. What is this called?
A. Alcohol
A. reusable
B. Carboxylic Acid
B. catalyst
C. Ether
C. specific
D. Ester
D. fragile
30. Alcohols have this functional group:
36. C4H8, is which type of compound(Select
A. carboxyl group all the correct options)
B. hydroxyl group A. Alkenes
C. amino group
B. Alkanes
D. phosphate group
C. Alkynes
31. Which Biomolecules contain the phosphate D. Cyclic alkanes
(-PO4) functional group? (Choose all that
apply) 37. Name the compound-CH3CHO
A. Lipids A. ethanal
B. carbs B. methanal
C. proteins C. methyl aldehyde
D. nucleic acids D. ethanol

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 685

38. Thiol groups that stabilize the structure of 44. Select the formula for the following
proteins through protein folding due to this name:Butanol
functional group

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. C4H9OH
A. sulfhydryl
B. C4H10OH
B. amino
C. C4H10
C. phosphate
D. hydroxyl D. C4H7OH

39. What 3 letters do enzymes typically end 45. Which of the following is an alcohol?
in? A. CH3CH2OH
A. -ose
B. CH3CHO
B. -ase
C. Ca(OH)2
C. -ese
D. CH3COOH
D. -tic
40. Proteins are made of 46. Where do substrates bind on an enzyme?
A. C H O A. voltage-gated channels
B. C H O N B. surface receptor
C. C H O N P C. calcium channels
D. C H O N S D. active site
41. Addition of this functional groups makes a
molecule an anion. 47. The monomer for nucleic acids are

A. carboxyl A. Amino acids


B. amino B. Nucleotides
C. methyl C. Triglycerides
D. phosphate D. Glucose
42. What is the functional group of a car-
48. Chemical formula of butanoic acid
boxylic acid?
A. -COO- A. CH3-CH2-CH2-CH2-COOH
B. -COOH B. COOH-CH2-CH2-CH2-CH3
C. -C=C- C. CH3-CH2-COOH-CH2-CH3
D. -OH D. CH2-CH2-CH2-COOH
43. Which macromolecule is made of simple 49. What is the amino group’s structure?
and complex sugars?
A. -COOH
A. lipids
B. proteins B. -NH2
C. carbohydrates C. -PO4
D. nucleic acids D. -OH

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 686

50. Which of the following is not a polymer? 56. What is the name of-CH3
A. glucose A. Methyl
B. starch B. Hydroxyl
C. cellulose C. Carboxyl
D. chitin D. Carbonyl Ketone
51. Which compound belongs to the alkene
57. Propene reacts with hydrogen chloride gas

NARAYAN CHANGDER
family?
to give mainly
A. C2H2
A. 1-chloropropane (CH3CH2CH2Cl)
B. C2H4
B. 2-chloropropane (CH3CHClCH3)
C. C6H6
C. 3-chloroprop-1-ene (CH2=CHCH2Cl)
D. C6H14
D. 1, 2-dichloropropane (CH3CHClCH2Cl)
52. Name the functional group present in CH3-
CO-CH3 58. What is included in Tollen’s reagent?
A. Ketone A. AgNO3, HNO3, NH3
B. Halogen B. AgNH3, HCl, NH3
C. Aldehyde C. AgNO3, HCl, NH3
D. Carboxylic acid D. AgNO3 only
53. Carboxylic acids combined with alcohols in
high temperature will form a(n) 59. The name “methyl” means

A. ester A. -CH3

B. alcohol B. C2H6
C. amine C. CH4
D. none of above D. -CH2CH3

54. What two elements make up the amino 60. What is the functional group present in
group? hexanal?
A. Hydrogen, Oxygen A. aldehyde
B. Nitrogen, Oxygen B. ketone
C. Potassium, Hydrogen C. alcohol
D. Hydrogen, Nitrogen
D. alkene
55. What does a red precipitate in Fehlings
test indicate the presence of? 61. Act as organic acids

A. Carboxylic Acid A. carboxyl


B. Ketone B. carbonyl
C. Aldehyde C. methyl
D. Alcohol D. sulfhydryl

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 687

62. Capillary action 68. The weakest of the intermolecular forces


A. is the main transport medium in organ- are

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


isms A. hydrogen bonds
B. causes the meniscus on a cylinder B. London forces
C. allows water to climb up stuff C. dipole-dipole forces
D. means high tensile strength and can in- D. van der Waals forces
jure a diver
69. Which functional group contains ketones
63. Which reaction yields CH3CH2OH and CO2 and aldehydes?
A. Fermentation A. amino group
B. Combustion
B. phosphate group
C. Saponification
C. carbonyl group
D. Polymerization
D. sulfhydryl group
64. What is the functional group of an
alkene? 70. This functional group stabilizes proteins
A. -COO- A. aminos
B. -COOH B. phosphates
C. -C=C- C. sulfhyryls
D. -OH D. methyls

65. Which of these compounds is a secondary 71. Atoms are bonded together in different or-
halogenoalkane? ders.
A. CH3CH(OH)CH3 A. Structural Isomers
B. CH3CCl(CH3)CH3 B. Benzene
C. CH3CHClCH3 C. Structural Formula
D. CH3CH2CH2Cl D. Catenation
66. How many hydrogens does propene 72. What ester forms when butanol and
have? methanoic acid react
A. 6
A. butyl methanoate
B. 8
B. methyl butanoate
C. 10
C. mutyl bethanoate
D. 12
D. nothing happens
67. What functional group is found in cysteine
but not in glycine? 73. Branches or yl groups are also called
A. Amino A. Halide groups
B. Sulfhydryl B. Alkyl groups
C. Hydroxyl C. Functional groups
D. Phosphate D. Carboxylic groups

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 688

74. Which of the following functional groups 80. Which action could produce a carbonyl
does not have double bonds? group?
A. ketones A. the replacement of the hydroxyl of a
carboxyl group with hydrogen
B. aldehydes
B. the addition of a thiol to a hydroxyl
C. ethers
C. the addition of a hydroxyl to a phos-
D. carboxylic acids phate

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. the replacement of the nitrogen of an
75. Lipids are made of
amine with oxygen
A. C H O E. the addition of a sulfhydryl to a car-
B. C H O N boxyl
C. C H O N P 81. What functional group is-0-CH3
D. C H O N S A. Hydroxyl
B. Carboxyl
76. What functional group is this molecule? N-
C. ether
secbutyl-2-butyl-4-ethyloctanamide
D. amine
A. Ester
82. Which of the following is a lipid?
B. Amine
A. cholesterol
C. Amide
B. cellulose
D. Carboxylic Acid
C. glucose
77. This functional group acts as a base. D. protein
A. amino 83. Which biomolecule is also known as en-
B. sulfhydal zymes?
A. Carbohydrate
C. carbonyl
B. Lipid
D. hydroxyl
C. Nucleic Acid
78. If oxidised an alcohol becomes D. Protein
A. an alcohol 84. Waxes, oils and fats are examples of
B. a carboxylic acid A. Carbohydrates
C. an ester B. Lipids
D. an alkene C. Proteins
D. Nucleic Acids
79. Enzymes are considered to be
85. Check which 2 are classes of carbonyls
A. Lipids
A. Ketone
B. Carbohydrate B. Aldehyde
C. Protein C. Carboxyl
D. Nucleic Acid D. Hydroxyl

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 689

86. Ketones and aldehydes are both 92. What is the direction of polarity? Se
A. carbonyls Cl

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. carboxyls A. right

C. aminos B. left

D. hydroxyls C. no direction
D. none of above
87. These are the single unit building blocks of
larger molecules 93. Esters are found in
A. Monomer A. fats
B. Polymer B. proteins
C. Tetramer C. sugars
D. Quadramer D. none of above

88. Which of the following functional groups is 94. Which formula represents a polar
not polar? molecule?
A. -OH A. H2
B. -COOH B. H2O
C. -CH3 C. CO2
D. -NH2 D. CCl4

89. Small molecules that make up larger 95. Which of the following functional groups is
molecules. important for forming a stabilized protein
structure (tertiary structure).
A. monomer
A. sulfhydryl group
B. polymer
B. amino group
C. synthetic
C. carbonyl group
D. plastic
D. hydroxyl group
90. Dihalogenoalkane to Diol
96. What are the four types of macro-
A. Electrophilic addition
molecules?
B. Electrophilic substitution A. Lipids, proteins, carbohydrates, nu-
C. nucleophilic addition cleotides
D. nucleophilic substitution B. Lipids, proteins, carbohydrates
91. The organic compounds that have many C. Lipids, proteins, carbohydrates, fats
structural purposes and are used in many D. Lipids, proteins, carbohydrates, nu-
processes within thecell are called cleic acids
A. Carbohydrates 97. Which of the following will make bromine
B. Lipids water colorless in the lab?
C. Proteins A. Butanol
D. Nucleic Acids B. Butene

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 690

C. Butane 103. A simple chain of amino acids


D. Butanoic acid A. primary protein structure
98. Each amino acid is different from the other B. secondary protein structure
due to C. tertiary protein structure
A. The R group D. quaternary protein structure
B. The amino group 104. Which atom is bonded to the carbon atom
C. The carboxyl group in the functional group of a ketone?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. The central carbon A. F
B. H
99. An aldehyde is
C. N
A. a carbonyl at the end of a hydrocarbon
chain D. O
B. a carbonyl in the middle of a hydrocar- 105. Which of the following is least likely to
bon chain dissolve in water?
C. a carboxyl in the middle of a hydrocar- A. non-polar fats and oils
bon chain B. Salt made of a positive sodium ion and
D. a carboxyl at the end of a hydrocarbon a negative chloride ion
chain C. polar sugar molecules
100. When electrons are shared between two D. All of these substances would dissolve
atoms, the bond formed is easily in water.
A. ionic 106. Which of the 4 major macromolecules pro-
B. covalent vides a quick burst of energy?
C. hydrogen A. Carbohydrates
D. peptide B. Lipids
C. Proteins
101. In a polar covalent bond, electrons are
shared D. Nucleic Acids
A. equally 107. Halogenoalkane to alkene
B. unequally A. HBr, HCl room temp
C. between non-metals with similar elec- B. KOH (alcoholic/ethanolic), heat under
tronegativities reflux
D. between a metal and a non-metal C. KOH aqueous heat under reflux
D. conc. H3PO4
102. What about the chemical structure of wa-
ter causes many of the critical properties 108. What is formed when an alcohol reacts
that support life on Earth? with a carboxylic acid?
A. Hydrogen Bonds A. ester
B. Cohesive behavior B. ether
C. Polarity C. amide
D. Expansion Upon Freezing D. amino acid

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 691

109. What type of reaction occurs when Cl2 115. Choose the correct type of reaction when
is added to an alkeneI substitutionII addi- chlorobenzene reacts with chloromethane
tionIII condensationIV oxidation in the presence of catalyst.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. I A. Electrophilic addition
B. II B. Nucleophilic addition
C. III
C. Electrophilic substitution
D. IV
D. Nucleophilic substitution
110. Which of the following is the monomer of
a protein? 116. What are the expected results from re-
A. amino acid acting iodoalkanes with NaOH then HNO3
and AgNO3?
B. pyruvic acid
C. monosaccharide A. colourless

D. polypeptide B. white precipitate

111. What is an alkene? C. cream precipitate

A. -COO- D. pale yellow precipitate


B. -COOH
117. Select the correct name of the following
C. -C=C- formula. C6H10
D. -OH A. Hexane
112. Which of the following is non- B. Hexene
polar/hydrophobic
C. Hexanol
A. Methyl
D. Hexyne
B. Amino
C. Phosphate 118. Why is carbon so reactive?
D. Carboxyl A. Because it has four electrons total
113. Acyl chloride to primary amide B. Because it has four electrons in its
A. NH3, Room temperature outer shell that can form bonds
B. Amine, room temp C. Because it already has a full octet
C. CN-, room temp D. Because it has 6 electrons in its outer
D. none of above shell

114. Which Biomolecules contain the carboxyl 119. What kind of bond forms between B and
(-COOH) functional group? (Choose all C?
that apply)
A. Non-polar covalent
A. Lipids
B. carbs B. Polar covalent

C. proteins C. ionic
D. nucleic acids D. James Bond

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 692

120. The element is found in all of the or- 125. What’s the monomer of a nucleic acid?
ganic compounds. A. DNA
A. Iron B. monosaccharides
B. Nitrogen C. nucleotide
C. Carbon D. amino acid
D. Oxygen
126. The electron geometry of carbon dioxide

NARAYAN CHANGDER
121. Which Biomolecules contain the Amino is
(NH2) functional group? (Choose all that A. tetrahedral
apply)
B. square
A. Lipids
C. planar
B. carbs D. linear
C. proteins
127. DNA and RNA are examples of
D. nucleic acids
A. Carbohydrates
122. act as acids while act as bases. B. Lipids
A. aminos; carboxyls C. Proteins
B. carboxyls; aminos D. Nucleic Acids
C. hydroxyls; sulfhydryls
128. What type of reaction forms ester?
D. phosphates; aminos A. hydrolysis
123. What are the four macromolecules neces- B. condensation
sary by living organism? C. hydration
A. proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, D. dehydration
and lipids
B. monosaccharides, lipids, polysacca- 129. What macromolecule makes up the cell
harides, and proteins membrane’s lining?
A. Saturated Fatty acid chains
C. RNA, DNA, proteins, and carbohy-
drates B. Phospholipids
D. proteins, DNA, RNA, and steroids C. Polypeptide chains
D. Cellulose polysaccharide Chains
124. A(n) is formed when-OH groups re-
place one or more hydrogen atoms in a hy- 130. Which of these are positive observations
drocarbon. for a functional group test?
A. organic acid A. orange to green solution
B. benzene ring B. colourless to white precipitate
C. aromatic compound C. blue to orange solution
D. alcohol D. colourless to metal precipitate

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 693

131. What functional group is this molecule? C. speed up reactions


5-ethyl-3-propylheptanoic acid D. control how many reactions occur

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Ester
137. Surface tension
B. Amide
A. involves sweating and transpiration
C. Alcohol
B. causes the meniscus on a cylinder
D. Carboxylic Acid
C. allows water to climb up stuff
132. Molecules adjust their shapes to keep
which of the following as far away as pos- D. means high tensile strength and can in-
sible? jure a diver

A. Valence electrons 138. What is the main function of nucleic


B. Core electrons acids?
C. Protons A. To supply most of the energy that cells
require
D. Neutrons
B. To store long-term energy
133. This polysaccharide is found in plants and
C. To speed up chemical reactions
is not digestable by humans.
D. To carry the instructions that control
A. Triglyceride
cellular activities
B. Starch
C. Cellulose 139. When butane burns in an excess of oxy-
gen, the principle products are?
D. Chitin
A. CO2 and H2O
134. Which level of protein structure most di- B. CO2 and H2
rectly determines the function of a pro-
tein? C. CO and H2O
A. primary D. CO and H2
B. secondary 140. All nucleotides have a nitrogenous base
C. tertiary and most have multiple groups
D. quarternary A. phosphate

135. Found in carbohydrates aldoses and ke- B. amino


toses C. hydroxyl
A. phosphate D. carbonyl
B. halides
141. This functional group has acidic proper-
C. carbonyl ties.
D. alkene A. methyl
136. What is the purpose of an enzyme? B. carboxyl
A. give permission for the reaction C. phosphate
B. raise activation energy D. amino

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 694

142. Proteins are made of monomers called 148. How many hydrogens does butene
have?
A. Nucleotides A. 6
B. Monosaccharides B. 8
C. Amino Acids C. 10
D. Glycerol and fatty acids D. 12
149. How is a Carboxyl Group commonly writ-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
143. C double bonded to O and single bonded
to OH group; acts as acids ten?

A. hydroxyl A. -OH
B. -COOH
B. carbonyl
C. -COH
C. carboxyl
D. -CHOH
D. phosphate
150. An amino acid will have which 2 func-
144. The prefixes to represent 1, 2, or 3 Car- tional groups?
bons are
A. amine
A. But-, Prop-, Oct-
B. hydroxyl
B. Non-, Dec-, Hex
C. carboxyl
C. But-, Hex-Hept- D. sulfhydryl
D. Meth-, Eth-, Prop-
151. Which of the following are isomers of
145. How is a carboxylic acid group commonly C7H14O?
written? A. Heptan-4-ol, Heptan-2-ol, Heptan-3-ol
A. -OH B. Heptane, Heptene, Heptyne
B. -COOH C. Heptanal, Heptan-3-one, Hept-3-en-2-
C. -COH ol
D. -CHO D. Hept-4-enal, Hep-3-en-3-one, Heptyn-
4-ol
146. Alcohol to alkene
152. Name the molecule.CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2COOH
A. conc. H3PO4
A. heptanoic acid
B. LiAlH4
B. octanoic acid
C. H2, Nickel Catalyst C. octanol
D. KMnO4 D. methy octanoate
147. What suffix (word ending) is used in the 153. Alkanes are identified by a chain made up
names of most carbohydrates? of:
A. -ase A. double bonds
B. -nic B. single bonds
C. -ose C. 24k gold
D. -yme D. triple bonds

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 695

154. Hydrolyze butyl octanoate to obtain: 160. A functional group that increases the hy-
A. octanol + butanol drogen ion concentration in solution is:

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. octanoic acid + H2O A. Hydroxyl

C. octanal + butanol B. Amino

D. octanoic acid + butanol C. Sulfhydryl


D. Carboxyl
155. Enzymes and hormones are both exam-
ples of: 161. Thiol groups that stabilize the structure
of proteins
A. proteins
A. sulfhydryl
B. lipids
B. amino
C. nucleic acids
C. phosphate
D. carbohydrates
D. hydroxyl
156. What functional group is this molecule?
N-ethyl-N-propyl-3-propylhexanamine 162. Cohesion
A. Amine A. allows the meniscus on a cylinder
B. Amide B. keeps aquatic animals thermally sta-
ble
C. Ether
C. is due to hydrogen bonds
D. Ester
D. means high tensile strength and can in-
157. The forms of Carbonyl groups are jure a diver
A. Alcohols
163. -OH; forms alcohol
B. Carboxylic acid
A. amino
C. Aldehyde
B. hydroxyl
D. Alkynes
C. carboxyl
158. What type of bond connects carbons to D. carbonyl
each other and other elements? (The shar-
ing of electrons) 164. Butanal, butanone, and diethyl ether
have different properties because the
A. Ionic Bonding
molecules of each compound differ in their
B. Covalent Bonding
A. numbers of carbon atoms
C. Monomer Bonding
B. numbers of oxygen atoms
D. Nucleotide Bonding C. types of functional groups
159. Fat + Base (NaOH) → Soap D. types of radioactive isotopes
A. Esterification 165. Which of the following is LEAST likely to
B. Saponification dissolve in water?
C. Fermentation A. nonpolar fats and oils
D. Combustion B. polar sugar molecules

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 696

C. salt made of a positive sodium ion and 171. Which of the following categories in-
a negative chloride ion cludes all the others on the list?
D. all of the substances will dissolve eas- A. Monosaccharide
ily in water B. Carbohydrate
166. What is the name of the process by C. Polysaccharide
which polymers are broken down into D. Starch
monomers?
172. Name this molecule.CH3CH2CH2CHO

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. dehydration synthesis
A. butanol
B. condensation reaction B. butanone
C. dehydrolysis C. butanoic acid
D. hydrolysis D. butanal
167. What functional group has acidic proper- 173. What two elements are in Hydroxyl?
ties (e.g. acetic acid), due to the covalent A. Oxygen and Hydrogen
bonding of oxygen and hydrogen?
B. Sulfur and Oxgen
A. sulfhydryl
C. Helium and Neon
B. hydroxyl D. Argon and Hydrogen
C. Carboxyl
174. Which functional group has the molecular
D. Methyl formula of CH3?
168. Reaction of ester with water is called A. Methyl
A. dehydration B. Amino
C. Hydroxy
B. condensation
D. Carbonyl
C. hydration
D. hydrolysis 175. Enzymes are capable of increasing the
rate of a chemical reaction within a liv-
169. DNA has a negative charge, because all ing cell. Enzymes accomplish this through
nucleic acids have one of these groups which of the following means?
A. Carboxylic Acids A. reducing the number of products
B. Hydroxyl B. reducing the activation energy
C. Phosphate C. increasing the temperature of the cell
D. increasing the concentration of reac-
D. Sulfhydryl
tants
170. The bond between amino acids within a 176. What is the reagent used to test for car-
protein chain is called a boxylic acids?
A. peptide bond A. HCl
B. hydrogen bond B. NaCO2
C. ionic bond C. NaCO3
D. sulfur bridge D. HNO3

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 697

177. Large bodies of water, such as lakes and C. a carbonyl group


oceans, do not quickly fluctuate in temper- D. an amino group
ature. What is the reason for this phe-

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


nomenon? 183. Which two functional groups are always
A. Water is an acid. found in amino acids?

B. Water is a versatile solvent. A. ketone and aldehyde

C. Water has a high heat capacity. B. hydroxyl and aldehyde

D. Water acts as a buffer. C. carboxyl and amine


D. carbonyl and carboxyl
178. Reagents for testing for an unsaturated
alkene? 184. Name the functional group whose suffix
A. Bromine Water is-al

B. Lime Water A. Alcohols

C. HBr B. Aldehyde

D. CaCO3 C. Ketones
D. Carboxylic Acid
179. What functional group is this molecule?
3, 4-diethyl-4-methyl-2-heptanone 185. Glycerol and fatty acids are the
A. Aldehyde monomers of

B. Ketone A. Carbohydrates

C. Carboxylix Acid B. Lipids

D. Ester C. Proteins
D. Nucleic Acids
180. Which is NOT a use of alcohols?
A. beverage 186. The tertiary structure folding in proteins
is primary due to the interactions of
B. fuel
A. the ‘R’ groups
C. detergent
B. the ‘P’ groups
D. solvent
C. the ‘A’ groups
181. The molecular formula of a compound con- D. the ‘S’
taining functional group-COOH, having 6
carbon atoms.(Select all the correct op- 187. Esters are known for
tions) A. the bright colours
A. C6H12O2 B. flammability
B. C5H11COOH C. exploding
C. C6H14O2 D. smell
D. C5H12COOH
188. Which of the following must be true
182. CH3 is indicative of about ethanol?
A. a methyl group A. It has an amine functional group
B. a sulfhydryl group B. It is made from a 3 carbon chain

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 698

C. It contains only single bonds C. Lipid


D. All the above are true D. Nucleic Acid

189. What is produced in tollen’s test? 195. What is a biological molecule?


A. alcohol A. a large organic molecule in any living
organism.
B. silver metal
B. A molecule that has its own biology
C. silver ion

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. A molecule found only in rodents
D. aldehyde
D. A biological polymer made of amino
190. are nucleic acid functions acid monomers
A. store & transfer genetic info 196. Lipid containing four carbon rings.
B. store & create energy A. steroid
C. structure & energy for cells B. enyzme
D. membrane structure and nutrient C. nucleotide
transfer
D. functional groups
191. Which of these are tests for aldehydes?
197. What are the products of the complete
A. Silver Mirror Test combustion of an alcohol?
B. Potassium Dichromate A. fire
C. Benedict’s Solution B. carbon dioxide
D. Fehlings Solution C. carbon dioxide and water
192. O double bonded to C; can be at the end D. carbon monoxide and water
or middle of molecules 198. Which functional group always has sul-
A. Hydroxyl fur?
B. amino A. carbonyl
C. carbonyl B. carboxyl
D. sulfhydryl C. methyl
D. sulfhydryl
193. What type of reaction occurs when an al-
cohol reacts with a carboxylic acid? 199. What is the prefix for four carbons?
A. neutralisation A. meth-
B. condensation B. but-
C. hydrolysis C. prop-
D. addition D. eth-
194. What type of macromolecule are en- 200. What element is found in proteins and nu-
zymes? cleic acids but not carbs nor lipids?
A. Protein A. carbon
B. Carbohydrate B. hydrogen

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 699

C. nitrogen B. Lipids
D. oxygen C. Proteins

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


201. Alpha helix and beta pleated sheets are D. Nucleic Acids
part of what level of protein structure?
207. Monosaccharides are monomers of
A. primary
A. Carbohydrates
B. secondary
B. Lipids
C. tertiary
D. quaternary C. Proteins
D. Nucleic Acids
202. Which Biomolecules contain the Hydroxyl
(-OH) functional group? 208. What is the functional group of an ester?
A. Lipids A. -COO-
B. carbs B. -COOH
C. proteins
C. -C=C-
D. nucleic acids
D. -OH
203. Organic molecules contain (at least) the
elements 209. What functional group is this molecule?
tertbutyl hexanoate
A. Nitrogen and Oxygen
A. Ester
B. Phosphorous and Sulfur
B. Ether
C. Carbon and Hydrogen
D. Oxygen and Hydrogen C. Amide
D. Amine
204. What is the function of nucleic acids?
A. store genetic information 210. What functional group has the ability to
react with water thus, releasing energy?
B. store energy (long-term)
C. store energy (short-term) A. Hydroxyl

D. build skin, hair, nails, muscles B. Carboxyl


C. Amino
205. Which homologous series contains only C-
C single bonds and C-H single bonds? D. Phosphate
A. alkanes 211. What are the four macromolecules?
B. alkenes
A. proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates,
C. alcohols and lipids
D. carboxylic acids B. monosaccharides, lipids, polysacca-
harides, and proteins
206. are composed out of carbon (C), hy-
drogen (H), oxygen (O), nitrogen (N), and C. RNA, DNA, proteins, and carbohy-
phosphorus (P) drates
A. Carbohydrates D. proteins, DNA, RNA, and steroids

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 700

212. Acyl chloride to ester 218. Which of the following is not ketone?
A. alcohol, room temp A. CH3CH2OCH3
B. Carboxylic acid, room temp B. CH3CH2COCH3
C. alcohol, reflux C. (CH3)2CO
D. Carboxylic acid, Reflux D. CH3CH2COCH2(C6H5)

213. cellulose, glycogen, starch, or chitin 219. This is one job proteins do NOT have in

NARAYAN CHANGDER
the body
A. carbohydrates
A. insulation
B. lipids
B. structure for tissues and organs
C. proteins
C. speed up chemical reactions
D. nucleic acid D. transport things through cell mem-
brane
214. The term for molecules of carbons and hy-
drogens is 220. This group stabilizes the tertiary struc-
A. isomers ture of proteins by forming covalent bonds
B. hydroxyls A. sulfhydryl
C. ethanes B. amino

D. hydrocarbons C. phosphate
D. hydroxyl
215. What functional group is-NH2
221. Which of the following are examples of
A. Amino
nitrogenous bases?
B. Sulfhydryl
A. adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine
C. Hydroxyl B. ATP
D. Phosphate C. glucose, glycogen, starch
216. Aldehyde to Carboxylic acid D. triglyceride, phospholipid
A. K2Cr2O7/H+ Acidified potassium 222. name this:HCOOH
dichromate, distil
A. methanol
B. Tollens Reagent
B. methanoic acid
C. conc. H3PO4 C. methyl methanoate
D. H2O (g) Catalyst:Conc H3PO4 D. none of above
217. Water used as a reactant in 223. How is Phosphate written?
A. condensation A. PO2
B. hydrolysis B. PO4
C. dehydration synthesis C. OP4
D. redox reactions D. PH4

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 701

224. Which biomolecule contains fats and 230. Refers to the three-dimensional structure
oils? of an entire amino acid chain in a protein
molecule

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Proteins
B. Nucleic Acid A. tertiary structure

C. Lipids B. primary structure


D. Carbohydrate C. secondary structure
D. fibrous proteins
225. A protein is functional at this stage.
A. primary 231. What is the functional group of an alco-
B. secondary hol?
C. tertiary A. -COO-
D. quaternary B. -COOH

226. Large molecules made up of small C. -C=C-


monomers are called D. -OH
A. polymers
232. Which of the following statements cor-
B. monomer rectly describes cis-trans isomers?
C. allotrope A. They have the same chemical proper-
D. functional group ties

227. Electronegativity is a measurement of B. They have an asymmetrical carbon


the ability of a nucleus to that makes them mirror images

A. attract bonding electrons C. They have different molecular formu-


las
B. attract other nuclei
D. They have variations in arrangement
C. attract elenece in the non-valence en-
around a double bond
ergy levels
D. none of above 233. All of the following are examples of lipids
except:
228. Carbohydrates are made of
A. oil
A. C H O
B. wax
B. C H O N
C. fatty acid
C. C H O N P
D. cellulose
D. C H O N S

229. dictates the function of a protein 234. act as organic bases

A. Shape A. carboxyl
B. Temperature B. carbonyl
C. pH C. phosphate
D. Time D. amino

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 702

235. Which of the following descriptions best 240. The enzyme amylase can break the glyco-
fits the class of molecules known as nu- sidic linkages between glucose monomers
cleotides? only if the monomers are in (alpha) form.
Which of the following could amylase
A. a nitrogenous base and a phosphate
break down?
group
A. Glycogen, starch, and amylopectin
B. a nitrogenous base and a pentose
sugar B. Glycogen and cellulose

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. a nitrogenous base, a phosphate C. Cellulose and Chitin
group, and a pentose sugar D. Starch, chitin and cellulose
D. a phosphate group and an adenine or
uracil 241. Of the following functions, the major pur-
pose of RNA is to
236. How does your body use lipids? A. transmit genetic information to off-
A. Primary source of energy spring.

B. energy storage and insulation B. function in the synthesis of protein.

C. speeds up chemical reaction C. make a copy of itself, thus ensuring ge-


netic continuity.
D. defense
D. act as a pattern or blueprint to form
237. Which macromolecule stores energy, in- DNA.
sulates us, and makes up the cell mem-
242. What is the name of the 2 carbon alco-
brane?
hol?
A. lipids
A. methanol
B. proteins
B. ethanol
C. carbohydrates
C. propanol
D. nucleic acids
D. butanol
238. Combustion is the reaction with which el- 243. Name the compound CH3CH2OH
ement?
A. Ethanol
A. carbon
B. Ethanoic acid
B. oxygen
C. methanal
C. hydrogen
D. Butanol
D. carbon dioxide
244. When making an ester why is concen-
239. Ice floating helps to trated H2SO4 added?
A. allows water to climb up stuff A. To provide H+ necessary for the reac-
B. be main transport medium in organims tion

C. keep aquatic animals thermally stable B. To help it hydrolyse

D. insulate underlying water so fish don’t C. To catalyse the reaction (speed it up)
die D. To slow it down

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 703

245. What functional group is-HC=O 250. A polymer is built out of


A. Carbonyl Aldehyde A. Macromolecules

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Carbonyl Ketone B. Monomers
C. Carboxyl C. Polymers
D. Methyl D. none of above
246. Which functional group makes di-sulfide 251. If a molecule loses hydrogen atoms, it is
bridges in protein formation? being
A. amino group A. reduced
B. phosphate group B. oxidized
C. carbonyl group
C. neutralized
D. sulfhydryl group
D. balanced
247. Which of the following is TRUE of UNsat-
urated fats? 252. Aldehyde to Alcohol

A. They are more common in animals A. LiAlH4


than plants B. Tollens’ reagent
B. They have double bonds in the carbon C. conc. H3PO4
chains of their fatty acids
D. H2O (g) Catalyst:Conc H3PO4
C. They generally solidify at room temper-
ature 253. What is the suffix for carboxylic acids?
D. They contain more hydrogen than do A. -ic acid
saturated fats having the same number of
B. -oic acid
carbon atoms.
C. -oic
248. Which of the following is/are unsatu-
rated hydrocarbons? (Check all the correct D. none of above
options)
254. What is wrong with the following
A. C3H8 name:2-2, chloro butane
B. C5H8 A. position of the dash
C. C7H14 B. position of the comma
D. C9H20 C. space between words
249. Every amino acid has these two func- D. all of the above
tional groups attached to the central car-
bon (select both answers) 255. What functional group is-OH
A. Methyl A. Hydroxyl
B. Amino B. Carboxyl
C. Carboxylic Acid C. Amino
D. Carbonyl D. Carbonyl Ketone

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.5 Functional groups 704

256. functional groups in molecule 1? 262. What is the purpose of a hydroly-


A. phosphate sis/condensation reaction?

B. amine A. To use monomers to build up polymers


and macromolecules
C. carbonyl
B. To use water to break down large
D. carboxyl
molecules into smaller molecules
257. Which biomolecule helps form muscles? C. To break down monomers

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Nucleic Acid D. To attach macromolecules to each
B. Carbohydrate other to create even larger macro-
molecules
C. Protein
D. Lipids 263. Every fatty acid has these two functional
groups (select both)
258. Esterification reactions occur between
carboxylic acids and A. Carboxylic Acid

A. amines B. Methyl
B. alcohols C. Sulfhydryl
C. keytones D. Hydroxyl
D. amide
264. Which of the following elements make up
259. How many hydrogens can carbon bond nucleic acids?
to? A. C, H, O
A. 1 B. C, H, O, N
B. 2 C. C, H, O, N, P
C. 3
D. C, H, O, Ca, S
D. 4
265. The products of the reaction of carboxylic
260. Which of the following needs U.V.rays acid and an primary alcohol in the presence
for its reactions? of sulfuric acid are
A. Nitroethane A. salt and water
B. Ethylamine B. ester and water
C. Propane
C. acid and a base
D. Ethamine
D. smelly
261. Alkenes are identified by a chain contain-
ing: 266. compounds with NH3; acts as a base

A. a diamond A. carbonyl
B. a double bond B. slfhydryl
C. a single bond C. amino
D. a triple bond D. phosphate

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.6 Homologous series 705

267. the type of reaction that occur in alkenes 271. Which homolgous series contains only C-
A. elimination C single bonds?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. alkanes
B. substitution
B. alkenes
C. addition
C. alcohols
D. none of above
D. carboxylic acids
268. What functional group is this molecule?
3-secbutyl-5, 5-dimethyl-2-decanol 272. How many sugar units make up polysac-
charides?
A. Carboxylic Acid
A. one
B. Alcohol
B. two
C. Ether
C. more than two
D. Amide
D. zero
269. The functional group found in ATP is
273. Colorless nature of water
called:
A. allows water to climb stuff
A. Hydroxyl
B. means high tensile strength and can in-
B. Phosphate jure a diver
C. Sulfhydryl C. allows sun to penetrate for photosyn-
D. Carboxyl thesis
D. involves sweating and transpiration
270. Which of the compounds have the func-
tional group of-COOH 274. bonds, 2 lone pairs
A. Formic acid A. Trigonal pyramidal
B. Methanioc acid B. Bent
C. Hydrochloro acid C. Tetrahedral
D. Hydrogen cyanic acid D. Trigonal planar

4.6 Homologous series


1. hydrocarbon compounds that have only molecules? (1) Ethanamine(2) Ethyl
one COOH group attached to the end car- ethanoate(3) Ethanal
bon atom of the chain or ring A. only
A. amine B. only
B. acid C. and (3) only
C. alcohol D. and (3) only
D. functional group 3. Aromatic compound
2. Which of the following compounds A. Carbon ring
has/have hydrogen bonds between their B. Benzene ring

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.6 Homologous series 706

C. Pentene ring C. 16
D. Naphtalena D. 44

4. Which of the following process can trans- 9. Which of the following compounds are sol-
form pentene to pentane? uble in water? (1) 1-bromopentane (2)
Methanol (3) Propanone
A. Oxidation
A. and (2) only
B. Reduction
B. and (3) only

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Fermentation
C. and (3) only
D. Hydrogenation D. , (2) and (3)
5. Which of the following is the correct in- 10. Propane is burned with a blue flame
creasing order of boiling points of the com-
A. propane + oxygen → carbon dioxide
pounds?
+ water
A. Methyl ethanoate < propanoic acid < B. propane + carbon dioxide → oxygen
propane + water
B. Methyl ethanoate < propane < C. propane + oxygen → carbon monox-
propanoic acid ide + water
C. Propane < methyl ethanoate < D. none of above
propanoic acid
11. What is the general formula for alcohols?
D. Propanoic acid < methyl ethanoate <
propane A. CnH2n
B. CnH2n+2
6. Hydrocarbon compounds that have one
C. CnH2n+1OH
double covalent bond between 2 carbon
atoms in the chain D. CnH2n+1COOH
A. alkane 12. hydrocarbon compounds that have one
B. alkene double covalent bond between 2 carbon
atoms in the chain or ring
C. cycloalkane
A. alkane
D. cycloalkene
B. alkene
7. Which of the following alcohols has the C. cycloalkane
highest boiling point? D. cycloalkene
A. Butanol
13. What is the meaning of homologous se-
B. Pentanol ries?
C. Hexanol A. A group of compounds with the same
D. Heptanol chemical properties
B. A group of compounds with the same
8. Each member of a homologous series dif- physical properties
fers from the next by molecular mass of
C. A group of compounds with the same
A. 12 functional group
B. 14 D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.6 Homologous series 707

14. Amine 20. Butane has a higher boiling point than


A. Amino methane. Why?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. It has stronger intermolecular forces
B. Amide
B. It has stronger covalent bonds
C. Carboxamine
C. It has stronger ionic bonds
D. Carbon
D. Its hard to boil it
15. The first cycloalkane in the series is?
21. Which of the following statements
A. Cycloethane concerning butanamide and methyl
B. Cyclopentane propanoate are correct? (1) They are sol-
uble in water. (2) They are more volatile
C. Cyclomethane
than 1-bromobutane. (3) Butanamide
D. Cyclopropane has a higher boiling point than methyl
propanoate.
16. Hydrocarbon compounds that have only
single covalent bonds between carbon A. and (2) only
atoms in the chain should be B. and (3) only
A. alkane C. and (3) only
B. alkene D. , (2) and (3)
C. cycloalkane 22. All members of a homologous series are
D. cycloalkene similar in terms of
A. structural formula
17. Homologous series?
B. molecular formula
A. Heptane
C. physical properties
B. Methyl hexane
D. chemical properties
C. Butane
D. Propene 23. hydrocarbon compounds that have one
double covalent bond between 2 carbon
18. What is the class of compound of Cyano? atoms and form a ring structure
A. alkyne A. alkane
B. Nitrile B. alkene

C. Ether C. cycloalkane

D. Alkoxy D. cycloalkene

24. Butane and pentane are in the same homol-


19. Which of these are features of homologous
ogous series because
series?
A. they have the same general formula
A. Same general formula
B. they are differ from each other by a-
B. Similar chemical properties
CH2 group.
C. Both C. they can be prepared using similar
D. none of above methods.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.6 Homologous series 708

D. they have the same physical proper- C. Atoms, groups of atoms or bonds that
ties. determine the chemical properties of or-
ganic compound
25. hydrocarbon compounds that have only
D. none of above
one NH2 group attached to a carbon atom
in the chain or ring 30. What is the general formula of ethene?
A. amine A. CnH2n+1OH
B. acid B. CnH2n

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. alcohol C. CnH2n+2
D. functional group D. CnH2n-2

26. Which of the following is not in the same 31. Carboxylic acid
homologous series as the others? A. Carboxamide
A. Heptane B. Carboalkoxy
B. 2-methylpropane C. Carboxyl
C. Butane D. Carbonyl
D. Propene 32. Which of the following statements con-
cerning 2-chloropropane and 2-iodobutane
27. What is the functional group for alkene? are correct? (1) They are haloalkanes.(2)
(ie whats the characteristic that makes it 2-chloropropane has a higher boiling point
an alkene) than 2-iodobutane.(3) They have the same
A. single bond general formula, RX, where R is an alkyl
group and X is a halogen atom.
B. double bond
A. and (2) only
C. covalent bond
B. and (3) only
D. none of above
C. and (3) only
28. Different features classified as homolo- D. , (2) and (3)
gous series
33. Which of the following combinations is cor-
A. General formula
rect? Homologous series, General formula
B. Chemical reaction
A. Aldehydes, RCH2OH
C. Functional group B. Unsubstituted amides, RNH2
D. Physical properties C. Alcohols, RCHO
29. What is the meaning of functional D. Carboxylic acids, RCOOH
groups?
34. Which of these are criteria for an isomer
A. Groups of atoms or bonds that deter- (tick 2)
mine the physical properties of organic
A. same molecular formula
compound
B. same name
B. Atoms, groups of atoms or bonds that
determine the physical properties of or- C. different structural formula
ganic compound D. different general formula

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.6 Homologous series 709

35. As you increase the carbon chain length B. differ from each other by a-CH2 group
of the homologous series’ the melting and in the molecular formula
boiling points

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


C. show a gradual change in physical
A. Increase properties
B. Decrease D. have similar chemical properties
C. Stay the same
41. hydrocarbon compounds that have only
D. none of above
single covalent bonds between carbon
36. What is the molecular formula of cyclo- atoms in the chain or ring
propane? A. alkane
A. C3H8
B. alkene
B. C3H6
C. cycloalkane
C. C5H12
D. cycloalkene
D. C5H10

37. Which homologous series can not be repre- 42. Why alkanes and cycloalkanes belong to
sented by the general formula CnH2n? different homologous series?
A. Alkanes A. Different functional group
B. Alkenes B. Different class of compound
C. Cycloalkanes C. Different general formula
D. none of above D. none of above
38. What is always produced when an alkane
burns? (tick all that apply) 43. a group of atoms responsible for the char-
acteristic reactions of a particular com-
A. hydrogen pound
B. water A. amine
C. carbon dioxide
B. acid
D. oxygen
C. alcohol
39. Which of the following is not true about
D. functional group
isomers?
A. May belong to different homologous 44. What are the properties of homologous se-
series ries?
B. Usually have different physical proper- A. The members have similar chemical
ties properties.
C. Have the same molecular formula B. The members have triple bond.
D. Have the same structural formula
C. The members show gradual changes
40. A homologous series is series of com- in physical properties.
pounds which D. The members are represented by the
A. have the same general formula same general formula.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 710

45. Which of the following features for Homol- 49. Compound Q has the following properties.-
ogous series are true? (1) Same functional soluble in water-boiling point is
group(2) Same general formula(3) Similar 780CWhat is compound Q
chemical properties(4) Same physical prop- A. Ethane
erties
B. Ethene
A. , (2) and (3)
B. , (3) and (4) C. Ethanol

C. , (3) and (4) D. Ethanoic acid

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. , (2), (3) and (4) 50. Organic compounds are classified accord-
ing to their
46. What is the functional group for alkene?
A. single bond A. groups

B. double bond B. period


C. hydroxyl group C. chemical reactions
D. covalent bond D. homologous series

47. Which of the following statements con- 51. Which of the following is not in the same
cerning pentane and 2, 2-dimethylpropane homologous series?
are correct? (1) They have the same
A. Heptane
molecular mass.(2) Pentane has a higher
boiling point than 2, 2-dimethylpropane. B. Methylpropane
(3) Pentane and 2, 2-dimethylpropane are C. Butane
denser than water.
D. Propene
A. and (2) only
B. and (3) only 52. Both pentane and pentene can react with
C. and (3) only bromine water under the presence of sun-
light but they do not belong to the same
D. , (2) and (3) homologous series because
48. hydrocarbon compounds that have only A. they have different molecular size
single covalent bonds between carbon
B. their melting point and boiling point
atoms and form a ring structure
not the same
A. alkane
C. they do not have the same functional
B. alkene group
C. cycloalkane D. they differ from each other by a-H2
D. cycloalkene group in the molecular formula

4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds


1. Name the compound Na2O C. Sodium Oxygen
A. Sodium Oxide D. Natride Oxide

B. Sodium Dioxide 2. butan-1-ol + propanoic acid in the presence

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 711

of sulfuric acid gives 8. What is the correct acid name for


A. butyl propanoate H2CrO4?
A. Chromate Acid

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. propyl buntanoate
B. Chromic Acid
C. heptanote
C. Chromous Acid
D. none of above
D. Hydrochromic Acid
3. A covalent compound made of one sulfur 9. Anions are formed from
and two oxygen atoms would be named
A. Metals giving away electrons
A. sulfur dioxide.
B. Non-metals receiving additional elec-
B. sulfur oxide. trons
C. disulfur oxide. C. Non-metals giving away electrons
D. sulfide oxygen. D. Cations losing their charge

4. H20-name? 10. When naming you always change the end-


ing of the second element to
A. hydrooxic acid
A. -ate.
B. hydroxic acid B. -ite.
C. water C. -ide.
D. hydrogen oxide D. -ine.

5. What is the name of the covalent com- 11. Transition metals with more than 1 possi-
pound CBr4? ble charge use in the name to indicate
which charge the ion has
A. Carbon Tetrabromide
A. Arabic numeral
B. Carbon Tribromide
B. Latin numeral
C. Carbon Dibromide
C. subscript
D. Carbon Monobromide D. Roman numeral
6. Name the ionic compound, CBr3 12. Which of the following is the correct for-
A. monocarbon tribromide mula for aluminum sulfide?
B. Carbon tribromide A. AlS
B. Al2S3
C. Carbon tribromine
C. Al3S2
D. monocarbon tribromine
D. none of above
7. Which of the following is the correct for-
13. propan-1-ol + butanoic acid in the presence
mula for copper (I) sulfide?
of sulfuric acid gives
A. CuS A. butyl propanoate
B. Cu2S B. propyl buntanoate
C. CuSO4 C. heptanote
D. none of above D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 712

14. Name for LiOH C. Iron (III) Sulfate


A. lithium hydrogen oxide D. none of above
B. lithium hydroxide
20. What is the OFFICIAL name for H2O
C. lithium (II) hydroxide
A. Hydrogen Oxide
D. lithium (I) hydroxide
B. Oxygen Dinitride
15. Which of the following is an unsaturated C. Agua
fatty acid?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Dihydrogen Monoxide
A. Lauric acid
B. Palmitic acid 21. What is the correct name of MgCl2?

C. Stearic acid A. magnesium chlorine


D. Oleic acid B. magnesium dichloride
C. magnesium chloride
16. Which of the following compound(s)
exhibit(s) cis-trans isomerism? (1) D. magnesium (II) chloride
1, 2-dibromo-1, 2-dichloroethene(2)
22. CHO represents the functional group
3, 3-dibromo-2-chloropropene(3) 1, 2-
dichloropropene A. esters
A. only B. alcohols
B. only C. carboxylic acid
C. and (3) only D. aldehydes
D. and (3) only
23. propanol and 2-propanol are
17. What is the correct term for “bond that A. chain isomers
forms between a metal and a nonmetal”?
B. position isomers
A. ionic bond
C. functional isomers
B. metallic bond
D. homologues
C. nonpolar covalent bond
D. polar covalent bond 24. Name this compound. MgF2
A. magnesium fluoride
18. What is the chemical formula for iodine
monochloride B. manganese fluoride
A. ICl C. magnesium(III) fluoride
B. IC D. magnesium fluoride(II)
C. IO 25. What is the functional group of fatty
D. ClI acid?
A. Hydroxyl group, -OH
19. Which of the following is the correct name
for Fe2 (SO4)3? B. Carboxyl group, -COOH
A. Iron (II) Sulfate C. Carboxylate group, -COO-
B. Iron (II) Sulfite D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 713

26. Which of the following has six valence 32. What is the name of KOH
electrons? A. potassium oxygen hydrogen

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Sodium B. potassium monoxygen monohydride
B. Iodine C. potassium hydroxide
C. Oxygen D. potassium hydride
D. Neon
33. These are made up of positive hydrogen
27. Which of the following is used to oxidise ions paired with a negative ion.
ethanol to ethanoic acid? A. Ionic Bonds
A. Alkaline KMnO4 B. Metallic Bonds
B. Conc. H2SO4 C. Covalent Bonds
C. Acidified K2Cr2O7 D. Acids
D. All of above
34. Copper carbonate
28. How many Oxygen atoms are in H2O? A. CuC
A. 1 B. CuCO3
B. 2 C. CoCO3
C. 0 D. CoCa
D. 4
35. A covalent bond results from valence
29. Potassium iodide electrons.
A. TO A. exchanging
B. PI B. gaining
C. KIo C. sharing
D. PIo D. trading

30. What is the correct chemical formula for 36. What is the correct chemical formula for
the ionic compound of T in(IV) bromide? Hydrocyanic Acid?
A. 4SnBr2 A. H2CN
B. SnBr2 B. HCY
C. Sn2Br2 C. HCN
D. SnBr4 D. H2CN2

31. Ethanol on heating at 443 K with conc 37. The covalent compound N2O5 would be
H2SO4 gives named
A. CH2=CH2 A. nitrogen oxide.
B. HC=HC B. dinitrogen oxide.
C. CH4 C. nitrogen pentoxide.
D. C2H6 D. dinitrogen pentoxide.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 714

38. An ionic compound forms between a 44. When naming a compound, what must the
and last part be?
A. metal and non-metal A. the element with “ide” at the end
B. two metals B. the element with the ending “ite”
C. two non-metals C. the name of the element
D. none of above D. the element with “ide” at the end, un-
less its a polyatomic ion

NARAYAN CHANGDER
39. What is the correct chemical formula for
Nitrogen Triiodide? 45. What is the chemical formula for CP?
A. NI3 A. Carbon phosphide
B. N3I3 B. Monocarbon phosphide
C. NOI C. Carbon monophosphide

D. NeI3 D. none of the above

40. potassium triiodide 46. What is the formula for mercury (I) ox-
ide?
A. TO
A. HgO
B. fall
B. Hg2O
C. fall
C. HgO2
D. clank
D. Hg2O2
41. Name for PBr2
47. What is the name of N2O3
A. phosphorus bromide
A. Nitrogen trioxide
B. phosphorus dibromide B. Dinitrogen oxide
C. phosphorus dibromine C. Dinitrogen trioxide
D. phosphorus bromine D. Nitrogen oxide
42. What is the formula for sodium nitrate? 48. Give the correct formula for the compound
A. Na3NO made from these two ions:K+, O-2
B. NaNO2 A. KO
C. Na3NO3 B. K2O
D. NaNO3 C. K-2O2
D. O2K
43. How many sodium atoms can bond with
one bromine atom? 49. Name the ionic compound, FeBr3
A. 1 A. Iron (II) bromide
B. 2 B. Iron (III) bromide
C. 3 C. Iron bromide
D. 4 D. Iron tribromide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 715

50. Select the formula for Strontium Chloride 56. Magnesium sulfate has the formula:
A. SrCl A. MSO4

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. SrCl2 B. MgSO4
C. SCl C. Mg2(SO4)2
D. Sr2Cl D. MgS

51. Find the formula zinc sulfate 57. What is the correct formula of phosphorus
trichloride?
A. ZnSO3
A. P2Cl3
B. ZnSO4
B. P3Cl3
C. ZnS
C. PCl3
D. Zn(SO4)2
D. PCl5
52. What is the common name for the follow-
ing structure? CH3CH2CH2CH(OH)CH(OH)CH3 58. What is the chemical formula for an ionic
compound of potassium and oxygen?
A. 4, 5-hexane-diol
A. KO
B. 2, 3, hexane-diol
B. K2O
C. 2, 3-hexane-diol
C. K2O2
D. 2, 3-hexanol
D. KO2
53. Name for NaH
59. Name the following ionic compound:LiNO3
A. sodium hydrogen
A. lithium nitrate
B. potassium hydride B. lithium III nitrate
C. sodium hydride C. lithium nitride
D. potassium hydrogen D. lithium oxide
54. The chemical formula of dinitrogen pentox- 60. Name the compound CaF2
ide is
A. calcium difluoride
A. Ni2O5
B. calcium (II) fluoride
B. NiO
C. calcium fluorite
C. N2O5
D. calcium fluoride
D. NiO2
61. What is the correct formula for sodium ni-
55. What is the name of C3 H7OH trate?
A. propanol A. NaNO2
B. propenol B. Na3N
C. alkanol C. Na3NO
D. alcohol D. NaNO3

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 716

62. What is the name of the compound C. bad


Na2(SO4)?
D. (SO)2
A. Sodium sulfate
B. Sodium sulfide 68. What’s the formula for iron (II) nitride?

C. Sodium sulfite A. Fe3N2

D. Sodium sulfuroxide B. Fe2N3


C. Fe2NO2

NARAYAN CHANGDER
63. Compounds with identical molecular for-
mula but different structural formula are D. FeN
called
69. Molecular compounds are usually
A. Isobars
A. composed of two or more transition el-
B. Isotopes
ements
C. Isomers
B. composed of positive and negative
D. Isotones ions
64. Select the correct formula for sulfur hex- C. composed of two or more nonmetallic
achloride elements
A. S2Cl 6 D. exceptions to the law of definite pro-
B. S6Cl portions

C. SCl6 70. What is the chemical formula for Nitrogen


D. SF6 triiodide?
A. NI
65. Micelles are
B. N3I
A. soap molecules in clean water
B. drops of oil or dirt that surrounds the C. NI3
molecule D. None of these
C. a tadpole shaped fatty acid
71. K20-name?
D. cluster of soap molecules surrounding
the dirt particle A. potassium dioxide
B. potassium oxide
66. The self linkage property (catenation ) is
maximum in C. potassium oxygen
A. carbon D. dipotassium dioxide
B. silicon
72. What is the chemical formula for Tetrasul-
C. sulphur fur pentoxide?
D. phosphorus A. SO
67. Formula for sulfur dioxide B. S4O
A. S2O C. S4O5
B. Ill D. S5O4

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 717

73. silicon dioxide 79. On heating ethyl alcohol with alumina at


A. Ill 350oC we get

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. ethene
B. remote
B. diethyl ether
C. bad
C. acetaldehyde
D. SiO
D. ethane
74. Name the compound:CF4(*Hint-covalent
compound) 80. What is the name of the ionic compound
Fe3(PO4)2?
A. carbon tetrafluoride
A. Iron(III) phosphate
B. monocarbon tetrafluoride
B. Iron phosphorus
C. carbon fluoride
C. Iron(II) phosphate
D. chlorine tetrafluoride
D. Iron phosphate
75. The nitrate ion is 81. How to determine that a molecule exhibit
A. N3- cis-trans isomerism?
B. NO3- A. Restricted rotation in a carbon-carbon
single bond of alkenes
C. NO2-
B. Each carbon of a site of restricted ro-
D. Ni- tation has 2 different atoms or groups at-
tached to it
76. Choose the correct formula for the follow-
ing compound:tin (II) fluoride C. Exist in cyclic compouds only
A. SnF2 D. Similar chemical properties
B. Sn2F 82. Which of the following is the correct for-
C. TiF2 mula for calcium phosphate?
D. Ti2F A. Ca3(PO4)2
B. Ca2(PO4)3
77. The substnace not responsible for the hard-
C. CaPO4
ness of water is
D. none of above
A. Sodium nitrate
B. calcium hydrogen carbonate 83. What is the chemical formula for carbon
dioxide
C. calcium carbonate
A. CaO2
D. magnesium carbonate
B. CO2
78. What is the name of the compound SO2 C. C2O2
A. Monosulfate oxide D. Ca2O2
B. Sulfur Dioxide
84. Which of the following compounds ex-
C. Monosulfur dioxide hibits stereoisomerism?
D. none of above A. Butanal

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 718

B. Propenoic acid of the following are the reagents X and Y?


C. 1-bromohexane XY
A. X:LiAlH4 ; Y:KOH, ethanol, reflux
D. 3, 4-dichloropent-1-ene
B. X:NaBH4 ; Y:conc.H2SO4, heat
85. What is the correct chemical formula for
C. X:dillute H2SO4 ; Y:conc.ethanol, re-
the ionic compound of S ilver Cyanide?
flux
A. Ag2CN D. X:dillute H2SO4 ; Y:KOH, ethanol, re-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. AgCN flux
C. 2AGCN 91. Which is denatured spirit?
D. 2Ag2CN A. ethanol only
86. Give the correct name:Al2S3 B. ethanol and methanol (50%)
A. dialuminum trisulfide C. ethanol and methanol (5%)
B. aluminum (III) sulfide D. methanol only

C. aluminum sulfide 92. A structural isomer of pentane is?


D. aluminum (II) sulfide A. 2-methylbutane
B. 2, 2-dimethyloctane
87. What are positive ions also known as?
C. 1-methylpropane
A. Trions
D. 1-methylpentane
B. Cations
93. Transition metals with more than 1 pos-
C. Dions
sible charge use Roman numerals in the
D. Anions name to indicate which charge the ion has.
This way of writing is referred to as
88. Which of the following is the correct name
for BaO? A. Stock notation
A. Barium Oxygen c. B. Chemical writing

B. Barium (I) Oxide C. Nomenclature

C. Barium Oxide D. Transitional writing

D. none of above 94. What is the formula for sulfur pentoxide?


A. SO2
89. Functional group-COOH is present in which
of the following? B. SO3
A. Ketone C. SO4

B. Aldehyde D. SO5

C. Alcohol 95. The amount of carbon in the earth’s crust


D. Carboxylic acid A. 0.03%
B. 0.01%
90. The following reaction scheme shows how
propene can be prepared from propanal in C. 0.02%
two stages using reagents X and Y. Which D. 0.00%

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 719

96. What is the correct chemical formula for 102. What is the correct chemical formula of
the covalent compound Tetraphosphorus the covalent compound Diphosphorus Pen-
Pentasulfide? toxide?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. P7S4 A. 2P5O
B. P6S5 B. P2O5
C. P3S5 C. PO5
D. P4S5 D. P5O2
103. How many carbons are in the back-
97. Name the compound:Cu(NO3)2(*Hint-
bone (longest chain) of this organic com-
Transition metal)
pound:ethane
A. copper nitrate A. 1
B. copper(II) nitrate B. 2
C. copper(II) dinitrate C. 3
D. copper dinitrogen hepaoxide D. 4
98. Give the correct name:Ba3P2 104. This rule says that all atoms want a full
outer orbital.
A. barium phosphite
A. pentet rule
B. barium phosfide
B. hextet rule
C. barium potasside
C. octet rule
D. barium phosphide
D. quartet rule
99. The chlorination of methane, is an example 105. Acetone reacts with HCN to form a
of cyanohydrin. It is an example of
A. addition reaction A. Electrophilic addition
B. reduction reaction B. Electrophilic substituition
C. elimination reaction C. Nucleophilic addition
D. substitution chain reaction D. Nucleophilic substituition

100. Name the ionic compound, CaCO3 106. Name for BaO
A. calcium carbide A. Barium oxide
B. calcium carbon trioxide B. Barium monoxide

C. calcium carbon oxide C. Monobarium oxide


D. Monobarium monoxide
D. calcium carbonate
107. A hydrocarbon should have minimum how
101. H2SO4-name? many carbon atoms to show isomerism?
A. hydrogen sulfide A. Three
B. hydrosulfuric acid B. Four
C. hydrogen sulfide C. Five
D. sulfuric acid D. Six

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 720

108. All organic compounds contain the ele- 114. How many carbons are in the backbone
ment (longest chain) of this organic compound:2-
A. carbon ethyl-3-chloroheptane

B. nitrogen A. 2

C. phosphorus B. 4
D. sulfur C. 6
D. 7

NARAYAN CHANGDER
109. In a stereoisomer, means “on the
same side” and means “across from.” 115. Name the compound:SO3(*Hint-covalent
A. cis; trans compound)
B. cis; L A. sulfur trioxide
C. D; L B. sulfite ion
D. trans; cis C. sulfur oxide

110. What is the correct chemical formula for D. sodium trioxide


the ionic compound of Ammonium Phos- 116. Ethyl Ethanoate has what function group
phate?
A. alcohol
A. (NH4)2PO4
B. carboxylic acid
B. (NH4)4PO4
C. ester
C. (NH4)3PO4
D. none of above
D. (NH2)3PO4
117. Roman numerals tell you the of the
111. This functional group has C=O at the end
metal cation(s) in an ionic compound.
of an organic chain:
A. number
A. aldehyde
B. ketone B. mass

C. carboxylic acid C. type

D. both aldehyde and carboxylic acid D. charge

112. Which of these compounds is ionic? 118. What is the name for SiCl4?
A. Carbon dioxide A. silicon tetrachloride
B. Dinitrogen Trioxide B. silicon quadchloride
C. Silicon tetrachloride C. monosilicon tetrachloride
D. Lithium bromide D. silicon chloride

113. Sodium bromide 119. What is the name for MgF2?


A. NaBr A. magnesium fluoride
B. SoBr B. manganese Phosphide
C. NaB C. magnesium(III) fluoride
D. SBr D. magnesium fluoride(II)

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 721

120. Methane reacts with chlorine in substitu- C. quad


tion reaction. Which of these is an essen-
D. hepta
tial condition?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. An acid catalyst 126. What is the formula for manganese(III)
B. A low temperature oxide?

C. UV light A. MgO

D. A low pressure B. Mg2O3


C. Mn3O2
121. What is the name of this chemical com-
pound:NH3, also known as ammonia? D. Mn2O3
A. Nitrogen trihydrogen
127. What is the name of PBr3
B. Nitrogen trihydride
A. phosphorus tribromide
C. Trinitrogen hydrogen
B. phosphorus bromide
D. Trinitrogen trihydride
C. phosphorus (III) bromide
122. What is the formula for copper(II) ni- D. phosphorus bromine
trate?
A. CuNO3 128. If a sulfate ion has a charge of 2-, how
many sodium ions will combine with one
B. Cu2NO3
sulfate ion?
C. Cu(NO3)2
A. 1
D. CuN
B. 2
123. What is the formula for calcium bro- C. 3
mide?
D. 2.5
A. CaBr
B. Ca2BR 129. The non-polar hydrocarbon group of a
C. CaBr2 soap molecule

D. Ca2BR2 A. repels water but attracts oil and dirt


particles
124. Name the compound:AgNO3(*Hint-Ionic B. does not attract oil or dirt
Compound and it has a polyatomic ion)
C. faces outward towards the water
A. silver mononitrogen trioxide
D. has a-COO-Na+ group
B. silver nitrate
C. silver nitride 130. Two neighbours homologus series differ
D. monosilver mononitrogen trioxide by
A. -CH
125. Which of the following is NOT a prefix to
use for naming? B. -CH2
A. mono C. -CH3
B. di D. -CH4

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 722

131. The by product of soap is 137. What is the name for P2O5?
A. isoprene A. phosphorus pentoxide
B. glycerol B. diphosphorus pentoxide

C. butene C. biphosphorus oxide


D. phosphorus oxide
D. ethylene glycol
138. Choose the INCORRECT option regarding
132. When naming a binary ionic compound,

NARAYAN CHANGDER
isomerism:
which order is the name written in?
A. They differ in both physical and chemi-
A. cation + anion cal properties
B. anion + anion B. They have different molecular formula
C. anion + cation C. There are two types of iso-
merism:Structural and Stereoisomerism
D. cation + cation
D. Geometric and optical isomerism are
133. Barium sulfide has the formula: two types of stereoisomerism
A. BaS 139. What is the correct chemical formula for
B. Ba2S2 the ionic compound of Calcium Hypochlo-
rite?
C. BaSO4
A. Ca(ClO)3
D. Ba(SO4)
B. Ca(ClO)2
134. Formula for diphosphorus pentoxide? C. Ca2(ClO)2
A. P2O5 D. CaClO

B. PO5 140. Complete combustion of hydrocarbon


gives
C. P5O2
A. CO + H2O
D. P2O6
B. CO2 + H2O
135. What is the name for CO? C. CO + H2
A. Copper Oxide D. CO2 + H2
B. Carbon monoxide 141. When magnesium and iodide react the
C. monocarbon oxide product is:
D. Copper monoxide A. MgI
B. MgIo
136. name this:CH3COOH
C. MgI2
A. ethanol D. Mg2I
B. ethanoic acid
142. What is the name of the ionic compound
C. ethyl ethanoate (NH4)2SO3?
D. none of above A. Ammonium Sulfite

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 723

B. Ammonium Sulfate 149. The only aldehyde that gives positive re-
C. Nitrogen Sulfite sult with I2/NaOH is

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. Nitrogen Sulfate A. Butanal
B. 2-methylpropanal
143. What is the name of NF3?
C. Ethanal
A. mononitrogen trifluoride
D. Propanal
B. nitrogen trifluoride
C. nitrogen flouride 150. What is the correct chemical formula for
D. nitrogen fluorine the ionic compound of Zinc bicarbonate?
A. Zn(HCO3)2
144. The correct formula of ethanol is
B. ZnH2CO3
A. C2H6OH
C. Zn(H2CO3)2
B. C2H5OH
D. 2Zn(HCO3)2
C. CH3OH
D. CH3CH2CH2OH 151. Iron(II) oxide would be written in for-
mula form as
145. What is the formula for aluminium ox-
A. Fe2O3
ide?
B. FeO
A. AlO
B. AlOx C. Fe3O2

C. Al2O3 D. cannot be determined


D. Al3O2 152. Tetra in the compound tetracarbon
monoxide would tell you what
146. What is the name of Br6F10?
A. there are 4 carbons
A. Bromium fluoride
B. there are 4 oxygens
B. Hexabromine fluoride
C. the compound is ionic
C. Bromium decafluoride
D. the compound has a polyatomic ion
D. none of the above
147. What is the correct molecular formula for 153. Name the compound:MgCl2(*Hint-
barium hydroxide? Regular Ionic Compound)

A. Ba(OH)2 A. magnesium chloride


B. Ba2OH B. magnesium dichloride
C. BaOH C. monomagnesium chloride
D. Ba2OH D. manganese chloride

148. The functional group of ketones is 154. Formula for aluminum phosphate
A. COOH A. hat
B. CH=O B. Play4
C. >C=O C. AlP
D. O D. AlPO4

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 724

155. Carboxylic acid contain which functional 161. Name the following ionic compound:Cs2S
group? A. cesium sulfide
A. -OH B. cesium sulfate
B. -COOH C. cesium (II) sulfate
C. -COOCH3 D. cesium (II) sulfide
D. none of above
162. Alkanes react with excess oxygen to

NARAYAN CHANGDER
156. Name the ionic compound, LiCl form
A. lithium chlorine A. carbon dioxide and water
B. lithium chloride B. salt and water
C. lithium chlorate C. carbon monoxide and soot
D. lithium monochloride D. metal hydroxide and hydrogen

157. Which of these combinations is an ionic 163. Which of the following is not an example
compound made of? of fats from plants?

A. Metal and Metal A. Tallow

B. Nonmetal and Nonmetal B. Sunflower oil


C. Coconut oil
C. Metal and Nonmetal
D. Sunflower oil
D. Cation and Cation
164. Fats and oils are mixtures of esters
158. Which of the following alcohols can be ox-
formed from
idised to 2-methyl-3-pentanone?
A. fatty acids and glycerol
A. CH3CH2CH(OH)CH3
B. carboxylic acids and alkanes
B. CH3CH(OH)CH2CH2CH3
C. alkenes and alcohols
C. (CH3)3CCH(OH)CH3
D. alkanes and alkenes
D. (CH3)2CHCH(OH)CH2CH3
165. What is the formula for sodium bro-
159. Which reagent is needed to change mide?
CH3CH=CH2 to CH3CHClCH3
A. NaBr
A. Cl2 (aq)
B. NaBr2
B. SOCl2
C. Na2Br
C. PCl3
D. SoBr
D. HCl
166. Name the compound:SF6 (*Hint-covalent
160. General formula of alkyne is compound)
A. CnH2n+2 A. sulfur heptafluoride
B. CnH2n B. sulfur hexafluoride
C. CnH2n-2 C. monosulfur hexafluoride
D. CnH2n-1 D. monosulfur heptafluoride

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 725

167. What is the formula for manganese (IV) 173. What charge would Copper have in the
sulfide? compound CuO

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Mn4S2 A. +2
B. MnS2 B. +1
C. Mn2S4 C. -2
D. MnS D. +3
168. Lead(II) carbonate has the formula: 174. What does IUPAC stand for?
A. LeCO3 A. I understand physics and chemistry
B. PbC B. International Upstanding Associates
C. PbCO3 of Chemistry
D. Pb(CO3)2 C. None of the Other Choices

169. Name the compound:P4O8(*Hint- D. International Union of Pure and Ap-


covalent compound) plied Chemistry

A. tetraphosphorus octoxide 175. What is the formula for calcium phos-


B. phosphorus oxide phide?

C. tetrapotassium octoxide A. Ca2(PO4)3


D. potassium oxide B. Ca2P3
C. Ca3P2
170. Name the molecular compound CO
D. Ca3(PO4)2
A. carbon monoxide
B. monocarbon monoxide 176. Formula for iron (II) carbonate
C. carbide A. FeCO3
D. oxygen carbide B. Fe2CO3

171. Unsaturated fats can be converted into C. FeCO2


saturated fats by bubbling hydrogen D. Fe2CO2
through hot, liquid oil. What is the name
of the process? 177. K + and N-3
A. Oxidation A. KN
B. Hydrogenation B. mask
C. Halogenation C. Mint
D. Hydration D. Curb

172. Alcohols contain which functional group? 178. The sulfate (SO42-) ion has
A. -OH A. 2 atoms
B. -COOH B. 4 atoms
C. -COOCH3 C. 5 atoms
D. none of above D. 8 atoms

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 726

179. When naming a compound, which of 185. Formula for lead (II) chloride
these is written first? A. PbCl2
A. Metal B. Pb2Cl
B. Nonmetal C. Pb2Cl3
C. Anion D. Pb3Cl2
D. Cation
186. Which of the following are saturated hy-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
180. Which of the following does not belong drocarbons
to the same homologous series? A. Alkanes
A. CH4 B. Alkenes
B. C2H6 C. Alkynes
C. C3H8 D. All of the above
D. C4H8
187. Formula for Cobalt (II) bromide
181. What is the name of MgF2? A. Snake
A. Magnesium flouride B. Capra
B. Magnesium diflouride C. capper
C. Magnesium flourine D. CoBr2
D. Madnesium triflouride
188. How many carbons are in the backbone
182. How do the following two elements bond (longest chain) of this organic compound:2,
together? Na1+ F1- 2-dimethylhexane
A. NaF A. 1
B. NaF3 B. 2
C. Na3F C. 6
D. Na1F2 D. 7

183. Which reagent would you choose to con- 189. A functional group mainly determines the
vert 1-pentanol to pentanal?
A. PCC in CH2Cl2 A. Physical properties
B. K2Cr2O7 with aqueous H2SO4 B. Chemical properties
C. KMnO4 with aqueous H2SO4 C. Both of them
D. KOH, ethanol, reflux D. None of the above

184. Name the compound MgF2 190. What is the name for AlBr3?
A. magnesium fluoride A. aluminum bromide
B. manganese Phosphide B. aluminum tribromide
C. magnesium(III) fluoride C. aluminum bromine
D. magnesium fluoride(II) D. monoaluminum tribromide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 727

191. Name for (NH4)2S 197. SP4-name?


A. ammonium sulphate A. sulfur phosphide

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. ammonium (II) sulphide B. monosulfiram phosphorus
C. ammonium (I) sulphide C. monosulfur phosphide
D. ammonium sulphide D. sulfur tetraphosphide
192. What is the chemical formula for dinitro-
198. Lithium nitride(*HInt-Criss Cross
gen heptachloride?
Charges)
A. N2Cl7
A. curse
B. 2N7Cl
B. LiN
C. 2NCl7
C. lee (type) a
D. N2Cl5
D. to type
193. What is the correct chemical formula for
the ionic compound Ammonium Hydrox- 199. What is the correct acid name for H2S?
ide?
A. Sulfuric Acid
A. NH4OH
B. Hydrosulfous acid
B. NH2OH
C. Hydrosulfuric acid
C. NH4OH2
D. Sulfate Acid
D. NH2OH4

194. What is the correct chemical formula for 200. What is the name for SO2?
the ionic compound Silver Chloride? A. sulfur dioxide
A. AuCl B. sulfur (II) oxide
B. Ag2Cl C. sulfur oxygen
C. AgCl2 D. sulfur oxide
D. AgCl
201. Butanone is a carbon compound with the
195. Name this compound:Cs2S functional group
A. cesium sulfide A. carboxylic acid
B. cesium sulfate B. aldehyde
C. cesium II sulfate C. ketone
D. cesium II sulfide
D. alcohol
196. When naming ionic compounds you al-
ways write the name of the element. 202. What’s the formula for chlorine dioxide

A. first A. ClO2
B. second B. CLO
C. non-metal C. ClO3
D. halogen D. HClO2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 728

203. Name the compound with formula C2H4 209. In a carbon-carbon triple bond, elec-
tron(s) is/ are shared between the two
A. Methane
carbon atoms.
B. Ethane
A. two
C. Propane B. four
D. Ethene C. six
204. sodium carbonate D. eight

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. NaHCO3 210. Which of the following contains covalent
B. Na2CO3 bond?
A. MgCl2
C. NaCO3
B. CaF2
D. Na4C
C. Al2O3
205. Subsquent members of homologus series D. CH4
differ by how many atomic mass units?
211. What functional group does this have?
A. 14
CH3OH
B. 16
A. Alcohol
C. 24 B. Carboxylic acid
D. 28 C. Ester
206. What is the functional group of animal D. none of above
fats and vegetable oil? 212. What is the correct name for C4H6?
A. Hydroxyl group, -OH A. Carbon Hexahydride
B. Carboxyl group, -COOH B. Pentacarbon Pentahydride
C. Carboxylate group, -COO- C. Hexacarbon Tetrahydride
D. none of above D. Tetracarbon Hexahydride

207. The alcoholic drinks contain 213. Name Al2S 3


A. CH3COOH A. Aluminum sulfide
B. CH3CH2OH B. Dialuminum trisulfide

C. CH3OH C. ammonium sulfide


D. aluminum (III) sulfate
D. CH3COOH3
214. What is the correct chemical formula for
208. What is the correct formula for C4H9? Chlorous Acid?
A. tetracarbon nonahydride A. HCl2O2
B. carbon hydrogen B. HClO
C. tetracarbon nonahydrogen C. HClO2
D. carbon (IV) hydride D. ClO2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 729

215. What is the functional group of glycerol 221. What is the formula for Hexaboron
A. Hydroxyl group, -OH Monosilicide

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Carboxyl group, -COOH A. B6Si
C. Carboxylate group, -COO- B. BSi
D. none of above C. BSi6

216. These bonds have vacant orbitals that D. B6Si6


overlap from one atom to another, allow- 222. Name the compound:Zn3P2 (*Hint-Ionic
ing the outermost electrons to roam freely Compound)
throughout the entire metal (delocalized
electrons) A. zinc phosphide
A. Ionic Bonds B. trizinc diphosphide
B. Metallic Bonds C. zinc phosphate
C. Covalent Bonds D. zinc phosphite
D. Acid 223. Name for CO
217. Calcium reacts with chlorine to form: A. carbon monoxide
A. CaCl B. carbon oxide
B. Ca2Cl C. monocarbon oxide
C. CaCl2 D. carbide monoxide
D. CCl2
224. What is the name of the covalent com-
218. What is Sulfur Trichloride? pound SiS2?
A. SCl3 A. Silicon Disulfide
B. SiCl3 B. DiSilicon Disulfide
C. SCl4 C. Silicon TriSulfide
D. Si3Cl D. Sulfide Disilicon
219. Select carbonyl compounds from the fol- 225. Ionic compounds are written with
lowing formulae:
A. cation (+ ion) first then anion (-ion)
A. C4H10O
B. anion (-ion) first then cation (+ ion)
B. C4H8O
C. C4H8O2 C. either way is fine

D. C4H8 D. polyatomic ions first

220. In a compound like Ca(OH)2 the OH is 226. The formula for magnesium cyanide (CN)
called a(n) 1-is
A. indicator A. Mg(CN)2
B. monatomic ion B. MgCN2
C. polyatomic ion C. MgCN
D. quadratomic ion D. (Mg)2CN

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 730

227. What is the name of Al(NO3)3? 233. What is the name of the ionic compound
A. Aluminum trinitrate Na3PO4?
A. Nitrogen Phosphate Oxygen
B. Monoaluminum nitrate
B. Sodium phosphorus
C. Aluminum (III) nitrate
C. Nitrogen Phosphate
D. Aluminum Nitrate
D. Sodium Phosphate
228. Write the formula:beryllium oxide

NARAYAN CHANGDER
234. Name this compound:NaBr
A. BO
A. Bromide sodide
B. BeO
B. Sodium bromide
C. BeO2
C. Sodium bromate
D. BO2 D. Sodium bromite
229. The isomeric pair is 235. The compound with molecular formula
A. ethane and propane C3H6O2 is
B. propane and butane A. Alcohol
C. ethane and ethane B. Acid
D. butane and 2-methyl propane C. Aldehyde
D. Ketone
230. What is the name of the compound with
the formula Ba3P2? 236. What is the name of the compound LiOH?
A. barium phosphide A. lithium hydrogen oxide
B. barium diphosphide B. lithium hydroxide
C. tribarium diphosphide C. lithium hydride
D. barium phosphorous D. lithium oxide hydride

231. What is the name of Ag3N? 237. What is the chemical formula for Fluorine
trisulfide?
A. silver (II) nitride
A. S3F
B. silver (I) nitride
B. FS3
C. silver nitride C. FS
D. silver nitrate D. none of the above
232. Carbon exists in the atmosphere in the 238. These bonds are the result of the electri-
form of cal attraction between postive and nega-
A. Carbon dioxide only tive ions.
B. Carbon monoxide only A. Covalent Bonds
C. Coal B. Ionic Bonds

D. Carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide C. Acid


in traces D. Metallic Bonds

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 731

239. xenon tetrafluoride C. Lead (IV) Chloride


A. XeF4 D. none of above

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. XeF 245. What is the name of S2I4?
C. Xe4F A. Sulfur iodide
D. XeFO4 B. Disulfur iodide
240. The term ‘Isomerism’ applies to organic C. Sulfur tetraiodide
compounds with same D. none of the above
A. molecular formula but different struc- 246. What is the name of FeSO4?
tural formulae
A. Iron Sulfite
B. molecular formula but different empir-
B. Iron (II) Sulfite
ical formulae.
C. Iron(IV) Sulfate
C. empirical formula but different molec-
ular formulae. D. Iron (II) Sulfate
D. structural formulae but different 247. Which of the following is a saturated
molecular formula. fat?
241. What is the name of C2H4 A. Triolein

A. ethane B. Trilinolein
C. Tristearin
B. ethene
D. none of above
C. ethyne
D. ether 248. Name the following compound:CO2
A. monocarbon dioxide
242. Ionic compounds are bonds between
B. carbon oxide
A. Metals and Metals
C. carbon dioxide
B. Metals and Nonmetals
D. oxygen carbonide
C. Nonmetals and Nonmetals
249. What is the correct chemical formula of
D. None of the above
the covalent compound X enon difluoride?
243. What is the name of the covalent com- A. 2XeF
pound PH3? B. XeF2
A. Phosphate Trihydride C. XeF4
B. Phosphorus DiHydride D. Xe2F2
C. Phosphorus Trihydride
250. What is the correct molecular formula for
D. Phosphorus TriHydrogen sodium nitride?
244. Which of the following is the correct A. NaNO2
name for PbCl4? B. Na3N
A. Lead Chloride C. Na3NO
B. Lead (I) Chloride D. NaNO3

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 732

251. The IUPAC name of simplest alcohol is C. Geometrical Isomerism


A. methanol D. Optical Isomerism
B. ethanol 257. Name this formula:Al2O3
C. ethyl alcohol A. Aluminum Oxide
D. methyl alcohol B. Aluminum Oxygen
252. What is the chemical formula for the com- C. Antimony Oxide

NARAYAN CHANGDER
pound Dihydrogen monoxide? D. Aluminum (VII) Oxide
A. O2H
258. What is the name of C3Cl8?
B. HO2
A. Carbon octachloride
C. H2O B. Tricarbon octachloride
D. HO C. Carbon trichloride
253. What is the name for the compound D. Octacarbon trichloride
CaCO3?
259. Which of the following is an unsaturated
A. Calcium carbon oxide hydrocarbon
B. Calcium (II) carbonate A. Acetylene
C. Calcium carbonate B. Butane
D. Carbon carbonate C. Pentane
254. What is the correct name for the com- D. Decane
pound with the formula Pb(CO3)2?
260. Which of the following can be used for
A. lead (IV) carbonate the denaturation of ethyl alcohol?
B. lead carbonate A. Methyl alcohol
C. lead (II) carbonate B. Pyridines
D. lead carbide C. Copper sulphate
D. All of above
255. What type of bonds do amines have to
hydrogen or carbon atoms? 261. Which substance would test positively
A. double with 2, 4-DNPH but negatively with Tol-
lens’ reagent?
B. single
A. Propanal
C. triple
B. Propanone
D. James Bonds
C. Propanoic acid
256. Isomerism that arises out of the differ- D. 1-propanol
ence in spatial arrangement of atoms or
groups about the doubly bonded carbon 262. When reacted with a strong reducing
atoms are called? agent, aldehydes turn into
A. Structural Isomerism A. carboxylic acids
B. Stereoisomerism B. ketones

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.7 Nomenclature of carbon compounds 733

C. primary alcohols C. Fe3O2


D. secondary alcohols D. none of above

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


263. What is the chemical name for SF6? 269. Which of the following properties is not
A. Sulfur hexafluorine true regarding organic compounds.
B. Hexasulfur monofluoride A. They are generally covalent com-
C. Monosulfur hexafluoride pounds
D. Sulfur hexafluoride B. Show isomerism
C. Compounds have high melting and boil-
264. Soaps are formed by saponification of
ing points.
A. alcohols
D. Generally insoluble in water.
B. glycosides
C. simple esters 270. which of the following is NOT a diatomic
D. carboxylic acids A. sulfur

265. What is the correct molecular formula for B. oxygen


barium fluoride? C. hydrogen
A. BaF2 D. iodine
B. Ba2F2
271. Name the compound AlBr3
C. Ba2F
D. Ba2Fl A. aluminum bromide
B. aluminum tribromide
266. What is the chemical formula for
Tetraphosphorous Pentachloride? C. aluminum bromine
A. 4P5Cl D. monoaluminum tribromide
B. PCl
272. What is the correct chemical formula
C. P4Cl5 for the ionic compound of Cesium Thio-
D. none of the above cyanate?

267. The number that tells you if an ion has A. CsSCN


lost or gained electrons B. Cs2SCN
A. atomic number C. CsSCN2
B. oxidation number D. CsSC2N
C. mass number
273. What is the proper name for CaCl2?
D. electron number
A. Calcium dichloride
268. Which of the following is the correct for-
mula for iron (III) oxide? B. Monocalcium dichloride
A. Fe2O3 C. Calcium chloride
B. Fe3O D. Calcium chlorine

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.8 Chemical properties of carbon 734

274. These bonds are the result of the sharing C. CH2 and 14u
of electron pairs between two atoms. D. CH3 and 16u
A. Covalent Bonds
278. Which of the following is a natural re-
B. Metallic Bonds source of hydrocarbon? I. PetroleumII.
C. Acid Natural GasIII. Naphthalene
D. Ionic Bonds A. I only
B. II only

NARAYAN CHANGDER
275. Carbon’s electronic configuration is
C. III only
A. 2, 2, 2
D. I and II only
B. 2, 4
C. 1, 1, 4 279. What is the correct chemical formula for
the covalent compound Sulfur Hexafluo-
D. 3, 2, 1 ride?
276. Which of the following is the correct for- A. SF5
mula for calcium chloride? B. SF6
A. CaCh C. SF4
B. CaC D. S6F
C. CaCl2
280. The chemical formula for an ionic com-
D. none of above pound of aluminum and chlorine is
277. The difference in formula and molecular A. AlCl.
masses of CH3OH and C2H5OH is B. ClAl.
A. CH3 and 16u C. AlCl3.
B. CH4 and 18u D. Al3Cl.

4.8 Chemical properties of carbon


1. large polymers 3. The simplest hydrocarbon compounds con-
A. monomers sist only of a carbon atom and 4 hydrogen
atoms. These compounds are
B. polymers
A. Methane
C. macromolecules
B. Ethane
D. monosaccharide
C. Propane
2. The structure of graphite, diamond and D. Butane
fullerene are respectively
4. Which compound is composed of carbon
A. layered, spherical and tetrahedral
and a ratio of hydrogen to oxygen of 2
B. tetrahedral, layered and spherical to 1?
C. layered, tetrahedral and spherical A. carbohydrates
D. spherical, tetrahedral and layered B. proteins

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.8 Chemical properties of carbon 735

C. lipids 10. Which one is not the physical property of


esters?
D. nucleic acids

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. neutral
5. can conduct electricity because it has B. cannot conduct electricity
C. sweet smell
A. diamond
D. soluble in water
B. graphite
11. Which of the following hydrocarbons con-
C. localised electrons
tains at least one double bond?
D. delocalised electrons A. Alkanes
6. The formulas for alkanes, alkenes and B. Alkenes
alkynes in a row are C. Alkynes
A. CnH2n-2, CnH2n, CnH2n+2 D. none of above
B. CnH2n, CnH2n-2, CnH2n+2 12. What is something interesting about Car-
C. CnH2n+2, CnH2n, CnH2n-2 bon that U learned?
D. CnH2n+2, CnH2n-2, CnH2n A. It makes up 0.032
B. it is something we need to learn about
7. Which of the following is not a polysaccha-
ride? C. it is special
D. it is a fuel
A. glycogen
B. starch 13. In how many ways can carbon be classi-
fied?
C. cellulose
A. Carbon can be classified as primary
D. maltose and secondary depending on the number
of carbon atoms.
8. Which of the following is not a disaccha-
ride? B. Carbon can be classified as primary,
secondary and tertiary resource.
A. maltose
C. Carbon can be classified as primary,
B. lactose secondary, tertiary, or quaternary de-
C. sucrose pending on the number of carbon atoms
to which it is attached.
D. glucose
D. none of above
9. Which of the following is not a monosac- 14. Giant Covalent Structures are vast net-
charide? works of bonded atoms
A. glucose A. covalently
B. fructose B. ionically
C. lactose C. mechanically
D. galactose D. weakly

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.8 Chemical properties of carbon 736

15. What is the symbol for Carbon? 21. What is a common use for Carbon?
A. C (Choose 1)
B. Ca A. Zinc
C. CA B. Gas
D. c C. Fuel

16. Cellulose is made of glucopyranose sub- D. Gold


units that are repeated hundreds of times.

NARAYAN CHANGDER
22. Which of the following reactions can pro-
Knowing this about the structure of cellu- duce ethanoic acid?
lose, it is most likely a(n)
A. Alkaline hydrolysis of ethanamide
A. Alkane
B. Alkaline hydrolysis of methyl
B. Petroleum product
ethanoate
C. Polymer
C. Acid hydrolysis of ethyl propanoate
D. Straight carbon chain
D. Oxidation of ethanal
17. Which of the following is not a property of
ethanoic acid? 23. complex molecule composed of three or
more monosaccharides
A. smell of vinegar
A. carboydrate
B. insoluble in water
C. colourless liquid B. monosaccharide

D. low melting C. disaccharide


D. polysaccharide
18. The following compounds that are not in-
cluded in alkanes are 24. Which of the following statements about
A. C2H6 nylon are correct? (1) It is a condensa-
tion polymer.(2) Its monomer molecules
B. C3H6
are joined together by ester linkages.(3)
C. C4H10 One monomer of nylon 6.6 is hexanedioic
D. C5H12 acid.

19. What is Carbons physical properties? A. (1) and (2) only


A. It is a soft dull gray or black non-metal B. (1) and (3) only
B. it is a gas C. (2) and (3) only
C. it has fire in it D. (1), (2) and (3)
D. it has a big mass 25. Which of the following is a flammable solid
20. Graphite, diamond and Buckminster- that can be used as a fuel for electricity
fullerene are all allotropes of generation or heating?
A. Berylium A. Methane
B. Silicon B. Petroleum
C. Germanium C. Natural gas
D. Carbon D. Coal

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.8 Chemical properties of carbon 737

26. What is Carbons Atomic Mass? 32. The following compounds that are satu-
A. 12.0107u rated hydrocarbons are

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. 12.3458u A. C4H8
C. 12.0180u B. C5H12
D. 19.9087u C. C6H12
27. simple sugar that is a monomer of carbo- D. C5H8
hydrates
33. ethanoic acid reacts with methanol to pro-
A. monosaccharide duce methyl ethanoate and water. What
B. disaccharide is the catalyst used in the above reaction?
C. polysaccharide‘ A. anhydrous calcium chloride
D. macromoleci;e B. concentrated sulphuric acid
28. What is Carbons Atomic Number? C. silica gel
A. 6 D. naphthalene
B. 2
34. What is it about coal that can make it a
C. 5 contributing factor to acid rain?
D. 8 A. If the coal is burned at a high temper-
29. Pentene can be transformed to pentane by ature, acid rain could form.
A. substitution B. If the coal contains too much hydro-
gen, acid rain could occur.
B. hydrogenation
C. hydration C. If the coal isn’t mined correctly, it
could cause acid rain when burned.
D. oxidation
D. If the coal contains too much nitrogen
30. Where does the word “carbon” come or sulfur, acid rain could occur.
from?
A. comes from the Latin word ‘carbo’ 35. What is one chemical property of Carbon?
(Choose 1)
B. comes from the Italian word ‘carbo’
A. Chemical Formula
C. comes from the english word ‘carbo’
B. Natural Formula
D. none of above
C. Oxdiation
31. Which of the following chemicals is/are
used when preparing soap in the school D. Formula
laboratory? (1) Concentrated sulphuric
acid(2) Sodium chloride solution(3) Sodium 36. is the only non-metal to conduct elec-
hydroxide solution tricity

A. (1) only A. diamond


B. (2) only B. silicon
C. (1) and (3) only C. germanium
D. (2) and (3) only D. graphite

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.8 Chemical properties of carbon 738

37. Carbohydrates composed of 2 monosaccha- 43. What is the catalyst for hydration of
rides are propene?
A. monosaccharides A. vanadium (V) oxide
B. disaccharides B. phosphoric acid
C. polysaccharides
C. nickel or platinum
D. monomers
D. iron powder
38. Which of the following hydrocarbons con-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
tains only single bonds? 44. Graphite is soft because
A. Alkanes A. it has strong covalent bonds
B. Alkenes B. its layers can slide over one another
C. Alkynes due to weak forces between the layers
D. none of above C. it has weak van der Waals forces be-
39. Diamond is used for cutting glass because tween layers
it is D. it is used as a lubricant
A. hard and strong
45. Name the ester formed between propanoic
B. soft
acid and methanol
C. shiny
A. metly propanoate
D. unreactive
B. methyl propanoate
40. The following are not substances contain-
ing hydrocarbon compounds in them are C. ehtyl ethanoate
D. propyl methanoate
A. Fuel
46. Which of the following functional groups
B. Wood
is/are present in HOCH2CH2CH2CHO? (1)
C. Meat Carbonyl group(2) Carboxyl group(3) Hy-
D. Rocks droxyl group

41. Which of the following hydrocarbons con- A. (1) only


tains at least one triple bond? B. (2) only
A. Alkanes C. (1) and (3) only
B. Alkenes
D. (2) and (3) only
C. Alkynes
D. none of above 47. compounds resulting from the bonding of
monomers
42. Why is diamond hard and strong? It has
A. monomers
A. weak intermolecular forces
B. weak covalent bonds B. polymers

C. strong covalent bonds C. monosaccharide


D. van der Waals forces of attraction D. disaccharide

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.9 Alcohols 739

48. Animals store glucose as B. carbon dioxide


A. glycogen C. high

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. starch D. low
C. cellulose E. hard
D. disaccharides 53. small, simple molecules-building blocks of
49. Giant covalent structures generally macromolecules
conduct electricity A. organic compound
A. can B. monomer
B. cannot C. polymer
C. always D. macromolecule
D. normally
54. What is one hazard of Carbon
50. Which of the following statements con- A. Health Hzard
cerning chloroform is INCORRECT?
B. Death Hazard
A. It is a saturated compound.
C. Well Hazard
B. It is a haloalkane.
D. Science Hazard
C. Its systematic name is tetra-
chloromethane. 55. Plants store glucose in which of the follow-
ing:
D. It is used as solvent.
A. glycogen
51. The structure of graphite is most like which
B. starch
of the following?
C. monosaccharides
A. A soccer ball
B. A cardboard box D. disaccharides

C. A sheet of paper 56. Allotropes of carbon have the same chem-


D. A glass of water ical properties because they have
A. the same number of electrons
52. Giant covalent structures such as and
sand have a very melting and boiling B. the same number of valence electrons
points and are usually C. different number of electrons
A. diamond D. the same number of protons

4.9 Alcohols
1. Which compound of alcohols is highest boil- D. 1, 4-butanediol
ing point?
2. What are some common uses of esters?
A. 1-butanol (Select all that apply)
B. 2-methyl-2-butanol A. perfumes
C. hexanol B. flavourings

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.9 Alcohols 740

C. clothing 8. alkene +? → alcohol


D. nappies A. hydrogen
B. oxygen
3. What is the product in oxidation of sec-
C. water
ondary alcohols?
D. carbon dioixde
A. An aldehyde
9. Name the ester produced from methanol
B. A ketone
and hexanoic acid

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. They don’t oxidise
A. methylhexanoic
D. A carboxylic acid B. hexylmethanoate
4. an organic compound in which a sulfhydryl C. methylhexanoate
group is bonded to a saturated carbon D. hexanoatemethyl
atom.
10. OH + PCl3 →
A. Benzene
A. Arsal + Habaa
B. Thiols B. RCl + POCl3 + HCl.
C. Phenols C. RCl + SO2 + HCl.
D. Alcohols D. ROH + ZnCl2

5. Which one is used as antifreeze in car ra- 11. Ethanoic acid is described as a weak acid.
diators? Explain what this means in terms of ioni-
sation
A. ethanol
A. fully ionised
B. glycol
B. partially ionised
C. Propanol C. deionised
D. glycerol D. none of above

6. R-CH=O (aldehyde) [O] → 12. IUPAC name of m-cresol is


A. RCOOH (carboxylic acid). A. 3-methylphenol
B. 3-chlorophenol
B. R’-C=OOR (ester)
C. 3-methoxyphenol
C. RC=OR (ketone)
D. benzene-1, 3-diol
D. alkene
13. problem with hydration of ethene to make
E. ROH (alcohol)
ethanol?
7. The catalyst that is present during In- A. none
tramolecular Alcohol Dehydration B. non renewable/high temperature and
A. Hydrogen Peroxide low pressure
C. renewable high temperature and pres-
B. Carbon Monoxide
sure
C. Aluminum Chloride
D. non renewable/high temperature and
D. sulfuric acid pressure

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.9 Alcohols 741

14. Compound Z, is one of class of alcohols. 19. Ethanol is made by fermentation. How
When alcohol Z is reacted with conc HCl is ethanol obtained from the fermentation
and ZnCl 2, the cloudy solution appear im- mixture?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


mediately. But when compound Z react A. chromatography
with acidified KMnO 4 heated, no reaction
B. crystallization
occur. What is the compound Z?
C. electrolysis
A. Primary alcohol
D. fractional distillation
B. Secondary alcohol
20. phenylmethanol + H2SO4, 180◦ C →
C. Tertiary alcohol
A. none of the above
D. Quaternary alcohol
B. ester + H2O
15. It is present in combined form, in all animal C. ketone + H2O
fats and vegetables
D. alkene + H2O
A. 1, 2-Ethanediol E. aldehyde + H2O
B. glycol
21. What happens when an alcohol is added to
C. 1, 2, 3-Propanetriol water?
D. 2-Propanol A. Hydrogen gas is released
B. The alcohol gets oxidised
16. What is the functional group which deter-
mines whether or not a compound is an al- C. They make a solution
cohol? D. It releases carbon dioxide and water
A. phenol 22. How can the Lucas reagent be used to dif-
B. carboxyl ferentiate between a primary and tertiary
alcohol?
C. hydroxyl
A. Tertiary alcohols don’t react
D. glycol
B. Tertiary alcohols react more slowly
17. Which process is not used during the pro- C. Tertiary alcohols react more quickly
duction of ethanol?
D. Primary alcohols will form gas bubbles
A. addition of steam to ethene
23. Select all of these following that are meth-
B. fermentation ods to make ethanol.
C. fractional distillation A. Dehydration of ethene
D. reacting ethane with oxygen B. Addition of water to ethene

18. Consider the alcohol 3-methylpentan-3-ol. C. Fermentation of sugars with yeast


Is this alcohol primary, secondary, or ter- D. Distillation of sugars
tiary?
24. what is the functional group for alcohols?
A. primary A. COOH
B. secondary B. OH
C. tertiary C. C=C
D. none of the above D. HOC

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.9 Alcohols 742

25. Compound Z is an alcohol. When Z is re- B. propan-1-ol


acted with conc HCl and ZnCl2, the cloudy C. butan-2-ol
solution appear immediately. But when
compound Z reacts with acidified KMnO4, D. 2-methylpropan-2-ol
no reaction occurs. What is the compound
31. How can a carboxylic acid be made?
Z?
A. By reducing an alcohol
A. Primary alcohol
B. By combusting an alcohol
B. Secondary alcohol

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. By oxidising an alcohol
C. Tertiary alcohol
D. none of above
D. Quaternary alcohol
32. What is the Lucas reagent
26. what makes alcohols reactive?
A. HCl / ZnCl2
A. the length of the carbon chain
B. the polarity of the C-OH bonds B. ZnCl2

C. Honestly I don’t know and at this point C. PCl3


it’s worrying D. SOCl2
D. none of above 33. What is the correct shortened structural
27. What is the product of oxidation of a ter- formula for 2-methylbutanoicacid?
tiary alcohol? A. CH3CH2CH2(CH3)COOH
A. A ketone B. CH3CH2(CH3)CH2COOH
B. An aldehyde C. CH3(CH3)CH2CH2COOH
C. Tertiary alcohols cannot be oxidised D. CH3CH2CH2COOH
D. A carboxylic acid
34. What is the name of reaction to prepared
28. What catalyst is used in making esters? alcohols?
A. sodium hydroxide A. Fermentation and Dehydration
B. iron B. Fermentation and Hydration
C. sulfuric acid C. Fermentation and Esterification
D. lithium oxide D. Fermentation and Reaction with Na

29. Functional group of phenols 35. Which of the following is a primary alco-
hol?
A. hydroxyl group
A. butan-1-ol
B. alkyl group
B. butan-2-ol
C. aryl group
C. 2-methylpropan-2-ol
D. sulfhydryl group
D. cyclohexanol
30. Which alcohol cannot be oxidized by
a warm acidified solution of potassium 36. What is the name of the functional group
dichromate(VI)? that makes an alcohol an alcohol?
A. 2-methylpropan-1-ol A. Carboxy

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.9 Alcohols 743

B. Hydroxy 42. Which of the following compounds is also


C. Carbonyl called carbolic acid>?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. Hydroxide A. Methanol
B. Phenol
37. What gas is produced when sodium is re-
acted with an alcohol C. Picric acid
A. Oxygen D. Acetic acid
B. Hydrogen
43. essentially nontoxic and has been used as
C. Carbon dioxide a solvent for drugs
D. Steam
A. Ethylene Glycol
38. carbon atom that is bonded to four other B. 1, 2-Propanediol
atoms.
C. Ethanol
A. Quaternary Carbon
D. 1, 2, 3-Propanetriol
B. Saturated Carbon
C. Unsaturated Carbon 44. ROH + R’COCl →
D. Chiral A. R’-C=OOR (ester) + HCl
39. Phenols are more acidic than alcohols be- B. R-CH=O (aldehyde)
cause C. RC=OR (ketone)
A. Phenoxide ion is stablised by reso- D. RX + H2O
nance
B. Phenols are more soluble in polar sol- 45. if ethanol is exposed to air it forms ?
vents A. ethanoic acid and CO2
C. Phenoxide ion does not exhibit reso-
B. sulfuric acid and hydrogen
nance
D. Alcohols do not lose H atoms at all C. ethanoic acid and water
D. carbonic acid and steam
40. Alkyl halide formation from primary alco-
hols follow mechanism 46. A use for ester is
A. SN1 A. fuel
B. SN2
B. additives in petrol
C. E1
C. flavourings
D. E2
D. hair dye
41. The simplest ketone has
47. Select two ways to make an alcohol
A. one carbon atom
B. two carbon atoms A. hydrogenation
C. three carbon atoms B. hydration
D. four carbon atoms C. fermentation
E. five carbon atoms D. condensation

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.9 Alcohols 744

48. ethanol can be made by fermentation. 53. At least how many carbon atoms are found
What are chemicals and conditions for in a tertiary alcohol?
this? A. 1
A. 4500C, 200 atm, iron cat. B. 2
B. hydrogen, nickel, 60oC C. 3
C. glucose (sugar), yeast, 37oC D. 4
D. Bromine water 54. Which of these are uses of alcohols?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Solvents
49. Which will have the greatest yield of car-
boxylic acid? B. Antiseptic

A. The oxidation of a primary alcohol us- C. Fuels


ing distillation D. All of the above
B. The oxidation of a primary alcohol us- 55. Ethene reacts with Y to produce
ing reflux ethanol.ethene + Y → ethanol What is
C. The oxidation of a secondary alcohol Y?
A. hydrogen
D. The oxidation of a tertiary alcohol
B. oxygen
50. Which of the following compounds is to be C. steam
reacted with Methanal followed by hydrol-
ysis to give Phenymethanol. D. yeast

A. Methyl magnesium bromide 56. What is made when an alcohol reacts with
an oxidising agent?
B. Bromobenzene
A. Alkene
C. Phenol
B. Alkane
D. Phenyl magnesium bromide C. Carboxylic acid
51. phenol + KMnO4 or K2Cr2O7 [O]-> D. Alcohol

A. No further oxidation. 57. A chemical reaction in which two molecules


combine to form a larger one while liberat-
B. RC=OR (ketone)
ing a small molecule
C. R-CH=O (aldehyde) A. condensation reaction
D. primary alcohol ROH B. Combustion

52. What type of intermolecular forces exist C. Intramolecular Alcohol Dehydration


in a solution of ethanol? D. elimination reaction
A. Covalent 58. A triglyceride is made of?
B. Temporary dipoles, permanent A. 1 glycerol and 3 fatty acids
dipoles, hydrogen bonding B. 3 glycerols and 1 fatty acid
C. Temporary dipoles C. 3 glucose molecules
D. Covalent, hydrogen bonding D. 3 carbon rings

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.9 Alcohols 745

59. Which of the following set of reactants is 64. Methylbutan-1-ol is classified as


appropriate for the preparation of t-butyl
A. primary alcohol
ethyl ether?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. secondary alcohol
A. t-butyl chloride and Sodium ethoxide.
C. tertiary alcohol
B. Sodium tertiary butoxide and Ethyl
chloride D. quaternary alcohol
C. Ethyl chloride and Butyl alcohol
65. why are anaerobic conditions needed for
D. Butyl chloride and Ethyl alcohol fermentation?

60. Going down the homologous series, the A. to oxidise the glucose
boiling points of alcohols B. in the presence of air yeast produces
A. decreases salt and water NOT ETHANOL
B. increases C. to reduce the glucose
C. decreases then increases D. in the presence of air yeast produces
CO2 and water NOT ETHANOL
D. stay the same

61. In which of the following oxidation reac- 66. Which one of the following compounds
tions would you NOT use reflux? is produced by the primary oxidation of
butane-2-ol?
A. alcohol to carboxylic acid
A. Ethyl methyl ketone
B. aldehyde to carboxylic acid
B. Dimethyl ketone
C. secondary alcohol to ketone
C. 2-butanol
D. primary alcohol to aldehyde
D. Butanoic acid
62. Alcohol in which the hydroxyl-bearing car-
E. Diethyl ketone
bon atom is bonded to three other carbon
atoms
67. Which of the class of alcohols can be pro-
A. primary alcohol duced ketone when reacted with acidified
B. secondary alcohol KMnO4 and heated?

C. tertiary alcohol A. primary alcohol

D. quaternary alcohol B. secondary alcohol


C. tertiary alcohol
63. Which statement is true about ethanol?
D. all the class of alcohols
A. It is formed by the catalytic addition of
steam to ethene. 68. Which statement is untrue of ethanol?
B. It is an unsaturated compound.
A. It is a primary alcohol
C. It is formed by the oxidation of
B. It is used as a fuel
ethanoic acid.
C. It contains a carboxyl group
D. It reacts with ethyl ethanoate to form
an acid. D. It is very volatile

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.9 Alcohols 746

69. What is the role of sulfuric acid in the re- 74. What organic product will be formed when
action to make esters? pentan-2-ol is oxidized by an acidified so-
A. weak acid lution of potassium dichromate(VI).

B. hydrogen ion acceptor A. pentanal

C. catalyst B. pentan-3-one

D. partially ionises C. pentan-2-one


D. pentanoic acid

NARAYAN CHANGDER
70. CH3CH2OH is the formula of which alco-
hol? 75. Can alcohols exist as cycloalcohols?
A. Methanol A. No
B. Ethanol B. Yes
C. Propanol C. Maybe
D. Butanol D. none of above

71. Which of the following is a tertiary alco- 76. The oxidation of butan-2-ol will result in
hol? which of the following?
A. butan-1-ol A. An aldehyde
B. butan-2-ol B. A ketone
C. 2-methylpropan-2-ol C. A carboxylic acid
D. cyclohexanol D. butan-2-ol cannot be oxidized

72. Give the IUPAC name for the compound 77. What are the two functional groups that
CH3CH2CH2OH make up a carboxy functional group?
A. Propanol A. 2 Carbonyl groups
B. Ethanol B. An ester and a hydroxy
C. Propan-1-ol C. to hydroxy groups
D. Butanol D. A Carbonyl and a hydroxy
73. Lucas test and its observations. Which one 78. Is the hydroxly group polar?
the correct?
A. Yes
A. 2◦ ROH + ZnCl2 + conc. HCl (in 3 min-
B. No
utes)
C. Maybe
B. 1◦ ROH + ZnCl2 + conc. HCl (in 5 min-
utes) D. none of above
C. 3◦ ROH + ZnCl2 + conc. HCl (immedi- 79. What is not a common use of alcohol?
ately)
A. alcoholic drinks
D. 1◦ ROH + ZnCl2 + conc. HCl (immedi-
ately) B. as fuel for cars

E. 3◦ ROH + ZnCl2 + conc. HCl (need to C. a solvent for organic compounds


heat up) D. make soft drinks

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.9 Alcohols 747

80. Monochlorination of toluene in sunlight fol- 86. A phenol that contains in mouthwashes
lowed by hydrolysis with aq. NaOH yields and throat lozenges.
A. PhenylPhenol

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. o-Cresol B. 2-benzyl-4-chlorophenol
B. p-Cresol C. 4-hexylresorcinol
C. 2, 4-Dihydroxytoluene D. 1, 2-propanediol
D. Benzyl alcohol
87. Which can undergo oxidation and still re-
81. To turn ethanol to ethanoic acid use: tain the same number of carbon atoms in
the longest chain? I. primary alcoholsII.
A. K2Cr2O7/H+ and distillation
aldehydesIII. secondary alcohols
B. K2Cr2O7 and reflux
A. I and II only
C. K2Cr2O7/H+ and reflux
B. I, II and III
D. K2Cr2O7 and distillation
C. I and III only
82. OH + 2Na, Sodium or K, Potassium (elec- D. II and III only
tropositive metal)->
88. Ethanol is formed by:1. Fermentation ; 2.
A. 2RO-Na+ (salt, alkoxide) + H2
reaction between steam and ethene.Which
B. R’-C=OOR (ester) + NaOH of these processes uses a catalyst?
C. no reaction. A. Both 1 and 2
D. none of above B. Only 1
83. Which of the following name reactions pro- C. Only 2
duces salicyldehyde? D. none of the above
A. Kolbe’s reaction 89. What Sir albert’s favorite Item
B. Rosenmund reduction A. Stirring Rod
C. Williamson’s synthesis B. Pipette
D. Reimer Tiemann reaction C. Marker
84. Which of the following cannot be made by D. Beaker
using Williamson synthesis
90. Which of the following are alcohols a key
A. Methoxybenzene component of?
B. Benzyl p-nitrophenyl ether A. Bubble baths
C. tert-Butyl methyl ether B. Liquid fuel for cars
D. Di-tert-butyl ether C. Polymers
85. Acetone is a(n) D. none of above
A. aldehyde 91. Which alcohol is the most soluble?
B. ketone A. Methanol
C. alcohol B. propanol
D. alkane C. Pentanol
E. carboxylic acid D. Octanol

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.9 Alcohols 748

92. Which alcohol has the formula 98. The order of ease of dehydration of pri-
CH3CH2CH2OH? mary, secondary and tertiary alcohols is
A. ETHANOL
B. BUTANOL A. 30 < 20 < 10
C. PROPANOL B. 20 < 10 < 30
D. METHANOL C. 30 > 20 > 10
D. 20 < 30 < 10
93. Alcohols that posses more than one hy-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
droxl group 99. Which is the correct order for increasing
A. Glycol boiling point?
B. Polyhydroxy A. Butan-1-ol, ethanol, pentan-1-ol
C. Monohydroxy B. methanol, butan-1-ol, hexan-1-ol
D. Glycerol C. Octan-1-ol, petan-1-ol, propan-1-ol
94. Which term describes the formation of D. Methanol, propan-1-ol, ethanol
ethanol from glucose(sugar)?
100. methanol + H2SO4, 180◦ C →
A. cracking
A. none of the above
B. distillation
B. alkene + H2O
C. fermentation
C. ester + H2O
D. polymerisation
D. aldehyde + H2O
95. Choose the correct order of acidic strength.
E. ketone + H2O
A. o-nitrophenol < o-cresol < phenol
B. o-cresol < o-nitrophenol< phenol 101. Which ester is an isomer of pentanoic acid

C. o-cresol < phenol < o-nitrophenol A. ethylbutanoate


D. o-nitrophenol< phenolo < cresol B. propylbutanoate
C. methylpentanoate
96. what is alpha hydrogen?
D. ethylpropanoate
A. hydrogen that adjacent with OH.
B. need to heat up for the reaction to oc- 102. Ethanol is produced when
cur A. ethane reacts with steam.
C. reaction occur immediately B. ethene reacts with oxygen.
D. reaction occur in 5 minutes
C. ethene reacts with steam
97. Esters have distinctive sweet smells, and D. ethanoic acid reacts with oxygen.
are volatile liquids. What does volatile
mean? 103. What colour change will be observed
when an acidified solution of potassium
A. flows easily
dichromate(VI) is added to an excess of
B. catches fire easily a secondary alcohol and the mixture is
C. evaporates easily warmed?
D. colours easily A. from green to orange

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.9 Alcohols 749

B. from pink to colourless B. The process is carried out in the pres-


C. from orange to green ence of yeast.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. from colourless to pink C. The reaction is an addition reaction.
D. The rate of reaction is increased by a
104. Which of the following is/are correct catalyst.
use(s) of alcohols? I. FuelII. SolventIII.
Starting material for plastic substances 109. Cholesterol is an organic molecule that oc-
A. I only curs in the blood stream. What type of
compound is cholesterol?
B. I and II only
A. an acid
C. I and III only
B. an alcohol
D. II and III only
C. an alkane
105. Choose the correct reaction conditions to D. an alkene
prepare 1-butanol from 1-bromobutane
A. 1. NaOAc 2. NaOH 110. Arrange the following alcohols in order
of increasing boiling point:A:(CH3)3COH,
B. NaOH
B:CH3(CH2)4OH, C:(CH3)3CCH2OH, and
C. H2O D:(CH3)2CHCH2CH2OH.
D. MeCO2H A. A<C<D<B

106. What is the reagent/condition can be B. A<D<C<B


used to produce alcohols from alkenes? C. B<A<D<C
A. conc H2SO4 and heated D. D<B<C<A
B. Na
111. Why alcohols is higher boiling point than
C. H2/ Pt alkanes?
D. H2O / H+ A. Because can form Van der Waal’s
forces between molecules
107. Which alcohol must be oxidized to obtain
propanone (acetone)? B. Because can form hydrogen bond
forces between molecules
A. 1-propanol
C. Because can form dimer structures be-
B. 1-butanol
tween molecules
C. 3-butanol
D. Because can form covalent bond be-
D. 2-propanol tween molecules
E. ethanol
112. Which alcohols has highest boiling
108. Ethanol is manufactured from petroleum point?
by reacting ethene with steam. Which A. 1-butanol
statements about this process are cor-
B. 2-methyl-2-butanol
rect?
A. Ethene is obtained from the cracking C. hexanol
of alkanes. D. 1, 4-butanediol

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.9 Alcohols 750

113. An organic compound X on treatment 118. Which of the following is a use of alco-
with PCC in dichloromethane gives com- hols?
pound Y. Compound Y reacts with I2 and
A. fuels
alkali to form triiodomethane. The com-
pound X is B. solvents
A. CH3CH2OH C. skincare
B. CH3CHO D. all of above

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. CH3COCH3 119. What gas is produced when potassium
D. CH3COOH carbonate reacts with ethanoic acid?
A. hydrogen
114. What is the name of the alcohol with 4
carbons? B. carbon dioxide
A. ethanol C. oxygen
B. butane D. chlorine
C. butanol 120. primary alcohol (1◦ ROH) with one alpha
D. propanol hydrogen + excess, concentrated, H2SO4,
180◦ C →
115. Which molecule will react with heated
A. alkene + H2O
acidified potassium dichromate to give a
colour change from orange to green? B. ester + H2O
A. 2-methyl propan-2-ol C. aldehyde + H2O
B. pentan-2-one D. ketone + H2O
C. pentanal E. carboxylic acid + H2O
D. ethanoic acid
121. Catalyst for hydration of ethene
116. What is the chemical test to distinguish A. phosphoric acid
class of alcohols (primary, secondary and
B. iron
tertiary alcohol)
C. vanadium (v) oxide
A. Baeyer’s Test
D. sulfuric acid
B. Tollens’ Test
C. Iodoform Test 122. When ethyl alcohol is oxidized by two de-
grees, which one of the following products
D. Lucas Test
results?
117. What type of alcohol is CH3CH(OH)CH2CH3 A. Acetaldehyde
A. Primary B. Oxy-propane
B. Secondary C. Acetic acid
C. Tertiary D. Dimethyl ether
D. none of above E. Dimethyl ketone

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.9 Alcohols 751

123. ROH + PCl5 → B. Tertiary alkyl halide


A. RCl + POCl3 + HCl. C. Primary alcohol

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. 3RCl + H3PO3 D. Tertiary alcohol
C. RCl + SO2 + HCl. 129. Oxidizing a primary alcohol will initially
D. RX give you a(n):
A. hydroxide
124. Which process makes ethanol through
B. aldehyde
anaerobic respiration of yeast?
C. ketone
A. Filtration
D. carboxylic acid
B. Intoxication
130. Conversion of Salicylic acid to Aspirin is
C. Fermentation
an example of
D. Distillation
A. Rearrangement reaction
125. Why 2-butonal most soluble in water B. Esterification reaction
than 2-octanol. What is the key factor? C. Dehydration reaction
A. Because factor of intermolecular D. Alkylation reaction
forces
131. Also known as Wood Alcohol
B. Because factor of molecular weight
A. Methanoll
C. Because factor of surface areas
B. Mithanol
D. Because factor of hydrophobic areas
C. Meethanol
126. The boiling points of alcohols are that D. Methanol
those of alkanes because of
132. Which microorganism can be used to pro-
A. higher, polarity duce ethanol in drinks?
B. lower, hydrogen bonding A. MRSA
C. higher, hydrogen bonding B. Yeast
D. similar, polarity C. E. Coli
D. Bacteria
127. without alpha hydrogen. methanol + ex-
cess, concentrated, H2SO4, 180◦ C → 133. Alcohol solutions are
A. no reaction. A. Acidic
B. reaction occur in 5 minutes B. Alkaline
C. need to heat up for the reaction to oc- C. Neutral
cur D. none of above
D. reaction occur immediately 134. Functional group of Alcohols
E. alkene A. Alkyl Group
128. Williamson’s synthesis gives best results B. Aryl Group
when sodium alkoxide reacts with C. Hydroxyl Group
A. Primary alkyl halide D. Sulfhydride Group

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.9 Alcohols 752

135. When an alcohol burns completely the 141. Which one of the following does not be-
products are long to the same homologous series as
A. carbon methanol?

B. water A. C2H5OH
C. carbon dioxide B. C4H7OH
D. hydrogen C. C5H11OH

NARAYAN CHANGDER
136. Which is the general formula for the ho- D. C7H15OH
mologous series of alcohol?
A. CnH2n 142. What is a suitable chemical to convert
B. CnH2n +2 propanol to propanoic acid?
C. CnH2n +1OH A. Manganese(IV) oxide
D. CnH2n +2OH B. Bromine water
137. A diol in which the two-OH groups are on C. Acidified potassium manganate(VII)
adjacent carbon atoms.
D. none of above
A. Glycol
B. Diacol 143. Also known as grain alcohol
C. Systole
A. Ethanol
D. Glycerol
B. Methanol
138. CH3CH2CH2CH2OH is the formula of
which alcohol? C. Glycerol
A. Methanol D. Isopropyl Alcohol
B. Ethanol
144. What is the name of the functional group
C. Propanol
present in alcohols?
D. Butanol
A. carboxyl
139. Esters are formed through what type of
reaction? B. carbon to carbon double bond

A. hydrolysis C. hydroxyl
B. condensation D. hydroxyn
C. hydration
D. dehydration 145. The process of converting alkyl halides
into alcohols involves
140. All alcohols combust completely to form
A. addition reaction
A. carbon and carbon dioxide
B. substitution reaction
B. carbon monoxide and water
C. carbon dioxide and water C. dehydrohalogenation reaction
D. soot, carbon monoxide and water D. rearrangement reaction

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.9 Alcohols 753

146. The list shows the reactions which 151. A reaction where a large molecule is split
ethanol is either a reactant or a prod- up into smaller molecules by the addition
uct.combustion of ethanol conversion of of water is known as

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


ethene to ethanol fermentation of glucose A. dehydration
oxidation of ethanol to ethanoic acid In
which reactions is water also either a re- B. condensation
actant or a product? C. hydration
A. 1, 3 and 4 D. hydrolysis
B. 2, 3 and 4 152. Why is ethanol not pure in the fermenta-
C. 1, 2 and 4 tion reaction?

D. 3 only A. as the fermentation is killed by 15% of


the ethanol
147. Which of the following are not used to B. as the ethanol is killed by 15% of the
convert RCHO into RCH2OH? yeast
A. H2 /Pd C. as the yeast is killed by 15% of the cat-
alyst
B. LiAlH4
D. as the yeast is killed by 15% of the
C. NaBH4 ethanol
D. Reaction with RMgX followed by hy-
drolysis 153. The type of alcohol in alcoholic beverages
is called
148. Alcohols contain which symbols? A. fermentation
A. -OH B. detoxification
B. -COOH C. ethanol
C. -COOCH3 D. vodka

D. none of above 154. Identify the functional group of an alcohol


A. R-Cl
149. Acetone with methylmagnesium bromide
followed by hydrolysis yield B. R-CH3

A. propan-2-ol C. R-OH
D. R-COOH
B. 2-methylpropan-2-ol
C. propan-1-ol 155. Name 2 methods of making ethanol

D. no reaction A. fermentation of glucose


B. hydrogenation of ethene
150. problems with fermentation?
C. halogenation of ethene
A. its a reversible reaction D. hydration of ethene
B. product is not pure
156. What gas is produced when magnesium
C. the gas made is toxic reacts with ethanoic acid?
D. its non renewable A. hydrogen

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.9 Alcohols 754

B. carbon dioxide 162. ROH + HCl or HBr (H2O) →


C. oxygen A. RX
D. chlorine B. RCl + POCl3 + HCl.
C. 3RCl + H3PO3
157. Which type of reaction produces 100%
pure ethanol? D. RCl + SO2 + HCl.
A. Hydration of ethene 163. ROH + SOCl2 →

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. Fermentation A. RCl + SO2 + HCl.
C. Condensation B. RCl + POCl3 + HCl.
D. Elimination C. 3RCl + H3PO3
D. ROH + ZnCl2
158. What is the name of the alcohol func-
tional group? 164. When glucose is fermented, ethanol is
A. Hydroxyl formed together with
B. Hydroxide A. carbon dioxide.

C. hydrogen monoxide B. ethene

D. LOLOLOLOLOL! C. methane
D. oxygen
159. Give a use for carboxylic acids
165. When reacted with an oxidising agent,
A. fuels
primary alcohols initially turn into
B. cleaning products A. carboxylic acids
C. fragrances B. ketones
D. hair dye C. aldehydes
160. Potassium dichromate is an oxidising D. secondary alcohols
agent which can be used to completely ox-
166. Which is the correct functional group in
idise an aldehyde. What is the correct for-
alcohols?
mula of potassium dichromate
A. C=C
A. KCrO7
B. OH
B. K2CrO7
C. COOH
C. K2Cr2O7
D. They don’t have a functional group
D. KCr2O7
167. Which of theme homologous series would
161. Is 3-methylbutan-2-ol a primary, sec- have the highest melting and boiling
ondary or tertiary alcohol? points?
A. Primary A. Alkene
B. Secondary B. Alkyne
C. Tertiary C. Carboxylic Acid
D. none of above D. Alcohol

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 755

168. Which functional group has the highest C. coke


priority when naming?
D. pepper

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Alkyl (branches)
B. Alkene 170. ROH + R’COOH (concentrated, heat,
H2SO4) →
C. Alkyne
D. Hydroxy A. R’-C=OOR (ester)

169. common name for ethanoic acid is ? B. R’-C=OOR (ester) + HCl

A. salt C. R-CH=O (aldehyde)


B. vinegar D. RC=OR (ketone)

4.10 Carboxylic acid


1. Which of the following reagents will oxi- 5. On heating compound X with acidified
dise propan-1-ol to propanal (tick all that KMnO4, compound Y is obtained. Com-
apply)? pound Y does not react with Fehling’s so-
A. Acidified potassium dichromate (VI) lution. X and Y are most likely to be, Com-
pound X & Compound Y
B. 2, 4-DNPH (Brady’s reagent)
A. CH3COCH3 & CH3COOH
C. Fehling’s solution
B. CH3CH(OH)CH3 & CH3COCH3
D. PCl5 (phosphorus pentachloride)
C. CH3CH2CH2OH & CH3COCH3
2. methyl-1-propanol heated with acidified D. CH3CH2CH2OH & CH3CH2CHO
K2Cr2O7 solution produced
A. alkene 6. What would you need to convert an Alco-
hol to a Carboxylic Acid?
B. carboxylic acid
A. H+/KMnO4
C. alcohol
B. H+/Cr2O72-, Heat
D. ketone
C. NaBH4
3. PTFE stands for:
D. Alcoholic NH3, Heat
A. Poly(teflonfuturate)
B. Poly(tetraironene) 7. What is the chemical name for Brady’s
reagent?
C. Poly(teflonfuraldehene)
A. 2, 4-dinitrophenyhydrazone
D. Poly(tetrafluoroethene)
B. 2, 4-diphenylhydrazine
4. cyclopentanol reacts with SOCl2 produced C. 2, 4-dinitrophenyhydrazine
A. 2-chlorocyclopentane D. 2, 4-dinitrophenolhydrazine
B. chlorocyclopentanoic acid
8. Which is the correct order of boiling points
C. chlorocyclopentene of carboxylic acids, from the lowest to the
D. chlorocyclopentane highest?

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 756

A. methanoic acid, ethanoic acid, bu- 13. The reaction between (CH3)2CHBr with
tanoic acid, propanoic acid KOH aqueous will give one of the follow-
B. methanoic acid, propanic acid, bu- ing compounds
tanoic acid, ethanoic acid A. CH3CH2OH
C. methanoic acid, ethanoic acid, B. CH3CH2CH2CH2OH
propanoic acid, butanoic acid C. CH3CH2CH2OH
D. ethanoic acid, methanoic acid, D. CH3CH(OH)CH3
propanoic acid, butanoic acid

NARAYAN CHANGDER
14. Which is a test for a C=O?
9. What would you make if you reacted
CH3CH2MgBr (Grignard reagent) with A. Bromine water
methanal? B. Fehling’s solution
A. 1-propanol C. Acidified potassium dichromate (VI)
B. 1-butanol D. 2, 4-DNPH (Brady’s reagent)
C. 2-propanol 15. Which of the following tests would give a
D. 2-butanol positive result for propan-1-ol?
A. The iodoform test (NaOH + I2)
10. Which of the following is a neutralisation
reaction of a carboxylic acid? B. Tollen’s reagent (silver mirror test)
A. Carboxylic Acid + H2O → Carboxylate C. PCl5 (phosphorus pentachloride)
Ion + H3O+. D. 2, 4-DNPH (Brady’s reagent)
B. Carboxylic Acid + Base → Salt
16. Aldehyde reacts with Tollen’s reagent
C. Carboxylic Acid + SOCl2 → Acid Chlo- forming:
ride + SO2 + HCl
A. Yellow precipitate
D. Carboxylic Acid + alcohol → Ester +
B. Brick-red precipitate
H2O (in presence of H2SO4)
C. Purple solution
11. What monomers is starch made from?
D. Silver mirror
A. Sugars
17. What are produced with ethanoic acid re-
B. Nucleotides
acts with zinc oxide?
C. Amino acids
A. zinc ethanoate
D. Alkenes
B. hydrogen gas
12. (I) Carboxylic acid with 8 carbon is called C. carbon dioxide gas
octid acid(II) Carboxylic acid with 6 carbon D. water
is called caproic acid
A. Statement (I) is true but statement (II) 18. An alcohol can be to form a carboxylic
is false acid
B. Statement (I) is false but statement A. oxidised
(II) is true B. reduced
C. Both statement (I) and (II) are false C. polymerised
D. Both statement (I) and (II) are true D. broken down

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 757

19. What is the general formula for an alcohol 24. What happens when you add a strong
A. CnH2n base to a carboxylic acid?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. CnH2nO A. Carboxylic base
B. Carboxylic acid salt
C. CnH2n+1O
C. Benzoic acid
D. CnH2n+1OH
D. Strong acid
20. If Mr T used 2g of sodium to react with
excess propanol, what mass of hydrogen 25. Ethanoic acid react with LiAlH4 to form?
does he produce? 2Na + 2C3H7OH → A. ethanol
2C3H7ONa + H2
B. ethane
A. 0.0870g
C. ethanal
B. 0.174g
D. propan-1-ol
C. 4.60g
26. What functional group does this have?
D. 0.0435g
CH3CH2CH2OH
21. Why is the boiling point of 1o & 2o amines A. Alcohol
higher than alkanes?
B. Carboxylic acid
A. It is a polar molecule
C. Ester
B. it has nitrogen
D. none of above
C. Hydrogen bonding due to Hydrogen
bonded to electronegative N 27. carboxylic acid +? → ester
D. none of above A. water
B. alkene
22. Compound E, C3H4O4, undergo reaction
with ethane-1, 2-diol to form the cyclic C. alcohol
compound F. How many ester functional D. alkane
groups that compound F have?
28. Which of the following is a condensation
A. 1
reaction of a carboxylic acid?
B. 2
A. Carboxylic Acid + H2O → Carboxylate
C. 3 Ion + H3O+.
D. none of above B. Carboxylic Acid + Base → Salt

23. An ether solution of PhCO2H (A), PhNH2 C. Carboxylic Acid + SOCl2 → Acid Chlo-
(B), and PhCH3 (C) is extracted with aque- ride + SO2 + HCl
ous NaOH. The ether layer will contain D. Carboxylic Acid + alcohol → Ester +
what compound(s) after the extraction? H2O (in presence of H2SO4)
A. A, B, C
29. Which of the following statement is NOT
B. A, C true about an alcohol?
C. A, B A. Methanol is the simplest alcohol.
D. B, C B. Alcohol is more polar than haloalkane.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 758

C. Ethanol can be prepared by fermenta- 35. Arrange the boiling point below according
tion. to increasing order.Ethanoic acid, ethanol,
D. Solubility of alcohol in water increases ethanal, ethane
with number of carbon atoms. A. Ethane < ethanal< ethanol<
30. A polymer has the following uses:window ethanoic acid
frames, gutters, pipes, insulation for elec- B. Ethane < ethanol< ethanoic acid<
trical wires. What is the polymer? ethanal

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. Poly(ethene)
C. Ethane < ethanal< ethanoic acid <
B. Poly(propene)
ethanol
C. Poly(chloroethene)
D. Ethane < ethanol< ethanal <
D. Poly(tetrafluoroethene)
ethanoic acid
31. Ethanol reacts with ethanoic acid to form
ethyl ethanoate.C2H5OH + CH3COOH → 36. Primary alcohol to aldehyde
CH3COOC2H5 + H2OWhat is the formula
of the ester formed when methanol reacts A. Acidified potassium dichromate, heat
with butanoic acid, (C3H7COOH)? and distil
A. C2H5COOC2H5 B. KCN followed by dilute sulfuric acid at
B. C3H7COOC2H5 room temperature
C. C3H7COOCH3 C. Acidified potassium dichromate, heat
D. CH3COOC3H7 under reflux

32. Which carboxylic acid is most acidic? D. Hydrogen and nickel catalyst under
A. CH3CH2CH2COOH high pressure
B. CH3CH2CH(Cl)COOH
37. Carbonyl compounds CANNOT be synthe-
C. CH3CH(Cl)CH2COOH sized through
D. ClCH2CH2CH2COOH
A. oxidation of primary alcohol
33. Name the compound with structural for-
mula CH3CH2CH2COOH B. oxidation of secondary alcohol
A. propanoic acid C. oxidation of tertiary alcohol
B. ethanoic acid
D. none of above
C. butanoic acid
D. methanoic acid 38. Compound E 3 4 4 F . What functional
group was formed?
34. What is produced when propanone reacted
with CH3CH2MgBr (Grignard reagent)? A. Carboxylic acid
A. Primary alcohol
B. Aldehyde
B. Secondary alcohol
C. Tertiary alcohol C. Ester

D. Quarternary alcohol D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 759

39. Test for aldehyde 44. Name the type of reaction when butanoic
A. Add Tollen’s reagent, warm to produce acid is converted to butan-1-ol.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


a silver mirror A. Esterification
B. Add bromine water which changes B. Reduction
from orange to colourless
C. Oxidation
C. Add damp red litmus paper which
turns blue D. Hydroxylation
D. Add silver nitrate which produces a 45. Which of the following compound has the
white precipitate highest acid strength?
40. What is the general formula for carboxylic A. CH3C(Br)2COOH
acid? Apakah formula am asid karboksi- B. CH3C(F)2COOH
lik?
C. C(CH3)3COOH
A. CnH2n+2
D. CH3CH(NO2)COOH
B. CnH2n+1OH
C. CnH2n+1COOH 46. How do you produce a carboxylic acid?
D. CnH2n+1COOCmH2m+1 A. Reducing a secondary alcohol or ke-
tone
41. Carboxylic acids are acids because (se-
lect all correct answers) B. Reducing a primary alcohol or alde-
A. They will turn blue litmus paper red hyde

B. They will accept protons from water, C. Oxidizing a primary alcohol or an alde-
forming OH- hyde
C. They will donate protons to water, D. Oxidizing a secondary alcohol or a ke-
forming H3O+ tone
D. React with equation R-COOH + H2O 47. which compound has higher boiling point?
→ R-COO-+ H3O+
A. Pentanoic acid
42. Choose the name reaction that produces
B. 2-methylbutanoic acid
benzaldehyde from Toluene and Chromyl
chloride. C. Pentanal
A. Aldol condensation D. Butanoic acid
B. Gattermann Koch reaction E. Pentanol
C. Etard reaction
48. When liquid R is refluxed with propanoic
D. Clemmensen reduction acid and a few drops of concentrated sul-
43. What are produced with ethanoic acid re- phuric acid, a sweet smelling liquid is
acts with zinc carbonate? formed. Liquid R may be

A. zinc ethanoate A. propanol


B. hydrogen gas B. ethanoic acid
C. carbon dioxide gas C. hexane
D. water D. ethyl propanoate

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 760

49. Which of these can an ester be used for 54. One mole of B is warmed with an alkaline
(select however many are correct)? solution of iodine, one mole of C is pro-
duced together with two moles of a yellow
A. As an oxidising agent
precipitate D . How many-COCH 3 groups
B. In food flavourings does B have?
C. In perfumes A. 1
D. As a cleaning substance B. 2

NARAYAN CHANGDER
50. Propanone is very soluble in water be- C. 3
cause D. none of above
A. it is non-polar
55. What are produced with ethanoic acid re-
B. it can form hydrogen bond with water acts with zinc?
molecule
A. zinc ethanoate
C. water is a polar solvent
B. hydrogen gas
D. the dipole-dipole interactions are
C. carbon dioxide gas
weak between propane and water
D. water
51. Which of the following molecules cannot
be oxidized? 56. When reacted with a strong oxidising
agent, aldehydes turn into
A. Aldehydes
A. carboxylic acids
B. Alcohols
B. ketones
C. Ketones
C. primary alcohols
D. Alkanes
D. secondary alcohols
52. (I) Carboxylic acid with 10 carbon is called
decanoic acid(II) Carboxylic acid with 5 car- 57. Which of the following species can attack
bon is called valeraldehyde the carbon atom in the carbonyl group,
C=O?
A. Statement (I) is true but statement (II)
is false A. Br2
B. Statement (I) is false but statement B. Cl
(II) is true
C. CN-
C. Both statement (I) and (II) are false
D. NO2+
D. Both statement (I) and (II) are true
58. Acidified potassium dichromate is an ex-
53. What is the alkyl name for CH3 ample of
A. methyl A. an alkali
B. ethyl B. a reducing agent
C. propyl C. a fuel
D. butyl D. an oxidising agent

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 761

59. methanol reacts with PCl5 produced 64. If propanal reacts with KCN in acidic condi-
tions, which of the following is true?
A. chloride

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. The product is not chiral
B. chloro methane
B. A racemic mixture of the R and S enan-
C. chlorox
tiomers is formed
D. chlorine
C. Only the R enantiomer forms
60. commonly known as formaldehyde, D. Only the S enantiomer forms
was used as a biological preservative.
65. Name the ester formed when Butan-1-ol
A. Acetone reacts with propanoic acid.
B. Propanone A. Propyl butanoate
C. Ethanol B. Butyl propanoate
D. Methanal C. Butyl ethanoate
61. Propan-1-ol undergo oxidation reaction in D. Propyl ethanoate
the presence of excess an oxidizing agent
66. cid chlorides can be prepared from car-
to produce
boxylic acids by treatment with
A. Propanal
A. KCl
B. Propanone
B. (COCl)2
C. Propanoic acid
C. SOCl2
D. Propan-2-ol
D. both (COCl)2 and SOCl2
62. What’s the correct definition of these key- 67. Which of the following reactions with an
words? polyamide acid chloride is not a condensation reac-
A. An addition polymer formed from a di- tion?
carboxylic acid and a diol A. Acid chloride + water → carboxylic
B. A condensation polymer formed from acid + HCl
a dicarboxylic acid and a diol B. Acid chloride + ammonia → 1o amide
C. A condensation polymer formed from + HCl
a dicarboxylic acid and a diamine C. Acid chloride + primary amine → sec-
D. An addition polymer formed from a di- ondary amide + HCl
carboxylic acid and a diamine D. Acid Chloride + alcohol → Ester +
HCl
63. Hydrolysis of a 1o amide in acidic con-
ditions (heating with H2O/H+) produces 68. Which of the following acids is the most
what? soluble in water?
A. Alcohol A. Acetic acid
B. Carboxylate ion + ammonia B. Benzoic acid
C. Carboxylic acid + Ammonium ion C. Stearic acid
D. none of above D. Caprylic acid

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 762

69. Amines are basic because (select all 74. What is the functional group which allows
correct answers) addition polymers to form?
A. They will turn red litmus paper blue A. Carboxylic acid
B. They will accept protons from water,
B. Alcohols
forming OH-
C. They will donate protons to water, C. Alkanes
forming H3O+ D. Alkenes

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. React with equation R-NH2 + H2O →
R-NH3+ + OH- 75. Carboxylic acids reacts with metals to
form?
70. The reaction of butanoic acid with potas-
sium hydroxide A. Metal Carboxylate and Hydrogen
A. produces CH3CH2CH2COONa B. Metal Carboxylate and Water
B. is an oxidation reaction C. Metal Carboxylate, Water and Carbon
C. is an example of a neutralization reac- Dioxide
tion
D. none of above
D. produces H2 as one of its output
76. To prepare an amine from a haloalkane
71. Which of the following is a hydrolysis re-
what reagent is required?
action of Amine
A. Amine + Acid → Salt A. NH3 (aq)
B. Amine + H2O → (Alcyl)ammonium ion B. NH3 (alc)
+ OH-.
C. Amide
C. Amine + Acid Chloride → Secondary
Amide + HCl. D. NH3+
D. none of above
77. What is the name of the mechanism when
72. Carboxylic acids react with carbonates and KCN (in acidic conditions) reacts with
produce propanal?
A. salt + hydrogen A. Free radical substitution
B. salt + hydrogen + water B. Nucleophilic substitution
C. salt + carbon dioxide + water
C. Nucleophilic addition
D. salt + carbon dioxide
D. Electrophilic addition
73. Compound E, C3H4O4, undergo reaction
with ethane-1, 2-diol to form the cyclic 78. The product formed in Aldol condensation
compound F. How many carbon atoms is
does compound F have?
A. an alpha, beta-unsaturated ester
A. 1
B. a beta hydroxy acid
B. 2
C. 3 C. a beta hydroxy aldehyde or ketone
D. 4 D. an alpha hydroxy aldehyde or ketone

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 763

79. Nitriles can be formed by reacting 84. alcohol +? → carboxylic acid


haloalkanes with A. hydrogen

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Amines B. oxygen (oxidising agent)
B. Amides C. water
C. Sodium Cyanide or Potassium Cyanide D. carbon dioixde
D. Potassium Nitrile
85. Which one(s) of given statements is/are
80. Class of compound has same general for- correct?
mula, CnH2nO2 A. Aldehydes can be oxidized to car-
A. Alcohol and Carboxylic acid boxylic acids.
B. Ether and Alcohol B. Ketones can be oxidized to carboxylic
C. Ester and Carboxylic acid acids.

D. Ketone and Aldehyde C. Aldehydes can be reduced to alcohols.


D. Aldehydes can be reduced to ketones.
81. Compound A can exhibit both cis-trans iso-
merism. Which functional group does A 86. What is the word equation for the reaction
have? between sodium and butanol?
A. Alkene A. Sodium + butanol → sodium oxide +
B. Alcohol hydrogen

C. Carboxylic acid Compound A can ex- B. Sodium + butanol → sodium ethoxide


hibit both cis-trans isomerism. + hydrogen

D. none of above C. Sodium + butanol → sodium ethoxide


+ water
82. Which of the following is a neutralisation D. Sodium + butanol → sodium butoxide
reaction of Amine + hydrogen
A. Amine + Acid → Salt
87. How and why is the reaction between
B. Amine + H2O → (Alcyl)ammonium ion magnesium and ethanoic acid different to
+ OH-. magnesium and nitric acid?
C. Amine + Acid Chloride → Secondary A. It reacts faster because it is a weaker
Amide + HCl. acid than HNO3.
D. none of above B. It reacts faster because it is a stronger
83. Aldehyde or ketone to hydroxynitrile acid than HNO3.

A. Acidified potassium dichromate, heat C. It reacts slower because it is a weaker


and distil acid than HNO3.

B. KCN/HCN followed by dilute sulfuric D. It reacts slower because it is a


acid at room temperature stronger acid than HNO3.

C. Acidified potassium dichromate, heat 88. What is the correct formula of the reduc-
under reflux ing agent used to reduce aldehydes and ke-
D. NaBH4 in aqueous ethanol at room tones?
temperature A. LiAlH4

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 764

B. LiAlH2 94. Which of the following carboxylic acid


C. Li2AlH4 readily dissolves in water?

D. LiAlH A. Decanoic Acid


B. Ethanoic Acid
89. Aldehyde or ketone to alcohol
C. Heptanoic Acid
A. Acidified potassium dichromate, heat
and distil D. Benzoic Acid

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. KCN followed by dilute sulfuric acid at 95. Define polymer
room temperature
A. circular molecule made with many re-
C. Acidified potassium dichromate, heat peating units
under reflux
B. short molecule made of a few repeat-
D. NaBH4 in aqueous ethanol at room ing units
temperature
C. long, chain-like molecule made of re-
90. The reaction of a carbonyl compound with peating units
H2O is this type of reaction D. chain-like molecule that contains hy-
A. Electrophillic Addition drogen and oxygen
B. Nucleophillic Substitution 96. Which of the following conditions will
C. Elimination drive the equilibrium of the Fischer esteri-
fication towards ester formation?
D. Nucleophillic Addition
A. removal of water as it is formed
91. Which of these compounds is the most sol-
B. addition of an inorganic acid as a cata-
uble in water?
lyst
A. 1, 2-propanediol
C. addition of alcohol
B. Ethanoic acid
D. both removal of water as it is formed
C. Propanol and addition of alcohol
D. ethanedioc acid
97. When aldehyde is heated with Fehling’s so-
92. What is this compounds name:CH3CH2CH2COOH lution, it gives a precipitate of
A. PROPANOIC ACID A. Cu2O
B. PROPANOL B. CuO
C. BUTANOIC ACID C. Cu2O & CuO
D. BUTANE D. Cu

93. Type of mechanism that aldehydes and ke- 98. butanol heated with acidified KMnO4 so-
tones undergo lution produced
A. Electrophilic addition A. butanone
B. Nucleophilic addition B. butene
C. Electrophilic substitution C. butanoic acid
D. Nucleophilic substitution D. butane

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 765

99. Alcohols can be dehydrated to form C. pentane


A. alkenes D. hexane

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. alkanes
105. For addition polymers to form
C. carboxylic acids
A. alkene molecules break apart.
D. esters
B. the carbon to carbon double bond
100. Amino acids are linked by breaks.
A. ester bonds C. additive molecules must be added.
B. peptide bonds D. water must be eliminated.
C. thiosulfide bonds
106. Which of the following is a hydrolysis re-
D. none of above
action of a carboxylic acid?
101. What observations would I see if sodium A. Carboxylic Acid + H2O → Carboxylate
reacted with ethanol? Ion + H3O+.
A. Sodium floats B. Carboxylic Acid + Base → Salt
B. Sodium sinks
C. Carboxylic Acid + SOCl2 → Acid Chlo-
C. Effervescence (bubbling) occurs ride + SO2 + HCl
D. The solution turns from colourless to D. Carboxylic Acid + alcohol → Ester +
blue H2O (in presence of H2SO4)
102. Upon treatment of C with dilute sulfu- 107. What is the formula of salt formed with
ric acid, compound E, C3H4O4, is pro- sodium reacts with ethanoic acid?
duced.How many carboxylic acid groups
were formed? A. CH3COONa
A. 1 B. NaCH3COO
B. 2 C. (CH3COO)2
C. 3 D. CH3COONa2
D. none of above
108. ARE SHORT CHAIN OR LONG CHAIN CAR-
103. What numbers in front of the molecule BOXYLIC ACIDS MORE WATER SOLUBLE
would balance this equation? (a) AND WHY?
Na + (b) C3H7COOH → (c) A. SHORT CHAIN AS THEY HAVE A
C3H7COONa + (d) H2 HIGHER CHANCE OF MAKING HYDROGEN
A. a = 2b = 2c = 2d = 1 BONDS (MORE POLAR)
B. a = 1b = 2c = 1d = 1 B. SHORT CHAIN AS THEY HAVE COVA-
C. a = 1b = 2c = 2d = 1 LENT BONDS
D. a = 1b = 2c = 2d = 1 C. LONG CHAIN AS THEY HAVE LESS IN-
TERMOLECULAR FORCES
104. methylpropane is an isomer of
D. LONG CHAIN AS THEY HAVE A HIGHER
A. propane CHANCE OF MAKING HYDROGEN BONDS
B. butane (MORE POLAR)

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 766

109. Which of the following is the correct in- B. Ethanal


creasing order of solubility C. Benzophenone
A. benzoic acid> ethanoic acid > 1- D. Ethanol
decanol
B. ethanoic acid > butane > 1-propanol 115. Which of these compounds does not react
with Brady’s reagent?
C. Err saya pening.
A. propanoic acid
D. Ethanoic acid > benzoic acid > hep-

NARAYAN CHANGDER
tanoic acid B. propanal
C. propanol
110. Reaction of a carboxylic acid and sodium
hydroxide will produce: D. propanone
A. a substituted ammonium salt 116. Which of the following do carboxylic
B. a substituted carbonate salt acids product when dissolved in water?
C. a substituted water A. hydroxlde ions
D. a substituted carboxylates B. hydroxyl ions
C. hydrogen ions
111. Acetic acid is found mainly in:
D. carbon ions
A. detergents
B. lemons 117. When one mole of A is heated with acid-
ified potassium manganate(VII), one mole
C. vinegar
of B, C 5 H 8 O 2, is produced together
D. butter with two moles of carbon dioxide. What
reaction is this?
112. Which of the following is a condensation
reaction of Amine A. Reduction
A. Amine + Acid → Salt B. Oxidative cleavage
B. Amine + H2O → (Alcyl)ammonium ion C. Condensation
+ OH-. D. none of above
C. Amine + Acid Chloride → Secondary
Amide + HCl. 118. “The simplest ketone, , is commonly
called acetone. Acetone is a common or-
D. none of above ganic solvent that was once used in most
nail polish removers.”
113. Which of the following compound can be
oxidised to give a ketone? A. propanol
A. Propan-1-ol B. propanal
B. 2-methylpropan-2-ol C. propanone
C. Propan-3-ol D. none of above
D. Propan-2-ol 119. The class of compounds containing C=O
114. Which of the following will not give the are called
iodoform test A. Aldehydes
A. Acetophenone B. Ketones

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 767

C. Carbonyl Compounds 125. The Formula of methanoic acid is


D. None of the Above A. HCOOH

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. CH3OCH3
120. ethanol can be made by hydration . What
are chemicals and conditions for this? C. CH3COOH
A. 4500C, 200 atm, iron cat. D. CHOOH
B. Steam and hot catalyst 126. POLYMER is also called
C. glucose (sugar), yeast, 37oC A. Micromolecule
D. Bromine water B. Macromolecules
121. What does miscible means? C. Dimer
A. Can form hydrogen bonds with water. D. Polynomial

B. Mix with water in any proportion. 127. is miscible in water.


C. Soluble in water and organic solvents. A. Propanoic acid
D. Dissolve in water to form hydrogen B. Pentanoic acid
ions.
C. Benzoic acid
122. Which of the following compounds does D. Hexanoic acid.
not contain an OH group
128. Is the functional group of carboxylic acid
A. Phenol
A. COO
B. Carboxylic acid
B. COOH
C. Aldehydes
C. CO
D. Alcohols
D. OOC
123. The gas given off when ethanoic acid re-
acts with potassium carbonate is 129. What observations would you expect to
see in a positive Fehlings test for an alde-
A. CO hyde?
B. H2 A. blue solution to brick-red solution
C. CO2 B. blue solid to brick-red solution
D. O2 C. blue solution to brick-red solid

124. All molecular formula below are car- D. blue solid to brick-red solid
boxylic acid, except
130. What monomers are proteins made
A. C5H10O2 from?
B. CH3COOH A. Sugars
C. COOHC2H5 B. Nucleotides
D. C6H14O2 C. Amino acids
E. COOH-CH3-COOH D. Alkenes

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 768

131. hexanol reacts with PCC/CH2Cl2 pro- 136. Identify the products of the hydrolysis
duced of N-methyl ethanamide using sodium hy-
droxide:
A. hexene
A. Sodium methanoate + ethanamide
B. hexanoic acid
B. ethanoate ion + ammonia ion
C. hexanal
C. sodium ethanoate + methanamide
D. hexane
D. methanoic acid + ethylammonium

NARAYAN CHANGDER
132. Which of the following carboxylic acids
137. Which reagent is commonly used to con-
is expected to have the highest boiling
vert carboxylic acids into acid chlorides?
point?
A. HCl
A. CH3CH2COOH
B. SOCl2
B. CH3CH(OH)COOH
C. CL2
C. CH2(COOH)2
D. CH3Cl
D. CH3CH(Cl)COOH
138. Vinegar is a solution of
133. Compound T is an alcohol and optically A. ethanol
active. Upon oxidation with acidified
KMnO4 solution, a ketone, U is formed. B. methanol
Compound T is C. ethanoic acid
A. CH3CH2OH D. methanoic acid
B. CH3CH(OH)CH2CH3 139. Upon treatment of C with dilute sul-
C. (CH3)2C(OH)CH3 furic acid, compound E, C3H4O4, is
produced.Which functional group was
D. CH3CH2CH(OH)CH2CH3 formed?
134. CARBOXYLIC ACIDS CAN BE MADE BY: A. Aldehyde
A. REDUCTION BY FERMENTATION B. Ketone

B. HYDRATION WITH potassium man- C. Carboxylic Acid


ganate (VII) D. none of above
C. OXIDATION WITH potassium man- 140. Which of the following is formed when 1-
ganate (VII) chloropropane reacts with ethanolic KOH
D. CRACKING ALKANES A. 1-propanol

135. HVZ reaction involves B. 2-propanol


C. propene
A. reduction reaction of carboxylic group
D. propane
B. cleavage of O-H bond of carboxylic acid
C. cleavage of C-OH bond of carboxylic 141. WEAK ACIDS ARE:
acid A. FULLY IONISED IN WATER
D. substitution reaction in hydrocarbon B. REVERSIBLY, PARTIALLY IONISED IN
part of carboxylic acid WATER

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 769

C. FORM HYDROXIDES IN WATER 147. When benzyl alcohol is oxidised with


D. FORM CO2 IN WATER KMnO4, the product obtained is which of
the following compound?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


142. propanol heated with conc. H2SO4 pro- A. Benzaldehyde
duced
B. Benzoic acid
A. propanoic acid
C. CO2 and H2O
B. propane
D. Benzophenone
C. propene
D. propanal 148. METHANOL AND ETHANOIC ACID
WOULD PRODUCE WHICH ESTER?
143. In order to produce hexyl propanoate you
would use A. BUTYL PROPANOATE

A. CH3CH2COOH and C5H11OH B. ETHYL METHANOATE

B. CH3CH2COOH and C6H13OH C. METHYL PROPANOATE

C. C6H13COOH and C3H7OH D. METHYL ETHANOATE


D. C5H11COOH and C3H7OH 149. Esters can undergo hydrolysis to form
144. Which of the following reaction is NOT A. Ether and alcohol
shown by ketones?
B. Carboxylic acids and alcohols
A. reaction with HCN
C. Ether and water
B. reaction with 2, 4-dinitrophenyl hy-
drazine D. Alcohol and water

C. reaction with NaHSO3 E. Aldehyde and water

D. reaction with Fehling’s solution 150. What is the main reason carboxylic acid
has the highest boiling point as com-
145. What kind of chemical bonds create poly- pared to other compounds with compara-
mers? ble mass?
A. ionic
A. It has carboxyl functional group.
B. covalent
B. It is a strong acid.
C. hydrogen
C. It has higher induced dipole-dipole in-
D. metallic teractions.

146. Upon treatment of C with dilute sulfuric D. It can form hydrogen bond in water.
acid, compound E, C 3 H 4 O 4, is produced.
What reaction is this? 151. Vinegar tastes sour because of

A. Acidification A. Ethanoic acid


B. Oxidation B. Ethanol
C. Reduction C. Butanoic acid
D. none of above D. Ethyl ethanoate

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 770

152. Which of the following carboxylic acids 157. Which of the following is the correct in-
has the highest boiling point? creasing order of boiling point
A. heptanoic acid A. Butanedioic acid > 1-heptanol > 2-
heptanol
B. octanoic acid
B. ethanoic acid > butane > 1-propanol
C. nonanoic acid
C. Hexanoic Acid > 2-methyl-2-propanol
D. decanoic acid
> 1-butanol

NARAYAN CHANGDER
153. To prepare a carboxylic acid what D. Propane > butanoic acid > 1-butanol
reagents are conditions are required?
158. What is the general formula for car-
A. Ketone + KMnO4 boxylic acids?
B. Aldehyde + KCr2O7 + heat under re- A. Cn H2n+1COOH
flux
B. Cn H2nCOOH
C. Aldehyde + KMnO4
C. Cn H2n−1COOH
D. Ketone + KCr2O7 + Heat
D. none of above
154. Main product formed by a reaction be-
159. What is true about carboxylic acids?
tween butanal and Tollen’s reagent
A. Carboxylic acids are strong acids
A. Butanol
B. Carboxylic acids can react with metals
B. Butanoic acid
C. Alkanes oxidize to form carboxylic
C. Butane
acids
D. 1-butene
D. Carboxylic acids cannot form hydrogen
bonds
155. glacial ethanoic acid heated with 2-
propanol in the presence of concentrated 160. CARBOXYLIC ACIDS REACT WITH A
H2SO4 produced METAL TO FORM:
A. ester (2-propyl ethanoate) A. SALT AND HYDROGEN
B. salt B. CO2 AND SALT AND HYDROGEN
C. carboxylic acid (pentanoic acid) C. SALT AND WATER
D. alcoholic D. HYDROGEN AND WATER

156. Identify the products of the hydrolysis of 161. Give the product form when pentanoic
N-methyl ethanamide using nitric acid: acid react with 2-propanol.
A. Ethanoic acid + methylammonium ni- A. CH(CH3)2CH2COOCH2CH2CH3 +
trate H2O
B. Ethanoic acid + methylammonium ion B. CH3(CH3) 4CH2COO-+ H2O
C. methanoic acid + ethylammonium ni- C. CH3CH2CH2CH2COOCH2CH2CH3 +
trate H2O
D. methanoic acid + ethylammonium D. CH3(CH3) 4CH2COO-Na + H2O

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 771

162. The functional group of carboxylic acid is 167. Carboxylic acids can be made from Grig-
nards by treating the Grignard reagents
A. carbonyl group
with:

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. carboxyl group
A. CO
C. hydroxyl group B. diborane
D. alkyl group C. CO2

163. which of product will be obtained when D. Pyridine


pentanol is oxidized by KMnO4? 168. Types of nucleic acids
A. there is no reaction A. 1
B. alkenes B. 2
C. carboxylic acid C. 3
D. none of above D. none of above

169. ALCOHOL AND ACIDS REACT TO GIVE:


164. To prepare an acid chloride from a car-
boxylic acid, which are suitable reagents? A. ETHER AND WATER
(select all correct answers) B. ESTER AND WATER
A. ZnCl2 C. ALKANE AND CO2
B. PCl5 D. SALT AND H2
C. SOCl2 170. Functional group for carboxylic acid
D. Cl2(aq) A. Hydroxyl
B. Carbonyl
165. Compound E 3 4 4 F . What reaction is
this? C. Carboxyl
A. Oxidation D. Alkoxy

B. Reduction 171. Which of the following reactions with an


acid chloride is a substitution reaction?
C. Condensation
A. Acid chloride + water → carboxylic
D. none of above acid + hydrochloric acid
166. Which is the method used to prepare B. Acid chloride + ammonia → amide
ethanoic acid in laboratory? Kaedah yang C. Acid chloride + primary amine → sec-
manakah digunakan untuk menyediakan ondary amide + HCl
asid etanoik dalam makmal?
D. Acid Chloride + alcohol → Ester +
A. FermentationPenapaian HCl
B. Catalytic hydrationPenghidratan 172. Boiling points of carboxylic acids is higher
bermangkin than those of corresponding alcohols is due
C. Oxidation of alcoholPengoksidaan to
alkohol A. Strong London dispersion forces
D. Addition of waterPenambahan air B. Strong dipole dipole interaction

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 772

C. Strong hydrogen bonded dimer 178. The major product when CH3CH2COOH is
reacted with NaOH is
D. Strong covalent bond
A. CH3CH2CHO
173. Iodoform test:Pale yellow ppt2. B. CH3CH2CH2OH
Fehling’s test:No observable change3. 2,
4-DNPH:yellow pptWhich compound will C. CH3CH2COONa
have the above observations? D. CH3CH2COOK
A. CH3CH2CHO

NARAYAN CHANGDER
179. Iodoform test:Yellow precipitate2. Tol-
B. C6H5CHO lens’ test:No observable change3. 2, 4-
DNPH:yellow precipitateWhich compound
C. CH3CH2COCH3 will have the above observations?
D. CH3COOH A. CH3CH2CHO
174. CARBOXYLIC ACIDS ARE: B. C6H5CHO

A. STRONG BASES C. CH3CH2COCH3


D. CH3COOH
B. WEAK BASES
C. STRONG ACIDS 180. The molecular formula of pentanoic acid
is
D. WEAK ACIDS
A. C5H11O2
175. Which of these carboxylic acids has the B. C5H9O2
highest boiling point?
C. C5H10O2
A. Methanoic acid
D. C5H12O2
B. Butanoic acid
181. FUNCTIONAL GROUP IS
C. Decanoic acid
A. OH
D. Hexanoic acid
B. C=C
176. Which homolgous series contains a C=C C. COOH
double bond? D. COOC
A. alkanes
182. Acetophenone is prepared from
B. alkenes
A. Friedel craft reaction
C. alcohols B. Rosenmund reaction
D. carboxylic acids C. Sandmayer reaction
177. Which of the following is used in Rosen- D. Wurtz reaction
mund reduction? 183. CH3CH2CH2-COO-CH2CH3 IS:
A. LiAlH4 A. PROPYL METHANOATE
B. H2 /Pd-BaSO4 B. ETHYL BUTANOATE
C. Na/Ethanol C. BUTYL ETHANOATE
D. NaBH4 D. ETHYL PROPANOATE

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 773

184. Unsaturated fats can be converted to sat- 189. Reaction of a carboxylic acid and a pri-
urated fats through mary amine will produce:

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. hydrogenation A. a substituted ammonium salt if heat is
B. esterification added
C. neutralization B. a secondary amine
D. fermentation C. a tertiary amine

185. The correct order of acidic strength of car- D. an amide if heat is added
boxylic acids is
190. Colour change observed when acidified
A. Formic acid < benzoic acid < acetic potassium dichromate reacts with an alco-
acid hol, aldehyde or ketone
B. Formic acid < acetic acid < benzoic A. Green to orange
acid
B. Orange to colourless
C. Acetic acid < Formic acid < benzoic
acid C. Orange to green

D. Acetic acid < benzoic acid < Formic D. Green to colour less
acid
191. What is the difference between aldehyde
186. Which of the following is a substitution and ketones?
reaction of a carboxylic acid? A. position of C=O group
A. Carboxylic Acid + H2O → Carboxylate B. position of C atoms
Ion + H3O+.
C. the number of bonds carbon can form
B. Carboxylic Acid + Base → Salt
D. the number of oxygen atoms
C. Carboxylic Acid + SOCl2 → Acid Chlo-
ride + SO2 + HCl 192. What is made when a dicarboxylic acid
D. Carboxylic Acid + alcohol → Ester + reacts with a diol?
H2O (in presence of H2SO4) A. a polyamide
187. What does the name of a carboxylic acid B. a polyester
end with?
C. an evaporation polymer
A. -ane
D. a condensation polymer
B. -oic acid
C. -ene 193. Subsequently, when one mole of B is
warmed with an alkaline solution of iodine,
D. -ol one mole of C is produced together with
188. What is the name of functional group for two moles of a yellow precipitate D . What
carboxylic acids? reaction is this?
A. Carbonyl A. Reduction
B. Hydroxyl B. Oxidation
C. Carbon C. Condensation
D. Carboxyl D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


4.10 Carboxylic acid 774

194. Which of the following will react with car- 196. Which functional group contains a car-
boxylic acids? bonyl group and a hydroxyl group bonded
A. copper(II) carbonate to the same carbon atom?
B. copper A. aldehyde
C. magnesium oxide B. amide
D. sodium hydroxide C. carboxylic acid

195. What factor can decrease the solubility of D. ester

NARAYAN CHANGDER
carboxylic acid in water? E. ketone
A. The increase in length of the hydrocar-
197. Which alkyl benzene cannot be oxidised
bon chain.
by KMnO4 to produce carboxylic acid?
B. The decrease in length of the hydrocar-
A. Toluene
bon chain.
B. 2-iodotoluene
C. The increase in number of carboxyl
group. C. benzene
D. The number of hydrogen bond. D. ethylbenzene

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE
5. Periodic classification of elements

5.1 Modern periodic table


1. What is the chemical symbol for Oxygen? B. A proton
A. O C. A neutron
B. Ox D. A shell
C. Oy
5. What period is Magnesium (Mg) in?
D. none of above
A. 3
2. What are the elements found along the
B. 12
“staircase” called? They have properties
of both metals and non-metals. C. 24.3
A. Metalloids D. 36
B. Non-metals
6. is the least metallic element in group
C. Transition metals (1A)
D. Metals A. Na
3. What are the rows in the periodic table B. Cs
called?
C. K
A. Families
D. Li
B. Groups
C. Periods 7. Who predicted new elements for the gaps
in the periodic table?
D. Orbitals
A. Henry Moseley
4. A tiny, negatively charged particle that
B. Lothar Meyer
moves around the nucleus of an atom in
clouds/shells is called: C. Dmitri Mendeleev
A. An electron D. Antione Laviosier

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.1 Modern periodic table 776

8. Which of the following elements would be 14. What is the chemical symbol for Carbon?
a transition metal? A. C
A. Ca B. Ca
B. Au C. Car
C. Rb D. none of above
D. Fr
15. The model of an atom that uses dots sur-
9. Transition metals are found between rounding the atomic symbol to represent

NARAYAN CHANGDER
group number valence electrons is called the:
A. 1 to 2 A. Bohr Model
B. 13 to 18 B. Lewis Dot Structure
C. 3 to 12 C. Rutherford Model
D. 1 to 8 D. Thomson Model
10. Elements which are shiny, conduct electric- 16. I classified the elements according to the
ity and heat are called increase in their atomic number.
A. metal A. Lavoisier
B. nonmetal B. Newlands
C. metalloid C. Mendeleev
D. nonexistent D. Henry Moseley
11. In the modern periodic table, groups of el- 17. Each column in the periodic table is called
ements with similar properties occupy the a
same: A. period
A. Row B. group
B. Diagonal C. cluster
C. Column D. unit
D. none of above
18. Which elements have the most similar
12. The vertical columns on the periodic table chemical properties?
that have common properties are called A. K and Na
A. Groups B. K and Ca
B. Periods C. K and Cl
C. Shells D. K and S
D. Valences
19. How many Valance electrons does Iodine
13. Who proposed the Law of Octaves? Have?
A. Lothar Meyer A. 6
B. Henry Moseley B. 16
C. John Newlands C. 7
D. Dmitri Mendeleev D. 17

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.1 Modern periodic table 777

20. Particles in an atom’s nucleus that are neu- C. stay the same
tral and have no charge are
D. none of above

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. megatrons.
B. electrons. 26. The total number of protons and neutrons
in an atom’s nucleus is equal to the:
C. neutrons.
A. Atomic number
D. protons.
B. Atomic mass
21. Which of the following elements are on pe-
riod 5? C. Number of valence electrons

A. Na D. Number of electron shells


B. Se 27. As you move from Carbon to Nitrogen, the
C. Ag atomic radius will
D. Rn A. decrease
22. Elements in a group have similar chemi- B. increase
cal properties because elements in a group C. stay the same
have similar
D. none of above
A. number of protons
B. electron configurations 28. How many groups were in Newlands peri-
C. names odic table?

D. none of above A. 6
B. 8
23. The positively charged particle in the nu-
cleus of an atom is a: C. 7
A. Proton D. None of these
B. Neutron
29. Elements which are in the same vertical col-
C. Electron umn are said to be in the same:
D. Shell A. Group
24. Elements which are in the same horizontal B. Period
row are said to be in the same:
C. Block
A. Group
D. None of the above.
B. Period
C. Block 30. The number of valence electrons an ele-
ment has is equal to its:
D. Family
A. Period number
25. As you move down a group, the atomic ra-
dius will B. Group number
A. decrease C. Valence number
B. increase D. Atomic number

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.1 Modern periodic table 778

31. What is the chemical symbol for Silicon? C. Periodic Law


A. S D. Law of Octaves
B. Si
37. Which of following elements is a halogen?
C. Sc
A. F
D. none of above
B. Hg
32. the central region of an atom where its C. Mn

NARAYAN CHANGDER
neutrons and protons are is its
D. Nd
A. nucleus
B. electron cloud 38. Which of the following elements are in
group 6?
C. core
A. Ca
D. center
B. F
33. What is the average atomic mass of Oxy-
C. Cr
gen (O)?
D. Au
A. 8
B. 15.99 39. Select all that are true about a carbon-12
C. 2 atom.

D. 14.00 A. It has 6 protons and 6 neutrons


B. Scientists assigned a mass of 6 atomic
34. An element’s identity is determined by the mass units to the carbon-12 atom
number of
C. It is used as a standard for comparing
A. electrons.
the masses of atoms
B. protons.
D. An atomic mass unit is defined as one
C. neutrons. twelfth the mass of a carbon-12 atom
D. valence.
40. The elements in groups 1, 2 and 13 to 18
35. Which of the 3 major groups is the are referred to as the main group, or:
largest? A. Representative elements
A. Metals B. Transition elements
B. Semimetals C. Inner transition elements
C. Nonmetals D. Noble gas elements
D. none of above
41. I worked as Mendeleev but i got less fame
36. The chemical and physical properties of than him.
the elements repeat themselves when ar-
A. Lavoisier
ranged by increasing atomic number is
called B. Newlands
A. Periodic Theory C. Meyer
B. Periodic Hypothesis D. Henry Moseley

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.1 Modern periodic table 779

42. What symbol does H stand for? C. Orbitals


A. Hydrogen D. Energy Levels

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Heliu
48. The elements in group zero are called
C. Hefnium
A. Alkali metals
D. Mercury
B. Transition metals
43. A vertical column in the periodic table. El-
ements share similar properties. C. Inert gases
A. row D. Alkali Earth metals
B. group
49. What is the chemical symbol for Calcium?
C. period
A. C
D. none of above
B. Ca
44. Who arranged the elements by increasing
atomic number? C. Cal

A. John Newlands D. none of above


B. Lothar Meyer
50. An element X belongs to the 3rd period
C. Dmitri Mendeleev and 1st group of the periodic table. What
D. Henry Moseley is the number of valence electrons in its
atom?
45. How many periods and groups are present
A. 1
in the periodic table?
A. 7 periods and 18 groups B. 3
B. 8 periods and 7 groups C. 6
C. 7 periods and 7 groups D. 8
D. 8 periods and 8 groups
51. The number of electron shells an atom has
46. Properties of elements repeat in a pre- is equal to the element’s:
dictable way when atomic numbers are A. Period number
used to arrange elements into groups. This
pattern of repeating properties is called B. Group number
the C. Valence number
A. Law of Proportions
D. Atomic number
B. Periodic Law
C. Periodic Table 52. Each element is unique based on its number
of protons, also known as the
D. none of above
A. atomic mass
47. What are the columns in the periodic table
called? B. valence number
A. Periods C. atomic symbol
B. Groups D. atomic number

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.1 Modern periodic table 780

53. Which of the following would be consid- C. the number of electron


ered a metalloid? D. the nucleon number
A. Si
59. I classified the elements into 4 main
B. Cl
groups.
C. Cr
A. Lavoisier
D. In
B. Newlands

NARAYAN CHANGDER
54. What row is Boron (B) is? C. Meyer
A. 13 D. Henry Moseley
B. 2
60. is the most non-metallic element in
C. 10.81 group 7A
D. 5
A. Iodine
55. How is the modern periodic table set up? B. Fluorine
A. increasing atomic mass only C. Chlorine
B. increasing atomic number only D. Cesium
C. increasing atomic mass with periods
and groups 61. How did Mendeleev organize the elements
in his periodic table?
D. increasing atomic number with peri-
ods and groups A. increasing mass only
B. increasing atomic number only
56. A horizontal row of elements in the peri-
odic table. C. increasing atomic mass with periods
and groups
A. column
D. increasing atomic number with peri-
B. group
ods and groups
C. period
62. As you move left to right across a period,
D. none of above
the atomic radius will
57. What are the elements in group 18 (the A. decrease
far right) of the periodic table called?
B. increase
A. Alkali metals
C. stay the same
B. Alkaline earth metals
D. none of above
C. Halogens
D. Noble gases 63. Identify the metal that is not a transition
metal.
58. The elements in the Periodic Table of Ele-
A. Iron (Fe)
ments is arranged based on the increasing
of B. Copper (Cu)
A. the number of shell C. Zinc (Zn)
B. the number of proton D. Sodium (Na)

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.1 Modern periodic table 781

64. Which of the following elements would be 70. I invented the law of Octaves.
a noble gas? A. Lavoisier

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Rn B. Newlands
B. Ra C. Mendeleev
C. Gd D. Henry Moseley
D. O 71. The number of protons in the nucleus of an
65. The modeern periodic table ordered the el- atom is equal to the:
ements in terms of A. Atomic number
A. Increasing atomic weights B. Atomic mass
B. Increasing atomic masses C. Number of neutrons
C. Increasing atomic numbers D. Number of valence electrons
D. None of these 72. Who suggested that the physical and chem-
ical properties were related to the atomic
66. Each row in the periodic table is called a number, rather than atomic mass?
A. group A. Meyer
B. period B. Mendeleev
C. cluster C. Moseley
D. unit D. Newlands

67. Who arranged the elements by increasing 73. Who predicted new elements for the gaps
atomic mass? he left in the periodic table?
A. Henry Moseley A. Dalton
B. Albert Einstein B. Newlands
C. John Newlands C. Mendeleev
D. Antoine Lavoisier D. None of these

68. Dalton ordered the elements in terms of 74. As you move from Beryllium to Lithium,
the atomic radius will
A. Increasing atomic weights
A. decrease
B. Increasing atomic masses
B. increase
C. Increasing atomic numbers C. stay the same
D. None of these D. none of above
69. A negatively charged particle that moves 75. The subatomic particles that are located
around the nucleus is a(n) the farthest from the nucleus are:
A. proton A. Valence electrons
B. neutron B. Valence protons
C. electron C. Periodic electrons
D. quark D. Periodic protons

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.1 Modern periodic table 782

76. Mendeleev began by organizing the C. Fe


known elements by:
D. none of above
A. Atomic weight (how much the atoms
weigh) 82. Which of the following elements would be
B. Year of discovery a lanthanide?

C. Electrical conductivity A. Pu
D. Alphabetical Order B. Sm

NARAYAN CHANGDER
77. An isotope is the same element with a dif- C. Os
ferent number of ? D. Cf
A. Protons
83. Which of following elements is in group
B. Neutrons 7?
C. Electrons
A. F
D. none of above
B. Hg
78. Which of the following elements is a metal- C. Mn
lic element?
D. Nd
A. 12Mg
B. 17Cl 84. The mass of an atom of chlorine-37 is
C. 8O the mass of an atom of chlorine-35

D. 10 Ne A. less than
B. greater than
79. The Russian scientist who created one of
the first periodic tables by using atomic C. the same as
mass was:
D. none of above
A. Bohr
B. Rutherford 85. The neutral particle in the nucleus of an
atom is a:
C. Mendeleev
A. Proton
D. Thomson
B. Neutron
80. What are the elements in group 1 (the far
left) of the periodic table called? C. Electron

A. Alkali metals D. Shell


B. Alkaline earth metals 86. Where are most non-metal elements lo-
C. Halogens cated in the modern periodic table?
D. Noble gases A. In the upper right corner

81. What is the chemical symbol for Fluorine? B. Scattered randomly


A. F C. In the lower half
B. Fl D. In the middle

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.1 Modern periodic table 783

87. Mendeleev left gaps in his periodic table B. smaller than


for elements that hadn’t been discovered
C. equal to
yet. He made predictions about their:

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. no correct answer
A. Atomic weights only
B. Atomic weights and properties 93. An element M is in group 13th of the peri-
C. properties only odic table, the formula for its oxide is
D. none of above A. MO

88. Why did Mendeleev leave gaps in his ver- B. M2O3


sion of the periodic table? C. M3O2
A. He ran out of cards D. MO2
B. He thought the gaps were part of the
pattern he was searching for 94. Elements in a have similar chemical
properties.
C. He reasoned that some elements
hadn’t yet been discovered A. period
D. none of above B. group
89. Which of the following elements has 2 C. row
shells and both are completely filled? D. none of above
A. Helium
95. I designed the first periodic table in chem-
B. Neon
istry.
C. Calcium
A. Lavoisier
D. Boron
B. Newlands
90. Hydrogen is a:
C. Mendeleev
A. Alkali metal
D. Henry Moseley
B. Metalloid
C. Non-metal 96. Elements in group one will have va-
lence electron(s).
D. Noble gas
A. 1
91. Each period in the periodic table starts
with B. 2
A. metal C. 1 or 2
B. metalloid D. none of above
C. nonmetal
97. Modern periodic law had been given by
D. inert gas
A. Moseley
92. The electronegativity for 19K element
B. Mendeleev
is the electronegativity for 11Naele-
ment. C. Lavoisier
A. greater than D. Lother-Mayer

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.1 Modern periodic table 784

98. What is the other name for group 17 ele- 104. In periodic table elements with same
ments? number of shells/orbits are placed in
A. Noble gases A. Different groups
B. Alkali metals B. same groups
C. Alkali earth metals C. same periods
D. Halogens D. different periods

NARAYAN CHANGDER
99. The horizontal rows on the periodic table 105. Elements in the Modern Periodic table are
are called: arranged in order of
A. Shells A. Decreasing atomic number
B. Periods B. Decreasing atomic mass
C. Groups C. Increasing atomic number
D. Horizontals D. Increasing atomic mass

100. Who made the first recorded attempt to 106. What is the chemical symbol for Iodine?
list the elements? A. I
A. John Newlands B. Io
B. Antione Laviosier C. Id
C. Dmitri Mendeleev D. none of above
D. Henry Moseley 107. From L to R on the periodic table, the num-
ber of electrons
101. The atomic number tells you what?
A. increases across the period
A. number of electrons
B. decreases across the period
B. number of protons
C. increases down the group
C. number of neutrons
D. decreases down the group
D. both electrons and protons in an atom.
108. What are the elements in group 2 of the
102. What does Li mean? periodic table called?
A. Lanthanum A. Alkali metals
B. Lawrencium B. Alkaline earth metals
C. Lutetium C. Halogens
D. Lithium D. Noble gases
103. The word “periodic” in periodic table 109. The elements in the modern periodic table
refers to is ordered according to:
A. a regular, repeating pattern A. atomic weight.
B. organization of elements B. chemical and physical properties.
C. columns of elements C. atomic number.
D. increasing numbers of protons D. group.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.2 Electronic configuration & valence electrons 785

110. As you move from left to right across a ment


period, the atomic number will
C. increase by 1 from element to element

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. decrease by 1 from element to element
B. decrease by 2 from element to ele- D. increase by 2 from element to element

5.2 Electronic configuration & valence electrons


1. The valence configuration of the following B. Pauli’s Exclusion Principle
atoms that can form ion with a charge 3+
C. Hund’s Rule
except
A. 3s2 3p3 D. Core Notation

B. 4s2 3d1 6. Which species has the greater number of


C. 3s2 3p1 unpaired electrons?
D. 4s1 3d5 A. Cr3+
2. An orbital can at most hold how many elec- B. Fe3+
trons? C. P
A. 1 electron
D. Ge
B. 2 electrons
C. 3 electrons 7. What charge do electrons have?
D. 4 electrons A. Positive

3. Choose the element that does not contain B. Neutral


unpaired p-electrons in its valence shell C. Negative
A. 15P D. none of above
B. 18Ar
C. 16S 8. Which element has 2, 5 electrons per
shell?
D. 13Al
A. Oxygen
4. What rule(s) do you need to know for Elec-
B. Nitrogen
tron Configuration?
A. Aufbau Principle C. Phosphorus

B. Pauli Exclusion Principle D. Carbon


C. Hund’s Rule
9. Which of the orbital is call ‘dumbell
D. All of the above shaped’
5. All orbitals of equal energy (degenerate or- A. s
bitals) are occupied by one electron before B. p
any single orbital is occupied by a second
electron. C. d
A. Aufbau Principle D. f

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.2 Electronic configuration & valence electrons 786

10. Which of the following statements regard- and M2+ ion. (The letter M & M2+ are not
ing electronic orbitals is correct? the actual symbol of the element and ion
A. Each p-orbital can hold a maximum of respectively)
three electrons. A. M has six valence electrons.
B. The 3p-orbitals have a higher energy B. M2+ ion is more stable than M3+ ion.
level than the 3s-orbital.
C. M has four unpaired electrons.
C. The three 3p-orbitals have slightly dif-
D. M2+ has 26 electrons

NARAYAN CHANGDER
ferent energy levels.
D. The 1s-orbital has the same size and 16. How many electrons per shell does calcium
shape as the 2s-orbital. have?
11. What is the shape of the p orbital? A. 2, 8, 8, 2
A. spherical. B. 2, 8, 10
B. dumbbell shaped. C. 2, 8, 2, 8
C. four-leaf clover shaped. D. 2, 1, 8, 2
D. none of the above.
17. Within an energy level, which orbitals are
12. How many electrons can the first energy the lowest in energy?
level hold?
A. s
A. 1
B. f
B. 2
C. d
C. 8
D. p
D. 0

13. Which of the orbital is called ‘clover 18. The electronic configuration of X3+ ion is
shaped’ [Ar]3d10. Identify the position of the ele-
ment X in the Periodic Table. (The letter X
A. s and X3+ are not the actual symbol of the
B. p element and ion respectively)
C. d A. Period 3, Group 10
D. f B. Period 3, Group 13
14. What electron configuration matches an C. Period 4, Group 13
oxygen atom?
D. Period 4, Group 3
A. 1s22s22p63s2, 3p64s23d104p5
B. 1s22s22p4 19. The ion contains paired electrons in 3d or-
bitals is
C. 1s22s22p6
A. Ti2+
D. 1s22s22p63s23p64s23d1
B. Co4+
15. The element M is in Period 4 and forms
C. Fe3+
M2+ ion with six electrons in 3d orbital.
Choose the correct statement about the M D. Cu+

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.2 Electronic configuration & valence electrons 787

20. Calcium has an atomic number of 20. A A. 3p3


stable calcium ion has an electronic config-
B. 4s2 3d3
uration of

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


C. 2p5
A. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2
D. 3d5
B. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6
C. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s23p6 3d2 26. What is the shape of an s orbital?
D. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s1 A. sphere
21. Write the set quantum number for 3p. B. dumbbell
A. (3, 0, 0, +1/2) C. double dumbbell
B. (3, 1, 0, +1/2) D. TOO COMPLEX TO KNOW IT.
C. (3, 2, 0, +1/2) 27. electron configuration of Krypton
D. (3, 0, 1, +1/2)
A. 1s22s22p63s23p64s23d104p6
22. The element Q have four electrons in s- B. 1s22s22p63s23p64s23d104p5
orbitals and four electrons in p-orbitals.
C. 1s22s22p63s23p64s23d94p6
Choose the correct statement about Q.
(The letter Q is not the actual symbol of D. 1s22s22p63s23p54s23d104p6
the element)
28. The principle quantum number, n, repre-
A. Q is an element of Group 6
sents the:
B. Q can formed Q2+ ion
A. spin value
C. Q has four valence electrons
B. suborbital value
D. Q exist as a diatomic element
C. energy level
23. Which element has 2, 8, 8 electrons per D. magnetic value
shell?
A. Lead 29. Electrons occupy orbitals of lowest energy
first is part of what electron configuration
B. Fluorine
rule?
C. Neon
A. Hund’s Rule
D. Argon
B. Aufbau Principle
24. In 1s2, the 1 means C. Pauli Exclusion Principle
A. there is 1 electron D. none of above
B. the electrons are in the 1st energy
level 30. How many electrons total are found in the
f orbital?
C. the shape is circular
A. 2
D. there is a-1 charge
B. 6
25. The electron configurations of the Group
C. 10
15 element has the electrons in the high-
est sublevel energy D. 14

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.2 Electronic configuration & valence electrons 788

31. How many possible values are there for 36. What is meant by isolectronic?
the spin quantum number? A. Group of atoms or ions have the same
A. 2 electronic configuration
B. 3 B. Group of atoms or ions have the same
protonic configuration
C. 4
C. Group of atoms or ions have the same
D. 0 electrical properties

NARAYAN CHANGDER
32. Y2+ ion has 11 electrons in the third en- D. Group of atoms or ions have the same
ergy level. Choose the correct statement electron charge
about Y. (The letter Y and Y2+ are not the
37. orbitals fill in order of
actual symbol of the element and ion re-
spectively) A. increasing size
A. Y is p-block element B. increasing charge

B. Y has 13 protons C. increasing energy


D. none of above
C. Y has 5 valence electrons
D. Y has one unpaired electron 38. The vanadium atom (atomic number 23) in
its ground state has the electronic configu-
33. Which outer electron configuration would ration:
you expect to correspond to most reactive A. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d3 4s2
metal?
B. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d2 4s3
A. 2s2
C. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d1 4s2 4p2
B. 4s2
D. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d2 4s2 4p1
C. 6s1
39. Which electronic configuration matches an
D. 2s1 oxygen atom?
34. What electron configuration matches an A. 1s22s22p63s2, 3p64s23d104p5
oxygen ion? (Z=8) B. 1s22s22p4
A. 1s22s22p63s2, 3p64s23d104p5 C. 1s22s22p6
B. 1s22s22p4 D. 1s22s22p63s23p64s23d1
C. 1s22s22p6 40. How many orbitals are in the 4s sublevel
D. 1s22s22p63s23p64s23d1 A. 1

35. Which one of the following compounds con- B. 2


tains two ions with different electronic C. 3
configurations? D. 4
A. CaCl2
41. What is the example of species that are
B. MgF2 isolectronic?
C. MgO A. Na+ and Si4+
D. NaCl B. Na+ and Cl-

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.2 Electronic configuration & valence electrons 789

C. Mg2+ and Al + 47. The element W is in Period 4 and Group 5


D. S2-and O2- of the Periodic Table. The correct electronic
configuration of the element W at ground

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


42. The electronic configuration of an atom is state is (The letter W is not the actual
1s22s22p6. The number of valence elec- symbol of the element)
trons in the atom is
A. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d5
A. 3
B. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d3 4s2
B. 6
C. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d10 4s2 4p3
C. 8
D. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d5 4s2
D. 10
48. What is the symbol for angular quantum
43. How many unpaired electrons would
number?
lithium have?
A. n
A. 1
B. 2 B. l

C. 3 C. m
D. 0 D. s

44. The ion Z2-has the same electron config- 49. what are and how are cations formed
uration as the noble gas, neon. Choose A. negative ions and form via gain of elec-
the incorrect statement about Z. (The let- trons
ter Z2-and Z are not the actual symbol of
the ion and element respectively) B. positive ions and formed via loss of
electrons
A. Z is a Period 2 element
C. positive ions and formed via gain of
B. Z is a block p element electrons
C. Z has no unpaired electrons
D. negative ions and formed via loss of
D. Z exists as a diatomic element. electrons
45. Determine the element that has valence 50. Which two particles are contained in the
electron 3s 23p1(Z of Na = 11, Al = 13, nucleus of an atom?
Cl = 17, Mg = 12)
A. Protons and Neutrons
A. Na
B. Protons and Electrons
B. Al
C. Electrons and Neutrons
C. Cl
D. none of above
D. Mg
46. What electron configuration matches an 51. No two electrons in the same atom can
oxygen atom? (Z = 8) have the same four quantum numbers.
A. 1s22s22p63s2, 3p64s23d104p5 A. Aufbau Principle
B. 1s22s22p4 B. Pauli’s Exclusion Principle
C. 1s22s22p6 C. Hund’s Rule
D. 1s22s22p63s23p64s23d1 D. Noble gas notation

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.2 Electronic configuration & valence electrons 790

52. Write the electronic configuration for 58. The number of electrons in the 3d orbital
sodium Na (Z=11) of the atom of atomic number 27 is
A. 1s2 2s2 2p6 A. 5
B. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 B. 6
C. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s1 C. 7
D. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p4 D. 10
53. What is the charge of an atom that has

NARAYAN CHANGDER
59. What is the electronic configuration of
lost one electron? iron?
A. -1 A. 1s22s22p63s23p64s23d6
B. -2 B. 1s22s22p63s23p63d8
C. +1 C. 1s22p63s23p64s23d6
D. +2 D. 1s22s22p63s23p64s13d6
54. Choose the correct electron configurations 60. State the valence electronic configuration
represents an atom that forms a simple ion for Mg (Z=12)
with a charge of-2.
A. 3s2
A. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d7 4s2
B. 3s2 3p1
B. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6
C. 3s2 3p3
C. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p4
D. 3s2 3p4
D. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2
61. What is an orbit?
55. which of the following is not in an excited
state? A. An orbit is a part of the proton around
A. 1s1 2s1 the nucleus of an atom.

B. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s1 B. An orbit is a part of an electron around


the nucleus of an atom.
C. 1s2 2s2 2p5 3s1
C. An orbit is a part of the neutron around
D. 1s2 2s1 3p1 the nucleus of an atom
56. Shorthand configuration of K D. An orbit is a part of the nucleons
A. [Ar]4s2 around the nucleus of atom
B. [Ar]4s1 62. What is the Aufbau principle?
C. [Ar]4s23d9 A. Within an energy level, s orbitals are
D. none of above the lowest energy, followed by p, d and
then f
57. How many electrons can the third shell
B. The lower the principal quantum num-
have?
ber (n) the lower the energy.
A. Two
C. All three.
B. Eight
D. The Aufbau Principle states that elec-
C. Five trons enter the lowest energy orbitals
D. Three first.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.2 Electronic configuration & valence electrons 791

63. Write one set of quantum number for 3p C. 1s2 2s1


electron.
D. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2 3d10 4p5

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. (3, 0, 0, +1/2)
B. (3, 1, 0, +1/2) 69. How many electrons per shell does sodium
have?
C. (3, 2, 0, +1/2)
A. 2, 8
D. (3, 0, 1, +1/2)
B. 2, 8, 2
64. What is the electron configuration of
Cu2+? C. 2, 8, 1

A. [Ar]3d94s2 D. 2, 2, 8
B. [Ar]3d104s1 70. What atom matches this electron configu-
C. [Ar]3d9 ration? 1s22s22p63s23p64s23d10
D. [Ar]3d10 A. Zinc
65. Element Q forms a sulfate with formula B. Copper
QSO4Which of these could represent the C. Nickel
electronic configuration of an atom of Q?
D. Germanium
A. [Ne]3s1
B. [Ne]3s2 71. Which is the electron configuration for an
C. [Ne]3s23p1 oxygen atom? (Z=10)

D. [Ne]3s13p2 A. 1s22s22p63s23p64s2
B. electronic configuration1s22s22p4
66. All ions matches with this electronic config-
uration.Except? 1s22s22p63s23p6 C. 1s22s22p6
A. Al3+ D. 1s22s22p63s23p6
B. Cl-
72. How many electrons if l=1 for electronic
C. S2- configuration of Mg (Z=12)
D. Ca2+ A. 12
67. What is the electron configuration for a B. 6
Sulfur atom?
C. 3
A. 1s22s22p63p6
D. 2
B. 1s22s22p63s23p6
C. 1s22s22p63s23p4 73. FIND THE ELECTRONIC CONFIGURATION
OF Cl (At no = 17)
D. 3p4
A. 2, 8, 7
68. What is the electron configuration for gold
(Fe) element 26? B. 2, 8, 8
A. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2 3d6 C. 2, 8, 6
B. 1s1 D. 2, 8

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.2 Electronic configuration & valence electrons 792

74. Which one of the following contains no un- 80. What atom matches this electron configu-
paired electrons in the ground state? ration? 1s22s22p63s2
A. Be A. Neon
B. F B. Magnesium
C. Si C. Aluminum
D. N D. Potassium
75. Which is the electron configuration of

NARAYAN CHANGDER
34Se2-? 81. The highest electron in atom J has the
quantum number n = 3, l = 1, ml =-1.
A. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2 3d10 4p6 Choose the incorrect statement about J.
B. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d7 4p6 (The letter J is not the actual symbol of
C. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d10 4s2 4p6 the element)
D. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d2 4s2 3d10 4p4 A. J has 13 protons
B. J can form J+ ion
76. Which one of the following is the electronic
structure of a metal with a maximum oxi- C. J p-block element
dation state of +3? D. J is a metal
A. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s1
B. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p4 82. Which of the following requires that each
of the p orbitals at a particular level have
C. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p1 one electron before any of them can have
D. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d10 4s2 two electrons?
77. Which one of the following is the electronic A. Aufbau Principle
configuration of the bromine atom? B. Hund’s Rule
A. 1s22s22p63s23p63d104s14p6 C. Pauli Exclusion Principle
B. 1s22s22p63s23p63d104s24p7 D. both a and c.
C. 1s22s22p63s23p63d104s24p5
D. 1s22s22p63s23p63d104s24p6 83. What electron configuration matches a
bromine atom?
78. In 1s2, the 2 means A. 1s22s22p63s2, 3p64s23d104p5
A. there are 2 electrons in this level
B. 1s22s22p4
B. it is the 2nd energy level
C. 1s22s22p6
C. there is a +2 charge
D. 1s22s22p63s23p64s23d1
D. there is a-2 charge
79. Determine the element that has valence 84. what is the correct noble gas configuration
electron 3s 23p1 of Cr?

A. Na A. [Ar] 4s1 3d 5
B. Al B. [Ar] 4s2 3d 4
C. Cl C. [Kr] 4s1 3d 5
D. Mg D. [Kr] 4s2 3d 4

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 793

85. Which one of the following does not rep- A. 3


resent the electronic configuration of an
B. 6
atom in its ground state?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


C. 8
A. 1s2 2s2 2p3
D. 10
B. 1s2 2s2 2p4
C. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s1 91. Which one of the following is the maxi-
D. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3d1 mum number of atomic orbitals having a
principal quantum number of two?
86. How many unpaired electron of electronic
A. 2
configuration for Sulphur, S (Z=16)
B. 4
A. 1
B. 2 C. 8

C. 3 D. 9

D. 4 92. Electron must be arrange from low-


est energy to highest energy.State the
87. In 1s 2, the s means
rule/principle?
A. the shape of the orbital is circular
A. Hund’s Rule
B. the shape of the orbital is figure 8
B. Pauli Exclusion Principle
C. there are six electrons
C. Aufbau Principle
D. it is neutral
D. Zuhaizi Principle
88. What atom matches this electron configu-
93. To which one of the following energy lev-
ration? 1s22s22p63s33p64s23d104p65s24d105p66s24f145d9
A. Mercury els (denoted by n) does the electron in a
hydrogen atom return when the emission
B. Gold spectrum is in the ultraviolet region;
C. Platinum A. n= 1
D. Thallium B. n = 2
89. Which of the following correctly shows the C. n = 3
electronic configuration of Mg+2
D. n = 4
A. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2
B. 1s2 2s2 3s2 94. How many valence electrons does phos-
phorus have? (Z=15)
C. 1s2 2s2 2p6
A. 5
D. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p2
B. 2
90. The electron configuration of an atom is
C. 8
1s22s22p6. The number of electrons in
the atom is D. 15

5.3 Groups & periods

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 794

1. Silicon (Si) is 7. Where on the periodic table are the non


A. Metal metals located?

B. Nonmetal A. left

C. Metalloid B. right

D. none of above C. middle


D. none of above
2. What do you start electron configuration

NARAYAN CHANGDER
with? 8. Period 1, Group 18
A. 1s2 A. Hydrodgen
B. 1d10 B. Sodium
C. 1f14 C. Flourine
D. 1p6 D. Helium

3. What is the difference between the num- 9. Which two elements on the periodic table
ber of electrons in an atom of oxygen (O) are in the same period?
and the number of electrons in an atom of A. Se and Te
sodium(Na)?
B. Sn and Rb
A. 3
C. K and Ba
B. 5
D. F and Cl
C. 9
D. 12 10. What are the only 2 elements on the entire
periodic table that have 1 energy level?
4. How many energy levels does Sulfur (S) A. He (Helium) and Ne (Neon)
have?
B. H (Hydrogen) and He (Helium)
A. 16
C. H (Hydrogen) and Li (Lithium)
B. 2
D. There is only 1 H (Hydrogen)
C. 3
D. 32 11. Which element is found in group 17 (VIIA)
period 4?
5. Which of these is an actinide? A. Krypton (Kr)
A. U B. Xenon (Xe)
B. Ce C. Bromine (Br)
C. Cu D. Iodine (I)
D. Co
12. Which element is located in Group 11 &
6. which elements have 4 valence electrons? Period 4?
A. group 3 A. Vanadium
B. group 4 B. Cadmium
C. group 14 C. Copper
D. none of above D. Rhodium

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 795

13. Elements in the same have the same C. Oxygen


number of valence electrons D. Arsenic

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. group
19. Which elements have are in the same pe-
B. period riod?
C. row A. He and Ne
D. chart B. H and K
C. Be and Sb
14. The period number tells you the number of
D. Ca and Ge
A. protons
B. energy levels 20. How do you determine the number of va-
lence electrons an element has?
C. valence electrons
A. Look at its period
D. none of above
B. Look at its group
15. The element in Group 17, Period 2 is a C. Look at its atomic number
A. Metal D. Look at its atomic mass
B. Non-Metal 21. Which elements have 5 energy levels?
C. Metalloid A. Rb and Xe
D. none of above B. B and C

16. Which element on the Periodic Table is C. B and Ga


shiny, solid at room temperature, and has D. Rb and K
one valence electron on its atoms?
22. All elements in the same row have the
A. Lithium same number of shells.
B. Neon A. True
C. Aluminum B. False
D. Silicon C. Sometimes
D. none of above
17. Li would be
A. a highly reactive metal that explodes in 23. This element has two valence electrons
water and two energy levels?

B. a stable gas that does not react A. Beryllium (Be)


B. Lithium (Li)
C. a good conductor of electricity used in
buildings C. Zinc (Zn)
D. a rare earth metal that may be radioac- D. none of above
tive 24. Which of these is a halogen?
18. Which element is a noble gas and has 8 A. Cl
valence electrons? B. Al
A. Argon C. Li
B. Carbon D. La

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 796

25. Elements that have the same number of en- 31. Which is a highly reactive nonmetal
ergy levels are said to be in the same A. Bromine
A. group B. Carbon
B. period C. Helium
C. family D. Xenon (Xe)
D. classification
32. A scientist performs tests on a sample of

NARAYAN CHANGDER
26. Metals are ductile, meaning they can be an element. The element is a shiny solid
drawn into wire that conducts electricity and heat. The sci-
A. True entist is able to bend and flatten the sam-
ple when pressure is applied to it. Based
B. False on this information, the element could NOT
C. Never be a member of which group on the peri-
odic table?
D. none of above
A. Group 2
27. Which of the following groups does iron
B. Group 8
belong to?
C. Group 12
A. Alkali metals
B. Alkaline earth metals D. Group 18

C. Transition metals 33. Argon is a noble gas, which contains 18


D. Halogens electrons.What is the number of protons
in Argon?
28. Which of these is a lanthanide? A. 18
A. Tm B. 8
B. Ti C. 17
C. Th D. none of above
D. Tl
34. Which elements are least reac-
29. Elements in the same have the same tive(stable)?
number of energy levels. A. Group 1
A. group B. Group 8
B. period C. Group 18
C. row D. none of above
D. chart
35. Identify an element that belongs to group
30. The simplest substance is..? 17 (VIIA)
A. A mixture A. Cl
B. An element B. Na
C. Water C. H
D. A simple compound D. N

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 797

36. How many valence electrons are in an 42. Which element is considered a nonmetal
atom of Se? and is a liquid?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. 2 A. Carbon
B. 8 B. Helium
C. 6 C. Hydrogen
D. 5
D. Bromine
37. What element is in Group 3, Period 2?
43. energy levels, 6 valence electrons
A. Mg
A. Germanium
B. Does not exist
C. Sc B. Selenium

D. Be C. Arsenic
D. Hafnium
38. USE THE PERIODIC TABLEHow many va-
lence electrons does carbon have? 44. Which of these are all transition metals?
A. 4
A. Ti, Se, Ag
B. 12
B. Cr, Pd, Au
C. 6
C. Fe, Ni, Br
D. 14
D. F, Co, Zn
39. Which type of element is called a semicon-
ductor? 45. How many groups and periods are on the
A. Metal Periodic Table?
B. Nonmetal A. over 100 groups and periods
C. Metalloid B. 18 groups, 8 periods
D. none of above C. 18 periods, 7 groups
40. Which element is found in group 2 (2A) and D. 18 groups, 7 periods
period 4
46. What element is in Group 2, Period 4?
A. Hydrogen
B. Beryllium A. Ca (calcium)

C. Calcium B. Br (bromine)
D. Nitrogen C. Be (beryllium)

41. The number of electron shells surround- D. He (helium)


ing an atom’s nucleus is equal to the ele-
47. Which is NOT a property of a metal.
ment’s:
A. Period A. shiny

B. Group number B. malleable


C. Valence number C. ductile
D. Atomic number D. poor conductor of heat

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 798

48. The subatomic particle that determines the 54. Which type of element can be used for
identity of an element. wires (malleable and ductile)?
A. neutron A. Metal
B. proton B. Nonmetal
C. electron C. Metalloid
D. outer shell D. none of above

55. Which elements will react the same?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
49. The periodic table is mostly comprised of
what type of element? A. F and Br
A. Metals B. K and Ca
B. Nonmetals C. Cs and Se
C. Metalloids D. Li and Be
D. none of above
56. Which pair of properties describes the ele-
50. What determines the reactivity of an ele- ments in Group 18? (8.5C)
ment? A. They are chemically stable and liquid
A. Size of its nucleus at room temperature.
B. Number of total electrons B. They have eight valence electrons and
are flammable.
C. Number of valence electrons
C. They are magnetic and boil at low tem-
D. Number of shells
peratures.
51. Neon (Ne) is found in D. They are gaseous at room tempera-
A. Group 1A, period 3 ture and chemically stable.
B. Group 8A, period 2 57. Which electron configuration belongs to
C. Group 5A, period 3 Copper (Cu)?
D. Group 3A, period 2 A. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2 3d8
B. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2 3d9
52. periods on the periodic table tell you
C. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2 3d10
A. the number of valence electrons
D. none of above
B. the number of protons
C. the number of energy levels 58. is the only group 16 (VIA) element
that is a gas at room temperature
D. the total number of subatomic parti-
cles in the element A. sulfur
B. oxygen
53. A is an arrangement of elements in
rows C. helium
A. Periodic table D. neon
B. Period 59. Which of these is in group 1?
C. Group A. Na
D. Noble gases B. Ca

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 799

C. Ar 65. Which element has the same number of


electrons in the outermost energy level as
D. Ga
lithium?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


60. Which elements are stable? A. Hydrogen
A. Group 1 B. Beryllium
B. Group 8 C. Carbon

C. Group 18 D. Magnesium

D. none of above 66. groups on the periodic table tell you


A. the number of energy levels (rings)
61. The element in Group 5, Period 6 is a
B. the number of protons
A. Metal
C. the elements identity
B. Non-Metal
D. the number of valence electrons
C. Metalloid
67. Chlorine is a halogen-which means it is a
D. none of above
nonmetal that forms a “salt” when chemi-
cally combined with metals. What other el-
62. The elements on the Periodic Table are ar-
ements have this property in common with
ranged in order of increasing
chlorine? Use the periodic table.
A. atomic mass A. Fluorine, Bromine, Iodine
B. atomic number B. Sulfur, Oxygen, Boron
C. first ionization energy C. Neon, Argon, Krypton
D. selected oxidation state D. Hydrogen and Helium

63. periods on the periodic table go what di- 68. Elements in the same group or family have
rection all of this in common EXCEPT?
A. side to side A. same number of valence electrons
B. up and down B. React similarly

C. on a diagonal staircase C. have similar chemical properties


D. have the same number of energy lev-
D. both up and down and side to side
els
64. Cu would be 69. Define period
A. a highly reactive metal that explodes in A. electrons on the outermost ring of the
water electron cloud
B. a stable gas that does not react B. the mostly likely charge to develop
C. a good conductor of electricity used in when an atom gains or loses electrons to
buildings become like a Noble Gas

D. a rare earth metal that may be radioac- C. a row on the periodic table
tive D. a column on the periodic table

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 800

70. Get your periodic table out! How many va- 76. When the total number of protons and elec-
lence electrons does Nitrogen (N) have? trons in an atom is NOT equal the atom is
A. 5 A. an ion
B. 3 B. is a neutral atom
C. 15 C. an isotope
D. 7
D. none are correct

NARAYAN CHANGDER
71. How many valence electrons are found in
atoms of group 1? 77. Which number on the periodic table tells
you the number of valence electrons an el-
A. 7 ement has?
B. 6
A. Period Number
C. 4
B. Group Number
D. 1
C. Atomic Number
72. Which element is located in Group 3 & Pe- D. Mass number
riod 5?
A. Yttrium 78. The element in Period 4 and Group 1 of the
B. Scandium Periodic Table would be classified as a

C. Lanthanum A. metal
D. Magnesium B. nonmetal

73. What does the atomic mass tell you? C. metalloid

A. Basically, the number of electrons and D. noble gas


protons
79. groups on the periodic table go in what di-
B. The number of neutrons rection
C. Basically, the number of protons and A. side to side
neutrons
B. up and down
D. The number of protons.
C. both up and down and side to side
74. What element is in Group 8, Period 1?
D. diagonal on a staircase
A. Ar (argon)
B. H (Hydrogen) 80. A chemist is identifying the elements
C. Be (beryllium) present in a sample of seawater. What
characteristic of an element’s atoms al-
D. He (helium) ways determines the element’s identity?
(8.5B)
75. Which of these is a transition metal
A. Fe A. The number of protons

B. F B. The number of neutrons


C. Xe C. The location of valence electrons
D. Be D. The number of valence electrons

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 801

81. Group 18, Period 4 C. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 4p1


A. Krypton D. none of above

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Argon 86. Which of the following is a halogen?
C. Radon A. boron
D. Xenon B. beryllium
82. Which characteristic of calcium is most C. bromine
closely related to its chemical reactivity? D. barium
A. 20 protons in each calcium atom
87. Which of the following CANNOT be found
B. calcium’s density is 1.54 g.cm3 in period 5?
C. 2 valence electrons in each atom of cal- A. zirconium (Zr)
cium
B. silver (Ag)
D. one calcium atom has an atomic mass C. antimony (Sb)
of 40.078 amu
D. gold (Au)
83. Which group of lists best summarizes
the subatomic particles and their electrical 88. The number of energy levels are
charge? A. 1
A. proton, negativeneutron, positiveelec- B. 3
tron, no charge C. 5
B. proton, positiveneutron, no charge- D. 7
electron, negative
C. proton, positiveneutron, negativeelec- 89. Which element reacts the same as Kryp-
tron, no charge ton?
A. Bromine
D. proton, no chargeneutron, positive-
electron, negative B. Potassium
C. Neon
84. Why does group number 18 have the least
reactive elements? D. Chlorine
A. They all have an odd number of pro- 90. Which elements are in the same group?
tons.
A. N and As
B. They all have an even number of pro-
B. Xe and C
tons.
C. Ca and Si
C. They have the largest masses.
D. Na and Mg
D. Their electron shells are the most filled
and do not need to be very reactive. 91. Hydrogen (H) is
85. Identify the Electron Configuration for Alu- A. Metal
minum (Al) B. Nonmetal
A. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p1 C. Metalloid
B. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p3 D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 802

92. The majority of the periodic table is made 98. Which of the following is the correct num-
up of ber of protons, neutrons, and electrons for
A. Metals an atom of phosphorus?
B. Nonmetals A. protons = 15neutrons = 15electrons
= 15
C. Metalloids
B. protons = 15neutrons = 16electrons
D. Noble gases = 15
93. Which of these is in period 1?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. protons = 15neutrons = 16electrons
A. He = 16
B. Br D. protons = 16neutrons = 15electrons
= 16
C. Ge
D. Mo 99. How many energy levels does Calcium (Ca)
have?
94. What is the name of the group that has the
A. 2
MOST reactive METALS in it?
A. Alkaline earth B. 20

B. Alkali C. 4

C. transition D. 40

D. actinides 100. Which family of elements does not com-


bine with other elements unless under spe-
95. Which Group of the Periodic Table contains cial conditions in a laboratory?
atoms with a stable outer electron config-
uration? A. Noble gases
A. 1 B. Halogens
B. 8 C. Metalloids
C. 16 D. Alkaline earth metals
D. 18 E. Actinides

96. Rows on the period table are called 101. Which of the following groups of el-
while columns are called ements contain the most reactive non-
metals?
A. groups, families
A. noble gases
B. groups, periods
B. halogens
C. periods, groups
C. transition elements
D. families, groups
D. none of above
97. Which elements are stable and do not re-
act with anything? 102. Which of these is an alkali metal?
A. Group 1 A. Rb
B. Group 8 B. B
C. Group 18 C. Pb
D. none of above D. Bi

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 803

103. Elements in the same group have C. Sulfur is a yellow solid at STP.
A. Similar Properties D. Sulfur reacts with most metals.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Same number of shells 109. What statement is true about ALL of the
C. Similar Mass elements in Group 18 OR Group 8A?
D. none of above A. They ALL have 6 valence electrons.
B. They ALL are gases at room tempera-
104. The first energy shell can hold elec-
ture.
trons.
C. They ALL react easily with other ele-
A. 2
ments.
B. 8
D. They ALL form +2 charges.
C. 18
110. An unknown element conducts some heat
D. none of above
and electricity, has a shiny luster, and
105. What is the difference between the num- broke easily. This element is most likely
ber of electrons in an atom of selenium, Se, a
and the number of electrons in an atom of A. metal
aluminum, Al? (8.5A)
B. nonmetal
A. 13 C. metalloid
B. 34 D. cannot be determined
C. 52
111. What are valence electrons?
D. 21
A. The total number of electrons in an
106. Which of the following can be classified atom
as a chalcogen? B. The number of electrons in the outer-
A. sulfur (S) most shell
B. bismuth (Bi) C. The number of electrons in the second
shell
C. bromine (Br)
D. The number of protons in the outer-
D. silicon (Si)
most shell
107. Which element has the same number of
112. Identify the element located in both
energy levels as nitrogen?
Group 13 and Period 3 on the Periodic Ta-
A. Boron ble.
B. Chlorine A. Aluminum
C. Phosphorus B. Silicon
D. Silicon C. Sulfur
108. Which statement explains why sulfur is D. Indium
classified as a Group 16 element? 113. What atom is represented by 35 protons,
A. A sulfur atom has 6 valence electrons. 45 neutrons, and 35 electrons?
B. A sulfur atom has 16 neutrons. A. Mercury

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 804

B. Bromine 119. The subatomic particles that are located


C. Rhodium the farthest from the nucleus which form
bonds are:
D. Ytterbium
A. Valence electrons
114. Compared to the atoms of nonmetals in B. Valence protons
Period 3, the atoms of metals in Period 3
have C. Periodic electrons

A. fewer valence electrons D. Periodic protons

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. more valence electrons 120. Elements in the same group have what in
C. fewer electron shells common?
A. same number of protons
D. more electron shells
B. similar chemical properties
115. Elements Q, X, and Z are in the same
C. same number of energy levels
group on the Periodic Table and are listed
in order of increasing atomic number. The D. none of above
melting point of element Q is-219◦ C and 121. The tells us how many energy shells
the melting point of element Z is-7◦ C. an element has.
Which temperature is closest to the melt-
ing point of element X? A. group
A. -7◦ C B. period
B. -101◦ C C. atomic number

C. -219◦ C D. element symbol

D. -226◦ C 122. Which elements have the same number of


valence electrons?
116. Which elements are found on the left side
A. N and O
of the Periodic Table?
B. S and Cl
A. Metals
C. N and Sb
B. Nonmetals
D. S and P
C. Metalloids
D. Candles 123. Get your periodic table out! How many
valence electrons does Carbon (C) have?
117. Which of these is a noble gas?
A. 3
A. Ar
B. 6
B. Al
C. 4
C. Ag D. 14
D. Au
124. Horizontal rows on the periodic table are
118. We use M.A.N. to find the number of called ?
A. Protons A. groups
B. Electrons B. periods
C. Neutrons C. rows
D. Shells D. families

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 805

125. Define oxidation number C. metal, non-metal, metalloid


A. electrons on the outermost ring of the D. natural, synthetic

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


electron cloud
131. Which elements are the noble gases?
B. the mostly likely charge to develop
when an atom gains or loses electrons to A. Group 1
become like a Noble Gas B. Group 8
C. a row on the period table C. Group 18
D. a column on the period table D. none of above
126. Ionic bonds are between 132. Elements in the same have similar
A. Metal and Non-metal chemical properties.
B. Non-metal and Non-metal A. group
C. Metal and Metal B. period
D. none of above C. club
D. table
127. Which type of element can conduct heat
and electricity? 133. Define group
A. Metal A. electrons on the outermost ring of the
B. Nonmetal electron cloud
C. Metalloid B. the mostly likely charge to develop
when an atom gains or loses electrons to
D. none of above
become like a Noble Gas
128. This element can be found in group 17 and C. a row on the period table
period 4.
D. a column on the period table
A. Bromine
B. Iodine 134. A grouping of elements based on similar
chemical properties, arranged by vertical
C. Potassium columns in the periodic table; also known
D. Krypton as a group
A. family/group
129. The periodic table elements are arranged
by (which are in numerical order): B. period
A. atomic mass C. row
B. atomic number D. isotope
C. valence electrons 135. How many protons are in an atom of mag-
D. number of isotopes nesium?

130. Which is NOT a way the periodic table A. 3


gets organized? B. 12
A. alphabetic order C. 24
B. solid, liquid, gas D. 40

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 806

136. How many neutrons does Lithium have? 142. Lithium has an atomic number of 3 and
A. 3 a mass number of 7. How many neutrons
does Lithium have?
B. 4
A. 3
C. 7
B. 4
D. none of above
C. 7
137. Which side of the Periodic Table would D. none of above

NARAYAN CHANGDER
you find the metals?
143. Neon (Ne) is
A. left
A. Metal
B. right
B. Nonmetal
C. center
C. Metalloid
D. bottom
D. none of above
138. Elements in the same period have what
144. The element in Group 14, Period 3 on the
in common?
Periodic Table is classified as a
A. same number of valence electrons
A. metal
B. react the same
B. metalloid
C. have the same protons C. noble gas
D. same number of energy levels D. nonmetal
139. Which two elements are in the same pe- 145. Which elements have 1 valence elec-
riod? tron?
A. F and Cl A. period 1
B. Sn and Rb B. group 1
C. K and Ba C. group 4
D. Se and Te D. none of above
140. What is the mass number and name of an 146. La would be
element with 8 protons and 8 neutrons? A. a highly reactive metal that explodes in
A. 16-Carbon water
B. 16-Oxygen B. a stable gas that does not react
C. 24-Oxygen C. a good conductor of electricity used in
buildings
D. 8-Neon
D. a rare earth metal that may be radioac-
141. valence electron, 4 energy levels tive
A. Calcium
147. Which of these is a metal but not a tran-
B. Magnesium sition metal?
C. Scandium A. Ca
D. Potassium B. Ta

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 807

C. Ni 153. Identify the element that belongs to


D. Fe group 1:

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


E. Ar A. calcium
B. chlorine
148. USE THE PERIODIC TABLEHow many va-
lence electrons does Phosphorus have? C. sodium

A. 31 D. phosphorus

B. 5 154. Which elements have the same number of


C. 15 energy levels?

D. 4 A. F and Br
B. K and Ca
149. Which element has similar chemical prop-
erties as sodium but has 7 energy levels? C. Cs and Se

A. Francium (Fr) D. Li and Na


B. Cesium (Cs) 155. Which element is found in group 14 (IVA),
C. Rubidium (Rb) period 2?
D. Potassium (K) A. Ca
B. Cs
150. The ability of a metal to be drawn into a
wire is C. Cd
A. conductivity D. C
B. malleability 156. Valence electrons are only found in these
C. ductility sub levels.
D. bend ability A. s only
B. s and p
151. Calcium (Ca) is
C. s, d, p, f
A. Metal
D. d and f
B. Nonmetal
C. Metalloid 157. Which of these is not in group 18
D. none of above A. He
B. Ne
152. A researcher wants to experiment with
an element that reacts like phosphorus (P) C. Xe
but has a greater atomic mass. Which el- D. Se
ement should the researcher select for the
experiment? (8.5C) 158. Sodium (Na) is found in
A. Nitrogen (N) A. Group 1A, period 3
B. Arsenic (As) B. Group 8A, period 2
C. Sulfur (S) C. Group 5A, period 3
D. Silicon (Si) D. Group 3A, period 2

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 808

159. What element is in Group 5, Period 6? C. metalloids


A. Mo D. transition metals
B. Ta
165. The most reactive group of metals are
C. V the:
D. Lu
A. halogens
160. He would be B. alkali earth

NARAYAN CHANGDER
A. a highly reactive metal that explodes in C. transition
water
D. alkali
B. a stable gas that does not react
C. a good conductor of electricity used in 166. All of the following are in Group 8 EX-
buildings CEPT
D. a rare earth metal that may be radioac- A. iron (Fe)
tive
B. osmium (Os)
161. Group 16, Period 3 C. neptunium (Np)
A. Phosphorus D. hassium (Hs)
B. Sulfur
C. Aluminum 167. groups/families on the periodic table go
in what direction
D. Oxygen
A. side to side
162. What is this element? 1s22s22p63s2
B. up and down
A. Neon
C. both up and down and side to side
B. Magnesium
D. diagonal on a staircase
C. Aluminum
D. Potassium 168. Which type of element can behave as a
metal and a nonmetal?
163. Which number on the periodic table tells
you the number of energy levels an ele- A. Metal
ment has? B. Nonmetal
A. Period Number C. Metalloid
B. Group Number D. none of above
C. Atomic Number
169. Which element is found in group 15 (5A)
D. Mass Number
and period 2
164. Elements that are poor conductors of heat A. Hydrogen
and electricity. Many are gasses at room
temperature B. Beryllium
A. metals C. Calcium
B. nonmetals D. Nitrogen

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 809

170. The majority of elements on the periodic 176. How many energy levels does Silver (Ag)
table are have?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. man made. A. 47
B. nonmetals. B. 108
C. metals. C. 5
D. gases. D. 11
171. electron has a charge 177. The model of an atom that shows elec-
A. positive trons in circular orbits around the nucleus
is called the:
B. negative
A. Bohr Model
C. neutral
D. no charge B. Lewis Dot Structure
C. Rutherford Model
172. Group 2, Period 3
D. Thomson Model
A. Sodium
B. Beryllium 178. A horizontal row on the Periodic Table of
Elements is called a
C. Magnesium
A. family
D. Calcium
B. period
173. Which Period 4 element has the most
C. row
metallic properties?
A. As #33 D. isotope

B. Ge #32 179. Which particles make up the nucleus of an


C. Br #35 atom?

D. Sc #21 A. protons and neutrons


B. electrons and protons
174. The period that an element is in, tells you
what? C. electrons, protons, and neutrons
A. Number of protons D. electrons and neutrons
B. Number of electrons 180. Which pair of properties describes the el-
C. Number of valence electrons ements in Group 18?
D. Number of shells A. They are chemically stable and liquid
at room temperature
175. Which of the following is a lanthanide el-
ement? B. They have 8 valence electrons and are
flammable
A. tantalum (Ta)
C. They are magnetic and boil at low tem-
B. europium (Eu) peratures
C. tin (Sn) D. They are gaseous at room tempera-
D. curium (Cm) ture and chemically stable

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 810

181. What group would you find the semi- C. 8


conductor Silicon?
D. 32
A. metals
B. nonmetals 187. Which two elements on the periodic table
are in the same period? (8.5C)
C. metalloids
A. Sn and Rb
D. Actinides
B. K and Ba

NARAYAN CHANGDER
182. select the three that go together
C. F and Cl
A. group number
D. Se and Te
B. chemical reactivity
C. energy levels 188. What is the name of the group that never
reacts ever ever they are stable with
D. valence electrons a full outermost ring!!!
183. As you move left to right on a row or pe- A. noble gases
riod what happens?
B. transition
A. Atomic number increases by 1
C. halogens
B. Electrons decrease
D. borons
C. Number of shells decrease
D. none of above 189. Which element has 2 valence electrons?
A. Phosphorous
184. The Modern Periodic Table is organized
based on B. Magnesium
A. the atomic mass. C. Lithium
B. increasing atomic number. D. Hydrogen
C. similar properties.
190. An element with a mass number of 10
D. none are correct. and an atomic number of 6 has how many
protons?
185. In which group of the Periodic Table do
most of the elements exhibit both positive A. 5
and negative oxidation states? B. 8
A. 17
C. 6
B. 2
D. 10
C. 12
D. 7 191. The largest group of the Periodic Table is
made up of
186. With the exception of energy level #1, A. metalloids
the maximum number of valence electrons
in any energy level is B. ions
A. 2 C. metals
B. 4 D. nonmetals

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 811

192. Valence electrons are the C. used to form compounds


A. Innermost electrons D. determine the number of isotopes of

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. Middle electrons an element
C. Outermost electrons 198. Group 14, Period 4
D. Any electrons A. Arsenic
193. The outer transition metals are located on B. Germanium
the of the Periodic Table.
C. Gallum
A. top
D. Tin
B. bottom
C. left 199. Which of the following CANNOT be found
in the Actinide series?
D. right
A. actinium (Ac)
194. Define valence electrons
B. neptunium (Np)
A. electrons on the outermost ring of the
C. mendelevium (Md)
electron cloud
B. the mostly likely charge to develop D. seaborgium (Sg)
when an atom gains or loses electrons to
200. The group that does not form compounds
become like a Noble Gas
and is not reactive are the
C. a row on the periodic table
A. Alkali Metals
D. a column on the periodic table
B. Halogens
195. Which element has 7 energy levels? C. Noble Gases
A. Nitrogen
D. Alkali Earth Metals
B. Barium
C. Cesium 201. Get your periodic table out! How
many valence electrons does Sodium (Na)
D. Radium have?
196. Which statement is true about the Alka- A. 11
line Earth metals family? B. 1
A. They have 2 valence electrons.
C. 2
B. They are found on the right side of the
D. 6
periodic table.
C. They form-2 charges. 202. What element is located in Group 18 &
D. They tend to gain valence electrons. Period 5?
A. Xenon
197. What is the major role of valence elec-
trons? B. Krypton
A. form ions C. Radon
B. used to determine atomic mass D. Helium

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.3 Groups & periods 812

203. The elements in a column of the periodic 208. A positively charged particle found in the
table nucleus of the atom
A. have similar atomic numbers A. Proton
B. start with the same letter B. Electron
C. have similar reactivity C. Neutron

D. have the same number of energy lev- D. none of above


els 209. Which electron configuration belongs to

NARAYAN CHANGDER
Chlorine (Cl)?
204. Most of the mass of an atom is contained
here. A. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p5

A. electron orbitals B. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6


C. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p7
B. nucleus
D. none of above
C. shells
D. atomic # 210. Iodine is a nonmetal. What is one prop-
erty of iodine?
205. What period and group is Flourine on the A. conductivity
periodic table? B. dull appearance
A. Period 7, Group 3 C. malleability
B. Period 5, Group 4 D. ductility
C. Period 2, Group 17 211. Which element has the same number of
D. Period 8, Group 2 energy levels as Aluminum?
A. Oxygen
206. In the 19th century, Dmitri Mendeleev
predicted the existence of a then unknown B. Sodium
element X with a mass of 68. He also pre- C. Gold
dicted that an oxide of X would have the D. Boron
formula X2O3. On the modern Periodic Ta-
ble, what is the group number and period 212. The negative charge particles that float
number of element X? around the outside of the atom
A. Group 12, Period 3 A. Proton
B. Group 13, Period 3 B. Neutron
C. Group 13, Period 4 C. Electron

D. Group 15, Period 2 D. none of above


213. How many energy levels are found in Pe-
207. Which element is not a metal? riod 2?
A. H A. 1
B. Re B. 2
C. Al C. 3
D. Co D. 4

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.4 Periodic trends in valency and atomic size 813

214. Which of the following elements has the C. zinc (Zn)


most similar chemical properties as Sodium D. bromine (Br)
(Na)?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Beryllium (Be) 219. How many valence electrons and energy
levels does (Pb) lead have?
B. Magnesium (Mg)
C. Potassium (K) A. 4 valence electrons and 6 energy lev-
els
D. none of above
B. 6 valence electrons and 4 energy lev-
215. The group number tells you the number els
of
C. 5 valence electrons and 5 energy lev-
A. protons els
B. valence electrons D. 5 valence electrons and 10 energy lev-
C. energy levels els
D. none of above 220. how many groups/families are on the ta-
216. what do valence electrons tell you? ble

A. the number of electrons A. 15


B. the period number B. 16
C. the mass of the element C. 17
D. the elements reactivity D. 18

217. An atom of an element forms a 2+ ion. 221. When the elements in Group 1 are consid-
In which group on the Periodic Table could ered in order from top to bottom, each suc-
this element be located? cessive element at standard pressure has
A. 1 (use table S)
B. 2 A. a higher melting point and a higher
boilingpoint
C. 13
B. a higher melting point and a lower boil-
D. 17
ingpoint
218. Which element has 30 protons in its nu- C. a lower melting point and a higher boil-
cleus? ingpoint
A. copper (Cu) D. a lower melting point and a lower boil-
B. cadmium (Cd) ingpoint

5.4 Periodic trends in valency and atomic size


1. (select 2) Atomic Radius energy increases C. Left to Right across a Period
as you move
D. Right to Left across a Period
A. Down a Group
2. Which of these elements has the largest
B. Up a Group atomic radius

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.4 Periodic trends in valency and atomic size 814

A. aluminum 8. is the element with the fewest protons


B. calcium that can
C. sulfur A. hydrogen
D. potassium B. helium
3. a negatively charged subatomic particle C. oganesson
that orbits the nucleus of an atom
D. lawrencium
A. proton

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. neutron 9. As you move from left to right across a
C. electron period of the periodic table, the number of
valence electrons
D. matter
A. Decreases
4. The atom with the largest atomic radius in
Group 18 is- B. Increases
A. Ar C. Stays the same
B. He
D. none of above
C. Kr
D. Rn 10. Elements on the periodic table are clas-
sified into which three major categories
5. (select 2) Ionization energy increases as (classes)?
you move
A. atomic number, chemical symbol, ele-
A. Down a Group
ment name
B. Up a Group
B. solid, liquid, gas
C. Left to Right across a Period
D. Right to Left across a Period C. metals, nonmetals, metalloids

6. As you move from top to bottom down a D. period, row, columns


group on the periodic table, the number of
valence electrons 11. The element with the highest electronega-
tivity is-
A. Decreases
B. Increases A. At

C. Stays the same B. F


D. none of above C. Cl
7. If an electron is closer to the nucleus, it will D. Br
be (harder, easier) to remove that electron
and its ionization energy will be (high, low 12. Which has the highest electronegativity?
)
A. beryllium
A. Easier, High
B. lithium
B. Easier, Low
C. Harder, High C. nitrogen
D. Harder, Low D. arsenic

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.4 Periodic trends in valency and atomic size 815

13. Which atom has the largest atomic ra- 18. The energy it takes to remove an electron
dius? from an atom in the gas phase

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. potassium A. electron affinity
B. rubidium B. electronegativity
C. francium C. metallic character
D. cesium D. ionization energy

14. Which periodic group has the smallest 19. are elements that are poor conductors
atomic radius? of heat and electricity. They are usually
dull and brittle.
A. Alkali metals
A. metals
B. Halogens
B. nonmetals
C. Noble Gases
C. metalloids
D. Transition metals
D. gasses
15. are elements that are good conductors
20. are elements that have some proper-
of heat and electricity. They are usually
ties of metals and some properties of non-
shiny and malleable.
metals.
A. metals
A. metals
B. nonmetals
B. nonmetals
C. metalloids
C. metalloids
D. gasses D. gasses
16. The first orbital can hold electrons. 21. Which of the group 13 elements is the
A. 2 smallest?
B. 8 A. B
C. 18 B. Ti
D. 0 C. Fr
D. Ga
17. Sodium (Na) and potassium (K) are in the
same group on the periodic table. Based 22. Which of the following elements has the
on their locations, which statement about greatest amount of energy levels?
sodium and potassium is true?
A. Boron
A. Sodium is less electronegative than
B. Gallium
potassium.
C. Thallium
B. Sodium has fewer energy levels than
potassium. D. They have the same number of energy
levels.
C. Sodium has a larger ionic radius than
potassium. 23. Which of the following will have a larger
D. Sodium has lower ionization energy radius than Zinc?
than potassium. A. Gallium

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.4 Periodic trends in valency and atomic size 816

B. Aluminum 29. Which of the following sequences corre-


sponds to a correct trend in ionization en-
C. Magnesium
ergy?
D. Strontium
A. Cl > S > P > Al
24. Which of the following will have a lower B. Sr > Ca > Mg > Be
ionization energy than Scandium (Sc)?
C. Rb > K > Na > Li
A. Helium (He)
D. Rb > Sr > I > Xe

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. Titanium (Ti)
C. Calcium (Ca) 30. As you move down the periodic table
atoms get bigger. This is because
D. Magnesium (Mg)
A. The atoms have more mass.
25. Which atom has the smallest metallic char- B. The atoms have more protons.
acter?
C. The atoms have more energy levels
A. O
D. The atoms have more nuetrons
B. Ba
C. Co 31. The periodic table

D. K A. has never changed since the time of


Aristotle.
26. Effective Nuclear Charge can be repre- B. changes whenever someone makes a
sented by claim that it should whether or not there
A. Z is evidence.
B. EN C. always has been the same and will
never change.
C. NCh
D. changes as scientist have new data
D. Zeff about new elements.
E. X
32. Which is a halogen?
27. This tells you the total number of protons A. Helium
plus the neutrons in an atom
B. Chlorine
A. Atomic Number
C. Oxygen
B. Valence
D. Neptune
C. Atomic Mass
D. none of above 33. As you move from top to bottom down a
group on the periodic table, the number of
28. metallic character is greatest energy levels
A. in the top right corner A. Decreases
B. in the bottom right corner B. Increases
C. in the top left corner C. Stays the same
D. in the bottom left corner D. none of above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.4 Periodic trends in valency and atomic size 817

34. What is true about the position of all met- B. the atoms have less mass
als in the periodic table? C. the atoms have more protons.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. They are in the group 3. D. the atoms have less electrons.
B. They are in period 1.
39. Which is an alkali metal?
C. They are to the right of the zigzag line
created by the metalloids. A. Magnesium

D. They are to the left of the zigzag line B. Iron


created by the metalloids. C. Sodium
E. They are the touching the zigzag line D. Europium
created by the metalloids.
40. Which of the following atomic symbols for
35. Francium (Fr) has the lowest ionization en- bromine is written correctly?
ergy in Group 1 because- A. bR
A. it has the smallest number of valence B. BR
electrons
C. Br
B. it has the greatest atomic mass
D. br
C. it has the greatest number of protons,
so it attracts its electrons the strongest 41. Using your periodic table, locate the el-
D. its 1 valence electron is very far from ement with the average atomic mass of
the nucleus, so little energy is needed to 101.07 What is the element symbol for
remove it this element?
A. Me (mendelevium)
36. What term is used to describe “an atom’s
tendency to attract electrons to itself B. Os (osium)
when is is chemically combined with an- C. Ru (ruthenium)
other element”
D. No (nobelium)
A. electronation
42. Which element has the lowest ionization
B. electron affinity
energy?
C. electronegativity
A. chlorine
D. electrolysis
B. sodium
37. Which of these elements has the greatest C. sulfur
atomic radius?
D. phosphorus
A. H
43. a subatomic particle, contained in the nu-
B. N cleus of an atom, having the same mass
C. Cl as a proton but no electrical charge
D. Cs A. proton

38. As you move across the periodic table B. neutron


atoms tend to get smaller because, C. electron
A. the atoms have more mass. D. matter

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.4 Periodic trends in valency and atomic size 818

44. . The periodic table has a lot of informa- 49. Elements between metals and nonmetals
tion in the form of letters and number. The are called
information is organized into boxes, which A. Gasses
are placed into rows and columns. Which
of the following does each box represent? B. Metalloids
C. Radioactive
A. a group
D. none of above
B. a period
50. Which halogen is found in period 4?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. an element
D. an atom A. Krypton (Kr)
B. Xenon (Xe)
45. which of the following families is the least
C. Bromine (Br)
electronegative?
D. Iodine (I)
A. noble gases
B. Halogens 51. Atomic radius decreases from left to right
across a period because from left to right
C. transition metals there is
D. alkali metals A. increasing number of valence elec-
trons
46. As atoms of elements in group 16 are con-
sidered in order from top to bottom, the B. increasing shielding
electronegativity of each successive ele- C. increasing effective nuclear charge
ment D. increasing number of protons in the nu-
A. decreases cleus
B. increases 52. Elements in the same column
C. remains the same A. atomic mass
D. none of the above B. color
C. physical properties
47. Electronegativity is
D. chemical properties
A. the ability of an atom to attract/ accept
electrons in a compound 53. Using your periodic table, locate the ele-
B. the ability of an atom to lose electrons ment with the atomic number of 35. What
is the element name for this element?
C. the energy required to remove an elec-
A. B (boron)
tron from a specific atom
B. He (helium)
D. how easy it is to make friends.
C. Cl (chlorine)
48. Ionization energy increases D. Br (bromine)
A. from L to R and from bottom to top
54. Atomic Radius is
B. from L to R and from top to bottom
A. the relative size of the atom’s nucleus
C. from R to L and from bottom to top
B. the relative size of the atom’s electron
D. from R to L and from top to bottom cloud

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.4 Periodic trends in valency and atomic size 819

C. the energy required to shield the outer B. Increases


electrons from the nucleus
C. Stays the same

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


D. a measure of the ability of an atom to
attract electrons D. none of above

55. All atoms of a given element contain: 60. You have an that has an atomic mass of 23
A. the same number of protons and an atomic number of 11. How many
neutrons does it have?
B. the same number of neutrons
A. 12
C. the same number of electrons
D. the same number of protons, neutrons, B. 13
and electrons C. 14
E. none of the subatomic particles will be D. 11
the same-every atom is different
61. The element with the lowest electronega-
56. The ability to attract an electron in a chem-
tivity in Period 3 is-
ical bond
A. electronegativity A. Na
B. electron affinity B. Cl
C. metallic character C. Ar
D. ionization energy D. Mg
57. The ionization energy of Na is larger than
62. Effective Nuclear Charge describes how
Cs because
atoms in the same have similar ,
A. Na has a greater effective nuclear but increasing numbers of as you move
charge
B. Na has fewer energy levels and less A. period / valency states / protons / left
shielding
B. family / charges / electrons / down
C. Cs has a greater effective nuclear
charge than Na C. period / electron shielding / protons /
D. Cs has more valence electrons than Na right
D. family / properties / electrons / up
58. The name of the particles in the furthest
shell 63. Electron Shielding:relative shielding of va-
A. Electrons lence electrons from their positive nucleus
B. Neutrons due to
C. Protons A. Electromagnetic force
D. Valence Electrons B. Distance between the valence elec-
trons and the nucleus
59. As you move from left to right across a
period of the periodic table, the number of C. Principle Energy Levels between them
energy levels D. the ratio of valence electrons to pro-
A. Decreases tons in the nucleus

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.4 Periodic trends in valency and atomic size 820

64. What do elements in the same group on 69. A measure of the size of an atom, and is
the periodic table have in common? generally defined as the distance from the
A. They have the same number of pro- nucleus to the outermost electron orbit
tons. A. chemical reactivity
B. They have the same atomic number. B. atomic radius
C. They have similar chemical symbols. C. energy levels
D. They have the same number of valence D. orbit

NARAYAN CHANGDER
electrons.
70. the positively charged subatomic particle
E. They have the same average atomic contained in the nucleus of an atom
mass.
A. proton
65. Electronegativity from left to right B. neutron
within a period and from top to bot- C. electron
tom within a group.
D. matter
A. decreases, increases
B. increases, increases 71. Which describe how elements are ar-
ranged in the periodic table?
C. increases, decreases
A. by decreasing atomic number
D. stays the same, increases
B. alphabetical order by element symbol
66. Which element has the highest ionization C. by increasing atomic mass
energy?
D. by increasing atomic number
A. phosphorus
E. by decreasing atomic mass
B. selenium
72. This tells you the number of protons in an
C. flourine
atom
D. calcium
A. Atomic Number
67. Ionization energy is B. Atomic Mass
A. the energy required to add an electron C. AMU
to a specific atom D. none of above
B. how much energy it takes to remove
an electron from an atom 73. Which has the lowest electron affinity?

C. the energy required to shield the outer A. polonium


electrons from the nucleus B. tellurium
D. a measure of the ability of an atom to C. selenium
attract electrons D. sulfur
68. As we travel from RIGHT to LEFT on the 74. (select 2) Electronegativity energy in-
periodic table, ionization energy creases as you move
A. Increases A. Down a Group
B. Decreases B. Up a Group
C. Stays the same C. Left to Right across a Period
D. none of above D. Right to Left across a Period

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 821

75. Which element has the smallest atomic ra- 78. What makes an element reactive
dius? A. how easily they gain or loose electrons

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. krypton B. how many valence electrons they have
B. bromine C. how much electron shielding they have
C. arsenic D. how many neutrons they have
D. potassium
79. is credited with creating the periodic
76. The charge of an atom that has an equal table.
number of protons and electrons A. Sir Isaac Newton
A. Protons B. Albert Einstein
B. Neutral C. Marie Curie
C. Electrons D. Dmitri Mendeleev
D. none of above
80. The element with the smallest ionization
77. What is the name of group number 1? energy in Period 6 is-
A. halogens A. Rn
B. noble gases B. Cs
C. alkali metals C. Os
D. alkaline earth metals D. Tm

5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters


1. What is this element? 1s22s22p63s23p64s23d104p4
C. quadrants
A. Argon D. rows
B. Krypton 4. Arrange the following elements in order of
C. Selenium increasing electronegativity (i.e. smallest
to largest):Ge, Ca, Br
D. Bromide
A. Ge, Ca, Br
2. Atoms that have a high electronegativity, B. Br, Ca, Ge
C. Ca, Br, Ge
A. give up their electrons more easily.
D. Ca, Ge, Br
B. hold on to their electrons more tightly.
E. Br, Ge, Ca
C. have more electron shells.
5. Which is the electron configuration for an
D. none of above oxygen atom?
3. Vertical columns of elements (families) on A. 1s22s22p63s23p64s2
the periodic table with similar properties B. 1s22s22p4
A. groups C. 1s22s22p6
B. periods D. 1s22s22p63s23p6

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 822

6. Which characteristic is not a periodic 11. Which element in Group 2 on the Periodic
trend? Table has the greatest metallic character?
A. atomic radius A. Ca
B. electron affinity B. Be
C. ionization energies C. Ra
D. number of elements in a group D. Ba

NARAYAN CHANGDER
7. Which element is located in period 4 and 12. Vertical columns of elements (families) on
group 5? the periodic table with similar valence elec-
tron configurations and similar properties
A. Vanadium (V)
A. groups
B. Zirconium (Zr)
B. periods
C. Niobium (Nb)
C. quadrants
D. Titanium (Ti)
D. rows
8. Which list includes elements with the most
similar chemical properties? 13. Consider the following definition:“The
ability of an atom to attract electrons in
A. Be, Mg, Ca
a chemical bond.” This is the definition of
B. Al, Si, P
A. electron affinity
C. O, S, Cl
B. ionization energy
D. Be, Mg, Ca
C. electronegativity
9. Which atom has a stable electron configu- D. ionic radius
ration?
14. An atom has 7 electrons. An ion of that
A. Arsenic
same element has 10 electrons. Which 2
B. Bromine things are true?
C. Krypton A. Ion has positive charge, smaller radius
D. Fluorine B. Ion has positive charge, larger radius

10. The bright-line spectrum of an element in C. Ion has negative charge, smaller ra-
the gaseous phase is produced as dius

A. protons move from lower energy D. Ion has negative charge, larger radius
states to higher energy states
15. not able to conduct heat or electricity, little
B. protons move from higher energy to no metallic luster
states to lower energy states
A. Non-metals
C. electrons move from lower energy
B. noble gases
states to higher energy states
C. atomic mass
D. electrons move from higher energy
states to lower energy states D. Neutron

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 823

16. Which statement describes the general B. not able to conduct heat or electricity,
trends in electronegativity and first ioniza- little to no metallic luster
tion energy as the elements in Period 3 are

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


C. A subatomic particle that has a nega-
considered from Na to Cl?
tive charge
A. Electronegativity increases, ionization
D. A small particle in the nucleus of the
energy decreases
atom, with no electrical charge
B. Electronegativity decreases, ioniza-
tion energy increases 21. Many nonmetals are at room temper-
C. Both increase ature.

D. Both decrease A. Solids


B. Liquids
17. Which of the following forms an ion that
has a radius that is smaller than the neu- C. Gases
tral atom? I. KII. AgIII. S D. none of above
A. I only
22. Metallic properties as you go from
B. II only
RIGHT to LEFT across the periodic table
C. III only
A. Increase
D. both I and II
B. Decrease
E. both II and III
C. Stay the same
18. The electronegativity of Cl is the highest
D. none of above
in Period 2. Why?
A. Cl is the largest and has the greatest 23. Fluoride (an ion of fluorine) is used in
effective nuclear charge many toothpastes because it helps main-
B. Cl is the smallest and has the lowest tain healthy teeth. At room temperature it
effective nuclear charge is gaseous, and does not conduct electric-
ity. Based off these properties, fluorine
C. Cl is the largest and has the lowest ef- would be classified as?
fective nuclear charge
A. A metal
D. Cl is the smallest and has the greatest
effective nuclear charge B. A non metal
C. A metalloid
19. What makes an atom neutral?
D. none of above
A. A balance of charges
B. Multiple neutrons 24. The core of an atom where most of the
C. Electrons in the nucleus mass of an atom exists; contains protons
and neutrons
D. Being French
A. nucleus
20. neutron
B. electron shell
A. A subatomic particle that has a positive
C. proton
charge and that is found in the nucleus of
an atom D. electron

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 824

25. In Period 3, from left to right, each ele- B. valence electrons


ment will: C. protons
A. decrease in electronegativity D. neutrons
B. decrease in atomic mass
31. The modern Periodic Table (the one we use
C. increase in number of protons now) was organized by using
D. increase in metallic character A. Mendeleev, atomic numbers
B. Moseley, atomic masses

NARAYAN CHANGDER
26. The element with the lowest electronega-
tivity and ionization energy in Period 3 is- C. Mendeleev, atomic masses
A. Na D. Moseley, atomic numbers
B. Cl 32. Atomic radius generally increases as we
C. Ar move
D. Mg A. down a group and from right to left
across a period
27. Which group of elements will rarely form
B. up a group and from left to right across
compounds?
a period
A. 16
C. down a group and from left to right
B. 1 across a period
C. 18 D. up a group and from right to left across
D. 2 a period

28. Different forms of the same element that 33. Which of the following groups is inert (non-
have different properties because of differ- reactive)?
ent atom arrangements are called A. Alkali
A. halogens B. Transition Metals
B. allotropes C. Halogens
C. carbons D. Noble Gas
D. graphites 34. Based on their definitions, electron affinity
could be considered the opposite of
29. Why does Helium have the highest ioniza-
tion energy? A. shielding effect.

A. They have a lot of electrons B. ionization energy.

B. The valence electrons are closer to the C. nonmetallic character.


nucleus D. effective nuclear charge.
C. The valence electrons are far away 35. are not found freely in nature. (Select
from the nucleus ALL that apply)
D. It has no electrons A. Alkali metals
30. Membership in a family is based on the B. Alkaline earth metals
number of C. Halogens
A. electrons D. Noble gases

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 825

36. Francium has the lowest electronegativity 41. As you move from left to right on the peri-
in Group 1 because odic table, the number of valence electrons

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. it has the smallest number of valence
electrons. A. Increases
B. it has the greatest atomic mass.
B. Decreases
C. it has the greatest number of protons,
so it attracts its electrons the strongest. C. Remains the same

D. its valence electron is very far from D. none of above


the nucleus, so it cannot attract electrons
strongly. 42. Elements in period 5 will have

37. Consider the following definition:“The A. 5 valence electrons


amount of energy required to strip away B. 5 energy levels or shells
one valence electron from an atom of an
element in the gaseous state.” This is the C. 5 protons
definition of D. none of these
A. electron affinity
B. electronegativity 43. Which of the following is the most reactive
group of metals?
C. ionization energy
D. ionic radius A. Alkali

38. Sulfur (S) can be found in period , group B. Alkaline Earth


, and has valence electrons C. Halogen
A. 3, 6A, 6 D. Transition Metals
B. 3, 6A, 2
C. 6A, 3, 2 44. A substance that has luster, is brittle, and
can’t conduct electricity would be known
D. 6A, 3, 6
as?
39. Each column(up & down) in the periodic ta- A. A metal
ble is called a
A. period B. A non metal

B. group C. A metalloid
C. cluster D. none of above
D. unit
45. Arrange these atoms in order of decreas-
40. The metallic character of elements ing effective nuclear charge by the valence
across a period. Metals are good conduc- electrons:Si, Al, Mg, S
tors of
A. Mg > Al > Si > S
A. increases; electricity
B. S > Al > Si > Mg
B. decreases; heat
C. decreases; metalloids C. Si > Mg > Al > S
D. remains the same; luster D. S > Si > Al > Mg

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 826

46. Why is the electronegativity value of most B. +7


noble gases zero? C. -7
A. Most noble gases have full valence D. -1
shells
B. All of the noble gases have half fulled 51. Which arrangement of the following Pe-
valence shells riod 5 elements, from left to right, or-
ders them with respect to their atomic size,
C. Noble gases have zero valence shells from smallest to largest?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. They have no electrons A. Rb; Sr; In; Sb; Te
47. A Main Group element has 81 protons and B. In; Rb; Sb; Sr; Te
an estimated effective nuclear charge of C. Te; Sb; In; Sr; Rb
+3. Therefore, the element has core
electrons and can be found in Group of D. In; Sb; Te; Rb; Sr
the Periodic Table.Which set correctly com-
52. An electron that resides in the outermost
pletes the blanks?
shell, or principal quantum level, of an
A. 84, 3A atom
B. 81, 5A A. periodic trend
C. 78, 3A B. electron shell
D. 78, 5A C. ionic radius
48. Based on the periodic trends for ionization D. valence electron
energy, which element has the highest ion-
53. Lithium is in Group 1A, Period 2 of the peri-
ization energy?
odic table. Which statement describes the
A. Fluorine (F) charge of the ion it typically forms?
B. Nitrogen (N) A. It forms a cation with +2 charge.
C. Helium (He) B. It forms a cation with a +1 charge
D. none of above C. It forms an anion with a +1 charge.
49. Why does electronegativity increase as D. It forms an anion with a-1 charge.
you move left to right?
54. An electron that resides in the outermost
A. more protons means a stronger posi- shell of an atom
tive charge in the nucleus
A. periodic trend
B. more protons means a weaker positive
charge in the nucleus B. electron shell

C. more electrons means a stronger pos- C. atomic radius


itive charge in the nucleus D. valence electron
D. more electrons means a weaker posi- 55. Arrange the following elements in order of
tive charge in the nucleus increasing ionization energy (i.e. smallest
50. The most common charge on an ion in to largest):C, Pb, Si
group 17 would be A. C, Si, Pb
A. +1 B. Si, Pb, C

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 827

C. Pb, C, Si B. atomic radius


D. C, Pb, Si C. energy levels

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


E. Pb, Si, C D. orbit

56. Which general trends in atomic radius and 61. Elements in the same column of the peri-
electronegativity are observed as the ele- odic table always have the same # of
ments in Period 3 are considered in order as one another.
of increasing atomic number? A. Protons
A. Atomic radius decreases, electronega- B. Neutrons
tivity increases
C. Electrons
B. Atomic radius increases, electronega-
D. Valence Electrons
tivity decreases
C. Both increase 62. Put the following in order starting with
the largest radius and ending with the
D. Both decrease smallest radius:Sr, Be, Ra, Mg, Ca
57. Which is needed to remove an electron? A. Sr > Be > Ra > Mg > Ca
A. Ion B. Ra > Sr > Ca > Mg > Be
B. electron affinity C. Be > Mg > Ca > Sr > Ra
C. electronegativity D. Be > Ca > Sr > Ra > Mg
D. ionization energy 63. What scientist is known as the “Father of
the Modern Periodic Table”?
58. Arrange the following elements in order
of increasing atomic radii (i.e. smallest to A. Johann Dobereiner
largest):P, N, Sb B. John Newlands
A. P, N, Sb C. Demitri Mendeleev
B. N, P, Sb D. Henry Mosely
C. Sb, N, P 64. As you move down the periodic table what
D. P, Sb, N is the major cause of the change in the ra-
E. Sb, P, N dius of the elements?
A. The atoms have more mass.
59. Pure sodium has luster, bends easily, and
B. The atoms have more protons.
conducts electricity. Based off these prop-
erties, it would be classified as? C. The atoms have more energy levels
A. A Metal D. The atoms have more neutrons
B. A non metal 65. Rewrite the following list in order of
C. A metalloid decreasing electron affinity:fluorine (F),
phosphorous (P), sulfur (S), boron (B)
D. none of above
A. Boron (B)>Phosphorous (P)> Sulfur
60. What term is used to describe “A measure (S) > Fluorine (F)
of the size of an atom” B. Fluorine (F)>Sulfur (S)>Phosphorous
A. chemical reactivity (P)>Boron (B)

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 828

C. Sulfur (S)> Fluorine (F)>Phosphorous A. the number of protons increases, so at-


(P)>Boron (B) traction to electrons increases
D. Phosphorous (P)> Boron (B)> Fluo- B. the number of energy levels, resulting
rine (F)>Sulfur (S) in more shielding
66. The first Periodic Table was organized by C. the number of electrons increases
using
D. the atomic mass increases
A. Mendeleev, atomic numbers

NARAYAN CHANGDER
B. Moseley, atomic masses 71. an element will always have the same
number of
C. Mendeleev, atomic masses
A. neutrons
D. Moseley, atomic numbers
B. protons
67. Which statement describes the general
trends in electronegativity and first ioniza- C. isotopes
tion energy as the elements in Group 17 D. atoms
are considered from top to bottom?
A. Electronegativity increases, ionization 72. Found in group two of the periodic table;
energy decreases highly reactive
B. Electronegativity decreases, ioniza- A. period
tion energy increases
B. Alkali Earth Metals (Group 2)
C. Both increase
C. metalloids (semimetals)
D. Both decrease
D. alkali metals (group 1)
68. Which is larger:Ca or Ca2+
A. Ca 73. A subatomic particle that has a positive
charge and that is found in the nucleus of
B. Ca+2
an atom
C. both are same size
A. Proton
D. impossible to determine
B. elecrtron
69. period
C. groups
A. Elements that occur in vertical
columns on the periodic table. D. neutrons
B. A horizontal row of elements in the pe- 74. What information can be used to separate
riodic table a sample of Potassium from a sample of
C. Found in group two of the periodic ta- Nickel?
ble; highly reactive
A. Mass of sample
D. A subatomic particle that has a nega-
tive charge B. Volume of sample
C. Reactivity in water
70. As you move across the periodic table from
left to right, the atomic radius decreases. D. Same molecular structures, same
This is because- properties

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 829

75. In the periodic table, there is a periodic pat- 80. An ion of which element has a larger radius
tern in the physical and chemical properties than an atom of the same element:
of elements when they are arranged in or-

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Aluminum
der of
B. Chlorine
A. increasing atomic mass
C. Magnesium
B. increasing electronegativity
D. Sodium
C. increasing atomic radius
D. increasing atomic number 81. What is the name of family 1?
A. Alkaline Earth Metals
76. The energies of electrons as they orbit the
nucleus of an atom B. Boron Family
A. energy levels C. Alkali Metals
B. orbits D. Halogen Family
C. shells
82. Atoms on which side of the Periodic Table
D. electron area will tend to LOSE electrons?

77. The energy required to remove electrons is A. Right


the definition of: B. Left
A. Electronegativity C. Middle
B. Atomic Number D. No atoms lose electrons
C. Atomic Radius
83. How many electron can be found in a p or-
D. Ionization bital?

78. the tendency of an atom to attract elec- A. 2


trons when the atom is in a compound B. 3
A. ionization energy C. 4
B. electronegativity D. 6
C. atomic radius
84. The periodic law states that:
D. ionic radius
A. The periodic table arranges elements
79. Arrange the following elements in order of into periods and groups.
increasing ionization energy (i.e. smallest B. The properties of elements recur peri-
to largest):Al, Cl, Na odically based on their metallic qualities.
A. Al, Cl, Na C. The properties of elements recur pe-
B. Na, Cl, Al riodically when arranged by increasing
atomic mass.
C. Cl, Na, Al
D. The properties of elements recur pe-
D. Na, Al, Cl
riodically when arranged by increasing
E. Cl, Al, Na atomic number.

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 830

85. A set of chemical properties associated C. number of electron shells


with elements that are metals D. number of oxidation states
A. metallic character
91. Which group of metals are softer than
B. properties most other metals?
C. tendencies A. Alkaline earth metals
D. non-metallic character
B. Alkali metals

NARAYAN CHANGDER
86. When an atom of Sulfur becomes an ion, C. Transition metals
the radius:
D. Other metals
A. Increases
92. What statement requires the overall trend
B. Decreases
of nonmetallic character as we increase
C. Remains the same atomic number in Period 4?
D. none of above A. Nonmetallic properties increase
87. Which element is a poor conductor of elec- B. Nonmetallic properties decrease
tricity? C. Nonmetallic properties remain the
A. Nickel same
B. Silver D. none of above
C. Potassium 93. gas at room temperature, low boiling
D. Phosphorus point.
A. atomic mass
88. Germanium is a metalloid because:
B. atomic number
A. it is brittle and a poor conductor
C. Non-metals
B. it is malleable and a good conductor
D. noble gases
C. is a good conductor of electricity and
heat 94. Which of the following ions will have the
D. exhibits metallic and nonmetallic prop- LARGEST ionic radius?
erties A. Mg+2
89. This classification on the periodic table con- B. Na+
tains the smallest number of elements. C. Cl-
A. Gases D. P-3
B. Metalloids
95. If a substance can be pressed permanently
C. Metals into a new shape without breaking or
D. Nonmetals cracking, then it is

90. The arrangement of elements from left to A. malleable


right in Period 4 is based on: B. ductile
A. atomic mass C. lustrous
B. atomic number D. conductive

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 831

96. Which pair of words correctly completes 101. In moving from left to right across a pe-
the statement? Alkali metals are highly riod on the periodic table, the effective nu-
since they easily to form ions. clear charge

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. nonreactive; lose 1 electron A. increases
B. nonreactive; lose 2 electrons B. decreases
C. reactive; lose 1 electron C. stays the same
D. reactive; gain 1 electron D. none of above

97. Order the following in increasing atomic 102. Put the following in order of decreasing
radii starting with the smallest atom and ionization energy, starting with the ele-
ending with the largest atom:Ra, Be, Ca, ment that has the highest ionization en-
Rb, H ergy and the last element having the low-
A. Ra, Be, Rb, H, Ca est:Neon, Lithium, Carbon

B. Rb, H, Ca, Be, Ra A. Lithium, Carbon, Neon

C. Ra, Rb, Ca, Be, H B. Carbon, Lithium, Neon

D. H, Be, Ca, Rb, Ra C. Neon, Carbon, Lithium


D. Lithium, Neon, Carbon
98. As atomic number increases within Group
15, atomic radius: 103. Fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine all
A. decreases only have the same number of valence elec-
trons and have a tendency to gain elec-
B. increases only trons. Which element has the greatest ion-
C. decreases then increases ization energy and electronegativity?
D. increases then decreases A. fluorine
B. chlorine
99. A subatomic particle that has a negative
charge C. bromine
A. nobles gases D. iodine
B. protons 104. Which element is malleable and ductile?
C. electrons A. Barium
D. neutrons B. Carbon
100. How would you describe reactivity on the C. Iodine
Periodic Table? D. Argon
A. Elements in the same period tend to re-
act. 105. Why does Selenium have a larger atomic
radius than Oxygen?
B. Elements in the same group tend to re-
act. A. More valence electrons

C. Elements on opposite sides of the ta- B. Fewer valence electrons


ble tend to react. C. More electron shells
D. All elements are inert. D. Fewer electron shells

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 832

106. Properties of elements repeat in a pat- C. 7


tern when elements are put in order based D. 5
on increasing
A. Atomic Mass 112. The electrons in the outermost shell (main
energy level) of an atom; these are the
B. Density electrons involved in forming bonds
C. Atomic Number A. alkali metals (group 1)
D. none of above
B. Halogens (Group 17)

NARAYAN CHANGDER
107. Elements in the same group have similar C. atomic number
A. names D. valence electrons
B. symbols
113. Which element has the greatest attrac-
C. properties tion for electrons?
D. they have no similarities A. Iodine
108. Iron is a good conductor of heat and elec- B. Astatine
tricity, malleable and lustrous. What type C. Bromine
of element is Iron?
D. Chlorine
A. Metal
114. The subatomic particle that plays the
B. Nonmetal
greatest role in determining the physical
C. Metalloid and chemical properties of an element is
D. Pretty the
A. proton
109. What noble gas should be used to write
the shorthand configuration for Te? B. neutron
A. Ar C. valence electron
B. Kr D. photon
C. Xe 115. The arrangement of electrons in the en-
D. Sb ergy levels and orbitals within an atom
A. electron configuration
110. Decreased attraction of electrons away
from the nucleus B. electron shells
A. attraction C. orbitals
B. atomic radius D. valence electron
C. electronegativity 116. The common ion charge on an atom in
D. shielding effect group 17 would be

111. How many valence electrons does Chlo- A. +1


rine have? B. +7
A. 5 C. -7
B. 2 D. -1

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 833

117. Which list arranges the elements Na, Li, 122. Which of the following will have a higher
K, Rb, and Cs in order of increasing ioniza- electronegativity than arsenic (As)?
tion energy (from left to right)?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Carbon (C)
A. Cs; Rb; K; Na; Li B. Neon (Ne)
B. Cs; Li; Na; K; Rb C. Antimony (Sb)
C. Na; Li; K; Rb; Cs D. Germanium (Ge)
D. Li; Na; K; Rb; Cs 123. Order the following in increasing atomic
118. In general, which type of atom would radii:Ra, Be, Ca, Rb, H
have the highest first ionization energy? A. Ra, Be, Rb, H, Ca
A. a small atom with high shielding B. Rb, H, Ca, Be, Ra
B. a small atom with low shielding C. Ra, Rb, Ca, Be, H
C. a large atom with high shielding D. H, Be, Ca, Rb, Ra

D. a large atom with low shielding 124. Which element is most likely to have six
electrons in its 4th energy level?
119. In general, which type of atom would
A. Oxygen (O)
have the highest electronegativity value?
B. Selenium (Se)
A. a small atom with few inner shells of
electrons C. Krypton (Kr)
B. a small atom with many inner shells of D. Potassium (K)
electrons 125. Why are halogens so reactive?
C. a large atom with few inner shells of A. They want to get rid of their only
electrons valance electron
D. a large atom with many inner shells of B. They only need one more electron
electrons
C. They are non reactive, they have a full
120. As you move down a group on the peri- shell
odic table, the number of valence electrons D. none of above
126. Who first arranged the periodic table?
A. Increases
A. Vladimir Mendeleev
B. Decreases
B. Dmitri Mendeleev
C. Remains the same
C. Ivan Mendeleev
D. none of above D. Vasily Mendeleev
121. How are the elements in the periodic ta- 127. Which group on the periodic table has the
ble arranged? smallest atomic radius?
A. by their atomic mass A. Alkali metals
B. by their chemical symbol B. Halogens
C. by their chemical name C. Noble Gases
D. by their atomic number D. Transition metals

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 834

128. What atom matches this electron config- C. Non-metals


uration? [Xe] 6s2 4f14 5d9 D. metalloids (semimetals)
A. Mercury
134. The Modern Periodic Table of Elements is
B. Gold arranged by
C. Platinum A. atomic mass
D. Thallium B. atomic number

NARAYAN CHANGDER
129. Identify the element in Period 5 that has C. valence electrons
1 valence electron? D. number of isotopes
A. Rb
135. Which element on the Periodic Table is the
B. Nb most reactive nonmetal?
C. Ag A. Carbon
D. Sb B. Francium
130. Which atom requires the least amount of C. Nitrogen
energy to remove a valence electron? D. Fluorine
A. Be
136. Which element in Group 17 is a liquid at
B. Mg STP?
C. Ca A. Fluorine
D. Sr B. Chlorine

131. a negatively charged atom created from C. Bromine


gaining electron(s) D. Iodine
A. cation 137. As atoms of elements in group 16 are con-
B. anion sidered in order from top to bottom, the
electronegativity and ionization energy of
C. halogen
each successive element
D. angry Adam
A. decreases
132. Which atom has the smallest atomic ra- B. increases
dius?
C. remains the same
A. Francium
D. none of the above
B. Neon
138. atomic number
C. Fluorine
A. gas at room temperature, low boiling
D. Oxygen
point
133. good thermal conductors, shiny, electric B. a subatomic particle that has a nega-
conductors, higher density and melting tive charge
points than group C. number or protons and neutrons
A. alkali metals (group 1) D. the number of protons in the nucleus
B. Transition Metals (Groups 3-12) of an atom

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 835

139. Families all have similar 145. According to the Periodic Table of the El-
A. names ements, which set of elements has similar
properties?

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


B. atomic numbers
A. H, C, I
C. atomic masses
B. He, H, Al
D. properties
C. He, Ne, Ar
140. The periodic table has periods.
D. Na, Ca, Al
A. 18
B. 8 146. are the most brittle solids.
C. 2 A. Metals
D. 7 B. Metalloids

141. Metalloids are all at room tempera- C. Nonmetals


ture. D. none of above
A. solids 147. Number of protons and neutrons
B. liquids
A. atomic number
C. gases
B. atomic mass
D. none of above
C. noble gases
142. Which atom in the ground state requires D. Non-metals
the least amount of energy to remove its
valence electron? 148. Which of the following is a Noble Gas?
A. Lithium A. Krypton (Kr)
B. Potassium B. Chlorine (Cl)
C. Rubidium C. Radium (Ra)
D. Sodium D. Gallium (Ga)
143. Based on their locations in the periodic ta- 149. Compared to a potassium atom, a potas-
ble, which element has chemical properties sium ion has:
most similar to those of calcium, Ca?
A. smaller radius
A. beryllium, Be
B. larger radius
B. potassium, K
C. titanium, Ti C. fewer protons

D. yttrium, Y D. more protons

144. How many electrons should Beryllium 150. The tendency of an atom to attract elec-
have around its Lewis dot model? trons and acquire a negative charge
A. 1 A. electronegativity
B. 2 B. charge
C. 3 C. bonding ability
D. 4 D. electron configuration

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 836

151. Put these in increasing order of increas- 156. Halogens (Group 17)
ing electronegativity starting with the ele-
A. gas at room temperature, low boiling
ment that has the lowest electronegativity
point.
and the last element having the highest:F,
N, B B. most reactive nonmetals
A. B < N < F C. The electrons in the outermost shell
B. B < F < N (main energy level) of an atom; these are
the electrons involved in forming bonds
C. N < F < B

NARAYAN CHANGDER
D. Number of protons and neutrons
D. F < N < B
152. Which of the following is an Alkali 157. The chart scientists use to organize and
Metal? classify all the known elements
A. Magnesium (Mg) A. elements chart
B. Chromium (Cr) B. the chart
C. Sodium (Na) C. Periodic Table of the Elements
D. Fluorine (F)
D. Period table
153. The ionization potential of an element
is the amount of energy required to re- 158. Metals have the largest-
move an electron from an isolated atom or A. atomic radius and electronegativity
molecule. According to the periodic table,
which of the following indicates the correct B. metallic character and ionization en-
decreasing order of ionization energy? ergy

A. Li > Na > K > Cs C. atomic radius and metallic character


B. Na > K > Li > Cs D. ionization energy and electronegativ-
C. Li > K > Na > Cs ity

D. Cs > K > Na > Li 159. Which of the following is an Alkaline


Earth Metal?
154. found in group one of the periodic table;
highly reactive A. Calcium (Ca)
A. Non-metals B. Lithium (Li)
B. Transition Metals (Groups 3-12) C. Phosphorus (P)
C. alkali metals (group 1)
D. Copper (Cu)
D. metalloids (semimetals)
160. The minimum energy required to remove
155. Two elements that have similar physical
an electron from the ground state of an
and chemical properties are most likely in
atom
the same
A. electron configuration
A. period
B. row B. energy levels
C. group C. ionization energy
D. none of above D. ionic bond

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 837

161. If a sample of an element is in crystal 166. For which periodic trend are the noble
form and another sample of the same el- gases NOT included?
ement is in gaseous form, it can be deter-

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Atomic Radius
mined that the two differ in:
B. Ionic Radius
A. Volume
C. Electronegativity
B. Atomic Mass
D. Ionization Energy
C. Phase of Matter
167. Which statements are true concerning el-
D. Atomic Number ements in the same group of the periodic
162. The valence electrons of an atom do not table?
experience the full attractive force of pro- A. They have similar periodic properties
tons in the atom’s nucleus due to the pres- and the same outer shell electron config-
ence of inner core electrons. The reduc- uration.
tion in nuclear charge experienced by va- B. They are all metals or nonmetals, but
lence electrons due to inner core electrons not both.
is called the
C. They are either all solids or all liquids
A. ionization energy effect. or all gases.
B. nuclear charge effect. D. They have the same number of shells
C. periodic law effect. of electrons.
D. shielding effect. 168. Arrange the following elements in order
of increasing ionic radii (i.e. smallest to
163. How does the ionization energy change
largest):P, Cl, S
across a period?
A. P, Cl, S
A. increases
B. S, Cl, P
B. decreases
C. Cl, S, P
C. stays the same
D. P, S, Cl
D. it varies unpredictably
E. Cl, P, S
164. Which is larger:P or P3-
169. Hydrogen is a(n):
A. P
A. alkaline earth metal
B. P3- B. metalloid
C. both are same size C. non-metal
D. impossible to determine D. noble gas
165. How many valence electrons are el- 170. What are the three major categories of
ements trying to reach in their outer the periodic table?
shells?
A. Alpha, Beta & Gamma
A. 1
B. Metals, Non-Metals and Metalloids
B. 2 C. Metals, Semi-metals and Metalloids
C. 5 D. Non-Metals, Semi-Metals and Metal-
D. 8 loids

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 838

171. the energy needed to remove an electron 176. Which of the following ions will have the
from an atom in the gaseous state SMALLEST ionic radius?
A. ionization energy A. Mg+2
B. alkaline earth metal B. Na+
C. noble gas C. Cl-

D. electronegativity D. P-3

177. Elements that occur in vertical columns on

NARAYAN CHANGDER
172. A chemical bond in which one atom gives
the periodic table.
up electrons (cation) to another atom that
gains the electrons (anion); results from A. Neutron
a difference in electronegativity greater B. metalloids (semimetals)
than 1.7
C. groups
A. chemical bond
D. Proton
B. hydrogen bond
178. Which term represents the attraction one
C. ionic bond atom has for the electrons in a bond with
D. bond another atom?
A. Electronegativity
173. Which of the following correctly com-
pletes the statement:Cations are always B. Electrical conductivity
than the parent atom and anions are C. Ionization energy
always than the parent atom. D. Mechanical energy
A. smaller; smaller
179. As you move down a group, atomic ra-
B. larger; smaller dius increases because-
C. smaller; larger A. you add more and more neutrons
D. larger; larger B. you add more and more protons
C. you add more and more shells (energy
174. good conductor of heat and electric cur-
levels)
rent
D. you add more atomic mass
A. metal
B. ionization energy 180. A negatively charged subatomic particle
that exists in various energy levels out-
C. halogen side the nucleus of an atom
D. representative element A. neutron

175. The element with the largest electroneg- B. electron


ativity in the halogens is- C. proton
A. At D. subatomic particle
B. F 181. Which element is a liquid metal?
C. Cl A. Iron (Fe)
D. Br B. Bromine (Br)

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 839

C. Platinum (Pt) 187. Electron arrangement that uses arrows


D. Mercury (Hg) to represent electrons.

PRACTICE BOOK» NOT FOR SALE


A. Electron configuration
182. All elements found on the left side of the
Periodic Table of the Elements have what B. Shorthand configuration
properties in common? C. Lewis dot structure
A. They conduct heat and electricity D. Orbital notation
B. They are all gases
188. The elements K, Ca, Se+, Kr, and Ga-all
C. They are brittle and dull appear in Period 4 of the Periodic Table.
D. They are radioactive Which arrangement, from left to right, or-
ders them with respect to their atomic size,
183. Which electron configuration belongs to from largest to smallest?
Cl-ion?
A. K; Ca; Se+; Kr; Ga
A. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p5
B. Ca; Ga; K, Kr; Se
B. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6
C. K; Kr; Se; Ca; Ga
C. 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p7
D. K; Ca; Ga; Se; Kr
D. none of above

184. Which of the following groups indicates 189. Identify an element in Group 13 that is a
the correct decreasing order of ionization metalloid.
energy (so the element with the smallest A. Boron
IE is last)?
B. Aluminum
A. Li > Na > K > Cs
C. Gallium
B. Na > K > Li > Cs
D. Indium
C. Li > K > Na > Cs
D. Cs > K > Na > Li 190. What is the shorthand electron configura-
tion for S2-ion?
185. If a student observes a silvery solid that A. [Ar] 3p4
is malleable, good conductor, and ductile it
is most likely a B. [He] 3s23p6
A. nonmetal C. [Ne] 3s23p6
B. metal D. [Ne] 3s23p4
C. metalloid
191. An atom with an atomic radius smaller
D. rare earth element than that of sulfur (S) is

186. Which element is considered malleable? A. Oxygen (O)


A. Iron (Fe) B. Chlorine (Cl)
B. Helium (He) C. Lithium (Li)
C. Oxygen (O) D. Calcium (Ca)
D. Cesium (Cs) E. None of the above

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS


5.5 Periodic trends in metallic and nonmetallic characters 840

192. What element in Period 4 has 5 valence C. Hydrogen (H)


electrons? D. Lanthanum (La)
A. Zr
195. Which statement explains why Group 18
B. As elements are stable and unreactive?
C. V
A. They are all gases
D. Sb
B. They have low melting points.
193. Which element is not a metalloid?

NARAYAN CHANGDER
C. Their valence electron shell has
A. Boron reached a full octet.
B. Silicon D. They have high ionization energies
C. Aluminum 196. How are electrons arranged in an atom?
D. Arsenic A. In groups of five
194. Which element is in a class of its own? B. In energy levels
A. Helium (He) C. By color
B. Gold (Au) D. By shape

CHECK GOOGLE PLAY BOOKS FOR ANSWERS KEYS

You might also like